diff options
Diffstat (limited to 'contrib/texinfo')
49 files changed, 8427 insertions, 43874 deletions
diff --git a/contrib/texinfo/config.h b/contrib/texinfo/config.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..d6906af --- /dev/null +++ b/contrib/texinfo/config.h @@ -0,0 +1,258 @@ +/* config.h. Generated automatically by configure. */ +/* config.h.in. Generated automatically from configure.in by autoheader. */ +/* acconfig.h + This file is in the public domain. + + Descriptive text for the C preprocessor macros that + the distributed Autoconf macros can define. + No software package will use all of them; autoheader copies the ones + your configure.in uses into your configuration header file templates. + + The entries are in sort -df order: alphabetical, case insensitive, + ignoring punctuation (such as underscores). Although this order + can split up related entries, it makes it easier to check whether + a given entry is in the file. + + Leave the following blank line there!! Autoheader needs it. */ + + + +/* Define if using alloca.c. */ +/* #undef C_ALLOCA */ + +/* Define to empty if the keyword does not work. */ +/* #undef const */ + +/* Define to one of _getb67, GETB67, getb67 for Cray-2 and Cray-YMP systems. + This function is required for alloca.c support on those systems. */ +/* #undef CRAY_STACKSEG_END */ + +/* Define if you have alloca, as a function or macro. */ +#define HAVE_ALLOCA 1 + +/* Define if you have <alloca.h> and it should be used (not on Ultrix). */ +/* #undef HAVE_ALLOCA_H */ + +/* Define if you don't have vprintf but do have _doprnt. */ +/* #undef HAVE_DOPRNT */ + +/* Define if you have a working `mmap' system call. */ +#define HAVE_MMAP 1 + +/* Define if you have the vprintf function. */ +#define HAVE_VPRINTF 1 + +/* Define as __inline if that's what the C compiler calls it. */ +/* #undef inline */ + +/* Define if on MINIX. */ +/* #undef _MINIX */ + +/* Define to `long' if <sys/types.h> doesn't define. */ +/* #undef off_t */ + +/* Define if the system does not provide POSIX.1 features except + with this defined. */ +/* #undef _POSIX_1_SOURCE */ + +/* Define if you need to in order for stat and other things to work. */ +/* #undef _POSIX_SOURCE */ + +/* Define as the return type of signal handlers (int or void). */ +#define RETSIGTYPE void + +/* Define if the setvbuf function takes the buffering type as its second + argument and the buffer pointer as the third, as on System V + before release 3. */ +/* #undef SETVBUF_REVERSED */ + +/* Define to `unsigned' if <sys/types.h> doesn't define. */ +/* #undef size_t */ + +/* If using the C implementation of alloca, define if you know the + direction of stack growth for your system; otherwise it will be + automatically deduced at run-time. + STACK_DIRECTION > 0 => grows toward higher addresses + STACK_DIRECTION < 0 => grows toward lower addresses + STACK_DIRECTION = 0 => direction of growth unknown + */ +/* #undef STACK_DIRECTION */ + +/* Define if you have the ANSI C header files. */ +#define STDC_HEADERS 1 + +/* Define if your <sys/time.h> declares struct tm. */ +/* #undef TM_IN_SYS_TIME */ + +/* Define to 1 if NLS is requested. */ +#define ENABLE_NLS 1 + +/* Define as 1 if you have catgets and don't want to use GNU gettext. */ +/* #undef HAVE_CATGETS */ + +/* Define as 1 if you have gettext and don't want to use GNU gettext. */ +/* #undef HAVE_GETTEXT */ + +/* Define if your locale.h file contains LC_MESSAGES. */ +#define HAVE_LC_MESSAGES 1 + +/* Define as 1 if you have the stpcpy function. */ +/* #undef HAVE_STPCPY */ + +/* Define to the name of the distribution. */ +#define PACKAGE "texinfo" + +/* Define to the version of the distribution. */ +#define VERSION "3.12" + +/* Define if you have the __argz_count function. */ +/* #undef HAVE___ARGZ_COUNT */ + +/* Define if you have the __argz_next function. */ +/* #undef HAVE___ARGZ_NEXT */ + +/* Define if you have the __argz_stringify function. */ +/* #undef HAVE___ARGZ_STRINGIFY */ + +/* Define if you have the bzero function. */ +#define HAVE_BZERO 1 + +/* Define if you have the dcgettext function. */ +/* #undef HAVE_DCGETTEXT */ + +/* Define if you have the getcwd function. */ +#define HAVE_GETCWD 1 + +/* Define if you have the getpagesize function. */ +#define HAVE_GETPAGESIZE 1 + +/* Define if you have the memcpy function. */ +#define HAVE_MEMCPY 1 + +/* Define if you have the memmove function. */ +#define HAVE_MEMMOVE 1 + +/* Define if you have the memset function. */ +#define HAVE_MEMSET 1 + +/* Define if you have the munmap function. */ +#define HAVE_MUNMAP 1 + +/* Define if you have the putenv function. */ +#define HAVE_PUTENV 1 + +/* Define if you have the setenv function. */ +#define HAVE_SETENV 1 + +/* Define if you have the setlocale function. */ +#define HAVE_SETLOCALE 1 + +/* Define if you have the setvbuf function. */ +#define HAVE_SETVBUF 1 + +/* Define if you have the sigprocmask function. */ +#define HAVE_SIGPROCMASK 1 + +/* Define if you have the sigsetmask function. */ +#define HAVE_SIGSETMASK 1 + +/* Define if you have the stpcpy function. */ +/* #undef HAVE_STPCPY */ + +/* Define if you have the strcasecmp function. */ +#define HAVE_STRCASECMP 1 + +/* Define if you have the strchr function. */ +#define HAVE_STRCHR 1 + +/* Define if you have the strdup function. */ +#define HAVE_STRDUP 1 + +/* Define if you have the strerror function. */ +#define HAVE_STRERROR 1 + +/* Define if you have the <argz.h> header file. */ +/* #undef HAVE_ARGZ_H */ + +/* Define if you have the <fcntl.h> header file. */ +#define HAVE_FCNTL_H 1 + +/* Define if you have the <limits.h> header file. */ +#define HAVE_LIMITS_H 1 + +/* Define if you have the <locale.h> header file. */ +#define HAVE_LOCALE_H 1 + +/* Define if you have the <malloc.h> header file. */ +/* #undef HAVE_MALLOC_H */ + +/* Define if you have the <ncurses/termcap.h> header file. */ +/* #undef HAVE_NCURSES_TERMCAP_H */ + +/* Define if you have the <nl_types.h> header file. */ +#define HAVE_NL_TYPES_H 1 + +/* Define if you have the <pwd.h> header file. */ +#define HAVE_PWD_H 1 + +/* Define if you have the <string.h> header file. */ +#define HAVE_STRING_H 1 + +/* Define if you have the <strings.h> header file. */ +#define HAVE_STRINGS_H 1 + +/* Define if you have the <sys/fcntl.h> header file. */ +#define HAVE_SYS_FCNTL_H 1 + +/* Define if you have the <sys/file.h> header file. */ +#define HAVE_SYS_FILE_H 1 + +/* Define if you have the <sys/param.h> header file. */ +#define HAVE_SYS_PARAM_H 1 + +/* Define if you have the <sys/ptem.h> header file. */ +/* #undef HAVE_SYS_PTEM_H */ + +/* Define if you have the <sys/time.h> header file. */ +#define HAVE_SYS_TIME_H 1 + +/* Define if you have the <sys/ttold.h> header file. */ +/* #undef HAVE_SYS_TTOLD_H */ + +/* Define if you have the <sys/wait.h> header file. */ +#define HAVE_SYS_WAIT_H 1 + +/* Define if you have the <termcap.h> header file. */ +#define HAVE_TERMCAP_H 1 + +/* Define if you have the <termio.h> header file. */ +/* #undef HAVE_TERMIO_H */ + +/* Define if you have the <termios.h> header file. */ +#define HAVE_TERMIOS_H 1 + +/* Define if you have the <unistd.h> header file. */ +#define HAVE_UNISTD_H 1 + +/* Define if you have the <values.h> header file. */ +/* #undef HAVE_VALUES_H */ + +/* Define if you have the bsd library (-lbsd). */ +/* #undef HAVE_LIBBSD */ + +/* Define if you have the i library (-li). */ +/* #undef HAVE_LIBI */ + +/* Define if you have the z library (-lz). */ +#define HAVE_LIBZ 1 + +/* For gettext (NLS) */ +#include <libintl.h> +#define _(String) gettext (String) +#define N_(String) (String) + + +/* Leave that blank line there!! Autoheader needs it. + If you're adding to this file, keep in mind: + The entries are in sort -df order: alphabetical, case insensitive, + ignoring punctuation (such as underscores). */ diff --git a/contrib/texinfo/dir b/contrib/texinfo/dir deleted file mode 100644 index f1b1918..0000000 --- a/contrib/texinfo/dir +++ /dev/null @@ -1,16 +0,0 @@ -$Id: dir,v 1.2 1996/09/24 18:43:01 karl Exp $ -This is the file .../info/dir, which contains the topmost node of the -Info hierarchy. The first time you invoke Info you start off -looking at that node, which is (dir)Top. - -File: dir Node: Top This is the top of the INFO tree - - This (the Directory node) gives a menu of major topics. - Typing "q" exits, "?" lists all Info commands, "d" returns here, - "h" gives a primer for first-timers, - "mEmacs<Return>" visits the Emacs topic, etc. - - In Emacs, you can click mouse button 2 on a menu item or cross reference - to select it. - -* Menu: diff --git a/contrib/texinfo/doc/texinfo.tex b/contrib/texinfo/doc/texinfo.tex index 3ce4715..b449f77 100644 --- a/contrib/texinfo/doc/texinfo.tex +++ b/contrib/texinfo/doc/texinfo.tex @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ % texinfo.tex -- TeX macros to handle Texinfo files. -% $Id: texinfo.tex,v 2.227 1998/02/25 22:54:34 karl Exp $ +% $Id$ % % Copyright (C) 1985, 86, 88, 90, 91, 92, 93, 94, 95, 96, 97, 98 % Free Software Foundation, Inc. diff --git a/contrib/texinfo/emacs/Makefile.in b/contrib/texinfo/emacs/Makefile.in deleted file mode 100644 index f011b33..0000000 --- a/contrib/texinfo/emacs/Makefile.in +++ /dev/null @@ -1,88 +0,0 @@ -# Makefile for Texinfo/emacs. -# Copyright (C) 1995, 96 Free Software Foundation, Inc. -# $Id: Makefile.in,v 1.4 1996/09/28 21:34:34 karl Exp $ - -# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify -# it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by -# the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) -# any later version. - -# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, -# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of -# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the -# GNU General Public License for more details. - -# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License -# along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software -# Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. -# -# Author: Brian J. Fox (bfox@ai.mit.edu) -# - -srcdir = @srcdir@ -VPATH = $(srcdir) -SHELL = /bin/sh -RM = rm -f - - -ELISP_SRCS = info.el makeinfo.el texinfo.el texnfo-upd.el \ - texnfo-tex.el texinfmt.el informat.el detexinfo.el -ELISP_OBJS = info.elc makeinfo.elc texinfo.elc texnfo-upd.elc \ - texnfo-tex.elc texinfmt.elc informat.elc detexinfo.elc - -.SUFFIXES: .el .elc - -.el.elc: - $(srcdir)/elisp-comp $< - -all: -sub-all: all - -elisp: $(ELISP_OBJS) -.PHONY: elisp - -# Nobody likes any of these install targets. Fine. Install it -# manually, then. -install: - @echo Please install the Emacs Lisp files manually. - -uninstall: - @echo Please uninstall the Emacs Lisp files manually. - -# install: $(ELISP_OBJS) -# @(echo "(print (car load-path))" >/tmp/elc.$$$$; \ -# lispdir=`emacs -batch -q -l /tmp/elc.$$$$ -nw | grep site-lisp`; \ -# rm /tmp/elc.$$$$; \ -# if [ "$$lispdir" != "" ]; then \ -# lispdir=`echo $$lispdir | sed -e 's/"//g'`; \ -# echo "Installing .elc files in $$lispdir."; \ -# $(CP) $(ELISP_OBJS) $$lispdir; \ -# else \ -# echo "To install the elisp files, please copy *.elc to the"; \ -# echo "emacs site-lisp directory."; \ -# fi) -# -# install: $(ELISP_OBJS) -# for file in $(ELISP_OBJS); do \ -# $(INSTALL_DATA) $$file $(lispdir); \ -# done -# -# uninstall: $(ELISP_OBJS) -# cd $(lispdir) && rm -f $(ELISP_OBJS) -# -informat.elc: info.elc -makeinfo.elc: texinfo.elc -texinfmt.elc: texinfo.elc -texinfmt.elc: texnfo-upd.elc - -Makefile: $(srcdir)/Makefile.in ../config.status - cd .. && sh config.status - -realclean distclean: clean - $(RM) Makefile *.log - -clean: FORCE - $(RM) *.elc - -FORCE: - diff --git a/contrib/texinfo/emacs/detexinfo.el b/contrib/texinfo/emacs/detexinfo.el deleted file mode 100644 index fda9909..0000000 --- a/contrib/texinfo/emacs/detexinfo.el +++ /dev/null @@ -1,250 +0,0 @@ -;;; Here is a handy keybinding: - -(global-set-key "\C-x\\" 'detexinfo) - -;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;; detexinfo.el ;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;; -;;; -;;; Remove Texinfo commands from a Texinfo source file. -;;; -;;; Copyright (C) 1991, 1992 Free Software Foundation -;;; Robert J. Chassell -;;; bugs to bug-texinfo@prep.ai.mit.edu -;;; -;;; ==> test version <== -;;; Fails if Texinfo source file contains formatting errors. -;;; -;;; Version 0.05 - 3 Jun 1992 -;;; Add to list of removed commands. Improve messages. -;;; -;;; Version 0.04 - 27 Jan 1992 -;;; Rewrite to insert detexinfo'd text into a temporary buffer. -;;; -;;; Version 0.03 - 27 Dec 1991 -;;; Improved messages. -;;; -;;; Version 0.02 - 13 Nov 1991 -;;; detexinfo-remove-inline-cmd, detexinfo-syntax-table: Handle -;;; nested commands. -;;; detexinfo: Handle nested @'s, eg @samp{@}} and @samp{@@}; -;;; replace @TeX{} with TeX. -;;; -;;; Version 0.01 - 13 Nov 1991 -;;; -;;; Based on detex.el, by Bengt Martensson, 4 Oct 1987 -;;; -;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;; - -(defvar detexinfo-buffer-name "*detexinfo*" - "*Name of the temporary buffer used by \\[detexinfo].") - -(defvar detexinfo-syntax-table nil) - -(if detexinfo-syntax-table - nil - (setq detexinfo-syntax-table (make-syntax-table)) - (modify-syntax-entry ?\[ "." detexinfo-syntax-table) - (modify-syntax-entry ?\] "." detexinfo-syntax-table) - (modify-syntax-entry ?\" "." detexinfo-syntax-table) - (modify-syntax-entry ?\\ "." detexinfo-syntax-table) - (modify-syntax-entry ?\( "." detexinfo-syntax-table) - (modify-syntax-entry ?\) "." detexinfo-syntax-table) - (modify-syntax-entry ?{ "(}" detexinfo-syntax-table) - (modify-syntax-entry ?} "){" detexinfo-syntax-table)) - -(defun detexinfo () - "Remove Texinfo commands from current buffer, copying result to new buffer. -BUG: Fails if Texinfo source file contains formatting errors." - (interactive) - (let ((input-buffer (current-buffer))) - ;; Find a buffer to use. - (switch-to-buffer (get-buffer-create detexinfo-buffer-name)) - (setq major-mode 'detexinfo-mode) - (set-syntax-table detexinfo-syntax-table) - (erase-buffer) - (insert-buffer-substring input-buffer) - - ;; Replace @{ and @} with %#* and *#% temporarily, so @samp{@{} works. - ;; What is a better way of doing this?? - (goto-char (point-min)) - (while (search-forward "@{" nil t) ; e.g., @samp{@{} - (replace-match "%#*")) - (goto-char (point-min)) - (while (search-forward "@}" nil t) - (forward-char -3) ; e.g., @samp{@@} - (if (looking-at "@") ; Two @@ in a row - (progn - (delete-char 2) - (insert "%&%#")) - (forward-char 1) - (delete-char 2) - (insert "*#%"))) - - (goto-char (point-min)) - ;; Remove @refill, the only inline command without braces. - (while (search-forward "@refill" nil t) - (replace-match "")) - ;; Replace @TeX{} with TeX - (goto-char (point-min)) - (while (search-forward "@TeX{}" nil t) (replace-match "TeX" t t)) - - (detexinfo-remove-line-cmds-without-arg) - (detexinfo-remove-inline-cmds-without-arg) - (detexinfo-remove-inline-cmds-keep-arg) - (detexinfo-remove-line-cmds-deletable-arg) - (detexinfo-remove-line-cmds-maybe-delete-arg) - (detexinfo-remove-line-cmds-keep-arg) - - ;; Now replace %#*, *#%, and %&%# with {, }, and @@. - (goto-char (point-min)) - (while (search-forward "%#*" nil t) - (replace-match "{")) - (goto-char (point-min)) - (while (search-forward "*#%" nil t) - (replace-match "}")) - (goto-char (point-min)) - (while (search-forward "%&%#" nil t) - (replace-match "@@")) - - ;; Scan for remaining two character @-commands - (goto-char (point-min)) - (while (search-forward "@" nil t) - (cond ((looking-at "[*:]") - (delete-region (1- (point)) (1+ (point)))) - ((looking-at "[{}^@.'`]\"?!") - (delete-region (1- (point)) (point))))) - - (goto-char (point-min)) - (message "Done...removed Texinfo commands from buffer. You may save it."))) - -(defun detexinfo-remove-whole-line (cmd) - "Delete Texinfo line command CMD at beginning of line and rest of line." - (goto-char (point-min)) - (while - (re-search-forward - (concat "^@" cmd "[ \n]+") (point-max) t) - (goto-char (match-beginning 0)) - (delete-region - (point) (save-excursion (end-of-line) (1+ (point)))))) - -(defun detexinfo-remove-inline-cmd (cmd) - "Delete Texinfo inline command CMD, eg. @point, @code." - (goto-char (point-min)) - (while - (re-search-forward (concat "@" cmd "{") (point-max) t) - (save-excursion - (forward-char -1) - (forward-sexp 1) - (delete-char -1)) ; delete right brace - (delete-region (point) (match-beginning 0)))) - -;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;; - -;;; 1. @setfilename and other line commands with args to delete - -(defvar detexinfo-line-cmds-deletable-arg - '("enumerate" "ftable" "vtable" "itemize" "table" - "setfilename" "settitle" "setchapternewpage" - "footnotestyle" "paragraphindent" - "include" "need" "sp" - "clear" "ifclear" "ifset" "set" - "defcodeindex" "defindex" "syncodeindex" "synindex") - "List of Texinfo commands whose arguments should be deleted.") - -(defun detexinfo-remove-line-cmds-deletable-arg () - "Delete Texinfo line commands together with their args, eg @setfilename." - (message "Removing commands such as @enumerate...with their arguments...") - (mapcar 'detexinfo-remove-whole-line - detexinfo-line-cmds-deletable-arg)) - -;;; 2. @cindex and other cmds with args that may be deleted -;;; This list is here just to make it easier to revise the -;;; categories. In particular, you might want to keep the index entries. - -(defvar detexinfo-line-cmds-maybe-delete-arg - '("cindex" "findex" "kindex" "pindex" "tindex" "vindex" "node" - "c" "comment" "end" "headings" "printindex" "vskip" - "evenfooting" "evenheading" "everyfooting" "everyheading" - "oddfooting" "oddheading") - "List of Texinfo commands whose arguments may possibly be deleted.") - -(defun detexinfo-remove-line-cmds-maybe-delete-arg () - "Delete Texinfo line commands together with their arguments, eg, @cindex." - (message "Removing commands such as @cindex...with their arguments...") - (mapcar 'detexinfo-remove-whole-line - detexinfo-line-cmds-maybe-delete-arg)) - -;;; 3. @chapter and other line cmds with args to keep. - -(defvar detexinfo-line-cmds-keep-arg - '("top" "chapter" "section" "subsection" "subsubsection" - "unnumbered" "unnumberedsec" "unnumberedsubsec" "unnumberedsubsubsec" - "majorheading" "chapheading" "heading" "subheading" "subsubheading" - "appendix" "appendixsec" "appendixsubsec" "appendixsubsubsec" - "item" "itemx" - "title" "subtitle" "center" "author" "exdent" - "defcv" "deffn" "defivar" "defmac" "defmethod" "defop" "defopt" - "defspec" "deftp" "deftypefn" "deftypefun" "deftypvr" - "deftypevar" "defun" "defvar" "defvr") - "List of Texinfo line commands whose arguments should be kept.") - -(defun detexinfo-remove-line-cmds-keep-arg () - "Delete Texinfo line commands but keep their arguments, eg @chapter." - (message "Removing commands such as @chapter...but not their arguments...") - (mapcar 'detexinfo-remove-line-cmd-keep-arg - detexinfo-line-cmds-keep-arg)) - -(defun detexinfo-remove-line-cmd-keep-arg (cmd) - "Delete Texinfo line command CMD but keep its argument, eg @chapter." - (goto-char (point-min)) - (while - (re-search-forward - (concat "^@" cmd "[ \n]+") (point-max) t) - (delete-region (match-beginning 0) (match-end 0)))) - -;;; 4. @bye and other line commands without args. - -(defvar detexinfo-line-cmds-without-arg - '("bye" "contents" "display" "example" "finalout" - "flushleft" "flushright" "format" "group" "ifhtml" "ifinfo" "iftex" - "ignore" "lisp" "menu" "noindent" "page" "quotation" - "shortcontents" "smallbook" "smallexample" "smalllisp" - "summarycontents" "tex" "thischapter" "thischaptername" - "thisfile" "thispage" "thissection" "thistitle" "titlepage") - "List of Texinfo commands without arguments that should be deleted.") - -(defun detexinfo-remove-line-cmds-without-arg () - "Delete line Texinfo commands that lack args, eg. @example." - (message "Removing commands such as @example...that lack arguments...") - (mapcar 'detexinfo-remove-whole-line - detexinfo-line-cmds-without-arg)) - -;;; 5. @equiv and other inline cmds without args. - -(defvar detexinfo-inline-cmds-without-arg - '("equiv" "error" "expansion" "point" "print" "result" - "asis" "br" "bullet" "dots" "minus" "today") - "List of Texinfo inline commands without arguments that should be deleted.") - -(defun detexinfo-remove-inline-cmds-without-arg () - "Delete Texinfo inline commands in that lack arguments." - (message "Removing within line commands such as @result...") - (mapcar 'detexinfo-remove-inline-cmd - detexinfo-inline-cmds-without-arg)) - -;;; 6. @code and other inline cmds with args to keep - -(defvar detexinfo-inline-cmds-keep-arg - '("b" "cartouche" "cite" "code" "copyright" "ctrl" "dfn" "dmn" - "emph" "file" "footnote" "i" "inforef" - "kbd" "key" "pxref" "r" "ref" "samp" "sc" "titlefont" - "strong" "t" "var" "w" "xref") - "List of Texinfo inline commands with arguments that should be kept.") - -(defun detexinfo-remove-inline-cmds-keep-arg () - "Delete Texinfo inline commands but keep its arg, eg. @code." - (message - "Removing within line commands such as @code...but not their arguments...") - (mapcar 'detexinfo-remove-inline-cmd - detexinfo-inline-cmds-keep-arg)) - -;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;; end detexinfo.el ;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;; diff --git a/contrib/texinfo/emacs/elisp-comp b/contrib/texinfo/emacs/elisp-comp deleted file mode 100755 index 6505826..0000000 --- a/contrib/texinfo/emacs/elisp-comp +++ /dev/null @@ -1,7 +0,0 @@ -#!/bin/sh -# $Id: elisp-comp,v 1.2 1996/09/26 23:41:08 karl Exp $ -# Trivial script to compile the Elisp files. -setpath=${TMPDIR-/tmp}/elc.$$ -echo "(setq load-path (cons nil load-path))" > $setpath -emacs -batch -l $setpath -f batch-byte-compile "$@" -rm -f $setpath diff --git a/contrib/texinfo/emacs/info.el b/contrib/texinfo/emacs/info.el deleted file mode 100644 index ead6ab92..0000000 --- a/contrib/texinfo/emacs/info.el +++ /dev/null @@ -1,1846 +0,0 @@ -;;; info.el --- info package for Emacs. - -;; Copyright (C) 1985, 1986, 1992, 1993, 1994 Free Software Foundation, Inc. - -;; Maintainer: FSF -;; Keywords: help - -;; This file is part of GNU Emacs. - -;; GNU Emacs is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify -;; it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by -;; the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) -;; any later version. - -;; GNU Emacs is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, -;; but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of -;; MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the -;; GNU General Public License for more details. - -;; You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License -;; along with GNU Emacs; see the file COPYING. If not, write to the -;; Free Software Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, -;; Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. - -;;; Commentary: - -;; Note that nowadays we expect info files to be made using makeinfo. - -;;; Code: - -(defvar Info-history nil - "List of info nodes user has visited. -Each element of list is a list (FILENAME NODENAME BUFFERPOS).") - -(defvar Info-enable-edit nil - "*Non-nil means the \\<Info-mode-map>\\[Info-edit] command in Info can edit the current node. -This is convenient if you want to write info files by hand. -However, we recommend that you not do this. -It is better to write a Texinfo file and generate the Info file from that, -because that gives you a printed manual as well.") - -(defvar Info-enable-active-nodes nil - "Non-nil allows Info to execute Lisp code associated with nodes. -The Lisp code is executed when the node is selected.") -(put 'Info-enable-active-nodes 'risky-local-variable t) - -(defvar Info-fontify t - "*Non-nil enables highlighting and fonts in Info nodes.") - -(defvar Info-fontify-maximum-menu-size 30000 - "*Maximum size of menu to fontify if `Info-fontify' is non-nil.") - -(defvar Info-directory-list - (let ((path (getenv "INFOPATH")) - ;; This is for older Emacs versions - ;; which might get this info.el from the Texinfo distribution. - (path-separator (if (boundp 'path-separator) path-separator - (if (eq system-type 'ms-dos) ";" ":"))) - (source (expand-file-name "info/" source-directory)) - (sibling (if installation-directory - (expand-file-name "info/" installation-directory))) - alternative) - (if path - (let ((list nil) - idx) - (while (> (length path) 0) - (setq idx (or (string-match path-separator path) (length path)) - list (cons (substring path 0 idx) list) - path (substring path (min (1+ idx) - (length path))))) - (nreverse list)) - (if (and sibling (file-exists-p sibling)) - (setq alternative sibling) - (setq alternative source)) - (if (or (member alternative Info-default-directory-list) - (not (file-exists-p alternative)) - ;; On DOS/NT, we use movable executables always, - ;; and we must always find the Info dir at run time. - (if (or (eq system-type 'ms-dos) (eq system-type 'windows-nt)) - nil - ;; Use invocation-directory for Info only if we used it for - ;; exec-directory also. - (not (string= exec-directory - (expand-file-name "lib-src/" - installation-directory))))) - Info-default-directory-list - (reverse (cons alternative - (cdr (reverse Info-default-directory-list))))))) - "List of directories to search for Info documentation files. -nil means not yet initialized. In this case, Info uses the environment -variable INFOPATH to initialize it, or `Info-default-directory-list' -if there is no INFOPATH variable in the environment. -The last element of `Info-default-directory-list' is the directory -where Emacs installs the Info files that come with it. - -If you run the Emacs executable from the `src' directory in the Emacs -source tree, the `info' directory in the source tree is used as the last -element, in place of the installation Info directory. This is useful -when you run a version of Emacs without installing it.") - -(defvar Info-additional-directory-list nil - "List of additional directories to search for Info documentation files. -These directories are not searched for merging the `dir' file.") - -(defvar Info-current-file nil - "Info file that Info is now looking at, or nil. -This is the name that was specified in Info, not the actual file name. -It doesn't contain directory names or file name extensions added by Info.") - -(defvar Info-current-subfile nil - "Info subfile that is actually in the *info* buffer now, -or nil if current info file is not split into subfiles.") - -(defvar Info-current-node nil - "Name of node that Info is now looking at, or nil.") - -(defvar Info-tag-table-marker (make-marker) - "Marker pointing at beginning of current Info file's tag table. -Marker points nowhere if file has no tag table.") - -(defvar Info-current-file-completions nil - "Cached completion list for current Info file.") - -(defvar Info-index-alternatives nil - "List of possible matches for last Info-index command.") - -(defvar Info-standalone nil - "Non-nil if Emacs was started solely as an Info browser.") - -(defvar Info-suffix-list - (if (eq system-type 'ms-dos) - '( (".gz" . "gunzip") - (".z" . "gunzip") - (".inf" . nil) - ("" . nil)) - '( (".info.Z" . "uncompress") - (".info.Y" . "unyabba") - (".info.gz" . "gunzip") - (".info.z" . "gunzip") - (".info" . nil) - (".Z" . "uncompress") - (".Y" . "unyabba") - (".gz" . "gunzip") - (".z" . "gunzip") - ("" . nil))) - "List of file name suffixes and associated decoding commands. -Each entry should be (SUFFIX . STRING); the file is given to -the command as standard input. If STRING is nil, no decoding is done. -Because the SUFFIXes are tried in order, the empty string should -be last in the list.") - -;; Concatenate SUFFIX onto FILENAME. SUFFIX should start with a dot. -;; First, on ms-dos, delete some of the extension in FILENAME -;; to make room. -(defun info-insert-file-contents-1 (filename suffix) - (if (not (eq system-type 'ms-dos)) - (concat filename suffix) - (let* ((sans-exts (file-name-sans-extension filename)) - ;; How long is the extension in FILENAME (not counting the dot). - (ext-len (max 0 (- (length filename) (length sans-exts) 1))) - ext-left) - ;; SUFFIX starts with a dot. If FILENAME already has one, - ;; get rid of the one in SUFFIX (unless suffix is empty). - (or (and (<= ext-len 0) - (not (eq (aref filename (1- (length filename))) ?.))) - (= (length suffix) 0) - (setq suffix (substring suffix 1))) - ;; How many chars of that extension should we keep? - (setq ext-left (min ext-len (max 0 (- 3 (length suffix))))) - ;; Get rid of the rest of the extension, and add SUFFIX. - (concat (substring filename 0 (- (length filename) - (- ext-len ext-left))) - suffix)))) - -(defun info-insert-file-contents (filename &optional visit) - "Insert the contents of an info file in the current buffer. -Do the right thing if the file has been compressed or zipped." - (let ((tail Info-suffix-list) - fullname decoder) - (if (file-exists-p filename) - ;; FILENAME exists--see if that name contains a suffix. - ;; If so, set DECODE accordingly. - (progn - (while (and tail - (not (string-match - (concat (regexp-quote (car (car tail))) "$") - filename))) - (setq tail (cdr tail))) - (setq fullname filename - decoder (cdr (car tail)))) - ;; Try adding suffixes to FILENAME and see if we can find something. - (while (and tail - (not (file-exists-p (info-insert-file-contents-1 - filename (car (car tail)))))) - (setq tail (cdr tail))) - ;; If we found a file with a suffix, set DECODER according to the suffix - ;; and set FULLNAME to the file's actual name. - (setq fullname (info-insert-file-contents-1 filename (car (car tail))) - decoder (cdr (car tail))) - (or tail - (error "Can't find %s or any compressed version of it" filename))) - ;; check for conflict with jka-compr - (if (and (featurep 'jka-compr) - (jka-compr-installed-p) - (jka-compr-get-compression-info fullname)) - (setq decoder nil)) - (insert-file-contents fullname visit) - (if decoder - (let ((buffer-read-only nil) - (default-directory (or (file-name-directory fullname) - default-directory))) - (call-process-region (point-min) (point-max) decoder t t))))) - -;;;###autoload (add-hook 'same-window-buffer-names "*info*") - -;;;###autoload -(defun info (&optional file) - "Enter Info, the documentation browser. -Optional argument FILE specifies the file to examine; -the default is the top-level directory of Info. - -In interactive use, a prefix argument directs this command -to read a file name from the minibuffer. - -The search path for Info files is in the variable `Info-directory-list'. -The top-level Info directory is made by combining all the files named `dir' -in all the directories in that path." - (interactive (if current-prefix-arg - (list (read-file-name "Info file name: " nil nil t)))) - (if file - (Info-goto-node (concat "(" file ")")) - (if (get-buffer "*info*") - (pop-to-buffer "*info*") - (Info-directory)))) - -;;;###autoload -(defun info-standalone () - "Run Emacs as a standalone Info reader. -Usage: emacs -f info-standalone [filename] -In standalone mode, \\<Info-mode-map>\\[Info-exit] exits Emacs itself." - (setq Info-standalone t) - (if (and command-line-args-left - (not (string-match "^-" (car command-line-args-left)))) - (condition-case err - (progn - (info (car command-line-args-left)) - (setq command-line-args-left (cdr command-line-args-left))) - (error (send-string-to-terminal - (format "%s\n" (if (eq (car-safe err) 'error) - (nth 1 err) err))) - (save-buffers-kill-emacs))) - (info))) - -;; Go to an info node specified as separate filename and nodename. -;; no-going-back is non-nil if recovering from an error in this function; -;; it says do not attempt further (recursive) error recovery. -(defun Info-find-node (filename nodename &optional no-going-back) - ;; Convert filename to lower case if not found as specified. - ;; Expand it. - (if filename - (let (temp temp-downcase found) - (setq filename (substitute-in-file-name filename)) - (if (string= (downcase filename) "dir") - (setq found t) - (let ((dirs (if (string-match "^\\./" filename) - ;; If specified name starts with `./' - ;; then just try current directory. - '("./") - (if (file-name-absolute-p filename) - ;; No point in searching for an - ;; absolute file name - '(nil) - (if Info-additional-directory-list - (append Info-directory-list - Info-additional-directory-list) - Info-directory-list))))) - ;; Search the directory list for file FILENAME. - (while (and dirs (not found)) - (setq temp (expand-file-name filename (car dirs))) - (setq temp-downcase - (expand-file-name (downcase filename) (car dirs))) - ;; Try several variants of specified name. - (let ((suffix-list Info-suffix-list)) - (while (and suffix-list (not found)) - (cond ((file-exists-p - (info-insert-file-contents-1 - temp (car (car suffix-list)))) - (setq found temp)) - ((file-exists-p - (info-insert-file-contents-1 - temp-downcase (car (car suffix-list)))) - (setq found temp-downcase))) - (setq suffix-list (cdr suffix-list)))) - (setq dirs (cdr dirs))))) - (if found - (setq filename found) - (error "Info file %s does not exist" filename)))) - ;; Record the node we are leaving. - (if (and Info-current-file (not no-going-back)) - (setq Info-history - (cons (list Info-current-file Info-current-node (point)) - Info-history))) - ;; Go into info buffer. - (switch-to-buffer "*info*") - (buffer-disable-undo (current-buffer)) - (or (eq major-mode 'Info-mode) - (Info-mode)) - (widen) - (setq Info-current-node nil) - (unwind-protect - (progn - ;; Switch files if necessary - (or (null filename) - (equal Info-current-file filename) - (let ((buffer-read-only nil)) - (setq Info-current-file nil - Info-current-subfile nil - Info-current-file-completions nil - Info-index-alternatives nil - buffer-file-name nil) - (erase-buffer) - (if (eq filename t) - (Info-insert-dir) - (info-insert-file-contents filename t) - (setq default-directory (file-name-directory filename))) - (set-buffer-modified-p nil) - ;; See whether file has a tag table. Record the location if yes. - (set-marker Info-tag-table-marker nil) - (goto-char (point-max)) - (forward-line -8) - ;; Use string-equal, not equal, to ignore text props. - (or (string-equal nodename "*") - (not (search-forward "\^_\nEnd tag table\n" nil t)) - (let (pos) - ;; We have a tag table. Find its beginning. - ;; Is this an indirect file? - (search-backward "\nTag table:\n") - (setq pos (point)) - (if (save-excursion - (forward-line 2) - (looking-at "(Indirect)\n")) - ;; It is indirect. Copy it to another buffer - ;; and record that the tag table is in that buffer. - (save-excursion - (let ((buf (current-buffer))) - (set-buffer (get-buffer-create " *info tag table*")) - (buffer-disable-undo (current-buffer)) - (setq case-fold-search t) - (erase-buffer) - (insert-buffer-substring buf) - (set-marker Info-tag-table-marker - (match-end 0)))) - (set-marker Info-tag-table-marker pos)))) - (setq Info-current-file - (if (eq filename t) "dir" filename)))) - ;; Use string-equal, not equal, to ignore text props. - (if (string-equal nodename "*") - (progn (setq Info-current-node nodename) - (Info-set-mode-line)) - ;; Search file for a suitable node. - (let ((guesspos (point-min)) - (regexp (concat "Node: *" (regexp-quote nodename) " *[,\t\n\177]"))) - ;; First get advice from tag table if file has one. - ;; Also, if this is an indirect info file, - ;; read the proper subfile into this buffer. - (if (marker-position Info-tag-table-marker) - (save-excursion - (set-buffer (marker-buffer Info-tag-table-marker)) - (goto-char Info-tag-table-marker) - (if (re-search-forward regexp nil t) - (progn - (setq guesspos (read (current-buffer))) - ;; If this is an indirect file, - ;; determine which file really holds this node - ;; and read it in. - (if (not (eq (current-buffer) (get-buffer "*info*"))) - (setq guesspos - (Info-read-subfile guesspos)))) - (error "No such node: %s" nodename)))) - (goto-char (max (point-min) (- guesspos 1000))) - ;; Now search from our advised position (or from beg of buffer) - ;; to find the actual node. - (catch 'foo - (while (search-forward "\n\^_" nil t) - (forward-line 1) - (let ((beg (point))) - (forward-line 1) - (if (re-search-backward regexp beg t) - (throw 'foo t)))) - (error "No such node: %s" nodename))) - (Info-select-node))) - ;; If we did not finish finding the specified node, - ;; go back to the previous one. - (or Info-current-node no-going-back (null Info-history) - (let ((hist (car Info-history))) - (setq Info-history (cdr Info-history)) - (Info-find-node (nth 0 hist) (nth 1 hist) t) - (goto-char (nth 2 hist))))) - (goto-char (point-min))) - -;; Cache the contents of the (virtual) dir file, once we have merged -;; it for the first time, so we can save time subsequently. -(defvar Info-dir-contents nil) - -;; Cache for the directory we decided to use for the default-directory -;; of the merged dir text. -(defvar Info-dir-contents-directory nil) - -;; Record the file attributes of all the files from which we -;; constructed Info-dir-contents. -(defvar Info-dir-file-attributes nil) - -;; Construct the Info directory node by merging the files named `dir' -;; from various directories. Set the *info* buffer's -;; default-directory to the first directory we actually get any text -;; from. -(defun Info-insert-dir () - (if (and Info-dir-contents Info-dir-file-attributes - ;; Verify that none of the files we used has changed - ;; since we used it. - (eval (cons 'and - (mapcar '(lambda (elt) - (let ((curr (file-attributes (car elt)))) - ;; Don't compare the access time. - (if curr (setcar (nthcdr 4 curr) 0)) - (setcar (nthcdr 4 (cdr elt)) 0) - (equal (cdr elt) curr))) - Info-dir-file-attributes)))) - (insert Info-dir-contents) - (let ((dirs Info-directory-list) - buffers buffer others nodes dirs-done) - - (setq Info-dir-file-attributes nil) - - ;; Search the directory list for the directory file. - (while dirs - (let ((truename (file-truename (expand-file-name (car dirs))))) - (or (member truename dirs-done) - (member (directory-file-name truename) dirs-done) - ;; Try several variants of specified name. - ;; Try upcasing, appending `.info', or both. - (let* (file - (attrs - (or - (progn (setq file (expand-file-name "dir" truename)) - (file-attributes file)) - (progn (setq file (expand-file-name "DIR" truename)) - (file-attributes file)) - (progn (setq file (expand-file-name "dir.info" truename)) - (file-attributes file)) - (progn (setq file (expand-file-name "DIR.INFO" truename)) - (file-attributes file))))) - (setq dirs-done - (cons truename - (cons (directory-file-name truename) - dirs-done))) - (if attrs - (save-excursion - (or buffers - (message "Composing main Info directory...")) - (set-buffer (generate-new-buffer "info dir")) - (insert-file-contents file) - (setq buffers (cons (current-buffer) buffers) - Info-dir-file-attributes - (cons (cons file attrs) - Info-dir-file-attributes)))))) - (or (cdr dirs) (setq Info-dir-contents-directory (car dirs))) - (setq dirs (cdr dirs)))) - - (or buffers - (error "Can't find the Info directory node")) - ;; Distinguish the dir file that comes with Emacs from all the - ;; others. Yes, that is really what this is supposed to do. - ;; If it doesn't work, fix it. - (setq buffer (car buffers) - others (cdr buffers)) - - ;; Insert the entire original dir file as a start; note that we've - ;; already saved its default directory to use as the default - ;; directory for the whole concatenation. - (insert-buffer buffer) - - ;; Look at each of the other buffers one by one. - (while others - (let ((other (car others))) - ;; In each, find all the menus. - (save-excursion - (set-buffer other) - (goto-char (point-min)) - ;; Find each menu, and add an elt to NODES for it. - (while (re-search-forward "^\\* Menu:" nil t) - (let (beg nodename end) - (forward-line 1) - (setq beg (point)) - (search-backward "\n\^_") - (search-forward "Node: ") - (setq nodename (Info-following-node-name)) - (search-forward "\n\^_" nil 'move) - (beginning-of-line) - (setq end (point)) - (setq nodes (cons (list nodename other beg end) nodes)))))) - (setq others (cdr others))) - ;; Add to the main menu a menu item for each other node. - (re-search-forward "^\\* Menu:") - (forward-line 1) - (let ((menu-items '("top")) - (nodes nodes) - (case-fold-search t) - (end (save-excursion (search-forward "\^_" nil t) (point)))) - (while nodes - (let ((nodename (car (car nodes)))) - (save-excursion - (or (member (downcase nodename) menu-items) - (re-search-forward (concat "^\\* " - (regexp-quote nodename) - "::") - end t) - (progn - (insert "* " nodename "::" "\n") - (setq menu-items (cons nodename menu-items)))))) - (setq nodes (cdr nodes)))) - ;; Now take each node of each of the other buffers - ;; and merge it into the main buffer. - (while nodes - (let ((nodename (car (car nodes)))) - (goto-char (point-min)) - ;; Find the like-named node in the main buffer. - (if (re-search-forward (concat "\n\^_.*\n.*Node: " - (regexp-quote nodename) - "[,\n\t]") - nil t) - (progn - (search-forward "\n\^_" nil 'move) - (beginning-of-line) - (insert "\n")) - ;; If none exists, add one. - (goto-char (point-max)) - (insert "\^_\nFile: dir\tNode: " nodename "\n\n* Menu:\n\n")) - ;; Merge the text from the other buffer's menu - ;; into the menu in the like-named node in the main buffer. - (apply 'insert-buffer-substring (cdr (car nodes)))) - (setq nodes (cdr nodes))) - ;; Kill all the buffers we just made. - (while buffers - (kill-buffer (car buffers)) - (setq buffers (cdr buffers))) - (message "Composing main Info directory...done")) - (setq Info-dir-contents (buffer-string))) - (setq default-directory Info-dir-contents-directory)) - -(defun Info-read-subfile (nodepos) - (set-buffer (marker-buffer Info-tag-table-marker)) - (goto-char (point-min)) - (search-forward "\n\^_") - (let (lastfilepos - lastfilename) - (forward-line 2) - (catch 'foo - (while (not (looking-at "\^_")) - (if (not (eolp)) - (let ((beg (point)) - thisfilepos thisfilename) - (search-forward ": ") - (setq thisfilename (buffer-substring beg (- (point) 2))) - (setq thisfilepos (read (current-buffer))) - ;; read in version 19 stops at the end of number. - ;; Advance to the next line. - (forward-line 1) - (if (> thisfilepos nodepos) - (throw 'foo t)) - (setq lastfilename thisfilename) - (setq lastfilepos thisfilepos)) - (forward-line 1)))) - (set-buffer (get-buffer "*info*")) - (or (equal Info-current-subfile lastfilename) - (let ((buffer-read-only nil)) - (setq buffer-file-name nil) - (widen) - (erase-buffer) - (info-insert-file-contents lastfilename) - (set-buffer-modified-p nil) - (setq Info-current-subfile lastfilename))) - (goto-char (point-min)) - (search-forward "\n\^_") - (+ (- nodepos lastfilepos) (point)))) - -;; Select the info node that point is in. -(defun Info-select-node () - (save-excursion - ;; Find beginning of node. - (search-backward "\n\^_") - (forward-line 2) - ;; Get nodename spelled as it is in the node. - (re-search-forward "Node:[ \t]*") - (setq Info-current-node - (buffer-substring-no-properties (point) - (progn - (skip-chars-forward "^,\t\n") - (point)))) - (Info-set-mode-line) - ;; Find the end of it, and narrow. - (beginning-of-line) - (let (active-expression) - (narrow-to-region (point) - (if (re-search-forward "\n[\^_\f]" nil t) - (prog1 - (1- (point)) - (if (looking-at "[\n\^_\f]*execute: ") - (progn - (goto-char (match-end 0)) - (setq active-expression - (read (current-buffer)))))) - (point-max))) - (if Info-enable-active-nodes (eval active-expression)) - (if Info-fontify (Info-fontify-node)) - (run-hooks 'Info-selection-hook)))) - -(defun Info-set-mode-line () - (setq mode-line-buffer-identification - (concat - "Info: (" - (if Info-current-file - (file-name-nondirectory Info-current-file) - "") - ")" - (or Info-current-node "")))) - -;; Go to an info node specified with a filename-and-nodename string -;; of the sort that is found in pointers in nodes. - -(defun Info-goto-node (nodename) - "Go to info node named NAME. Give just NODENAME or (FILENAME)NODENAME." - (interactive (list (Info-read-node-name "Goto node: "))) - (let (filename) - (string-match "\\s *\\((\\s *\\([^\t)]*\\)\\s *)\\s *\\|\\)\\(.*\\)" - nodename) - (setq filename (if (= (match-beginning 1) (match-end 1)) - "" - (substring nodename (match-beginning 2) (match-end 2))) - nodename (substring nodename (match-beginning 3) (match-end 3))) - (let ((trim (string-match "\\s *\\'" filename))) - (if trim (setq filename (substring filename 0 trim)))) - (let ((trim (string-match "\\s *\\'" nodename))) - (if trim (setq nodename (substring nodename 0 trim)))) - (if transient-mark-mode (deactivate-mark)) - (Info-find-node (if (equal filename "") nil filename) - (if (equal nodename "") "Top" nodename)))) - -;; This function is used as the "completion table" while reading a node name. -;; It does completion using the alist in completion-table -;; unless STRING starts with an open-paren. -(defun Info-read-node-name-1 (string predicate code) - (let ((no-completion (and (> (length string) 0) (eq (aref string 0) ?\()))) - (cond ((eq code nil) - (if no-completion - string - (try-completion string completion-table predicate))) - ((eq code t) - (if no-completion - nil - (all-completions string completion-table predicate))) - ((eq code 'lambda) - (if no-completion - t - (assoc string completion-table)))))) - -(defun Info-read-node-name (prompt &optional default) - (let* ((completion-ignore-case t) - (completion-table (Info-build-node-completions)) - (nodename (completing-read prompt 'Info-read-node-name-1))) - (if (equal nodename "") - (or default - (Info-read-node-name prompt)) - nodename))) - -(defun Info-build-node-completions () - (or Info-current-file-completions - (let ((compl nil)) - (save-excursion - (save-restriction - (if (marker-buffer Info-tag-table-marker) - (progn - (set-buffer (marker-buffer Info-tag-table-marker)) - (widen) - (goto-char Info-tag-table-marker) - (while (re-search-forward "\nNode: \\(.*\\)\177" nil t) - (setq compl - (cons (list (buffer-substring (match-beginning 1) - (match-end 1))) - compl)))) - (widen) - (goto-char (point-min)) - (while (search-forward "\n\^_" nil t) - (forward-line 1) - (let ((beg (point))) - (forward-line 1) - (if (re-search-backward "Node: *\\([^,\n]*\\) *[,\n\t]" - beg t) - (setq compl - (cons (list (buffer-substring (match-beginning 1) - (match-end 1))) - compl)))))))) - (setq Info-current-file-completions compl)))) - -(defun Info-restore-point (hl) - "If this node has been visited, restore the point value when we left." - (while hl - (if (and (equal (nth 0 (car hl)) Info-current-file) - ;; Use string-equal, not equal, to ignore text props. - (string-equal (nth 1 (car hl)) Info-current-node)) - (progn - (goto-char (nth 2 (car hl))) - (setq hl nil)) ;terminate the while at next iter - (setq hl (cdr hl))))) - -(defvar Info-last-search nil - "Default regexp for \\<Info-mode-map>\\[Info-search] command to search for.") - -(defun Info-search (regexp) - "Search for REGEXP, starting from point, and select node it's found in." - (interactive "sSearch (regexp): ") - (if transient-mark-mode (deactivate-mark)) - (if (equal regexp "") - (setq regexp Info-last-search) - (setq Info-last-search regexp)) - (let ((found ()) current - (onode Info-current-node) - (ofile Info-current-file) - (opoint (point)) - (osubfile Info-current-subfile)) - (save-excursion - (save-restriction - (widen) - (if (null Info-current-subfile) - (progn (re-search-forward regexp) (setq found (point))) - (condition-case err - (progn (re-search-forward regexp) (setq found (point))) - (search-failed nil))))) - (if (not found) ;can only happen in subfile case -- else would have erred - (unwind-protect - (let ((list ())) - (set-buffer (marker-buffer Info-tag-table-marker)) - (goto-char (point-min)) - (search-forward "\n\^_\nIndirect:") - (save-restriction - (narrow-to-region (point) - (progn (search-forward "\n\^_") - (1- (point)))) - (goto-char (point-min)) - (search-forward (concat "\n" osubfile ": ")) - (beginning-of-line) - (while (not (eobp)) - (re-search-forward "\\(^.*\\): [0-9]+$") - (goto-char (+ (match-end 1) 2)) - (setq list (cons (cons (read (current-buffer)) - (buffer-substring (match-beginning 1) - (match-end 1))) - list)) - (goto-char (1+ (match-end 0)))) - (setq list (nreverse list) - current (car (car list)) - list (cdr list))) - (while list - (message "Searching subfile %s..." (cdr (car list))) - (Info-read-subfile (car (car list))) - (setq list (cdr list)) -;; (goto-char (point-min)) - (if (re-search-forward regexp nil t) - (setq found (point) list ()))) - (if found - (message "") - (signal 'search-failed (list regexp)))) - (if (not found) - (progn (Info-read-subfile opoint) - (goto-char opoint) - (Info-select-node))))) - (widen) - (goto-char found) - (Info-select-node) - ;; Use string-equal, not equal, to ignore text props. - (or (and (string-equal onode Info-current-node) - (equal ofile Info-current-file)) - (setq Info-history (cons (list ofile onode opoint) - Info-history))))) - -;; Extract the value of the node-pointer named NAME. -;; If there is none, use ERRORNAME in the error message; -;; if ERRORNAME is nil, just return nil. -(defun Info-extract-pointer (name &optional errorname) - (save-excursion - (goto-char (point-min)) - (forward-line 1) - (if (re-search-backward (concat name ":") nil t) - (progn - (goto-char (match-end 0)) - (Info-following-node-name)) - (if (eq errorname t) - nil - (error "Node has no %s" (capitalize (or errorname name))))))) - -;; Return the node name in the buffer following point. -;; ALLOWEDCHARS, if non-nil, goes within [...] to make a regexp -;; saying which chas may appear in the node name. -(defun Info-following-node-name (&optional allowedchars) - (skip-chars-forward " \t") - (buffer-substring-no-properties - (point) - (progn - (while (looking-at (concat "[" (or allowedchars "^,\t\n") "]")) - (skip-chars-forward (concat (or allowedchars "^,\t\n") "(")) - (if (looking-at "(") - (skip-chars-forward "^)"))) - (skip-chars-backward " ") - (point)))) - -(defun Info-next () - "Go to the next node of this node." - (interactive) - (Info-goto-node (Info-extract-pointer "next"))) - -(defun Info-prev () - "Go to the previous node of this node." - (interactive) - (Info-goto-node (Info-extract-pointer "prev[ious]*" "previous"))) - -(defun Info-up () - "Go to the superior node of this node." - (interactive) - (Info-goto-node (Info-extract-pointer "up")) - (Info-restore-point Info-history)) - -(defun Info-last () - "Go back to the last node visited." - (interactive) - (or Info-history - (error "This is the first Info node you looked at")) - (let (filename nodename opoint) - (setq filename (car (car Info-history))) - (setq nodename (car (cdr (car Info-history)))) - (setq opoint (car (cdr (cdr (car Info-history))))) - (setq Info-history (cdr Info-history)) - (Info-find-node filename nodename) - (setq Info-history (cdr Info-history)) - (goto-char opoint))) - -(defun Info-directory () - "Go to the Info directory node." - (interactive) - (Info-find-node "dir" "top")) - -(defun Info-follow-reference (footnotename) - "Follow cross reference named NAME to the node it refers to. -NAME may be an abbreviation of the reference name." - (interactive - (let ((completion-ignore-case t) - completions default alt-default (start-point (point)) str i bol eol) - (save-excursion - ;; Store end and beginning of line. - (end-of-line) - (setq eol (point)) - (beginning-of-line) - (setq bol (point)) - - (goto-char (point-min)) - (while (re-search-forward "\\*note[ \n\t]*\\([^:]*\\):" nil t) - (setq str (buffer-substring - (match-beginning 1) - (1- (point)))) - ;; See if this one should be the default. - (and (null default) - (<= (match-beginning 0) start-point) - (<= start-point (point)) - (setq default t)) - ;; See if this one should be the alternate default. - (and (null alt-default) - (and (<= bol (match-beginning 0)) - (<= (point) eol)) - (setq alt-default t)) - (setq i 0) - (while (setq i (string-match "[ \n\t]+" str i)) - (setq str (concat (substring str 0 i) " " - (substring str (match-end 0)))) - (setq i (1+ i))) - ;; Record as a completion and perhaps as default. - (if (eq default t) (setq default str)) - (if (eq alt-default t) (setq alt-default str)) - (setq completions - (cons (cons str nil) - completions)))) - ;; If no good default was found, try an alternate. - (or default - (setq default alt-default)) - ;; If only one cross-reference found, then make it default. - (if (eq (length completions) 1) - (setq default (car (car completions)))) - (if completions - (let ((input (completing-read (if default - (concat "Follow reference named: (" - default ") ") - "Follow reference named: ") - completions nil t))) - (list (if (equal input "") - default input))) - (error "No cross-references in this node")))) - (let (target beg i (str (concat "\\*note " (regexp-quote footnotename)))) - (while (setq i (string-match " " str i)) - (setq str (concat (substring str 0 i) "[ \t\n]+" (substring str (1+ i)))) - (setq i (+ i 6))) - (save-excursion - (goto-char (point-min)) - (or (re-search-forward str nil t) - (error "No cross-reference named %s" footnotename)) - (goto-char (+ (match-beginning 0) 5)) - (setq target - (Info-extract-menu-node-name "Bad format cross reference" t))) - (while (setq i (string-match "[ \t\n]+" target i)) - (setq target (concat (substring target 0 i) " " - (substring target (match-end 0)))) - (setq i (+ i 1))) - (Info-goto-node target))) - -(defun Info-extract-menu-node-name (&optional errmessage multi-line) - (skip-chars-forward " \t\n") - (let ((beg (point)) - str i) - (skip-chars-forward "^:") - (forward-char 1) - (setq str - (if (looking-at ":") - (buffer-substring-no-properties beg (1- (point))) - (skip-chars-forward " \t\n") - (Info-following-node-name (if multi-line "^.,\t" "^.,\t\n")))) - (while (setq i (string-match "\n" str i)) - (aset str i ?\ )) - ;; Collapse multiple spaces. - (while (string-match " +" str) - (setq str (replace-match " " t t str))) - str)) - -;; No one calls this. -;;(defun Info-menu-item-sequence (list) -;; (while list -;; (Info-menu (car list)) -;; (setq list (cdr list)))) - -(defun Info-complete-menu-item (string predicate action) - (let ((case-fold-search t)) - (cond ((eq action nil) - (let (completions - (pattern (concat "\n\\* \\(" - (regexp-quote string) - "[^:\t\n]*\\):"))) - (save-excursion - (set-buffer Info-complete-menu-buffer) - (goto-char (point-min)) - (search-forward "\n* Menu:") - (while (re-search-forward pattern nil t) - (setq completions (cons (cons (format "%s" - (buffer-substring - (match-beginning 1) - (match-end 1))) - (match-beginning 1)) - completions)))) - (try-completion string completions predicate))) - ((eq action t) - (let (completions - (pattern (concat "\n\\* \\(" - (regexp-quote string) - "[^:\t\n]*\\):"))) - (save-excursion - (set-buffer Info-complete-menu-buffer) - (goto-char (point-min)) - (search-forward "\n* Menu:") - (while (re-search-forward pattern nil t) - (setq completions (cons (cons (format "%s" - (buffer-substring - (match-beginning 1) - (match-end 1))) - (match-beginning 1)) - completions)))) - (all-completions string completions predicate))) - (t - (save-excursion - (set-buffer Info-complete-menu-buffer) - (goto-char (point-min)) - (search-forward "\n* Menu:") - (re-search-forward (concat "\n\\* " - (regexp-quote string) - ":") - nil t)))))) - - -(defun Info-menu (menu-item) - "Go to node for menu item named (or abbreviated) NAME. -Completion is allowed, and the menu item point is on is the default." - (interactive - (let ((completions '()) - ;; If point is within a menu item, use that item as the default - (default nil) - (p (point)) - beg - (last nil)) - (save-excursion - (goto-char (point-min)) - (if (not (search-forward "\n* menu:" nil t)) - (error "No menu in this node")) - (setq beg (point)) - (and (< (point) p) - (save-excursion - (goto-char p) - (end-of-line) - (re-search-backward "\n\\* \\([^:\t\n]*\\):" beg t) - (setq default (format "%s" (buffer-substring - (match-beginning 1) - (match-end 1))))))) - (let ((item nil)) - (while (null item) - (setq item (let ((completion-ignore-case t) - (Info-complete-menu-buffer (current-buffer))) - (completing-read (if default - (format "Menu item (default %s): " - default) - "Menu item: ") - 'Info-complete-menu-item nil t))) - ;; we rely on the fact that completing-read accepts an input - ;; of "" even when the require-match argument is true and "" - ;; is not a valid possibility - (if (string= item "") - (if default - (setq item default) - ;; ask again - (setq item nil)))) - (list item)))) - ;; there is a problem here in that if several menu items have the same - ;; name you can only go to the node of the first with this command. - (Info-goto-node (Info-extract-menu-item menu-item))) - -(defun Info-extract-menu-item (menu-item) - (setq menu-item (regexp-quote menu-item)) - (save-excursion - (goto-char (point-min)) - (or (search-forward "\n* menu:" nil t) - (error "No menu in this node")) - (or (re-search-forward (concat "\n\\* " menu-item ":") nil t) - (re-search-forward (concat "\n\\* " menu-item) nil t) - (error "No such item in menu")) - (beginning-of-line) - (forward-char 2) - (Info-extract-menu-node-name))) - -;; If COUNT is nil, use the last item in the menu. -(defun Info-extract-menu-counting (count) - (save-excursion - (goto-char (point-min)) - (or (search-forward "\n* menu:" nil t) - (error "No menu in this node")) - (if count - (or (search-forward "\n* " nil t count) - (error "Too few items in menu")) - (while (search-forward "\n* " nil t) - nil)) - (Info-extract-menu-node-name))) - -(defun Info-nth-menu-item () - "Go to the node of the Nth menu item. -N is the digit argument used to invoke this command." - (interactive) - (Info-goto-node - (Info-extract-menu-counting - (- (aref (this-command-keys) (1- (length (this-command-keys)))) ?0)))) - -(defun Info-top-node () - "Go to the Top node of this file." - (interactive) - (Info-goto-node "Top")) - -(defun Info-final-node () - "Go to the final node in this file." - (interactive) - (Info-goto-node "Top") - (let (Info-history) - ;; Go to the last node in the menu of Top. - (Info-goto-node (Info-extract-menu-counting nil)) - ;; If the last node in the menu is not last in pointer structure, - ;; move forward until we can't go any farther. - (while (Info-forward-node t t) nil) - ;; Then keep moving down to last subnode, unless we reach an index. - (while (and (not (string-match "\\<index\\>" Info-current-node)) - (save-excursion (search-forward "\n* Menu:" nil t))) - (Info-goto-node (Info-extract-menu-counting nil))))) - -(defun Info-forward-node (&optional not-down no-error) - "Go forward one node, considering all nodes as forming one sequence." - (interactive) - (goto-char (point-min)) - (forward-line 1) - ;; three possibilities, in order of priority: - ;; 1. next node is in a menu in this node (but not in an index) - ;; 2. next node is next at same level - ;; 3. next node is up and next - (cond ((and (not not-down) - (save-excursion (search-forward "\n* menu:" nil t)) - (not (string-match "\\<index\\>" Info-current-node))) - (Info-goto-node (Info-extract-menu-counting 1)) - t) - ((save-excursion (search-backward "next:" nil t)) - (Info-next) - t) - ((and (save-excursion (search-backward "up:" nil t)) - ;; Use string-equal, not equal, to ignore text props. - (not (string-equal (downcase (Info-extract-pointer "up")) - "top"))) - (let ((old-node Info-current-node)) - (Info-up) - (let (Info-history success) - (unwind-protect - (setq success (Info-forward-node t no-error)) - (or success (Info-goto-node old-node)))))) - (no-error nil) - (t (error "No pointer forward from this node")))) - -(defun Info-backward-node () - "Go backward one node, considering all nodes as forming one sequence." - (interactive) - (let ((prevnode (Info-extract-pointer "prev[ious]*" t)) - (upnode (Info-extract-pointer "up" t))) - (cond ((and upnode (string-match "(" upnode)) - (error "First node in file")) - ((and upnode (or (null prevnode) - ;; Use string-equal, not equal, - ;; to ignore text properties. - (string-equal (downcase prevnode) - (downcase upnode)))) - (Info-up)) - (prevnode - ;; If we move back at the same level, - ;; go down to find the last subnode*. - (Info-prev) - (let (Info-history) - (while (and (not (string-match "\\<index\\>" Info-current-node)) - (save-excursion (search-forward "\n* Menu:" nil t))) - (Info-goto-node (Info-extract-menu-counting nil))))) - (t - (error "No pointer backward from this node"))))) - -(defun Info-exit () - "Exit Info by selecting some other buffer." - (interactive) - (if Info-standalone - (save-buffers-kill-emacs) - (switch-to-buffer (prog1 (other-buffer (current-buffer)) - (bury-buffer (current-buffer)))))) - -(defun Info-next-menu-item () - (interactive) - (save-excursion - (forward-line -1) - (search-forward "\n* menu:" nil t) - (or (search-forward "\n* " nil t) - (error "No more items in menu")) - (Info-goto-node (Info-extract-menu-node-name)))) - -(defun Info-last-menu-item () - (interactive) - (save-excursion - (forward-line 1) - (let ((beg (save-excursion - (and (search-backward "\n* menu:" nil t) - (point))))) - (or (and beg (search-backward "\n* " beg t)) - (error "No previous items in menu"))) - (Info-goto-node (save-excursion - (goto-char (match-end 0)) - (Info-extract-menu-node-name))))) - -(defmacro Info-no-error (&rest body) - (list 'condition-case nil (cons 'progn (append body '(t))) '(error nil))) - -(defun Info-next-preorder () - "Go to the next subnode or the next node, or go up a level." - (interactive) - (cond ((Info-no-error (Info-next-menu-item))) - ((Info-no-error (Info-next))) - ((Info-no-error (Info-up)) - ;; Since we have already gone thru all the items in this menu, - ;; go up to the end of this node. - (goto-char (point-max)) - ;; Since logically we are done with the node with that menu, - ;; move on from it. - (Info-next-preorder)) - (t - (error "No more nodes")))) - -(defun Info-last-preorder () - "Go to the last node, popping up a level if there is none." - (interactive) - (cond ((Info-no-error - (Info-last-menu-item) - ;; If we go down a menu item, go to the end of the node - ;; so we can scroll back through it. - (goto-char (point-max))) - ;; Keep going down, as long as there are nested menu nodes. - (while (Info-no-error - (Info-last-menu-item) - ;; If we go down a menu item, go to the end of the node - ;; so we can scroll back through it. - (goto-char (point-max)))) - (recenter -1)) - ((Info-no-error (Info-prev)) - (goto-char (point-max)) - (while (Info-no-error - (Info-last-menu-item) - ;; If we go down a menu item, go to the end of the node - ;; so we can scroll back through it. - (goto-char (point-max)))) - (recenter -1)) - ((Info-no-error (Info-up)) - (goto-char (point-min)) - (or (search-forward "\n* Menu:" nil t) - (goto-char (point-max)))) - (t (error "No previous nodes")))) - -(defun Info-scroll-up () - "Scroll one screenful forward in Info, considering all nodes as one sequence. -Once you scroll far enough in a node that its menu appears on the screen, -the next scroll moves into its first subnode. When you scroll past -the end of a node, that goes to the next node or back up to the parent node." - (interactive) - (if (or (< (window-start) (point-min)) - (> (window-start) (point-max))) - (set-window-start (selected-window) (point))) - (let ((virtual-end (save-excursion - (goto-char (point-min)) - (if (search-forward "\n* Menu:" nil t) - (point) - (point-max))))) - (if (or (< virtual-end (window-start)) - (pos-visible-in-window-p virtual-end)) - (Info-next-preorder) - (scroll-up)))) - -(defun Info-scroll-down () - "Scroll one screenful back in Info, considering all nodes as one sequence. -Within the menu of a node, this goes to its last subnode. -When you scroll past the beginning of a node, that goes to the -previous node or back up to the parent node." - (interactive) - (if (or (< (window-start) (point-min)) - (> (window-start) (point-max))) - (set-window-start (selected-window) (point))) - (let* ((current-point (point)) - (virtual-end (save-excursion - (beginning-of-line) - (setq current-point (point)) - (goto-char (point-min)) - (search-forward "\n* Menu:" - current-point - t)))) - (if (or virtual-end (pos-visible-in-window-p (point-min))) - (Info-last-preorder) - (scroll-down)))) - -(defun Info-next-reference (&optional recur) - "Move cursor to the next cross-reference or menu item in the node." - (interactive) - (let ((pat "\\*note[ \n\t]*\\([^:]*\\):\\|^\\* .*:") - (old-pt (point))) - (or (eobp) (forward-char 1)) - (or (re-search-forward pat nil t) - (progn - (goto-char (point-min)) - (or (re-search-forward pat nil t) - (progn - (goto-char old-pt) - (error "No cross references in this node"))))) - (goto-char (match-beginning 0)) - (if (looking-at "\\* Menu:") - (if recur - (error "No cross references in this node") - (Info-next-reference t))))) - -(defun Info-prev-reference (&optional recur) - "Move cursor to the previous cross-reference or menu item in the node." - (interactive) - (let ((pat "\\*note[ \n\t]*\\([^:]*\\):\\|^\\* .*:") - (old-pt (point))) - (or (re-search-backward pat nil t) - (progn - (goto-char (point-max)) - (or (re-search-backward pat nil t) - (progn - (goto-char old-pt) - (error "No cross references in this node"))))) - (goto-char (match-beginning 0)) - (if (looking-at "\\* Menu:") - (if recur - (error "No cross references in this node") - (Info-prev-reference t))))) - -(defun Info-index (topic) - "Look up a string in the index for this file. -The index is defined as the first node in the top-level menu whose -name contains the word \"Index\", plus any immediately following -nodes whose names also contain the word \"Index\". -If there are no exact matches to the specified topic, this chooses -the first match which is a case-insensitive substring of a topic. -Use the `,' command to see the other matches. -Give a blank topic name to go to the Index node itself." - (interactive "sIndex topic: ") - (let ((orignode Info-current-node) - (rnode nil) - (pattern (format "\n\\* \\([^\n:]*%s[^\n:]*\\):[ \t]*\\([^.\n]*\\)\\.[ \t]*\\([0-9]*\\)" - (regexp-quote topic))) - node) - (Info-goto-node "Top") - (or (search-forward "\n* menu:" nil t) - (error "No index")) - (or (re-search-forward "\n\\* \\(.*\\<Index\\>\\)" nil t) - (error "No index")) - (goto-char (match-beginning 1)) - ;; Here, and subsequently in this function, - ;; we bind Info-history to nil for internal node-switches - ;; so that we don't put junk in the history. - ;; In the first Info-goto-node call, above, we do update the history - ;; because that is what the user's previous node choice into it. - (let ((Info-history nil)) - (Info-goto-node (Info-extract-menu-node-name))) - (or (equal topic "") - (let ((matches nil) - (exact nil) - (Info-history nil) - found) - (while - (progn - (goto-char (point-min)) - (while (re-search-forward pattern nil t) - (setq matches - (cons (list (buffer-substring (match-beginning 1) - (match-end 1)) - (buffer-substring (match-beginning 2) - (match-end 2)) - Info-current-node - (string-to-int (concat "0" - (buffer-substring - (match-beginning 3) - (match-end 3))))) - matches))) - (and (setq node (Info-extract-pointer "next" t)) - (string-match "\\<Index\\>" node))) - (Info-goto-node node)) - (or matches - (progn - (Info-goto-node orignode) - (error "No `%s' in index" topic))) - ;; Here it is a feature that assoc is case-sensitive. - (while (setq found (assoc topic matches)) - (setq exact (cons found exact) - matches (delq found matches))) - (setq Info-index-alternatives (nconc exact (nreverse matches))) - (Info-index-next 0))))) - -(defun Info-index-next (num) - "Go to the next matching index item from the last `i' command." - (interactive "p") - (or Info-index-alternatives - (error "No previous `i' command in this file")) - (while (< num 0) - (setq num (+ num (length Info-index-alternatives)))) - (while (> num 0) - (setq Info-index-alternatives - (nconc (cdr Info-index-alternatives) - (list (car Info-index-alternatives))) - num (1- num))) - (Info-goto-node (nth 1 (car Info-index-alternatives))) - (if (> (nth 3 (car Info-index-alternatives)) 0) - (forward-line (nth 3 (car Info-index-alternatives))) - (forward-line 3) ; don't search in headers - (let ((name (car (car Info-index-alternatives)))) - (Info-find-index-name name))) - (message "Found `%s' in %s. %s" - (car (car Info-index-alternatives)) - (nth 2 (car Info-index-alternatives)) - (if (cdr Info-index-alternatives) - "(Press `,' for more)" - "(Only match)"))) - -(defun Info-find-index-name (name) - "Move point to the place within the current node where NAME is defined." - (if (or (re-search-forward (format - "[a-zA-Z]+: %s\\( \\|$\\)" - (regexp-quote name)) nil t) - (search-forward (format "`%s'" name) nil t) - (and (string-match "\\`.*\\( (.*)\\)\\'" name) - (search-forward - (format "`%s'" (substring name 0 (match-beginning 1))) - nil t)) - (search-forward name nil t)) - (beginning-of-line) - (goto-char (point-min)))) - -(defun Info-undefined () - "Make command be undefined in Info." - (interactive) - (ding)) - -(defun Info-help () - "Enter the Info tutorial." - (interactive) - (delete-other-windows) - (Info-find-node "info" - (if (< (window-height) 23) - "Help-Small-Screen" - "Help"))) - -(defun Info-summary () - "Display a brief summary of all Info commands." - (interactive) - (save-window-excursion - (switch-to-buffer "*Help*") - (erase-buffer) - (insert (documentation 'Info-mode)) - (help-mode) - (goto-char (point-min)) - (let (ch flag) - (while (progn (setq flag (not (pos-visible-in-window-p (point-max)))) - (message (if flag "Type Space to see more" - "Type Space to return to Info")) - (if (not (eq ?\ (setq ch (read-event)))) - (progn (setq unread-command-events (list ch)) nil) - flag)) - (scroll-up))) - (bury-buffer "*Help*"))) - -(defun Info-get-token (pos start all &optional errorstring) - "Return the token around POS, -POS must be somewhere inside the token -START is a regular expression which will match the - beginning of the tokens delimited string -ALL is a regular expression with a single - parenthesized subpattern which is the token to be - returned. E.g. '{\(.*\)}' would return any string - enclosed in braces around POS. -SIG optional fourth argument, controls action on no match - nil: return nil - t: beep - a string: signal an error, using that string." - (save-excursion - (goto-char pos) - (re-search-backward start (max (point-min) (- pos 200)) 'yes) - (let (found) - (while (and (re-search-forward all (min (point-max) (+ pos 200)) 'yes) - (not (setq found (and (<= (match-beginning 0) pos) - (> (match-end 0) pos)))))) - (if (and found (<= (match-beginning 0) pos) - (> (match-end 0) pos)) - (buffer-substring (match-beginning 1) (match-end 1)) - (cond ((null errorstring) - nil) - ((eq errorstring t) - (beep) - nil) - (t - (error "No %s around position %d" errorstring pos))))))) - -(defun Info-mouse-follow-nearest-node (click) - "\\<Info-mode-map>Follow a node reference near point. -Like \\[Info-menu], \\[Info-follow-reference], \\[Info-next], \\[Info-prev] or \\[Info-up] command, depending on where you click. -At end of the node's text, moves to the next node, or up if none." - (interactive "e") - (let* ((start (event-start click)) - (window (car start)) - (pos (car (cdr start)))) - (select-window window) - (goto-char pos)) - (and (not (Info-try-follow-nearest-node)) - (save-excursion (forward-line 1) (eobp)) - (Info-next-preorder))) - -(defun Info-follow-nearest-node () - "\\<Info-mode-map>Follow a node reference near point. -Like \\[Info-menu], \\[Info-follow-reference], \\[Info-next], \\[Info-prev] or \\[Info-up] command, depending on where point is. -If no reference to follow, moves to the next node, or up if none." - (interactive) - (or (Info-try-follow-nearest-node) - (Info-next-preorder))) - -;; Common subroutine. -(defun Info-try-follow-nearest-node () - "Follow a node reference near point. Return non-nil if successful." - (let (node) - (cond - ((setq node (Info-get-token (point) "\\*note[ \n]" - "\\*note[ \n]\\([^:]*\\):")) - (Info-follow-reference node)) - ((setq node (Info-get-token (point) "\\* " "\\* \\([^:]*\\)::")) - (Info-goto-node node)) - ((setq node (Info-get-token (point) "\\* " "\\* \\([^:]*\\):")) - (Info-menu node)) - ((setq node (Info-get-token (point) "Up: " "Up: \\([^,\n\t]*\\)")) - (Info-goto-node node)) - ((setq node (Info-get-token (point) "Next: " "Next: \\([^,\n\t]*\\)")) - (Info-goto-node node)) - ((setq node (Info-get-token (point) "File: " "File: \\([^,\n\t]*\\)")) - (Info-goto-node "Top")) - ((setq node (Info-get-token (point) "Prev: " "Prev: \\([^,\n\t]*\\)")) - (Info-goto-node node))) - node)) - -(defvar Info-mode-map nil - "Keymap containing Info commands.") -(if Info-mode-map - nil - (setq Info-mode-map (make-keymap)) - (suppress-keymap Info-mode-map) - (define-key Info-mode-map "." 'beginning-of-buffer) - (define-key Info-mode-map " " 'Info-scroll-up) - (define-key Info-mode-map "\C-m" 'Info-follow-nearest-node) - (define-key Info-mode-map "\t" 'Info-next-reference) - (define-key Info-mode-map "\e\t" 'Info-prev-reference) - (define-key Info-mode-map "1" 'Info-nth-menu-item) - (define-key Info-mode-map "2" 'Info-nth-menu-item) - (define-key Info-mode-map "3" 'Info-nth-menu-item) - (define-key Info-mode-map "4" 'Info-nth-menu-item) - (define-key Info-mode-map "5" 'Info-nth-menu-item) - (define-key Info-mode-map "6" 'Info-nth-menu-item) - (define-key Info-mode-map "7" 'Info-nth-menu-item) - (define-key Info-mode-map "8" 'Info-nth-menu-item) - (define-key Info-mode-map "9" 'Info-nth-menu-item) - (define-key Info-mode-map "0" 'undefined) - (define-key Info-mode-map "?" 'Info-summary) - (define-key Info-mode-map "]" 'Info-forward-node) - (define-key Info-mode-map "[" 'Info-backward-node) - (define-key Info-mode-map "<" 'Info-top-node) - (define-key Info-mode-map ">" 'Info-final-node) - (define-key Info-mode-map "b" 'beginning-of-buffer) - (define-key Info-mode-map "d" 'Info-directory) - (define-key Info-mode-map "e" 'Info-edit) - (define-key Info-mode-map "f" 'Info-follow-reference) - (define-key Info-mode-map "g" 'Info-goto-node) - (define-key Info-mode-map "h" 'Info-help) - (define-key Info-mode-map "i" 'Info-index) - (define-key Info-mode-map "l" 'Info-last) - (define-key Info-mode-map "m" 'Info-menu) - (define-key Info-mode-map "n" 'Info-next) - (define-key Info-mode-map "p" 'Info-prev) - (define-key Info-mode-map "q" 'Info-exit) - (define-key Info-mode-map "s" 'Info-search) - ;; For consistency with Rmail. - (define-key Info-mode-map "\M-s" 'Info-search) - (define-key Info-mode-map "t" 'Info-top-node) - (define-key Info-mode-map "u" 'Info-up) - (define-key Info-mode-map "," 'Info-index-next) - (define-key Info-mode-map "\177" 'Info-scroll-down) - (define-key Info-mode-map [mouse-2] 'Info-mouse-follow-nearest-node) - ) - -;; Info mode is suitable only for specially formatted data. -(put 'info-mode 'mode-class 'special) - -(defun Info-mode () - "\\<Info-mode-map> -Info mode provides commands for browsing through the Info documentation tree. -Documentation in Info is divided into \"nodes\", each of which discusses -one topic and contains references to other nodes which discuss related -topics. Info has commands to follow the references and show you other nodes. - -\\[Info-help] Invoke the Info tutorial. - -Selecting other nodes: -\\[Info-mouse-follow-nearest-node] - Follow a node reference you click on. - This works with menu items, cross references, and - the \"next\", \"previous\" and \"up\", depending on where you click. -\\[Info-next] Move to the \"next\" node of this node. -\\[Info-prev] Move to the \"previous\" node of this node. -\\[Info-up] Move \"up\" from this node. -\\[Info-menu] Pick menu item specified by name (or abbreviation). - Picking a menu item causes another node to be selected. -\\[Info-directory] Go to the Info directory node. -\\[Info-follow-reference] Follow a cross reference. Reads name of reference. -\\[Info-last] Move to the last node you were at. -\\[Info-index] Look up a topic in this file's Index and move to that node. -\\[Info-index-next] (comma) Move to the next match from a previous `i' command. - -Moving within a node: -\\[Info-scroll-up] Normally, scroll forward a full screen. If the end of the buffer is -already visible, try to go to the next menu entry, or up if there is none. -\\[Info-scroll-down] Normally, scroll backward. If the beginning of the buffer is -already visible, try to go to the previous menu entry, or up if there is none. -\\[beginning-of-buffer] Go to beginning of node. - -Advanced commands: -\\[Info-exit] Quit Info: reselect previously selected buffer. -\\[Info-edit] Edit contents of selected node. -1 Pick first item in node's menu. -2, 3, 4, 5 Pick second ... fifth item in node's menu. -\\[Info-goto-node] Move to node specified by name. - You may include a filename as well, as (FILENAME)NODENAME. -\\[universal-argument] \\[info] Move to new Info file with completion. -\\[Info-search] Search through this Info file for specified regexp, - and select the node in which the next occurrence is found. -\\[Info-next-reference] Move cursor to next cross-reference or menu item. -\\[Info-prev-reference] Move cursor to previous cross-reference or menu item." - (kill-all-local-variables) - (setq major-mode 'Info-mode) - (setq mode-name "Info") - (use-local-map Info-mode-map) - (set-syntax-table text-mode-syntax-table) - (setq local-abbrev-table text-mode-abbrev-table) - (setq case-fold-search t) - (setq buffer-read-only t) - (make-local-variable 'Info-current-file) - (make-local-variable 'Info-current-subfile) - (make-local-variable 'Info-current-node) - (make-local-variable 'Info-tag-table-marker) - (make-local-variable 'Info-history) - (make-local-variable 'Info-index-alternatives) - (if (memq (framep (selected-frame)) '(x pc)) - (progn - (make-face 'info-node) - (make-face 'info-menu-5) - (make-face 'info-xref) - (or (face-differs-from-default-p 'info-node) - (if (face-differs-from-default-p 'bold-italic) - (copy-face 'bold-italic 'info-node) - (copy-face 'bold 'info-node))) - (or (face-differs-from-default-p 'info-menu-5) - (set-face-underline-p 'info-menu-5 t)) - (or (face-differs-from-default-p 'info-xref) - (copy-face 'bold 'info-xref))) - (setq Info-fontify nil)) - (Info-set-mode-line) - (run-hooks 'Info-mode-hook)) - -(defvar Info-edit-map nil - "Local keymap used within `e' command of Info.") -(if Info-edit-map - nil - (setq Info-edit-map (nconc (make-sparse-keymap) text-mode-map)) - (define-key Info-edit-map "\C-c\C-c" 'Info-cease-edit)) - -;; Info-edit mode is suitable only for specially formatted data. -(put 'info-edit-mode 'mode-class 'special) - -(defun Info-edit-mode () - "Major mode for editing the contents of an Info node. -Like text mode with the addition of `Info-cease-edit' -which returns to Info mode for browsing. -\\{Info-edit-map}" - (use-local-map Info-edit-map) - (setq major-mode 'Info-edit-mode) - (setq mode-name "Info Edit") - (kill-local-variable 'mode-line-buffer-identification) - (setq buffer-read-only nil) - (force-mode-line-update) - (buffer-enable-undo (current-buffer)) - (run-hooks 'Info-edit-mode-hook)) - -(defun Info-edit () - "Edit the contents of this Info node. -Allowed only if variable `Info-enable-edit' is non-nil." - (interactive) - (or Info-enable-edit - (error "Editing info nodes is not enabled")) - (Info-edit-mode) - (message "%s" (substitute-command-keys - "Editing: Type \\<Info-edit-map>\\[Info-cease-edit] to return to info"))) - -(defun Info-cease-edit () - "Finish editing Info node; switch back to Info proper." - (interactive) - ;; Do this first, so nothing has changed if user C-g's at query. - (and (buffer-modified-p) - (y-or-n-p "Save the file? ") - (save-buffer)) - (use-local-map Info-mode-map) - (setq major-mode 'Info-mode) - (setq mode-name "Info") - (Info-set-mode-line) - (setq buffer-read-only t) - (force-mode-line-update) - (and (marker-position Info-tag-table-marker) - (buffer-modified-p) - (message "Tags may have changed. Use Info-tagify if necessary"))) - -(defvar Info-file-list-for-emacs - '("ediff" "forms" "gnus" "info" ("mh" . "mh-e") "sc") - "List of Info files that describe Emacs commands. -An element can be a file name, or a list of the form (PREFIX . FILE) -where PREFIX is a name prefix and FILE is the file to look in. -If the element is just a file name, the file name also serves as the prefix.") - -(defun Info-find-emacs-command-nodes (command) - "Return a list of locations documenting COMMAND. -The `info-file' property of COMMAND says which Info manual to search. -If COMMAND has no property, the variable `Info-file-list-for-emacs' -defines heuristics for which Info manual to try. -The locations are of the format used in Info-history, i.e. -\(FILENAME NODENAME BUFFERPOS\)." - (let ((where '()) - (cmd-desc (concat "^\\* " (regexp-quote (symbol-name command)) - ":\\s *\\(.*\\)\\.$")) - (info-file "emacs")) ;default - ;; Determine which info file this command is documented in. - (if (get command 'info-file) - (setq info-file (get command 'info-file)) - ;; If it doesn't say explicitly, test its name against - ;; various prefixes that we know. - (let ((file-list Info-file-list-for-emacs)) - (while file-list - (let* ((elt (car file-list)) - (name (if (consp elt) - (car elt) - elt)) - (file (if (consp elt) (cdr elt) elt)) - (regexp (concat "\\`" (regexp-quote name) - "\\(\\'\\|-\\)"))) - (if (string-match regexp (symbol-name command)) - (setq info-file file file-list nil)) - (setq file-list (cdr file-list)))))) - (save-excursion - (condition-case nil - (Info-find-node info-file "Command Index") - ;; Some manuals may not have a separate Command Index node, - ;; so try just Index instead. - (error - (Info-find-node info-file "Index"))) - ;; Take the index node off the Info history. - (setq Info-history (cdr Info-history)) - (goto-char (point-max)) - (while (re-search-backward cmd-desc nil t) - (setq where (cons (list Info-current-file - (buffer-substring - (match-beginning 1) - (match-end 1)) - 0) - where))) - where))) - -;;;###autoload -(defun Info-goto-emacs-command-node (command) - "Go to the Info node in the Emacs manual for command COMMAND. -The command is found by looking up in Emacs manual's Command Index -or in another manual found via COMMAND's `info-file' property or -the variable `Info-file-list-for-emacs'." - (interactive "CFind documentation for command: ") - (or (commandp command) - (signal 'wrong-type-argument (list 'commandp command))) - (let ((where (Info-find-emacs-command-nodes command))) - (if where - (let ((num-matches (length where))) - ;; Get Info running, and pop to it in another window. - (save-window-excursion - (info)) - (pop-to-buffer "*info*") - (Info-find-node (car (car where)) - (car (cdr (car where)))) - (if (> num-matches 1) - (progn - ;; Info-find-node already pushed (car where) onto - ;; Info-history. Put the other nodes that were found on - ;; the history. - (setq Info-history (nconc (cdr where) Info-history)) - (message "Found %d other entr%s. Use %s to see %s." - (1- num-matches) - (if (> num-matches 2) "ies" "y") - (substitute-command-keys "\\[Info-last]") - (if (> num-matches 2) "them" "it"))))) - (error "Couldn't find documentation for %s" command)))) - -;;;###autoload -(defun Info-goto-emacs-key-command-node (key) - "Go to the Info node in the Emacs manual the command bound to KEY, a string. -Interactively, if the binding is execute-extended-command, a command is read. -The command is found by looking up in Emacs manual's Command Index -or in another manual found via COMMAND's `info-file' property or -the variable `Info-file-list-for-emacs'." - (interactive "kFind documentation for key:") - (let ((command (key-binding key))) - (cond ((null command) - (message "%s is undefined" (key-description key))) - ((and (interactive-p) - (eq command 'execute-extended-command)) - (Info-goto-emacs-command-node - (read-command "Find documentation for command: "))) - (t - (Info-goto-emacs-command-node command))))) - -(defvar Info-title-face-alist - '((?* bold underline) - (?= bold-italic underline) - (?- italic underline)) - "*Alist of face or list of faces to use for pseudo-underlined titles. -The alist key is the character the title is underlined with (?*, ?= or ?-).") - -(defun Info-fontify-node () - (save-excursion - (let ((buffer-read-only nil)) - (goto-char (point-min)) - (if (looking-at "^File: [^,: \t]+,?[ \t]+") - (progn - (goto-char (match-end 0)) - (while - (looking-at "[ \t]*[^:, \t\n]+:[ \t]+\\([^:,\t\n]+\\),?") - (goto-char (match-end 0)) - (put-text-property (match-beginning 1) (match-end 1) - 'face 'info-xref) - (put-text-property (match-beginning 1) (match-end 1) - 'mouse-face 'highlight)))) - (goto-char (point-min)) - (while (re-search-forward "\n\\([^ \t\n].+\\)\n\\(\\*+\\|=+\\|-+\\)$" - nil t) - (put-text-property (match-beginning 1) (match-end 1) - 'face - (cdr (assq (preceding-char) Info-title-face-alist))) - (put-text-property (match-end 1) (match-end 2) - 'invisible t)) - (goto-char (point-min)) - (while (re-search-forward "\\*Note[ \n\t]+\\([^:]*\\):" nil t) - (if (= (char-after (1- (match-beginning 0))) ?\") ; hack - nil - (put-text-property (match-beginning 1) (match-end 1) - 'face 'info-xref) - (put-text-property (match-beginning 1) (match-end 1) - 'mouse-face 'highlight))) - (goto-char (point-min)) - (if (and (search-forward "\n* Menu:" nil t) - (not (string-match "\\<Index\\>" Info-current-node)) - ;; Don't take time to annotate huge menus - (< (- (point-max) (point)) Info-fontify-maximum-menu-size)) - (let ((n 0)) - (while (re-search-forward "^\\* \\([^:\t\n]*\\):" nil t) - (setq n (1+ n)) - (if (memq n '(5 9)) ; visual aids to help with 1-9 keys - (put-text-property (match-beginning 0) - (1+ (match-beginning 0)) - 'face 'info-menu-5)) - (put-text-property (match-beginning 1) (match-end 1) - 'face 'info-node) - (put-text-property (match-beginning 1) (match-end 1) - 'mouse-face 'highlight)))) - (set-buffer-modified-p nil)))) - -(provide 'info) - -;;; info.el ends here diff --git a/contrib/texinfo/emacs/informat.el b/contrib/texinfo/emacs/informat.el deleted file mode 100644 index 0b195b9..0000000 --- a/contrib/texinfo/emacs/informat.el +++ /dev/null @@ -1,429 +0,0 @@ -;;; informat.el --- info support functions package for Emacs - -;; Copyright (C) 1986 Free Software Foundation, Inc. - -;; Maintainer: FSF -;; Keywords: help - -;; This file is part of GNU Emacs. - -;; GNU Emacs is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify -;; it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by -;; the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) -;; any later version. - -;; GNU Emacs is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, -;; but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of -;; MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the -;; GNU General Public License for more details. - -;; You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License -;; along with GNU Emacs; see the file COPYING. If not, write to the -;; Free Software Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, -;; Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. - -;;; Code: - -(require 'info) - -;;;###autoload -(defun Info-tagify () - "Create or update Info-file tag table in current buffer." - (interactive) - ;; Save and restore point and restrictions. - ;; save-restrictions would not work - ;; because it records the old max relative to the end. - ;; We record it relative to the beginning. - (message "Tagifying %s ..." (file-name-nondirectory (buffer-file-name))) - (let ((omin (point-min)) - (omax (point-max)) - (nomax (= (point-max) (1+ (buffer-size)))) - (opoint (point))) - (unwind-protect - (progn - (widen) - (goto-char (point-min)) - (if (search-forward "\^_\nIndirect:\n" nil t) - (message "Cannot tagify split info file") - (let ((regexp "Node:[ \t]*\\([^,\n\t]*\\)[,\t\n]") - (case-fold-search t) - list) - (while (search-forward "\n\^_" nil t) - ;; We want the 0-origin character position of the ^_. - ;; That is the same as the Emacs (1-origin) position - ;; of the newline before it. - (let ((beg (match-beginning 0))) - (forward-line 2) - (if (re-search-backward regexp beg t) - (setq list - (cons (list (buffer-substring-no-properties - (match-beginning 1) - (match-end 1)) - beg) - list))))) - (goto-char (point-max)) - (forward-line -8) - (let ((buffer-read-only nil)) - (if (search-forward "\^_\nEnd tag table\n" nil t) - (let ((end (point))) - (search-backward "\nTag table:\n") - (beginning-of-line) - (delete-region (point) end))) - (goto-char (point-max)) - (insert "\^_\f\nTag table:\n") - (move-marker Info-tag-table-marker (point)) - (setq list (nreverse list)) - (while list - (insert "Node: " (car (car list)) ?\177) - (princ (car (cdr (car list))) (current-buffer)) - (insert ?\n) - (setq list (cdr list))) - (insert "\^_\nEnd tag table\n"))))) - (goto-char opoint) - (narrow-to-region omin (if nomax (1+ (buffer-size)) - (min omax (point-max)))))) - (message "Tagifying %s ... done" (file-name-nondirectory (buffer-file-name)))) - -;;;###autoload -(defun Info-split () - "Split an info file into an indirect file plus bounded-size subfiles. -Each subfile will be up to 50,000 characters plus one node. - -To use this command, first visit a large Info file that has a tag -table. The buffer is modified into a (small) indirect info file which -should be saved in place of the original visited file. - -The subfiles are written in the same directory the original file is -in, with names generated by appending `-' and a number to the original -file name. The indirect file still functions as an Info file, but it -contains just the tag table and a directory of subfiles." - - (interactive) - (if (< (buffer-size) 70000) - (error "This is too small to be worth splitting")) - (goto-char (point-min)) - (search-forward "\^_") - (forward-char -1) - (let ((start (point)) - (chars-deleted 0) - subfiles - (subfile-number 1) - (case-fold-search t) - (filename (file-name-sans-versions buffer-file-name))) - (goto-char (point-max)) - (forward-line -8) - (setq buffer-read-only nil) - (or (search-forward "\^_\nEnd tag table\n" nil t) - (error "Tag table required; use M-x Info-tagify")) - (search-backward "\nTag table:\n") - (if (looking-at "\nTag table:\n\^_") - (error "Tag table is just a skeleton; use M-x Info-tagify")) - (beginning-of-line) - (forward-char 1) - (save-restriction - (narrow-to-region (point-min) (point)) - (goto-char (point-min)) - (while (< (1+ (point)) (point-max)) - (goto-char (min (+ (point) 50000) (point-max))) - (search-forward "\^_" nil 'move) - (setq subfiles - (cons (list (+ start chars-deleted) - (concat (file-name-nondirectory filename) - (format "-%d" subfile-number))) - subfiles)) - ;; Put a newline at end of split file, to make Unix happier. - (insert "\n") - (write-region (point-min) (point) - (concat filename (format "-%d" subfile-number))) - (delete-region (1- (point)) (point)) - ;; Back up over the final ^_. - (forward-char -1) - (setq chars-deleted (+ chars-deleted (- (point) start))) - (delete-region start (point)) - (setq subfile-number (1+ subfile-number)))) - (while subfiles - (goto-char start) - (insert (nth 1 (car subfiles)) - (format ": %d" (1- (car (car subfiles)))) - "\n") - (setq subfiles (cdr subfiles))) - (goto-char start) - (insert "\^_\nIndirect:\n") - (search-forward "\nTag Table:\n") - (insert "(Indirect)\n"))) - -;;;###autoload -(defun Info-validate () - "Check current buffer for validity as an Info file. -Check that every node pointer points to an existing node." - (interactive) - (save-excursion - (save-restriction - (widen) - (goto-char (point-min)) - (if (search-forward "\nTag table:\n(Indirect)\n" nil t) - (error "Don't yet know how to validate indirect info files: \"%s\"" - (buffer-name (current-buffer)))) - (goto-char (point-min)) - (let ((allnodes '(("*"))) - (regexp "Node:[ \t]*\\([^,\n\t]*\\)[,\t\n]") - (case-fold-search t) - (tags-losing nil) - (lossages ())) - (while (search-forward "\n\^_" nil t) - (forward-line 1) - (let ((beg (point))) - (forward-line 1) - (if (re-search-backward regexp beg t) - (let ((name (downcase - (buffer-substring-no-properties - (match-beginning 1) - (progn - (goto-char (match-end 1)) - (skip-chars-backward " \t") - (point)))))) - (if (assoc name allnodes) - (setq lossages - (cons (list name "Duplicate node-name" nil) - lossages)) - (setq allnodes - (cons (list name - (progn - (end-of-line) - (and (re-search-backward - "prev[ious]*:" beg t) - (progn - (goto-char (match-end 0)) - (downcase - (Info-following-node-name))))) - beg) - allnodes))))))) - (goto-char (point-min)) - (while (search-forward "\n\^_" nil t) - (forward-line 1) - (let ((beg (point)) - thisnode next) - (forward-line 1) - (if (re-search-backward regexp beg t) - (save-restriction - (search-forward "\n\^_" nil 'move) - (narrow-to-region beg (point)) - (setq thisnode (downcase - (buffer-substring-no-properties - (match-beginning 1) - (progn - (goto-char (match-end 1)) - (skip-chars-backward " \t") - (point))))) - (end-of-line) - (and (search-backward "next:" nil t) - (setq next (Info-validate-node-name "invalid Next")) - (assoc next allnodes) - (if (equal (car (cdr (assoc next allnodes))) - thisnode) - ;; allow multiple `next' pointers to one node - (let ((tem lossages)) - (while tem - (if (and (equal (car (cdr (car tem))) - "should have Previous") - (equal (car (car tem)) - next)) - (setq lossages (delq (car tem) lossages))) - (setq tem (cdr tem)))) - (setq lossages - (cons (list next - "should have Previous" - thisnode) - lossages)))) - (end-of-line) - (if (re-search-backward "prev[ious]*:" nil t) - (Info-validate-node-name "invalid Previous")) - (end-of-line) - (if (search-backward "up:" nil t) - (Info-validate-node-name "invalid Up")) - (if (re-search-forward "\n* Menu:" nil t) - (while (re-search-forward "\n\\* " nil t) - (Info-validate-node-name - (concat "invalid menu item " - (buffer-substring (point) - (save-excursion - (skip-chars-forward "^:") - (point)))) - (Info-extract-menu-node-name)))) - (goto-char (point-min)) - (while (re-search-forward "\\*note[ \n]*[^:\t]*:" nil t) - (goto-char (+ (match-beginning 0) 5)) - (skip-chars-forward " \n") - (Info-validate-node-name - (concat "invalid reference " - (buffer-substring (point) - (save-excursion - (skip-chars-forward "^:") - (point)))) - (Info-extract-menu-node-name "Bad format cross-reference"))))))) - (setq tags-losing (not (Info-validate-tags-table))) - (if (or lossages tags-losing) - (with-output-to-temp-buffer " *problems in info file*" - (while lossages - (princ "In node \"") - (princ (car (car lossages))) - (princ "\", ") - (let ((tem (nth 1 (car lossages)))) - (cond ((string-match "\n" tem) - (princ (substring tem 0 (match-beginning 0))) - (princ "...")) - (t - (princ tem)))) - (if (nth 2 (car lossages)) - (progn - (princ ": ") - (let ((tem (nth 2 (car lossages)))) - (cond ((string-match "\n" tem) - (princ (substring tem 0 (match-beginning 0))) - (princ "...")) - (t - (princ tem)))))) - (terpri) - (setq lossages (cdr lossages))) - (if tags-losing (princ "\nTags table must be recomputed\n"))) - ;; Here if info file is valid. - ;; If we already made a list of problems, clear it out. - (save-excursion - (if (get-buffer " *problems in info file*") - (progn - (set-buffer " *problems in info file*") - (kill-buffer (current-buffer))))) - (message "File appears valid")))))) - -(defun Info-validate-node-name (kind &optional name) - (if name - nil - (goto-char (match-end 0)) - (skip-chars-forward " \t") - (if (= (following-char) ?\() - nil - (setq name - (buffer-substring-no-properties - (point) - (progn - (skip-chars-forward "^,\t\n") - (skip-chars-backward " ") - (point)))))) - (if (null name) - nil - (setq name (downcase name)) - (or (and (> (length name) 0) (= (aref name 0) ?\()) - (assoc name allnodes) - (setq lossages - (cons (list thisnode kind name) lossages)))) - name) - -(defun Info-validate-tags-table () - (goto-char (point-min)) - (if (not (search-forward "\^_\nEnd tag table\n" nil t)) - t - (not (catch 'losing - (let* ((end (match-beginning 0)) - (start (progn (search-backward "\nTag table:\n") - (1- (match-end 0)))) - tem) - (setq tem allnodes) - (while tem - (goto-char start) - (or (equal (car (car tem)) "*") - (search-forward (concat "Node: " - (car (car tem)) - "\177") - end t) - (throw 'losing 'x)) - (setq tem (cdr tem))) - (goto-char (1+ start)) - (while (looking-at ".*Node: \\(.*\\)\177\\([0-9]+\\)$") - (setq tem (downcase (buffer-substring-no-properties - (match-beginning 1) - (match-end 1)))) - (setq tem (assoc tem allnodes)) - (if (or (not tem) - (< 1000 (progn - (goto-char (match-beginning 2)) - (setq tem (- (car (cdr (cdr tem))) - (read (current-buffer)))) - (if (> tem 0) tem (- tem))))) - (throw 'losing 'y)) - (forward-line 1))) - (if (looking-at "\^_\n") - (forward-line 1)) - (or (looking-at "End tag table\n") - (throw 'losing 'z)) - nil)))) - -;;;###autoload -(defun batch-info-validate () - "Runs `Info-validate' on the files remaining on the command line. -Must be used only with -batch, and kills Emacs on completion. -Each file will be processed even if an error occurred previously. -For example, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-info-validate $info/ ~/*.info\"" - (if (not noninteractive) - (error "batch-info-validate may only be used -batch.")) - (let ((version-control t) - (auto-save-default nil) - (find-file-run-dired nil) - (kept-old-versions 259259) - (kept-new-versions 259259)) - (let ((error 0) - file - (files ())) - (while command-line-args-left - (setq file (expand-file-name (car command-line-args-left))) - (cond ((not (file-exists-p file)) - (message ">> %s does not exist!" file) - (setq error 1 - command-line-args-left (cdr command-line-args-left))) - ((file-directory-p file) - (setq command-line-args-left (nconc (directory-files file) - (cdr command-line-args-left)))) - (t - (setq files (cons file files) - command-line-args-left (cdr command-line-args-left))))) - (while files - (setq file (car files) - files (cdr files)) - (let ((lose nil)) - (condition-case err - (progn - (if buffer-file-name (kill-buffer (current-buffer))) - (find-file file) - (buffer-disable-undo (current-buffer)) - (set-buffer-modified-p nil) - (fundamental-mode) - (let ((case-fold-search nil)) - (goto-char (point-max)) - (cond ((search-backward "\n\^_\^L\nTag table:\n" nil t) - (message "%s already tagified" file)) - ((< (point-max) 30000) - (message "%s too small to bother tagifying" file)) - (t - (Info-tagify)))) - (let ((loss-name " *problems in info file*")) - (message "Checking validity of info file %s..." file) - (if (get-buffer loss-name) - (kill-buffer loss-name)) - (Info-validate) - (if (not (get-buffer loss-name)) - nil ;(message "Checking validity of info file %s... OK" file) - (message "----------------------------------------------------------------------") - (message ">> PROBLEMS IN INFO FILE %s" file) - (save-excursion - (set-buffer loss-name) - (princ (buffer-substring-no-properties - (point-min) (point-max)))) - (message "----------------------------------------------------------------------") - (setq error 1 lose t))) - (if (and (buffer-modified-p) - (not lose)) - (progn (message "Saving modified %s" file) - (save-buffer)))) - (error (message ">> Error: %s" (prin1-to-string err)))))) - (kill-emacs error)))) - -;;; informat.el ends here diff --git a/contrib/texinfo/emacs/makeinfo.el b/contrib/texinfo/emacs/makeinfo.el deleted file mode 100644 index a649d52..0000000 --- a/contrib/texinfo/emacs/makeinfo.el +++ /dev/null @@ -1,247 +0,0 @@ -;;; makeinfo.el --- run makeinfo conveniently - -;; Copyright (C) 1991, 1993 Free Software Foundation, Inc. - -;; Author: Robert J. Chassell -;; Maintainer: FSF - -;; This file is part of GNU Emacs. - -;; GNU Emacs is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify -;; it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by -;; the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) -;; any later version. - -;; GNU Emacs is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, -;; but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of -;; MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the -;; GNU General Public License for more details. - -;; You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License -;; along with GNU Emacs; see the file COPYING. If not, write to the -;; Free Software Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, -;; Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. - -;;; Commentary: - -;;; The Texinfo mode `makeinfo' related commands are: - -;; makeinfo-region to run makeinfo on the current region. -;; makeinfo-buffer to run makeinfo on the current buffer, or -;; with optional prefix arg, on current region -;; kill-compilation to kill currently running makeinfo job -;; makeinfo-recenter-makeinfo-buffer to redisplay *compilation* buffer - -;;; Keybindings (defined in `texinfo.el') - -;; makeinfo bindings -; (define-key texinfo-mode-map "\C-c\C-m\C-r" 'makeinfo-region) -; (define-key texinfo-mode-map "\C-c\C-m\C-b" 'makeinfo-buffer) -; (define-key texinfo-mode-map "\C-c\C-m\C-k" 'kill-compilation) -; (define-key texinfo-mode-map "\C-c\C-m\C-l" -; 'makeinfo-recenter-compilation-buffer) - -;;; Code: - -;;; Variables used by `makeinfo' - -(require 'compile) - -(defvar makeinfo-run-command "makeinfo" - "*Command used to run `makeinfo' subjob. -The name of the file is appended to this string, separated by a space.") - -(defvar makeinfo-options "--fill-column=70" - "*String containing options for running `makeinfo'. -Do not include `--footnote-style' or `--paragraph-indent'; -the proper way to specify those is with the Texinfo commands -`@footnotestyle` and `@paragraphindent'.") - -(require 'texinfo) - -(defvar makeinfo-compilation-process nil - "Process that runs `makeinfo'. Should start out nil.") - -(defvar makeinfo-temp-file nil - "Temporary file name used for text being sent as input to `makeinfo'.") - -(defvar makeinfo-output-file-name nil - "Info file name used for text output by `makeinfo'.") - - -;;; The `makeinfo' function definitions - -(defun makeinfo-region (region-beginning region-end) - "Make Info file from region of current Texinfo file, and switch to it. - -This command does not offer the `next-error' feature since it would -apply to a temporary file, not the original; use the `makeinfo-buffer' -command to gain use of `next-error'." - - (interactive "r") - (let (filename-or-header - filename-or-header-beginning - filename-or-header-end) - ;; Cannot use `let' for makeinfo-temp-file or - ;; makeinfo-output-file-name since `makeinfo-compilation-sentinel' - ;; needs them. - - (setq makeinfo-temp-file - (concat - (make-temp-name - (substring (buffer-file-name) - 0 - (or (string-match "\\.tex" (buffer-file-name)) - (length (buffer-file-name))))) - ".texinfo")) - - (save-excursion - (save-restriction - (widen) - (goto-char (point-min)) - (let ((search-end (save-excursion (forward-line 100) (point)))) - ;; Find and record the Info filename, - ;; or else explain that a filename is needed. - (if (re-search-forward - "^@setfilename[ \t]+\\([^ \t\n]+\\)[ \t]*" - search-end t) - (setq makeinfo-output-file-name - (buffer-substring (match-beginning 1) (match-end 1))) - (error - "The texinfo file needs a line saying: @setfilename <name>")) - - ;; Find header and specify its beginning and end. - (goto-char (point-min)) - (if (and - (prog1 - (search-forward tex-start-of-header search-end t) - (beginning-of-line) - ;; Mark beginning of header. - (setq filename-or-header-beginning (point))) - (prog1 - (search-forward tex-end-of-header nil t) - (beginning-of-line) - ;; Mark end of header - (setq filename-or-header-end (point)))) - - ;; Insert the header into the temporary file. - (write-region - (min filename-or-header-beginning region-beginning) - filename-or-header-end - makeinfo-temp-file nil nil) - - ;; Else no header; insert @filename line into temporary file. - (goto-char (point-min)) - (search-forward "@setfilename" search-end t) - (beginning-of-line) - (setq filename-or-header-beginning (point)) - (forward-line 1) - (setq filename-or-header-end (point)) - (write-region - (min filename-or-header-beginning region-beginning) - filename-or-header-end - makeinfo-temp-file nil nil)) - - ;; Insert the region into the file. - (write-region - (max region-beginning filename-or-header-end) - region-end - makeinfo-temp-file t nil) - - ;; Run the `makeinfo-compile' command in the *compilation* buffer - (save-excursion - (makeinfo-compile - (concat makeinfo-run-command - " " - makeinfo-options - " " - makeinfo-temp-file) - "Use `makeinfo-buffer' to gain use of the `next-error' command" - nil))))))) - -;;; Actually run makeinfo. COMMAND is the command to run. -;;; ERROR-MESSAGE is what to say when next-error can't find another error. -;;; If PARSE-ERRORS is non-nil, do try to parse error messages. -(defun makeinfo-compile (command error-message parse-errors) - (let ((buffer - (compile-internal command error-message nil - (and (not parse-errors) - ;; If we do want to parse errors, pass nil. - ;; Otherwise, use this function, which won't - ;; ever find any errors. - '(lambda (&rest ignore) - (setq compilation-error-list nil)))))) - (set-process-sentinel (get-buffer-process buffer) - 'makeinfo-compilation-sentinel))) - -;; Delete makeinfo-temp-file after processing is finished, -;; and visit Info file. -;; This function is called when the compilation process changes state. -;; Based on `compilation-sentinel' in compile.el -(defun makeinfo-compilation-sentinel (proc msg) - (compilation-sentinel proc msg) - (if (and makeinfo-temp-file (file-exists-p makeinfo-temp-file)) - (delete-file makeinfo-temp-file)) - ;; Always use the version on disk. - (if (get-file-buffer makeinfo-output-file-name) - (progn (set-buffer makeinfo-output-file-name) - (revert-buffer t t)) - (find-file makeinfo-output-file-name)) - (goto-char (point-min))) - -(defun makeinfo-buffer () - "Make Info file from current buffer. - -Use the \\[next-error] command to move to the next error -\(if there are errors\)." - - (interactive) - (cond ((null buffer-file-name) - (error "Buffer not visiting any file")) - ((buffer-modified-p) - (if (y-or-n-p "Buffer modified; do you want to save it? ") - (save-buffer)))) - - ;; Find and record the Info filename, - ;; or else explain that a filename is needed. - (save-excursion - (goto-char (point-min)) - (let ((search-end (save-excursion (forward-line 100) (point)))) - (if (re-search-forward - "^@setfilename[ \t]+\\([^ \t\n]+\\)[ \t]*" - search-end t) - (setq makeinfo-output-file-name - (buffer-substring (match-beginning 1) (match-end 1))) - (error - "The texinfo file needs a line saying: @setfilename <name>")))) - - (save-excursion - (makeinfo-compile - (concat makeinfo-run-command " " makeinfo-options - " " buffer-file-name) - "No more errors." - t))) - -(defun makeinfo-recenter-compilation-buffer (linenum) - "Redisplay `*compilation*' buffer so most recent output can be seen. -The last line of the buffer is displayed on -line LINE of the window, or centered if LINE is nil." - (interactive "P") - (let ((makeinfo-buffer (get-buffer "*compilation*")) - (old-buffer (current-buffer))) - (if (null makeinfo-buffer) - (message "No *compilation* buffer") - (pop-to-buffer makeinfo-buffer) - (bury-buffer makeinfo-buffer) - (goto-char (point-max)) - (recenter (if linenum - (prefix-numeric-value linenum) - (/ (window-height) 2))) - (pop-to-buffer old-buffer) - ))) - -;;; Place `provide' at end of file. -(provide 'makeinfo) - -;;; makeinfo.el ends here - diff --git a/contrib/texinfo/emacs/new-useful-setqs b/contrib/texinfo/emacs/new-useful-setqs deleted file mode 100644 index 4241ae4..0000000 --- a/contrib/texinfo/emacs/new-useful-setqs +++ /dev/null @@ -1,180 +0,0 @@ -;; -*- Mode: Emacs-Lisp -*- - -;; This is the `new-useful-setqs' file -;; This overrides old defvars since they were revised. - -(setq texinfmt-version "2.35 of 10 September 1996") - -(setq texinfo-master-menu-header - "\n@detailmenu\n --- The Detailed Node Listing ---\n") - -(setq texinfo-environment-regexp - (concat - "^@" - "\\(" - "cartouche\\|" - "display\\|" - "end\\|" - "enumerate\\|" - "example\\|" - "f?table\\|" - "flushleft\\|" - "flushright\\|" - "format\\|" - "group\\|" - "ifhtml\\|" - "ifinfo\\|" - "iftex\\|" - "ignore\\|" - "itemize\\|" - "lisp\\|" - "macro\\|" - "multitable\\|" - "quotation\\|" - "smallexample\\|" - "smalllisp\\|" - "tex" - "\\)") -) - -(setq texinfo-no-refill-regexp - (concat - "^@" - "\\(" - "example\\|" - "smallexample\\|" - "lisp\\|" - "smalllisp\\|" - "display\\|" - "format\\|" - "flushleft\\|" - "flushright\\|" - "menu\\|" - "multitable\\|" - "titlepage\\|" - "iftex\\|" - "ifhtml\\|" - "tex\\|" - "html" - "\\)")) - - -(setq texinfo-accent-commands - (concat - "@OE\\|" - "@oe\\|" - "@AA\\|" - "@aa\\|" - "@AE\\|" - "@ae\\|" - "@ss\\|" - "@^\\|" - "@`\\|" - "@'\\|" - "@\"\\|" - "@,\\|" - "@=\\|" - "@~\\|" - "@questiondown{\\|" - "@exclamdown{\\|" - "@L{\\|" - "@l{\\|" - "@O{\\|" - "@o{\\|" - "@dotaccent{\\|" - "@ubaraccent{\\|" - "@d{\\|" - "@H{\\|" - "@ringaccent{\\|" - "@tieaccent{\\|" - "@u{\\|" - "@v{\\|" - "@dotless{" - )) - -(setq texinfo-part-of-para-regexp - (concat - "^@" - "\\(" - "b{\\|" - "bullet{\\|" - "cite{\\|" - "code{\\|" - "emph{\\|" - "equiv{\\|" - "error{\\|" - "expansion{\\|" - "file{\\|" - "i{\\|" - "inforef{\\|" - "kbd{\\|" - "key{\\|" - "lisp{\\|" - "email{\\|" - "minus{\\|" - "point{\\|" - "print{\\|" - "pxref{\\|" - "r{\\|" - "ref{\\|" - "result{\\|" - "samp{\\|" - "sc{\\|" - "t{\\|" - "TeX{\\|" - "today{\\|" - "url{\\|" - "var{\\|" - "w{\\|" - "xref{\\|" - "@-\\|" ; @- is a descretionary hyphen (not an accent) (a noop). - texinfo-accent-commands - "\\)" - )) - -(setq texinfo-raisesections-alist - '((@chapter . @chapter) ; Cannot go higher - (@unnumbered . @unnumbered) - (@centerchap . @unnumbered) - - (@majorheading . @majorheading) - (@chapheading . @chapheading) - (@appendix . @appendix) - - (@section . @chapter) - (@unnumberedsec . @unnumbered) - (@heading . @chapheading) - (@appendixsec . @appendix) - - (@subsection . @section) - (@unnumberedsubsec . @unnumberedsec) - (@subheading . @heading) - (@appendixsubsec . @appendixsec) - - (@subsubsection . @subsection) - (@unnumberedsubsubsec . @unnumberedsubsec) - (@subsubheading . @subheading) - (@appendixsubsubsec . @appendixsubsec))) - -(setq texinfo-lowersections-alist - '((@chapter . @section) - (@unnumbered . @unnumberedsec) - (@centerchap . @unnumberedsec) - (@majorheading . @heading) - (@chapheading . @heading) - (@appendix . @appendixsec) - - (@section . @subsection) - (@unnumberedsec . @unnumberedsubsec) - (@heading . @subheading) - (@appendixsec . @appendixsubsec) - - (@subsection . @subsubsection) - (@unnumberedsubsec . @unnumberedsubsubsec) - (@subheading . @subsubheading) - (@appendixsubsec . @appendixsubsubsec) - - (@subsubsection . @subsubsection) ; Cannot go lower. - (@unnumberedsubsubsec . @unnumberedsubsubsec) - (@subsubheading . @subsubheading) - (@appendixsubsubsec . @appendixsubsubsec))) diff --git a/contrib/texinfo/emacs/texinfmt.el b/contrib/texinfo/emacs/texinfmt.el deleted file mode 100644 index c0d0963..0000000 --- a/contrib/texinfo/emacs/texinfmt.el +++ /dev/null @@ -1,3979 +0,0 @@ -;;; texinfmt.el --- format Texinfo files into Info files. - -;; Copyright (C) 1985, 1986, 1988, 1990, 1991, -;; 1992, 1993, 1994, 1995, 1996 Free Software Foundation, Inc. - -;; Author: Robert J. Chassell -;; Date: 10 Sep 1996 -;; Maintainer: Robert J. Chassell <bug-texinfo@prep.ai.mit.edu> -;; Keywords: maint, tex, docs - -;; This file is part of GNU Emacs. - -;; GNU Emacs is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify -;; it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by -;; the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) -;; any later version. - -;; GNU Emacs is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, -;; but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of -;; MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the -;; GNU General Public License for more details. - -;; You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License -;; along with GNU Emacs; see the file COPYING. If not, write to the -;; Free Software Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, -;; Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. - -;;; Code: - -;;; Emacs lisp functions to convert Texinfo files to Info files. - -(defvar texinfmt-version "2.35 of 10 September 1996") - -(defun texinfmt-version (&optional here) - "Show the version of texinfmt.el in the minibuffer. -If optional argument HERE is non-nil, insert info at point." - (interactive "P") - (let ((version-string - (format "Version of \`texinfmt.el\': %s" texinfmt-version))) - (if here - (insert version-string) - (if (interactive-p) - (message "%s" version-string) - version-string)))) - - -;;; Variable definitions - -(require 'texinfo) ; So `texinfo-footnote-style' is defined. -(require 'texnfo-upd) ; So `texinfo-section-types-regexp' is defined. - -(defvar texinfo-format-syntax-table nil) - -(defvar texinfo-vindex) -(defvar texinfo-findex) -(defvar texinfo-cindex) -(defvar texinfo-pindex) -(defvar texinfo-tindex) -(defvar texinfo-kindex) -(defvar texinfo-last-node) -(defvar texinfo-node-names) -(defvar texinfo-enclosure-list) -(defvar texinfo-alias-list) - -(defvar texinfo-command-start) -(defvar texinfo-command-end) -(defvar texinfo-command-name) -(defvar texinfo-defun-type) -(defvar texinfo-last-node-pos) -(defvar texinfo-stack) -(defvar texinfo-short-index-cmds-alist) -(defvar texinfo-short-index-format-cmds-alist) -(defvar texinfo-format-filename) -(defvar texinfo-footnote-number) -(defvar texinfo-start-of-header) -(defvar texinfo-end-of-header) -(defvar texinfo-raisesections-alist) -(defvar texinfo-lowersections-alist) - -;;; Syntax table - -(if texinfo-format-syntax-table - nil - (setq texinfo-format-syntax-table (make-syntax-table)) - (modify-syntax-entry ?\" " " texinfo-format-syntax-table) - (modify-syntax-entry ?\\ " " texinfo-format-syntax-table) - (modify-syntax-entry ?@ "\\" texinfo-format-syntax-table) - (modify-syntax-entry ?\^q "\\" texinfo-format-syntax-table) - (modify-syntax-entry ?\[ "." texinfo-format-syntax-table) - (modify-syntax-entry ?\] "." texinfo-format-syntax-table) - (modify-syntax-entry ?\( "." texinfo-format-syntax-table) - (modify-syntax-entry ?\) "." texinfo-format-syntax-table) - (modify-syntax-entry ?{ "(}" texinfo-format-syntax-table) - (modify-syntax-entry ?} "){" texinfo-format-syntax-table) - (modify-syntax-entry ?\' "." texinfo-format-syntax-table)) - - -;;; Top level buffer and region formatting functions - -;;;###autoload -(defun texinfo-format-buffer (&optional notagify) - "Process the current buffer as texinfo code, into an Info file. -The Info file output is generated in a buffer visiting the Info file -names specified in the @setfilename command. - -Non-nil argument (prefix, if interactive) means don't make tag table -and don't split the file if large. You can use Info-tagify and -Info-split to do these manually." - (interactive "P") - (let ((lastmessage "Formatting Info file...")) - (message lastmessage) - (texinfo-format-buffer-1) - (if notagify - nil - (if (> (buffer-size) 30000) - (progn - (message (setq lastmessage "Making tags table for Info file...")) - (Info-tagify))) - (if (> (buffer-size) 100000) - (progn - (message (setq lastmessage "Splitting Info file...")) - (Info-split)))) - (message (concat lastmessage - (if (interactive-p) "done. Now save it." "done."))))) - -(defvar texinfo-region-buffer-name "*Info Region*" - "*Name of the temporary buffer used by \\[texinfo-format-region].") - -;;;###autoload -(defun texinfo-format-region (region-beginning region-end) - "Convert the current region of the Texinfo file to Info format. -This lets you see what that part of the file will look like in Info. -The command is bound to \\[texinfo-format-region]. The text that is -converted to Info is stored in a temporary buffer." - (interactive "r") - (message "Converting region to Info format...") - (let (texinfo-command-start - texinfo-command-end - texinfo-command-name - texinfo-vindex - texinfo-findex - texinfo-cindex - texinfo-pindex - texinfo-tindex - texinfo-kindex - texinfo-stack - (texinfo-format-filename "") - texinfo-example-start - texinfo-last-node-pos - texinfo-last-node - texinfo-node-names - (texinfo-footnote-number 0) - last-input-buffer - (fill-column-for-info fill-column) - (input-buffer (current-buffer)) - (input-directory default-directory) - (header-text "") - (header-beginning 1) - (header-end 1)) - -;;; Copy lines between beginning and end of header lines, -;;; if any, or else copy the `@setfilename' line, if any. - (save-excursion - (save-restriction - (widen) - (goto-char (point-min)) - (let ((search-end (save-excursion (forward-line 100) (point)))) - (if (or - ;; Either copy header text. - (and - (prog1 - (search-forward tex-start-of-header search-end t) - (forward-line 1) - ;; Mark beginning of header. - (setq header-beginning (point))) - (prog1 - (search-forward tex-end-of-header nil t) - (beginning-of-line) - ;; Mark end of header - (setq header-end (point)))) - ;; Or copy @filename line. - (prog2 - (goto-char (point-min)) - (search-forward "@setfilename" search-end t) - (beginning-of-line) - (setq header-beginning (point)) - (forward-line 1) - (setq header-end (point)))) - - ;; Copy header - (setq header-text - (buffer-substring - (min header-beginning region-beginning) - header-end)))))) - -;;; Find a buffer to use. - (switch-to-buffer (get-buffer-create texinfo-region-buffer-name)) - (erase-buffer) - ;; Insert the header into the buffer. - (insert header-text) - ;; Insert the region into the buffer. - (insert-buffer-substring - input-buffer - (max region-beginning header-end) - region-end) - ;; Make sure region ends in a newline. - (or (= (preceding-char) ?\n) - (insert "\n")) - - (goto-char (point-min)) - (texinfo-mode) - (message "Converting region to Info format...") - (setq fill-column fill-column-for-info) - ;; Install a syntax table useful for scanning command operands. - (set-syntax-table texinfo-format-syntax-table) - - ;; Insert @include files so `texinfo-raise-lower-sections' can - ;; work on them without losing track of multiple - ;; @raise/@lowersections commands. - (while (re-search-forward "^@include" nil t) - (setq texinfo-command-end (point)) - (let ((filename (concat input-directory - (texinfo-parse-line-arg)))) - (re-search-backward "^@include") - (delete-region (point) (save-excursion (forward-line 1) (point))) - (message "Reading included file: %s" filename) - (save-excursion - (save-restriction - (narrow-to-region - (point) - (+ (point) (car (cdr (insert-file-contents filename))))) - (goto-char (point-min)) - ;; Remove `@setfilename' line from included file, if any, - ;; so @setfilename command not duplicated. - (if (re-search-forward - "^@setfilename" (save-excursion (forward-line 100) (point)) t) - (progn - (beginning-of-line) - (delete-region - (point) (save-excursion (forward-line 1) (point))))))))) - - ;; Raise or lower level of each section, if necessary. - (goto-char (point-min)) - (texinfo-raise-lower-sections) - ;; Append @refill to appropriate paragraphs for filling. - (goto-char (point-min)) - (texinfo-append-refill) - ;; If the region includes the effective end of the data, - ;; discard everything after that. - (goto-char (point-max)) - (if (re-search-backward "^@bye" nil t) - (delete-region (point) (point-max))) - ;; Make sure buffer ends in a newline. - (or (= (preceding-char) ?\n) - (insert "\n")) - ;; Don't use a previous value of texinfo-enclosure-list. - (setq texinfo-enclosure-list nil) - (setq texinfo-alias-list nil) - - (goto-char (point-min)) - (if (looking-at "\\\\input[ \t]+texinfo") - (delete-region (point) (save-excursion (forward-line 1) (point)))) - - ;; Insert Info region title text. - (goto-char (point-min)) - (if (search-forward - "@setfilename" (save-excursion (forward-line 100) (point)) t) - (progn - (setq texinfo-command-end (point)) - (beginning-of-line) - (setq texinfo-command-start (point)) - (let ((arg (texinfo-parse-arg-discard))) - (insert " " - texinfo-region-buffer-name - " buffer for: `") - (insert (file-name-nondirectory (expand-file-name arg))) - (insert "', -*-Text-*-\n"))) - ;; Else no `@setfilename' line - (insert " " - texinfo-region-buffer-name - " buffer -*-Text-*-\n")) - (insert "produced by `texinfo-format-region'\n" - "from a region in: " - (if (buffer-file-name input-buffer) - (concat "`" - (file-name-sans-versions - (file-name-nondirectory - (buffer-file-name input-buffer))) - "'") - (concat "buffer `" (buffer-name input-buffer) "'")) - "\nusing `texinfmt.el' version " - texinfmt-version - ".\n\n") - - ;; Now convert for real. - (goto-char (point-min)) - (texinfo-format-scan) - (goto-char (point-min)) - - (message "Done."))) - - -;;; Primary internal formatting function for the whole buffer. - -(defun texinfo-format-buffer-1 () - (let (texinfo-format-filename - texinfo-example-start - texinfo-command-start - texinfo-command-end - texinfo-command-name - texinfo-last-node - texinfo-last-node-pos - texinfo-vindex - texinfo-findex - texinfo-cindex - texinfo-pindex - texinfo-tindex - texinfo-kindex - texinfo-stack - texinfo-node-names - (texinfo-footnote-number 0) - last-input-buffer - outfile - (fill-column-for-info fill-column) - (input-buffer (current-buffer)) - (input-directory default-directory)) - (setq texinfo-enclosure-list nil) - (setq texinfo-alias-list nil) - (save-excursion - (goto-char (point-min)) - (or (search-forward "@setfilename" nil t) - (error "Texinfo file needs an `@setfilename FILENAME' line.")) - (setq texinfo-command-end (point)) - (setq outfile (texinfo-parse-line-arg))) - (find-file outfile) - (texinfo-mode) - (setq fill-column fill-column-for-info) - (set-syntax-table texinfo-format-syntax-table) - (erase-buffer) - (insert-buffer-substring input-buffer) - (message "Converting %s to Info format..." (buffer-name input-buffer)) - - ;; Insert @include files so `texinfo-raise-lower-sections' can - ;; work on them without losing track of multiple - ;; @raise/@lowersections commands. - (goto-char (point-min)) - (while (re-search-forward "^@include" nil t) - (setq texinfo-command-end (point)) - (let ((filename (concat input-directory - (texinfo-parse-line-arg)))) - (re-search-backward "^@include") - (delete-region (point) (save-excursion (forward-line 1) (point))) - (message "Reading included file: %s" filename) - (save-excursion - (save-restriction - (narrow-to-region - (point) - (+ (point) (car (cdr (insert-file-contents filename))))) - (goto-char (point-min)) - ;; Remove `@setfilename' line from included file, if any, - ;; so @setfilename command not duplicated. - (if (re-search-forward - "^@setfilename" - (save-excursion (forward-line 100) (point)) t) - (progn - (beginning-of-line) - (delete-region - (point) (save-excursion (forward-line 1) (point))))))))) - ;; Raise or lower level of each section, if necessary. - (goto-char (point-min)) - (texinfo-raise-lower-sections) - ;; Append @refill to appropriate paragraphs - (goto-char (point-min)) - (texinfo-append-refill) - (goto-char (point-min)) - (search-forward "@setfilename") - (beginning-of-line) - (delete-region (point-min) (point)) - ;; Remove @bye at end of file, if it is there. - (goto-char (point-max)) - (if (search-backward "@bye" nil t) - (delete-region (point) (point-max))) - ;; Make sure buffer ends in a newline. - (or (= (preceding-char) ?\n) - (insert "\n")) - ;; Scan the whole buffer, converting to Info format. - (texinfo-format-scan) - ;; Return data for indices. - (goto-char (point-min)) - (list outfile - texinfo-vindex texinfo-findex texinfo-cindex - texinfo-pindex texinfo-tindex texinfo-kindex))) - - -;;; Perform non-@-command file conversions: quotes and hyphens - -(defun texinfo-format-convert (min max) - ;; Convert left and right quotes to typewriter font quotes. - (goto-char min) - (while (search-forward "``" max t) - (replace-match "\"")) - (goto-char min) - (while (search-forward "''" max t) - (replace-match "\"")) - ;; Convert three hyphens in a row to two. - (goto-char min) - (while (re-search-forward "\\( \\|\\w\\)\\(---\\)\\( \\|\\w\\)" max t) - (delete-region (1+ (match-beginning 2)) (+ 2 (match-beginning - 2))))) - - -;;; Handle paragraph filling - -;; Keep as concatinated lists for ease of maintenance - -(defvar texinfo-no-refill-regexp - (concat - "^@" - "\\(" - "example\\|" - "smallexample\\|" - "lisp\\|" - "smalllisp\\|" - "display\\|" - "format\\|" - "flushleft\\|" - "flushright\\|" - "menu\\|" - "multitable\\|" - "titlepage\\|" - "iftex\\|" - "ifhtml\\|" - "tex\\|" - "html" - "\\)") - "Regexp specifying environments in which paragraphs are not filled.") - -(defvar texinfo-accent-commands - (concat - "@^\\|" - "@`\\|" - "@'\\|" - "@\"\\|" - "@,\\|" - "@=\\|" - "@~\\|" - "@OE{\\|" - "@oe{\\|" - "@AA{\\|" - "@aa{\\|" - "@AE{\\|" - "@ae{\\|" - "@ss{\\|" - "@questiondown{\\|" - "@exclamdown{\\|" - "@L{\\|" - "@l{\\|" - "@O{\\|" - "@o{\\|" - "@dotaccent{\\|" - "@ubaraccent{\\|" - "@d{\\|" - "@H{\\|" - "@ringaccent{\\|" - "@tieaccent{\\|" - "@u{\\|" - "@v{\\|" - "@dotless{" - )) - -(defvar texinfo-part-of-para-regexp - (concat - "^@" - "\\(" - "b{\\|" - "bullet{\\|" - "cite{\\|" - "code{\\|" - "emph{\\|" - "equiv{\\|" - "error{\\|" - "expansion{\\|" - "file{\\|" - "i{\\|" - "inforef{\\|" - "kbd{\\|" - "key{\\|" - "lisp{\\|" - "email{\\|" - "minus{\\|" - "point{\\|" - "print{\\|" - "pxref{\\|" - "r{\\|" - "ref{\\|" - "result{\\|" - "samp{\\|" - "sc{\\|" - "t{\\|" - "TeX{\\|" - "today{\\|" - "url{\\|" - "var{\\|" - "w{\\|" - "xref{\\|" - "@-\\|" ; @- is a descretionary hyphen (not an accent) (a noop). - texinfo-accent-commands - "\\)" - ) - "Regexp specifying @-commands found within paragraphs.") - -(defun texinfo-append-refill () - "Append @refill at end of each paragraph that should be filled. -Do not append @refill to paragraphs within @example and similar environments. -Do not append @refill to paragraphs containing @w{TEXT} or @*." - - ;; It is necessary to append @refill before other processing because - ;; the other processing removes information that tells Texinfo - ;; whether the text should or should not be filled. - - (while (< (point) (point-max)) - (let ((refill-blank-lines "^[ \t\n]*$") - (case-fold-search nil)) ; Don't confuse @TeX and @tex.... - (beginning-of-line) - ;; 1. Skip over blank lines; - ;; skip over lines beginning with @-commands, - ;; but do not skip over lines - ;; that are no-refill environments such as @example or - ;; that begin with within-paragraph @-commands such as @code. - (while (and (looking-at (concat "^@\\|^\\\\\\|" refill-blank-lines)) - (not (looking-at - (concat - "\\(" - texinfo-no-refill-regexp - "\\|" - texinfo-part-of-para-regexp - "\\)"))) - (< (point) (point-max))) - (forward-line 1)) - ;; 2. Skip over @example and similar no-refill environments. - (if (looking-at texinfo-no-refill-regexp) - (let ((environment - (buffer-substring (match-beginning 1) (match-end 1)))) - (progn (re-search-forward (concat "^@end " environment) nil t) - (forward-line 1))) - ;; Else - ;; 3. Do not refill a paragraph containing @w or @*, or ending - ;; with @<newline> followed by a newline. - (if (or - (>= (point) (point-max)) - (re-search-forward - "@w{\\|@\\*\\|@\n\n" - (save-excursion - (forward-paragraph) - (forward-line 1) - (point)) t)) - ;; Go to end of paragraph and do nothing. - (forward-paragraph) - ;; 4. Else go to end of paragraph and insert @refill - (forward-paragraph) - (forward-line -1) - (end-of-line) - (delete-region - (point) - (save-excursion (skip-chars-backward " \t") (point))) - ;; `looking-at-backward' not available in v. 18.57 - ;; (if (not (looking-at-backward "@refill\\|@bye")) ;) - (if (not (re-search-backward - "@refill\\|@bye" - (save-excursion (beginning-of-line) (point)) - t)) - (insert "@refill")) - (forward-line 1)))))) - - -;;; Handle `@raisesections' and `@lowersections' commands - -;; These commands change the hierarchical level of chapter structuring -;; commands. -;; -;; @raisesections changes @subsection to @section, -;; @section to @chapter, -;; etc. -;; -;; @lowersections changes @chapter to @section -;; @subsection to @subsubsection, -;; etc. -;; -;; An @raisesections/@lowersections command changes only those -;; structuring commands that follow the @raisesections/@lowersections -;; command. -;; -;; Repeated @raisesections/@lowersections continue to raise or lower -;; the heading level. -;; -;; An @lowersections command cancels an @raisesections command, and -;; vice versa. -;; -;; You cannot raise or lower "beyond" chapters or subsubsections, but -;; trying to do so does not elicit an error---you just get more -;; headings that mean the same thing as you keep raising or lowering -;; (for example, after a single @raisesections, both @chapter and -;; @section produce chapter headings). - -(defun texinfo-raise-lower-sections () - "Raise or lower the hierarchical level of chapters, sections, etc. - -This function acts according to `@raisesections' and `@lowersections' -commands in the Texinfo file. - -For example, an `@lowersections' command is useful if you wish to -include what is written as an outer or standalone Texinfo file in -another Texinfo file as an inner, included file. The `@lowersections' -command changes chapters to sections, sections to subsections and so -on. - -@raisesections changes @subsection to @section, - @section to @chapter, - @heading to @chapheading, - etc. - -@lowersections changes @chapter to @section, - @subsection to @subsubsection, - @heading to @subheading, - etc. - -An `@raisesections' or `@lowersections' command changes only those -structuring commands that follow the `@raisesections' or -`@lowersections' command. - -An `@lowersections' command cancels an `@raisesections' command, and -vice versa. - -Repeated use of the commands continue to raise or lower the hierarchical -level a step at a time. - -An attempt to raise above `chapters' reproduces chapter commands; an -attempt to lower below subsubsections reproduces subsubsection -commands." - - ;; `texinfo-section-types-regexp' is defined in `texnfo-upd.el'; - ;; it is a regexp matching chapter, section, other headings - ;; (but not the top node). - - (let (type (level 0)) - (while - (re-search-forward - (concat - "\\(\\(^@\\(raise\\|lower\\)sections\\)\\|\\(" - texinfo-section-types-regexp - "\\)\\)") - nil t) - (beginning-of-line) - (save-excursion (setq type (read (current-buffer)))) - (cond - - ;; 1. Increment level - ((eq type '@raisesections) - (setq level (1+ level)) - (delete-region - (point) (save-excursion (forward-line 1) (point)))) - - ;; 2. Decrement level - ((eq type '@lowersections) - (setq level (1- level)) - (delete-region - (point) (save-excursion (forward-line 1) (point)))) - - ;; Now handle structuring commands - ((cond - - ;; 3. Raise level when positive - ((> level 0) - (let ((count level) - (new-level type)) - (while (> count 0) - (setq new-level - (cdr (assq new-level texinfo-raisesections-alist))) - (setq count (1- count))) - (kill-word 1) - (insert (symbol-name new-level)))) - - ;; 4. Do nothing except move point when level is zero - ((= level 0) (forward-line 1)) - - ;; 5. Lower level when positive - ((< level 0) - (let ((count level) - (new-level type)) - (while (< count 0) - (setq new-level - (cdr (assq new-level texinfo-lowersections-alist))) - (setq count (1+ count))) - (kill-word 1) - (insert (symbol-name new-level)))))))))) - -(defvar texinfo-raisesections-alist - '((@chapter . @chapter) ; Cannot go higher - (@unnumbered . @unnumbered) - (@centerchap . @unnumbered) - - (@majorheading . @majorheading) - (@chapheading . @chapheading) - (@appendix . @appendix) - - (@section . @chapter) - (@unnumberedsec . @unnumbered) - (@heading . @chapheading) - (@appendixsec . @appendix) - - (@subsection . @section) - (@unnumberedsubsec . @unnumberedsec) - (@subheading . @heading) - (@appendixsubsec . @appendixsec) - - (@subsubsection . @subsection) - (@unnumberedsubsubsec . @unnumberedsubsec) - (@subsubheading . @subheading) - (@appendixsubsubsec . @appendixsubsec)) - "*An alist of next higher levels for chapters, sections. etc. -For example, section to chapter, subsection to section. -Used by `texinfo-raise-lower-sections'. -The keys specify types of section; the values correspond to the next -higher types.") - -(defvar texinfo-lowersections-alist - '((@chapter . @section) - (@unnumbered . @unnumberedsec) - (@centerchap . @unnumberedsec) - (@majorheading . @heading) - (@chapheading . @heading) - (@appendix . @appendixsec) - - (@section . @subsection) - (@unnumberedsec . @unnumberedsubsec) - (@heading . @subheading) - (@appendixsec . @appendixsubsec) - - (@subsection . @subsubsection) - (@unnumberedsubsec . @unnumberedsubsubsec) - (@subheading . @subsubheading) - (@appendixsubsec . @appendixsubsubsec) - - (@subsubsection . @subsubsection) ; Cannot go lower. - (@unnumberedsubsubsec . @unnumberedsubsubsec) - (@subsubheading . @subsubheading) - (@appendixsubsubsec . @appendixsubsubsec)) - "*An alist of next lower levels for chapters, sections. etc. -For example, chapter to section, section to subsection. -Used by `texinfo-raise-lower-sections'. -The keys specify types of section; the values correspond to the next -lower types.") - - -;;; Perform those texinfo-to-info conversions that apply to the whole input -;;; uniformly. - -(defun texinfo-format-scan () - (texinfo-format-convert (point-min) (point-max)) - ;; Scan for @-commands. - (goto-char (point-min)) - (while (search-forward "@" nil t) - ;; - ;; These are the single-character accent commands: @^ @` @' @" @= @~ - ;; In Info, they are simply quoted and the @ deleted. - ;; Other single-character commands: - ;; @* forces a line break, - ;; @- is a discretionary hyphenation point; does nothing in Info. - ;; @<space>, @<tab>, @<newline> each produce a single space, - ;; unless followed by a newline. - ;; - ;; Old version 2.34 expression: (looking-at "[@{}^'` *\"?!]") - (if (looking-at "[@{}^'`\"=~ \t\n*?!-]") - ;; @*, causes a line break. - (cond - ;; @*, a line break - ((= (following-char) ?*) - ;; remove command - (delete-region (1- (point)) (1+ (point))) - ;; insert return if not at end of line; - ;; else line is already broken. - (if (not (= (following-char) ?\n)) - (insert ?\n))) - ;; @-, deleted - ((= (following-char) ?-) - (delete-region (1- (point)) (1+ (point)))) - ;; @<space>, @<tab>, @<newline>: produce a single space, - ;; unless followed by a newline. - ((= (following-char) ? ) - (delete-region (1- (point)) (1+ (point))) - ;; insert single space if not at end of line; - ;; else line is already broken. - (if (not (= (following-char) ?\n)) - (insert ? ))) - ((= (following-char) ?\t) - (delete-region (1- (point)) (1+ (point))) - ;; insert single space if not at end of line; - ;; else line is already broken. - (if (not (= (following-char) ?\n)) - (insert ? ))) - ;; following char is a carriage return - ((= (following-char) ? -) - ;; remove command - (delete-region (1- (point)) (1+ (point))) - ;; insert single space if not at end of line; - ;; else line is already broken. - (if (not (= (following-char) ?\n)) - (insert ? ))) - ;; Otherwise: the other characters are simply quoted. Delete the @. - (t - (delete-char -1) - (forward-char 1))) - ;; @ is followed by a command-word; find the end of the word. - (setq texinfo-command-start (1- (point))) - (if (= (char-syntax (following-char)) ?w) - (forward-word 1) - (forward-char 1)) - (setq texinfo-command-end (point)) - ;; Handle let aliasing - (setq texinfo-command-name - (let (trial - (cmdname - (buffer-substring - (1+ texinfo-command-start) texinfo-command-end))) - (while (setq trial (assoc cmdname texinfo-alias-list)) - (setq cmdname (cdr trial))) - (intern cmdname))) - ;; Call the handler for this command. - (let ((enclosure-type - (assoc - (symbol-name texinfo-command-name) - texinfo-enclosure-list))) - (if enclosure-type - (progn - (insert - (car (car (cdr enclosure-type))) - (texinfo-parse-arg-discard) - (car (cdr (car (cdr enclosure-type))))) - (goto-char texinfo-command-start)) - (let ((cmd (get texinfo-command-name 'texinfo-format))) - (if cmd (funcall cmd) (texinfo-unsupported))))))) - - (cond (texinfo-stack - (goto-char (nth 2 (car texinfo-stack))) - (error "Unterminated @%s" (car (car texinfo-stack)))))) - -(put 'begin 'texinfo-format 'texinfo-format-begin) -(defun texinfo-format-begin () - (texinfo-format-begin-end 'texinfo-format)) - -(put 'end 'texinfo-format 'texinfo-format-end) -(defun texinfo-format-end () - (texinfo-format-begin-end 'texinfo-end)) - -(defun texinfo-format-begin-end (prop) - (setq texinfo-command-name (intern (texinfo-parse-line-arg))) - (let ((cmd (get texinfo-command-name prop))) - (if cmd (funcall cmd) - (texinfo-unsupported)))) - -;;; Parsing functions - -(defun texinfo-parse-line-arg () - "Return argument of @-command as string. -Argument is separated from command either by a space or by a brace. -If a space, return rest of line, with beginning and ending white -space removed. If a brace, return string between braces. -Leave point after argument." - (goto-char texinfo-command-end) - (let ((start (point))) - (cond ((looking-at " ") - (skip-chars-forward " ") - (setq start (point)) - (end-of-line) - (skip-chars-backward " ") - (delete-region (point) (progn (end-of-line) (point))) - (setq texinfo-command-end (1+ (point)))) - ((looking-at "{") - (setq start (1+ (point))) - (forward-list 1) - (setq texinfo-command-end (point)) - (forward-char -1)) - (t - (error "Invalid texinfo command arg format"))) - (prog1 (buffer-substring start (point)) - (if (eolp) (forward-char 1))))) - -(defun texinfo-parse-expanded-arg () - (goto-char texinfo-command-end) - (let ((start (point)) - marker) - (cond ((looking-at " ") - (skip-chars-forward " ") - (setq start (point)) - (end-of-line) - (setq texinfo-command-end (1+ (point)))) - ((looking-at "{") - (setq start (1+ (point))) - (forward-list 1) - (setq texinfo-command-end (point)) - (forward-char -1)) - (t - (error "Invalid texinfo command arg format"))) - (setq marker (move-marker (make-marker) texinfo-command-end)) - (texinfo-format-expand-region start (point)) - (setq texinfo-command-end (marker-position marker)) - (move-marker marker nil) - (prog1 (buffer-substring start (point)) - (if (eolp) (forward-char 1))))) - -(defun texinfo-format-expand-region (start end) - (save-restriction - (narrow-to-region start end) - (let (texinfo-command-start - texinfo-command-end - texinfo-command-name - texinfo-stack) - (texinfo-format-scan)) - (goto-char (point-max)))) - -(defun texinfo-parse-arg-discard () - "Delete command and argument; return argument of command." - (prog1 (texinfo-parse-line-arg) - (texinfo-discard-command))) - -(defun texinfo-discard-command () - (delete-region texinfo-command-start texinfo-command-end)) - -(defun texinfo-optional-braces-discard () - "Discard braces following command, if any." - (goto-char texinfo-command-end) - (let ((start (point))) - (cond ((looking-at "[ \t]*\n")) ; do nothing - ((looking-at "{") ; remove braces, if any - (forward-list 1) - (setq texinfo-command-end (point))) - (t - (error - "Invalid `texinfo-optional-braces-discard' format \(need braces?\)"))) - (delete-region texinfo-command-start texinfo-command-end))) - -(defun texinfo-format-parse-line-args () - (let ((start (1- (point))) - next beg end - args) - (skip-chars-forward " ") - (while (not (eolp)) - (setq beg (point)) - (re-search-forward "[\n,]") - (setq next (point)) - (if (bolp) (setq next (1- next))) - (forward-char -1) - (skip-chars-backward " ") - (setq end (point)) - (setq args (cons (if (> end beg) (buffer-substring beg end)) - args)) - (goto-char next) - (skip-chars-forward " ")) - (if (eolp) (forward-char 1)) - (setq texinfo-command-end (point)) - (nreverse args))) - -(defun texinfo-format-parse-args () - (let ((start (1- (point))) - next beg end - args) - (search-forward "{") - (save-excursion - (texinfo-format-expand-region - (point) - (save-excursion (up-list 1) (1- (point))))) - ;; The following does not handle cross references of the form: - ;; `@xref{bullet, , @code{@@bullet}@{@}}.' because the - ;; re-search-forward finds the first right brace after the second - ;; comma. - (while (/= (preceding-char) ?\}) - (skip-chars-forward " \t\n") - (setq beg (point)) - (re-search-forward "[},]") - (setq next (point)) - (forward-char -1) - (skip-chars-backward " \t\n") - (setq end (point)) - (cond ((< beg end) - (goto-char beg) - (while (search-forward "\n" end t) - (replace-match " ")))) - (setq args (cons (if (> end beg) (buffer-substring beg end)) - args)) - (goto-char next)) - (if (eolp) (forward-char 1)) - (setq texinfo-command-end (point)) - (nreverse args))) - -(defun texinfo-format-parse-defun-args () - (goto-char texinfo-command-end) - (let ((start (point))) - (end-of-line) - (setq texinfo-command-end (1+ (point))) - (let ((marker (move-marker (make-marker) texinfo-command-end))) - (texinfo-format-expand-region start (point)) - (setq texinfo-command-end (marker-position marker)) - (move-marker marker nil)) - (goto-char start) - (let ((args '()) - beg end) - (skip-chars-forward " ") - (while (not (eolp)) - (cond ((looking-at "{") - (setq beg (1+ (point))) - (forward-list 1) - (setq end (1- (point)))) - (t - (setq beg (point)) - (re-search-forward "[\n ]") - (forward-char -1) - (setq end (point)))) - (setq args (cons (buffer-substring beg end) args)) - (skip-chars-forward " ")) - (forward-char 1) - (nreverse args)))) - -(defun texinfo-discard-line () - (goto-char texinfo-command-end) - (skip-chars-forward " \t") - (or (eolp) - (error "Extraneous text at end of command line.")) - (goto-char texinfo-command-start) - (or (bolp) - (error "Extraneous text at beginning of command line.")) - (delete-region (point) (progn (forward-line 1) (point)))) - -(defun texinfo-discard-line-with-args () - (goto-char texinfo-command-start) - (delete-region (point) (progn (forward-line 1) (point)))) - - -;;; @setfilename - -;; Only `texinfo-format-buffer' handles @setfilename with this -;; definition; `texinfo-format-region' handles @setfilename, if any, -;; specially. -(put 'setfilename 'texinfo-format 'texinfo-format-setfilename) -(defun texinfo-format-setfilename () - (let ((arg (texinfo-parse-arg-discard))) - (message "Formatting Info file: %s" arg) - (setq texinfo-format-filename - (file-name-nondirectory (expand-file-name arg))) - (insert "Info file: " - texinfo-format-filename ", -*-Text-*-\n" - ;; Date string removed so that regression testing is easier. - ;; "produced on " - ;; (substring (current-time-string) 8 10) " " - ;; (substring (current-time-string) 4 7) " " - ;; (substring (current-time-string) -4) " " - "produced by `texinfo-format-buffer'\n" - "from file" - (if (buffer-file-name input-buffer) - (concat " `" - (file-name-sans-versions - (file-name-nondirectory - (buffer-file-name input-buffer))) - "'") - (concat "buffer `" (buffer-name input-buffer) "'")) - "\nusing `texinfmt.el' version " - texinfmt-version - ".\n\n"))) - -;;; @node, @menu, @detailmenu - -(put 'node 'texinfo-format 'texinfo-format-node) -(put 'nwnode 'texinfo-format 'texinfo-format-node) -(defun texinfo-format-node () - (let* ((args (texinfo-format-parse-line-args)) - (name (nth 0 args)) - (next (nth 1 args)) - (prev (nth 2 args)) - (up (nth 3 args))) - (texinfo-discard-command) - (setq texinfo-last-node name) - (let ((tem (downcase name))) - (if (assoc tem texinfo-node-names) - (error "Duplicate node name: %s" name) - (setq texinfo-node-names (cons (list tem) texinfo-node-names)))) - (setq texinfo-footnote-number 0) - ;; insert "\n\^_" unconditionally since this is what info is looking for - (insert "\n\^_\nFile: " texinfo-format-filename - ", Node: " name) - (if next - (insert ", Next: " next)) - (if prev - (insert ", Prev: " prev)) - (if up - (insert ", Up: " up)) - (insert ?\n) - (setq texinfo-last-node-pos (point)))) - -(put 'menu 'texinfo-format 'texinfo-format-menu) -(defun texinfo-format-menu () - (texinfo-discard-line) - (insert "* Menu:\n\n")) - -(put 'menu 'texinfo-end 'texinfo-discard-command) - -;; The @detailmenu should be removed eventually. - -;; According to Karl Berry, 31 August 1996: -;; -;; You don't like, I don't like it. I agree, it would be better just to -;; fix the bug [in `makeinfo']. .. At this point, since inserting those -;; two commands in the Elisp fn is trivial, I don't especially want to -;; expend more effort... -;; -;; I added a couple sentences of documentation to the manual (putting the -;; blame on makeinfo where it belongs :-(). - -(put 'detailmenu 'texinfo-format 'texinfo-discard-line) -(put 'detailmenu 'texinfo-end 'texinfo-discard-command) - -;; (Also see `texnfo-upd.el') - - -;;; Cross references - -;; @xref {NODE, FNAME, NAME, FILE, DOCUMENT} -;; -> *Note FNAME: (FILE)NODE -;; If FILE is missing, -;; *Note FNAME: NODE -;; If FNAME is empty and NAME is present -;; *Note NAME: Node -;; If both NAME and FNAME are missing -;; *Note NODE:: -;; texinfo ignores the DOCUMENT argument. -;; -> See section <xref to NODE> [NAME, else NODE], page <xref to NODE> -;; If FILE is specified, (FILE)NODE is used for xrefs. -;; If fifth argument DOCUMENT is specified, produces -;; See section <xref to NODE> [NAME, else NODE], page <xref to NODE> -;; of DOCUMENT - -;; @ref a reference that does not put `See' or `see' in -;; the hardcopy and is the same as @xref in Info -(put 'ref 'texinfo-format 'texinfo-format-xref) - -(put 'xref 'texinfo-format 'texinfo-format-xref) -(defun texinfo-format-xref () - (let ((args (texinfo-format-parse-args))) - (texinfo-discard-command) - (insert "*Note ") - (let ((fname (or (nth 1 args) (nth 2 args)))) - (if (null (or fname (nth 3 args))) - (insert (car args) "::") - (insert (or fname (car args)) ": ") - (if (nth 3 args) - (insert "(" (nth 3 args) ")")) - (insert (car args)))))) - -(put 'pxref 'texinfo-format 'texinfo-format-pxref) -(defun texinfo-format-pxref () - (texinfo-format-xref) - (or (save-excursion - (forward-char -2) - (looking-at "::")) - (insert "."))) - -;; @inforef{NODE, FNAME, FILE} -;; Like @xref{NODE, FNAME,,FILE} in texinfo. -;; In Tex, generates "See Info file FILE, node NODE" -(put 'inforef 'texinfo-format 'texinfo-format-inforef) -(defun texinfo-format-inforef () - (let ((args (texinfo-format-parse-args))) - (texinfo-discard-command) - (if (nth 1 args) - (insert "*Note " (nth 1 args) ": (" (nth 2 args) ")" (car args)) - (insert "*Note " "(" (nth 2 args) ")" (car args) "::")))) - - -;;; Section headings - -(put 'majorheading 'texinfo-format 'texinfo-format-chapter) -(put 'chapheading 'texinfo-format 'texinfo-format-chapter) -(put 'ichapter 'texinfo-format 'texinfo-format-chapter) -(put 'chapter 'texinfo-format 'texinfo-format-chapter) -(put 'iappendix 'texinfo-format 'texinfo-format-chapter) -(put 'appendix 'texinfo-format 'texinfo-format-chapter) -(put 'iunnumbered 'texinfo-format 'texinfo-format-chapter) -(put 'top 'texinfo-format 'texinfo-format-chapter) -(put 'unnumbered 'texinfo-format 'texinfo-format-chapter) -(put 'centerchap 'texinfo-format 'texinfo-format-chapter) -(defun texinfo-format-chapter () - (texinfo-format-chapter-1 ?*)) - -(put 'heading 'texinfo-format 'texinfo-format-section) -(put 'isection 'texinfo-format 'texinfo-format-section) -(put 'section 'texinfo-format 'texinfo-format-section) -(put 'iappendixsection 'texinfo-format 'texinfo-format-section) -(put 'appendixsection 'texinfo-format 'texinfo-format-section) -(put 'iappendixsec 'texinfo-format 'texinfo-format-section) -(put 'appendixsec 'texinfo-format 'texinfo-format-section) -(put 'iunnumberedsec 'texinfo-format 'texinfo-format-section) -(put 'unnumberedsec 'texinfo-format 'texinfo-format-section) -(defun texinfo-format-section () - (texinfo-format-chapter-1 ?=)) - -(put 'subheading 'texinfo-format 'texinfo-format-subsection) -(put 'isubsection 'texinfo-format 'texinfo-format-subsection) -(put 'subsection 'texinfo-format 'texinfo-format-subsection) -(put 'iappendixsubsec 'texinfo-format 'texinfo-format-subsection) -(put 'appendixsubsec 'texinfo-format 'texinfo-format-subsection) -(put 'iunnumberedsubsec 'texinfo-format 'texinfo-format-subsection) -(put 'unnumberedsubsec 'texinfo-format 'texinfo-format-subsection) -(defun texinfo-format-subsection () - (texinfo-format-chapter-1 ?-)) - -(put 'subsubheading 'texinfo-format 'texinfo-format-subsubsection) -(put 'isubsubsection 'texinfo-format 'texinfo-format-subsubsection) -(put 'subsubsection 'texinfo-format 'texinfo-format-subsubsection) -(put 'iappendixsubsubsec 'texinfo-format 'texinfo-format-subsubsection) -(put 'appendixsubsubsec 'texinfo-format 'texinfo-format-subsubsection) -(put 'iunnumberedsubsubsec 'texinfo-format 'texinfo-format-subsubsection) -(put 'unnumberedsubsubsec 'texinfo-format 'texinfo-format-subsubsection) -(defun texinfo-format-subsubsection () - (texinfo-format-chapter-1 ?.)) - -(defun texinfo-format-chapter-1 (belowchar) - (let ((arg (texinfo-parse-arg-discard))) - (message "Formatting: %s ... " arg) ; So we can see where we are. - (insert ?\n arg ?\n "@SectionPAD " belowchar ?\n) - (forward-line -2))) - -(put 'SectionPAD 'texinfo-format 'texinfo-format-sectionpad) -(defun texinfo-format-sectionpad () - (let ((str (texinfo-parse-arg-discard))) - (forward-char -1) - (let ((column (current-column))) - (forward-char 1) - (while (> column 0) - (insert str) - (setq column (1- column)))) - (insert ?\n))) - - -;;; Space controlling commands: @. and @:, and the soft hyphen. - -(put '\. 'texinfo-format 'texinfo-format-\.) -(defun texinfo-format-\. () - (texinfo-discard-command) - (insert ".")) - -(put '\: 'texinfo-format 'texinfo-format-\:) -(defun texinfo-format-\: () - (texinfo-discard-command)) - -(put '\- 'texinfo-format 'texinfo-format-soft-hyphen) -(defun texinfo-format-soft-hyphen () - (texinfo-discard-command)) - - -;;; @center, @sp, and @br - -(put 'center 'texinfo-format 'texinfo-format-center) -(defun texinfo-format-center () - (let ((arg (texinfo-parse-expanded-arg))) - (texinfo-discard-command) - (insert arg) - (insert ?\n) - (save-restriction - (goto-char (1- (point))) - (let ((indent-tabs-mode nil)) - (center-line))))) - -(put 'sp 'texinfo-format 'texinfo-format-sp) -(defun texinfo-format-sp () - (let* ((arg (texinfo-parse-arg-discard)) - (num (read arg))) - (insert-char ?\n num))) - -(put 'br 'texinfo-format 'texinfo-format-paragraph-break) -(defun texinfo-format-paragraph-break () - "Force a paragraph break. -If used within a line, follow `@br' with braces." - (texinfo-optional-braces-discard) - ;; insert one return if at end of line; - ;; else insert two returns, to generate a blank line. - (if (= (following-char) ?\n) - (insert ?\n) - (insert-char ?\n 2))) - - -;;; @footnote and @footnotestyle - -;; In Texinfo, footnotes are created with the `@footnote' command. -;; This command is followed immediately by a left brace, then by the text of -;; the footnote, and then by a terminating right brace. The -;; template for a footnote is: -;; -;; @footnote{TEXT} -;; -;; Info has two footnote styles: -;; -;; * In the End of node style, all the footnotes for a single node -;; are placed at the end of that node. The footnotes are -;; separated from the rest of the node by a line of dashes with -;; the word `Footnotes' within it. -;; -;; * In the Separate node style, all the footnotes for a single node -;; are placed in an automatically constructed node of their own. - -;; Footnote style is specified by the @footnotestyle command, either -;; @footnotestyle separate -;; or -;; @footnotestyle end -;; -;; The default is separate - -(defvar texinfo-footnote-style "separate" - "Footnote style, either separate or end.") - -(put 'footnotestyle 'texinfo-format 'texinfo-footnotestyle) -(defun texinfo-footnotestyle () - "Specify whether footnotes are at end of node or in separate nodes. -Argument is either end or separate." - (setq texinfo-footnote-style (texinfo-parse-arg-discard))) - -(defvar texinfo-footnote-number) - -(put 'footnote 'texinfo-format 'texinfo-format-footnote) -(defun texinfo-format-footnote () - "Format a footnote in either end of node or separate node style. -The texinfo-footnote-style variable controls which style is used." - (setq texinfo-footnote-number (1+ texinfo-footnote-number)) - (cond ((string= texinfo-footnote-style "end") - (texinfo-format-end-node)) - ((string= texinfo-footnote-style "separate") - (texinfo-format-separate-node)))) - -(defun texinfo-format-separate-node () - "Format footnote in Separate node style, with notes in own node. -The node is constructed automatically." - (let* (start - (arg (texinfo-parse-line-arg)) - (node-name-beginning - (save-excursion - (re-search-backward - "^File: \\w+\\(\\w\\|\\s_\\|\\.\\|,\\)*[ \t]+Node:") - (match-end 0))) - (node-name - (save-excursion - (buffer-substring - (progn (goto-char node-name-beginning) ; skip over node command - (skip-chars-forward " \t") ; and over spaces - (point)) - (if (search-forward - "," - (save-excursion (end-of-line) (point)) t) ; bound search - (1- (point)) - (end-of-line) (point)))))) - (texinfo-discard-command) ; remove or insert whitespace, as needed - (delete-region (save-excursion (skip-chars-backward " \t\n") (point)) - (point)) - (insert (format " (%d) (*Note %s-Footnotes::)" - texinfo-footnote-number node-name)) - (fill-paragraph nil) - (save-excursion - (if (re-search-forward "^@node" nil 'move) - (forward-line -1)) - - ;; two cases: for the first footnote, we must insert a node header; - ;; for the second and subsequent footnotes, we need only insert - ;; the text of the footnote. - - (if (save-excursion - (re-search-backward - (concat node-name "-Footnotes, Up: ") - node-name-beginning - t)) - (progn ; already at least one footnote - (setq start (point)) - (insert (format "\n(%d) %s\n" texinfo-footnote-number arg)) - (fill-region start (point))) - ;; else not yet a footnote - (insert "\n\^_\nFile: " texinfo-format-filename - " Node: " node-name "-Footnotes, Up: " node-name "\n") - (setq start (point)) - (insert (format "\n(%d) %s\n" texinfo-footnote-number arg)) - (fill-region start (point)))))) - -(defun texinfo-format-end-node () - "Format footnote in the End of node style, with notes at end of node." - (let (start - (arg (texinfo-parse-line-arg))) - (texinfo-discard-command) ; remove or insert whitespace, as needed - (delete-region (save-excursion (skip-chars-backward " \t\n") (point)) - (point)) - (insert (format " (%d) " texinfo-footnote-number)) - (fill-paragraph nil) - (save-excursion - (if (search-forward "\n--------- Footnotes ---------\n" nil t) - (progn ; already have footnote, put new one before end of node - (if (re-search-forward "^@node" nil 'move) - (forward-line -1)) - (setq start (point)) - (insert (format "\n(%d) %s\n" texinfo-footnote-number arg)) - (fill-region start (point))) - ;; else no prior footnote - (if (re-search-forward "^@node" nil 'move) - (forward-line -1)) - (insert "\n--------- Footnotes ---------\n") - (setq start (point)) - (insert (format "\n(%d) %s\n" texinfo-footnote-number arg)))))) - - -;;; @itemize, @enumerate, and similar commands - -;; @itemize pushes (itemize "COMMANDS" STARTPOS) on texinfo-stack. -;; @enumerate pushes (enumerate 0 STARTPOS). -;; @item dispatches to the texinfo-item prop of the first elt of the list. -;; For itemize, this puts in and rescans the COMMANDS. -;; For enumerate, this increments the number and puts it in. -;; In either case, it puts a Backspace at the front of the line -;; which marks it not to be indented later. -;; All other lines get indented by 5 when the @end is reached. - -(defvar texinfo-stack-depth 0 - "Count of number of unpopped texinfo-push-stack calls. -Used by @refill indenting command to avoid indenting within lists, etc.") - -(defun texinfo-push-stack (check arg) - (setq texinfo-stack-depth (1+ texinfo-stack-depth)) - (setq texinfo-stack - (cons (list check arg texinfo-command-start) - texinfo-stack))) - -(defun texinfo-pop-stack (check) - (setq texinfo-stack-depth (1- texinfo-stack-depth)) - (if (null texinfo-stack) - (error "Unmatched @end %s" check)) - (if (not (eq (car (car texinfo-stack)) check)) - (error "@end %s matches @%s" - check (car (car texinfo-stack)))) - (prog1 (cdr (car texinfo-stack)) - (setq texinfo-stack (cdr texinfo-stack)))) - -(put 'itemize 'texinfo-format 'texinfo-itemize) -(defun texinfo-itemize () - (texinfo-push-stack - 'itemize - (progn (skip-chars-forward " \t") - (if (eolp) - "@bullet" - (texinfo-parse-line-arg)))) - (texinfo-discard-line-with-args) - (setq fill-column (- fill-column 5))) - -(put 'itemize 'texinfo-end 'texinfo-end-itemize) -(defun texinfo-end-itemize () - (setq fill-column (+ fill-column 5)) - (texinfo-discard-command) - (let ((stacktop - (texinfo-pop-stack 'itemize))) - (texinfo-do-itemize (nth 1 stacktop)))) - -(put 'enumerate 'texinfo-format 'texinfo-enumerate) -(defun texinfo-enumerate () - (texinfo-push-stack - 'enumerate - (progn (skip-chars-forward " \t") - (if (eolp) - 1 - (read (current-buffer))))) - (if (and (symbolp (car (cdr (car texinfo-stack)))) - (> 1 (length (symbol-name (car (cdr (car texinfo-stack))))))) - (error - "@enumerate: Use a number or letter, eg: 1, A, a, 3, B, or d." )) - (texinfo-discard-line-with-args) - (setq fill-column (- fill-column 5))) - -(put 'enumerate 'texinfo-end 'texinfo-end-enumerate) -(defun texinfo-end-enumerate () - (setq fill-column (+ fill-column 5)) - (texinfo-discard-command) - (let ((stacktop - (texinfo-pop-stack 'enumerate))) - (texinfo-do-itemize (nth 1 stacktop)))) - -;; @alphaenumerate never became a standard part of Texinfo -(put 'alphaenumerate 'texinfo-format 'texinfo-alphaenumerate) -(defun texinfo-alphaenumerate () - (texinfo-push-stack 'alphaenumerate (1- ?a)) - (setq fill-column (- fill-column 5)) - (texinfo-discard-line)) - -(put 'alphaenumerate 'texinfo-end 'texinfo-end-alphaenumerate) -(defun texinfo-end-alphaenumerate () - (setq fill-column (+ fill-column 5)) - (texinfo-discard-command) - (let ((stacktop - (texinfo-pop-stack 'alphaenumerate))) - (texinfo-do-itemize (nth 1 stacktop)))) - -;; @capsenumerate never became a standard part of Texinfo -(put 'capsenumerate 'texinfo-format 'texinfo-capsenumerate) -(defun texinfo-capsenumerate () - (texinfo-push-stack 'capsenumerate (1- ?A)) - (setq fill-column (- fill-column 5)) - (texinfo-discard-line)) - -(put 'capsenumerate 'texinfo-end 'texinfo-end-capsenumerate) -(defun texinfo-end-capsenumerate () - (setq fill-column (+ fill-column 5)) - (texinfo-discard-command) - (let ((stacktop - (texinfo-pop-stack 'capsenumerate))) - (texinfo-do-itemize (nth 1 stacktop)))) - -;; At the @end, indent all the lines within the construct -;; except those marked with backspace. FROM says where -;; construct started. -(defun texinfo-do-itemize (from) - (save-excursion - (while (progn (forward-line -1) - (>= (point) from)) - (if (= (following-char) ?\b) - (save-excursion - (delete-char 1) - (end-of-line) - (delete-char 6)) - (if (not (looking-at "[ \t]*$")) - (save-excursion (insert " "))))))) - -(put 'item 'texinfo-format 'texinfo-item) -(put 'itemx 'texinfo-format 'texinfo-item) -(defun texinfo-item () - (funcall (get (car (car texinfo-stack)) 'texinfo-item))) - -(put 'itemize 'texinfo-item 'texinfo-itemize-item) -(defun texinfo-itemize-item () - ;; (texinfo-discard-line) ; Did not handle text on same line as @item. - (delete-region (1+ (point)) (save-excursion (beginning-of-line) (point))) - (if (looking-at "[ \t]*[^ \t\n]+") - ;; Text on same line as @item command. - (insert "\b " (nth 1 (car texinfo-stack)) " \n") - ;; Else text on next line. - (insert "\b " (nth 1 (car texinfo-stack)) " ")) - (forward-line -1)) - -(put 'enumerate 'texinfo-item 'texinfo-enumerate-item) -(defun texinfo-enumerate-item () - (texinfo-discard-line) - (let (enumerating-symbol) - (cond ((integerp (car (cdr (car texinfo-stack)))) - (setq enumerating-symbol (car (cdr (car texinfo-stack)))) - (insert ?\b (format "%3d. " enumerating-symbol) ?\n) - (setcar (cdr (car texinfo-stack)) (1+ enumerating-symbol))) - ((symbolp (car (cdr (car texinfo-stack)))) - (setq enumerating-symbol - (symbol-name (car (cdr (car texinfo-stack))))) - (if (or (equal ?\[ (string-to-char enumerating-symbol)) - (equal ?\{ (string-to-char enumerating-symbol))) - (error - "Too many items in enumerated list; alphabet ends at Z.")) - (insert ?\b (format "%3s. " enumerating-symbol) ?\n) - (setcar (cdr (car texinfo-stack)) - (make-symbol - (char-to-string - (1+ - (string-to-char enumerating-symbol)))))) - (t - (error - "@enumerate: Use a number or letter, eg: 1, A, a, 3, B or d." ))) - (forward-line -1))) - -(put 'alphaenumerate 'texinfo-item 'texinfo-alphaenumerate-item) -(defun texinfo-alphaenumerate-item () - (texinfo-discard-line) - (let ((next (1+ (car (cdr (car texinfo-stack)))))) - (if (> next ?z) - (error "More than 26 items in @alphaenumerate; get a bigger alphabet.")) - (setcar (cdr (car texinfo-stack)) next) - (insert "\b " next ". \n")) - (forward-line -1)) - -(put 'capsenumerate 'texinfo-item 'texinfo-capsenumerate-item) -(defun texinfo-capsenumerate-item () - (texinfo-discard-line) - (let ((next (1+ (car (cdr (car texinfo-stack)))))) - (if (> next ?Z) - (error "More than 26 items in @capsenumerate; get a bigger alphabet.")) - (setcar (cdr (car texinfo-stack)) next) - (insert "\b " next ". \n")) - (forward-line -1)) - - -;;; @table - -;; The `@table' command produces two-column tables. - -(put 'table 'texinfo-format 'texinfo-table) -(defun texinfo-table () - (texinfo-push-stack - 'table - (progn (skip-chars-forward " \t") - (if (eolp) - "@asis" - (texinfo-parse-line-arg)))) - (texinfo-discard-line-with-args) - (setq fill-column (- fill-column 5))) - -(put 'table 'texinfo-item 'texinfo-table-item) -(defun texinfo-table-item () - (let ((arg (texinfo-parse-arg-discard)) - (itemfont (car (cdr (car texinfo-stack))))) - (insert ?\b itemfont ?\{ arg "}\n \n")) - (forward-line -2)) - -(put 'table 'texinfo-end 'texinfo-end-table) -(defun texinfo-end-table () - (setq fill-column (+ fill-column 5)) - (texinfo-discard-command) - (let ((stacktop - (texinfo-pop-stack 'table))) - (texinfo-do-itemize (nth 1 stacktop)))) - -;; @description appears to be an undocumented variant on @table that -;; does not require an arg. It fails in texinfo.tex 2.58 and is not -;; part of makeinfo.c The command appears to be a relic of the past. -(put 'description 'texinfo-end 'texinfo-end-table) -(put 'description 'texinfo-format 'texinfo-description) -(defun texinfo-description () - (texinfo-push-stack 'table "@asis") - (setq fill-column (- fill-column 5)) - (texinfo-discard-line)) - - -;;; @ftable, @vtable - -;; The `@ftable' and `@vtable' commands are like the `@table' command -;; but they also insert each entry in the first column of the table -;; into the function or variable index. - -;; Handle the @ftable and @vtable commands: - -(put 'ftable 'texinfo-format 'texinfo-ftable) -(put 'vtable 'texinfo-format 'texinfo-vtable) - -(defun texinfo-ftable () (texinfo-indextable 'ftable)) -(defun texinfo-vtable () (texinfo-indextable 'vtable)) - -(defun texinfo-indextable (table-type) - (texinfo-push-stack table-type (texinfo-parse-arg-discard)) - (setq fill-column (- fill-column 5))) - -;; Handle the @item commands within ftable and vtable: - -(put 'ftable 'texinfo-item 'texinfo-ftable-item) -(put 'vtable 'texinfo-item 'texinfo-vtable-item) - -(defun texinfo-ftable-item () (texinfo-indextable-item 'texinfo-findex)) -(defun texinfo-vtable-item () (texinfo-indextable-item 'texinfo-vindex)) - -(defun texinfo-indextable-item (index-type) - (let ((item (texinfo-parse-arg-discard)) - (itemfont (car (cdr (car texinfo-stack)))) - (indexvar index-type)) - (insert ?\b itemfont ?\{ item "}\n \n") - (set indexvar - (cons - (list item texinfo-last-node) - (symbol-value indexvar))) - (forward-line -2))) - -;; Handle @end ftable, @end vtable - -(put 'ftable 'texinfo-end 'texinfo-end-ftable) -(put 'vtable 'texinfo-end 'texinfo-end-vtable) - -(defun texinfo-end-ftable () (texinfo-end-indextable 'ftable)) -(defun texinfo-end-vtable () (texinfo-end-indextable 'vtable)) - -(defun texinfo-end-indextable (table-type) - (setq fill-column (+ fill-column 5)) - (texinfo-discard-command) - (let ((stacktop - (texinfo-pop-stack table-type))) - (texinfo-do-itemize (nth 1 stacktop)))) - - -;;; @multitable ... @end multitable - -;; Produce a multi-column table, with as many columns as desired. -;; -;; A multi-column table has this template: -;; -;; @multitable {A1} {A2} {A3} -;; @item A1 @tab A2 @tab A3 -;; @item B1 @tab B2 @tab B3 -;; @item C1 @tab C2 @tab C3 -;; @end multitable -;; -;; where the width of the text in brackets specifies the width of the -;; respective column. -;; -;; Or else: -;; -;; @multitable @columnfractions .25 .3 .45 -;; @item A1 @tab A2 @tab A3 -;; @item B1 @tab B2 @tab B3 -;; @end multitable -;; -;; where the fractions specify the width of each column as a percent -;; of the current width of the text (i.e., of the fill-column). -;; -;; Long lines of text are filled within columns. -;; -;; Using the Emacs Lisp formatter, texinfmt.el, -;; the whitespace between columns can be increased by setting -;; `extra-inter-column-width' to a value greater than 0. By default, -;; there is at least one blank space between columns. -;; -;; The Emacs Lisp formatter, texinfmt.el, ignores the following four -;; commands that are defined in texinfo.tex for printed output. -;; -;; @multitableparskip, -;; @multitableparindent, -;; @multitablecolmargin, -;; @multitablelinespace. - -;; How @multitable works. -;; ===================== -;; -;; `texinfo-multitable' reads the @multitable line and determines from it -;; how wide each column should be. -;; -;; Also, it pushes this information, along with an identifying symbol, -;; onto the `texinfo-stack'. At the @end multitable command, the stack -;; is checked for its matching @multitable command, and then popped, or -;; else an error is signaled. Also, this command pushes the location of -;; the start of the table onto the stack. -;; -;; `texinfo-end-multitable' checks the `texinfo-stack' that the @end -;; multitable truly is ending a corresponding beginning, and if it is, -;; pops the stack. -;; -;; `texinfo-multitable-widths' is called by `texinfo-multitable'. -;; The function returns a list of the widths of each column in a -;; multi-column table, based on the information supplied by the arguments -;; to the @multitable command (by arguments, I mean the text on the rest -;; of the @multitable line, not the remainder of the multi-column table -;; environment). -;; -;; `texinfo-multitable-item' formats a row within a multicolumn table. -;; This command is executed when texinfmt sees @item inside @multitable. -;; Cells in row are separated by `@tab's. Widths of cells are specified -;; by the arguments in the @multitable line. Cells are filled. All cells -;; are made to be the same height by padding their bottoms, as needed, -;; with blanks. -;; -;; `texinfo-multitable-extract-row' is called by `texinfo-multitable-item'. -;; This function returns the text in a multitable row, as a string. -;; The start of a row is marked by an @item and the end of row is the -;; beginning of next @item or beginning of the @end multitable line. -;; Cells within a row are separated by @tab. -;; -;; Note that @tab, the cell separators, are not treated as independent -;; Texinfo commands. - -(defvar extra-inter-column-width 0 -"*Insert NUMBER of additional columns of whitespace between entries of -a multi-column table.") - -(defvar multitable-temp-buffer-name "*multitable-temporary-buffer*") -(defvar multitable-temp-rectangle-name "texinfo-multitable-temp-") - -;; These commands are defined in texinfo.tex for printed output. -(put 'multitableparskip 'texinfo-format 'texinfo-discard-line-with-args) -(put 'multitableparindent 'texinfo-format 'texinfo-discard-line-with-args) -(put 'multitablecolmargin 'texinfo-format 'texinfo-discard-line-with-args) -(put 'multitablelinespace 'texinfo-format 'texinfo-discard-line-with-args) - -(put 'multitable 'texinfo-format 'texinfo-multitable) -(defun texinfo-multitable () - "Produce multi-column tables. - -A multi-column table has this template: - - @multitable {A1} {A2} {A3} - @item A1 @tab A2 @tab A3 - @item B1 @tab B2 @tab B3 - @item C1 @tab C2 @tab C3 - @end multitable - -where the width of the text in brackets specifies the width of the -respective column. - -Or else: - - @multitable @columnfractions .25 .3 .45 - @item A1 @tab A2 @tab A3 - @item B1 @tab B2 @tab B3 - @end multitable - -where the fractions specify the width of each column as a percent -of the current width of the text (i.e., of the fill-column). - -Long lines of text are filled within columns. - -Using the Emacs Lisp formatter, texinfmt.el, -the whitespace between columns can be increased by setting -`extra-inter-column-width' to a value greater than 0. By default, -there is at least one blank space between columns. - -The Emacs Lisp formatter, texinfmt.el, ignores the following four -commands that are defined in texinfo.tex for printed output. - - @multitableparskip, - @multitableparindent, - @multitablecolmargin, - @multitablelinespace." - -;; This function pushes information onto the `texinfo-stack'. -;; A stack element consists of: -;; - type-of-command, i.e., multitable -;; - the information about column widths, and -;; - the position of texinfo-command-start. -;; e.g., ('multitable (1 2 3 4) 123) -;; The command line is then deleted. - (texinfo-push-stack - 'multitable - ;; push width information on stack - (texinfo-multitable-widths)) - (texinfo-discard-line-with-args)) - -(put 'multitable 'texinfo-end 'texinfo-end-multitable) -(defun texinfo-end-multitable () - "Discard the @end multitable line and pop the stack of multitable." - (texinfo-discard-command) - (texinfo-pop-stack 'multitable)) - -(defun texinfo-multitable-widths () - "Return list of widths of each column in a multi-column table." - (let (texinfo-multitable-width-list) - ;; Fractions format: - ;; @multitable @columnfractions .25 .3 .45 - ;; - ;; Template format: - ;; @multitable {Column 1 template} {Column 2} {Column 3 example} - ;; Place point before first argument - (skip-chars-forward " \t") - (cond - ;; Check for common misspelling - ((looking-at "@columnfraction ") - (error "In @multitable, @columnfractions misspelled")) - ;; Case 1: @columnfractions .25 .3 .45 - ((looking-at "@columnfractions") - (forward-word 1) - (while (not (eolp)) - (setq texinfo-multitable-width-list - (cons - (truncate - (1- - (* fill-column (read (get-buffer (current-buffer)))))) - texinfo-multitable-width-list)))) - ;; - ;; Case 2: {Column 1 template} {Column 2} {Column 3 example} - ((looking-at "{") - (let ((start-of-templates (point))) - (while (not (eolp)) - (skip-chars-forward " \t") - (let* ((start-of-template (1+ (point))) - (end-of-template - ;; forward-sexp works with braces in Texinfo mode - (progn (forward-sexp 1) (1- (point))))) - (setq texinfo-multitable-width-list - (cons (- end-of-template start-of-template) - texinfo-multitable-width-list)) - ;; Remove carriage return from within a template, if any. - ;; This helps those those who want to use more than - ;; one line's worth of words in @multitable line. - (narrow-to-region start-of-template end-of-template) - (goto-char (point-min)) - (while (search-forward " -" nil t) - (delete-char -1)) - (goto-char (point-max)) - (widen) - (forward-char 1))))) - ;; - ;; Case 3: Trouble - (t - (error - "You probably need to specify column widths for @multitable correctly."))) - ;; Check whether columns fit on page. - (let ((desired-columns - (+ - ;; between column spaces - (length texinfo-multitable-width-list) - ;; additional between column spaces, if any - extra-inter-column-width - ;; sum of spaces for each entry - (apply '+ texinfo-multitable-width-list)))) - (if (> desired-columns fill-column) - (error - (format - "Multi-column table width, %d chars, is greater than page width, %d chars." - desired-columns fill-column)))) - texinfo-multitable-width-list)) - -;; @item A1 @tab A2 @tab A3 -(defun texinfo-multitable-extract-row () - "Return multitable row, as a string. -End of row is beginning of next @item or beginning of @end. -Cells within rows are separated by @tab." - (skip-chars-forward " \t") - (let* ((start (point)) - (end (progn - (re-search-forward "@item\\|@end") - (match-beginning 0))) - (row (progn (goto-char end) - (skip-chars-backward " ") - ;; remove whitespace at end of argument - (delete-region (point) end) - (buffer-substring start (point))))) - (delete-region texinfo-command-start end) - row)) - -(put 'multitable 'texinfo-item 'texinfo-multitable-item) -(defun texinfo-multitable-item () - "Format a row within a multicolumn table. -Cells in row are separated by @tab. -Widths of cells are specified by the arguments in the @multitable line. -All cells are made to be the same height. -This command is executed when texinfmt sees @item inside @multitable." - (let ((original-buffer (current-buffer)) - (table-widths (reverse (car (cdr (car texinfo-stack))))) - (existing-fill-column fill-column) - start - end - (table-column 0) - (table-entry-height 0) - ;; unformatted row looks like: A1 @tab A2 @tab A3 - ;; extract-row command deletes the source line in the table. - (unformated-row (texinfo-multitable-extract-row))) - ;; Use a temporary buffer - (set-buffer (get-buffer-create multitable-temp-buffer-name)) - (delete-region (point-min) (point-max)) - (insert unformated-row) - (goto-char (point-min)) -;; 1. Check for correct number of @tab in line. - (let ((tab-number 1)) ; one @tab between two columns - (while (search-forward "@tab" nil t) - (setq tab-number (1+ tab-number))) - (if (/= tab-number (length table-widths)) - (error "Wrong number of @tab's in a @multitable row."))) - (goto-char (point-min)) -;; 2. Format each cell, and copy to a rectangle - ;; buffer looks like this: A1 @tab A2 @tab A3 - ;; Cell #1: format up to @tab - ;; Cell #2: format up to @tab - ;; Cell #3: format up to eob - (while (not (eobp)) - (setq start (point)) - (setq end (save-excursion - (if (search-forward "@tab" nil 'move) - ;; Delete the @tab command, including the @-sign - (delete-region - (point) - (progn (forward-word -1) (1- (point))))) - (point))) - ;; Set fill-column *wider* than needed to produce inter-column space - (setq fill-column (+ 1 - extra-inter-column-width - (nth table-column table-widths))) - (narrow-to-region start end) - ;; Remove whitespace before and after entry. - (skip-chars-forward " ") - (delete-region (point) (save-excursion (beginning-of-line) (point))) - (goto-char (point-max)) - (skip-chars-backward " ") - (delete-region (point) (save-excursion (end-of-line) (point))) - ;; Temorarily set texinfo-stack to nil so texinfo-format-scan - ;; does not see an unterminated @multitable. - (let (texinfo-stack) ; nil - (texinfo-format-scan)) - (let (fill-prefix) ; no fill prefix - (fill-region (point-min) (point-max))) - (setq table-entry-height - (max table-entry-height (count-lines (point-min) (point-max)))) -;; 3. Move point to end of bottom line, and pad that line to fill column. - (goto-char (point-min)) - (forward-line (1- table-entry-height)) - (let* ((beg (point)) ; beginning of line - ;; add one more space for inter-column spacing - (needed-whitespace - (1+ - (- fill-column - (- - (progn (end-of-line) (point)) ; end of existing line - beg))))) - (insert (make-string - (if (> needed-whitespace 0) needed-whitespace 1) - ? ))) - ;; now, put formatted cell into a rectangle - (set (intern (concat multitable-temp-rectangle-name - (int-to-string table-column))) - (extract-rectangle (point-min) (point))) - (delete-region (point-min) (point)) - (goto-char (point-max)) - (setq table-column (1+ table-column)) - (widen)) -;; 4. Add extra lines to rectangles so all are of same height - (let ((total-number-of-columns table-column) - (column-number 0) - here) - (while (> table-column 0) - (let ((this-rectangle (int-to-string table-column))) - (while (< (length this-rectangle) table-entry-height) - (setq this-rectangle (append this-rectangle '(""))))) - (setq table-column (1- table-column))) -;; 5. Insert formatted rectangles in original buffer - (switch-to-buffer original-buffer) - (open-line table-entry-height) - (while (< column-number total-number-of-columns) - (setq here (point)) - (insert-rectangle - (eval (intern - (concat multitable-temp-rectangle-name - (int-to-string column-number))))) - (goto-char here) - (end-of-line) - (setq column-number (1+ column-number)))) - (kill-buffer multitable-temp-buffer-name) - (setq fill-column existing-fill-column))) - - -;;; @ifinfo, @iftex, @tex, @ifhtml, @html - -(put 'ifinfo 'texinfo-format 'texinfo-discard-line) -(put 'ifinfo 'texinfo-end 'texinfo-discard-command) - -(put 'iftex 'texinfo-format 'texinfo-format-iftex) -(defun texinfo-format-iftex () - (delete-region texinfo-command-start - (progn (re-search-forward "@end iftex[ \t]*\n") - (point)))) - -(put 'ifhtml 'texinfo-format 'texinfo-format-ifhtml) -(defun texinfo-format-ifhtml () - (delete-region texinfo-command-start - (progn (re-search-forward "@end ifhtml[ \t]*\n") - (point)))) - -(put 'tex 'texinfo-format 'texinfo-format-tex) -(defun texinfo-format-tex () - (delete-region texinfo-command-start - (progn (re-search-forward "@end tex[ \t]*\n") - (point)))) - -(put 'html 'texinfo-format 'texinfo-format-html) -(defun texinfo-format-html () - (delete-region texinfo-command-start - (progn (re-search-forward "@end html[ \t]*\n") - (point)))) - - -;;; @titlepage - -(put 'titlepage 'texinfo-format 'texinfo-format-titlepage) -(defun texinfo-format-titlepage () - (delete-region texinfo-command-start - (progn (re-search-forward "@end titlepage[ \t]*\n") - (point)))) - -(put 'endtitlepage 'texinfo-format 'texinfo-discard-line) - -;; @titlespec an alternative titling command; ignored by Info - -(put 'titlespec 'texinfo-format 'texinfo-format-titlespec) -(defun texinfo-format-titlespec () - (delete-region texinfo-command-start - (progn (re-search-forward "@end titlespec[ \t]*\n") - (point)))) - -(put 'endtitlespec 'texinfo-format 'texinfo-discard-line) - - -;;; @today - -(put 'today 'texinfo-format 'texinfo-format-today) - -;; Produces Day Month Year style of output. eg `1 Jan 1900' -;; The `@today{}' command requires a pair of braces, like `@dots{}'. -(defun texinfo-format-today () - (texinfo-parse-arg-discard) - (insert (format "%s %s %s" - (substring (current-time-string) 8 10) - (substring (current-time-string) 4 7) - (substring (current-time-string) -4)))) - - -;;; @ignore - -(put 'ignore 'texinfo-format 'texinfo-format-ignore) -(defun texinfo-format-ignore () - (delete-region texinfo-command-start - (progn (re-search-forward "@end ignore[ \t]*\n") - (point)))) - -(put 'endignore 'texinfo-format 'texinfo-discard-line) - - -;;; Define the Info enclosure command: @definfoenclose - -;; A `@definfoenclose' command may be used to define a highlighting -;; command for Info, but not for TeX. A command defined using -;; `@definfoenclose' marks text by enclosing it in strings that precede -;; and follow the text. -;; -;; Presumably, if you define a command with `@definfoenclose` for Info, -;; you will also define the same command in the TeX definitions file, -;; `texinfo.tex' in a manner appropriate for typesetting. -;; -;; Write a `@definfoenclose' command on a line and follow it with three -;; arguments separated by commas (commas are used as separators in an -;; `@node' line in the same way). The first argument to -;; `@definfoenclose' is the @-command name \(without the `@'\); the -;; second argument is the Info start delimiter string; and the third -;; argument is the Info end delimiter string. The latter two arguments -;; enclose the highlighted text in the Info file. A delimiter string -;; may contain spaces. Neither the start nor end delimiter is -;; required. However, if you do not provide a start delimiter, you -;; must follow the command name with two commas in a row; otherwise, -;; the Info formatting commands will misinterpret the end delimiter -;; string as a start delimiter string. -;; -;; If you do a @definfoenclose{} on the name of a pre-defined macro (such -;; as @emph{}, @strong{}, @tt{}, or @i{}) the enclosure definition will -;; override the built-in definition. -;; -;; An enclosure command defined this way takes one argument in braces. -;; -;; For example, you can write: -;; -;; @ifinfo -;; @definfoenclose phoo, //, \\ -;; @end ifinfo -;; -;; near the beginning of a Texinfo file at the beginning of the lines -;; to define `@phoo' as an Info formatting command that inserts `//' -;; before and `\\' after the argument to `@phoo'. You can then write -;; `@phoo{bar}' wherever you want `//bar\\' highlighted in Info. -;; -;; Also, for TeX formatting, you could write -;; -;; @iftex -;; @global@let@phoo=@i -;; @end iftex -;; -;; to define `@phoo' as a command that causes TeX to typeset -;; the argument to `@phoo' in italics. -;; -;; Note that each definition applies to its own formatter: one for TeX, -;; the other for texinfo-format-buffer or texinfo-format-region. -;; -;; Here is another example: write -;; -;; @definfoenclose headword, , : -;; -;; near the beginning of the file, to define `@headword' as an Info -;; formatting command that inserts nothing before and a colon after the -;; argument to `@headword'. - -(put 'definfoenclose 'texinfo-format 'texinfo-define-info-enclosure) -(defun texinfo-define-info-enclosure () - (let* ((args (texinfo-format-parse-line-args)) - (command-name (nth 0 args)) - (beginning-delimiter (or (nth 1 args) "")) - (end-delimiter (or (nth 2 args) ""))) - (texinfo-discard-command) - (setq texinfo-enclosure-list - (cons - (list command-name - (list - beginning-delimiter - end-delimiter)) - texinfo-enclosure-list)))) - - -;;; @var, @code and the like - -(put 'var 'texinfo-format 'texinfo-format-var) -;; @sc a small caps font for TeX; formatted as `var' in Info -(put 'sc 'texinfo-format 'texinfo-format-var) -(defun texinfo-format-var () - (insert (upcase (texinfo-parse-arg-discard))) - (goto-char texinfo-command-start)) - -(put 'url 'texinfo-format 'texinfo-format-code) -(put 'cite 'texinfo-format 'texinfo-format-code) -(put 'code 'texinfo-format 'texinfo-format-code) -(put 'file 'texinfo-format 'texinfo-format-code) -(put 'samp 'texinfo-format 'texinfo-format-code) -(defun texinfo-format-code () - (insert "`" (texinfo-parse-arg-discard) "'") - (goto-char texinfo-command-start)) - -(put 'emph 'texinfo-format 'texinfo-format-emph) -(put 'strong 'texinfo-format 'texinfo-format-emph) -(defun texinfo-format-emph () - (insert "*" (texinfo-parse-arg-discard) "*") - (goto-char texinfo-command-start)) - -(put 'dfn 'texinfo-format 'texinfo-format-defn) -(put 'defn 'texinfo-format 'texinfo-format-defn) -(defun texinfo-format-defn () - (insert "\"" (texinfo-parse-arg-discard) "\"") - (goto-char texinfo-command-start)) - -(put 'email 'texinfo-format 'texinfo-format-key) -(put 'key 'texinfo-format 'texinfo-format-key) -(defun texinfo-format-key () - (insert "<" (texinfo-parse-arg-discard) ">") - (goto-char texinfo-command-start)) - -(put 'bullet 'texinfo-format 'texinfo-format-bullet) -(defun texinfo-format-bullet () - "Insert an asterisk. -If used within a line, follow `@bullet' with braces." - (texinfo-optional-braces-discard) - (insert "*")) - - -;;; @kbd - -;; Inside of @example ... @end example and similar environments, -;; @kbd does nothing; but outside of such environments, it places -;; single quotation markes around its argument. - -(defvar texinfo-format-kbd-regexp - (concat - "^@" - "\\(" - "example\\|" - "smallexample\\|" - "lisp\\|" - "smalllisp" - "\\)") - "Regexp specifying environments in which @kbd does not put `...' - around argument.") - -(defvar texinfo-format-kbd-end-regexp - (concat - "^@end " - "\\(" - "example\\|" - "smallexample\\|" - "lisp\\|" - "smalllisp" - "\\)") - "Regexp specifying end of environments in which @kbd does not put `...' - around argument. (See `texinfo-format-kbd-regexp')") - -(put 'kbd 'texinfo-format 'texinfo-format-kbd) -(defun texinfo-format-kbd () - "Place single quote marks around arg, except in @example and similar." - ;; Search forward for @end example closer than an @example. - ;; Can stop search at nearest @node or texinfo-section-types-regexp - (let* ((stop - (save-excursion - (re-search-forward - (concat "^@node\\|\\(" texinfo-section-types-regexp "\\)") - nil - 'move-to-end) ; if necessary, return point at end of buffer - (point))) - (example-location - (save-excursion - (re-search-forward texinfo-format-kbd-regexp stop 'move-to-end) - (point))) - (end-example-location - (save-excursion - (re-search-forward texinfo-format-kbd-end-regexp stop 'move-to-end) - (point)))) - ;; If inside @example, @end example will be closer than @example - ;; or end of search i.e., end-example-location less than example-location - (if (>= end-example-location example-location) - ;; outside an @example or equivalent - (insert "`" (texinfo-parse-arg-discard) "'") - ;; else, in @example; do not surround with `...' - (insert (texinfo-parse-arg-discard))) - (goto-char texinfo-command-start))) - - -;;; @example, @lisp, @quotation, @display, @smalllisp, @smallexample - -(put 'display 'texinfo-format 'texinfo-format-example) -(put 'example 'texinfo-format 'texinfo-format-example) -(put 'lisp 'texinfo-format 'texinfo-format-example) -(put 'quotation 'texinfo-format 'texinfo-format-example) -(put 'smallexample 'texinfo-format 'texinfo-format-example) -(put 'smalllisp 'texinfo-format 'texinfo-format-example) -(defun texinfo-format-example () - (texinfo-push-stack 'example nil) - (setq fill-column (- fill-column 5)) - (texinfo-discard-line)) - -(put 'example 'texinfo-end 'texinfo-end-example) -(put 'display 'texinfo-end 'texinfo-end-example) -(put 'lisp 'texinfo-end 'texinfo-end-example) -(put 'quotation 'texinfo-end 'texinfo-end-example) -(put 'smallexample 'texinfo-end 'texinfo-end-example) -(put 'smalllisp 'texinfo-end 'texinfo-end-example) -(defun texinfo-end-example () - (setq fill-column (+ fill-column 5)) - (texinfo-discard-command) - (let ((stacktop - (texinfo-pop-stack 'example))) - (texinfo-do-itemize (nth 1 stacktop)))) - -(put 'exdent 'texinfo-format 'texinfo-format-exdent) -(defun texinfo-format-exdent () - (texinfo-discard-command) - (delete-region (point) - (progn - (skip-chars-forward " ") - (point))) - (insert ?\b) - ;; Cancel out the deletion that texinfo-do-itemize - ;; is going to do at the end of this line. - (save-excursion - (end-of-line) - (insert "\n "))) - - -;;; @cartouche - -;; The @cartouche command is a noop in Info; in a printed manual, -;; it makes a box with rounded corners. - -(put 'cartouche 'texinfo-format 'texinfo-discard-line) -(put 'cartouche 'texinfo-end 'texinfo-discard-command) - - -;;; @flushleft and @format - -;; The @flushleft command left justifies every line but leaves the -;; right end ragged. As far as Info is concerned, @flushleft is a -;; `do-nothing' command - -;; The @format command is similar to @example except that it does not -;; indent; this means that in Info, @format is similar to @flushleft. - -(put 'format 'texinfo-format 'texinfo-format-flushleft) -(put 'flushleft 'texinfo-format 'texinfo-format-flushleft) -(defun texinfo-format-flushleft () - (texinfo-discard-line)) - -(put 'format 'texinfo-end 'texinfo-end-flushleft) -(put 'flushleft 'texinfo-end 'texinfo-end-flushleft) -(defun texinfo-end-flushleft () - (texinfo-discard-command)) - - -;;; @flushright - -;; The @flushright command right justifies every line but leaves the -;; left end ragged. Spaces and tabs at the right ends of lines are -;; removed so that visible text lines up on the right side. - -(put 'flushright 'texinfo-format 'texinfo-format-flushright) -(defun texinfo-format-flushright () - (texinfo-push-stack 'flushright nil) - (texinfo-discard-line)) - -(put 'flushright 'texinfo-end 'texinfo-end-flushright) -(defun texinfo-end-flushright () - (texinfo-discard-command) - - (let ((stacktop - (texinfo-pop-stack 'flushright))) - - (texinfo-do-flushright (nth 1 stacktop)))) - -(defun texinfo-do-flushright (from) - (save-excursion - (while (progn (forward-line -1) - (>= (point) from)) - - (beginning-of-line) - (insert - (make-string - (- fill-column - (save-excursion - (end-of-line) - (skip-chars-backward " \t") - (delete-region (point) (progn (end-of-line) (point))) - (current-column))) - ? ))))) - - -;;; @ctrl, @TeX, @copyright, @minus, @dots, @enddots, @pounds - -(put 'ctrl 'texinfo-format 'texinfo-format-ctrl) -(defun texinfo-format-ctrl () - (let ((str (texinfo-parse-arg-discard))) - (insert (logand 31 (aref str 0))))) - -(put 'TeX 'texinfo-format 'texinfo-format-TeX) -(defun texinfo-format-TeX () - (texinfo-parse-arg-discard) - (insert "TeX")) - -(put 'copyright 'texinfo-format 'texinfo-format-copyright) -(defun texinfo-format-copyright () - (texinfo-parse-arg-discard) - (insert "(C)")) - -(put 'minus 'texinfo-format 'texinfo-format-minus) -(defun texinfo-format-minus () - "Insert a minus sign. -If used within a line, follow `@minus' with braces." - (texinfo-optional-braces-discard) - (insert "-")) - -(put 'dots 'texinfo-format 'texinfo-format-dots) -(defun texinfo-format-dots () - (texinfo-parse-arg-discard) - (insert "...")) - -(put 'enddots 'texinfo-format 'texinfo-format-enddots) -(defun texinfo-format-enddots () - (texinfo-parse-arg-discard) - (insert "....")) - -(put 'pounds 'texinfo-format 'texinfo-format-pounds) -(defun texinfo-format-pounds () - (texinfo-parse-arg-discard) - (insert "#")) - - -;;; Refilling and indenting: @refill, @paragraphindent, @noindent - -;;; Indent only those paragraphs that are refilled as a result of an -;;; @refill command. - -;; * If the value is `asis', do not change the existing indentation at -;; the starts of paragraphs. - -;; * If the value zero, delete any existing indentation. - -;; * If the value is greater than zero, indent each paragraph by that -;; number of spaces. - -;;; But do not refill paragraphs with an @refill command that are -;;; preceded by @noindent or are part of a table, list, or deffn. - -(defvar texinfo-paragraph-indent "asis" - "Number of spaces for @refill to indent a paragraph; else to leave as is.") - -(put 'paragraphindent 'texinfo-format 'texinfo-paragraphindent) - -(defun texinfo-paragraphindent () - "Specify the number of spaces for @refill to indent a paragraph. -Default is to leave the number of spaces as is." - (let ((arg (texinfo-parse-arg-discard))) - (if (string= "asis" arg) - (setq texinfo-paragraph-indent "asis") - (setq texinfo-paragraph-indent (string-to-int arg))))) - -(put 'refill 'texinfo-format 'texinfo-format-refill) -(defun texinfo-format-refill () - "Refill paragraph. Also, indent first line as set by @paragraphindent. -Default is to leave paragraph indentation as is." - (texinfo-discard-command) - (forward-paragraph -1) - (if (looking-at "[ \t\n]*$") (forward-line 1)) - ;; Do not indent if an entry in a list, table, or deffn, - ;; or if paragraph is preceded by @noindent. - ;; Otherwise, indent - (cond - ;; delete a @noindent line and do not indent paragraph - ((save-excursion (forward-line -1) - (looking-at "^@noindent")) - (forward-line -1) - (delete-region (point) (progn (forward-line 1) (point)))) - ;; do nothing if "asis" - ((equal texinfo-paragraph-indent "asis")) - ;; do no indenting in list, etc. - ((> texinfo-stack-depth 0)) - ;; otherwise delete existing whitespace and indent - (t - (delete-region (point) (progn (skip-chars-forward " \t") (point))) - (insert (make-string texinfo-paragraph-indent ? )))) - (forward-paragraph 1) - (forward-line -1) - (end-of-line) - ;; Do not fill a section title line with asterisks, hyphens, etc. that - ;; are used to underline it. This could occur if the line following - ;; the underlining is not an index entry and has text within it. - (let* ((previous-paragraph-separate paragraph-separate) - (paragraph-separate - (concat paragraph-separate "\\|[-=.]+\\|\\*\\*+")) - (previous-paragraph-start paragraph-start) - (paragraph-start - (concat paragraph-start "\\|[-=.]+\\|\\*\\*+"))) - (unwind-protect - (fill-paragraph nil) - (setq paragraph-separate previous-paragraph-separate) - (setq paragraph-start previous-paragraph-start)))) - -(put 'noindent 'texinfo-format 'texinfo-noindent) -(defun texinfo-noindent () - (save-excursion - (forward-paragraph 1) - (if (search-backward "@refill" - (save-excursion (forward-line -1) (point)) t) - () ; leave @noindent command so @refill command knows not to indent - ;; else - (texinfo-discard-line)))) - - -;;; Index generation - -(put 'vindex 'texinfo-format 'texinfo-format-vindex) -(defun texinfo-format-vindex () - (texinfo-index 'texinfo-vindex)) - -(put 'cindex 'texinfo-format 'texinfo-format-cindex) -(defun texinfo-format-cindex () - (texinfo-index 'texinfo-cindex)) - -(put 'findex 'texinfo-format 'texinfo-format-findex) -(defun texinfo-format-findex () - (texinfo-index 'texinfo-findex)) - -(put 'pindex 'texinfo-format 'texinfo-format-pindex) -(defun texinfo-format-pindex () - (texinfo-index 'texinfo-pindex)) - -(put 'tindex 'texinfo-format 'texinfo-format-tindex) -(defun texinfo-format-tindex () - (texinfo-index 'texinfo-tindex)) - -(put 'kindex 'texinfo-format 'texinfo-format-kindex) -(defun texinfo-format-kindex () - (texinfo-index 'texinfo-kindex)) - -(defun texinfo-index (indexvar) - (let ((arg (texinfo-parse-expanded-arg))) - (texinfo-discard-command) - (set indexvar - (cons (list arg - texinfo-last-node - ;; Region formatting may not provide last node position. - (if texinfo-last-node-pos - (1+ (count-lines texinfo-last-node-pos (point))) - 1)) - (symbol-value indexvar))))) - -(defconst texinfo-indexvar-alist - '(("cp" . texinfo-cindex) - ("fn" . texinfo-findex) - ("vr" . texinfo-vindex) - ("tp" . texinfo-tindex) - ("pg" . texinfo-pindex) - ("ky" . texinfo-kindex))) - - -;;; @defindex @defcodeindex -(put 'defindex 'texinfo-format 'texinfo-format-defindex) -(put 'defcodeindex 'texinfo-format 'texinfo-format-defindex) - -(defun texinfo-format-defindex () - (let* ((index-name (texinfo-parse-arg-discard)) ; eg: `aa' - (indexing-command (intern (concat index-name "index"))) - (index-formatting-command ; eg: `texinfo-format-aaindex' - (intern (concat "texinfo-format-" index-name "index"))) - (index-alist-name ; eg: `texinfo-aaindex' - (intern (concat "texinfo-" index-name "index")))) - - (set index-alist-name nil) - - (put indexing-command ; eg, aaindex - 'texinfo-format - index-formatting-command) ; eg, texinfo-format-aaindex - - ;; eg: "aa" . texinfo-aaindex - (or (assoc index-name texinfo-indexvar-alist) - (setq texinfo-indexvar-alist - (cons - (cons index-name - index-alist-name) - texinfo-indexvar-alist))) - - (fset index-formatting-command - (list 'lambda 'nil - (list 'texinfo-index - (list 'quote index-alist-name)))))) - - -;;; @synindex @syncodeindex - -(put 'synindex 'texinfo-format 'texinfo-format-synindex) -(put 'syncodeindex 'texinfo-format 'texinfo-format-synindex) - -(defun texinfo-format-synindex () - (let* ((args (texinfo-parse-arg-discard)) - (second (cdr (read-from-string args))) - (joiner (symbol-name (car (read-from-string args)))) - (joined (symbol-name (car (read-from-string args second))))) - - (if (assoc joiner texinfo-short-index-cmds-alist) - (put - (cdr (assoc joiner texinfo-short-index-cmds-alist)) - 'texinfo-format - (or (cdr (assoc joined texinfo-short-index-format-cmds-alist)) - (intern (concat "texinfo-format-" joined "index")))) - (put - (intern (concat joiner "index")) - 'texinfo-format - (or (cdr(assoc joined texinfo-short-index-format-cmds-alist)) - (intern (concat "texinfo-format-" joined "index"))))))) - -(defconst texinfo-short-index-cmds-alist - '(("cp" . cindex) - ("fn" . findex) - ("vr" . vindex) - ("tp" . tindex) - ("pg" . pindex) - ("ky" . kindex))) - -(defconst texinfo-short-index-format-cmds-alist - '(("cp" . texinfo-format-cindex) - ("fn" . texinfo-format-findex) - ("vr" . texinfo-format-vindex) - ("tp" . texinfo-format-tindex) - ("pg" . texinfo-format-pindex) - ("ky" . texinfo-format-kindex))) - - -;;; Sort and index (for VMS) - -;; Sort an index which is in the current buffer between START and END. -;; Used on VMS, where the `sort' utility is not available. -(defun texinfo-sort-region (start end) - (require 'sort) - (save-restriction - (narrow-to-region start end) - (sort-subr nil 'forward-line 'end-of-line 'texinfo-sort-startkeyfun))) - -;; Subroutine for sorting an index. -;; At start of a line, return a string to sort the line under. -(defun texinfo-sort-startkeyfun () - (let ((line - (buffer-substring (point) (save-excursion (end-of-line) (point))))) - ;; Canonicalize whitespace and eliminate funny chars. - (while (string-match "[ \t][ \t]+\\|[^a-z0-9 ]+" line) - (setq line (concat (substring line 0 (match-beginning 0)) - " " - (substring line (match-end 0) (length line))))) - line)) - - -;;; @printindex - -(put 'printindex 'texinfo-format 'texinfo-format-printindex) - -(defun texinfo-format-printindex () - (let ((indexelts (symbol-value - (cdr (assoc (texinfo-parse-arg-discard) - texinfo-indexvar-alist)))) - opoint) - (insert "\n* Menu:\n\n") - (setq opoint (point)) - (texinfo-print-index nil indexelts) - - (if (memq system-type '(vax-vms windows-nt ms-dos)) - (texinfo-sort-region opoint (point)) - (shell-command-on-region opoint (point) "sort -fd" 1)))) - -(defun texinfo-print-index (file indexelts) - (while indexelts - (if (stringp (car (car indexelts))) - (progn - (insert "* " (car (car indexelts)) ": " ) - (indent-to 32) - (insert - (if file (concat "(" file ")") "") - (nth 1 (car indexelts)) ".") - (indent-to 54) - (insert - (if (nth 2 (car indexelts)) - (format " %d." (nth 2 (car indexelts))) - "") - "\n")) - ;; index entries from @include'd file - (texinfo-print-index (nth 1 (car indexelts)) - (nth 2 (car indexelts)))) - (setq indexelts (cdr indexelts)))) - - -;;; Glyphs: @equiv, @error, etc - -;; @equiv to show that two expressions are equivalent -;; @error to show an error message -;; @expansion to show what a macro expands to -;; @point to show the location of point in an example -;; @print to show what an evaluated expression prints -;; @result to indicate the value returned by an expression - -(put 'equiv 'texinfo-format 'texinfo-format-equiv) -(defun texinfo-format-equiv () - (texinfo-parse-arg-discard) - (insert "==")) - -(put 'error 'texinfo-format 'texinfo-format-error) -(defun texinfo-format-error () - (texinfo-parse-arg-discard) - (insert "error-->")) - -(put 'expansion 'texinfo-format 'texinfo-format-expansion) -(defun texinfo-format-expansion () - (texinfo-parse-arg-discard) - (insert "==>")) - -(put 'point 'texinfo-format 'texinfo-format-point) -(defun texinfo-format-point () - (texinfo-parse-arg-discard) - (insert "-!-")) - -(put 'print 'texinfo-format 'texinfo-format-print) -(defun texinfo-format-print () - (texinfo-parse-arg-discard) - (insert "-|")) - -(put 'result 'texinfo-format 'texinfo-format-result) -(defun texinfo-format-result () - (texinfo-parse-arg-discard) - (insert "=>")) - - -;;; Accent commands - -;; Info presumes a plain ASCII output, so the accented characters do -;; not look as they would if typeset, or output with a different -;; character set. - -;; See the `texinfo-accent-commands' variable -;; in the section for `texinfo-append-refill'. -;; Also, see the defun for `texinfo-format-scan' -;; for single-character accent commands. - -;; Command Info output Name - -;; These do not have braces: -;; @^ ==> ^ circumflex accent -;; @` ==> ` grave accent -;; @' ==> ' acute accent -;; @" ==> " umlaut accent -;; @= ==> = overbar accent -;; @~ ==> ~ tilde accent - -;; These have braces, but take no argument: -;; @OE{} ==> OE French-OE-ligature -;; @oe{} ==> oe -;; @AA{} ==> AA Scandinavian-A-with-circle -;; @aa{} ==> aa -;; @AE{} ==> AE Latin-Scandinavian-AE -;; @ae{} ==> ae -;; @ss{} ==> ss German-sharp-S - -;; @questiondown{} ==> ? upside-down-question-mark -;; @exclamdown{} ==> ! upside-down-exclamation-mark -;; @L{} ==> L/ Polish suppressed-L (Lslash) -;; @l{} ==> l/ Polish suppressed-L (Lslash) (lower case) -;; @O{} ==> O/ Scandinavian O-with-slash -;; @o{} ==> o/ Scandinavian O-with-slash (lower case) - -;; These have braces, and take an argument: -;; @,{c} ==> c, cedilla accent -;; @dotaccent{o} ==> .o overdot-accent -;; @ubaraccent{o} ==> _o underbar-accent -;; @udotaccent{o} ==> o-. underdot-accent -;; @H{o} ==> ""o long Hungarian umlaut -;; @ringaccent{o} ==> *o ring accent -;; @tieaccent{oo} ==> [oo tie after accent -;; @u{o} ==> (o breve accent -;; @v{o} ==> <o hacek accent -;; @dotless{i} ==> i dotless i and dotless j - -;; ========== - -;; Note: The defun texinfo-format-scan -;; looks at "[@{}^'`\",=~ *?!-]" -;; In the case of @*, a line break is inserted; -;; in the other cases, the characters are simply quoted and the @ is deleted. -;; Thus, `texinfo-format-scan' handles the following -;; single-character accent commands: @^ @` @' @" @, @- @= @~ - -;; @^ ==> ^ circumflex accent -;; (put '^ 'texinfo-format 'texinfo-format-circumflex-accent) -;; (defun texinfo-format-circumflex-accent () -;; (texinfo-discard-command) -;; (insert "^")) -;; -;; @` ==> ` grave accent -;; (put '\` 'texinfo-format 'texinfo-format-grave-accent) -;; (defun texinfo-format-grave-accent () -;; (texinfo-discard-command) -;; (insert "\`")) -;; -;; @' ==> ' acute accent -;; (put '\' 'texinfo-format 'texinfo-format-acute-accent) -;; (defun texinfo-format-acute-accent () -;; (texinfo-discard-command) -;; (insert "'")) -;; -;; @" ==> " umlaut accent -;; (put '\" 'texinfo-format 'texinfo-format-umlaut-accent) -;; (defun texinfo-format-umlaut-accent () -;; (texinfo-discard-command) -;; (insert "\"")) -;; -;; @= ==> = overbar accent -;; (put '= 'texinfo-format 'texinfo-format-overbar-accent) -;; (defun texinfo-format-overbar-accent () -;; (texinfo-discard-command) -;; (insert "=")) -;; -;; @~ ==> ~ tilde accent -;; (put '~ 'texinfo-format 'texinfo-format-tilde-accent) -;; (defun texinfo-format-tilde-accent () -;; (texinfo-discard-command) -;; (insert "~")) - -;; @OE{} ==> OE French-OE-ligature -(put 'OE 'texinfo-format 'texinfo-format-French-OE-ligature) -(defun texinfo-format-French-OE-ligature () - (insert "OE" (texinfo-parse-arg-discard)) - (goto-char texinfo-command-start)) - -;; @oe{} ==> oe -(put 'oe 'texinfo-format 'texinfo-format-French-oe-ligature) -(defun texinfo-format-French-oe-ligature () ; lower case - (insert "oe" (texinfo-parse-arg-discard)) - (goto-char texinfo-command-start)) - -;; @AA{} ==> AA Scandinavian-A-with-circle -(put 'AA 'texinfo-format 'texinfo-format-Scandinavian-A-with-circle) -(defun texinfo-format-Scandinavian-A-with-circle () - (insert "AA" (texinfo-parse-arg-discard)) - (goto-char texinfo-command-start)) - -;; @aa{} ==> aa -(put 'aa 'texinfo-format 'texinfo-format-Scandinavian-a-with-circle) -(defun texinfo-format-Scandinavian-a-with-circle () ; lower case - (insert "aa" (texinfo-parse-arg-discard)) - (goto-char texinfo-command-start)) - -;; @AE{} ==> AE Latin-Scandinavian-AE -(put 'AE 'texinfo-format 'texinfo-format-Latin-Scandinavian-AE) -(defun texinfo-format-Latin-Scandinavian-AE () - (insert "AE" (texinfo-parse-arg-discard)) - (goto-char texinfo-command-start)) - -;; @ae{} ==> ae -(put 'ae 'texinfo-format 'texinfo-format-Latin-Scandinavian-ae) -(defun texinfo-format-Latin-Scandinavian-ae () ; lower case - (insert "ae" (texinfo-parse-arg-discard)) - (goto-char texinfo-command-start)) - -;; @ss{} ==> ss German-sharp-S -(put 'ss 'texinfo-format 'texinfo-format-German-sharp-S) -(defun texinfo-format-German-sharp-S () - (insert "ss" (texinfo-parse-arg-discard)) - (goto-char texinfo-command-start)) - -;; @questiondown{} ==> ? upside-down-question-mark -(put 'questiondown 'texinfo-format 'texinfo-format-upside-down-question-mark) -(defun texinfo-format-upside-down-question-mark () - (insert "?" (texinfo-parse-arg-discard)) - (goto-char texinfo-command-start)) - -;; @exclamdown{} ==> ! upside-down-exclamation-mark -(put 'exclamdown 'texinfo-format 'texinfo-format-upside-down-exclamation-mark) -(defun texinfo-format-upside-down-exclamation-mark () - (insert "!" (texinfo-parse-arg-discard)) - (goto-char texinfo-command-start)) - -;; @L{} ==> L/ Polish suppressed-L (Lslash) -(put 'L 'texinfo-format 'texinfo-format-Polish-suppressed-L) -(defun texinfo-format-Polish-suppressed-L () - (insert (texinfo-parse-arg-discard) "/L") - (goto-char texinfo-command-start)) - -;; @l{} ==> l/ Polish suppressed-L (Lslash) (lower case) -(put 'l 'texinfo-format 'texinfo-format-Polish-suppressed-l-lower-case) -(defun texinfo-format-Polish-suppressed-l-lower-case () - (insert (texinfo-parse-arg-discard) "/l") - (goto-char texinfo-command-start)) - - -;; @O{} ==> O/ Scandinavian O-with-slash -(put 'O 'texinfo-format 'texinfo-format-Scandinavian-O-with-slash) -(defun texinfo-format-Scandinavian-O-with-slash () - (insert (texinfo-parse-arg-discard) "O/") - (goto-char texinfo-command-start)) - -;; @o{} ==> o/ Scandinavian O-with-slash (lower case) -(put 'o 'texinfo-format 'texinfo-format-Scandinavian-o-with-slash-lower-case) -(defun texinfo-format-Scandinavian-o-with-slash-lower-case () - (insert (texinfo-parse-arg-discard) "o/") - (goto-char texinfo-command-start)) - -;; Take arguments - -;; @,{c} ==> c, cedilla accent -(put ', 'texinfo-format 'texinfo-format-cedilla-accent) -(defun texinfo-format-cedilla-accent () - (insert (texinfo-parse-arg-discard) ",") - (goto-char texinfo-command-start)) - - -;; @dotaccent{o} ==> .o overdot-accent -(put 'dotaccent 'texinfo-format 'texinfo-format-overdot-accent) -(defun texinfo-format-overdot-accent () - (insert "." (texinfo-parse-arg-discard)) - (goto-char texinfo-command-start)) - -;; @ubaraccent{o} ==> _o underbar-accent -(put 'ubaraccent 'texinfo-format 'texinfo-format-underbar-accent) -(defun texinfo-format-underbar-accent () - (insert "_" (texinfo-parse-arg-discard)) - (goto-char texinfo-command-start)) - -;; @udotaccent{o} ==> o-. underdot-accent -(put 'udotaccent 'texinfo-format 'texinfo-format-underdot-accent) -(defun texinfo-format-underdot-accent () - (insert (texinfo-parse-arg-discard) "-.") - (goto-char texinfo-command-start)) - -;; @H{o} ==> ""o long Hungarian umlaut -(put 'H 'texinfo-format 'texinfo-format-long-Hungarian-umlaut) -(defun texinfo-format-long-Hungarian-umlaut () - (insert "\"\"" (texinfo-parse-arg-discard)) - (goto-char texinfo-command-start)) - -;; @ringaccent{o} ==> *o ring accent -(put 'ringaccent 'texinfo-format 'texinfo-format-ring-accent) -(defun texinfo-format-ring-accent () - (insert "*" (texinfo-parse-arg-discard)) - (goto-char texinfo-command-start)) - -;; @tieaccent{oo} ==> [oo tie after accent -(put 'tieaccent 'texinfo-format 'texinfo-format-tie-after-accent) -(defun texinfo-format-tie-after-accent () - (insert "[" (texinfo-parse-arg-discard)) - (goto-char texinfo-command-start)) - - -;; @u{o} ==> (o breve accent -(put 'u 'texinfo-format 'texinfo-format-breve-accent) -(defun texinfo-format-breve-accent () - (insert "(" (texinfo-parse-arg-discard)) - (goto-char texinfo-command-start)) - -;; @v{o} ==> <o hacek accent -(put 'v 'texinfo-format 'texinfo-format-hacek-accent) -(defun texinfo-format-hacek-accent () - (insert "<" (texinfo-parse-arg-discard)) - (goto-char texinfo-command-start)) - - -;; @dotless{i} ==> i dotless i and dotless j -(put 'dotless 'texinfo-format 'texinfo-format-dotless) -(defun texinfo-format-dotless () - (insert (texinfo-parse-arg-discard)) - (goto-char texinfo-command-start)) - - -;;; Definition formatting: @deffn, @defun, etc - -;; What definition formatting produces: -;; -;; @deffn category name args... -;; In Info, `Category: name ARGS' -;; In index: name: node. line#. -;; -;; @defvr category name -;; In Info, `Category: name' -;; In index: name: node. line#. -;; -;; @deftp category name attributes... -;; `category name attributes...' Note: @deftp args in lower case. -;; In index: name: node. line#. -;; -;; Specialized function-like or variable-like entity: -;; -;; @defun, @defmac, @defspec, @defvar, @defopt -;; -;; @defun name args In Info, `Function: name ARGS' -;; @defmac name args In Info, `Macro: name ARGS' -;; @defvar name In Info, `Variable: name' -;; etc. -;; In index: name: node. line#. -;; -;; Generalized typed-function-like or typed-variable-like entity: -;; @deftypefn category data-type name args... -;; In Info, `Category: data-type name args...' -;; @deftypevr category data-type name -;; In Info, `Category: data-type name' -;; In index: name: node. line#. -;; -;; Specialized typed-function-like or typed-variable-like entity: -;; @deftypefun data-type name args... -;; In Info, `Function: data-type name ARGS' -;; In index: name: node. line#. -;; -;; @deftypevar data-type name -;; In Info, `Variable: data-type name' -;; In index: name: node. line#. but include args after name!? -;; -;; Generalized object oriented entity: -;; @defop category class name args... -;; In Info, `Category on class: name ARG' -;; In index: name on class: node. line#. -;; -;; @defcv category class name -;; In Info, `Category of class: name' -;; In index: name of class: node. line#. -;; -;; Specialized object oriented entity: -;; @defmethod class name args... -;; In Info, `Method on class: name ARGS' -;; In index: name on class: node. line#. -;; -;; @defivar class name -;; In Info, `Instance variable of class: name' -;; In index: name of class: node. line#. - - -;;; The definition formatting functions - -(defun texinfo-format-defun () - (texinfo-push-stack 'defun nil) - (setq fill-column (- fill-column 5)) - (texinfo-format-defun-1 t)) - -(defun texinfo-end-defun () - (setq fill-column (+ fill-column 5)) - (texinfo-discard-command) - (let ((start (nth 1 (texinfo-pop-stack 'defun)))) - (texinfo-do-itemize start) - ;; Delete extra newline inserted after header. - (save-excursion - (goto-char start) - (delete-char -1)))) - -(defun texinfo-format-defunx () - (texinfo-format-defun-1 nil)) - -(defun texinfo-format-defun-1 (first-p) - (let ((parse-args (texinfo-format-parse-defun-args)) - (texinfo-defun-type (get texinfo-command-name 'texinfo-defun-type))) - (texinfo-discard-command) - ;; Delete extra newline inserted after previous header line. - (if (not first-p) - (delete-char -1)) - (funcall - (get texinfo-command-name 'texinfo-deffn-formatting-property) parse-args) - ;; Insert extra newline so that paragraph filling does not mess - ;; with header line. - (insert "\n\n") - (rplaca (cdr (cdr (car texinfo-stack))) (point)) - (funcall - (get texinfo-command-name 'texinfo-defun-indexing-property) parse-args))) - -;;; Formatting the first line of a definition - -;; @deffn, @defvr, @deftp -(put 'deffn 'texinfo-deffn-formatting-property 'texinfo-format-deffn) -(put 'deffnx 'texinfo-deffn-formatting-property 'texinfo-format-deffn) -(put 'defvr 'texinfo-deffn-formatting-property 'texinfo-format-deffn) -(put 'defvrx 'texinfo-deffn-formatting-property 'texinfo-format-deffn) -(put 'deftp 'texinfo-deffn-formatting-property 'texinfo-format-deffn) -(put 'deftpx 'texinfo-deffn-formatting-property 'texinfo-format-deffn) -(defun texinfo-format-deffn (parsed-args) - ;; Generalized function-like, variable-like, or generic data-type entity: - ;; @deffn category name args... - ;; In Info, `Category: name ARGS' - ;; @deftp category name attributes... - ;; `category name attributes...' Note: @deftp args in lower case. - (let ((category (car parsed-args)) - (name (car (cdr parsed-args))) - (args (cdr (cdr parsed-args)))) - (insert " -- " category ": " name) - (while args - (insert " " - (if (or (= ?& (aref (car args) 0)) - (eq (eval (car texinfo-defun-type)) 'deftp-type)) - (car args) - (upcase (car args)))) - (setq args (cdr args))))) - -;; @defun, @defmac, @defspec, @defvar, @defopt: Specialized, simple -(put 'defun 'texinfo-deffn-formatting-property - 'texinfo-format-specialized-defun) -(put 'defunx 'texinfo-deffn-formatting-property - 'texinfo-format-specialized-defun) -(put 'defmac 'texinfo-deffn-formatting-property - 'texinfo-format-specialized-defun) -(put 'defmacx 'texinfo-deffn-formatting-property - 'texinfo-format-specialized-defun) -(put 'defspec 'texinfo-deffn-formatting-property - 'texinfo-format-specialized-defun) -(put 'defspecx 'texinfo-deffn-formatting-property - 'texinfo-format-specialized-defun) -(put 'defvar 'texinfo-deffn-formatting-property - 'texinfo-format-specialized-defun) -(put 'defvarx 'texinfo-deffn-formatting-property - 'texinfo-format-specialized-defun) -(put 'defopt 'texinfo-deffn-formatting-property - 'texinfo-format-specialized-defun) -(put 'defoptx 'texinfo-deffn-formatting-property - 'texinfo-format-specialized-defun) -(defun texinfo-format-specialized-defun (parsed-args) - ;; Specialized function-like or variable-like entity: - ;; @defun name args In Info, `Function: Name ARGS' - ;; @defmac name args In Info, `Macro: Name ARGS' - ;; @defvar name In Info, `Variable: Name' - ;; Use cdr of texinfo-defun-type to determine category: - (let ((category (car (cdr texinfo-defun-type))) - (name (car parsed-args)) - (args (cdr parsed-args))) - (insert " -- " category ": " name) - (while args - (insert " " - (if (= ?& (aref (car args) 0)) - (car args) - (upcase (car args)))) - (setq args (cdr args))))) - -;; @deftypefn, @deftypevr: Generalized typed -(put 'deftypefn 'texinfo-deffn-formatting-property 'texinfo-format-deftypefn) -(put 'deftypefnx 'texinfo-deffn-formatting-property 'texinfo-format-deftypefn) -(put 'deftypevr 'texinfo-deffn-formatting-property 'texinfo-format-deftypefn) -(put 'deftypevrx 'texinfo-deffn-formatting-property 'texinfo-format-deftypefn) -(defun texinfo-format-deftypefn (parsed-args) - ;; Generalized typed-function-like or typed-variable-like entity: - ;; @deftypefn category data-type name args... - ;; In Info, `Category: data-type name args...' - ;; @deftypevr category data-type name - ;; In Info, `Category: data-type name' - ;; Note: args in lower case, unless modified in command line. - (let ((category (car parsed-args)) - (data-type (car (cdr parsed-args))) - (name (car (cdr (cdr parsed-args)))) - (args (cdr (cdr (cdr parsed-args))))) - (insert " -- " category ": " data-type " " name) - (while args - (insert " " (car args)) - (setq args (cdr args))))) - -;; @deftypefun, @deftypevar: Specialized typed -(put 'deftypefun 'texinfo-deffn-formatting-property 'texinfo-format-deftypefun) -(put 'deftypefunx 'texinfo-deffn-formatting-property - 'texinfo-format-deftypefun) -(put 'deftypevar 'texinfo-deffn-formatting-property 'texinfo-format-deftypefun) -(put 'deftypevarx 'texinfo-deffn-formatting-property - 'texinfo-format-deftypefun) -(defun texinfo-format-deftypefun (parsed-args) - ;; Specialized typed-function-like or typed-variable-like entity: - ;; @deftypefun data-type name args... - ;; In Info, `Function: data-type name ARGS' - ;; @deftypevar data-type name - ;; In Info, `Variable: data-type name' - ;; Note: args in lower case, unless modified in command line. - ;; Use cdr of texinfo-defun-type to determine category: - (let ((category (car (cdr texinfo-defun-type))) - (data-type (car parsed-args)) - (name (car (cdr parsed-args))) - (args (cdr (cdr parsed-args)))) - (insert " -- " category ": " data-type " " name) - (while args - (insert " " (car args)) - (setq args (cdr args))))) - -;; @defop: Generalized object-oriented -(put 'defop 'texinfo-deffn-formatting-property 'texinfo-format-defop) -(put 'defopx 'texinfo-deffn-formatting-property 'texinfo-format-defop) -(defun texinfo-format-defop (parsed-args) - ;; Generalized object oriented entity: - ;; @defop category class name args... - ;; In Info, `Category on class: name ARG' - ;; Note: args in upper case; use of `on' - (let ((category (car parsed-args)) - (class (car (cdr parsed-args))) - (name (car (cdr (cdr parsed-args)))) - (args (cdr (cdr (cdr parsed-args))))) - (insert " -- " category " on " class ": " name) - (while args - (insert " " (upcase (car args))) - (setq args (cdr args))))) - -;; @defcv: Generalized object-oriented -(put 'defcv 'texinfo-deffn-formatting-property 'texinfo-format-defcv) -(put 'defcvx 'texinfo-deffn-formatting-property 'texinfo-format-defcv) -(defun texinfo-format-defcv (parsed-args) - ;; Generalized object oriented entity: - ;; @defcv category class name - ;; In Info, `Category of class: name' - ;; Note: args in upper case; use of `of' - (let ((category (car parsed-args)) - (class (car (cdr parsed-args))) - (name (car (cdr (cdr parsed-args)))) - (args (cdr (cdr (cdr parsed-args))))) - (insert " -- " category " of " class ": " name) - (while args - (insert " " (upcase (car args))) - (setq args (cdr args))))) - -;; @defmethod: Specialized object-oriented -(put 'defmethod 'texinfo-deffn-formatting-property 'texinfo-format-defmethod) -(put 'defmethodx 'texinfo-deffn-formatting-property 'texinfo-format-defmethod) -(defun texinfo-format-defmethod (parsed-args) - ;; Specialized object oriented entity: - ;; @defmethod class name args... - ;; In Info, `Method on class: name ARGS' - ;; Note: args in upper case; use of `on' - ;; Use cdr of texinfo-defun-type to determine category: - (let ((category (car (cdr texinfo-defun-type))) - (class (car parsed-args)) - (name (car (cdr parsed-args))) - (args (cdr (cdr parsed-args)))) - (insert " -- " category " on " class ": " name) - (while args - (insert " " (upcase (car args))) - (setq args (cdr args))))) - -;; @defivar: Specialized object-oriented -(put 'defivar 'texinfo-deffn-formatting-property 'texinfo-format-defivar) -(put 'defivarx 'texinfo-deffn-formatting-property 'texinfo-format-defivar) -(defun texinfo-format-defivar (parsed-args) - ;; Specialized object oriented entity: - ;; @defivar class name - ;; In Info, `Instance variable of class: name' - ;; Note: args in upper case; use of `of' - ;; Use cdr of texinfo-defun-type to determine category: - (let ((category (car (cdr texinfo-defun-type))) - (class (car parsed-args)) - (name (car (cdr parsed-args))) - (args (cdr (cdr parsed-args)))) - (insert " -- " category " of " class ": " name) - (while args - (insert " " (upcase (car args))) - (setq args (cdr args))))) - - -;;; Indexing for definitions - -;; An index entry has three parts: the `entry proper', the node name, and the -;; line number. Depending on the which command is used, the entry is -;; formatted differently: -;; -;; @defun, -;; @defmac, -;; @defspec, -;; @defvar, -;; @defopt all use their 1st argument as the entry-proper -;; -;; @deffn, -;; @defvr, -;; @deftp -;; @deftypefun -;; @deftypevar all use their 2nd argument as the entry-proper -;; -;; @deftypefn, -;; @deftypevr both use their 3rd argument as the entry-proper -;; -;; @defmethod uses its 2nd and 1st arguments as an entry-proper -;; formatted: NAME on CLASS - -;; @defop uses its 3rd and 2nd arguments as an entry-proper -;; formatted: NAME on CLASS -;; -;; @defivar uses its 2nd and 1st arguments as an entry-proper -;; formatted: NAME of CLASS -;; -;; @defcv uses its 3rd and 2nd argument as an entry-proper -;; formatted: NAME of CLASS - -(put 'defun 'texinfo-defun-indexing-property 'texinfo-index-defun) -(put 'defunx 'texinfo-defun-indexing-property 'texinfo-index-defun) -(put 'defmac 'texinfo-defun-indexing-property 'texinfo-index-defun) -(put 'defmacx 'texinfo-defun-indexing-property 'texinfo-index-defun) -(put 'defspec 'texinfo-defun-indexing-property 'texinfo-index-defun) -(put 'defspecx 'texinfo-defun-indexing-property 'texinfo-index-defun) -(put 'defvar 'texinfo-defun-indexing-property 'texinfo-index-defun) -(put 'defvarx 'texinfo-defun-indexing-property 'texinfo-index-defun) -(put 'defopt 'texinfo-defun-indexing-property 'texinfo-index-defun) -(put 'defoptx 'texinfo-defun-indexing-property 'texinfo-index-defun) -(defun texinfo-index-defun (parsed-args) - ;; use 1st parsed-arg as entry-proper - ;; `index-list' will be texinfo-findex or the like - (let ((index-list (get texinfo-command-name 'texinfo-defun-index))) - (set index-list - (cons - ;; Three elements: entry-proper, node-name, line-number - (list - (car parsed-args) - texinfo-last-node - ;; Region formatting may not provide last node position. - (if texinfo-last-node-pos - (1+ (count-lines texinfo-last-node-pos (point))) - 1)) - (symbol-value index-list))))) - -(put 'deffn 'texinfo-defun-indexing-property 'texinfo-index-deffn) -(put 'deffnx 'texinfo-defun-indexing-property 'texinfo-index-deffn) -(put 'defvr 'texinfo-defun-indexing-property 'texinfo-index-deffn) -(put 'defvrx 'texinfo-defun-indexing-property 'texinfo-index-deffn) -(put 'deftp 'texinfo-defun-indexing-property 'texinfo-index-deffn) -(put 'deftpx 'texinfo-defun-indexing-property 'texinfo-index-deffn) -(put 'deftypefun 'texinfo-defun-indexing-property 'texinfo-index-deffn) -(put 'deftypefunx 'texinfo-defun-indexing-property 'texinfo-index-deffn) -(put 'deftypevar 'texinfo-defun-indexing-property 'texinfo-index-deffn) -(put 'deftypevarx 'texinfo-defun-indexing-property 'texinfo-index-deffn) -(defun texinfo-index-deffn (parsed-args) - ;; use 2nd parsed-arg as entry-proper - ;; `index-list' will be texinfo-findex or the like - (let ((index-list (get texinfo-command-name 'texinfo-defun-index))) - (set index-list - (cons - ;; Three elements: entry-proper, node-name, line-number - (list - (car (cdr parsed-args)) - texinfo-last-node - ;; Region formatting may not provide last node position. - (if texinfo-last-node-pos - (1+ (count-lines texinfo-last-node-pos (point))) - 1)) - (symbol-value index-list))))) - -(put 'deftypefn 'texinfo-defun-indexing-property 'texinfo-index-deftypefn) -(put 'deftypefnx 'texinfo-defun-indexing-property 'texinfo-index-deftypefn) -(put 'deftypevr 'texinfo-defun-indexing-property 'texinfo-index-deftypefn) -(put 'deftypevrx 'texinfo-defun-indexing-property 'texinfo-index-deftypefn) -(defun texinfo-index-deftypefn (parsed-args) - ;; use 3rd parsed-arg as entry-proper - ;; `index-list' will be texinfo-findex or the like - (let ((index-list (get texinfo-command-name 'texinfo-defun-index))) - (set index-list - (cons - ;; Three elements: entry-proper, node-name, line-number - (list - (car (cdr (cdr parsed-args))) - texinfo-last-node - ;; Region formatting may not provide last node position. - (if texinfo-last-node-pos - (1+ (count-lines texinfo-last-node-pos (point))) - 1)) - (symbol-value index-list))))) - -(put 'defmethod 'texinfo-defun-indexing-property 'texinfo-index-defmethod) -(put 'defmethodx 'texinfo-defun-indexing-property 'texinfo-index-defmethod) -(defun texinfo-index-defmethod (parsed-args) - ;; use 2nd on 1st parsed-arg as entry-proper - ;; `index-list' will be texinfo-findex or the like - (let ((index-list (get texinfo-command-name 'texinfo-defun-index))) - (set index-list - (cons - ;; Three elements: entry-proper, node-name, line-number - (list - (format "%s on %s" - (car (cdr parsed-args)) - (car parsed-args)) - texinfo-last-node - ;; Region formatting may not provide last node position. - (if texinfo-last-node-pos - (1+ (count-lines texinfo-last-node-pos (point))) - 1)) - (symbol-value index-list))))) - -(put 'defop 'texinfo-defun-indexing-property 'texinfo-index-defop) -(put 'defopx 'texinfo-defun-indexing-property 'texinfo-index-defop) -(defun texinfo-index-defop (parsed-args) - ;; use 3rd on 2nd parsed-arg as entry-proper - ;; `index-list' will be texinfo-findex or the like - (let ((index-list (get texinfo-command-name 'texinfo-defun-index))) - (set index-list - (cons - ;; Three elements: entry-proper, node-name, line-number - (list - (format "%s on %s" - (car (cdr (cdr parsed-args))) - (car (cdr parsed-args))) - texinfo-last-node - ;; Region formatting may not provide last node position. - (if texinfo-last-node-pos - (1+ (count-lines texinfo-last-node-pos (point))) - 1)) - (symbol-value index-list))))) - -(put 'defivar 'texinfo-defun-indexing-property 'texinfo-index-defivar) -(put 'defivarx 'texinfo-defun-indexing-property 'texinfo-index-defivar) -(defun texinfo-index-defivar (parsed-args) - ;; use 2nd of 1st parsed-arg as entry-proper - ;; `index-list' will be texinfo-findex or the like - (let ((index-list (get texinfo-command-name 'texinfo-defun-index))) - (set index-list - (cons - ;; Three elements: entry-proper, node-name, line-number - (list - (format "%s of %s" - (car (cdr parsed-args)) - (car parsed-args)) - texinfo-last-node - ;; Region formatting may not provide last node position. - (if texinfo-last-node-pos - (1+ (count-lines texinfo-last-node-pos (point))) - 1)) - (symbol-value index-list))))) - -(put 'defcv 'texinfo-defun-indexing-property 'texinfo-index-defcv) -(put 'defcvx 'texinfo-defun-indexing-property 'texinfo-index-defcv) -(defun texinfo-index-defcv (parsed-args) - ;; use 3rd of 2nd parsed-arg as entry-proper - ;; `index-list' will be texinfo-findex or the like - (let ((index-list (get texinfo-command-name 'texinfo-defun-index))) - (set index-list - (cons - ;; Three elements: entry-proper, node-name, line-number - (list - (format "%s of %s" - (car (cdr (cdr parsed-args))) - (car (cdr parsed-args))) - texinfo-last-node - ;; Region formatting may not provide last node position. - (if texinfo-last-node-pos - (1+ (count-lines texinfo-last-node-pos (point))) - 1)) - (symbol-value index-list))))) - - -;;; Properties for definitions - -;; Each definition command has six properties: -;; -;; 1. texinfo-deffn-formatting-property to format definition line -;; 2. texinfo-defun-indexing-property to create index entry -;; 3. texinfo-format formatting command -;; 4. texinfo-end end formatting command -;; 5. texinfo-defun-type type of deffn to format -;; 6. texinfo-defun-index type of index to use -;; -;; The `x' forms of each definition command are used for the second -;; and subsequent header lines. - -;; The texinfo-deffn-formatting-property and texinfo-defun-indexing-property -;; are listed just before the appropriate formatting and indexing commands. - -(put 'deffn 'texinfo-format 'texinfo-format-defun) -(put 'deffnx 'texinfo-format 'texinfo-format-defunx) -(put 'deffn 'texinfo-end 'texinfo-end-defun) -(put 'deffn 'texinfo-defun-type '('deffn-type nil)) -(put 'deffnx 'texinfo-defun-type '('deffn-type nil)) -(put 'deffn 'texinfo-defun-index 'texinfo-findex) -(put 'deffnx 'texinfo-defun-index 'texinfo-findex) - -(put 'defun 'texinfo-format 'texinfo-format-defun) -(put 'defunx 'texinfo-format 'texinfo-format-defunx) -(put 'defun 'texinfo-end 'texinfo-end-defun) -(put 'defun 'texinfo-defun-type '('defun-type "Function")) -(put 'defunx 'texinfo-defun-type '('defun-type "Function")) -(put 'defun 'texinfo-defun-index 'texinfo-findex) -(put 'defunx 'texinfo-defun-index 'texinfo-findex) - -(put 'defmac 'texinfo-format 'texinfo-format-defun) -(put 'defmacx 'texinfo-format 'texinfo-format-defunx) -(put 'defmac 'texinfo-end 'texinfo-end-defun) -(put 'defmac 'texinfo-defun-type '('defun-type "Macro")) -(put 'defmacx 'texinfo-defun-type '('defun-type "Macro")) -(put 'defmac 'texinfo-defun-index 'texinfo-findex) -(put 'defmacx 'texinfo-defun-index 'texinfo-findex) - -(put 'defspec 'texinfo-format 'texinfo-format-defun) -(put 'defspecx 'texinfo-format 'texinfo-format-defunx) -(put 'defspec 'texinfo-end 'texinfo-end-defun) -(put 'defspec 'texinfo-defun-type '('defun-type "Special form")) -(put 'defspecx 'texinfo-defun-type '('defun-type "Special form")) -(put 'defspec 'texinfo-defun-index 'texinfo-findex) -(put 'defspecx 'texinfo-defun-index 'texinfo-findex) - -(put 'defvr 'texinfo-format 'texinfo-format-defun) -(put 'defvrx 'texinfo-format 'texinfo-format-defunx) -(put 'defvr 'texinfo-end 'texinfo-end-defun) -(put 'defvr 'texinfo-defun-type '('deffn-type nil)) -(put 'defvrx 'texinfo-defun-type '('deffn-type nil)) -(put 'defvr 'texinfo-defun-index 'texinfo-vindex) -(put 'defvrx 'texinfo-defun-index 'texinfo-vindex) - -(put 'defvar 'texinfo-format 'texinfo-format-defun) -(put 'defvarx 'texinfo-format 'texinfo-format-defunx) -(put 'defvar 'texinfo-end 'texinfo-end-defun) -(put 'defvar 'texinfo-defun-type '('defun-type "Variable")) -(put 'defvarx 'texinfo-defun-type '('defun-type "Variable")) -(put 'defvar 'texinfo-defun-index 'texinfo-vindex) -(put 'defvarx 'texinfo-defun-index 'texinfo-vindex) - -(put 'defconst 'texinfo-format 'texinfo-format-defun) -(put 'defconstx 'texinfo-format 'texinfo-format-defunx) -(put 'defconst 'texinfo-end 'texinfo-end-defun) -(put 'defconst 'texinfo-defun-type '('defun-type "Constant")) -(put 'defconstx 'texinfo-defun-type '('defun-type "Constant")) -(put 'defconst 'texinfo-defun-index 'texinfo-vindex) -(put 'defconstx 'texinfo-defun-index 'texinfo-vindex) - -(put 'defcmd 'texinfo-format 'texinfo-format-defun) -(put 'defcmdx 'texinfo-format 'texinfo-format-defunx) -(put 'defcmd 'texinfo-end 'texinfo-end-defun) -(put 'defcmd 'texinfo-defun-type '('defun-type "Command")) -(put 'defcmdx 'texinfo-defun-type '('defun-type "Command")) -(put 'defcmd 'texinfo-defun-index 'texinfo-findex) -(put 'defcmdx 'texinfo-defun-index 'texinfo-findex) - -(put 'defopt 'texinfo-format 'texinfo-format-defun) -(put 'defoptx 'texinfo-format 'texinfo-format-defunx) -(put 'defopt 'texinfo-end 'texinfo-end-defun) -(put 'defopt 'texinfo-defun-type '('defun-type "User Option")) -(put 'defoptx 'texinfo-defun-type '('defun-type "User Option")) -(put 'defopt 'texinfo-defun-index 'texinfo-vindex) -(put 'defoptx 'texinfo-defun-index 'texinfo-vindex) - -(put 'deftp 'texinfo-format 'texinfo-format-defun) -(put 'deftpx 'texinfo-format 'texinfo-format-defunx) -(put 'deftp 'texinfo-end 'texinfo-end-defun) -(put 'deftp 'texinfo-defun-type '('deftp-type nil)) -(put 'deftpx 'texinfo-defun-type '('deftp-type nil)) -(put 'deftp 'texinfo-defun-index 'texinfo-tindex) -(put 'deftpx 'texinfo-defun-index 'texinfo-tindex) - -;;; Object-oriented stuff is a little hairier. - -(put 'defop 'texinfo-format 'texinfo-format-defun) -(put 'defopx 'texinfo-format 'texinfo-format-defunx) -(put 'defop 'texinfo-end 'texinfo-end-defun) -(put 'defop 'texinfo-defun-type '('defop-type nil)) -(put 'defopx 'texinfo-defun-type '('defop-type nil)) -(put 'defop 'texinfo-defun-index 'texinfo-findex) -(put 'defopx 'texinfo-defun-index 'texinfo-findex) - -(put 'defmethod 'texinfo-format 'texinfo-format-defun) -(put 'defmethodx 'texinfo-format 'texinfo-format-defunx) -(put 'defmethod 'texinfo-end 'texinfo-end-defun) -(put 'defmethod 'texinfo-defun-type '('defmethod-type "Method")) -(put 'defmethodx 'texinfo-defun-type '('defmethod-type "Method")) -(put 'defmethod 'texinfo-defun-index 'texinfo-findex) -(put 'defmethodx 'texinfo-defun-index 'texinfo-findex) - -(put 'defcv 'texinfo-format 'texinfo-format-defun) -(put 'defcvx 'texinfo-format 'texinfo-format-defunx) -(put 'defcv 'texinfo-end 'texinfo-end-defun) -(put 'defcv 'texinfo-defun-type '('defop-type nil)) -(put 'defcvx 'texinfo-defun-type '('defop-type nil)) -(put 'defcv 'texinfo-defun-index 'texinfo-vindex) -(put 'defcvx 'texinfo-defun-index 'texinfo-vindex) - -(put 'defivar 'texinfo-format 'texinfo-format-defun) -(put 'defivarx 'texinfo-format 'texinfo-format-defunx) -(put 'defivar 'texinfo-end 'texinfo-end-defun) -(put 'defivar 'texinfo-defun-type '('defmethod-type "Instance variable")) -(put 'defivarx 'texinfo-defun-type '('defmethod-type "Instance variable")) -(put 'defivar 'texinfo-defun-index 'texinfo-vindex) -(put 'defivarx 'texinfo-defun-index 'texinfo-vindex) - -;;; Typed functions and variables - -(put 'deftypefn 'texinfo-format 'texinfo-format-defun) -(put 'deftypefnx 'texinfo-format 'texinfo-format-defunx) -(put 'deftypefn 'texinfo-end 'texinfo-end-defun) -(put 'deftypefn 'texinfo-defun-type '('deftypefn-type nil)) -(put 'deftypefnx 'texinfo-defun-type '('deftypefn-type nil)) -(put 'deftypefn 'texinfo-defun-index 'texinfo-findex) -(put 'deftypefnx 'texinfo-defun-index 'texinfo-findex) - -(put 'deftypefun 'texinfo-format 'texinfo-format-defun) -(put 'deftypefunx 'texinfo-format 'texinfo-format-defunx) -(put 'deftypefun 'texinfo-end 'texinfo-end-defun) -(put 'deftypefun 'texinfo-defun-type '('deftypefun-type "Function")) -(put 'deftypefunx 'texinfo-defun-type '('deftypefun-type "Function")) -(put 'deftypefun 'texinfo-defun-index 'texinfo-findex) -(put 'deftypefunx 'texinfo-defun-index 'texinfo-findex) - -(put 'deftypevr 'texinfo-format 'texinfo-format-defun) -(put 'deftypevrx 'texinfo-format 'texinfo-format-defunx) -(put 'deftypevr 'texinfo-end 'texinfo-end-defun) -(put 'deftypevr 'texinfo-defun-type '('deftypefn-type nil)) -(put 'deftypevrx 'texinfo-defun-type '('deftypefn-type nil)) -(put 'deftypevr 'texinfo-defun-index 'texinfo-vindex) -(put 'deftypevrx 'texinfo-defun-index 'texinfo-vindex) - -(put 'deftypevar 'texinfo-format 'texinfo-format-defun) -(put 'deftypevarx 'texinfo-format 'texinfo-format-defunx) -(put 'deftypevar 'texinfo-end 'texinfo-end-defun) -(put 'deftypevar 'texinfo-defun-type '('deftypevar-type "Variable")) -(put 'deftypevarx 'texinfo-defun-type '('deftypevar-type "Variable")) -(put 'deftypevar 'texinfo-defun-index 'texinfo-vindex) -(put 'deftypevarx 'texinfo-defun-index 'texinfo-vindex) - - -;;; @set, @clear, @ifset, @ifclear - -;; If a flag is set with @set FLAG, then text between @ifset and @end -;; ifset is formatted normally, but if the flag is is cleared with -;; @clear FLAG, then the text is not formatted; it is ignored. - -;; If a flag is cleared with @clear FLAG, then text between @ifclear -;; and @end ifclear is formatted normally, but if the flag is is set with -;; @set FLAG, then the text is not formatted; it is ignored. @ifclear -;; is the opposite of @ifset. - -;; If a flag is set to a string with @set FLAG, -;; replace @value{FLAG} with the string. -;; If a flag with a value is cleared, -;; @value{FLAG} is invalid, -;; as if there had never been any @set FLAG previously. - -(put 'clear 'texinfo-format 'texinfo-clear) -(defun texinfo-clear () - "Clear the value of the flag." - (let* ((arg (texinfo-parse-arg-discard)) - (flag (car (read-from-string arg))) - (value (substring arg (cdr (read-from-string arg))))) - (put flag 'texinfo-whether-setp 'flag-cleared) - (put flag 'texinfo-set-value ""))) - -(put 'set 'texinfo-format 'texinfo-set) -(defun texinfo-set () - "Set the value of the flag, optionally to a string. -The command `@set foo This is a string.' -sets flag foo to the value: `This is a string.' -The command `@value{foo}' expands to the value." - (let* ((arg (texinfo-parse-arg-discard)) - (flag (car (read-from-string arg))) - (value (substring arg (cdr (read-from-string arg))))) - (put flag 'texinfo-whether-setp 'flag-set) - (put flag 'texinfo-set-value value))) - -(put 'value 'texinfo-format 'texinfo-value) -(defun texinfo-value () - "Insert the string to which the flag is set. -The command `@set foo This is a string.' -sets flag foo to the value: `This is a string.' -The command `@value{foo}' expands to the value." - (let ((arg (texinfo-parse-arg-discard))) - (cond ((and - (eq (get (car (read-from-string arg)) 'texinfo-whether-setp) - 'flag-set) - (get (car (read-from-string arg)) 'texinfo-set-value)) - (insert (get (car (read-from-string arg)) 'texinfo-set-value))) - ((eq (get (car (read-from-string arg)) 'texinfo-whether-setp) - 'flag-cleared) - (insert (format "{No value for \"%s\"}" arg))) - ((eq (get (car (read-from-string arg)) 'texinfo-whether-setp) nil) - (insert (format "{No value for \"%s\"}" arg)))))) - -(put 'ifset 'texinfo-end 'texinfo-discard-command) -(put 'ifset 'texinfo-format 'texinfo-if-set) -(defun texinfo-if-set () - "If set, continue formatting; else do not format region up to @end ifset" - (let ((arg (texinfo-parse-arg-discard))) - (cond - ((eq (get (car (read-from-string arg)) 'texinfo-whether-setp) - 'flag-set) - ;; Format the text (i.e., do not remove it); do nothing here. - ()) - ((eq (get (car (read-from-string arg)) 'texinfo-whether-setp) - 'flag-cleared) - ;; Clear region (i.e., cause the text to be ignored). - (delete-region texinfo-command-start - (progn (re-search-forward "@end ifset[ \t]*\n") - (point)))) - ((eq (get (car (read-from-string arg)) 'texinfo-whether-setp) - nil) - ;; In this case flag is neither set nor cleared. - ;; Act as if set, i.e. do nothing. - ())))) - -(put 'ifclear 'texinfo-end 'texinfo-discard-command) -(put 'ifclear 'texinfo-format 'texinfo-if-clear) -(defun texinfo-if-clear () - "If clear, continue formatting; if set, do not format up to @end ifset" - (let ((arg (texinfo-parse-arg-discard))) - (cond - ((eq (get (car (read-from-string arg)) 'texinfo-whether-setp) - 'flag-set) - ;; Clear region (i.e., cause the text to be ignored). - (delete-region texinfo-command-start - (progn (re-search-forward "@end ifclear[ \t]*\n") - (point)))) - ((eq (get (car (read-from-string arg)) 'texinfo-whether-setp) - 'flag-cleared) - ;; Format the text (i.e., do not remove it); do nothing here. - ()) - ((eq (get (car (read-from-string arg)) 'texinfo-whether-setp) - nil) - ;; In this case flag is neither set nor cleared. - ;; Act as if clear, i.e. do nothing. - ())))) - - -;;; @ifeq - -(put 'ifeq 'texinfo-format 'texinfo-format-ifeq) -(defun texinfo-format-ifeq () - "If ARG1 and ARG2 caselessly string compare to same string, performs COMMAND. -Otherwise produces no output. - -Thus: - @ifeq{ arg1 , arg1 , @code{foo}} bar - - ==> `foo' bar. -but - @ifeq{ arg1 , arg2 , @code{foo}} bar - - ==> bar - -Note that the Texinfo command and its arguments must be arguments to -the @ifeq command." - ;; compare-buffer-substrings does not exist in version 18; don't use - (goto-char texinfo-command-end) - (let* ((case-fold-search t) - (stop (save-excursion (forward-sexp 1) (point))) - start end - ;; @ifeq{arg1, arg2, @command{optional-args}} - (arg1 - (progn - (forward-char 1) - (skip-chars-forward " ") - (setq start (point)) - (search-forward "," stop t) - (skip-chars-backward ", ") - (buffer-substring start (point)))) - (arg2 - (progn - (search-forward "," stop t) - (skip-chars-forward " ") - (setq start (point)) - (search-forward "," stop t) - (skip-chars-backward ", ") - (buffer-substring start (point)))) - (texinfo-command - (progn - (search-forward "," stop t) - (skip-chars-forward " ") - (setq start (point)) - (goto-char (1- stop)) - (skip-chars-backward " ") - (buffer-substring start (point))))) - (delete-region texinfo-command-start stop) - (if (equal arg1 arg2) - (insert texinfo-command)) - (goto-char texinfo-command-start))) - - -;;; Process included files: `@include' command - -;; Updated 19 October 1990 -;; In the original version, include files were ignored by Info but -;; incorporated in to the printed manual. To make references to the -;; included file, the Texinfo source file has to refer to the included -;; files using the `(filename)nodename' format for referring to other -;; Info files. Also, the included files had to be formatted on their -;; own. It was just like they were another file. - -;; Currently, include files are inserted into the buffer that is -;; formatted for Info. If large, the resulting info file is split and -;; tagified. For current include files to work, the master menu must -;; refer to all the nodes, and the highest level nodes in the include -;; files must have the correct next, prev, and up pointers. - -;; The included file may have an @setfilename and even an @settitle, -;; but not an `\input texinfo' line. - -;; Updated 24 March 1993 -;; In order for @raisesections and @lowersections to work, included -;; files must be inserted into the buffer holding the outer file -;; before other Info formatting takes place. So @include is no longer -;; is treated like other @-commands. -(put 'include 'texinfo-format 'texinfo-format-noop) - -;; Original definition: -;; (defun texinfo-format-include () -;; (let ((filename (texinfo-parse-arg-discard)) -;; (default-directory input-directory) -;; subindex) -;; (setq subindex -;; (save-excursion -;; (progn (find-file -;; (cond ((file-readable-p (concat filename ".texinfo")) -;; (concat filename ".texinfo")) -;; ((file-readable-p (concat filename ".texi")) -;; (concat filename ".texi")) -;; ((file-readable-p (concat filename ".tex")) -;; (concat filename ".tex")) -;; ((file-readable-p filename) -;; filename) -;; (t (error "@include'd file %s not found" -;; filename)))) -;; (texinfo-format-buffer-1)))) -;; (texinfo-subindex 'texinfo-vindex (car subindex) (nth 1 subindex)) -;; (texinfo-subindex 'texinfo-findex (car subindex) (nth 2 subindex)) -;; (texinfo-subindex 'texinfo-cindex (car subindex) (nth 3 subindex)) -;; (texinfo-subindex 'texinfo-pindex (car subindex) (nth 4 subindex)) -;; (texinfo-subindex 'texinfo-tindex (car subindex) (nth 5 subindex)) -;; (texinfo-subindex 'texinfo-kindex (car subindex) (nth 6 subindex)))) -;; -;;(defun texinfo-subindex (indexvar file content) -;; (set indexvar (cons (list 'recurse file content) -;; (symbol-value indexvar)))) - -;; Second definition: -;; (put 'include 'texinfo-format 'texinfo-format-include) -;; (defun texinfo-format-include () -;; (let ((filename (concat input-directory -;; (texinfo-parse-arg-discard))) -;; (default-directory input-directory)) -;; (message "Reading: %s" filename) -;; (save-excursion -;; (save-restriction -;; (narrow-to-region -;; (point) -;; (+ (point) (car (cdr (insert-file-contents filename))))) -;; (goto-char (point-min)) -;; (texinfo-append-refill) -;; (texinfo-format-convert (point-min) (point-max)))) -;; (setq last-input-buffer input-buffer) ; to bypass setfilename -;; )) - - -;;; Numerous commands do nothing in Info -;; These commands are defined in texinfo.tex for printed output. - - -;;; various noops, such as @b{foo}, that take arguments in braces - -(put 'b 'texinfo-format 'texinfo-format-noop) -(put 'i 'texinfo-format 'texinfo-format-noop) -(put 'r 'texinfo-format 'texinfo-format-noop) -(put 't 'texinfo-format 'texinfo-format-noop) -(put 'w 'texinfo-format 'texinfo-format-noop) -(put 'asis 'texinfo-format 'texinfo-format-noop) -(put 'dmn 'texinfo-format 'texinfo-format-noop) -(put 'math 'texinfo-format 'texinfo-format-noop) -(put 'titlefont 'texinfo-format 'texinfo-format-noop) -(defun texinfo-format-noop () - (insert (texinfo-parse-arg-discard)) - (goto-char texinfo-command-start)) - -;; @hyphenation command discards an argument within braces -(put 'hyphenation 'texinfo-format 'texinfo-discard-command-and-arg) -(defun texinfo-discard-command-and-arg () - "Discard both @-command and its argument in braces." - (goto-char texinfo-command-end) - (forward-list 1) - (setq texinfo-command-end (point)) - (delete-region texinfo-command-start texinfo-command-end)) - - -;;; Do nothing commands, such as @smallbook, that have no args and no braces -;; These must appear on a line of their own - -(put 'bye 'texinfo-format 'texinfo-discard-line) -(put 'smallbook 'texinfo-format 'texinfo-discard-line) -(put 'finalout 'texinfo-format 'texinfo-discard-line) -(put 'overfullrule 'texinfo-format 'texinfo-discard-line) -(put 'smallbreak 'texinfo-format 'texinfo-discard-line) -(put 'medbreak 'texinfo-format 'texinfo-discard-line) -(put 'bigbreak 'texinfo-format 'texinfo-discard-line) - - -;;; These noop commands discard the rest of the line. - -(put 'c 'texinfo-format 'texinfo-discard-line-with-args) -(put 'comment 'texinfo-format 'texinfo-discard-line-with-args) -(put 'contents 'texinfo-format 'texinfo-discard-line-with-args) -(put 'group 'texinfo-end 'texinfo-discard-line-with-args) -(put 'group 'texinfo-format 'texinfo-discard-line-with-args) -(put 'headings 'texinfo-format 'texinfo-discard-line-with-args) -(put 'setchapterstyle 'texinfo-format 'texinfo-discard-line-with-args) -(put 'hsize 'texinfo-format 'texinfo-discard-line-with-args) -(put 'itemindent 'texinfo-format 'texinfo-discard-line-with-args) -(put 'lispnarrowing 'texinfo-format 'texinfo-discard-line-with-args) -(put 'need 'texinfo-format 'texinfo-discard-line-with-args) -(put 'nopara 'texinfo-format 'texinfo-discard-line-with-args) -(put 'page 'texinfo-format 'texinfo-discard-line-with-args) -(put 'parindent 'texinfo-format 'texinfo-discard-line-with-args) -(put 'setchapternewpage 'texinfo-format 'texinfo-discard-line-with-args) -(put 'setq 'texinfo-format 'texinfo-discard-line-with-args) -(put 'settitle 'texinfo-format 'texinfo-discard-line-with-args) -(put 'setx 'texinfo-format 'texinfo-discard-line-with-args) -(put 'shortcontents 'texinfo-format 'texinfo-discard-line-with-args) -(put 'shorttitlepage 'texinfo-format 'texinfo-discard-line-with-args) -(put 'summarycontents 'texinfo-format 'texinfo-discard-line-with-args) -(put 'input 'texinfo-format 'texinfo-discard-line-with-args) -(put 'dircategory 'texinfo-format 'texinfo-discard-line-with-args) - - -;;; Some commands cannot be handled - -(defun texinfo-unsupported () - (error "%s is not handled by texinfo" - (buffer-substring texinfo-command-start texinfo-command-end))) - -;;; Batch formatting - -(defun batch-texinfo-format () - "Runs texinfo-format-buffer on the files remaining on the command line. -Must be used only with -batch, and kills emacs on completion. -Each file will be processed even if an error occurred previously. -For example, invoke - \"emacs -batch -funcall batch-texinfo-format $docs/ ~/*.texinfo\"." - (if (not noninteractive) - (error "batch-texinfo-format may only be used -batch.")) - (let ((version-control t) - (auto-save-default nil) - (find-file-run-dired nil) - (kept-old-versions 259259) - (kept-new-versions 259259)) - (let ((error 0) - file - (files ())) - (while command-line-args-left - (setq file (expand-file-name (car command-line-args-left))) - (cond ((not (file-exists-p file)) - (message ">> %s does not exist!" file) - (setq error 1 - command-line-args-left (cdr command-line-args-left))) - ((file-directory-p file) - (setq command-line-args-left - (nconc (directory-files file) - (cdr command-line-args-left)))) - (t - (setq files (cons file files) - command-line-args-left (cdr command-line-args-left))))) - (while files - (setq file (car files) - files (cdr files)) - (condition-case err - (progn - (if buffer-file-name (kill-buffer (current-buffer))) - (find-file file) - (buffer-disable-undo (current-buffer)) - (set-buffer-modified-p nil) - (texinfo-mode) - (message "texinfo formatting %s..." file) - (texinfo-format-buffer nil) - (if (buffer-modified-p) - (progn (message "Saving modified %s" (buffer-file-name)) - (save-buffer)))) - (error - (message ">> Error: %s" (prin1-to-string err)) - (message ">> point at") - (let ((s (buffer-substring (point) - (min (+ (point) 100) - (point-max)))) - (tem 0)) - (while (setq tem (string-match "\n+" s tem)) - (setq s (concat (substring s 0 (match-beginning 0)) - "\n>> " - (substring s (match-end 0))) - tem (1+ tem))) - (message ">> %s" s)) - (setq error 1)))) - (kill-emacs error)))) - - -;;; Place `provide' at end of file. -(provide 'texinfmt) - -;;; texinfmt.el ends here. diff --git a/contrib/texinfo/emacs/texinfo.el b/contrib/texinfo/emacs/texinfo.el deleted file mode 100644 index 0a1ab13..0000000 --- a/contrib/texinfo/emacs/texinfo.el +++ /dev/null @@ -1,932 +0,0 @@ -;;; texinfo.el--major mode for editing Texinfo files. - -;; Copyright (C) 1985, '88, '89, '90, '91, -;; '92, '93, '96 Free Software Foundation, Inc. - -;; Author: Robert J. Chassell -;; Date: 6 Sep 1996 -;; Maintainer: bug-texinfo@prep.ai.mit.edu -;; Keywords: maint, tex, docs - -;; This file is part of GNU Emacs. - -;; GNU Emacs is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify -;; it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by -;; the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) -;; any later version. - -;; GNU Emacs is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, -;; but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of -;; MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the -;; GNU General Public License for more details. - -;; You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License -;; along with GNU Emacs; see the file COPYING. If not, write to the -;; Free Software Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, -;; Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. - - -;;; Autoloads: - -(autoload 'makeinfo-region - "makeinfo" - "Make Info file from region of current Texinfo file, and switch to it. - -This command does not offer the `next-error' feature since it would -apply to a temporary file, not the original; use the `makeinfo-buffer' -command to gain use of `next-error'." - t nil) - -(autoload 'makeinfo-buffer - "makeinfo" - "Make Info file from current buffer. - -Use the \\[next-error] command to move to the next error -\(if there are errors\)." - t nil) - -(autoload 'kill-compilation - "compile" - "Kill the process made by the \\[compile] command." - t nil) - -(autoload 'makeinfo-recenter-compilation-buffer - "makeinfo" - "Redisplay `*compilation*' buffer so most recent output can be seen. -The last line of the buffer is displayed on -line LINE of the window, or centered if LINE is nil." - t nil) - -(autoload 'texinfo-update-node - "texnfo-upd" - "Without any prefix argument, update the node in which point is located. -Non-nil argument (prefix, if interactive) means update the nodes in the -marked region. - -The functions for creating or updating nodes and menus, and their -keybindings, are: - - texinfo-update-node (&optional region-p) \\[texinfo-update-node] - texinfo-every-node-update () \\[texinfo-every-node-update] - texinfo-sequential-node-update (&optional region-p) - - texinfo-make-menu (&optional region-p) \\[texinfo-make-menu] - texinfo-all-menus-update () \\[texinfo-all-menus-update] - texinfo-master-menu () - - texinfo-indent-menu-description (column &optional region-p) - -The `texinfo-column-for-description' variable specifies the column to -which menu descriptions are indented. Its default value is 32." - t nil) - -(autoload 'texinfo-every-node-update - "texnfo-upd" - "Update every node in a Texinfo file." - t nil) - -(autoload 'texinfo-sequential-node-update - "texnfo-upd" - "Update one node (or many) in a Texinfo file with sequential pointers. - -This function causes the `Next' or `Previous' pointer to point to the -immediately preceding or following node, even if it is at a higher or -lower hierarchical level in the document. Continually pressing `n' or -`p' takes you straight through the file. - -Without any prefix argument, update the node in which point is located. -Non-nil argument (prefix, if interactive) means update the nodes in the -marked region. - -This command makes it awkward to navigate among sections and -subsections; it should be used only for those documents that are meant -to be read like a novel rather than a reference, and for which the -Info `g*' command is inadequate." - t nil) - -(autoload 'texinfo-make-menu - "texnfo-upd" - "Without any prefix argument, make or update a menu. -Make the menu for the section enclosing the node found following point. - -Non-nil argument (prefix, if interactive) means make or update menus -for nodes within or part of the marked region. - -Whenever a menu exists, and is being updated, the descriptions that -are associated with node names in the pre-existing menu are -incorporated into the new menu. Otherwise, the nodes' section titles -are inserted as descriptions." - t nil) - -(autoload 'texinfo-all-menus-update - "texnfo-upd" - "Update every regular menu in a Texinfo file. -Remove pre-existing master menu, if there is one. - -If called with a non-nil argument, this function first updates all the -nodes in the buffer before updating the menus." - t nil) - -(autoload 'texinfo-master-menu - "texnfo-upd" - "Make a master menu for a whole Texinfo file. -Non-nil argument (prefix, if interactive) means first update all -existing nodes and menus. Remove pre-existing master menu, if there is one. - -This function creates a master menu that follows the top node. The -master menu includes every entry from all the other menus. It -replaces any existing ordinary menu that follows the top node. - -If called with a non-nil argument, this function first updates all the -menus in the buffer (incorporating descriptions from pre-existing -menus) before it constructs the master menu. - -The function removes the detailed part of an already existing master -menu. This action depends on the pre-existing master menu using the -standard `texinfo-master-menu-header'. - -The master menu has the following format, which is adapted from the -recommendation in the Texinfo Manual: - - * The first part contains the major nodes in the Texinfo file: the - nodes for the chapters, chapter-like sections, and the major - appendices. This includes the indices, so long as they are in - chapter-like sections, such as unnumbered sections. - - * The second and subsequent parts contain a listing of the other, - lower level menus, in order. This way, an inquirer can go - directly to a particular node if he or she is searching for - specific information. - -Each of the menus in the detailed node listing is introduced by the -title of the section containing the menu." - t nil) - -(autoload 'texinfo-indent-menu-description - "texnfo-upd" - "Indent every description in menu following point to COLUMN. -Non-nil argument (prefix, if interactive) means indent every -description in every menu in the region. Does not indent second and -subsequent lines of a multi-line description." - t nil) - -(autoload 'texinfo-insert-node-lines - "texnfo-upd" - "Insert missing `@node' lines in region of Texinfo file. -Non-nil argument (prefix, if interactive) means also to insert the -section titles as node names; and also to insert the section titles as -node names in pre-existing @node lines that lack names." - t nil) - -(autoload 'texinfo-start-menu-description - "texnfo-upd" - "In this menu entry, insert the node's section title as a description. -Position point at beginning of description ready for editing. -Do not insert a title if the line contains an existing description. - -You will need to edit the inserted text since a useful description -complements the node name rather than repeats it as a title does." - t nil) - -(autoload 'texinfo-multiple-files-update - "texnfo-upd" - "Update first node pointers in each file included in OUTER-FILE; -create or update main menu in the outer file that refers to such nodes. -This does not create or update menus or pointers within the included files. - -With optional MAKE-MASTER-MENU argument (prefix arg, if interactive), -insert a master menu in OUTER-FILE. This does not create or update -menus or pointers within the included files. - -With optional UPDATE-EVERYTHING argument (numeric prefix arg, if -interactive), update all the menus and all the `Next', `Previous', and -`Up' pointers of all the files included in OUTER-FILE before inserting -a master menu in OUTER-FILE. - -The command also updates the `Top' level node pointers of OUTER-FILE. - -Notes: - - * this command does NOT save any files--you must save the - outer file and any modified, included files. - - * except for the `Top' node, this command does NOT handle any - pre-existing nodes in the outer file; hence, indices must be - enclosed in an included file. - -Requirements: - - * each of the included files must contain exactly one highest - hierarchical level node, - * this highest node must be the first node in the included file, - * each highest hierarchical level node must be of the same type. - -Thus, normally, each included file contains one, and only one, -chapter." - t nil) - - -;;; Code: - -;;; Don't you dare insert any `require' calls at top level in this file--rms. - -;;; Syntax table - -(defvar texinfo-mode-syntax-table nil) - -(if texinfo-mode-syntax-table - nil - (setq texinfo-mode-syntax-table (make-syntax-table)) - (modify-syntax-entry ?\" " " texinfo-mode-syntax-table) - (modify-syntax-entry ?\\ " " texinfo-mode-syntax-table) - (modify-syntax-entry ?@ "\\" texinfo-mode-syntax-table) - (modify-syntax-entry ?\^q "\\" texinfo-mode-syntax-table) - (modify-syntax-entry ?\[ "(]" texinfo-mode-syntax-table) - (modify-syntax-entry ?\] ")[" texinfo-mode-syntax-table) - (modify-syntax-entry ?{ "(}" texinfo-mode-syntax-table) - (modify-syntax-entry ?} "){" texinfo-mode-syntax-table) - (modify-syntax-entry ?\' "w" texinfo-mode-syntax-table)) - -;; Written by Wolfgang Bangerth <zcg51122@rpool1.rus.uni-stuttgart.de> -;; To override this example, set either `imenu-generic-expression' -;; or `imenu-create-index-function'. -(defvar texinfo-imenu-generic-expression - '((nil "^@node[ \t]+\\([^,\n]*\\)" 1) - ("Chapters" "^@chapter[ \t]+\\(.*\\)$" 1)) - - "Imenu generic expression for TexInfo mode. See `imenu-generic-expression'.") - -(defvar texinfo-font-lock-keywords - '(;; All but the first 2 had an OVERRIDE of t. - ;; It didn't seem to be any better, and it's slower--simon. - ("^\\(@c\\|@comment\\)\\>.*" . font-lock-comment-face) ;comments - ;; Robert J. Chassell <bob@gnu.ai.mit.edu> says remove this line. - ;("\\$\\([^$]*\\)\\$" 1 font-lock-string-face t) - ("@\\([a-zA-Z]+\\|[^ \t\n]\\)" 1 font-lock-keyword-face) ;commands - ("^\\*\\(.*\\)[\t ]*$" 1 font-lock-function-name-face t) ;menu items - ("@\\(emph\\|strong\\|b\\|i\\){\\([^}]+\\)" 2 font-lock-comment-face) - ("@\\(file\\|kbd\\|key\\){\\([^}]+\\)" 2 font-lock-string-face) - ("@\\(samp\\|code\\|var\\|math\\){\\([^}]+\\)" - 2 font-lock-variable-name-face) - ("@\\(cite\\|xref\\|pxref\\){\\([^}]+\\)" 2 font-lock-reference-face) - ("@\\(end\\|itemx?\\) +\\(.+\\)" 2 font-lock-function-name-face keep) - ) - "Additional expressions to highlight in TeXinfo mode.") - -(defvar texinfo-section-list - '(("top" 1) - ("majorheading" 1) - ("chapter" 2) - ("unnumbered" 2) - ("appendix" 2) - ("chapheading" 2) - ("section" 3) - ("unnumberedsec" 3) - ("appendixsec" 3) - ("heading" 3) - ("subsection" 4) - ("unnumberedsubsec" 4) - ("appendixsubsec" 4) - ("subheading" 4) - ("subsubsection" 5) - ("unnumberedsubsubsec" 5) - ("appendixsubsubsec" 5) - ("subsubheading" 5)) - "Alist of sectioning commands and their relative level.") - -(defun texinfo-outline-level () - ;; Calculate level of current texinfo outline heading. - (save-excursion - (if (bobp) - 0 - (forward-char 1) - (let* ((word (buffer-substring-no-properties - (point) (progn (forward-word 1) (point)))) - (entry (assoc word texinfo-section-list))) - (if entry - (nth 1 entry) - 5))))) - - -;;; Keybindings -(defvar texinfo-mode-map nil) - -;;; Keys common both to Texinfo mode and to TeX shell. - -(defun texinfo-define-common-keys (keymap) - "Define the keys both in Texinfo mode and in the texinfo-tex-shell." - (define-key keymap "\C-c\C-t\C-k" 'tex-kill-job) - (define-key keymap "\C-c\C-t\C-x" 'texinfo-quit-job) - (define-key keymap "\C-c\C-t\C-l" 'tex-recenter-output-buffer) - (define-key keymap "\C-c\C-t\C-d" 'texinfo-delete-from-print-queue) - (define-key keymap "\C-c\C-t\C-q" 'tex-show-print-queue) - (define-key keymap "\C-c\C-t\C-p" 'texinfo-tex-print) - (define-key keymap "\C-c\C-t\C-i" 'texinfo-texindex) - - (define-key keymap "\C-c\C-t\C-r" 'texinfo-tex-region) - (define-key keymap "\C-c\C-t\C-b" 'texinfo-tex-buffer)) - -;; Mode documentation displays commands in reverse order -;; from how they are listed in the texinfo-mode-map. - -(if texinfo-mode-map - nil - (setq texinfo-mode-map (make-sparse-keymap)) - - ;; bindings for `texnfo-tex.el' - (texinfo-define-common-keys texinfo-mode-map) - - ;; bindings for `makeinfo.el' - (define-key texinfo-mode-map "\C-c\C-m\C-k" 'kill-compilation) - (define-key texinfo-mode-map "\C-c\C-m\C-l" - 'makeinfo-recenter-compilation-buffer) - (define-key texinfo-mode-map "\C-c\C-m\C-r" 'makeinfo-region) - (define-key texinfo-mode-map "\C-c\C-m\C-b" 'makeinfo-buffer) - - ;; bindings for `texinfmt.el' - (define-key texinfo-mode-map "\C-c\C-e\C-r" 'texinfo-format-region) - (define-key texinfo-mode-map "\C-c\C-e\C-b" 'texinfo-format-buffer) - - ;; bindings for updating nodes and menus - - (define-key texinfo-mode-map "\C-c\C-um" 'texinfo-master-menu) - - (define-key texinfo-mode-map "\C-c\C-u\C-m" 'texinfo-make-menu) - (define-key texinfo-mode-map "\C-c\C-u\C-n" 'texinfo-update-node) - (define-key texinfo-mode-map "\C-c\C-u\C-e" 'texinfo-every-node-update) - (define-key texinfo-mode-map "\C-c\C-u\C-a" 'texinfo-all-menus-update) - - (define-key texinfo-mode-map "\C-c\C-s" 'texinfo-show-structure) - - (define-key texinfo-mode-map "\C-c}" 'up-list) - (define-key texinfo-mode-map "\C-c]" 'up-list) - (define-key texinfo-mode-map "\C-c{" 'texinfo-insert-braces) - - ;; bindings for inserting strings - - (define-key texinfo-mode-map "\C-c\C-c\C-d" 'texinfo-start-menu-description) - - (define-key texinfo-mode-map "\C-c\C-cv" 'texinfo-insert-@var) - (define-key texinfo-mode-map "\C-c\C-ct" 'texinfo-insert-@table) - (define-key texinfo-mode-map "\C-c\C-cs" 'texinfo-insert-@samp) - (define-key texinfo-mode-map "\C-c\C-co" 'texinfo-insert-@noindent) - (define-key texinfo-mode-map "\C-c\C-cn" 'texinfo-insert-@node) - (define-key texinfo-mode-map "\C-c\C-ck" 'texinfo-insert-@kbd) - (define-key texinfo-mode-map "\C-c\C-ci" 'texinfo-insert-@item) - (define-key texinfo-mode-map "\C-c\C-cf" 'texinfo-insert-@file) - (define-key texinfo-mode-map "\C-c\C-cx" 'texinfo-insert-@example) - (define-key texinfo-mode-map "\C-c\C-ce" 'texinfo-insert-@end) - (define-key texinfo-mode-map "\C-c\C-cd" 'texinfo-insert-@dfn) - (define-key texinfo-mode-map "\C-c\C-cc" 'texinfo-insert-@code)) - - -;;; Texinfo mode - -(defvar texinfo-chapter-level-regexp - "chapter\\|unnumbered \\|appendix \\|majorheading\\|chapheading" - "Regular expression matching Texinfo chapter-level headings. -This does not match `@node' and does not match the `@top' command.") - -;;;###autoload -(defun texinfo-mode () - "Major mode for editing Texinfo files. - - It has these extra commands: -\\{texinfo-mode-map} - - These are files that are used as input for TeX to make printed manuals -and also to be turned into Info files with \\[makeinfo-buffer] or -the `makeinfo' program. These files must be written in a very restricted and -modified version of TeX input format. - - Editing commands are like text-mode except that the syntax table is -set up so expression commands skip Texinfo bracket groups. To see -what the Info version of a region of the Texinfo file will look like, -use \\[makeinfo-region], which runs `makeinfo' on the current region. - - You can show the structure of a Texinfo file with \\[texinfo-show-structure]. -This command shows the structure of a Texinfo file by listing the -lines with the @-sign commands for @chapter, @section, and the like. -These lines are displayed in another window called the *Occur* window. -In that window, you can position the cursor over one of the lines and -use \\[occur-mode-goto-occurrence], to jump to the corresponding spot -in the Texinfo file. - - In addition, Texinfo mode provides commands that insert various -frequently used @-sign commands into the buffer. You can use these -commands to save keystrokes. And you can insert balanced braces with -\\[texinfo-insert-braces] and later use the command \\[up-list] to -move forward past the closing brace. - -Also, Texinfo mode provides functions for automatically creating or -updating menus and node pointers. These functions - - * insert the `Next', `Previous' and `Up' pointers of a node, - * insert or update the menu for a section, and - * create a master menu for a Texinfo source file. - -Here are the functions: - - texinfo-update-node \\[texinfo-update-node] - texinfo-every-node-update \\[texinfo-every-node-update] - texinfo-sequential-node-update - - texinfo-make-menu \\[texinfo-make-menu] - texinfo-all-menus-update \\[texinfo-all-menus-update] - texinfo-master-menu - - texinfo-indent-menu-description (column &optional region-p) - -The `texinfo-column-for-description' variable specifies the column to -which menu descriptions are indented. - -Passed an argument (a prefix argument, if interactive), the -`texinfo-update-node' and `texinfo-make-menu' functions do their jobs -in the region. - -To use the updating commands, you must structure your Texinfo file -hierarchically, such that each `@node' line, with the exception of the -Top node, is accompanied by some kind of section line, such as an -`@chapter' or `@section' line. - -If the file has a `top' node, it must be called `top' or `Top' and -be the first node in the file. - -Entering Texinfo mode calls the value of text-mode-hook, and then the -value of texinfo-mode-hook." - (interactive) - (text-mode) - (setq mode-name "Texinfo") - (setq major-mode 'texinfo-mode) - (use-local-map texinfo-mode-map) - (set-syntax-table texinfo-mode-syntax-table) - (make-local-variable 'page-delimiter) - (setq page-delimiter - (concat - "^@node [ \t]*[Tt]op\\|^@\\(" - texinfo-chapter-level-regexp - "\\)")) - (make-local-variable 'require-final-newline) - (setq require-final-newline t) - (make-local-variable 'indent-tabs-mode) - (setq indent-tabs-mode nil) - (make-local-variable 'paragraph-separate) - (setq paragraph-separate (concat "^\b\\|^@[a-zA-Z]*[ \n]\\|" paragraph-separate)) - (make-local-variable 'paragraph-start) - (setq paragraph-start (concat "^\b\\|^@[a-zA-Z]*[ \n]\\|" paragraph-start)) - (make-local-variable 'fill-column) - (setq fill-column 72) - (make-local-variable 'comment-start) - (setq comment-start "@c ") - (make-local-variable 'comment-start-skip) - (setq comment-start-skip "@c +") - (make-local-variable 'words-include-escapes) - (setq words-include-escapes t) - (make-local-variable 'imenu-generic-expression) - (setq imenu-generic-expression texinfo-imenu-generic-expression) - (make-local-variable 'font-lock-defaults) - (setq font-lock-defaults '(texinfo-font-lock-keywords t)) - (make-local-variable 'outline-regexp) - (setq outline-regexp - (concat "@\\(" - (mapconcat 'car texinfo-section-list "\\>\\|") - "\\>\\)")) - (make-local-variable 'outline-level) - (setq outline-level 'texinfo-outline-level) - (make-local-variable 'tex-start-of-header) - (setq tex-start-of-header "%**start") - (make-local-variable 'tex-end-of-header) - (setq tex-end-of-header "%**end") - (run-hooks 'text-mode-hook 'texinfo-mode-hook)) - - -;;; Insert string commands - -;; Keep as concatinated lists for ease of maintenance -(defconst texinfo-environment-regexp - (concat - "^@" - "\\(" - "cartouche\\|" - "display\\|" - "end\\|" - "enumerate\\|" - "example\\|" - "f?table\\|" - "flushleft\\|" - "flushright\\|" - "format\\|" - "group\\|" - "ifhtml\\|" - "ifinfo\\|" - "iftex\\|" - "ignore\\|" - "itemize\\|" - "lisp\\|" - "macro\\|" - "multitable\\|" - "quotation\\|" - "smallexample\\|" - "smalllisp\\|" - "tex" - "\\)") - "Regexp for environment-like TexInfo list commands. - Subexpression 1 is what goes into the corresponding `@end' statement.") - -;; The following texinfo-insert-@end command not only inserts a SPC -;; after the @end, but tries to find out what belongs there. It is -;; not very smart: it does not understand nested lists. - -(defun texinfo-insert-@end () - "Insert the matching `@end' for the last Texinfo command that needs one." - (interactive) - (let ((depth 1) string) - (save-excursion - (while (and (> depth 0) - (re-search-backward texinfo-environment-regexp nil t) - (if (looking-at "@end") - (setq depth (1+ depth)) - (setq depth (1- depth))))) - (looking-at texinfo-environment-regexp) - (if (zerop depth) - (setq string - (buffer-substring (match-beginning 1) - (match-end 1))))) - (insert "@end ") - (if string (insert string "\n")))) - -;; The following insert commands accept a prefix arg N, which is the -;; number of words (actually s-exprs) that should be surrounded by -;; braces. Thus you can first paste a variable name into a .texinfo -;; buffer, then say C-u 1 C-c C-c v at the beginning of the just -;; pasted variable name to put @var{...} *around* the variable name. -;; Operate on previous word or words with negative arg. - -;; These commands use texinfo-insert-@-with-arg -(defun texinfo-insert-@-with-arg (string &optional arg) - (if arg - (progn - (setq arg (prefix-numeric-value arg)) - (if (< arg 0) - (progn - (skip-chars-backward " \t\n\r\f") - (save-excursion - (forward-sexp arg) - (insert "@" string "{")) - (insert "}")) - (skip-chars-forward " \t\n\r\f") - (insert "@" string "{") - (forward-sexp arg) - (insert "}"))) - (insert "@" string "{}") - (backward-char))) - -(defun texinfo-insert-braces () - "Make a pair of braces and be poised to type inside of them. -Use \\[up-list] to move forward out of the braces." - (interactive) - (insert "{}") - (backward-char)) - -(defun texinfo-insert-@code (&optional arg) - "Insert a `@code{...}' command in a Texinfo buffer. -A numeric argument says how many words the braces should surround. -The default is not to surround any existing words with the braces." - (interactive "P") - (texinfo-insert-@-with-arg "code" arg)) - -(defun texinfo-insert-@dfn (&optional arg) - "Insert a `@dfn{...}' command in a Texinfo buffer. -A numeric argument says how many words the braces should surround. -The default is not to surround any existing words with the braces." - (interactive "P") - (texinfo-insert-@-with-arg "dfn" arg)) - -(defun texinfo-insert-@example () - "Insert the string `@example' in a Texinfo buffer." - (interactive) - (insert "@example\n")) - -(defun texinfo-insert-@file (&optional arg) - "Insert a `@file{...}' command in a Texinfo buffer. -A numeric argument says how many words the braces should surround. -The default is not to surround any existing words with the braces." - (interactive "P") - (texinfo-insert-@-with-arg "file" arg)) - -(defun texinfo-insert-@item () - "Insert the string `@item' in a Texinfo buffer." - (interactive) - (insert "@item") - (newline)) - -(defun texinfo-insert-@kbd (&optional arg) - "Insert a `@kbd{...}' command in a Texinfo buffer. -A numeric argument says how many words the braces should surround. -The default is not to surround any existing words with the braces." - (interactive "P") - (texinfo-insert-@-with-arg "kbd" arg)) - -(defun texinfo-insert-@node () - "Insert the string `@node' in a Texinfo buffer. -This also inserts on the following line a comment indicating -the order of arguments to @node." - (interactive) - (insert "@node \n@comment node-name, next, previous, up") - (forward-line -1) - (forward-char 6)) - -(defun texinfo-insert-@noindent () - "Insert the string `@noindent' in a Texinfo buffer." - (interactive) - (insert "@noindent\n")) - -(defun texinfo-insert-@samp (&optional arg) - "Insert a `@samp{...}' command in a Texinfo buffer. -A numeric argument says how many words the braces should surround. -The default is not to surround any existing words with the braces." - (interactive "P") - (texinfo-insert-@-with-arg "samp" arg)) - -(defun texinfo-insert-@table (&optional arg) - "Insert the string `@table' in a Texinfo buffer." - (interactive "P") - (insert "@table ")) - -(defun texinfo-insert-@var (&optional arg) - "Insert a `@var{}' command in a Texinfo buffer. -A numeric argument says how many words the braces should surround. -The default is not to surround any existing words with the braces." - (interactive "P") - (texinfo-insert-@-with-arg "var" arg)) - -;;; Texinfo file structure - -;; These are defined in texnfo-upd.el. -;; texinfo-section-types-regexp -;; texinfo-section-level-regexp -;; texinfo-subsection-level-regexp -;; texinfo-subsubsection-level-regexp - -;; `texinfo-show-structure' requires texnfo-upd.el -(defun texinfo-show-structure (&optional nodes-too) - "Show the structure of a Texinfo file. -List the lines in the file that begin with the @-sign commands for -@chapter, @section, and the like. - -With optional argument (prefix if interactive), list both the lines -with @-sign commands for @chapter, @section, and the like, and list -@node lines. - -Lines with structuring commands beginning in them are displayed in -another buffer named `*Occur*'. In that buffer, you can move point to -one of those lines and then use \\<occur-mode-map>\\[occur-mode-goto-occurrence], -to jump to the corresponding spot in the Texinfo source file." - - (interactive "P") - (require 'texnfo-upd) - (save-excursion - (goto-char (point-min)) - (if nodes-too - (occur (concat "\\(^@node\\)\\|" texinfo-section-types-regexp)) - (occur texinfo-section-types-regexp))) - (pop-to-buffer "*Occur*") - (goto-char (point-min)) - (flush-lines "-----") - ;; Now format the "*Occur*" buffer to show the structure. - ;; Thanks to ceder@signum.se (Per Cederqvist) - (goto-char (point-max)) - (let ((margin 5)) - (while (re-search-backward "^ *[0-9]*:" nil 0) - (re-search-forward ":") - (setq margin - (cond - ((looking-at - (concat "@\\(" texinfo-chapter-level-regexp "\\)")) 5) - ;; ((looking-at "@chapter ") 5) - ;; ((looking-at "@unnumbered ") 5) - ;; ((looking-at "@appendix ") 5) - ;; ((looking-at "@majorheading ") 5) - ;; ((looking-at "@chapheading ") 5) - - ((looking-at - (concat "@\\(" texinfo-section-level-regexp "\\)")) 9) - ;; ((looking-at "@section ") 9) - ;; ((looking-at "@unnumberedsec ") 9) - ;; ((looking-at "@appendixsec ") 9) - ;; ((looking-at "@heading ") 9) - - ((looking-at - (concat "@\\(" texinfo-subsection-level-regexp "\\)")) 13) - ;; ((looking-at "@subsection ") 13) - ;; ((looking-at "@unnumberedsubsec ") 13) - ;; ((looking-at "@appendixsubsec ") 13) - ;; ((looking-at "@subheading ") 13) - - ((looking-at - (concat "@\\(" texinfo-subsubsection-level-regexp "\\)")) 17) - ;; ((looking-at "@subsubsection ") 17) - ;; ((looking-at "@unnumberedsubsubsec ") 17) - ;; ((looking-at "@appendixsubsubsec ") 17) - ;; ((looking-at "@subsubheading ") 17) - (t margin))) - (indent-to-column margin) - (beginning-of-line)))) - -;;; The tex and print function definitions: - -(defvar texinfo-texi2dvi-command "texi2dvi" - "*Command used by `texinfo-tex-buffer' to run TeX and texindex on a buffer.") - -(defvar texinfo-tex-command "tex" - "*Command used by `texinfo-tex-region' to run TeX on a region.") - -(defvar texinfo-texindex-command "texindex" - "*Command used by `texinfo-texindex' to sort unsorted index files.") - -(defvar texinfo-delete-from-print-queue-command "lprm" - "*Command string used to delete a job from the line printer queue. -Command is used by \\[texinfo-delete-from-print-queue] based on -number provided by a previous \\[tex-show-print-queue] -command.") - -(defvar texinfo-tex-trailer "@bye" - "String appended after a region sent to TeX by `texinfo-tex-region'.") - -(defun texinfo-tex-region (beg end) - "Run TeX on the current region. -This works by writing a temporary file (`tex-zap-file') in the directory -that is the value of `tex-directory', then running TeX on that file. - -The first line of the buffer is copied to the -temporary file; and if the buffer has a header, it is written to the -temporary file before the region itself. The buffer's header is all lines -between the strings defined by `tex-start-of-header' and `tex-end-of-header' -inclusive. The header must start in the first 100 lines. - -The value of `texinfo-tex-trailer' is appended to the temporary file after the region." - (interactive "r") - (require 'tex-mode) - (if (get-buffer "*tex-shell*") - (tex-kill-job) - (tex-start-shell)) - (or tex-zap-file (setq tex-zap-file (make-temp-name "#tz"))) - (let ((tex-out-file (concat tex-zap-file ".tex")) - (temp-buffer (get-buffer-create " tex-Output-Buffer")) - (zap-directory - (file-name-as-directory (expand-file-name tex-directory)))) - (save-excursion - (save-restriction - (widen) - (goto-char (point-min)) - (forward-line 100) - (let ((search-end (point)) - (hbeg (point-min)) (hend (point-min)) - (default-directory zap-directory)) - (goto-char (point-min)) - - ;; Copy first line, the `\input texinfo' line, to temp file - (write-region (point) - (save-excursion (end-of-line) (point)) - tex-out-file nil nil) - - ;; Don't copy first line twice if region includes it. - (forward-line 1) - (if (< beg (point)) (setq beg (point))) - - ;; Initialize the temp file with either the header or nothing - (if (search-forward tex-start-of-header search-end t) - (progn - (beginning-of-line) - (setq hbeg (point)) ; Mark beginning of header. - (if (search-forward tex-end-of-header nil t) - (progn (beginning-of-line) - (setq hend (point))) ; Mark end of header. - (setq hbeg (point-min))))) ; Else no header. - - ;; Copy header to temp file. - (write-region (min hbeg beg) hend tex-out-file t nil) - - ;; Copy region to temp file. - (write-region (max beg hend) end tex-out-file t nil)) - - ;; This is a kludge to insert the tex-trailer into the tex-out-file. - ;; We have to create a special buffer in which to insert - ;; the tex-trailer first because there is no function with - ;; which to append a literal string directly to a file. - (let ((local-tex-trailer texinfo-tex-trailer)) - (set-buffer temp-buffer) - (erase-buffer) - ;; make sure trailer isn't hidden by a comment - (insert-string "\n") - (if local-tex-trailer (insert-string local-tex-trailer)) - (tex-set-buffer-directory temp-buffer zap-directory) - (write-region (point-min) (point-max) tex-out-file t nil)) - -;;; The following is sufficient in Emacs 19. -;;; (write-region (concat "\n" texinfo-tex-trailer) nil -;;; tex-out-file t nil) - )) - - (tex-set-buffer-directory "*tex-shell*" zap-directory) - (tex-send-command tex-shell-cd-command zap-directory) - (tex-send-command texinfo-tex-command tex-out-file) - ;; alternatively: - ;; (send-string "tex-shell" (concat tex-shell-cd-command " " - ;; zap-directory "\n")) - ;; (send-string "tex-shell" (concat texinfo-tex-command " " - ;; tex-out-file "\n")) - (tex-recenter-output-buffer 0))) - -(defun texinfo-tex-buffer () - "Run TeX on visited file, once or twice, to make a correct `.dvi' file." - (interactive) - - ;; Make sure TeX shell is running. - (require 'tex-mode) - (if (get-buffer "*tex-shell*") - (quit-process (get-process "tex-shell") t) - (tex-start-shell)) - - (cond ((null buffer-file-name) - (error "Buffer not visiting any file!")) - ((buffer-modified-p) - (error "Buffer has been modified since last saved!"))) - - (setq tex-zap-file buffer-file-name) - - (tex-send-command tex-shell-cd-command (file-name-directory tex-zap-file)) - - (tex-send-command texinfo-texi2dvi-command tex-zap-file) - - ;; alternatively: - ;; (send-string "tex-shell" - ;; (concat tex-shell-cd-command - ;; " " (file-name-directory tex-zap-file) "\n")) - ;; ) - ;; - ;; (send-string "tex-shell" - ;; (concat texinfo-texi2dvi-command " " tex-zap-file "\n")) - - - (tex-recenter-output-buffer 0)) - -(defun texinfo-texindex () - "Run `texindex' on unsorted index files. -The index files are made by \\[texinfo-tex-region] or \\[texinfo-tex-buffer]. -This runs the shell command defined by `texinfo-texindex-command'." - (interactive) - (require 'tex-mode) - (tex-send-command texinfo-texindex-command (concat tex-zap-file ".??")) - ;; alternatively - ;; (send-string "tex-shell" - ;; (concat texinfo-texindex-command - ;; " " tex-zap-file ".??" "\n")) - (tex-recenter-output-buffer nil)) - -(defun texinfo-tex-print () - "Print `.dvi' file made by \\[texinfo-tex-region] or \\[texinfo-tex-buffer]. -This runs the shell command defined by `tex-dvi-print-command'." - (interactive) - (require 'tex-mode) - (tex-send-command tex-dvi-print-command (concat tex-zap-file ".dvi")) - ;; alternatively: - ;; (send-string "tex-shell" - ;; (concat tex-dvi-print-command - ;; " " tex-zap-file ".dvi" "\n")) - (tex-recenter-output-buffer nil)) - -(defun texinfo-quit-job () - "Quit currently running TeX job, by sending an `x' to it." - (interactive) - (if (not (get-process "tex-shell")) - (error "No TeX shell running")) - (tex-send-command "x")) -;; alternatively: -;; save-excursion -;; (set-buffer (get-buffer "*tex-shell*")) -;; (goto-char (point-max)) -;; (insert "x") -;; (comint-send-input) - -(defun texinfo-delete-from-print-queue (job-number) - "Delete job from the line printer spooling queue. -You are prompted for the job number (use a number shown by a previous -\\[tex-show-print-queue] command)." - (interactive "nPrinter job number for deletion: ") - (require 'tex-mode) - (if (tex-shell-running) - (tex-kill-job) - (tex-start-shell)) - (tex-send-command texinfo-delete-from-print-queue-command job-number) - ;; alternatively - ;; (send-string "tex-shell" - ;; (concat - ;; texinfo-delete-from-print-queue-command - ;; " " - ;; job-number"\n")) - (tex-recenter-output-buffer nil)) - -(provide 'texinfo) - -;;; texinfo.el ends here diff --git a/contrib/texinfo/emacs/texnfo-tex.el b/contrib/texinfo/emacs/texnfo-tex.el deleted file mode 100644 index 225ea68..0000000 --- a/contrib/texinfo/emacs/texnfo-tex.el +++ /dev/null @@ -1,346 +0,0 @@ -;;;; texnfo-tex.el - -;;; Texinfo mode TeX and hardcopy printing commands. - -;; These commands are for running TeX on a region of a Texinfo file in -;; GNU Emacs, or on the whole buffer, and for printing the resulting -;; DVI file. - -;;; Version 2.07 22 October 1991 -;;; Robert J. Chassell -;;; Please send bug reports to: bug-texinfo@prep.ai.mit.edu - -;;; Copyright (C) 1989, 1990, 1991 Free Software Foundation, Inc. - - -;;; This file is part of GNU Emacs. - -;; GNU Emacs is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify -;; it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by -;; the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) -;; any later version. - -;; GNU Emacs is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, -;; but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of -;; MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the -;; GNU General Public License for more details. - -;; You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License -;; along with GNU Emacs; see the file COPYING. If not, write to -;; Free Software Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, - - -;;; The Texinfo mode TeX related commands are: - -; texinfo-tex-region to run tex on the current region. -; texinfo-tex-buffer to run tex on the current buffer. -; texinfo-texindex to sort unsorted index files. -; texinfo-tex-print to print the .dvi file made by tex. -; texinfo-kill-tex-job to kill the currently running tex job. -; texinfo-recenter-tex-output-buffer to redisplay tex output buffer. -; texinfo-show-tex-print-queue to show the print queue. - - -;;; Keys common both to Texinfo mode and to TeX shell. - -;; Defined in `texinfo.el' -; (defun texinfo-define-common-keys (keymap) -; "Define the keys both in Texinfo mode and in the texinfo-tex-shell." -; (define-key keymap "\C-c\C-t\C-k" 'texinfo-kill-tex-job) -; (define-key keymap "\C-c\C-t\C-x" 'texinfo-quit-tex-job) -; (define-key keymap "\C-c\C-t\C-l" 'texinfo-recenter-tex-output-buffer) -; (define-key keymap "\C-c\C-t\C-d" 'texinfo-delete-from-tex-print-queue) -; (define-key keymap "\C-c\C-t\C-q" 'texinfo-show-tex-print-queue) -; (define-key keymap "\C-c\C-t\C-p" 'texinfo-tex-print) -; (define-key keymap "\C-c\C-t\C-i" 'texinfo-texindex) -; (define-key keymap "\C-c\C-t\C-r" 'texinfo-tex-region) -; (define-key keymap "\C-c\C-t\C-b" 'texinfo-tex-buffer)) - -;; See also texinfo-tex-start-shell. -;; The following is executed in the `texinfo.el' file -;(texinfo-define-common-keys texinfo-mode-map) - - -;;; Variable definitions: - -(require 'shell) - -(defvar texinfo-tex-shell-cd-command "cd" - "Command to give to shell running TeX to change directory.") - -(defvar texinfo-tex-command "tex" - "*Command used by texinfo-tex-region to run tex on a region.") - -(defvar texinfo-texindex-command "texindex" - "*Command used by texinfo-texindex to sort unsorted index files.") - -(defvar texinfo-tex-dvi-print-command "lpr -d" - "*Command string used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file.") - -(defvar texinfo-show-tex-queue-command "lpq" - "*Command string used to show the Texinfo TeX print queue. -Command is used by \\[texinfo-show-tex-print-queue] and it -should show the queue that \\[texinfo-tex-print] puts jobs on.") - -(defvar texinfo-delete-from-print-queue-command "lprm" - "*Command string used to delete a job from the line printer queue. -Command is used by \\[texinfo-delete-from-tex-print-queue] based on -number provided by a previous \\[texinfo-show-tex-print-queue] -command.") - -(defvar texinfo-tex-trailer "@bye" - "String appended after a region sent to TeX by texinfo-tex-region.") - -(defvar texinfo-tex-original-file "" - "Original name of file on which to run TeX.") - -(defvar texinfo-tex-temp-file nil - "Temporary file name used for text being sent as input to TeX.") - -(defvar texinfo-tex-root-temp-file nil - "Temporary file name used for text being sent as input to TeX.") - - -;;; Texinfo TeX main functions - -(defun texinfo-tex-region (beginning end) - "Run tex on the current region. - -A temporary file is written in the default directory, and tex is run -in that directory. The first line of the file is copied to the -temporary file; and if the buffer has a header, it is written to the -temporary file before the region itself. The buffer's header is all -lines between the strings defined by texinfo-start-of-header and -texinfo-end-of-header inclusive. The header must start in the first 100 -lines. The value of texinfo-tex-trailer is appended to the temporary file -after the region." - - (interactive "r") - (if (get-buffer "*texinfo-tex-shell*") - (quit-process (get-process "texinfo-tex-shell") t) - (texinfo-tex-start-shell)) - - (setq texinfo-tex-root-temp-file - (expand-file-name - (make-temp-name - (prin1-to-string (read (buffer-name)))))) - - (let ((texinfo-tex-temp-file (concat texinfo-tex-root-temp-file ".tex"))) - (save-excursion - (save-restriction - (widen) - (goto-char (point-min)) - (forward-line 100) - (let ((search-end (point)) - (header-beginning (point-min)) (header-end (point-min))) - (goto-char (point-min)) - ;; Copy first line, the `\input texinfo' line, to temp file - (write-region (point) - (save-excursion (forward-line 1) (point)) - texinfo-tex-temp-file nil nil) - ;; Don't copy first line twice if region includes it. - (forward-line 1) - (if (< beginning (point)) (setq beginning (point))) - ;; Initialize the temp file with either the header or nothing - (if (search-forward texinfo-start-of-header search-end t) - (progn - (beginning-of-line) - (setq header-beginning (point)) ; Mark beginning of header. - (if (search-forward texinfo-end-of-header nil t) - (progn (beginning-of-line) - (setq header-end (point))) ; Mark end of header. - (setq header-beginning (point-min))))) ; Else no header. - ;; Copy header to temp file. - (write-region - (min header-beginning beginning ) - header-end - texinfo-tex-temp-file t nil) - ;; Copy region to temp file. - (write-region - (max beginning header-end) - end - texinfo-tex-temp-file t nil) - ;; This is a kludge to insert the texinfo-tex-trailer into the - ;; texinfo-tex-temp-file. We have to create a special buffer - ;; in which to insert the texinfo-tex-trailer first because there is - ;; no function with which to append a literal string directly - ;; to a file. - (let ((local-tex-trailer texinfo-tex-trailer) - (temp-buffer (get-buffer-create " texinfo-trailer-buffer"))) - (set-buffer temp-buffer) - (erase-buffer) - ;; make sure trailer isn't hidden by a comment - (insert-string "\n") - (if local-tex-trailer (insert local-tex-trailer)) - (write-region (point-min) (point-max) - texinfo-tex-temp-file t nil))) - (set-process-sentinel (get-process "texinfo-tex-shell") - 'texinfo-tex-shell-sentinel) - (send-string "texinfo-tex-shell" - (concat texinfo-tex-shell-cd-command " " - default-directory "\n")) - (send-string "texinfo-tex-shell" - (concat texinfo-tex-command " " - texinfo-tex-temp-file "\n ")) - (texinfo-recenter-tex-output-buffer 0))))) - -(defun texinfo-tex-buffer (buffer) - "Run TeX on current buffer. -After running TeX the first time, you may have to run \\[texinfo-texindex] -and then \\[texinfo-tex-buffer] again." - (interactive - (list - ;; Sometimes you put point into *texinfo-tex-shell*; this prompts - ;; you for the correct file regardless. - (if (and - (string= (buffer-name (current-buffer)) "*texinfo-tex-shell*") - texinfo-tex-root-temp-file) - (read-string (format "Run TeX on: ") - texinfo-tex-original-file) - (read-string (format "Run TeX on: ") (buffer-name (current-buffer)))))) - - ;; Set to original buffer if in *texinfo-tex-shell*; otherwise, - ;; record name of current buffer. - (if (string= (buffer-name (current-buffer)) "*texinfo-tex-shell*") - (set-buffer buffer) - (setq texinfo-tex-original-file - (buffer-name (current-buffer)))) - - (if (get-buffer "*texinfo-tex-shell*") - (quit-process (get-process "texinfo-tex-shell") t) - (texinfo-tex-start-shell)) - (cond ((null buffer-file-name) - (error "Buffer not visiting any file!")) - ((buffer-modified-p) - (error "Buffer has been modified since last saved!")) - (t (set-process-sentinel (get-process "texinfo-tex-shell") - 'texinfo-tex-shell-sentinel) - (send-string "texinfo-tex-shell" - (concat texinfo-tex-shell-cd-command - " " - (file-name-directory - (buffer-file-name - (get-buffer buffer))) - "\n")) - (send-string "texinfo-tex-shell" - (concat texinfo-tex-command " " buffer "\n ")) - - ;; so the texinfo-tex-print command works - (setq texinfo-tex-root-temp-file - (substring buffer 0 - (or (string-match "\\.tex" buffer) - (length buffer)))) - - (texinfo-recenter-tex-output-buffer 0)))) - -(defun texinfo-texindex () - "Run texindex on unsorted index files. -The index files are made by \\[texinfo-tex-region] or \\[texinfo-tex-buffer]. -Runs the shell command defined by texinfo-texindex-command." - (interactive) - (send-string "texinfo-tex-shell" - (concat texinfo-texindex-command - " " texinfo-tex-root-temp-file ".??" "\n")) - (texinfo-recenter-tex-output-buffer nil)) - -(defun texinfo-tex-print () - "Print .dvi file made by \\[texinfo-tex-region] or \\[texinfo-tex-buffer]. -Runs the shell command defined by texinfo-tex-dvi-print-command." - (interactive) - (send-string "texinfo-tex-shell" - (concat texinfo-tex-dvi-print-command - " " texinfo-tex-root-temp-file ".dvi" "\n")) - (texinfo-recenter-tex-output-buffer nil)) - - -;;; Texinfo TeX utility functions - -(defun texinfo-tex-start-shell () - (save-excursion - (require 'texinfo) - (set-buffer (make-shell "texinfo-tex-shell" "/bin/sh" nil "-v")) - (setq texinfo-tex-shell-map (copy-keymap shell-mode-map)) - (texinfo-define-common-keys texinfo-tex-shell-map) - (use-local-map texinfo-tex-shell-map) - (run-hooks 'texinfo-tex-shell-hook) - (if (zerop (buffer-size)) - (sleep-for 1)))) - -(defun texinfo-quit-tex-job () - "Quit currently running TeX job, by sending an `x' to it." - (interactive) - (if (not (get-process "texinfo-tex-shell")) - (error "No TeX shell running.")) - (save-excursion - (set-buffer (get-buffer "*texinfo-tex-shell*")) - (goto-char (point-max)) - (insert "x") - (shell-send-input))) - -(defun texinfo-kill-tex-job () - "Kill the currently running TeX job." - (interactive) - (if (get-process "texinfo-tex-shell") - ;; Use `texinfo-tex-shell-sentinel' to restart - ;; texinfo-tex-shell after it is killed. - (kill-process (get-process "texinfo-tex-shell")))) - -(defun texinfo-tex-shell-sentinel (process event) - "Restart texinfo-tex-shell after it is killed." - (if (equal event "killed\n") - (save-excursion - (set-buffer "*texinfo-tex-shell*") - (insert "\n") - (texinfo-tex-start-shell)))) - -(defun texinfo-recenter-tex-output-buffer (linenum) - "Redisplay buffer of TeX job output so that most recent output can be seen. -The last line of the buffer is displayed on -line LINE of the window, or centered if LINE is nil." - (interactive "P") - (let ((texinfo-tex-shell (get-buffer "*texinfo-tex-shell*")) - (old-buffer (current-buffer))) - (if (null texinfo-tex-shell) - (message "No TeX output buffer") - (pop-to-buffer texinfo-tex-shell) - (bury-buffer texinfo-tex-shell) - (goto-char (point-max)) - (recenter (if linenum - (prefix-numeric-value linenum) - (/ (window-height) 2))) - (pop-to-buffer old-buffer) - ))) - -(defun texinfo-show-tex-print-queue () - "Show the print queue that \\[texinfo-tex-print] put your job on. -Runs the shell command defined by texinfo-show-tex-queue-command." - (interactive) - (if (not (texinfo-tex-shell-running-p)) - (texinfo-tex-start-shell)) - (send-string "texinfo-tex-shell" - (concat texinfo-show-tex-queue-command "\n")) - (texinfo-recenter-tex-output-buffer nil)) - -(defun texinfo-delete-from-tex-print-queue (job-number) - "Delete job from the line printer spooling queue. -You are prompted for the job number (shown by a previous -\\[texinfo-show-tex-print-queue] command." - (interactive "nPrinter job number for deletion: ") - (if (texinfo-tex-shell-running-p) - (texinfo-kill-tex-job) - (texinfo-tex-start-shell)) - (send-string "texinfo-tex-shell" - (concat - texinfo-delete-from-print-queue-command - " " - job-number"\n")) - (texinfo-recenter-tex-output-buffer nil)) - -(defun texinfo-tex-shell-running-p () - (and (get-process "texinfo-tex-shell") - (eq (process-status (get-process "texinfo-tex-shell")) 'run))) - - -;;; Place `provide' at end of file. -(provide 'texnfo-tex) -;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;; end texnfo-tex.el ;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;; diff --git a/contrib/texinfo/emacs/texnfo-upd.el b/contrib/texinfo/emacs/texnfo-upd.el deleted file mode 100644 index 4827fe5..0000000 --- a/contrib/texinfo/emacs/texnfo-upd.el +++ /dev/null @@ -1,2058 +0,0 @@ -;;; texnfo-upd.el --- utilities for updating nodes and menus in Texinfo files - -;; Copyright 1989, 1990, 1991, 1992, 1996 Free Software Foundation, Inc. - -;; Author: Robert J. Chassell -;; Date: 12 Sep 1996 -;; Maintainer: Robert J. Chassell <bug-texinfo@prep.ai.mit.edu> -;; Keywords: maint, tex, docs - -;; This file is part of GNU Emacs. - -;; GNU Emacs is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify -;; it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by -;; the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) -;; any later version. - -;; GNU Emacs is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, -;; but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of -;; MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the -;; GNU General Public License for more details. - -;; You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License -;; along with GNU Emacs; see the file COPYING. If not, write to the -;; Free Software Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, -;; Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. - -;;; Commentary: - -;; Known bug: update commands fail to ignore @ignore. - -;; Summary: how to use the updating commands - -;; The node and menu updating functions automatically - -;; * insert missing `@node' lines, -;; * insert the `Next', `Previous' and `Up' pointers of a node, -;; * insert or update the menu for a section, -;; * create a master menu for a Texinfo source file. -;; -;; Passed an argument, the `texinfo-update-node' and -;; `texinfo-make-menu' functions do their jobs in the region. -;; -;; In brief, the functions for creating or updating nodes and menus, are: -;; -;; texinfo-update-node (&optional region-p) -;; texinfo-every-node-update () -;; texinfo-sequential-node-update (&optional region-p) -;; -;; texinfo-make-menu (&optional region-p) -;; texinfo-all-menus-update () -;; texinfo-master-menu () -;; -;; texinfo-insert-node-lines (&optional title-p) -;; -;; texinfo-indent-menu-description (column &optional region-p) - -;; The `texinfo-column-for-description' variable specifies the column to -;; which menu descriptions are indented. - -;; Texinfo file structure -;; ---------------------- - -;; To use the updating commands, you must structure your Texinfo file -;; hierarchically. Each `@node' line, with the exception of the top -;; node, must be accompanied by some kind of section line, such as an -;; `@chapter' or `@section' line. Each node-line/section-line -;; combination must look like this: - -;; @node Lists and Tables, Cross References, Structuring, Top -;; @comment node-name, next, previous, up -;; @chapter Making Lists and Tables - -;; or like this (without the `@comment' line): - -;; @node Lists and Tables, Cross References, Structuring, Top -;; @chapter Making Lists and Tables - -;; If the file has a `top' node, it must be called `top' or `Top' and -;; be the first node in the file. - - -;;; The update node functions described in detail - -;; The `texinfo-update-node' function without an argument inserts -;; the correct next, previous and up pointers for the node in which -;; point is located (i.e., for the node preceding point). - -;; With an argument, the `texinfo-update-node' function inserts the -;; correct next, previous and up pointers for the nodes inside the -;; region. - -;; It does not matter whether the `@node' line has pre-existing -;; `Next', `Previous', or `Up' pointers in it. They are removed. - -;; The `texinfo-every-node-update' function runs `texinfo-update-node' -;; on the whole buffer. - -;; The `texinfo-sequential-node-update' function inserts the -;; immediately following and preceding node into the `Next' or -;; `Previous' pointers regardless of their hierarchical level. This is -;; only useful for certain kinds of text, like a novel, which you go -;; through sequentially. - - -;;; The menu making functions described in detail - -;; The `texinfo-make-menu' function without an argument creates or -;; updates a menu for the section encompassing the node that follows -;; point. With an argument, it makes or updates menus for the nodes -;; within or part of the marked region. - -;; Whenever an existing menu is updated, the descriptions from -;; that menu are incorporated into the new menu. This is done by copying -;; descriptions from the existing menu to the entries in the new menu -;; that have the same node names. If the node names are different, the -;; descriptions are not copied to the new menu. - -;; Menu entries that refer to other Info files are removed since they -;; are not a node within current buffer. This is a deficiency. - -;; The `texinfo-all-menus-update' function runs `texinfo-make-menu' -;; on the whole buffer. - -;; The `texinfo-master-menu' function creates an extended menu located -;; after the top node. (The file must have a top node.) The function -;; first updates all the regular menus in the buffer (incorporating the -;; descriptions from pre-existing menus), and then constructs a master -;; menu that includes every entry from every other menu. (However, the -;; function cannot update an already existing master menu; if one -;; exists, it must be removed before calling the function.) - -;; The `texinfo-indent-menu-description' function indents every -;; description in the menu following point, to the specified column. -;; Non-nil argument (prefix, if interactive) means indent every -;; description in every menu in the region. This function does not -;; indent second and subsequent lines of a multi-line description. - -;; The `texinfo-insert-node-lines' function inserts `@node' before the -;; `@chapter', `@section', and such like lines of a region in a Texinfo -;; file where the `@node' lines are missing. -;; -;; With a non-nil argument (prefix, if interactive), the function not -;; only inserts `@node' lines but also inserts the chapter or section -;; titles as the names of the corresponding nodes; and inserts titles -;; as node names in pre-existing `@node' lines that lack names. -;; -;; Since node names should be more concise than section or chapter -;; titles, node names so inserted will need to be edited manually. - - -;;; Code: - -;;; The menu making functions - -(defun texinfo-make-menu (&optional region-p) - "Without any prefix argument, make or update a menu. -Make the menu for the section enclosing the node found following point. - -Non-nil argument (prefix, if interactive) means make or update menus -for nodes within or part of the marked region. - -Whenever a menu exists, and is being updated, the descriptions that -are associated with node names in the pre-existing menu are -incorporated into the new menu. Otherwise, the nodes' section titles -are inserted as descriptions." - - (interactive "P") - (if (not region-p) - (let ((level (texinfo-hierarchic-level))) - (texinfo-make-one-menu level) - (message "Done...updated the menu. You may save the buffer.")) - ;; else - (message "Making or updating menus in %s... " (buffer-name)) - (let ((beginning (region-beginning)) - (region-end (region-end)) - (level (progn ; find section type following point - (goto-char (region-beginning)) - (texinfo-hierarchic-level)))) - (if (= region-end beginning) - (error "Please mark a region!")) - (save-excursion - (save-restriction - (widen) - - (while (texinfo-find-lower-level-node level region-end) - (setq level (texinfo-hierarchic-level)) ; new, lower level - (texinfo-make-one-menu level)) - - (while (and (< (point) region-end) - (texinfo-find-higher-level-node level region-end)) - (setq level (texinfo-hierarchic-level)) - (while (texinfo-find-lower-level-node level region-end) - (setq level (texinfo-hierarchic-level)) ; new, lower level - (texinfo-make-one-menu level)))))) - (message "Done...updated menus. You may save the buffer."))) - -(defun texinfo-make-one-menu (level) - "Make a menu of all the appropriate nodes in this section. -`Appropriate nodes' are those associated with sections that are -at the level specified by LEVEL. Point is left at the end of menu." - (let* - ((case-fold-search t) - (beginning - (save-excursion - (goto-char (texinfo-update-menu-region-beginning level)) - (end-of-line) - (point))) - (end (texinfo-update-menu-region-end level)) - (first (texinfo-menu-first-node beginning end)) - (node-name (progn - (goto-char beginning) - (beginning-of-line) - (texinfo-copy-node-name))) - (new-menu-list (texinfo-make-menu-list beginning end level))) - (if (texinfo-old-menu-p beginning first) - (progn - (texinfo-incorporate-descriptions new-menu-list) - (texinfo-incorporate-menu-entry-names new-menu-list) - (texinfo-delete-old-menu beginning first))) - (texinfo-insert-menu new-menu-list node-name))) - -(defun texinfo-all-menus-update (&optional update-all-nodes-p) - "Update every regular menu in a Texinfo file. -Update pre-existing master menu, if there is one. - -If called with a non-nil argument, this function first updates all the -nodes in the buffer before updating the menus." - (interactive "P") - (let ((case-fold-search t) - master-menu-p) - (save-excursion - (push-mark (point-max) t) - (goto-char (point-min)) - (message "Checking for a master menu in %s ... "(buffer-name)) - (save-excursion - (if (re-search-forward texinfo-master-menu-header nil t) - ;; Remove detailed master menu listing - (progn - (setq master-menu-p t) - (goto-char (match-beginning 0)) - (let ((end-of-detailed-menu-descriptions - (save-excursion ; beginning of end menu line - (goto-char (texinfo-menu-end)) - (beginning-of-line) (forward-char -1) - (point)))) - (delete-region (point) end-of-detailed-menu-descriptions))))) - - (if update-all-nodes-p - (progn - (message "Updating all nodes in %s ... " (buffer-name)) - (sleep-for 2) - (push-mark (point-max) t) - (goto-char (point-min)) - ;; Using the mark to pass bounds this way - ;; is kludgy, but it's not worth fixing. -- rms. - (let ((mark-active t)) - (texinfo-update-node t)))) - - (message "Updating all menus in %s ... " (buffer-name)) - (sleep-for 2) - (push-mark (point-max) t) - (goto-char (point-min)) - ;; Using the mark to pass bounds this way - ;; is kludgy, but it's not worth fixing. -- rms. - (let ((mark-active t)) - (texinfo-make-menu t)) - - (if master-menu-p - (progn - (message "Updating the master menu in %s... " (buffer-name)) - (sleep-for 2) - (texinfo-master-menu nil)))) - - (message "Done...updated all the menus. You may save the buffer."))) - -(defun texinfo-find-lower-level-node (level region-end) - "Search forward from point for node at any level lower than LEVEL. -Search is limited to the end of the marked region, REGION-END, -and to the end of the menu region for the level. - -Return t if the node is found, else nil. Leave point at the beginning -of the node if one is found; else do not move point." - (let ((case-fold-search t)) - (if (and (< (point) region-end) - (re-search-forward - (concat - "\\(^@node\\).*\n" ; match node line - "\\(\\(\\(^@c\\).*\n\\)" ; match comment line, if any - "\\|" ; or - "\\(^@ifinfo[ ]*\n\\)\\)?" ; ifinfo line, if any - (eval (cdr (assoc level texinfo-update-menu-lower-regexps)))) - ;; the next higher level node marks the end of this - ;; section, and no lower level node will be found beyond - ;; this position even if region-end is farther off - (texinfo-update-menu-region-end level) - t)) - (goto-char (match-beginning 1))))) - -(defun texinfo-find-higher-level-node (level region-end) - "Search forward from point for node at any higher level than argument LEVEL. -Search is limited to the end of the marked region, REGION-END. - -Return t if the node is found, else nil. Leave point at the beginning -of the node if one is found; else do not move point." - (let ((case-fold-search t)) - (cond - ((or (string-equal "top" level) (string-equal "chapter" level)) - (if (re-search-forward "^@node [ \t]*top[ \t]*\\(,\\|$\\)" region-end t) - (progn (beginning-of-line) t))) - (t - (if (re-search-forward - (concat - "\\(^@node\\).*\n" ; match node line - "\\(\\(\\(^@c\\).*\n\\)" ; match comment line, if any - "\\|" ; or - "\\(^@ifinfo[ ]*\n\\)\\)?" ; ifinfo line, if any - (eval (cdr (assoc level texinfo-update-menu-higher-regexps)))) - region-end t) - (progn (beginning-of-line) t)))))) - - -;;; Making the list of new menu entries - -(defun texinfo-make-menu-list (beginning end level) - "Make a list of node names and their descriptions. -Point is left at the end of the menu region, but the menu is not inserted. - -First argument is position from which to start making menu list; -second argument is end of region in which to try to locate entries; -third argument is the level of the nodes that are the entries. - -Node names and descriptions are dotted pairs of strings. Each pair is -an element of the list. If the description does not exist, the -element consists only of the node name." - (goto-char beginning) - (let (new-menu-list) - (while (texinfo-menu-locate-entry-p level end) - (setq new-menu-list - (cons (cons - (texinfo-copy-node-name) - (prog1 "" (forward-line 1))) - ;; Use following to insert section titles automatically. - ;; (texinfo-copy-section-title)) - new-menu-list))) - (reverse new-menu-list))) - -(defun texinfo-menu-locate-entry-p (level search-end) - "Find a node that will be part of menu for this section. -First argument is a string such as \"section\" specifying the general -hierarchical level of the menu; second argument is a position -specifying the end of the search. - -The function returns t if the node is found, else nil. It searches -forward from point, and leaves point at the beginning of the node. - -The function finds entries of the same type. Thus `subsections' and -`unnumberedsubsecs' will appear in the same menu." - (let ((case-fold-search t)) - (if (re-search-forward - (concat - "\\(^@node\\).*\n" ; match node line - "\\(\\(\\(^@c\\).*\n\\)" ; match comment line, if any - "\\|" ; or - "\\(^@ifinfo[ ]*\n\\)\\)?" ; ifinfo line, if any - (eval - (cdr (assoc level texinfo-update-menu-same-level-regexps)))) - search-end - t) - (goto-char (match-beginning 1))))) - -(defun texinfo-copy-node-name () - "Return the node name as a string. - -Start with point at the beginning of the node line; copy the text -after the node command up to the first comma on the line, if any, and -return the text as a string. Leaves point at the beginning of the -line. If there is no node name, returns an empty string." - - (save-excursion - (buffer-substring - (progn (forward-word 1) ; skip over node command - (skip-chars-forward " \t") ; and over spaces - (point)) - (if (search-forward - "," - (save-excursion (end-of-line) (point)) t) ; bound search - (1- (point)) - (end-of-line) (point))))) - -(defun texinfo-copy-section-title () - "Return the title of the section as a string. -The title is used as a description line in the menu when one does not -already exist. - -Move point to the beginning of the appropriate section line by going -to the start of the text matched by last regexp searched for, which -must have been done by `texinfo-menu-locate-entry-p'." - - ;; could use the same re-search as in `texinfo-menu-locate-entry-p' - ;; instead of using `match-beginning'; such a variation would be - ;; more general, but would waste information already collected - - (goto-char (match-beginning 7)) ; match section name - - (buffer-substring - (progn (forward-word 1) ; skip over section type - (skip-chars-forward " \t") ; and over spaces - (point)) - (progn (end-of-line) (point)))) - - -;;; Handling the old menu - -(defun texinfo-old-menu-p (beginning first) - "Move point to the beginning of the menu for this section, if any. -Otherwise move point to the end of the first node of this section. -Return t if a menu is found, nil otherwise. - -First argument is the position of the beginning of the section in which -the menu will be located; second argument is the position of the first -node within the section. - -If no menu is found, the function inserts two newlines just before the -end of the section, and leaves point there where a menu ought to be." - (goto-char beginning) - (if (not (re-search-forward "^@menu" first 'goto-end)) - (progn (insert "\n\n") (forward-line -2) nil) - t)) - -(defun texinfo-incorporate-descriptions (new-menu-list) - "Copy the old menu line descriptions that exist to the new menu. - -Point must be at beginning of old menu. - -If the node-name of the new menu is found in the old menu, insert the -old description into the new entry. - -For this function, the new menu is a list made up of lists of dotted -pairs in which the first element of the pair is the node name and the -second element the description. The new menu is changed destructively. -The old menu is the menu as it appears in the texinfo file." - - (let ((new-menu-list-pointer new-menu-list) - (end-of-menu (texinfo-menu-end))) - (while new-menu-list - (save-excursion ; keep point at beginning of menu - (if (re-search-forward - ;; Existing nodes can have the form - ;; * NODE NAME:: DESCRIPTION - ;; or - ;; * MENU ITEM: NODE NAME. DESCRIPTION. - ;; - ;; Recognize both when looking for the description. - (concat "\\* \\(" ; so only menu entries are found - (car (car new-menu-list)) "::" - "\\|" - ".*: " (car (car new-menu-list)) "[.,\t\n]" - "\\)" - ) ; so only complete entries are found - end-of-menu - t) - (setcdr (car new-menu-list) - (texinfo-menu-copy-old-description end-of-menu)))) - (setq new-menu-list (cdr new-menu-list))) - (setq new-menu-list new-menu-list-pointer))) - -(defun texinfo-incorporate-menu-entry-names (new-menu-list) - "Copy any old menu entry names to the new menu. - -Point must be at beginning of old menu. - -If the node-name of the new menu entry cannot be found in the old -menu, do nothing. - -For this function, the new menu is a list made up of lists of dotted -pairs in which the first element of the pair is the node name and the -second element is the description (or nil). - -If we find an existing menu entry name, we change the first element of -the pair to be another dotted pair in which the car is the menu entry -name and the cdr is the node name. - -NEW-MENU-LIST is changed destructively. The old menu is the menu as it -appears in the texinfo file." - - (let ((new-menu-list-pointer new-menu-list) - (end-of-menu (texinfo-menu-end))) - (while new-menu-list - (save-excursion ; keep point at beginning of menu - (if (re-search-forward - ;; Existing nodes can have the form - ;; * NODE NAME:: DESCRIPTION - ;; or - ;; * MENU ITEM: NODE NAME. DESCRIPTION. - ;; - ;; We're interested in the second case. - (concat "\\* " ; so only menu entries are found - "\\(.*\\): " (car (car new-menu-list)) "[.,\t\n]") - end-of-menu - t) - (setcar - (car new-menu-list) ; replace the node name - (cons (buffer-substring (match-beginning 1) (match-end 1)) - (car (car new-menu-list))))) - (setq new-menu-list (cdr new-menu-list)))) - (setq new-menu-list new-menu-list-pointer))) - -(defun texinfo-menu-copy-old-description (end-of-menu) - "Return description field of old menu line as string. -Point must be located just after the node name. Point left before description. -Single argument, END-OF-MENU, is position limiting search." - (skip-chars-forward "[:.,\t\n ]+") - ;; don't copy a carriage return at line beginning with asterisk! - ;; do copy a description that begins with an `@'! - ;; !! Known bug: does not copy descriptions starting with ^|\{?* etc. - (if (and (looking-at "\\(\\w+\\|@\\)") - (not (looking-at "\\(^\\* \\|^@end menu\\)"))) - (buffer-substring - (point) - (save-excursion - (re-search-forward "\\(^\\* \\|^@end menu\\)" end-of-menu t) - (forward-line -1) - (end-of-line) ; go to end of last description line - (point))) - "")) - -(defun texinfo-menu-end () - "Return position of end of menu. Does not change location of point. -Signal an error if not end of menu." - (save-excursion - (if (re-search-forward "^@end menu" nil t) - (point) - (error "Menu does not have an end.")))) - -(defun texinfo-delete-old-menu (beginning first) - "Delete the old menu. Point must be in or after menu. -First argument is position of the beginning of the section in which -the menu will be located; second argument is the position of the first -node within the section." - ;; No third arg to search, so error if search fails. - (re-search-backward "^@menu" beginning) - (delete-region (point) - (save-excursion - (re-search-forward "^@end menu" first) - (point)))) - - -;;; Inserting new menu - -;; try 32, but perhaps 24 is better -(defvar texinfo-column-for-description 32 - "*Column at which descriptions start in a Texinfo menu.") - -(defun texinfo-insert-menu (menu-list node-name) - "Insert formatted menu at point. -Indents the first line of the description, if any, to the value of -texinfo-column-for-description. - -MENU-LIST has form: - - \(\(\"node-name1\" . \"description\"\) - \(\"node-name2\" . \"description\"\) ... \) - -However, the description field might be nil. - -Also, the node-name field might itself be a dotted pair (call it P) of -strings instead of just a string. In that case, the car of P -is the menu entry name, and the cdr of P is the node name." - - (insert "@menu\n") - (while menu-list - ;; Every menu entry starts with a star and a space. - (insert "* ") - - ;; Insert the node name (and menu entry name, if present). - (let ((node-part (car (car menu-list)))) - (if (stringp node-part) - ;; "Double colon" entry line; menu entry and node name are the same, - (insert (format "%s::" node-part)) - ;; "Single colon" entry line; menu entry and node name are different. - (insert (format "%s: %s." (car node-part) (cdr node-part))))) - - ;; Insert the description, if present. - (if (cdr (car menu-list)) - (progn - ;; Move to right place. - (indent-to texinfo-column-for-description 2) - ;; Insert description. - (insert (format "%s" (cdr (car menu-list)))))) - - (insert "\n") ; end this menu entry - (setq menu-list (cdr menu-list))) - (insert "@end menu") - (message - "Updated \"%s\" level menu following node: %s ... " level node-name)) - - -;;; Starting menu descriptions by inserting titles - -(defun texinfo-start-menu-description () - "In this menu entry, insert the node's section title as a description. -Position point at beginning of description ready for editing. -Do not insert a title if the line contains an existing description. - -You will need to edit the inserted text since a useful description -complements the node name rather than repeats it as a title does." - - (interactive) - (let (beginning end node-name title) - (save-excursion - (beginning-of-line) - (if (search-forward "* " (save-excursion (end-of-line) (point)) t) - (progn (skip-chars-forward " \t") - (setq beginning (point))) - (error "This is not a line in a menu!")) - - (cond - ;; "Double colon" entry line; menu entry and node name are the same, - ((search-forward "::" (save-excursion (end-of-line) (point)) t) - (if (looking-at "[ \t]*[^ \t\n]+") - (error "Descriptive text already exists.")) - (skip-chars-backward ": \t") - (setq node-name (buffer-substring beginning (point)))) - - ;; "Single colon" entry line; menu entry and node name are different. - ((search-forward ":" (save-excursion (end-of-line) (point)) t) - (skip-chars-forward " \t") - (setq beginning (point)) - ;; Menu entry line ends in a period, comma, or tab. - (if (re-search-forward "[.,\t]" - (save-excursion (forward-line 1) (point)) t) - (progn - (if (looking-at "[ \t]*[^ \t\n]+") - (error "Descriptive text already exists.")) - (skip-chars-backward "., \t") - (setq node-name (buffer-substring beginning (point)))) - ;; Menu entry line ends in a return. - (re-search-forward ".*\n" - (save-excursion (forward-line 1) (point)) t) - (skip-chars-backward " \t\n") - (setq node-name (buffer-substring beginning (point))) - (if (= 0 (length node-name)) - (error "No node name on this line.") - (insert ".")))) - (t (error "No node name on this line."))) - ;; Search for node that matches node name, and copy the section title. - (if (re-search-forward - (concat - "^@node[ \t]+" - node-name - ".*\n" ; match node line - "\\(" - "\\(\\(^@c \\|^@comment\\).*\n\\)" ; match comment line, if any - "\\|" ; or - "\\(^@ifinfo[ ]*\n\\)" ; ifinfo line, if any - "\\)?") - nil t) - (progn - (setq title - (buffer-substring - ;; skip over section type - (progn (forward-word 1) - ;; and over spaces - (skip-chars-forward " \t") - (point)) - (progn (end-of-line) - (skip-chars-backward " \t") - (point))))) - (error "Cannot find node to match node name in menu entry."))) - ;; Return point to the menu and insert the title. - (end-of-line) - (delete-region - (point) - (save-excursion (skip-chars-backward " \t") (point))) - (indent-to texinfo-column-for-description 2) - (save-excursion (insert title)))) - - -;;; Handling description indentation - -;; Since the make-menu functions indent descriptions, these functions -;; are useful primarily for indenting a single menu specially. - -(defun texinfo-indent-menu-description (column &optional region-p) - "Indent every description in menu following point to COLUMN. -Non-nil argument (prefix, if interactive) means indent every -description in every menu in the region. Does not indent second and -subsequent lines of a multi-line description." - - (interactive - "nIndent menu descriptions to (column number): \nP") - (save-excursion - (save-restriction - (widen) - (if (not region-p) - (progn - (re-search-forward "^@menu") - (texinfo-menu-indent-description column) - (message - "Indented descriptions in menu. You may save the buffer.")) - ;;else - (message "Indenting every menu description in region... ") - (goto-char (region-beginning)) - (while (and (< (point) (region-end)) - (texinfo-locate-menu-p)) - (forward-line 1) - (texinfo-menu-indent-description column)) - (message "Indenting done. You may save the buffer."))))) - -(defun texinfo-menu-indent-description (to-column-number) - "Indent the Texinfo file menu description to TO-COLUMN-NUMBER. -Start with point just after the word `menu' in the `@menu' line and -leave point on the line before the `@end menu' line. Does not indent -second and subsequent lines of a multi-line description." - (let* ((beginning-of-next-line (point))) - (while (< beginning-of-next-line - (save-excursion ; beginning of end menu line - (goto-char (texinfo-menu-end)) - (beginning-of-line) - (point))) - - (if (re-search-forward "\\* \\(.*::\\|.*: [^.,\t\n]+[.,\t]\\)" - (texinfo-menu-end) - t) - (progn - (let ((beginning-white-space (point))) - (skip-chars-forward " \t") ; skip over spaces - (if (looking-at "\\(@\\|\\w\\)+") ; if there is text - (progn - ;; remove pre-existing indentation - (delete-region beginning-white-space (point)) - (indent-to-column to-column-number)))))) - ;; position point at beginning of next line - (forward-line 1) - (setq beginning-of-next-line (point))))) - - -;;; Making the master menu - -(defun texinfo-master-menu (update-all-nodes-menus-p) - "Make a master menu for a whole Texinfo file. -Non-nil argument (prefix, if interactive) means first update all -existing nodes and menus. Remove pre-existing master menu, if there is one. - -This function creates a master menu that follows the top node. The -master menu includes every entry from all the other menus. It -replaces any existing ordinary menu that follows the top node. - -If called with a non-nil argument, this function first updates all the -menus in the buffer (incorporating descriptions from pre-existing -menus) before it constructs the master menu. - -The function removes the detailed part of an already existing master -menu. This action depends on the pre-existing master menu using the -standard `texinfo-master-menu-header'. - -The master menu has the following format, which is adapted from the -recommendation in the Texinfo Manual: - - * The first part contains the major nodes in the Texinfo file: the - nodes for the chapters, chapter-like sections, and the major - appendices. This includes the indices, so long as they are in - chapter-like sections, such as unnumbered sections. - - * The second and subsequent parts contain a listing of the other, - lower level menus, in order. This way, an inquirer can go - directly to a particular node if he or she is searching for - specific information. - -Each of the menus in the detailed node listing is introduced by the -title of the section containing the menu." - - (interactive "P") - (let ((case-fold-search t)) - (widen) - (goto-char (point-min)) - - ;; Move point to location after `top'. - (if (not (re-search-forward "^@node [ \t]*top[ \t]*\\(,\\|$\\)" nil t)) - (error "This buffer needs a Top node!")) - - (let ((first-chapter - (save-excursion - (or (re-search-forward "^@node" nil t) - (error "Too few nodes for a master menu!")) - (point)))) - (if (re-search-forward texinfo-master-menu-header first-chapter t) - ;; Remove detailed master menu listing - (progn - (goto-char (match-beginning 0)) - (let ((end-of-detailed-menu-descriptions - (save-excursion ; beginning of end menu line - (goto-char (texinfo-menu-end)) - (beginning-of-line) (forward-char -1) - (point)))) - (delete-region (point) end-of-detailed-menu-descriptions))))) - - (if update-all-nodes-menus-p - (progn - (message "Making a master menu in %s ...first updating all nodes... " - (buffer-name)) - (sleep-for 2) - (push-mark (point-max) t) - (goto-char (point-min)) - (texinfo-update-node t) - - (message "Updating all menus in %s ... " (buffer-name)) - (sleep-for 2) - (push-mark (point-max) t) - (goto-char (point-min)) - (texinfo-make-menu t))) - - (message "Now making the master menu in %s... " (buffer-name)) - (sleep-for 2) - (goto-char (point-min)) - (texinfo-insert-master-menu-list - (texinfo-master-menu-list)) - - ;; Remove extra newlines that texinfo-insert-master-menu-list - ;; may have inserted. - - (save-excursion - (goto-char (point-min)) - - (if (re-search-forward texinfo-master-menu-header nil t) - (progn - (goto-char (match-beginning 0)) - (insert "\n") - (delete-blank-lines) - (goto-char (point-min)))) - - (re-search-forward "^@menu") - (forward-line -1) - (delete-blank-lines) - - (re-search-forward "^@end menu") - (forward-line 1) - (delete-blank-lines)) - - (message - "Done...completed making master menu. You may save the buffer."))) - -(defun texinfo-master-menu-list () - "Return a list of menu entries and header lines for the master menu. - -Start with the menu for chapters and indices and then find each -following menu and the title of the node preceding that menu. - -The master menu list has this form: - - \(\(\(... \"entry-1-2\" \"entry-1\"\) \"title-1\"\) - \(\(... \"entry-2-2\" \"entry-2-1\"\) \"title-2\"\) - ...\) - -However, there does not need to be a title field." - - (let (master-menu-list) - (while (texinfo-locate-menu-p) - (setq master-menu-list - (cons (list - (texinfo-copy-menu) - (texinfo-copy-menu-title)) - master-menu-list))) - (reverse master-menu-list))) - -(defun texinfo-insert-master-menu-list (master-menu-list) - "Format and insert the master menu in the current buffer." - (goto-char (point-min)) - ;; Insert a master menu only after `Top' node and before next node - ;; \(or include file if there is no next node\). - (if (not (re-search-forward "^@node [ \t]*top[ \t]*\\(,\\|$\\)" nil t)) - (error "This buffer needs a Top node!")) - (let ((first-chapter - (save-excursion (re-search-forward "^@node\\|^@include") (point)))) - (if (not (re-search-forward "^@menu" first-chapter t)) - (error - "Buffer lacks ordinary `Top' menu in which to insert master."))) - (beginning-of-line) - (delete-region ; buffer must have ordinary top menu - (point) - (save-excursion (re-search-forward "^@end menu") (point))) - - (save-excursion ; leave point at beginning of menu - ;; Handle top of menu - (insert "\n@menu\n") - ;; Insert chapter menu entries - (setq this-very-menu-list (reverse (car (car master-menu-list)))) - ;; Tell user what is going on. - (message "Inserting chapter menu entry: %s ... " this-very-menu-list) - (while this-very-menu-list - (insert "* " (car this-very-menu-list) "\n") - (setq this-very-menu-list (cdr this-very-menu-list))) - - (setq master-menu-list (cdr master-menu-list)) - - ;; Only insert detailed master menu if there is one.... - (if (car (car master-menu-list)) -;; @detailmenu added 5 Sept 1996 at Karl Berry's request to avert a -;; bug in `makeinfo'; all agree this is a bad kluge and should -;; eventually be removed. @detailmenu ... @end detailmenu is a noop -;; in `texinfmt.el' See @end detailmenu below -;; also see `texinfo-all-menus-update' above, `texinfo-master-menu', -;; `texinfo-multiple-files-update' - (insert texinfo-master-menu-header)) - - ;; Now, insert all the other menus - - ;; The menu master-menu-list has a form like this: - ;; ((("beta" "alpha") "title-A") - ;; (("delta" "gamma") "title-B")) - - (while master-menu-list - - (message - "Inserting menu for %s .... " (car (cdr (car master-menu-list)))) - ;; insert title of menu section - (insert "\n" (car (cdr (car master-menu-list))) "\n\n") - - ;; insert each menu entry - (setq this-very-menu-list (reverse (car (car master-menu-list)))) - (while this-very-menu-list - (insert "* " (car this-very-menu-list) "\n") - (setq this-very-menu-list (cdr this-very-menu-list))) - - (setq master-menu-list (cdr master-menu-list))) - - ;; Finish menu -;; @detailmenu (see note above) - (insert "\n@end detailmenu") - (insert "\n@end menu\n\n"))) - -(defvar texinfo-master-menu-header - "\n@detailmenu\n --- The Detailed Node Listing ---\n" - "String inserted before lower level entries in Texinfo master menu. -It comes after the chapter-level menu entries.") - -(defun texinfo-locate-menu-p () - "Find the next menu in the texinfo file. -If found, leave point after word `menu' on the `@menu' line, and return t. -If a menu is not found, do not move point and return nil." - (re-search-forward "\\(^@menu\\)" nil t)) - -(defun texinfo-copy-menu-title () - "Return the title of the section preceding the menu as a string. -If such a title cannot be found, return an empty string. Do not move -point." - (let ((case-fold-search t)) - (save-excursion - (if (re-search-backward - (concat - "\\(^@top" - "\\|" ; or - texinfo-section-types-regexp ; all other section types - "\\)") - nil - t) - (progn - (beginning-of-line) - (forward-word 1) ; skip over section type - (skip-chars-forward " \t") ; and over spaces - (buffer-substring - (point) - (progn (end-of-line) (point)))) - "")))) - -(defun texinfo-copy-menu () - "Return the entries of an existing menu as a list. -Start with point just after the word `menu' in the `@menu' line -and leave point on the line before the `@end menu' line." - (let* (this-menu-list - (end-of-menu (texinfo-menu-end)) ; position of end of `@end menu' - (last-entry (save-excursion ; position of beginning of - ; last `* ' entry - (goto-char end-of-menu) - ;; handle multi-line description - (if (not (re-search-backward "^\\* " nil t)) - (error "No entries in menu.")) - (point)))) - (while (< (point) last-entry) - (if (re-search-forward "^\\* " end-of-menu t) - (progn - (setq this-menu-list - (cons - (buffer-substring - (point) - ;; copy multi-line descriptions - (save-excursion - (re-search-forward "\\(^\\* \\|^@e\\)" nil t) - (- (point) 3))) - this-menu-list))))) - this-menu-list)) - - -;;; Determining the hierarchical level in the texinfo file - -(defun texinfo-specific-section-type () - "Return the specific type of next section, as a string. -For example, \"unnumberedsubsec\". Return \"top\" for top node. - -Searches forward for a section. Hence, point must be before the -section whose type will be found. Does not move point. Signal an -error if the node is not the top node and a section is not found." - (let ((case-fold-search t)) - (save-excursion - (cond - ((re-search-forward "^@node [ \t]*top[ \t]*\\(,\\|$\\)" -;;; Following search limit by cph but causes a bug -;;; (save-excursion -;;; (end-of-line) -;;; (point)) - nil - t) - "top") - ((re-search-forward texinfo-section-types-regexp nil t) - (buffer-substring-no-properties - (progn (beginning-of-line) ; copy its name - (1+ (point))) - (progn (forward-word 1) - (point)))) - (t - (error - "texinfo-specific-section-type: Chapter or section not found.")))))) - -(defun texinfo-hierarchic-level () - "Return the general hierarchal level of the next node in a texinfo file. -Thus, a subheading or appendixsubsec is of type subsection." - (let ((case-fold-search t)) - (cdr (assoc - (texinfo-specific-section-type) - texinfo-section-to-generic-alist)))) - - -;;; Locating the major positions - -(defun texinfo-update-menu-region-beginning (level) - "Locate beginning of higher level section this section is within. -Return position of the beginning of the node line; do not move point. -Thus, if this level is subsection, searches backwards for section node. -Only argument is a string of the general type of section." - (let ((case-fold-search t)) - ;; !! Known bug: if section immediately follows top node, this - ;; returns the beginning of the buffer as the beginning of the - ;; higher level section. - (cond - ((or (string-equal "top" level) - (string-equal "chapter" level)) - (save-excursion - (goto-char (point-min)) - (re-search-forward "^@node [ \t]*top[ \t]*\\(,\\|$\\)" nil t) - (beginning-of-line) - (point))) - (t - (save-excursion - (re-search-backward - (concat - "\\(^@node\\).*\n" ; match node line - "\\(\\(\\(^@c\\).*\n\\)" ; match comment line, if any - "\\|" ; or - "\\(^@ifinfo[ ]*\n\\)\\)?" ; ifinfo line, if any - (eval - (cdr (assoc level texinfo-update-menu-higher-regexps)))) - nil - 'goto-beginning) - (point)))))) - -(defun texinfo-update-menu-region-end (level) - "Locate end of higher level section this section is within. -Return position; do not move point. Thus, if this level is a -subsection, find the node for the section this subsection is within. -If level is top or chapter, returns end of file. Only argument is a -string of the general type of section." - (let ((case-fold-search t)) - (save-excursion - (if (re-search-forward - (concat - "\\(^@node\\).*\n" ; match node line - "\\(\\(\\(^@c\\).*\n\\)" ; match comment line, if any - "\\|" ; or - "\\(^@ifinfo[ ]*\n\\)\\)?" ; ifinfo line, if any - (eval - ;; Never finds end of level above chapter so goes to end. - (cdr (assoc level texinfo-update-menu-higher-regexps)))) - nil - 'goto-end) - (match-beginning 1) - (point-max))))) - -(defun texinfo-menu-first-node (beginning end) - "Locate first node of the section the menu will be placed in. -Return position; do not move point. -The menu will be located just before this position. - -First argument is the position of the beginning of the section in -which the menu will be located; second argument is the position of the -end of that region; it limits the search." - - (save-excursion - (goto-char beginning) - (forward-line 1) - (re-search-forward "^@node" end t) - (beginning-of-line) - (point))) - - -;;; Alists and regular expressions for defining hierarchical levels - -(defvar texinfo-section-to-generic-alist - '(("top" . "top") - - ("chapter" . "chapter") - ("unnumbered" . "chapter") - ("majorheading" . "chapter") - ("chapheading" . "chapter") - ("appendix" . "chapter") - - ("section" . "section") - ("unnumberedsec" . "section") - ("heading" . "section") - ("appendixsec" . "section") - - ("subsection" . "subsection") - ("unnumberedsubsec" . "subsection") - ("subheading" . "subsection") - ("appendixsubsec" . "subsection") - - ("subsubsection" . "subsubsection") - ("unnumberedsubsubsec" . "subsubsection") - ("subsubheading" . "subsubsection") - ("appendixsubsubsec" . "subsubsection")) - "*An alist of specific and corresponding generic Texinfo section types. -The keys are strings specifying specific types of section; the values -are strings of their corresponding general types.") - -;; We used to look for just sub, but that found @subtitle. -(defvar texinfo-section-types-regexp - "^@\\(chapter \\|sect\\|subs\\|subh\\|unnum\\|major\\|chapheading \\|heading \\|appendix\\)" - "Regexp matching chapter, section, other headings (but not the top node).") - -(defvar texinfo-chapter-level-regexp - "chapter\\|unnumbered \\|appendix \\|majorheading\\|chapheading" - "Regular expression matching just the Texinfo chapter level headings.") - -(defvar texinfo-section-level-regexp - "section\\|unnumberedsec\\|heading \\|appendixsec" - "Regular expression matching just the Texinfo section level headings.") - -(defvar texinfo-subsection-level-regexp - "subsection\\|unnumberedsubsec\\|subheading\\|appendixsubsec" - "Regular expression matching just the Texinfo subsection level headings.") - -(defvar texinfo-subsubsection-level-regexp - "subsubsection\\|unnumberedsubsubsec\\|subsubheading\\|appendixsubsubsec" - "Regular expression matching just the Texinfo subsubsection level headings.") - -(defvar texinfo-update-menu-same-level-regexps - '(("top" . "top[ \t]+") - ("chapter" . - (concat "\\(^@\\)\\(" texinfo-chapter-level-regexp "\\)[ \t]*")) - ("section" . - (concat "\\(^@\\)\\(" texinfo-section-level-regexp "\\)[ \t]*")) - ("subsection" . - (concat "\\(^@\\)\\(" texinfo-subsection-level-regexp "\\)[ \t]+")) - ("subsubsection" . - (concat "\\(^@\\)\\(" texinfo-subsubsection-level-regexp "\\)[ \t]+"))) - "*Regexps for searching for same level sections in a Texinfo file. -The keys are strings specifying the general hierarchical level in the -document; the values are regular expressions.") - -(defvar texinfo-update-menu-higher-regexps - '(("top" . "^@node [ \t]*DIR") - ("chapter" . "^@node [ \t]*top[ \t]*\\(,\\|$\\)") - ("section" . - (concat - "\\(^@\\(" - texinfo-chapter-level-regexp - "\\)[ \t]*\\)")) - ("subsection" . - (concat - "\\(^@\\(" - texinfo-section-level-regexp - "\\|" - texinfo-chapter-level-regexp - "\\)[ \t]*\\)")) - ("subsubsection" . - (concat - "\\(^@\\(" - texinfo-subsection-level-regexp - "\\|" - texinfo-section-level-regexp - "\\|" - texinfo-chapter-level-regexp - "\\)[ \t]*\\)"))) - "*Regexps for searching for higher level sections in a Texinfo file. -The keys are strings specifying the general hierarchical level in the -document; the values are regular expressions.") - -(defvar texinfo-update-menu-lower-regexps - '(("top" . - (concat - "\\(^@\\(" - texinfo-chapter-level-regexp - "\\|" - texinfo-section-level-regexp - "\\|" - texinfo-subsection-level-regexp - "\\|" - texinfo-subsubsection-level-regexp - "\\)[ \t]*\\)")) - ("chapter" . - (concat - "\\(^@\\(" - texinfo-section-level-regexp - "\\|" - texinfo-subsection-level-regexp - "\\|" - texinfo-subsubsection-level-regexp - "\\)[ \t]*\\)")) - ("section" . - (concat - "\\(^@\\(" - texinfo-subsection-level-regexp - "\\|" - texinfo-subsubsection-level-regexp - "\\)[ \t]+\\)")) - ("subsection" . - (concat - "\\(^@\\(" - texinfo-subsubsection-level-regexp - "\\)[ \t]+\\)")) - ("subsubsection" . "nothing lower")) - "*Regexps for searching for lower level sections in a Texinfo file. -The keys are strings specifying the general hierarchical level in the -document; the values are regular expressions.") - - -;;; Updating a node - -;;;###autoload -(defun texinfo-update-node (&optional region-p) - "Without any prefix argument, update the node in which point is located. -Non-nil argument (prefix, if interactive) means update the nodes in the -marked region. - -The functions for creating or updating nodes and menus, and their -keybindings, are: - - texinfo-update-node (&optional region-p) \\[texinfo-update-node] - texinfo-every-node-update () \\[texinfo-every-node-update] - texinfo-sequential-node-update (&optional region-p) - - texinfo-make-menu (&optional region-p) \\[texinfo-make-menu] - texinfo-all-menus-update () \\[texinfo-all-menus-update] - texinfo-master-menu () - - texinfo-indent-menu-description (column &optional region-p) - -The `texinfo-column-for-description' variable specifies the column to -which menu descriptions are indented. Its default value is 32." - - (interactive "P") - (if (not region-p) - ;; update a single node - (let ((auto-fill-function nil) (auto-fill-hook nil)) - (if (not (re-search-backward "^@node" (point-min) t)) - (error "Node line not found before this position.")) - (texinfo-update-the-node) - (message "Done...updated the node. You may save the buffer.")) - ;; else - (let ((auto-fill-function nil) - (auto-fill-hook nil) - (beginning (region-beginning)) - (end (region-end))) - (if (= end beginning) - (error "Please mark a region!")) - (save-restriction - (narrow-to-region beginning end) - (goto-char beginning) - (push-mark (point) t) - (while (re-search-forward "^@node" (point-max) t) - (beginning-of-line) - (texinfo-update-the-node)) - (message "Done...updated nodes in region. You may save the buffer."))))) - -;;;###autoload -(defun texinfo-every-node-update () - "Update every node in a Texinfo file." - (interactive) - (save-excursion - (push-mark (point-max) t) - (goto-char (point-min)) - ;; Using the mark to pass bounds this way - ;; is kludgy, but it's not worth fixing. -- rms. - (let ((mark-active t)) - (texinfo-update-node t)) - (message "Done...updated every node. You may save the buffer."))) - -(defun texinfo-update-the-node () - "Update one node. Point must be at the beginning of node line. -Leave point at the end of the node line." - (texinfo-check-for-node-name) - (texinfo-delete-existing-pointers) - (message "Updating node: %s ... " (texinfo-copy-node-name)) - (save-restriction - (widen) - (let* - ((case-fold-search t) - (level (texinfo-hierarchic-level)) - (beginning (texinfo-update-menu-region-beginning level)) - (end (texinfo-update-menu-region-end level))) - (if (string-equal level "top") - (texinfo-top-pointer-case) - ;; else - (texinfo-insert-pointer beginning end level 'next) - (texinfo-insert-pointer beginning end level 'previous) - (texinfo-insert-pointer beginning end level 'up) - (texinfo-clean-up-node-line))))) - -(defun texinfo-top-pointer-case () - "Insert pointers in the Top node. This is a special case. - -The `Next' pointer is a pointer to a chapter or section at a lower -hierarchical level in the file. The `Previous' and `Up' pointers are -to `(dir)'. Point must be at the beginning of the node line, and is -left at the end of the node line." - - (texinfo-clean-up-node-line) - (insert ", " - (save-excursion - ;; There may be an @chapter or other such command between - ;; the top node line and the next node line, as a title - ;; for an `ifinfo' section. This @chapter command must - ;; must be skipped. So the procedure is to search for - ;; the next `@node' line, and then copy its name. - (if (re-search-forward "^@node" nil t) - (progn - (beginning-of-line) - (texinfo-copy-node-name)) - " ")) - ", (dir), (dir)")) - -(defun texinfo-check-for-node-name () - "Determine whether the node has a node name. Prompt for one if not. -Point must be at beginning of node line. Does not move point." - (save-excursion - (let ((initial (texinfo-copy-next-section-title))) - ;; This is not clean. Use `interactive' to read the arg. - (forward-word 1) ; skip over node command - (skip-chars-forward " \t") ; and over spaces - (if (not (looking-at "[^,\t\n ]+")) ; regexp based on what Info looks for - ; alternatively, use "[a-zA-Z]+" - (let ((node-name - (read-from-minibuffer - "Node name (use no @, commas, colons, or apostrophes): " - initial))) - (insert " " node-name)))))) - -(defun texinfo-delete-existing-pointers () - "Delete `Next', `Previous', and `Up' pointers. -Starts from the current position of the cursor, and searches forward -on the line for a comma and if one is found, deletes the rest of the -line, including the comma. Leaves point at beginning of line." - (let ((eol-point (save-excursion (end-of-line) (point)))) - (if (search-forward "," eol-point t) - (delete-region (1- (point)) eol-point))) - (beginning-of-line)) - -(defun texinfo-find-pointer (beginning end level direction) - "Move point to section associated with next, previous, or up pointer. -Return type of pointer (either 'normal or 'no-pointer). - -The first and second arguments bound the search for a pointer to the -beginning and end, respectively, of the enclosing higher level -section. The third argument is a string specifying the general kind -of section such as \"chapter\" or \"section\". When looking for the -`Next' pointer, the section found will be at the same hierarchical -level in the Texinfo file; when looking for the `Previous' pointer, -the section found will be at the same or higher hierarchical level in -the Texinfo file; when looking for the `Up' pointer, the section found -will be at some level higher in the Texinfo file. The fourth argument -\(one of 'next, 'previous, or 'up\) specifies whether to find the -`Next', `Previous', or `Up' pointer." - (let ((case-fold-search t)) - (cond ((eq direction 'next) - (forward-line 3) ; skip over current node - ;; Search for section commands accompanied by node lines; - ;; ignore section commands in the middle of nodes. - (if (re-search-forward - ;; A `Top' node is never a next pointer, so won't find it. - (concat - ;; Match node line. - "\\(^@node\\).*\n" - ;; Match comment or ifinfo line, if any - "\\(\\(\\(^@c\\).*\n\\)\\|\\(^@ifinfo[ ]*\n\\)\\)?" - (eval - (cdr (assoc level texinfo-update-menu-same-level-regexps)))) - end - t) - 'normal - 'no-pointer)) - ((eq direction 'previous) - (if (re-search-backward - (concat - "\\(" - ;; Match node line. - "\\(^@node\\).*\n" - ;; Match comment or ifinfo line, if any - "\\(\\(\\(^@c\\).*\n\\)\\|\\(^@ifinfo[ ]*\n\\)\\)?" - (eval - (cdr (assoc level texinfo-update-menu-same-level-regexps))) - "\\|" - ;; Match node line. - "\\(^@node\\).*\n" - ;; Match comment or ifinfo line, if any - "\\(\\(\\(^@c\\).*\n\\)\\|\\(^@ifinfo[ ]*\n\\)\\)?" - (eval - (cdr (assoc level texinfo-update-menu-higher-regexps))) - "\\|" - ;; Handle `Top' node specially. - "^@node [ \t]*top[ \t]*\\(,\\|$\\)" - "\\)") - beginning - t) - 'normal - 'no-pointer)) - ((eq direction 'up) - (if (re-search-backward - (concat - "\\(" - ;; Match node line. - "\\(^@node\\).*\n" - ;; Match comment or ifinfo line, if any - "\\(\\(\\(^@c\\).*\n\\)\\|\\(^@ifinfo[ ]*\n\\)\\)?" - (eval (cdr (assoc level texinfo-update-menu-higher-regexps))) - "\\|" - ;; Handle `Top' node specially. - "^@node [ \t]*top[ \t]*\\(,\\|$\\)" - "\\)") - (save-excursion - (goto-char beginning) - (beginning-of-line) - (point)) - t) - 'normal - 'no-pointer)) - (t - (error "texinfo-find-pointer: lack proper arguments"))))) - -(defun texinfo-pointer-name (kind) - "Return the node name preceding the section command. -The argument is the kind of section, either normal or no-pointer." - (let (name) - (cond ((eq kind 'normal) - (end-of-line) ; this handles prev node top case - (re-search-backward ; when point is already - "^@node" ; at the beginning of @node line - (save-excursion (forward-line -3)) - t) - (setq name (texinfo-copy-node-name))) - ((eq kind 'no-pointer) - (setq name " "))) ; put a blank in the pointer slot - name)) - -(defun texinfo-insert-pointer (beginning end level direction) - "Insert the `Next', `Previous' or `Up' node name at point. -Move point forward. - -The first and second arguments bound the search for a pointer to the -beginning and end, respectively, of the enclosing higher level -section. The third argument is the hierarchical level of the Texinfo -file, a string such as \"section\". The fourth argument is direction -towards which the pointer is directed, one of `next, `previous, or -'up." - - (end-of-line) - (insert - ", " - (save-excursion - (texinfo-pointer-name - (texinfo-find-pointer beginning end level direction))))) - -(defun texinfo-clean-up-node-line () - "Remove extra commas, if any, at end of node line." - (end-of-line) - (skip-chars-backward ", ") - (delete-region (point) (save-excursion (end-of-line) (point)))) - - -;;; Updating nodes sequentially -;; These sequential update functions insert `Next' or `Previous' -;; pointers that point to the following or preceding nodes even if they -;; are at higher or lower hierarchical levels. This means that if a -;; section contains one or more subsections, the section's `Next' -;; pointer will point to the subsection and not the following section. -;; (The subsection to which `Next' points will most likely be the first -;; item on the section's menu.) - -;;;###autoload -(defun texinfo-sequential-node-update (&optional region-p) - "Update one node (or many) in a Texinfo file with sequential pointers. - -This function causes the `Next' or `Previous' pointer to point to the -immediately preceding or following node, even if it is at a higher or -lower hierarchical level in the document. Continually pressing `n' or -`p' takes you straight through the file. - -Without any prefix argument, update the node in which point is located. -Non-nil argument (prefix, if interactive) means update the nodes in the -marked region. - -This command makes it awkward to navigate among sections and -subsections; it should be used only for those documents that are meant -to be read like a novel rather than a reference, and for which the -Info `g*' command is inadequate." - - (interactive "P") - (if (not region-p) - ;; update a single node - (let ((auto-fill-function nil) (auto-fill-hook nil)) - (if (not (re-search-backward "^@node" (point-min) t)) - (error "Node line not found before this position.")) - (texinfo-sequentially-update-the-node) - (message - "Done...sequentially updated the node . You may save the buffer.")) - ;; else - (let ((auto-fill-function nil) - (auto-fill-hook nil) - (beginning (region-beginning)) - (end (region-end))) - (if (= end beginning) - (error "Please mark a region!")) - (save-restriction - (narrow-to-region beginning end) - (goto-char beginning) - (push-mark (point) t) - (while (re-search-forward "^@node" (point-max) t) - (beginning-of-line) - (texinfo-sequentially-update-the-node)) - (message - "Done...updated the nodes in sequence. You may save the buffer."))))) - -(defun texinfo-sequentially-update-the-node () - "Update one node such that the pointers are sequential. -A `Next' or `Previous' pointer points to any preceding or following node, -regardless of its hierarchical level." - - (texinfo-check-for-node-name) - (texinfo-delete-existing-pointers) - (message - "Sequentially updating node: %s ... " (texinfo-copy-node-name)) - (save-restriction - (widen) - (let* - ((case-fold-search t) - (level (texinfo-hierarchic-level))) - (if (string-equal level "top") - (texinfo-top-pointer-case) - ;; else - (texinfo-sequentially-insert-pointer level 'next) - (texinfo-sequentially-insert-pointer level 'previous) - (texinfo-sequentially-insert-pointer level 'up) - (texinfo-clean-up-node-line))))) - -(defun texinfo-sequentially-find-pointer (level direction) - "Find next or previous pointer sequentially in Texinfo file, or up pointer. -Move point to section associated with the pointer. Find point even if -it is in a different section. - -Return type of pointer (either 'normal or 'no-pointer). - -The first argument is a string specifying the general kind of section -such as \"chapter\" or \"section\". The section found will be at the -same hierarchical level in the Texinfo file, or, in the case of the up -pointer, some level higher. The second argument (one of 'next, -'previous, or 'up) specifies whether to find the `Next', `Previous', -or `Up' pointer." - (let ((case-fold-search t)) - (cond ((eq direction 'next) - (forward-line 3) ; skip over current node - (if (re-search-forward - texinfo-section-types-regexp - (point-max) - t) - 'normal - 'no-pointer)) - ((eq direction 'previous) - (if (re-search-backward - texinfo-section-types-regexp - (point-min) - t) - 'normal - 'no-pointer)) - ((eq direction 'up) - (if (re-search-backward - (eval (cdr (assoc level texinfo-update-menu-higher-regexps))) - beginning - t) - 'normal - 'no-pointer)) - (t - (error "texinfo-sequential-find-pointer: lack proper arguments"))))) - -(defun texinfo-sequentially-insert-pointer (level direction) - "Insert the `Next', `Previous' or `Up' node name at point. -Move point forward. - -The first argument is the hierarchical level of the Texinfo file, a -string such as \"section\". The second argument is direction, one of -`next, `previous, or 'up." - - (end-of-line) - (insert - ", " - (save-excursion - (texinfo-pointer-name - (texinfo-sequentially-find-pointer level direction))))) - - -;;; Inserting `@node' lines -;; The `texinfo-insert-node-lines' function inserts `@node' lines as needed -;; before the `@chapter', `@section', and such like lines of a region -;; in a Texinfo file. - -(defun texinfo-insert-node-lines (beginning end &optional title-p) - "Insert missing `@node' lines in region of Texinfo file. -Non-nil argument (prefix, if interactive) means also to insert the -section titles as node names; and also to insert the section titles as -node names in pre-existing @node lines that lack names." - (interactive "r\nP") - - ;; Use marker; after inserting node lines, leave point at end of - ;; region and mark at beginning. - - (let (beginning-marker end-marker title last-section-position) - - ;; Save current position on mark ring and set mark to end. - (push-mark end t) - (setq end-marker (mark-marker)) - - (goto-char beginning) - (while (re-search-forward - texinfo-section-types-regexp - end-marker - 'end) - ;; Copy title if desired. - (if title-p - (progn - (beginning-of-line) - (forward-word 1) - (skip-chars-forward " \t") - (setq title (buffer-substring - (point) - (save-excursion (end-of-line) (point)))))) - ;; Insert node line if necessary. - (if (re-search-backward - "^@node" - ;; Avoid finding previous node line if node lines are close. - (or last-section-position - (save-excursion (forward-line -2) (point))) t) - ;; @node is present, and point at beginning of that line - (forward-word 1) ; Leave point just after @node. - ;; Else @node missing; insert one. - (beginning-of-line) ; Beginning of `@section' line. - (insert "@node\n") - (backward-char 1)) ; Leave point just after `@node'. - ;; Insert title if desired. - (if title-p - (progn - (skip-chars-forward " \t") - ;; Use regexp based on what info looks for - ;; (alternatively, use "[a-zA-Z]+"); - ;; this means we only insert a title if none exists. - (if (not (looking-at "[^,\t\n ]+")) - (progn - (beginning-of-line) - (forward-word 1) - (insert " " title) - (message "Inserted title %s ... " title))))) - ;; Go forward beyond current section title. - (re-search-forward texinfo-section-types-regexp - (save-excursion (forward-line 3) (point)) t) - (setq last-section-position (point)) - (forward-line 1)) - - ;; Leave point at end of region, mark at beginning. - (set-mark beginning) - - (if title-p - (message - "Done inserting node lines and titles. You may save the buffer.") - (message "Done inserting node lines. You may save the buffer.")))) - - -;;; Update and create menus for multi-file Texinfo sources - -;; 1. M-x texinfo-multiple-files-update -;; -;; Read the include file list of an outer Texinfo file and -;; update all highest level nodes in the files listed and insert a -;; main menu in the outer file after its top node. - -;; 2. C-u M-x texinfo-multiple-files-update -;; -;; Same as 1, but insert a master menu. (Saves reupdating lower -;; level menus and nodes.) This command simply reads every menu, -;; so if the menus are wrong, the master menu will be wrong. -;; Similarly, if the lower level node pointers are wrong, they -;; will stay wrong. - -;; 3. C-u 2 M-x texinfo-multiple-files-update -;; -;; Read the include file list of an outer Texinfo file and -;; update all nodes and menus in the files listed and insert a -;; master menu in the outer file after its top node. - -;;; Note: these functions: -;;; -;;; * Do not save or delete any buffers. You may fill up your memory. -;;; * Do not handle any pre-existing nodes in outer file. -;;; Hence, you may need a file for indices. - - -;;; Auxiliary functions for multiple file updating - -(defun texinfo-multi-file-included-list (outer-file) - "Return a list of the included files in OUTER-FILE." - (let ((included-file-list (list outer-file)) - start) - (save-excursion - (switch-to-buffer (find-file-noselect outer-file)) - (widen) - (goto-char (point-min)) - (while (re-search-forward "^@include" nil t) - (skip-chars-forward " \t") - (setq start (point)) - (end-of-line) - (skip-chars-backward " \t") - (setq included-file-list - (cons (buffer-substring start (point)) - included-file-list))) - (nreverse included-file-list)))) - -(defun texinfo-copy-next-section-title () - "Return the name of the immediately following section as a string. - -Start with point at the beginning of the node line. Leave point at the -same place. If there is no title, returns an empty string." - - (save-excursion - (end-of-line) - (let ((node-end (or - (save-excursion - (if (re-search-forward "\\(^@node\\)" nil t) - (match-beginning 0))) - (point-max)))) - (if (re-search-forward texinfo-section-types-regexp node-end t) - (progn - (beginning-of-line) - ;; copy title - (let ((title - (buffer-substring - (progn (forward-word 1) ; skip over section type - (skip-chars-forward " \t") ; and over spaces - (point)) - (progn (end-of-line) (point))))) - title)) - "")))) - -(defun texinfo-multi-file-update (files &optional update-everything) - "Update first node pointers in each file in FILES. -Return a list of the node names. - -The first file in the list is an outer file; the remaining are -files included in the outer file with `@include' commands. - -If optional arg UPDATE-EVERYTHING non-nil, update every menu and -pointer in each of the included files. - -Also update the `Top' level node pointers of the outer file. - -Requirements: - - * the first file in the FILES list must be the outer file, - * each of the included files must contain exactly one highest - hierarchical level node, - * this node must be the first node in the included file, - * each highest hierarchical level node must be of the same type. - -Thus, normally, each included file contains one, and only one, -chapter." - -;; The menu-list has the form: -;; -;; \(\(\"node-name1\" . \"title1\"\) -;; \(\"node-name2\" . \"title2\"\) ... \) -;; -;; However, there does not need to be a title field and this function -;; does not fill it; however a comment tells you how to do so. -;; You would use the title field if you wanted to insert titles in the -;; description slot of a menu as a description. - - (let ((case-fold-search t) - menu-list) - - ;; Find the name of the first node of the first included file. - (switch-to-buffer (find-file-noselect (car (cdr files)))) - (widen) - (goto-char (point-min)) - (if (not (re-search-forward "^@node" nil t)) - (error "No `@node' line found in %s !" (buffer-name))) - (beginning-of-line) - (texinfo-check-for-node-name) - (setq next-node-name (texinfo-copy-node-name)) - - (setq menu-list - (cons (cons - next-node-name - (prog1 "" (forward-line 1))) - ;; Use following to insert section titles automatically. - ;; (texinfo-copy-next-section-title) - menu-list)) - - ;; Go to outer file - (switch-to-buffer (find-file-noselect (car files))) - (goto-char (point-min)) - (if (not (re-search-forward "^@node [ \t]*top[ \t]*\\(,\\|$\\)" nil t)) - (error "This buffer needs a Top node!")) - (beginning-of-line) - (texinfo-delete-existing-pointers) - (end-of-line) - (insert ", " next-node-name ", (dir), (dir)") - (beginning-of-line) - (setq previous-node-name "Top") - (setq files (cdr files)) - - (while files - - (if (not (cdr files)) - ;; No next file - (setq next-node-name "") - ;; Else, - ;; find the name of the first node in the next file. - (switch-to-buffer (find-file-noselect (car (cdr files)))) - (widen) - (goto-char (point-min)) - (if (not (re-search-forward "^@node" nil t)) - (error "No `@node' line found in %s !" (buffer-name))) - (beginning-of-line) - (texinfo-check-for-node-name) - (setq next-node-name (texinfo-copy-node-name)) - (setq menu-list - (cons (cons - next-node-name - (prog1 "" (forward-line 1))) - ;; Use following to insert section titles automatically. - ;; (texinfo-copy-next-section-title) - menu-list))) - - ;; Go to node to be updated. - (switch-to-buffer (find-file-noselect (car files))) - (goto-char (point-min)) - (if (not (re-search-forward "^@node" nil t)) - (error "No `@node' line found in %s !" (buffer-name))) - (beginning-of-line) - - ;; Update other menus and nodes if requested. - (if update-everything (texinfo-all-menus-update t)) - - (beginning-of-line) - (texinfo-delete-existing-pointers) - (end-of-line) - (insert ", " next-node-name ", " previous-node-name ", " up-node-name) - - (beginning-of-line) - (setq previous-node-name (texinfo-copy-node-name)) - - (setq files (cdr files))) - (nreverse menu-list))) - -(defun texinfo-multi-files-insert-main-menu (menu-list) - "Insert formatted main menu at point. -Indents the first line of the description, if any, to the value of -texinfo-column-for-description." - - (insert "@menu\n") - (while menu-list - ;; Every menu entry starts with a star and a space. - (insert "* ") - - ;; Insert the node name (and menu entry name, if present). - (let ((node-part (car (car menu-list)))) - (if (stringp node-part) - ;; "Double colon" entry line; menu entry and node name are the same, - (insert (format "%s::" node-part)) - ;; "Single colon" entry line; menu entry and node name are different. - (insert (format "%s: %s." (car node-part) (cdr node-part))))) - - ;; Insert the description, if present. - (if (cdr (car menu-list)) - (progn - ;; Move to right place. - (indent-to texinfo-column-for-description 2) - ;; Insert description. - (insert (format "%s" (cdr (car menu-list)))))) - - (insert "\n") ; end this menu entry - (setq menu-list (cdr menu-list))) - (insert "@end menu")) - -(defun texinfo-multi-file-master-menu-list (files-list) - "Return master menu list from files in FILES-LIST. -Menu entries in each file collected using `texinfo-master-menu-list'. - -The first file in FILES-LIST must be the outer file; the others must -be the files included within it. A main menu must already exist." - (save-excursion - (let (master-menu-list) - (while files-list - (switch-to-buffer (find-file-noselect (car files-list))) - (message "Working on: %s " (current-buffer)) - (goto-char (point-min)) - (setq master-menu-list - (append master-menu-list (texinfo-master-menu-list))) - (setq files-list (cdr files-list))) - master-menu-list))) - - -;;; The multiple-file update function - -(defun texinfo-multiple-files-update - (outer-file &optional update-everything make-master-menu) - "Update first node pointers in each file included in OUTER-FILE; -create or update the `Top' level node pointers and the main menu in -the outer file that refers to such nodes. This does not create or -update menus or pointers within the included files. - -With optional MAKE-MASTER-MENU argument (prefix arg, if interactive), -insert a master menu in OUTER-FILE in addition to creating or updating -pointers in the first @node line in each included file and creating or -updating the `Top' level node pointers of the outer file. This does -not create or update other menus and pointers within the included -files. - -With optional UPDATE-EVERYTHING argument (numeric prefix arg, if -interactive), update all the menus and all the `Next', `Previous', and -`Up' pointers of all the files included in OUTER-FILE before inserting -a master menu in OUTER-FILE. Also, update the `Top' level node -pointers of OUTER-FILE. - -Notes: - - * this command does NOT save any files--you must save the - outer file and any modified, included files. - - * except for the `Top' node, this command does NOT handle any - pre-existing nodes in the outer file; hence, indices must be - enclosed in an included file. - -Requirements: - - * each of the included files must contain exactly one highest - hierarchical level node, - * this highest node must be the first node in the included file, - * each highest hierarchical level node must be of the same type. - -Thus, normally, each included file contains one, and only one, -chapter." - - (interactive (cons - (read-string - "Name of outer `include' file: " - (buffer-file-name)) - (cond ((not current-prefix-arg) - '(nil nil)) - ((listp current-prefix-arg) - '(t nil)) ; make-master-menu - ((numberp current-prefix-arg) - '(t t)) ; update-everything - ))) - - (let* ((included-file-list (texinfo-multi-file-included-list outer-file)) - (files included-file-list) - main-menu-list - next-node-name - previous-node-name - (up-node-name "Top")) - -;;; Update the pointers -;;; and collect the names of the nodes and titles - (setq main-menu-list (texinfo-multi-file-update files update-everything)) - -;;; Insert main menu - - ;; Go to outer file - (switch-to-buffer (find-file-noselect (car included-file-list))) - (if (texinfo-old-menu-p - (point-min) - (save-excursion - (re-search-forward "^@include") - (beginning-of-line) - (point))) - - ;; If found, leave point after word `menu' on the `@menu' line. - (progn - (texinfo-incorporate-descriptions main-menu-list) - ;; Delete existing menu. - (beginning-of-line) - (delete-region - (point) - (save-excursion (re-search-forward "^@end menu") (point))) - ;; Insert main menu - (texinfo-multi-files-insert-main-menu main-menu-list)) - - ;; Else no current menu; insert it before `@include' - (texinfo-multi-files-insert-main-menu main-menu-list)) - -;;; Insert master menu - - (if make-master-menu - (progn - ;; First, removing detailed part of any pre-existing master menu - (goto-char (point-min)) - (if (re-search-forward texinfo-master-menu-header nil t) - ;; Remove detailed master menu listing - (progn - (goto-char (match-beginning 0)) - (let ((end-of-detailed-menu-descriptions - (save-excursion ; beginning of end menu line - (goto-char (texinfo-menu-end)) - (beginning-of-line) (forward-char -1) - (point)))) - (delete-region (point) end-of-detailed-menu-descriptions)))) - - ;; Create a master menu and insert it - (texinfo-insert-master-menu-list - (texinfo-multi-file-master-menu-list - included-file-list))))) - - ;; Remove unwanted extra lines. - (save-excursion - (goto-char (point-min)) - - (re-search-forward "^@menu") - (forward-line -1) - (insert "\n") ; Ensure at least one blank line. - (delete-blank-lines) - - (re-search-forward "^@end menu") - (forward-line 1) - (insert "\n") ; Ensure at least one blank line. - (delete-blank-lines)) - - (message "Multiple files updated.")) - - -;;; Place `provide' at end of file. -(provide 'texnfo-upd) - -;;; texnfo-upd.el ends here diff --git a/contrib/texinfo/info/NEWS b/contrib/texinfo/info/NEWS deleted file mode 100644 index b13fb15..0000000 --- a/contrib/texinfo/info/NEWS +++ /dev/null @@ -1,200 +0,0 @@ -This release of Info is version 2.11. Please read the file README. - -Version 2.11, Sat Apr 1 09:15:21 1995 - -Changes since 2.7 beta: - -Although the basic code remains the same, there are numerous nits -fixed, including some display bugs, and a memory leak. Some changes -that have taken place with larger impact include the way in which the -(dir) node is built; I have added in support for "localdir" -directories among other things. Info files may be stored in -compressed formats, and in their own subdirectories; menu items which -do not explicitly name the node to which they are attached have the -menu item name looked up as an Info file if it is not found within the -current document. This means that the menu item: - -* Info:: The Info documentation reader. - -in (dir) refers to the info node "(info)Top". - -Please see the ChangeLog and documentation for details on other -changes. - -Version 2.7 beta, Wed Dec 30 02:02:38 1992 -Version 2.6 beta, Tue Dec 22 03:58:07 1992 -Version 2.5 beta, Tue Dec 8 14:50:35 1992 -Version 2.4 beta, Sat Nov 28 14:34:02 1992 -Version 2.3 beta, Fri Nov 27 01:04:13 1992 -Version 2.2 beta, Tue Nov 24 09:36:08 1992 -Version 2.1 beta, Tue Nov 17 23:29:36 1992 - -Changes since 2.5 beta: - -Note that versions 2.6 and 2.7 Beta were only released to a select group. - -* "info-" removed from the front of M-x commands. - -* Automatic footnote display. When you enter a node which contains - footnotes, and the variable "automatic-footnotes" is "On", Info pops - up a window containing the footnotes. Likewise, when you leave that - node, the window containing the footnotes goes away. - -* Cleaner built in documentation, and documentation functions. - - Use: - o `M-x describe-variable' to read a variable's documenation - o `M-x describe-key' to find out what a particular keystroke does. - o `M-x describe-function' to read a function's documentation. - o `M-x where-is' to find out what keys invoke a particular function. - -* Info can "tile" the displayed windows (via "M-x tile-windows"). If - the variable "automatic-tiling" is "On", then splitting a window or - deleting a window causes the remaining windows to be retiled. - -* You can save every keystroke you type in a "dribble file" by using the - `--dribble FILENAME' option. You can initially read keystrokes from an - alternate input stream with `--restore FILENAME', or by redirecting - input on the command line `info < old-dribble'. - -* New behaviour of menu items. If the label is the same as the - target node name, and the node couldn't be found in the current file, - treat the label as a file name. For example, a menu entry in "DIR" - might contain: - - * Emacs:: Cool text-editor. - - Info would not find the node "(dir)Emacs", so just plain "(emacs)" - would be tried. - -* New variable "ISO-Latin" allows you to use European machines with - 8-bit character sets. - -* Cleanups in echo area reading, and redisplay. Cleanups in handling the - window which shows possible completions. - -* Info can now read files that have been compressed. An array in filesys.c - maps extensions to programs that can decompress stdin, and write the results - to stdout. Currently, ".Z"/uncompress, ".z"/gunzip, and ".Y"/unyabba are - supported. The modeline for a compressed file shows "zz" in it. - -* There is a new variable "gc-compressed-files" which, if non-zero, says - it is okay to reclaim the file buffer space allocated to a file which - was compressed, if, and only if, that file's contents do not appear in - any history node. - -* New file `nodemenu.c' implements a few functions for manipulating - previously visited nodes. `C-x C-b' (list-visited-nodes) produces a - menu of the nodes that could be reached by info-history-node in some - window. `C-x b' (select-visited-node) is similar, but reads one of - the node names with completion. - -* Keystroke `M-r' (move_to_screen_line) allows the user to place the cursor at - the start of a specific screen line. Without a numeric argument, place the - cursor on the center line; with an arg, place the cursor on that line. - -* Interruptible display implemented. Basic display speedups and hacks. -* The message "*** Tags Out of Date ***" now means what it says. -* Index searching with `,' (info-index-next) has been improved. -* When scrolling with C-v, C-M-v, or M-v, only "Page Only" scrolling - will happen. - -* Continous scrolling (along with `]' (info-global-next) and `[' - (info-global-prev) works better. `]' and `[' accept numeric - arguments, moving that many nodes in that case. - -* `C-x w' (info-toggle-wrap) controls how lines wider than the width - of the screen are displayed. If a line is too long, a `$' is - displayed in the rightmost column of the window. - -* There are some new variables for controlling the behaviour of Info - interactively. The current list of variables is as follows: - - Variable Name Default Value Description - ------------- ------------- ----------- - `automatic-footnotes' On When "On", footnotes appear and - disappear automatically. - - `automatic-tiling' Off When "On", creating of deleting a - window resizes other windows. - - `visible-bell' Off If non-zero, try to use a visible bell. - - `errors-ring-bell' On If non-zero, errors cause a ring. - - `show-index-match' On If non-zero, the portion of the string - matched is highlighted by changing its - case. - - `scroll-behaviour' Continuous One of "Continuous", "Next Only", or - "Page Only". "Page Only" prevents you from - scrolling past the bottom or top of a node. - "Next Only" causes the Next or Prev node to - be selected when you scroll past the bottom - or top of a node. "Continous" moves - linearly through the files hierchichal - structure. - - `scroll-step' 0 Controls how scrolling is done for you when - the cursor moves out of the current window. - Non-zero means it is the number of lines - you would like the screen to shift. A - value of 0 means to center the line - containing the cursor in the window. - - `gc-compressed-files' Off If non-zero means it is okay to reclaim the - file buffer space allocated to a file which - was compressed, if, and only if, that - file's contents do not appear in the node - list of any window. - - `ISO-Latin' Off Non-zero means that you are using an ISO - Latin character set. By default, standard - ASCII characters are assumed. -________________________________________ -This release of Info is version 2.5 beta. - -Changes since 2.4 beta: - -* Index (i) and (,) commands fully implemented. -* "configure" script now shipped with Info. -* New function "set-variable" allows users to set various variables. -* User-settable behaviour on end or beginning of node scrolling. This - supercedes the SPC and DEL changes in 2.3 beta. - -________________________________________ -This release of Info is version 2.4 beta. - -Changes since 2.3 beta: - -* info-last-node now means move to the last node of this info file. -* info-history-node means move backwards through this window's node history. -* info-first-node moves to the first node in the Info file. This node is - not necessarily "Top"! -* SPC and DEL can select the Next or Prev node after printing an informative - message when pressed at the end/beg of a node. - ----------------------------------------- -This release of Info is version 2.3 beta. - -Changes since 2.2 beta: - -* M-x command lines if NAMED_COMMANDS is #defined. Variable in Makefile. -* Screen height changes made quite robust. -* Interactive function "set-screen-height" implements user height changes. -* Scrolling on some terminals is faster now. -* C-l with numeric arguement is fixed. - ----------------------------------------- -This release of Info is version 2.2 beta. - -Changes since 2.0: - -* C-g can now interrupt multi-file searches. -* Incremental search is fully implemented. -* Loading large tag tables is much faster now. -* makedoc.c replaces shell script, speeding incremental builds. -* Scrolling in redisplay is implemented. -* Recursive uses of the echo area made more robust. -* Garbage collection of unreferenced nodes. - diff --git a/contrib/texinfo/info/clib.c b/contrib/texinfo/info/clib.c deleted file mode 100644 index 2cebde0..0000000 --- a/contrib/texinfo/info/clib.c +++ /dev/null @@ -1,112 +0,0 @@ -/* clib.c: Functions which we normally expect to find in the C library. - $Id: clib.c,v 1.2 1996/10/03 16:58:31 karl Exp $ - - This file is part of GNU Info, a program for reading online documentation - stored in Info format. - - Copyright (C) 1995 Free Software Foundation, Inc. - - This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify - it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) - any later version. - - This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - GNU General Public License for more details. - - You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software - Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. - - Written by Brian Fox (bfox@ai.mit.edu). */ - -#include <stdio.h> - -#if defined (HAVE_UNISTD_H) -#include <unistd.h> -#endif - -#if defined (HAVE_STDLIB_H) -#include <stdlib.h> -#endif - -#if defined (HAVE_STRING_H) -#include <string.h> -#endif - -#include <sys/errno.h> - -extern void *xmalloc (), *xrealloc (); -#include "general.h" - -#if !defined (errno) -extern int errno; -#endif - -#if !defined (HAVE_STRERROR) -extern char *sys_errlist[]; -extern int sys_nerr; - -char * -strerror (num) - int num; -{ - if (num >= sys_nerr) - return (""); - else - return (sys_errlist[num]); -} -#endif /* !HAVE_STRERROR */ - -#if !defined (HAVE_STRCASECMP) -/* This Unix doesn't have the strcasecmp () function. */ -int -strcasecmp (string1, string2) - char *string1, *string2; -{ - char ch1, ch2; - - for (;;) - { - ch1 = *string1++; - ch2 = *string2++; - - if (!(ch1 | ch2)) - return (0); - - ch1 = info_toupper (ch1); - ch2 = info_toupper (ch2); - - if (ch1 != ch2) - return (ch1 - ch2); - } -} - -/* Compare at most COUNT characters from string1 to string2. Case - doesn't matter. */ -int -strncasecmp (string1, string2, count) - char *string1, *string2; - int count; -{ - register char ch1, ch2; - - while (count) - { - ch1 = *string1++; - ch2 = *string2++; - - ch1 = info_toupper (ch1); - ch2 = info_toupper (ch2); - - if (ch1 == ch2) - count--; - else - break; - } - return (count); -} -#endif /* !STRCASECMP */ - diff --git a/contrib/texinfo/info/clib.h b/contrib/texinfo/info/clib.h deleted file mode 100644 index c559fe5..0000000 --- a/contrib/texinfo/info/clib.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,42 +0,0 @@ -/* clib.h: Declarations of functions which appear in clib.c (or libc.a). */ - -/* This file is part of GNU Info, a program for reading online documentation - stored in Info format. - - Copyright (C) 1995 Free Software Foundation, Inc. - - This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify - it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) - any later version. - - This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - GNU General Public License for more details. - - You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software - Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. - - Written by Brian Fox (bfox@ai.mit.edu). */ - -#if !defined (_CLIB_H_) -#define _CLIB_H_ - -#if !defined (HAVE_STRDUP) -extern char *strdup (); -#endif - -#if !defined (HAVE_STRERROR) -extern char *strerror (); -#endif - -#if !defined (HAVE_STRCASECMP) -extern int strcasecmp (); -extern int strncasecmp (); -#endif - -#endif /* !_CLIB_H_ */ - - diff --git a/contrib/texinfo/info/doc.c b/contrib/texinfo/info/doc.c index e9756e4e..6738396 100644 --- a/contrib/texinfo/info/doc.c +++ b/contrib/texinfo/info/doc.c @@ -35,28 +35,21 @@ FUNCTION_DOC function_doc_array[] = { { info_global_next_node, "global-next-node", "Move forwards or down through node structure" }, { info_global_prev_node, "global-prev-node", "Move backwards or up through node structure" }, { info_scroll_forward, "scroll-forward", "Scroll forward in this window" }, - { info_scroll_forward_set_window, "scroll-forward-set-window", "Scroll forward in this window and set default window size" }, { info_scroll_backward, "scroll-backward", "Scroll backward in this window" }, - { info_scroll_backward_set_window, "scroll-backward-set-window", "Scroll backward in this window and set default window size" }, { info_beginning_of_node, "beginning-of-node", "Move to the start of this node" }, { info_end_of_node, "end-of-node", "Move to the end of this node" }, - { info_down_line, "down-line", "Scroll down by lines" }, - { info_up_line, "up-line", "Scroll up by lines" }, - { info_scroll_half_screen_down, "scroll-half-screen-down", "Scroll down by half screen size" }, - { info_scroll_half_screen_up, "scroll-half-screen-up", "Scroll up by half screen size" }, { info_next_window, "next-window", "Select the next window" }, { info_prev_window, "prev-window", "Select the previous window" }, { info_split_window, "split-window", "Split the current window" }, { info_delete_window, "delete-window", "Delete the current window" }, { info_keep_one_window, "keep-one-window", "Delete all other windows" }, { info_scroll_other_window, "scroll-other-window", "Scroll the other window" }, - { info_scroll_other_window_backward, "scroll-other-window-backward", "Scroll the other window backward" }, { info_grow_window, "grow-window", "Grow (or shrink) this window" }, { info_tile_windows, "tile-windows", "Divide the available screen space among the visible windows" }, { info_toggle_wrap, "toggle-wrap", "Toggle the state of line wrapping in the current window" }, - { info_next_node, "next-node", "Select the Next node" }, - { info_prev_node, "prev-node", "Select the Prev node" }, - { info_up_node, "up-node", "Select the Up node" }, + { info_next_node, "next-node", "Select the `Next' node" }, + { info_prev_node, "prev-node", "Select the `Prev' node" }, + { info_up_node, "up-node", "Select the `Up' node" }, { info_last_node, "last-node", "Select the last node in this file" }, { info_first_node, "first-node", "Select the first node in this file" }, { info_last_menu_item, "last-menu-item", "Select the last item in this node's menu" }, @@ -66,8 +59,6 @@ FUNCTION_DOC function_doc_array[] = { { info_find_menu, "find-menu", "Move to the start of this node's menu" }, { info_visit_menu, "visit-menu", "Visit as many menu items at once as possible" }, { info_goto_node, "goto-node", "Read a node name and select it" }, - { info_menu_sequence, "menu-sequence", "Read a list of menus starting from dir and follow them" }, - { info_goto_invocation_node, "goto-invocation-node", "Find the node describing program invocation" }, { info_man, "man", "Read a manpage reference and select it" }, { info_top_node, "top-node", "Select the node `Top' in this file" }, { info_dir_node, "dir-node", "Select the node `(dir)'" }, @@ -75,18 +66,14 @@ FUNCTION_DOC function_doc_array[] = { { info_kill_node, "kill-node", "Kill this node" }, { info_view_file, "view-file", "Read the name of a file and select it" }, { info_print_node, "print-node", "Pipe the contents of this node through INFO_PRINT_COMMAND" }, - { info_search_case_sensitively, "search-case-sensitively", "Read a string and search for it case-sensitively" }, { info_search, "search", "Read a string and search for it" }, - { info_search_backward, "search-backward", "Read a string and search backward for it" }, - { info_search_next, "search-next", "Repeat last search in the same direction" }, - { info_search_previous, "search-previous", "Repeat last search in the reverse direction" }, { isearch_forward, "isearch-forward", "Search interactively for a string as you type it" }, { isearch_backward, "isearch-backward", "Search interactively for a string as you type it" }, { info_move_to_prev_xref, "move-to-prev-xref", "Move to the previous cross reference" }, { info_move_to_next_xref, "move-to-next-xref", "Move to the next cross reference" }, { info_select_reference_this_line, "select-reference-this-line", "Select reference or menu item appearing on this line" }, { info_abort_key, "abort-key", "Cancel current operation" }, - { info_move_to_window_line, "move-to-window-line", "Move the cursor to a specific line of the window" }, + { info_move_to_window_line, "move-to-window-line", "Move to the cursor to a specific line of the window" }, { info_redraw_display, "redraw-display", "Redraw the display" }, { info_quit, "quit", "Quit using Info" }, { info_do_lowercase_version, "do-lowercase-version", "" }, diff --git a/contrib/texinfo/info/dribble b/contrib/texinfo/info/dribble deleted file mode 100644 index 99d3a84..0000000 --- a/contrib/texinfo/info/dribble +++ /dev/null @@ -1,5 +0,0 @@ -mfoo -em -buffers - -ââ
\ No newline at end of file diff --git a/contrib/texinfo/info/echo_area.c b/contrib/texinfo/info/echo_area.c deleted file mode 100644 index 265e988..0000000 --- a/contrib/texinfo/info/echo_area.c +++ /dev/null @@ -1,1508 +0,0 @@ -/* echo_area.c -- How to read a line in the echo area. */ - -/* This file is part of GNU Info, a program for reading online documentation - stored in Info format. - - Copyright (C) 1993 Free Software Foundation, Inc. - - This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify - it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) - any later version. - - This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - GNU General Public License for more details. - - You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software - Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. - - Written by Brian Fox (bfox@ai.mit.edu). */ - -#include "info.h" - -#if defined (FD_SET) -# if defined (hpux) -# define fd_set_cast(x) (int *)(x) -# else -# define fd_set_cast(x) (fd_set *)(x) -# endif /* !hpux */ -#endif /* FD_SET */ - -/* Non-zero means that C-g was used to quit reading input. */ -int info_aborted_echo_area = 0; - -/* Non-zero means that the echo area is being used to read input. */ -int echo_area_is_active = 0; - -/* The address of the last command executed in the echo area. */ -VFunction *ea_last_executed_command = (VFunction *)NULL; - -/* Non-zero means that the last command executed while reading input - killed some text. */ -int echo_area_last_command_was_kill = 0; - -/* Variables which hold on to the current state of the input line. */ -static char input_line[1 + EA_MAX_INPUT]; -static char *input_line_prompt; -static int input_line_point; -static int input_line_beg; -static int input_line_end; -static NODE input_line_node = { - (char *)NULL, (char *)NULL, (char *)NULL, input_line, EA_MAX_INPUT, 0 -}; - -static void echo_area_initialize_node (); -static void push_echo_area (), pop_echo_area (); -static int echo_area_stack_depth (), echo_area_stack_contains_completions_p (); - -static void ea_kill_text (); - -/* Non-zero means we force the user to complete. */ -static int echo_area_must_complete_p = 0; -static int completions_window_p (); - -/* If non-null, this is a window which was specifically created to display - possible completions output. We remember it so we can delete it when - appropriate. */ -static WINDOW *echo_area_completions_window = (WINDOW *)NULL; - -/* Variables which keep track of the window which was active prior to - entering the echo area. */ -static WINDOW *calling_window = (WINDOW *)NULL; -static NODE *calling_window_node = (NODE *)NULL; -static long calling_window_point = 0; -static long calling_window_pagetop = 0; - -/* Remember the node and pertinent variables of the calling window. */ -static void -remember_calling_window (window) - WINDOW *window; -{ - /* Only do this if the calling window is not the completions window, or, - if it is the completions window and there is no other window. */ - if (!completions_window_p (window) || - ((window == windows) && !(window->next))) - { - calling_window = window; - calling_window_node = window->node; - calling_window_point = window->point; - calling_window_pagetop = window->pagetop; - } -} - -/* Restore the caller's window so that it shows the node that it was showing - on entry to info_read_xxx_echo_area (). */ -static void -restore_calling_window () -{ - register WINDOW *win, *compwin = (WINDOW *)NULL; - - /* If the calling window is still visible, and it is the window that - we used for completions output, then restore the calling window. */ - for (win = windows; win; win = win->next) - { - if (completions_window_p (win)) - compwin = win; - - if (win == calling_window && win == compwin) - { - window_set_node_of_window (calling_window, calling_window_node); - calling_window->point = calling_window_point; - calling_window->pagetop = calling_window_pagetop; - compwin = (WINDOW *)NULL; - break; - } - } - - /* Delete the completions window if it is still present, it isn't the - last window on the screen, and there aren't any prior echo area reads - pending which created a completions window. */ - if (compwin) - { - if ((compwin != windows || windows->next) && - !echo_area_stack_contains_completions_p ()) - { - WINDOW *next; - int pagetop, start, end, amount; - - next = compwin->next; - if (next) - { - start = next->first_row; - end = start + next->height; - amount = - (compwin->height + 1); - pagetop = next->pagetop; - } - - info_delete_window_internal (compwin); - - /* This is not necessary because info_delete_window_internal () - calls echo_area_inform_of_deleted_window (), which does the - right thing. */ -#if defined (UNNECESSARY) - echo_area_completions_window = (WINDOW *)NULL; -#endif /* UNNECESSARY */ - - if (next) - { - display_scroll_display (start, end, amount); - next->pagetop = pagetop; - display_update_display (windows); - } - } - } -} - -/* Set up a new input line with PROMPT. */ -static void -initialize_input_line (prompt) - char *prompt; -{ - input_line_prompt = prompt; - if (prompt) - strcpy (input_line, prompt); - else - input_line[0] = '\0'; - - input_line_beg = input_line_end = input_line_point = strlen (prompt); -} - -static char * -echo_area_after_read () -{ - char *return_value; - - if (info_aborted_echo_area) - { - info_aborted_echo_area = 0; - return_value = (char *)NULL; - } - else - { - if (input_line_beg == input_line_end) - return_value = strdup (""); - else - { - int line_len = input_line_end - input_line_beg; - return_value = (char *) xmalloc (1 + line_len); - strncpy (return_value, &input_line[input_line_beg], line_len); - return_value[line_len] = '\0'; - } - } - return (return_value); -} - -/* Read a line of text in the echo area. Return a malloc ()'ed string, - or NULL if the user aborted out of this read. WINDOW is the currently - active window, so that we can restore it when we need to. PROMPT, if - non-null, is a prompt to print before reading the line. */ -char * -info_read_in_echo_area (window, prompt) - WINDOW *window; - char *prompt; -{ - char *line; - - /* If the echo area is already active, remember the current state. */ - if (echo_area_is_active) - push_echo_area (); - - /* Initialize our local variables. */ - initialize_input_line (prompt); - - /* Initialize the echo area for the first (but maybe not the last) time. */ - echo_area_initialize_node (); - - /* Save away the original node of this window, and the window itself, - so echo area commands can temporarily use this window. */ - remember_calling_window (window); - - /* Let the rest of Info know that the echo area is active. */ - echo_area_is_active++; - active_window = the_echo_area; - - /* Read characters in the echo area. */ - info_read_and_dispatch (); - - echo_area_is_active--; - - /* Restore the original active window and show point in it. */ - active_window = calling_window; - restore_calling_window (); - display_cursor_at_point (active_window); - fflush (stdout); - - /* Get the value of the line. */ - line = echo_area_after_read (); - - /* If there is a previous loop waiting for us, restore it now. */ - if (echo_area_is_active) - pop_echo_area (); - - /* Return the results to the caller. */ - return (line); -} - -/* (re) Initialize the echo area node. */ -static void -echo_area_initialize_node () -{ - register int i; - - for (i = input_line_end; i < sizeof (input_line); i++) - input_line[i] = ' '; - - input_line[i - 1] = '\n'; - window_set_node_of_window (the_echo_area, &input_line_node); - input_line[input_line_end] = '\n'; -} - -/* Prepare to read characters in the echo area. This can initialize the - echo area node, but its primary purpose is to side effect the input - line buffer contents. */ -void -echo_area_prep_read () -{ - if (the_echo_area->node != &input_line_node) - echo_area_initialize_node (); - - the_echo_area->point = input_line_point; - input_line[input_line_end] = '\n'; - display_update_one_window (the_echo_area); - display_cursor_at_point (active_window); -} - - -/* **************************************************************** */ -/* */ -/* Echo Area Movement Commands */ -/* */ -/* **************************************************************** */ - -DECLARE_INFO_COMMAND (ea_forward, "Move forward a character") -{ - if (count < 0) - ea_backward (window, -count, key); - else - { - input_line_point += count; - if (input_line_point > input_line_end) - input_line_point = input_line_end; - } -} - -DECLARE_INFO_COMMAND (ea_backward, "Move backward a character") -{ - if (count < 0) - ea_forward (window, -count, key); - else - { - input_line_point -= count; - if (input_line_point < input_line_beg) - input_line_point = input_line_beg; - } -} - -DECLARE_INFO_COMMAND (ea_beg_of_line, "Move to the start of this line") -{ - input_line_point = input_line_beg; -} - -DECLARE_INFO_COMMAND (ea_end_of_line, "Move to the end of this line") -{ - input_line_point = input_line_end; -} - -#define alphabetic(c) (islower (c) || isupper (c) || isdigit (c)) - -/* Move forward a word in the input line. */ -DECLARE_INFO_COMMAND (ea_forward_word, "Move forward a word") -{ - int c; - - if (count < 0) - ea_backward_word (window, -count, key); - else - { - while (count--) - { - if (input_line_point == input_line_end) - return; - - /* If we are not in a word, move forward until we are in one. - Then, move forward until we hit a non-alphabetic character. */ - c = input_line[input_line_point]; - - if (!alphabetic (c)) - { - while (++input_line_point < input_line_end) - { - c = input_line[input_line_point]; - if (alphabetic (c)) - break; - } - } - - if (input_line_point == input_line_end) - return; - - while (++input_line_point < input_line_end) - { - c = input_line[input_line_point]; - if (!alphabetic (c)) - break; - } - } - } -} - -DECLARE_INFO_COMMAND (ea_backward_word, "Move backward a word") -{ - int c; - - if (count < 0) - ea_forward_word (window, -count, key); - else - { - while (count--) - { - if (input_line_point == input_line_beg) - return; - - /* Like ea_forward_word (), except that we look at the - characters just before point. */ - - c = input_line[input_line_point - 1]; - - if (!alphabetic (c)) - { - while ((--input_line_point) != input_line_beg) - { - c = input_line[input_line_point - 1]; - if (alphabetic (c)) - break; - } - } - - while (input_line_point != input_line_beg) - { - c = input_line[input_line_point - 1]; - if (!alphabetic (c)) - break; - else - --input_line_point; - } - } - } -} - -DECLARE_INFO_COMMAND (ea_delete, "Delete the character under the cursor") -{ - register int i; - - if (count < 0) - ea_rubout (window, -count, key); - else - { - if (input_line_point == input_line_end) - return; - - if (info_explicit_arg || count > 1) - { - int orig_point; - - orig_point = input_line_point; - ea_forward (window, count, key); - ea_kill_text (orig_point, input_line_point); - input_line_point = orig_point; - } - else - { - for (i = input_line_point; i < input_line_end; i++) - input_line[i] = input_line[i + 1]; - - input_line_end--; - } - } -} - -DECLARE_INFO_COMMAND (ea_rubout, "Delete the character behind the cursor") -{ - if (count < 0) - ea_delete (window, -count, key); - else - { - int start; - - if (input_line_point == input_line_beg) - return; - - start = input_line_point; - ea_backward (window, count, key); - - if (info_explicit_arg || count > 1) - ea_kill_text (start, input_line_point); - else - ea_delete (window, count, key); - } -} - -DECLARE_INFO_COMMAND (ea_abort, "Cancel or quit operation") -{ - /* If any text, just discard it, and restore the calling window's node. - If no text, quit. */ - if (input_line_end != input_line_beg) - { - terminal_ring_bell (); - input_line_end = input_line_point = input_line_beg; - if (calling_window->node != calling_window_node) - restore_calling_window (); - } - else - info_aborted_echo_area = 1; -} - -DECLARE_INFO_COMMAND (ea_newline, "Accept (or force completion of) this line") -{ - /* Stub does nothing. Simply here to see if it has been executed. */ -} - -DECLARE_INFO_COMMAND (ea_quoted_insert, "Insert next character verbatim") -{ - unsigned char character; - - character = info_get_another_input_char (); - ea_insert (window, count, character); -} - -DECLARE_INFO_COMMAND (ea_insert, "Insert this character") -{ - register int i; - - if ((input_line_end + 1) == EA_MAX_INPUT) - { - terminal_ring_bell (); - return; - } - - for (i = input_line_end + 1; i != input_line_point; i--) - input_line[i] = input_line[i - 1]; - - input_line[input_line_point] = key; - input_line_point++; - input_line_end++; -} - -DECLARE_INFO_COMMAND (ea_tab_insert, "Insert a TAB character") -{ - ea_insert (window, count, '\t'); -} - -/* Transpose the characters at point. If point is at the end of the line, - then transpose the characters before point. */ -DECLARE_INFO_COMMAND (ea_transpose_chars, "Transpose characters at point") -{ - /* Handle conditions that would make it impossible to transpose - characters. */ - if (!count || !input_line_point || (input_line_end - input_line_beg) < 2) - return; - - while (count) - { - int t; - if (input_line_point == input_line_end) - { - t = input_line[input_line_point - 1]; - - input_line[input_line_point - 1] = input_line[input_line_point - 2]; - input_line[input_line_point - 2] = t; - } - else - { - t = input_line[input_line_point]; - - input_line[input_line_point] = input_line[input_line_point - 1]; - input_line[input_line_point - 1] = t; - - if (count < 0 && input_line_point != input_line_beg) - input_line_point--; - else - input_line_point++; - } - - if (count < 0) - count++; - else - count--; - } -} - -/* **************************************************************** */ -/* */ -/* Echo Area Killing and Yanking */ -/* */ -/* **************************************************************** */ - -static char **kill_ring = (char **)NULL; -static int kill_ring_index = 0; /* Number of kills appearing in KILL_RING. */ -static int kill_ring_slots = 0; /* Number of slots allocated to KILL_RING. */ -static int kill_ring_loc = 0; /* Location of current yank pointer. */ - -/* The largest number of kills that we remember at one time. */ -static int max_retained_kills = 15; - -DECLARE_INFO_COMMAND (ea_yank, "Yank back the contents of the last kill") -{ - register int i; - register char *text; - - if (!kill_ring_index) - { - inform_in_echo_area ("Kill ring is empty"); - return; - } - - text = kill_ring[kill_ring_loc]; - - for (i = 0; text[i]; i++) - ea_insert (window, 1, text[i]); -} - -/* If the last command was yank, or yank_pop, and the text just before - point is identical to the current kill item, then delete that text - from the line, rotate the index down, and yank back some other text. */ -DECLARE_INFO_COMMAND (ea_yank_pop, "Yank back a previous kill") -{ - register int len; - - if (((ea_last_executed_command != ea_yank) && - (ea_last_executed_command != ea_yank_pop)) || - (kill_ring_index == 0)) - return; - - len = strlen (kill_ring[kill_ring_loc]); - - /* Delete the last yanked item from the line. */ - { - register int i, counter; - - counter = input_line_end - input_line_point; - - for (i = input_line_point - len; counter; i++, counter--) - input_line[i] = input_line[i + len]; - - input_line_end -= len; - input_line_point -= len; - } - - /* Get a previous kill, and yank that. */ - kill_ring_loc--; - if (kill_ring_loc < 0) - kill_ring_loc = kill_ring_index - 1; - - ea_yank (window, count, key); -} - -/* Delete the text from point to end of line. */ -DECLARE_INFO_COMMAND (ea_kill_line, "Kill to the end of the line") -{ - if (count < 0) - { - ea_kill_text (input_line_point, input_line_beg); - input_line_point = input_line_beg; - } - else - ea_kill_text (input_line_point, input_line_end); -} - -/* Delete the text from point to beg of line. */ -DECLARE_INFO_COMMAND (ea_backward_kill_line, - "Kill to the beginning of the line") -{ - if (count < 0) - ea_kill_text (input_line_point, input_line_end); - else - { - ea_kill_text (input_line_point, input_line_beg); - input_line_point = input_line_beg; - } -} - -/* Delete from point to the end of the current word. */ -DECLARE_INFO_COMMAND (ea_kill_word, "Kill the word following the cursor") -{ - int orig_point = input_line_point; - - if (count < 0) - ea_backward_kill_word (window, -count, key); - else - { - ea_forward_word (window, count, key); - - if (input_line_point != orig_point) - ea_kill_text (orig_point, input_line_point); - - input_line_point = orig_point; - } -} - -/* Delete from point to the start of the current word. */ -DECLARE_INFO_COMMAND (ea_backward_kill_word, - "Kill the word preceding the cursor") -{ - int orig_point = input_line_point; - - if (count < 0) - ea_kill_word (window, -count, key); - else - { - ea_backward_word (window, count, key); - - if (input_line_point != orig_point) - ea_kill_text (orig_point, input_line_point); - } -} - -/* The way to kill something. This appends or prepends to the last - kill, if the last command was a kill command. If FROM is less - than TO, then the killed text is appended to the most recent kill, - otherwise it is prepended. If the last command was not a kill command, - then a new slot is made for this kill. */ -static void -ea_kill_text (from, to) - int from, to; -{ - register int i, counter, distance; - int killing_backwards, slot; - char *killed_text; - - killing_backwards = (from > to); - - /* If killing backwards, reverse the values of FROM and TO. */ - if (killing_backwards) - { - int temp = from; - from = to; - to = temp; - } - - /* Remember the text that we are about to delete. */ - distance = to - from; - killed_text = (char *)xmalloc (1 + distance); - strncpy (killed_text, &input_line[from], distance); - killed_text[distance] = '\0'; - - /* Actually delete the text from the line. */ - counter = input_line_end - to; - - for (i = from; counter; i++, counter--) - input_line[i] = input_line[i + distance]; - - input_line_end -= distance; - - /* If the last command was a kill, append or prepend the killed text to - the last command's killed text. */ - if (echo_area_last_command_was_kill) - { - char *old, *new; - - slot = kill_ring_loc; - old = kill_ring[slot]; - new = (char *)xmalloc (1 + strlen (old) + strlen (killed_text)); - - if (killing_backwards) - { - /* Prepend TEXT to current kill. */ - strcpy (new, killed_text); - strcat (new, old); - } - else - { - /* Append TEXT to current kill. */ - strcpy (new, old); - strcat (new, killed_text); - } - - free (old); - free (killed_text); - kill_ring[slot] = new; - } - else - { - /* Try to store the kill in a new slot, unless that would cause there - to be too many remembered kills. */ - slot = kill_ring_index; - - if (slot == max_retained_kills) - slot = 0; - - if (slot + 1 > kill_ring_slots) - kill_ring = (char **) xrealloc - (kill_ring, - (kill_ring_slots += max_retained_kills) * sizeof (char *)); - - if (slot != kill_ring_index) - free (kill_ring[slot]); - else - kill_ring_index++; - - kill_ring[slot] = killed_text; - - kill_ring_loc = slot; - } - - /* Notice that the last command was a kill. */ - echo_area_last_command_was_kill++; -} - -/* **************************************************************** */ -/* */ -/* Echo Area Completion */ -/* */ -/* **************************************************************** */ - -/* Pointer to an array of REFERENCE to complete over. */ -static REFERENCE **echo_area_completion_items = (REFERENCE **)NULL; - -/* Sorted array of REFERENCE * which is the possible completions found in - the variable echo_area_completion_items. If there is only one element, - it is the only possible completion. */ -static REFERENCE **completions_found = (REFERENCE **)NULL; -static int completions_found_index = 0; -static int completions_found_slots = 0; - -/* The lowest common denominator found while completing. */ -static REFERENCE *LCD_completion; - -/* Internal functions used by the user calls. */ -static void build_completions (), completions_must_be_rebuilt (); - -/* Variable which holds the output of completions. */ -static NODE *possible_completions_output_node = (NODE *)NULL; - -static char *compwin_name = "*Completions*"; - -/* Return non-zero if WINDOW is a window used for completions output. */ -static int -completions_window_p (window) - WINDOW *window; -{ - int result = 0; - - if (internal_info_node_p (window->node) && - (strcmp (window->node->nodename, compwin_name) == 0)) - result = 1; - - return (result); -} - -/* Workhorse for completion readers. If FORCE is non-zero, the user cannot - exit unless the line read completes, or is empty. */ -char * -info_read_completing_internal (window, prompt, completions, force) - WINDOW *window; - char *prompt; - REFERENCE **completions; - int force; -{ - char *line; - - /* If the echo area is already active, remember the current state. */ - if (echo_area_is_active) - push_echo_area (); - - echo_area_must_complete_p = force; - - /* Initialize our local variables. */ - initialize_input_line (prompt); - - /* Initialize the echo area for the first (but maybe not the last) time. */ - echo_area_initialize_node (); - - /* Save away the original node of this window, and the window itself, - so echo area commands can temporarily use this window. */ - remember_calling_window (window); - - /* Save away the list of items to complete over. */ - echo_area_completion_items = completions; - completions_must_be_rebuilt (); - - active_window = the_echo_area; - echo_area_is_active++; - - /* Read characters in the echo area. */ - while (1) - { - info_read_and_dispatch (); - - line = echo_area_after_read (); - - /* Force the completion to take place if the user hasn't accepted - a default or aborted, and if FORCE is active. */ - if (force && line && *line && completions) - { - register int i; - - build_completions (); - - /* If there is only one completion, then make the line be that - completion. */ - if (completions_found_index == 1) - { - free (line); - line = strdup (completions_found[0]->label); - break; - } - - /* If one of the completions matches exactly, then that is okay, so - return the current line. */ - for (i = 0; i < completions_found_index; i++) - if (strcasecmp (completions_found[i]->label, line) == 0) - { - free (line); - line = strdup (completions_found[i]->label); - break; - } - - /* If no match, go back and try again. */ - if (i == completions_found_index) - { - inform_in_echo_area ("Not complete"); - continue; - } - } - break; - } - echo_area_is_active--; - - /* Restore the original active window and show point in it. */ - active_window = calling_window; - restore_calling_window (); - display_cursor_at_point (active_window); - fflush (stdout); - - echo_area_completion_items = (REFERENCE **)NULL; - completions_must_be_rebuilt (); - - /* If there is a previous loop waiting for us, restore it now. */ - if (echo_area_is_active) - pop_echo_area (); - - return (line); -} - -/* Read a line in the echo area with completion over COMPLETIONS. */ -char * -info_read_completing_in_echo_area (window, prompt, completions) - WINDOW *window; - char *prompt; - REFERENCE **completions; -{ - return (info_read_completing_internal (window, prompt, completions, 1)); -} - -/* Read a line in the echo area allowing completion over COMPLETIONS, but - not requiring it. */ -char * -info_read_maybe_completing (window, prompt, completions) - WINDOW *window; - char *prompt; - REFERENCE **completions; -{ - return (info_read_completing_internal (window, prompt, completions, 0)); -} - -DECLARE_INFO_COMMAND (ea_possible_completions, "List possible completions") -{ - if (!echo_area_completion_items) - { - ea_insert (window, count, key); - return; - } - - build_completions (); - - if (!completions_found_index) - { - terminal_ring_bell (); - inform_in_echo_area ("No completions"); - } - else if ((completions_found_index == 1) && (key != '?')) - { - inform_in_echo_area ("Sole completion"); - } - else - { - register int i, l; - int limit, count, max_label = 0; - - initialize_message_buffer (); - printf_to_message_buffer - ("There %s %d ", completions_found_index == 1 ? "is" : "are", - completions_found_index); - printf_to_message_buffer - ("completion%s:\n", completions_found_index == 1 ? "" : "s"); - - /* Find the maximum length of a label. */ - for (i = 0; i < completions_found_index; i++) - { - int len = strlen (completions_found[i]->label); - if (len > max_label) - max_label = len; - } - - max_label += 4; - - /* Find out how many columns we should print in. */ - limit = calling_window->width / max_label; - if (limit != 1 && (limit * max_label == calling_window->width)) - limit--; - - /* Avoid a possible floating exception. If max_label > width then - the limit will be 0 and a divide-by-zero fault will result. */ - if (limit == 0) - limit = 1; - - /* How many iterations of the printing loop? */ - count = (completions_found_index + (limit - 1)) / limit; - - /* Watch out for special case. If the number of completions is less - than LIMIT, then just do the inner printing loop. */ - if (completions_found_index < limit) - count = 1; - - /* Print the sorted items, up-and-down alphabetically. */ - for (i = 0; i < count; i++) - { - register int j; - - for (j = 0, l = i; j < limit; j++) - { - if (l >= completions_found_index) - break; - else - { - char *label; - int printed_length, k; - - label = completions_found[l]->label; - printed_length = strlen (label); - printf_to_message_buffer ("%s", label); - - if (j + 1 < limit) - { - for (k = 0; k < max_label - printed_length; k++) - printf_to_message_buffer (" "); - } - } - l += count; - } - printf_to_message_buffer ("\n"); - } - - /* Make a new node to hold onto possible completions. Don't destroy - dangling pointers. */ - { - NODE *temp; - - temp = message_buffer_to_node (); - add_gcable_pointer (temp->contents); - name_internal_node (temp, compwin_name); - possible_completions_output_node = temp; - } - - /* Find a suitable window for displaying the completions output. - First choice is an existing window showing completions output. - If there is only one window, and it is large, make another - (smaller) window, and use that one. Otherwise, use the caller's - window. */ - { - WINDOW *compwin; - - compwin = get_internal_info_window (compwin_name); - - if (!compwin) - { - /* If we can split the window to display most of the completion - items, then do so. */ - if (calling_window->height > (count * 2)) - { - int start, end, pagetop; - - active_window = calling_window; - - /* Perhaps we can scroll this window on redisplay. */ - start = calling_window->first_row; - pagetop = calling_window->pagetop; - - compwin = - window_make_window (possible_completions_output_node); - active_window = the_echo_area; - window_change_window_height - (compwin, -(compwin->height - (count + 2))); - - window_adjust_pagetop (calling_window); - remember_calling_window (calling_window); - -#if defined (SPLIT_BEFORE_ACTIVE) - /* If the pagetop hasn't changed, scrolling the calling - window is a reasonable thing to do. */ - if (pagetop == calling_window->pagetop) - { - end = start + calling_window->height; - display_scroll_display - (start, end, calling_window->prev->height + 1); - } -#else /* !SPLIT_BEFORE_ACTIVE */ - /* If the pagetop has changed, set the new pagetop here. */ - if (pagetop != calling_window->pagetop) - { - int newtop = calling_window->pagetop; - calling_window->pagetop = pagetop; - set_window_pagetop (calling_window, newtop); - } -#endif /* !SPLIT_BEFORE_ACTIVE */ - - echo_area_completions_window = compwin; - remember_window_and_node (compwin, compwin->node); - } - else - compwin = calling_window; - } - - if (compwin->node != possible_completions_output_node) - { - window_set_node_of_window - (compwin, possible_completions_output_node); - remember_window_and_node (compwin, compwin->node); - } - - display_update_display (windows); - } - } -} - -DECLARE_INFO_COMMAND (ea_complete, "Insert completion") -{ - if (!echo_area_completion_items) - { - ea_insert (window, count, key); - return; - } - - /* If KEY is SPC, and we are not forcing completion to take place, simply - insert the key. */ - if (!echo_area_must_complete_p && key == SPC) - { - ea_insert (window, count, key); - return; - } - - if (ea_last_executed_command == ea_complete) - { - /* If the keypress is a SPC character, and we have already tried - completing once, and there are several completions, then check - the batch of completions to see if any continue with a space. - If there are some, insert the space character and continue. */ - if (key == SPC && completions_found_index > 1) - { - register int i, offset; - - offset = input_line_end - input_line_beg; - - for (i = 0; i < completions_found_index; i++) - if (completions_found[i]->label[offset] == ' ') - break; - - if (completions_found[i]) - ea_insert (window, 1, ' '); - else - { - ea_possible_completions (window, count, key); - return; - } - } - else - { - ea_possible_completions (window, count, key); - return; - } - } - - input_line_point = input_line_end; - build_completions (); - - if (!completions_found_index) - terminal_ring_bell (); - else if (LCD_completion->label[0] == '\0') - ea_possible_completions (window, count, key); - else - { - register int i; - input_line_point = input_line_end = input_line_beg; - for (i = 0; LCD_completion->label[i]; i++) - ea_insert (window, 1, LCD_completion->label[i]); - } -} - -/* Utility REFERENCE used to store possible LCD. */ -static REFERENCE LCD_reference = { (char *)NULL, (char *)NULL, (char *)NULL }; - -static void remove_completion_duplicates (); - -/* Variables which remember the state of the most recent call - to build_completions (). */ -static char *last_completion_request = (char *)NULL; -static REFERENCE **last_completion_items = (REFERENCE **)NULL; - -/* How to tell the completion builder to reset internal state. */ -static void -completions_must_be_rebuilt () -{ - maybe_free (last_completion_request); - last_completion_request = (char *)NULL; - last_completion_items = (REFERENCE **)NULL; -} - -/* Build a list of possible completions from echo_area_completion_items, - and the contents of input_line. */ -static void -build_completions () -{ - register int i, len; - register REFERENCE *entry; - char *request; - int informed_of_lengthy_job = 0; - - /* If there are no items to complete over, exit immediately. */ - if (!echo_area_completion_items) - { - completions_found_index = 0; - LCD_completion = (REFERENCE *)NULL; - return; - } - - /* Check to see if this call to build completions is the same as the last - call to build completions. */ - len = input_line_end - input_line_beg; - request = (char *)xmalloc (1 + len); - strncpy (request, &input_line[input_line_beg], len); - request[len] = '\0'; - - if (last_completion_request && last_completion_items && - last_completion_items == echo_area_completion_items && - (strcmp (last_completion_request, request) == 0)) - { - free (request); - return; - } - - maybe_free (last_completion_request); - last_completion_request = request; - last_completion_items = echo_area_completion_items; - - /* Always start at the beginning of the list. */ - completions_found_index = 0; - LCD_completion = (REFERENCE *)NULL; - - for (i = 0; entry = echo_area_completion_items[i]; i++) - { - if (strncasecmp (request, entry->label, len) == 0) - add_pointer_to_array (entry, completions_found_index, - completions_found, completions_found_slots, - 20, REFERENCE *); - - if (!informed_of_lengthy_job && completions_found_index > 100) - { - informed_of_lengthy_job = 1; - window_message_in_echo_area ("Building completions..."); - } - } - - if (!completions_found_index) - return; - - /* Sort and prune duplicate entries from the completions array. */ - remove_completion_duplicates (); - - /* If there is only one completion, just return that. */ - if (completions_found_index == 1) - { - LCD_completion = completions_found[0]; - return; - } - - /* Find the least common denominator. */ - { - long shortest = 100000; - - for (i = 1; i < completions_found_index; i++) - { - register int j; - int c1, c2; - - for (j = 0; - (c1 = info_tolower (completions_found[i - 1]->label[j])) && - (c2 = info_tolower (completions_found[i]->label[j])); - j++) - if (c1 != c2) - break; - - if (shortest > j) - shortest = j; - } - - maybe_free (LCD_reference.label); - LCD_reference.label = (char *)xmalloc (1 + shortest); - strncpy (LCD_reference.label, completions_found[0]->label, shortest); - LCD_reference.label[shortest] = '\0'; - LCD_completion = &LCD_reference; - } - - if (informed_of_lengthy_job) - echo_area_initialize_node (); -} - -/* Function called by qsort. */ -static int -compare_references (entry1, entry2) - REFERENCE **entry1, **entry2; -{ - return (strcasecmp ((*entry1)->label, (*entry2)->label)); -} - -/* Prune duplicate entries from COMPLETIONS_FOUND. */ -static void -remove_completion_duplicates () -{ - register int i, j; - REFERENCE **temp; - int newlen; - - if (!completions_found_index) - return; - - /* Sort the items. */ - qsort (completions_found, completions_found_index, sizeof (REFERENCE *), - compare_references); - - for (i = 0, newlen = 1; i < completions_found_index - 1; i++) - { - if (strcmp (completions_found[i]->label, - completions_found[i + 1]->label) == 0) - completions_found[i] = (REFERENCE *)NULL; - else - newlen++; - } - - /* We have marked all the dead slots. It is faster to copy the live slots - twice than to prune the dead slots one by one. */ - temp = (REFERENCE **)xmalloc ((1 + newlen) * sizeof (REFERENCE *)); - for (i = 0, j = 0; i < completions_found_index; i++) - if (completions_found[i]) - temp[j++] = completions_found[i]; - - for (i = 0; i < newlen; i++) - completions_found[i] = temp[i]; - - completions_found[i] = (REFERENCE *)NULL; - completions_found_index = newlen; - free (temp); -} - -/* Scroll the "other" window. If there is a window showing completions, scroll - that one, otherwise scroll the window which was active on entering the read - function. */ -DECLARE_INFO_COMMAND (ea_scroll_completions_window, "Scroll the completions window") -{ - WINDOW *compwin; - int old_pagetop; - - compwin = get_internal_info_window (compwin_name); - - if (!compwin) - compwin = calling_window; - - old_pagetop = compwin->pagetop; - - /* Let info_scroll_forward () do the work, and print any messages that - need to be displayed. */ - info_scroll_forward (compwin, count, key); -} - -/* Function which gets called when an Info window is deleted while the - echo area is active. WINDOW is the window which has just been deleted. */ -void -echo_area_inform_of_deleted_window (window) - WINDOW *window; -{ - /* If this is the calling_window, forget what we remembered about it. */ - if (window == calling_window) - { - if (active_window != the_echo_area) - remember_calling_window (active_window); - else - remember_calling_window (windows); - } - - /* If this window was the echo_area_completions_window, then notice that - the window has been deleted. */ - if (window == echo_area_completions_window) - echo_area_completions_window = (WINDOW *)NULL; -} - -/* **************************************************************** */ -/* */ -/* Pushing and Popping the Echo Area */ -/* */ -/* **************************************************************** */ - -/* Push and Pop the echo area. */ -typedef struct { - char *line; - char *prompt; - REFERENCE **comp_items; - int point, beg, end; - int must_complete; - NODE node; - WINDOW *compwin; -} PUSHED_EA; - -static PUSHED_EA **pushed_echo_areas = (PUSHED_EA **)NULL; -static int pushed_echo_areas_index = 0; -static int pushed_echo_areas_slots = 0; - -/* Pushing the echo_area has a side effect of zeroing the completion_items. */ -static void -push_echo_area () -{ - PUSHED_EA *pushed; - - pushed = (PUSHED_EA *)xmalloc (sizeof (PUSHED_EA)); - pushed->line = strdup (input_line); - pushed->prompt = input_line_prompt; - pushed->point = input_line_point; - pushed->beg = input_line_beg; - pushed->end = input_line_end; - pushed->node = input_line_node; - pushed->comp_items = echo_area_completion_items; - pushed->must_complete = echo_area_must_complete_p; - pushed->compwin = echo_area_completions_window; - - add_pointer_to_array (pushed, pushed_echo_areas_index, pushed_echo_areas, - pushed_echo_areas_slots, 4, PUSHED_EA *); - - echo_area_completion_items = (REFERENCE **)NULL; -} - -static void -pop_echo_area () -{ - PUSHED_EA *popped; - - popped = pushed_echo_areas[--pushed_echo_areas_index]; - - strcpy (input_line, popped->line); - free (popped->line); - input_line_prompt = popped->prompt; - input_line_point = popped->point; - input_line_beg = popped->beg; - input_line_end = popped->end; - input_line_node = popped->node; - echo_area_completion_items = popped->comp_items; - echo_area_must_complete_p = popped->must_complete; - echo_area_completions_window = popped->compwin; - completions_must_be_rebuilt (); - - /* If the completion window no longer exists, forget about it. */ - if (echo_area_completions_window) - { - register WINDOW *win; - - for (win = windows; win; win = win->next) - if (echo_area_completions_window == win) - break; - - /* If the window wasn't found, then it has already been deleted. */ - if (!win) - echo_area_completions_window = (WINDOW *)NULL; - } - - free (popped); -} - -static int -echo_area_stack_depth () -{ - return (pushed_echo_areas_index); -} - -/* Returns non-zero if any of the prior stacked calls to read in the echo - area produced a completions window. */ -static int -echo_area_stack_contains_completions_p () -{ - register int i; - - for (i = 0; i < pushed_echo_areas_index; i++) - if (pushed_echo_areas[i]->compwin) - return (1); - - return (0); -} - -/* **************************************************************** */ -/* */ -/* Error Messages While Reading in Echo Area */ -/* */ -/* **************************************************************** */ - -#if defined (HAVE_SYS_TIME_H) -# include <sys/time.h> -# define HAVE_STRUCT_TIMEVAL -#endif /* HAVE_SYS_TIME_H */ - -static void -pause_or_input () -{ -#if defined (FD_SET) - struct timeval timer; - fd_set readfds; - int ready; - - FD_ZERO (&readfds); - FD_SET (fileno (stdin), &readfds); - timer.tv_sec = 2; - timer.tv_usec = 750; - ready = select (1, &readfds, (fd_set *)NULL, (fd_set *)NULL, &timer); -#endif /* FD_SET */ -} - -/* Print MESSAGE right after the end of the current line, and wait - for input or 2.75 seconds, whichever comes first. Then flush the - informational message that was printed. */ -void -inform_in_echo_area (message) - char *message; -{ - register int i; - char *text; - - text = strdup (message); - for (i = 0; text[i] && text[i] != '\n'; i++); - text[i] = '\0'; - - echo_area_initialize_node (); - sprintf (&input_line[input_line_end], "%s[%s]\n", - echo_area_is_active ? " ": "", text); - free (text); - the_echo_area->point = input_line_point; - display_update_one_window (the_echo_area); - display_cursor_at_point (active_window); - fflush (stdout); - pause_or_input (); - echo_area_initialize_node (); -} diff --git a/contrib/texinfo/info/echo_area.h b/contrib/texinfo/info/echo_area.h deleted file mode 100644 index 09c2bc7..0000000 --- a/contrib/texinfo/info/echo_area.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,63 +0,0 @@ -/* echo_area.h -- Functions used in reading information from the echo area. */ - -/* This file is part of GNU Info, a program for reading online documentation - stored in Info format. - - Copyright (C) 1993 Free Software Foundation, Inc. - - This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify - it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) - any later version. - - This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - GNU General Public License for more details. - - You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software - Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. - - Written by Brian Fox (bfox@ai.mit.edu). */ - -#if !defined (_ECHO_AREA_H_) -#define _ECHO_AREA_H_ - -#define EA_MAX_INPUT 256 - -extern int echo_area_is_active, info_aborted_echo_area; - -/* Non-zero means that the last command executed while reading input - killed some text. */ -extern int echo_area_last_command_was_kill; - -extern void inform_in_echo_area (), echo_area_inform_of_deleted_window (); -extern void echo_area_prep_read (); -extern VFunction *ea_last_executed_command; - -/* Read a line of text in the echo area. Return a malloc ()'ed string, - or NULL if the user aborted out of this read. WINDOW is the currently - active window, so that we can restore it when we need to. PROMPT, if - non-null, is a prompt to print before reading the line. */ -extern char *info_read_in_echo_area (); - -/* Read a line in the echo area with completion over COMPLETIONS. - Takes arguments of WINDOW, PROMPT, and COMPLETIONS, a REFERENCE **. */ -char *info_read_completing_in_echo_area (); - -/* Read a line in the echo area allowing completion over COMPLETIONS, but - not requiring it. Takes arguments of WINDOW, PROMPT, and COMPLETIONS, - a REFERENCE **. */ -extern char *info_read_maybe_completing (); - -extern void ea_insert (), ea_quoted_insert (); -extern void ea_beg_of_line (), ea_backward (), ea_delete (), ea_end_of_line (); -extern void ea_forward (), ea_abort (), ea_rubout (), ea_complete (); -extern void ea_newline (), ea_kill_line (), ea_transpose_chars (); -extern void ea_yank (), ea_tab_insert (), ea_possible_completions (); -extern void ea_backward_word (), ea_kill_word (), ea_forward_word (); -extern void ea_yank_pop (), ea_backward_kill_word (); -extern void ea_scroll_completions_window (); - -#endif /* _ECHO_AREA_H_ */ diff --git a/contrib/texinfo/info/funs.h b/contrib/texinfo/info/funs.h index f5c4d33..32d80d5 100644 --- a/contrib/texinfo/info/funs.h +++ b/contrib/texinfo/info/funs.h @@ -12,22 +12,15 @@ extern void info_backward_word (); extern void info_global_next_node (); extern void info_global_prev_node (); extern void info_scroll_forward (); -extern void info_scroll_forward_set_window (); extern void info_scroll_backward (); -extern void info_scroll_backward_set_window (); extern void info_beginning_of_node (); extern void info_end_of_node (); -extern void info_down_line (); -extern void info_up_line (); -extern void info_scroll_half_screen_down (); -extern void info_scroll_half_screen_up (); extern void info_next_window (); extern void info_prev_window (); extern void info_split_window (); extern void info_delete_window (); extern void info_keep_one_window (); extern void info_scroll_other_window (); -extern void info_scroll_other_window_backward (); extern void info_grow_window (); extern void info_tile_windows (); extern void info_toggle_wrap (); @@ -43,8 +36,6 @@ extern void info_xref_item (); extern void info_find_menu (); extern void info_visit_menu (); extern void info_goto_node (); -extern void info_menu_sequence (); -extern void info_goto_invocation_node (); extern void info_man (); extern void info_top_node (); extern void info_dir_node (); @@ -52,11 +43,7 @@ extern void info_history_node (); extern void info_kill_node (); extern void info_view_file (); extern void info_print_node (); -extern void info_search_case_sensitively (); extern void info_search (); -extern void info_search_backward (); -extern void info_search_next (); -extern void info_search_previous (); extern void isearch_forward (); extern void isearch_backward (); extern void info_move_to_prev_xref (); diff --git a/contrib/texinfo/info/general.h b/contrib/texinfo/info/general.h deleted file mode 100644 index 4b97dc8..0000000 --- a/contrib/texinfo/info/general.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,94 +0,0 @@ -/* general.h -- Some generally useful defines. */ - -/* This file is part of GNU Info, a program for reading online documentation - stored in Info format. - - Copyright (C) 1993 Free Software Foundation, Inc. - - This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify - it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) - any later version. - - This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - GNU General Public License for more details. - - You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software - Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. - - Written by Brian Fox (bfox@ai.mit.edu). */ - -#if !defined (_GENERAL_H_) -#define _GENERAL_H_ - -extern void *xmalloc (), *xrealloc (); - -#if defined (HAVE_UNISTD_H) -# include <unistd.h> -#endif /* HAVE_UNISTD_H */ - -#if defined (HAVE_STRING_H) -# include <string.h> -#else -# include <strings.h> -#endif /* !HAVE_STRING_H */ - -#include "clib.h" - -#define info_toupper(x) (islower (x) ? toupper (x) : x) -#define info_tolower(x) (isupper (x) ? tolower (x) : x) - -#if !defined (whitespace) -# define whitespace(c) ((c == ' ') || (c == '\t')) -#endif /* !whitespace */ - -#if !defined (whitespace_or_newline) -# define whitespace_or_newline(c) (whitespace (c) || (c == '\n')) -#endif /* !whitespace_or_newline */ - -#if !defined (__FUNCTION_DEF) -# define __FUNCTION_DEF -typedef int Function (); -typedef void VFunction (); -typedef char *CFunction (); -#endif /* _FUNCTION_DEF */ - -/* Add POINTER to the list of pointers found in ARRAY. SLOTS is the number - of slots that have already been allocated. INDEX is the index into the - array where POINTER should be added. GROW is the number of slots to grow - ARRAY by, in the case that it needs growing. TYPE is a cast of the type - of object stored in ARRAY (e.g., NODE_ENTRY *. */ -#define add_pointer_to_array(pointer, idx, array, slots, grow, type) \ - do { \ - if (idx + 2 >= slots) \ - array = (type *)(xrealloc (array, (slots += grow) * sizeof (type))); \ - array[idx++] = (type)pointer; \ - array[idx] = (type)NULL; \ - } while (0) - -#define maybe_free(x) do { if (x) free (x); } while (0) - -#if !defined (zero_mem) && defined (HAVE_MEMSET) -# define zero_mem(mem, length) memset (mem, 0, length) -#endif /* !zero_mem && HAVE_MEMSET */ - -#if !defined (zero_mem) && defined (HAVE_BZERO) -# define zero_mem(mem, length) bzero (mem, length) -#endif /* !zero_mem && HAVE_BZERO */ - -#if !defined (zero_mem) -# define zero_mem(mem, length) \ - do { \ - register int zi; \ - register unsigned char *place; \ - \ - place = (unsigned char *)mem; \ - for (zi = 0; zi < length; zi++) \ - place[zi] = 0; \ - } while (0) -#endif /* !zero_mem */ - -#endif /* !_GENERAL_H_ */ diff --git a/contrib/texinfo/info/info-stnd.texi b/contrib/texinfo/info/info-stnd.texi deleted file mode 100644 index e0fdb20..0000000 --- a/contrib/texinfo/info/info-stnd.texi +++ /dev/null @@ -1,1365 +0,0 @@ -\input texinfo @c -*-texinfo-*- -@comment %**start of header -@setfilename info-stnd.info -@settitle GNU Info -@set InfoProgVer 2.11 -@paragraphindent none -@footnotestyle end -@synindex vr cp -@synindex fn cp -@synindex ky cp -@comment %**end of header -@comment $Id: info-stnd.texi,v 1.3 1996/09/30 15:34:02 karl Exp $ - -@dircategory Texinfo documentation system -@direntry -* info program: (info-stnd). Standalone Info-reading program. -@end direntry - -@ifinfo -This file documents GNU Info, a program for viewing the on-line formatted -versions of Texinfo files. This documentation is different from the -documentation for the Info reader that is part of GNU Emacs. If you do -not know how to use Info, but have a working Info reader, you should -read that documentation first. - -Copyright @copyright{} 1992, 93, 96 Free Software Foundation, Inc. - -Permission is granted to make and distribute verbatim copies of this -manual provided the copyright notice and this permission notice are -preserved on all copies. - -@ignore -Permission is granted to process this file through TeX and print the -results, provided the printed document carries a copying permission -notice identical to this one except for the removal of this paragraph -(this paragraph not being relevant to the printed manual). -@end ignore - -Permission is granted to copy and distribute modified versions of this -manual under the conditions for verbatim copying, provided also that the -sections entitled ``Copying'' and ``GNU General Public License'' are -included exactly as in the original, and provided that the entire -resulting derived work is distributed under the terms of a permission -notice identical to this one. - -Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual -into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions, -except that this permission notice may be stated in a translation -approved by the Free Software Foundation. -@end ifinfo - -@titlepage -@title GNU Info User's Guide -@subtitle For GNU Info version @value{InfoProgVer} -@author Brian J. Fox (bfox@@ai.mit.edu) -@page -@vskip 0pt plus 1filll -Copyright @copyright{} 1992, 1993 Free Software Foundation - -Permission is granted to make and distribute verbatim copies of this -manual provided the copyright notice and this permission notice are -preserved on all copies. - -Permission is granted to copy and distribute modified versions of this -manual under the conditions for verbatim copying, provided also that the -sections entitled ``Copying'' and ``GNU General Public License'' are -included exactly as in the original, and provided that the entire -resulting derived work is distributed under the terms of a permission -notice identical to this one. - -Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual -into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions, -except that this permission notice may be stated in a translation -approved by the Free Software Foundation. -@end titlepage - -@ifinfo -@node Top, What is Info, (dir), (dir) -@top The GNU Info Program - -This file documents GNU Info, a program for viewing the on-line -formatted versions of Texinfo files, version @value{InfoProgVer}. This -documentation is different from the documentation for the Info reader -that is part of GNU Emacs. -@end ifinfo - -@menu -* What is Info:: -* Options:: Options you can pass on the command line. -* Cursor Commands:: Commands which move the cursor within a node. -* Scrolling Commands:: Commands for moving the node around - in a window. -* Node Commands:: Commands for selecting a new node. -* Searching Commands:: Commands for searching an Info file. -* Xref Commands:: Commands for selecting cross references. -* Window Commands:: Commands which manipulate multiple windows. -* Printing Nodes:: How to print out the contents of a node. -* Miscellaneous Commands:: A few commands that defy categories. -* Variables:: How to change the default behavior of Info. -* GNU Info Global Index:: Global index containing keystrokes, - command names, variable names, - and general concepts. -@end menu - -@node What is Info, Options, Top, Top -@chapter What is Info? - -@iftex -This file documents GNU Info, a program for viewing the on-line formatted -versions of Texinfo files, version @value{InfoProgVer}. -@end iftex - -@dfn{Info} is a program which is used to view Info files on an ASCII -terminal. @dfn{Info files} are the result of processing Texinfo files -with the program @code{makeinfo} or with one of the Emacs commands, such -as @code{M-x texinfo-format-buffer}. Texinfo itself is a documentation -system that uses a single source file to produce both on-line -information and printed output. You can typeset and print the -files that you read in Info.@refill - -@node Options, Cursor Commands, What is Info, Top -@chapter Command Line Options -@cindex command line options -@cindex arguments, command line - -GNU Info accepts several options to control the initial node being -viewed, and to specify which directories to search for Info files. Here -is a template showing an invocation of GNU Info from the shell: - -@example -info [--@var{option-name} @var{option-value}] @var{menu-item}@dots{} -@end example - -The following @var{option-names} are available when invoking Info from -the shell: - -@table @code -@cindex directory path -@item --directory @var{directory-path} -@itemx -d @var{directory-path} -Add @var{directory-path} to the list of directory paths searched when -Info needs to find a file. You may issue @code{--directory} multiple -times; once for each directory which contains Info files. -Alternatively, you may specify a value for the environment variable -@code{INFOPATH}; if @code{--directory} is not given, the value of -@code{INFOPATH} is used. The value of @code{INFOPATH} is a colon -separated list of directory names. If you do not supply @code{INFOPATH} -or @code{--directory-path}, Info uses a default path. - -@item --file @var{filename} -@itemx -f @var{filename} -@cindex Info file, selecting -Specify a particular Info file to visit. By default, Info visits -the file @code{dir}; if you use this option, Info will start with -@code{(@var{filename})Top} as the first file and node. - -@item --node @var{nodename} -@itemx -n @var{nodename} -@cindex node, selecting -Specify a particular node to visit in the initial file that Info -loads. This is especially useful in conjunction with -@code{--file}@footnote{Of course, you can specify both the file and node -in a @code{--node} command; but don't forget to escape the open and -close parentheses from the shell as in: @code{info --node -"(emacs)Buffers"}}. You may specify @code{--node} multiple times; for -an interactive Info, each @var{nodename} is visited in its own window, -for a non-interactive Info (such as when @code{--output} is given) each -@var{nodename} is processed sequentially. - -@item --output @var{filename} -@itemx -o @var{filename} -@cindex file, outputting to -@cindex outputting to a file -Specify @var{filename} as the name of a file to which to direct output. -Each node that Info visits will be output to @var{filename} instead of -interactively viewed. A value of @code{-} for @var{filename} specifies -the standard output. - -@item --subnodes -@cindex @code{--subnodes}, command line option -This option only has meaning when given in conjunction with -@code{--output}. It means to recursively output the nodes appearing in -the menus of each node being output. Menu items which resolve to -external Info files are not output, and neither are menu items which are -members of an index. Each node is only output once. - -@item --help -@itemx -h -Produces a relatively brief description of the available Info options. - -@item --version -@cindex version information -Prints the version information of Info and exits. - -@item @var{menu-item} -@cindex menu, following -Info treats its remaining arguments as the names of menu items. The -first argument is a menu item in the initial node visited, while -the second argument is a menu item in the first argument's node. -You can easily move to the node of your choice by specifying the menu -names which describe the path to that node. For example, - -@example -info emacs buffers -@end example - -@noindent -first selects the menu item @samp{Emacs} in the node @samp{(dir)Top}, -and then selects the menu item @samp{Buffers} in the node -@samp{(emacs)Top}. -@end table - -@node Cursor Commands, Scrolling Commands, Options, Top -@chapter Moving the Cursor -@cindex cursor, moving - -Many people find that reading screens of text page by page is made -easier when one is able to indicate particular pieces of text with some -kind of pointing device. Since this is the case, GNU Info (both the -Emacs and standalone versions) have several commands which allow you to -move the cursor about the screen. The notation used in this manual to -describe keystrokes is identical to the notation used within the Emacs -manual, and the GNU Readline manual. @xref{Characters, , Character -Conventions, emacs, the GNU Emacs Manual}, if you are unfamiliar with the -notation. - -The following table lists the basic cursor movement commands in Info. -Each entry consists of the key sequence you should type to execute the -cursor movement, the @code{M-x}@footnote{@code{M-x} is also a command; it -invokes @code{execute-extended-command}. @xref{M-x, , Executing an -extended command, emacs, the GNU Emacs Manual}, for more detailed -information.} command name (displayed in parentheses), and a short -description of what the command does. All of the cursor motion commands -can take an @dfn{numeric} argument (@pxref{Miscellaneous Commands, -@code{universal-argument}}), to find out how to supply them. With a -numeric argument, the motion commands are simply executed that -many times; for example, a numeric argument of 4 given to -@code{next-line} causes the cursor to move down 4 lines. With a -negative numeric argument, the motion is reversed; an argument of -4 -given to the @code{next-line} command would cause the cursor to move -@emph{up} 4 lines. - -@table @asis -@item @code{C-n} (@code{next-line}) -@kindex C-n -@findex next-line -Move the cursor down to the next line. - -@item @code{C-p} (@code{prev-line}) -@kindex C-p -@findex prev-line -Move the cursor up to the previous line. - -@item @code{C-a} (@code{beginning-of-line}) -@kindex C-a, in Info windows -@findex beginning-of-line -Move the cursor to the start of the current line. - -@item @code{C-e} (@code{end-of-line}) -@kindex C-e, in Info windows -@findex end-of-line -Move the cursor to the end of the current line. - -@item @code{C-f} (@code{forward-char}) -@kindex C-f, in Info windows -@findex forward-char -Move the cursor forward a character. - -@item @code{C-b} (@code{backward-char}) -@kindex C-b, in Info windows -@findex backward-char -Move the cursor backward a character. - -@item @code{M-f} (@code{forward-word}) -@kindex M-f, in Info windows -@findex forward-word -Move the cursor forward a word. - -@item @code{M-b} (@code{backward-word}) -@kindex M-b, in Info windows -@findex backward-word -Move the cursor backward a word. - -@item @code{M-<} (@code{beginning-of-node}) -@itemx @code{b} -@kindex b, in Info windows -@kindex M-< -@findex beginning-of-node -Move the cursor to the start of the current node. - -@item @code{M->} (@code{end-of-node}) -@kindex M-> -@findex end-of-node -Move the cursor to the end of the current node. - -@item @code{M-r} (@code{move-to-window-line}) -@kindex M-r -@findex move-to-window-line -Move the cursor to a specific line of the window. Without a numeric -argument, @code{M-r} moves the cursor to the start of the line in the -center of the window. With a numeric argument of @var{n}, @code{M-r} -moves the cursor to the start of the @var{n}th line in the window. -@end table - -@node Scrolling Commands, Node Commands, Cursor Commands, Top -@chapter Moving Text Within a Window -@cindex scrolling - -Sometimes you are looking at a screenful of text, and only part of the -current paragraph you are reading is visible on the screen. The -commands detailed in this section are used to shift which part of the -current node is visible on the screen. - -@table @asis -@item @code{SPC} (@code{scroll-forward}) -@itemx @code{C-v} -@kindex SPC, in Info windows -@kindex C-v -@findex scroll-forward -Shift the text in this window up. That is, show more of the node which -is currently below the bottom of the window. With a numeric argument, -show that many more lines at the bottom of the window; a numeric -argument of 4 would shift all of the text in the window up 4 lines -(discarding the top 4 lines), and show you four new lines at the bottom -of the window. Without a numeric argument, @key{SPC} takes the bottom -two lines of the window and places them at the top of the window, -redisplaying almost a completely new screenful of lines. - -@item @code{DEL} (@code{scroll-backward}) -@itemx @code{M-v} -@kindex DEL, in Info windows -@kindex M-v -@findex scroll-backward -Shift the text in this window down. The inverse of -@code{scroll-forward}. -@end table - -@cindex scrolling through node structure -The @code{scroll-forward} and @code{scroll-backward} commands can also -move forward and backward through the node structure of the file. If -you press @key{SPC} while viewing the end of a node, or @key{DEL} while -viewing the beginning of a node, what happens is controlled by the -variable @code{scroll-behavior}. @xref{Variables, -@code{scroll-behavior}}, for more information. - -@table @asis -@item @code{C-l} (@code{redraw-display}) -@kindex C-l -@findex redraw-display -Redraw the display from scratch, or shift the line containing the cursor -to a specified location. With no numeric argument, @samp{C-l} clears -the screen, and then redraws its entire contents. Given a numeric -argument of @var{n}, the line containing the cursor is shifted so that -it is on the @var{n}th line of the window. - -@item @code{C-x w} (@code{toggle-wrap}) -@kindex C-w -@findex toggle-wrap -Toggles the state of line wrapping in the current window. Normally, -lines which are longer than the screen width @dfn{wrap}, i.e., they are -continued on the next line. Lines which wrap have a @samp{\} appearing -in the rightmost column of the screen. You can cause such lines to be -terminated at the rightmost column by changing the state of line -wrapping in the window with @code{C-x w}. When a line which needs more -space than one screen width to display is displayed, a @samp{$} appears -in the rightmost column of the screen, and the remainder of the line is -invisible. -@end table - -@node Node Commands, Searching Commands, Scrolling Commands, Top -@chapter Selecting a New Node -@cindex nodes, selection of - -This section details the numerous Info commands which select a new node -to view in the current window. - -The most basic node commands are @samp{n}, @samp{p}, @samp{u}, and -@samp{l}. - -When you are viewing a node, the top line of the node contains some Info -@dfn{pointers} which describe where the next, previous, and up nodes -are. Info uses this line to move about the node structure of the file -when you use the following commands: - -@table @asis -@item @code{n} (@code{next-node}) -@kindex n -@findex next-node -Select the `Next' node. - -@item @code{p} (@code{prev-node}) -@kindex p -@findex prev-node -Select the `Prev' node. - -@item @code{u} (@code{up-node}) -@kindex u -@findex up-node -Select the `Up' node. -@end table - -You can easily select a node that you have already viewed in this window -by using the @samp{l} command -- this name stands for "last", and -actually moves through the list of already visited nodes for this -window. @samp{l} with a negative numeric argument moves forward through -the history of nodes for this window, so you can quickly step between -two adjacent (in viewing history) nodes. - -@table @asis -@item @code{l} (@code{history-node}) -@kindex l -@findex history-node -Select the most recently selected node in this window. -@end table - -Two additional commands make it easy to select the most commonly -selected nodes; they are @samp{t} and @samp{d}. - -@table @asis -@item @code{t} (@code{top-node}) -@kindex t -@findex top-node -Select the node @samp{Top} in the current Info file. - -@item @code{d} (@code{dir-node}) -@kindex d -@findex dir-node -Select the directory node (i.e., the node @samp{(dir)}). -@end table - -Here are some other commands which immediately result in the selection -of a different node in the current window: - -@table @asis -@item @code{<} (@code{first-node}) -@kindex < -@findex first-node -Selects the first node which appears in this file. This node is most -often @samp{Top}, but it does not have to be. - -@item @code{>} (@code{last-node}) -@kindex > -@findex last-node -Select the last node which appears in this file. - -@item @code{]} (@code{global-next-node}) -@kindex ] -@findex global-next-node -Move forward or down through node structure. If the node that you are -currently viewing has a @samp{Next} pointer, that node is selected. -Otherwise, if this node has a menu, the first menu item is selected. If -there is no @samp{Next} and no menu, the same process is tried with the -@samp{Up} node of this node. - -@item @code{[} (@code{global-prev-node}) -@kindex [ -@findex global-prev-node -Move backward or up through node structure. If the node that you are -currently viewing has a @samp{Prev} pointer, that node is selected. -Otherwise, if the node has an @samp{Up} pointer, that node is selected, -and if it has a menu, the last item in the menu is selected. -@end table - -You can get the same behavior as @code{global-next-node} and -@code{global-prev-node} while simply scrolling through the file with -@key{SPC} and @key{DEL}; @xref{Variables, @code{scroll-behavior}}, for -more information. - -@table @asis -@item @code{g} (@code{goto-node}) -@kindex g -@findex goto-node -Read the name of a node and select it. No completion is done while -reading the node name, since the desired node may reside in a separate -file. The node must be typed exactly as it appears in the Info file. A -file name may be included as with any node specification, for example - -@example -@code{g(emacs)Buffers} -@end example - -finds the node @samp{Buffers} in the Info file @file{emacs}. - -@item @code{C-x k} (@code{kill-node}) -@kindex C-x k -@findex kill-node -Kill a node. The node name is prompted for in the echo area, with a -default of the current node. @dfn{Killing} a node means that Info tries -hard to forget about it, removing it from the list of history nodes kept -for the window where that node is found. Another node is selected in -the window which contained the killed node. - -@item @code{C-x C-f} (@code{view-file}) -@kindex C-x C-f -@findex view-file -Read the name of a file and selects the entire file. The command -@example -@code{C-x C-f @var{filename}} -@end example -is equivalent to typing -@example -@code{g(@var{filename})*} -@end example - -@item @code{C-x C-b} (@code{list-visited-nodes}) -@kindex C-x C-b -@findex list-visited-nodes -Make a window containing a menu of all of the currently visited nodes. -This window becomes the selected window, and you may use the standard -Info commands within it. - -@item @code{C-x b} (@code{select-visited-node}) -@kindex C-x b -@findex select-visited-node -Select a node which has been previously visited in a visible window. -This is similar to @samp{C-x C-b} followed by @samp{m}, but no window is -created. -@end table - -@node Searching Commands, Xref Commands, Node Commands, Top -@chapter Searching an Info File -@cindex searching - -GNU Info allows you to search for a sequence of characters throughout an -entire Info file, search through the indices of an Info file, or find -areas within an Info file which discuss a particular topic. - -@table @asis -@item @code{s} (@code{search}) -@kindex s -@findex search -Read a string in the echo area and search for it. - -@item @code{C-s} (@code{isearch-forward}) -@kindex C-s -@findex isearch-forward -Interactively search forward through the Info file for a string as you -type it. - -@item @code{C-r} (@code{isearch-backward}) -@kindex C-r -@findex isearch-backward -Interactively search backward through the Info file for a string as -you type it. - -@item @code{i} (@code{index-search}) -@kindex i -@findex index-search -Look up a string in the indices for this Info file, and select a node -where the found index entry points to. - -@item @code{,} (@code{next-index-match}) -@kindex , -@findex next-index-match -Move to the node containing the next matching index item from the last -@samp{i} command. -@end table - -The most basic searching command is @samp{s} (@code{search}). The -@samp{s} command prompts you for a string in the echo area, and then -searches the remainder of the Info file for an occurrence of that string. -If the string is found, the node containing it is selected, and the -cursor is left positioned at the start of the found string. Subsequent -@samp{s} commands show you the default search string within @samp{[} and -@samp{]}; pressing @key{RET} instead of typing a new string will use the -default search string. - -@dfn{Incremental searching} is similar to basic searching, but the -string is looked up while you are typing it, instead of waiting until -the entire search string has been specified. - -@node Xref Commands, Window Commands, Searching Commands, Top -@chapter Selecting Cross References - -We have already discussed the @samp{Next}, @samp{Prev}, and @samp{Up} -pointers which appear at the top of a node. In addition to these -pointers, a node may contain other pointers which refer you to a -different node, perhaps in another Info file. Such pointers are called -@dfn{cross references}, or @dfn{xrefs} for short. - -@menu -* Parts of an Xref:: What a cross reference is made of. -* Selecting Xrefs:: Commands for selecting menu or note items. -@end menu - -@node Parts of an Xref, Selecting Xrefs, , Xref Commands -@section Parts of an Xref - -Cross references have two major parts: the first part is called the -@dfn{label}; it is the name that you can use to refer to the cross -reference, and the second is the @dfn{target}; it is the full name of -the node that the cross reference points to. - -The target is separated from the label by a colon @samp{:}; first the -label appears, and then the target. For example, in the sample menu -cross reference below, the single colon separates the label from the -target. - -@example -* Foo Label: Foo Target. More information about Foo. -@end example - -Note the @samp{.} which ends the name of the target. The @samp{.} is -not part of the target; it serves only to let Info know where the target -name ends. - -A shorthand way of specifying references allows two adjacent colons to -stand for a target name which is the same as the label name: - -@example -* Foo Commands:: Commands pertaining to Foo. -@end example - -In the above example, the name of the target is the same as the name of -the label, in this case @code{Foo Commands}. - -You will normally see two types of cross reference while viewing nodes: -@dfn{menu} references, and @dfn{note} references. Menu references -appear within a node's menu; they begin with a @samp{*} at the beginning -of a line, and continue with a label, a target, and a comment which -describes what the contents of the node pointed to contains. - -Note references appear within the body of the node text; they begin with -@code{*Note}, and continue with a label and a target. - -Like @samp{Next}, @samp{Prev}, and @samp{Up} pointers, cross references -can point to any valid node. They are used to refer you to a place -where more detailed information can be found on a particular subject. -Here is a cross reference which points to a node within the Texinfo -documentation: @xref{xref, , Writing an Xref, texinfo, the Texinfo -Manual}, for more information on creating your own texinfo cross -references. - -@node Selecting Xrefs, , Parts of an Xref, Xref Commands -@section Selecting Xrefs - -The following table lists the Info commands which operate on menu items. - -@table @asis -@item @code{1} (@code{menu-digit}) -@itemx @code{2} @dots{} @code{9} -@cindex 1 @dots{} 9, in Info windows -@kindex 1 @dots{} 9, in Info windows -@findex menu-digit -Within an Info window, pressing a single digit, (such as @samp{1}), -selects that menu item, and places its node in the current window. -For convenience, there is one exception; pressing @samp{0} selects the -@emph{last} item in the node's menu. - -@item @code{0} (@code{last-menu-item}) -@kindex 0, in Info windows -@findex last-menu-item -Select the last item in the current node's menu. - -@item @code{m} (@code{menu-item}) -@kindex m -@findex menu-item -Reads the name of a menu item in the echo area and selects its node. -Completion is available while reading the menu label. - -@item @code{M-x find-menu} -@findex find-menu -Move the cursor to the start of this node's menu. -@end table - -This table lists the Info commands which operate on note cross references. - -@table @asis -@item @code{f} (@code{xref-item}) -@itemx @code{r} -@kindex f -@kindex r -@findex xref-item -Reads the name of a note cross reference in the echo area and selects -its node. Completion is available while reading the cross reference -label. -@end table - -Finally, the next few commands operate on menu or note references alike: - -@table @asis -@item @code{TAB} (@code{move-to-next-xref}) -@kindex TAB, in Info windows -@findex move-to-next-xref -Move the cursor to the start of the next nearest menu item or note -reference in this node. You can then use @key{RET} -(@code{select-reference-this-line}) to select the menu or note reference. - -@item @code{M-TAB} (@code{move-to-prev-xref}) -@kindex M-TAB, in Info windows -@findex move-to-prev-xref -Move the cursor the start of the nearest previous menu item or note -reference in this node. - -@item @code{RET} (@code{select-reference-this-line}) -@kindex RET, in Info windows -@findex select-reference-this-line -Select the menu item or note reference appearing on this line. -@end table - -@node Window Commands, Printing Nodes, Xref Commands, Top -@chapter Manipulating Multiple Windows -@cindex windows, manipulating - -A @dfn{window} is a place to show the text of a node. Windows have a -view area where the text of the node is displayed, and an associated -@dfn{mode line}, which briefly describes the node being viewed. - -GNU Info supports multiple windows appearing in a single screen; each -window is separated from the next by its modeline. At any time, there -is only one @dfn{active} window, that is, the window in which the cursor -appears. There are commands available for creating windows, changing -the size of windows, selecting which window is active, and for deleting -windows. - -@menu -* The Mode Line:: What appears in the mode line? -* Basic Windows:: Manipulating windows in Info. -* The Echo Area:: Used for displaying errors and reading input. -@end menu - -@node The Mode Line, Basic Windows, , Window Commands -@section The Mode Line - -A @dfn{mode line} is a line of inverse video which appears at the bottom -of an Info window. It describes the contents of the window just above -it; this information includes the name of the file and node appearing in -that window, the number of screen lines it takes to display the node, -and the percentage of text that is above the top of the window. It can -also tell you if the indirect tags table for this Info file needs to be -updated, and whether or not the Info file was compressed when stored on -disk. - -Here is a sample mode line for a window containing an uncompressed file -named @file{dir}, showing the node @samp{Top}. - -@example -@group ------Info: (dir)Top, 40 lines --Top--------------------------------------- - ^^ ^ ^^^ ^^ - (file)Node #lines where -@end group -@end example - -When a node comes from a file which is compressed on disk, this is -indicated in the mode line with two small @samp{z}'s. In addition, if -the Info file containing the node has been split into subfiles, the name -of the subfile containing the node appears in the modeline as well: - -@example ---zz-Info: (emacs)Top, 291 lines --Top-- Subfile: emacs-1.Z--------------- -@end example - -When Info makes a node internally, such that there is no corresponding -info file on disk, the name of the node is surrounded by asterisks -(@samp{*}). The name itself tells you what the contents of the window -are; the sample mode line below shows an internally constructed node -showing possible completions: - -@example ------Info: *Completions*, 7 lines --All----------------------------------- -@end example - -@node Basic Windows, The Echo Area, The Mode Line, Window Commands -@section Window Commands - -It can be convenient to view more than one node at a time. To allow -this, Info can display more than one @dfn{window}. Each window has its -own mode line (@pxref{The Mode Line}) and history of nodes viewed in that -window (@pxref{Node Commands, , @code{history-node}}). - -@table @asis -@item @code{C-x o} (@code{next-window}) -@cindex windows, selecting -@kindex C-x o -@findex next-window -Select the next window on the screen. Note that the echo area can only be -selected if it is already in use, and you have left it temporarily. -Normally, @samp{C-x o} simply moves the cursor into the next window on -the screen, or if you are already within the last window, into the first -window on the screen. Given a numeric argument, @samp{C-x o} moves over -that many windows. A negative argument causes @samp{C-x o} to select -the previous window on the screen. - -@item @code{M-x prev-window} -@findex prev-window -Select the previous window on the screen. This is identical to -@samp{C-x o} with a negative argument. - -@item @code{C-x 2} (@code{split-window}) -@cindex windows, creating -@kindex C-x 2 -@findex split-window -Split the current window into two windows, both showing the same node. -Each window is one half the size of the original window, and the cursor -remains in the original window. The variable @code{automatic-tiling} -can cause all of the windows on the screen to be resized for you -automatically, please @pxref{Variables, , automatic-tiling} for more -information. - -@item @code{C-x 0} (@code{delete-window}) -@cindex windows, deleting -@kindex C-x 0 -@findex delete-window -Delete the current window from the screen. If you have made too many -windows and your screen appears cluttered, this is the way to get rid of -some of them. - -@item @code{C-x 1} (@code{keep-one-window}) -@kindex C-x 1 -@findex keep-one-window -Delete all of the windows excepting the current one. - -@item @code{ESC C-v} (@code{scroll-other-window}) -@kindex ESC C-v, in Info windows -@findex scroll-other-window -Scroll the other window, in the same fashion that @samp{C-v} might -scroll the current window. Given a negative argument, scroll the -"other" window backward. - -@item @code{C-x ^} (@code{grow-window}) -@kindex C-x ^ -@findex grow-window -Grow (or shrink) the current window. Given a numeric argument, grow -the current window that many lines; with a negative numeric argument, -shrink the window instead. - -@item @code{C-x t} (@code{tile-windows}) -@cindex tiling -@kindex C-x t -@findex tile-windows -Divide the available screen space among all of the visible windows. -Each window is given an equal portion of the screen in which to display -its contents. The variable @code{automatic-tiling} can cause -@code{tile-windows} to be called when a window is created or deleted. -@xref{Variables, , @code{automatic-tiling}}. -@end table - -@node The Echo Area, , Basic Windows, Window Commands -@section The Echo Area -@cindex echo area - -The @dfn{echo area} is a one line window which appears at the bottom of -the screen. It is used to display informative or error messages, and to -read lines of input from you when that is necessary. Almost all of the -commands available in the echo area are identical to their Emacs -counterparts, so please refer to that documentation for greater depth of -discussion on the concepts of editing a line of text. The following -table briefly lists the commands that are available while input is being -read in the echo area: - -@table @asis -@item @code{C-f} (@code{echo-area-forward}) -@kindex C-f, in the echo area -@findex echo-area-forward -Move forward a character. - -@item @code{C-b} (@code{echo-area-backward}) -@kindex C-b, in the echo area -@findex echo-area-backward -Move backward a character. - -@item @code{C-a} (@code{echo-area-beg-of-line}) -@kindex C-a, in the echo area -@findex echo-area-beg-of-line -Move to the start of the input line. - -@item @code{C-e} (@code{echo-area-end-of-line}) -@kindex C-e, in the echo area -@findex echo-area-end-of-line -Move to the end of the input line. - -@item @code{M-f} (@code{echo-area-forward-word}) -@kindex M-f, in the echo area -@findex echo-area-forward-word -Move forward a word. - -@item @code{M-b} (@code{echo-area-backward-word}) -@kindex M-b, in the echo area -@findex echo-area-backward-word -Move backward a word. - -@item @code{C-d} (@code{echo-area-delete}) -@kindex C-d, in the echo area -@findex echo-area-delete -Delete the character under the cursor. - -@item @code{DEL} (@code{echo-area-rubout}) -@kindex DEL, in the echo area -@findex echo-area-rubout -Delete the character behind the cursor. - -@item @code{C-g} (@code{echo-area-abort}) -@kindex C-g, in the echo area -@findex echo-area-abort -Cancel or quit the current operation. If completion is being read, -@samp{C-g} discards the text of the input line which does not match any -completion. If the input line is empty, @samp{C-g} aborts the calling -function. - -@item @code{RET} (@code{echo-area-newline}) -@kindex RET, in the echo area -@findex echo-area-newline -Accept (or forces completion of) the current input line. - -@item @code{C-q} (@code{echo-area-quoted-insert}) -@kindex C-q, in the echo area -@findex echo-area-quoted-insert -Insert the next character verbatim. This is how you can insert control -characters into a search string, for example. - -@item @var{printing character} (@code{echo-area-insert}) -@kindex printing characters, in the echo area -@findex echo-area-insert -Insert the character. - -@item @code{M-TAB} (@code{echo-area-tab-insert}) -@kindex M-TAB, in the echo area -@findex echo-area-tab-insert -Insert a TAB character. - -@item @code{C-t} (@code{echo-area-transpose-chars}) -@kindex C-t, in the echo area -@findex echo-area-transpose-chars -Transpose the characters at the cursor. -@end table - -The next group of commands deal with @dfn{killing}, and @dfn{yanking} -text. For an in depth discussion of killing and yanking, -@pxref{Killing, , Killing and Deleting, emacs, the GNU Emacs Manual} - -@table @asis -@item @code{M-d} (@code{echo-area-kill-word}) -@kindex M-d, in the echo area -@findex echo-area-kill-word -Kill the word following the cursor. - -@item @code{M-DEL} (@code{echo-area-backward-kill-word}) -@kindex M-DEL, in the echo area -@findex echo-area-backward-kill-word -Kill the word preceding the cursor. - -@item @code{C-k} (@code{echo-area-kill-line}) -@kindex C-k, in the echo area -@findex echo-area-kill-line -Kill the text from the cursor to the end of the line. - -@item @code{C-x DEL} (@code{echo-area-backward-kill-line}) -@kindex C-x DEL, in the echo area -@findex echo-area-backward-kill-line -Kill the text from the cursor to the beginning of the line. - -@item @code{C-y} (@code{echo-area-yank}) -@kindex C-y, in the echo area -@findex echo-area-yank -Yank back the contents of the last kill. - -@item @code{M-y} (@code{echo-area-yank-pop}) -@kindex M-y, in the echo area -@findex echo-area-yank-pop -Yank back a previous kill, removing the last yanked text first. -@end table - -Sometimes when reading input in the echo area, the command that needed -input will only accept one of a list of several choices. The choices -represent the @dfn{possible completions}, and you must respond with one -of them. Since there are a limited number of responses you can make, -Info allows you to abbreviate what you type, only typing as much of the -response as is necessary to uniquely identify it. In addition, you can -request Info to fill in as much of the response as is possible; this -is called @dfn{completion}. - -The following commands are available when completing in the echo area: - -@table @asis -@item @code{TAB} (@code{echo-area-complete}) -@itemx @code{SPC} -@kindex TAB, in the echo area -@kindex SPC, in the echo area -@findex echo-area-complete -Insert as much of a completion as is possible. - -@item @code{?} (@code{echo-area-possible-completions}) -@kindex ?, in the echo area -@findex echo-area-possible-completions -Display a window containing a list of the possible completions of what -you have typed so far. For example, if the available choices are: - -@example -@group -bar -foliate -food -forget -@end group -@end example - -@noindent -and you have typed an @samp{f}, followed by @samp{?}, the possible -completions would contain: - -@example -@group -foliate -food -forget -@end group -@end example - -@noindent -i.e., all of the choices which begin with @samp{f}. Pressing @key{SPC} -or @key{TAB} would result in @samp{fo} appearing in the echo area, since -all of the choices which begin with @samp{f} continue with @samp{o}. -Now, typing @samp{l} followed by @samp{TAB} results in @samp{foliate} -appearing in the echo area, since that is the only choice which begins -with @samp{fol}. - -@item @code{ESC C-v} (@code{echo-area-scroll-completions-window}) -@kindex ESC C-v, in the echo area -@findex echo-area-scroll-completions-window -Scroll the completions window, if that is visible, or the "other" -window if not. -@end table - -@node Printing Nodes, Miscellaneous Commands, Window Commands, Top -@chapter Printing Out Nodes -@cindex printing - -You may wish to print out the contents of a node as a quick reference -document for later use. Info provides you with a command for doing -this. In general, we recommend that you use @TeX{} to format the -document and print sections of it, by running @code{tex} on the Texinfo -source file. - -@table @asis -@item @code{M-x print-node} -@findex print-node -@cindex INFO_PRINT_COMMAND, environment variable -Pipe the contents of the current node through the command in the -environment variable @code{INFO_PRINT_COMMAND}. If the variable does not -exist, the node is simply piped to @code{lpr}. -@end table - -@node Miscellaneous Commands, Variables, Printing Nodes, Top -@chapter Miscellaneous Commands - -GNU Info contains several commands which self-document GNU Info: - -@table @asis -@item @code{M-x describe-command} -@cindex functions, describing -@cindex commands, describing -@findex describe-command -Read the name of an Info command in the echo area and then display a -brief description of what that command does. - -@item @code{M-x describe-key} -@cindex keys, describing -@findex describe-key -Read a key sequence in the echo area, and then display the name and -documentation of the Info command that the key sequence invokes. - -@item @code{M-x describe-variable} -Read the name of a variable in the echo area and then display a brief -description of what the variable affects. - -@item @code{M-x where-is} -@findex where-is -Read the name of an Info command in the echo area, and then display -a key sequence which can be typed in order to invoke that command. - -@item @code{C-h} (@code{get-help-window}) -@itemx @code{?} -@kindex C-h -@kindex ?, in Info windows -@findex get-help-window -Create (or Move into) the window displaying @code{*Help*}, and place -a node containing a quick reference card into it. This window displays -the most concise information about GNU Info available. - -@item @code{h} (@code{get-info-help-node}) -@kindex h -@findex get-info-help-node -Try hard to visit the node @code{(info)Help}. The Info file -@file{info.texi} distributed with GNU Info contains this node. Of -course, the file must first be processed with @code{makeinfo}, and then -placed into the location of your Info directory. -@end table - -Here are the commands for creating a numeric argument: - -@table @asis -@item @code{C-u} (@code{universal-argument}) -@cindex numeric arguments -@kindex C-u -@findex universal-argument -Start (or multiply by 4) the current numeric argument. @samp{C-u} is -a good way to give a small numeric argument to cursor movement or -scrolling commands; @samp{C-u C-v} scrolls the screen 4 lines, while -@samp{C-u C-u C-n} moves the cursor down 16 lines. - -@item @code{M-1} (@code{add-digit-to-numeric-arg}) -@itemx @code{M-2} @dots{} @code{M-9} -@kindex M-1 @dots{} M-9 -@findex add-digit-to-numeric-arg -Add the digit value of the invoking key to the current numeric -argument. Once Info is reading a numeric argument, you may just type -the digits of the argument, without the Meta prefix. For example, you -might give @samp{C-l} a numeric argument of 32 by typing: - -@example -@kbd{C-u 3 2 C-l} -@end example - -@noindent -or - -@example -@kbd{M-3 2 C-l} -@end example -@end table - -@samp{C-g} is used to abort the reading of a multi-character key -sequence, to cancel lengthy operations (such as multi-file searches) and -to cancel reading input in the echo area. - -@table @asis -@item @code{C-g} (@code{abort-key}) -@cindex cancelling typeahead -@cindex cancelling the current operation -@kindex C-g, in Info windows -@findex abort-key -Cancel current operation. -@end table - -The @samp{q} command of Info simply quits running Info. - -@table @asis -@item @code{q} (@code{quit}) -@cindex quitting -@kindex q -@findex quit -Exit GNU Info. -@end table - -If the operating system tells GNU Info that the screen is 60 lines tall, -and it is actually only 40 lines tall, here is a way to tell Info that -the operating system is correct. - -@table @asis -@item @code{M-x set-screen-height} -@findex set-screen-height -@cindex screen, changing the height of -Read a height value in the echo area and set the height of the -displayed screen to that value. -@end table - -Finally, Info provides a convenient way to display footnotes which might -be associated with the current node that you are viewing: - -@table @asis -@item @code{ESC C-f} (@code{show-footnotes}) -@kindex ESC C-f -@findex show-footnotes -@cindex footnotes, displaying -Show the footnotes (if any) associated with the current node in another -window. You can have Info automatically display the footnotes -associated with a node when the node is selected by setting the variable -@code{automatic-footnotes}. @xref{Variables, , @code{automatic-footnotes}}. -@end table - -@node Variables, GNU Info Global Index, Miscellaneous Commands, Top -@chapter Manipulating Variables - -GNU Info contains several @dfn{variables} whose values are looked at by -various Info commands. You can change the values of these variables, -and thus change the behavior of Info to more closely match your -environment and Info file reading manner. - -@table @asis -@item @code{M-x set-variable} -@cindex variables, setting -@findex set-variable -Read the name of a variable, and the value for it, in the echo area and -then set the variable to that value. Completion is available when -reading the variable name; often, completion is available when reading -the value to give to the variable, but that depends on the variable -itself. If a variable does @emph{not} supply multiple choices to -complete over, it expects a numeric value. - -@item @code{M-x describe-variable} -@cindex variables, describing -@findex describe-variable -Read the name of a variable in the echo area and then display a brief -description of what the variable affects. -@end table - -Here is a list of the variables that you can set in Info. - -@table @code -@item automatic-footnotes -@vindex automatic-footnotes -When set to @code{On}, footnotes appear and disappear automatically. -This variable is @code{On} by default. When a node is selected, a -window containing the footnotes which appear in that node is created, -and the footnotes are displayed within the new window. The window that -Info creates to contain the footnotes is called @samp{*Footnotes*}. If -a node is selected which contains no footnotes, and a @samp{*Footnotes*} -window is on the screen, the @samp{*Footnotes*} window is deleted. -Footnote windows created in this fashion are not automatically tiled so -that they can use as little of the display as is possible. - -@item automatic-tiling -@vindex automatic-tiling -When set to @code{On}, creating or deleting a window resizes other -windows. This variable is @code{Off} by default. Normally, typing -@samp{C-x 2} divides the current window into two equal parts. When -@code{automatic-tiling} is set to @code{On}, all of the windows are -resized automatically, keeping an equal number of lines visible in each -window. There are exceptions to the automatic tiling; specifically, the -windows @samp{*Completions*} and @samp{*Footnotes*} are @emph{not} -resized through automatic tiling; they remain their original size. - -@item visible-bell -@vindex visible-bell -When set to @code{On}, GNU Info attempts to flash the screen instead of -ringing the bell. This variable is @code{Off} by default. Of course, -Info can only flash the screen if the terminal allows it; in the case -that the terminal does not allow it, the setting of this variable has no -effect. However, you can make Info perform quietly by setting the -@code{errors-ring-bell} variable to @code{Off}. - -@item errors-ring-bell -@vindex errors-ring-bell -When set to @code{On}, errors cause the bell to ring. The default -setting of this variable is @code{On}. - -@item gc-compressed-files -@vindex gc-compressed-files -When set to @code{On}, Info garbage collects files which had to be -uncompressed. The default value of this variable is @code{Off}. -Whenever a node is visited in Info, the Info file containing that node -is read into core, and Info reads information about the tags and nodes -contained in that file. Once the tags information is read by Info, it -is never forgotten. However, the actual text of the nodes does not need -to remain in core unless a particular Info window needs it. For -non-compressed files, the text of the nodes does not remain in core when -it is no longer in use. But de-compressing a file can be a time -consuming operation, and so Info tries hard not to do it twice. -@code{gc-compressed-files} tells Info it is okay to garbage collect the -text of the nodes of a file which was compressed on disk. - -@item show-index-match -@vindex show-index-match -When set to @code{On}, the portion of the matched search string is -highlighted in the message which explains where the matched search -string was found. The default value of this variable is @code{On}. -When Info displays the location where an index match was found, -(@pxref{Searching Commands, , @code{next-index-match}}), the portion of the -string that you had typed is highlighted by displaying it in the inverse -case from its surrounding characters. - -@item scroll-behavior -@vindex scroll-behavior -Control what happens when forward scrolling is requested at the end of -a node, or when backward scrolling is requested at the beginning of a -node. The default value for this variable is @code{Continuous}. There -are three possible values for this variable: - -@table @code -@item Continuous -Try to get the first item in this node's menu, or failing that, the -@samp{Next} node, or failing that, the @samp{Next} of the @samp{Up}. -This behavior is identical to using the @samp{]} -(@code{global-next-node}) and @samp{[} (@code{global-prev-node}) -commands. - -@item Next Only -Only try to get the @samp{Next} node. - -@item Page Only -Simply give up, changing nothing. If @code{scroll-behavior} is -@code{Page Only}, no scrolling command can change the node that is being -viewed. -@end table - -@item scroll-step -@vindex scroll-step -The number of lines to scroll when the cursor moves out of the window. -Scrolling happens automatically if the cursor has moved out of the -visible portion of the node text when it is time to display. Usually -the scrolling is done so as to put the cursor on the center line of the -current window. However, if the variable @code{scroll-step} has a -nonzero value, Info attempts to scroll the node text by that many lines; -if that is enough to bring the cursor back into the window, that is what -is done. The default value of this variable is 0, thus placing the -cursor (and the text it is attached to) in the center of the window. -Setting this variable to 1 causes a kind of "smooth scrolling" which -some people prefer. - -@item ISO-Latin -@cindex ISO Latin characters -@vindex ISO-Latin -When set to @code{On}, Info accepts and displays ISO Latin characters. -By default, Info assumes an ASCII character set. @code{ISO-Latin} tells -Info that it is running in an environment where the European standard -character set is in use, and allows you to input such characters to -Info, as well as display them. -@end table - - - -@c the following is incomplete -@ignore -@c node Info for Sys Admins -@c chapter Info for System Administrators - -This text describes some common ways of setting up an Info hierarchy -from scratch, and details the various options that are available when -installing Info. This text is designed for the person who is installing -GNU Info on the system; although users may find the information present -in this section interesting, none of it is vital to understanding how to -use GNU Info. - -@menu -* Setting the INFOPATH:: Where are my Info files kept? -* Editing the DIR node:: What goes in `DIR', and why? -* Storing Info files:: Alternate formats allow flexibility in setups. -* Using `localdir':: Building DIR on the fly. -* Example setups:: Some common ways to organize Info files. -@end menu - -@c node Setting the INFOPATH -@c section Setting the INFOPATH - -Where are my Info files kept? - -@c node Editing the DIR node -@c section Editing the DIR node - -What goes in `DIR', and why? - -@c node Storing Info files -@c section Storing Info files - -Alternate formats allow flexibility in setups. - -@c node Using `localdir' -@c section Using `localdir' - -Building DIR on the fly. - -@c node Example setups -@c section Example setups - -Some common ways to organize Info files. -@end ignore - -@node GNU Info Global Index, , Variables, Top -@appendix Global Index - -@printindex cp - -@contents -@bye diff --git a/contrib/texinfo/info/info.1 b/contrib/texinfo/info/info.1 deleted file mode 100644 index f956873..0000000 --- a/contrib/texinfo/info/info.1 +++ /dev/null @@ -1,229 +0,0 @@ -.TH info 1 "7th December 1990" -.SH NAME -info \- GNU's hypertext system -.SH SYNOPSIS -.B info -[ -.B \-\-option-name option-value -] -.B \menu-item... -.SH COPYRIGHT -.if n Copyright (C) 1989, 1993 Free Software Foundation, Inc. -.if t Copyright \(co 1989, 1993 Free Software Foundation, Inc. -.SH DESCRIPTION -.LP -The GNU project has a hypertext system called -.I Info -which allows the same source file to be either printed as a -paper manual, or viewed using -.B info. -It is possible to use the -.B info -program from inside Emacs, or to use the stand-alone version described here. -This manual page gives a brief summary of its capabilities. - -.SH OPTIONS -.TP -.B \-\-directory directory-path -Add -.B directory-path -to the list of directory paths searched when -.B info -needs to find a file. You may issue -.B \-\-directory -multiple times. -Alternatively, you may specify a value for the environment variable -.B INFOPATH; -if -.B \-\-directory -is not given, the value of -.B INFOPATH -is used. The value of -.B INFOPATH -is a colon separated list of directory names. If you do not supply either -.B INFOPATH -or -.B \-\-directory-path, -.B info -uses a default path. -.TP -.B \-f filename -Specify a particular -.B info -file to visit. By default, -.B info -visits -the file -.B dir; -if you use this option, -.B info -will start with -.B (FILENAME)Top -as the first file and node. -.TP -.B \-n nodename -Specify a particular node to visit in the initial file that -.B info -loads. This is especially useful in conjunction with -.B \-\-file. -You may specify -.B \-\-node -multiple times. -.TP -.B -o file -Direct output to -.B file -instead of starting an interactive -.B info -session. -.TP -.B \-h -Produce a relatively brief description of the available -.B info -options. -.TP -.B \-\-version -Print the version information of -.B info -and exit. -.TP -.B menu-item -.B info -treats its remaining arguments as the names of menu items. -The first argument is a menu item in the initial node visited, -while the second argument is a menu item in the first argument's -node. You can easily move to the node of your choice by -specifying the menu names which describe the path to that node. -For example, - -.B info emacs buffers - -first selects the menu item -.B emacs -in the node -.B (dir)Top, -and then selects the menu item -.B buffers -in the node -.B (emacs)Top. -.SH COMMANDS -When in -.B info -the following commands are available: -.TP -.B h -Invoke the Info tutorial. -.TP -.B ? -Get a short summary of -.B info -commands. -.TP -.B h -Select the -.B info -node from the main directory; this is much more complete than just -using -.B ?. -.TP -.B Ctrl-g -Abort whatever you are doing. -.TP -.B Ctrl-l -Redraw the screen. -.PP -Selecting other nodes: -.TP -.B n -Move to the "next" node of this node. -.TP -.B p -Move to the "previous" node of this node. -.TP -.B u -Move to this node's "up" node. -.TP -.B m -Pick a menu item specified by name. Picking a menu item causes another -node to be selected. You do not need to type a complete nodename; if -you type a few letters and then a space or tab -.B info -will will try to fill in the rest of the nodename. If you ask for further -completion without typing any more characters you'll be given a list -of possibilities; you can also get the list with -.B ?. -If you type a few characters and then hit return -.B info -will try to do a completion, and if it is ambigous use the first possibility. -.TP -.B f -Follow a cross reference. You are asked for the name of the reference, -using command completion as for -.B m. -.TP -.B l -Move to the last node you were at. -.PP -Moving within a node: -.TP -.B Space -Scroll forward a page. -.TP -.B DEL -Scroll backward a page. -.TP -.B b -Go to the beginning of this node. -.PP -Advanced commands: -.TP -.B q -Quit -.B info. -.TP -.B 1 -Pick first item in node's menu. -.TP -.B 2 \-\- 5 -Pick second ... fifth item in node's menu. -.TP -.B g -Move to node specified by name. You may include a filename as well, -as -.B (FILENAME)NODENAME. -.TP -.B s -Search through this -.B info -file for a specified string, and select the node in which -the next occurrence is found. -.TP -.B M-x print-node -Pipe the contents of the current node through the command in the -environment variable -.B INFO_PRINT_COMMAND. -If the variable does not exist, the node is simply piped to -.B lpr. -.SH ENVIRONMENT -.TP -.B INFOPATH -A colon-separated list of directories to search for -.B info -files. Used if -.B \-\-directory -is not given. -.TP -.B INFO_PRINT_COMMAND -The command used for printing. -.SH SEE ALSO -.BR emacs (1) -.SH AUTHOR -.RS -Brian Fox, Free Software Foundation -.br -bfox@ai.mit.edu -.SH MANUAL AUTHOR -.RS -Robert Lupton; updated by Robert J. Chassell. -.br -rhl@astro.princeton.edu; bob@gnu.ai.mit.edu diff --git a/contrib/texinfo/info/info.texi b/contrib/texinfo/info/info.texi deleted file mode 100644 index cfdf782..0000000 --- a/contrib/texinfo/info/info.texi +++ /dev/null @@ -1,916 +0,0 @@ -\input texinfo @c -*-texinfo-*- -@comment %**start of header -@setfilename info.info -@settitle Info 1.0 -@comment %**end of header -@comment $Id: info.texi,v 1.5 1996/09/29 16:58:42 karl Exp $ - -@dircategory Texinfo documentation system -@direntry -* Info: (info). Documentation browsing system. -@end direntry - -@ifinfo -This file describes how to use Info, -the on-line, menu-driven GNU documentation system. - -Copyright (C) 1989, 92, 96 Free Software Foundation, Inc. - -Permission is granted to make and distribute verbatim copies of -this manual provided the copyright notice and this permission notice -are preserved on all copies. - -@ignore -Permission is granted to process this file through TeX and print the -results, provided the printed document carries copying permission -notice identical to this one except for the removal of this paragraph -(this paragraph not being relevant to the printed manual). - -@end ignore -Permission is granted to copy and distribute modified versions of this -manual under the conditions for verbatim copying, provided that the entire -resulting derived work is distributed under the terms of a permission -notice identical to this one. - -Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual -into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions, -except that this permission notice may be stated in a translation approved -by the Free Software Foundation. -@end ifinfo - -@titlepage -@sp 11 -@center @titlefont{Info} -@sp 2 -@center The -@sp 2 -@center On-line, Menu-driven -@sp 2 -@center GNU Documentation System - -@page -@vskip 0pt plus 1filll -Copyright @copyright{} 1989, 1992, 1993 Free Software Foundation, Inc. -@sp 2 - -Published by the Free Software Foundation @* -59 Temple Place - Suite 330 @* -Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. - -Permission is granted to make and distribute verbatim copies of -this manual provided the copyright notice and this permission notice -are preserved on all copies. - -Permission is granted to copy and distribute modified versions of this -manual under the conditions for verbatim copying, provided that the entire -resulting derived work is distributed under the terms of a permission -notice identical to this one. - -Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual -into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions, -except that this permission notice may be stated in a translation approved -by the Free Software Foundation. -@end titlepage - -@ifinfo -@node Top, Getting Started, (dir), (dir) -@top Info: An Introduction - -Info is a program for reading documentation, which you are using now. - -To learn how to use Info, type the command @kbd{h}. It brings you -to a programmed instruction sequence. - -@c Need to make sure that `Info-help' goes to the right node, -@c which is the first node of the first chapter. (It should.) -@c (Info-find-node "info" -@c (if (< (window-height) 23) -@c "Help-Small-Screen" -@c "Help"))) - -To learn advanced Info commands, type @kbd{n} twice. This brings you to -@cite{Info for Experts}, skipping over the `Getting Started' chapter. -@end ifinfo - -@menu -* Getting Started:: Getting started using an Info reader. -* Advanced Info:: Advanced commands within Info. -* Create an Info File:: How to make your own Info file. -* The Standalone Info Program: (info-stnd.info). -@end menu - -@node Getting Started, Advanced Info, Top, Top -@comment node-name, next, previous, up -@chapter Getting Started - -This first part of the Info manual describes how to get around inside -of Info. The second part of the manual describes various advanced -Info commands, and how to write an Info as distinct from a Texinfo -file. The third part is about how to generate Info files from -Texinfo files. - -@iftex -This manual is primarily designed for use on a computer, so that you can -try Info commands while reading about them. Reading it on paper is less -effective, since you must take it on faith that the commands described -really do what the manual says. By all means go through this manual now -that you have it; but please try going through the on-line version as -well. - -There are two ways of looking at the online version of this manual: - -@enumerate -@item -Type @code{info} at your shell's command line. This approach uses a -small stand-alone program designed just to read Info files. - -@item -Type @code{emacs} at the command line; then type @kbd{C-h i} (Control -@kbd{h}, followed by @kbd{i}). This approach uses the Info mode of the -Emacs program, an editor with many other capabilities. -@end enumerate - -In either case, then type @kbd{mInfo} (just the letters), followed by -@key{RET}---the ``Return'' or ``Enter'' key. At this point, you should -be ready to follow the instructions in this manual as you read them on -the screen. -@c FIXME! (pesch@cygnus.com, 14 dec 1992) -@c Is it worth worrying about what-if the beginner goes to somebody -@c else's Emacs session, which already has an Info running in the middle -@c of something---in which case these simple instructions won't work? -@end iftex - -@menu -* Help-Small-Screen:: Starting Info on a Small Screen -* Help:: How to use Info -* Help-P:: Returning to the Previous node -* Help-^L:: The Space, Rubout, B and ^L commands. -* Help-M:: Menus -* Help-Adv:: Some advanced Info commands -* Help-Q:: Quitting Info -@end menu - -@node Help-Small-Screen, Help, , Getting Started -@comment node-name, next, previous, up -@section Starting Info on a Small Screen - -@iftex -(In Info, you only see this section if your terminal has a small -number of lines; most readers pass by it without seeing it.) -@end iftex - -Since your terminal has an unusually small number of lines on its -screen, it is necessary to give you special advice at the beginning. - -If you see the text @samp{--All----} at near the bottom right corner -of the screen, it means the entire text you are looking at fits on the -screen. If you see @samp{--Top----} instead, it means that there is -more text below that does not fit. To move forward through the text -and see another screen full, press the Space bar, @key{SPC}. To move -back up, press the key labeled @samp{Backspace} or @key{Delete}. - -@ifinfo -Here are 40 lines of junk, so you can try Spaces and Deletes and -see what they do. At the end are instructions of what you should do -next. - -This is line 17 @* -This is line 18 @* -This is line 19 @* -This is line 20 @* -This is line 21 @* -This is line 22 @* -This is line 23 @* -This is line 24 @* -This is line 25 @* -This is line 26 @* -This is line 27 @* -This is line 28 @* -This is line 29 @* -This is line 30 @* -This is line 31 @* -This is line 32 @* -This is line 33 @* -This is line 34 @* -This is line 35 @* -This is line 36 @* -This is line 37 @* -This is line 38 @* -This is line 39 @* -This is line 40 @* -This is line 41 @* -This is line 42 @* -This is line 43 @* -This is line 44 @* -This is line 45 @* -This is line 46 @* -This is line 47 @* -This is line 48 @* -This is line 49 @* -This is line 50 @* -This is line 51 @* -This is line 52 @* -This is line 53 @* -This is line 54 @* -This is line 55 @* -This is line 56 @* - -If you have managed to get here, go back to the beginning with -Delete, and come back here again, then you understand Space and -Delete. So now type an @kbd{n} ---just one character; don't type -the quotes and don't type the Return key afterward--- to -get to the normal start of the course. -@end ifinfo - -@node Help, Help-P, Help-Small-Screen, Getting Started -@comment node-name, next, previous, up -@section How to use Info - -You are talking to the program Info, for reading documentation. - - Right now you are looking at one @dfn{Node} of Information. -A node contains text describing a specific topic at a specific -level of detail. This node's topic is ``how to use Info''. - - The top line of a node is its @dfn{header}. This node's header (look at -it now) says that it is the node named @samp{Help} in the file -@file{info}. It says that the @samp{Next} node after this one is the node -called @samp{Help-P}. An advanced Info command lets you go to any node -whose name you know. - - Besides a @samp{Next}, a node can have a @samp{Previous} or an @samp{Up}. -This node has a @samp{Previous} but no @samp{Up}, as you can see. - - Now it is time to move on to the @samp{Next} node, named @samp{Help-P}. - ->> Type @samp{n} to move there. Type just one character; - do not type the quotes and do not type a @key{RET} afterward. - -@samp{>>} in the margin means it is really time to try a command. - -@node Help-P, Help-^L, Help, Getting Started -@comment node-name, next, previous, up -@section Returning to the Previous node - -This node is called @samp{Help-P}. The @samp{Previous} node, as you see, -is @samp{Help}, which is the one you just came from using the @kbd{n} -command. Another @kbd{n} command now would take you to the next -node, @samp{Help-^L}. - ->> But do not do that yet. First, try the @kbd{p} command, which takes - you to the @samp{Previous} node. When you get there, you can do an - @kbd{n} again to return here. - - This all probably seems insultingly simple so far, but @emph{do not} be -led into skimming. Things will get more complicated soon. Also, -do not try a new command until you are told it is time to. Otherwise, -you may make Info skip past an important warning that was coming up. - ->> Now do an @kbd{n} to get to the node @samp{Help-^L} and learn more. - -@node Help-^L, Help-M, Help-P, Getting Started -@comment node-name, next, previous, up -@section The Space, Delete, B and ^L commands. - - This node's header tells you that you are now at node @samp{Help-^L}, and -that @kbd{p} would get you back to @samp{Help-P}. The node's title is -underlined; it says what the node is about (most nodes have titles). - - This is a big node and it does not all fit on your display screen. -You can tell that there is more that is not visible because you -can see the string @samp{--Top-----} rather than @samp{--All----} near -the bottom right corner of the screen. - - The Space, Delete and @kbd{B} commands exist to allow you to ``move -around'' in a node that does not all fit on the screen at once. -Space moves forward, to show what was below the bottom of the screen. -Delete moves backward, to show what was above the top of the screen -(there is not anything above the top until you have typed some spaces). - ->> Now try typing a Space (afterward, type a Delete to return here). - - When you type the space, the two lines that were at the bottom of -the screen appear at the top, followed by more lines. Delete takes -the two lines from the top and moves them to the bottom, -@emph{usually}, but if there are not a full screen's worth of lines -above them they may not make it all the way to the bottom. - - If you type Space when there is no more to see, it rings the -bell and otherwise does nothing. The same goes for Delete when -the header of the node is visible. - - If your screen is ever garbaged, you can tell Info to print it out -again by typing @kbd{C-l} (@kbd{Control-L}, that is---hold down ``Control'' and -type an @key{L} or @kbd{l}). - ->> Type @kbd{C-l} now. - - To move back to the beginning of the node you are on, you can type -a lot of Deletes. You can also type simply @kbd{b} for beginning. ->> Try that now. (We have put in enough verbiage to push this past -the first screenful, but screens are so big nowadays that perhaps it -isn't enough. You may need to shrink your Emacs or Info window.) -Then come back, with Spaces. - - If your screen is very tall, all of this node might fit at once. -In that case, "b" won't do anything. Sorry; what can we do? - - You have just learned a considerable number of commands. If you -want to use one but have trouble remembering which, you should type -a @key{?} which prints out a brief list of commands. When you are -finished looking at the list, make it go away by typing a @key{SPC}. - ->> Type a @key{?} now. After it finishes, type a @key{SPC}. - - (If you are using the standalone Info reader, type `l' to return here.) - - From now on, you will encounter large nodes without warning, and -will be expected to know how to use Space and Delete to move -around in them without being told. Since not all terminals have -the same size screen, it would be impossible to warn you anyway. - ->> Now type @kbd{n} to see the description of the @kbd{m} command. - -@node Help-M, Help-Adv, Help-^L, Getting Started -@comment node-name, next, previous, up -@section Menus - -Menus and the @kbd{m} command - - With only the @kbd{n} and @kbd{p} commands for moving between nodes, nodes -are restricted to a linear sequence. Menus allow a branching -structure. A menu is a list of other nodes you can move to. It is -actually just part of the text of the node formatted specially so that -Info can interpret it. The beginning of a menu is always identified -by a line which starts with @samp{* Menu:}. A node contains a menu if and -only if it has a line in it which starts that way. The only menu you -can use at any moment is the one in the node you are in. To use a -menu in any other node, you must move to that node first. - - After the start of the menu, each line that starts with a @samp{*} -identifies one subtopic. The line usually contains a brief name -for the subtopic (followed by a @samp{:}), the name of the node that talks -about that subtopic, and optionally some further description of the -subtopic. Lines in the menu that do not start with a @samp{*} have no -special meaning---they are only for the human reader's benefit and do -not define additional subtopics. Here is an example: - -@example -* Foo: FOO's Node This tells about FOO -@end example - -The subtopic name is Foo, and the node describing it is @samp{FOO's Node}. -The rest of the line is just for the reader's Information. -[[ But this line is not a real menu item, simply because there is -no line above it which starts with @samp{* Menu:}.]] - - When you use a menu to go to another node (in a way that will be -described soon), what you specify is the subtopic name, the first -thing in the menu line. Info uses it to find the menu line, extracts -the node name from it, and goes to that node. The reason that there -is both a subtopic name and a node name is that the node name must be -meaningful to the computer and may therefore have to be ugly looking. -The subtopic name can be chosen just to be convenient for the user to -specify. Often the node name is convenient for the user to specify -and so both it and the subtopic name are the same. There is an -abbreviation for this: - -@example -* Foo:: This tells about FOO -@end example - -@noindent -This means that the subtopic name and node name are the same; they are -both @samp{Foo}. - ->> Now use Spaces to find the menu in this node, then come back to - the front with a @kbd{b} and some Spaces. As you see, a menu is - actually visible in its node. If you cannot find a menu in a node - by looking at it, then the node does not have a menu and the - @kbd{m} command is not available. - - The command to go to one of the subnodes is @kbd{m}---but @emph{do -not do it yet!} Before you use @kbd{m}, you must understand the -difference between commands and arguments. So far, you have learned -several commands that do not need arguments. When you type one, Info -processes it and is instantly ready for another command. The @kbd{m} -command is different: it is incomplete without the @dfn{name of the -subtopic}. Once you have typed @kbd{m}, Info tries to read the -subtopic name. - - Now look for the line containing many dashes near the bottom of the -screen. There is one more line beneath that one, but usually it is -blank. If it is empty, Info is ready for a command, such as @kbd{n} -or @kbd{b} or Space or @kbd{m}. If that line contains text ending -in a colon, it mean Info is trying to read the @dfn{argument} to a -command. At such times, commands do not work, because Info tries to -use them as the argument. You must either type the argument and -finish the command you started, or type @kbd{Control-g} to cancel the -command. When you have done one of those things, the line becomes -blank again. - - The command to go to a subnode via a menu is @kbd{m}. After you type -the @kbd{m}, the line at the bottom of the screen says @samp{Menu item: }. -You must then type the name of the subtopic you want, and end it with -a @key{RET}. - - You can abbreviate the subtopic name. If the abbreviation is not -unique, the first matching subtopic is chosen. Some menus put -the shortest possible abbreviation for each subtopic name in capital -letters, so you can see how much you need to type. It does not -matter whether you use upper case or lower case when you type the -subtopic. You should not put any spaces at the end, or inside of the -item name, except for one space where a space appears in the item in -the menu. - - You can also use the @dfn{completion} feature to help enter the subtopic -name. If you type the Tab key after entering part of a name, it will -magically fill in more of the name---as much as follows uniquely from -what you have entered. - - If you move the cursor to one of the menu subtopic lines, then you do -not need to type the argument: you just type a Return, and it stands for -the subtopic of the line you are on. - -Here is a menu to give you a chance to practice. - -* Menu: The menu starts here. - -This menu gives you three ways of going to one place, Help-FOO. - -* Foo: Help-FOO. A node you can visit for fun.@* -* Bar: Help-FOO. Strange! two ways to get to the same place.@* -* Help-FOO:: And yet another!@* - - ->> Now type just an @kbd{m} and see what happens: - - Now you are ``inside'' an @kbd{m} command. Commands cannot be used -now; the next thing you will type must be the name of a subtopic. - - You can change your mind about doing the @kbd{m} by typing Control-g. - ->> Try that now; notice the bottom line clear. - ->> Then type another @kbd{m}. - ->> Now type @samp{BAR} item name. Do not type Return yet. - - While you are typing the item name, you can use the Delete key to -cancel one character at a time if you make a mistake. - ->> Type one to cancel the @samp{R}. You could type another @samp{R} to - replace it. You do not have to, since @samp{BA} is a valid abbreviation. - ->> Now you are ready to go. Type a @key{RET}. - - After visiting Help-FOO, you should return here. - ->> Type @kbd{n} to see more commands. - -@c If a menu appears at the end of this node, remove it. -@c It is an accident of the menu updating command. - -Here is another way to get to Help-FOO, a menu. You can ignore this -if you want, or else try it (but then please come back to here). - -@menu -* Help-FOO:: -@end menu - -@node Help-FOO, , , Help-M -@comment node-name, next, previous, up -@subsection The @kbd{u} command - - Congratulations! This is the node @samp{Help-FOO}. Unlike the other -nodes you have seen, this one has an @samp{Up}: @samp{Help-M}, the node you -just came from via the @kbd{m} command. This is the usual -convention---the nodes you reach from a menu have @samp{Up} nodes that lead -back to the menu. Menus move Down in the tree, and @samp{Up} moves Up. -@samp{Previous}, on the other hand, is usually used to ``stay on the same -level but go backwards'' - - You can go back to the node @samp{Help-M} by typing the command -@kbd{u} for ``Up''. That puts you at the @emph{front} of the -node---to get back to where you were reading you have to type -some @key{SPC}s. - ->> Now type @kbd{u} to move back up to @samp{Help-M}. - -@node Help-Adv, Help-Q, Help-M, Getting Started -@comment node-name, next, previous, up -@section Some advanced Info commands - - The course is almost over, so please stick with it to the end. - - If you have been moving around to different nodes and wish to -retrace your steps, the @kbd{l} command (@kbd{l} for @dfn{last}) will -do that, one node-step at a time. As you move from node to node, Info -records the nodes where you have been in a special history list. The -@kbd{l} command revisits nodes in the history list; each successive -@kbd{l} command moves one step back through the history. - - If you have been following directions, ad @kbd{l} command now will get -you back to @samp{Help-M}. Another @kbd{l} command would undo the -@kbd{u} and get you back to @samp{Help-FOO}. Another @kbd{l} would undo -the @kbd{m} and get you back to @samp{Help-M}. - ->> Try typing three @kbd{l}'s, pausing in between to see what each - @kbd{l} does. - -Then follow directions again and you will end up back here. - - Note the difference between @kbd{l} and @kbd{p}: @kbd{l} moves to -where @emph{you} last were, whereas @kbd{p} always moves to the node -which the header says is the @samp{Previous} node (from this node, to -@samp{Help-M}). - - The @samp{d} command gets you instantly to the Directory node. -This node, which is the first one you saw when you entered Info, -has a menu which leads (directly, or indirectly through other menus), -to all the nodes that exist. - ->> Try doing a @samp{d}, then do an @kbd{l} to return here (yes, - @emph{do} return). - - Sometimes, in Info documentation, you will see a cross reference. -Cross references look like this: @xref{Help-Cross, Cross}. That is a -real, live cross reference which is named @samp{Cross} and points at -the node named @samp{Help-Cross}. - - If you wish to follow a cross reference, you must use the @samp{f} -command. The @samp{f} must be followed by the cross reference name -(in this case, @samp{Cross}). While you enter the name, you can use the -Delete key to edit your input. If you change your mind about following -any reference, you can use @kbd{Control-g} to cancel the command. - - Completion is available in the @samp{f} command; you can complete among -all the cross reference names in the current node by typing a Tab. - ->> Type @samp{f}, followed by @samp{Cross}, and a @key{RET}. - - To get a list of all the cross references in the current node, you can -type @kbd{?} after an @samp{f}. The @samp{f} continues to await a -cross reference name even after printing the list, so if you don't -actually want to follow a reference, you should type a @kbd{Control-g} -to cancel the @samp{f}. - ->> Type "f?" to get a list of the cross references in this node. Then - type a @kbd{Control-g} and see how the @samp{f} gives up. - ->> Now type @kbd{n} to see the last node of the course. - -@c If a menu appears at the end of this node, remove it. -@c It is an accident of the menu updating command. - -@node Help-Cross, , , Help-Adv -@comment node-name, next, previous, up -@unnumberedsubsec The node reached by the cross reference in Info - - This is the node reached by the cross reference named @samp{Cross}. - - While this node is specifically intended to be reached by a cross -reference, most cross references lead to nodes that ``belong'' -someplace else far away in the structure of Info. So you cannot expect -the footnote to have a @samp{Next}, @samp{Previous} or @samp{Up} pointing back to -where you came from. In general, the @kbd{l} (el) command is the only -way to get back there. - ->> Type @kbd{l} to return to the node where the cross reference was. - -@node Help-Q, , Help-Adv, Getting Started -@comment node-name, next, previous, up -@section Quitting Info - - To get out of Info, back to what you were doing before, type @kbd{q} -for @dfn{Quit}. - - This is the end of the course on using Info. There are some other -commands that are meant for experienced users; they are useful, and you -can find them by looking in the directory node for documentation on -Info. Finding them will be a good exercise in using Info in the usual -manner. - ->> Type @samp{d} to go to the Info directory node; then type - @samp{mInfo} and Return, to get to the node about Info and - see what other help is available. - -@node Advanced Info, Create an Info File, Getting Started, Top -@comment node-name, next, previous, up -@chapter Info for Experts - -This chapter describes various advanced Info commands, and how to write -an Info as distinct from a Texinfo file. (However, in most cases, writing a -Texinfo file is better, since you can use it @emph{both} to generate an -Info file and to make a printed manual. @xref{Top,, Overview of -Texinfo, texinfo, Texinfo: The GNU Documentation Format}.) - -@menu -* Expert:: Advanced Info commands: g, s, e, and 1 - 5. -* Add:: Describes how to add new nodes to the hierarchy. - Also tells what nodes look like. -* Menus:: How to add to or create menus in Info nodes. -* Cross-refs:: How to add cross-references to Info nodes. -* Tags:: How to make tag tables for Info files. -* Checking:: Checking an Info File -* Emacs Info Variables:: Variables modifying the behavior of Emacs Info. -@end menu - -@node Expert, Add, , Advanced Info -@comment node-name, next, previous, up -@section Advanced Info Commands - -@kbd{g}, @kbd{s}, @kbd{1}, -- @kbd{9}, and @kbd{e} - -If you know a node's name, you can go there by typing @kbd{g}, the -name, and @key{RET}. Thus, @kbd{gTop@key{RET}} would go to the node -called @samp{Top} in this file (its directory node). -@kbd{gExpert@key{RET}} would come back here. - -Unlike @kbd{m}, @kbd{g} does not allow the use of abbreviations. - -To go to a node in another file, you can include the filename in the -node name by putting it at the front, in parentheses. Thus, -@kbd{g(dir)Top@key{RET}} would go to the Info Directory node, which is -node @samp{Top} in the file @file{dir}. - -The node name @samp{*} specifies the whole file. So you can look at -all of the current file by typing @kbd{g*@key{RET}} or all of any -other file with @kbd{g(FILENAME)@key{RET}}. - -The @kbd{s} command allows you to search a whole file for a string. -It switches to the next node if and when that is necessary. You -type @kbd{s} followed by the string to search for, terminated by -@key{RET}. To search for the same string again, just @kbd{s} followed -by @key{RET} will do. The file's nodes are scanned in the order -they are in in the file, which has no necessary relationship to the -order that they may be in in the tree structure of menus and @samp{next} pointers. -But normally the two orders are not very different. In any case, -you can always do a @kbd{b} to find out what node you have reached, if -the header is not visible (this can happen, because @kbd{s} puts your -cursor at the occurrence of the string, not at the beginning of the -node). - -If you grudge the system each character of type-in it requires, you -might like to use the commands @kbd{1}, @kbd{2}, @kbd{3}, @kbd{4}, ... -@kbd{9}. They are short for the @kbd{m} command together with an -argument. @kbd{1} goes through the first item in the current node's -menu; @kbd{2} goes through the second item, etc. - -If you display supports multiple fonts, and you are using Emacs' Info -mode to read Info files, the @samp{*} for the fifth menu item is -underlines, and so is the @samp{*} for the ninth item; these underlines -make it easy to see at a glance which number to use for an item. - -On ordinary terminals, you won't have underlining. If you need to -actually count items, it is better to use @kbd{m} instead, and specify -the name. - -The Info command @kbd{e} changes from Info mode to an ordinary -Emacs editing mode, so that you can edit the text of the current node. -Type @kbd{C-c C-c} to switch back to Info. The @kbd{e} command is allowed -only if the variable @code{Info-enable-edit} is non-@code{nil}. - -@node Add, Menus, Expert, Advanced Info -@comment node-name, next, previous, up -@section Adding a new node to Info - -To add a new topic to the list in the Info directory, you must: -@enumerate -@item -Create some nodes, in some file, to document that topic. -@item -Put that topic in the menu in the directory. @xref{Menus, Menu}. -@end enumerate - -Usually, the way to create the nodes is with Texinfo @pxref{Top,, Overview of -Texinfo, texinfo, Texinfo: The GNU Documentation Format}); this has the -advantage that you can also make a printed manual from them. However, -if hyou want to edit an Info file, here is how. - - The new node can live in an existing documentation file, or in a new -one. It must have a @key{^_} character before it (invisible to the -user; this node has one but you cannot see it), and it ends with either -a @key{^_}, a @key{^L}, or the end of file. Note: If you put in a -@key{^L} to end a new node, be sure that there is a @key{^_} after it -to start the next one, since @key{^L} cannot @emph{start} a node. -Also, a nicer way to make a node boundary be a page boundary as well -is to put a @key{^L} @emph{right after} the @key{^_}. - - The @key{^_} starting a node must be followed by a newline or a -@key{^L} newline, after which comes the node's header line. The -header line must give the node's name (by which Info finds it), -and state the names of the @samp{Next}, @samp{Previous}, and @samp{Up} nodes (if -there are any). As you can see, this node's @samp{Up} node is the node -@samp{Top}, which points at all the documentation for Info. The @samp{Next} -node is @samp{Menus}. - - The keywords @dfn{Node}, @dfn{Previous}, @dfn{Up}, and @dfn{Next}, -may appear in any order, anywhere in the header line, but the -recommended order is the one in this sentence. Each keyword must be -followed by a colon, spaces and tabs, and then the appropriate name. -The name may be terminated with a tab, a comma, or a newline. A space -does not end it; node names may contain spaces. The case of letters -in the names is insignificant. - - A node name has two forms. A node in the current file is named by -what appears after the @samp{Node: } in that node's first line. For -example, this node's name is @samp{Add}. A node in another file is -named by @samp{(@var{filename})@var{node-within-file}}, as in -@samp{(info)Add} for this node. If the file name starts with ``./'', -then it is relative to the current directory; otherwise, it is relative -starting from the standard Info file directory of your site. -The name @samp{(@var{filename})Top} can be abbreviated to just -@samp{(@var{filename})}. By convention, the name @samp{Top} is used for -the ``highest'' node in any single file---the node whose @samp{Up} points -out of the file. The Directory node is @file{(dir)}. The @samp{Top} node -of a document file listed in the Directory should have an @samp{Up: -(dir)} in it. - - The node name @kbd{*} is special: it refers to the entire file. -Thus, @kbd{g*} shows you the whole current file. The use of the -node @kbd{*} is to make it possible to make old-fashioned, -unstructured files into nodes of the tree. - - The @samp{Node:} name, in which a node states its own name, must not -contain a filename, since Info when searching for a node does not -expect one to be there. The @samp{Next}, @samp{Previous} and @samp{Up} names may -contain them. In this node, since the @samp{Up} node is in the same file, -it was not necessary to use one. - - Note that the nodes in this file have a file name in the header -line. The file names are ignored by Info, but they serve as comments -to help identify the node for the user. - -@node Menus, Cross-refs, Add, Advanced Info -@comment node-name, next, previous, up -@section How to Create Menus - - Any node in the Info hierarchy may have a @dfn{menu}---a list of subnodes. -The @kbd{m} command searches the current node's menu for the topic which it -reads from the terminal. - - A menu begins with a line starting with @samp{* Menu:}. The rest of the -line is a comment. After the starting line, every line that begins -with a @samp{* } lists a single topic. The name of the topic--the -argument that the user must give to the @kbd{m} command to select this -topic---comes right after the star and space, and is followed by a -colon, spaces and tabs, and the name of the node which discusses that -topic. The node name, like node names following @samp{Next}, @samp{Previous} -and @samp{Up}, may be terminated with a tab, comma, or newline; it may also -be terminated with a period. - - If the node name and topic name are the same, then rather than -giving the name twice, the abbreviation @samp{* NAME::} may be used -(and should be used, whenever possible, as it reduces the visual -clutter in the menu). - - It is considerate to choose the topic names so that they differ -from each other very near the beginning---this allows the user to type -short abbreviations. In a long menu, it is a good idea to capitalize -the beginning of each item name which is the minimum acceptable -abbreviation for it (a long menu is more than 5 or so entries). - - The nodes listed in a node's menu are called its ``subnodes'', and -it is their ``superior''. They should each have an @samp{Up:} pointing at -the superior. It is often useful to arrange all or most of the -subnodes in a sequence of @samp{Next} and @samp{Previous} pointers so that someone who -wants to see them all need not keep revisiting the Menu. - - The Info Directory is simply the menu of the node @samp{(dir)Top}---that -is, node @samp{Top} in file @file{.../info/dir}. You can put new entries -in that menu just like any other menu. The Info Directory is @emph{not} the -same as the file directory called @file{info}. It happens that many of -Info's files live on that file directory, but they do not have to; and -files on that directory are not automatically listed in the Info -Directory node. - - Also, although the Info node graph is claimed to be a ``hierarchy'', -in fact it can be @emph{any} directed graph. Shared structures and -pointer cycles are perfectly possible, and can be used if they are -appropriate to the meaning to be expressed. There is no need for all -the nodes in a file to form a connected structure. In fact, this file -has two connected components. You are in one of them, which is under -the node @samp{Top}; the other contains the node @samp{Help} which the -@kbd{h} command goes to. In fact, since there is no garbage -collector, nothing terrible happens if a substructure is not pointed -to, but such a substructure is rather useless since nobody can -ever find out that it exists. - -@node Cross-refs, Tags, Menus, Advanced Info -@comment node-name, next, previous, up -@section Creating Cross References - - A cross reference can be placed anywhere in the text, unlike a menu -item which must go at the front of a line. A cross reference looks -like a menu item except that it has @samp{*note} instead of @kbd{*}. -It @emph{cannot} be terminated by a @samp{)}, because @samp{)}'s are -so often part of node names. If you wish to enclose a cross reference -in parentheses, terminate it with a period first. Here are two -examples of cross references pointers: - -@example -*Note details: commands. (See *note 3: Full Proof.) -@end example - -They are just examples. The places they ``lead to'' do not really exist! - -@node Tags, Checking, Cross-refs, Advanced Info -@comment node-name, next, previous, up -@section Tag Tables for Info Files - - You can speed up the access to nodes of a large Info file by giving -it a tag table. Unlike the tag table for a program, the tag table for -an Info file lives inside the file itself and is used -automatically whenever Info reads in the file. - - To make a tag table, go to a node in the file using Emacs Info mode and type -@kbd{M-x Info-tagify}. Then you must use @kbd{C-x C-s} to save the -file. - - Once the Info file has a tag table, you must make certain it is up -to date. If, as a result of deletion of text, any node moves back -more than a thousand characters in the file from the position -recorded in the tag table, Info will no longer be able to find that -node. To update the tag table, use the @code{Info-tagify} command again. - - An Info file tag table appears at the end of the file and looks like -this: - -@example -^_ -Tag Table: -File: info, Node: Cross-refs^?21419 -File: info, Node: Tags^?22145 -^_ -End Tag Table -@end example - -@noindent -Note that it contains one line per node, and this line contains -the beginning of the node's header (ending just after the node name), -a Delete character, and the character position in the file of the -beginning of the node. - -@node Checking, Emacs Info Variables, Tags, Advanced Info -@comment node-name, next, previous, up -@section Checking an Info File - - When creating an Info file, it is easy to forget the name of a node -when you are making a pointer to it from another node. If you put in -the wrong name for a node, this is not detected until someone -tries to go through the pointer using Info. Verification of the Info -file is an automatic process which checks all pointers to nodes and -reports any pointers which are invalid. Every @samp{Next}, @samp{Previous}, and -@samp{Up} is checked, as is every menu item and every cross reference. In -addition, any @samp{Next} which does not have a @samp{Previous} pointing back is -reported. Only pointers within the file are checked, because checking -pointers to other files would be terribly slow. But those are usually -few. - - To check an Info file, do @kbd{M-x Info-validate} while looking at -any node of the file with Emacs Info mode. - -@node Emacs Info Variables, , Checking, Advanced Info -@section Emacs Info-mode Variables - -The following variables may modify the behaviour of Info-mode in Emacs; -you may wish to set one or several of these variables interactively, or -in your @file{~/.emacs} init file. @xref{Examining, Examining and Setting -Variables, Examining and Setting Variables, emacs, The GNU Emacs -Manual}. - -@vtable @code -@item Info-enable-edit -Set to @code{nil}, disables the @samp{e} (@code{Info-edit}) command. A -non-@code{nil} value enables it. @xref{Add, Edit}. - -@item Info-enable-active-nodes -When set to a non-@code{nil} value, allows Info to execute Lisp code -associated with nodes. The Lisp code is executed when the node is -selected. - -@item Info-directory-list -The list of directories to search for Info files. Each element is a -string (directory name) or @code{nil} (try default directory). - -@item Info-directory -The standard directory for Info documentation files. Only used when the -function @code{Info-directory} is called. -@end vtable - -@node Create an Info File, , Advanced Info, Top -@comment node-name, next, previous, up -@chapter Creating an Info File from a Makeinfo file - -@code{makeinfo} is a utility that converts a Texinfo file into an Info -file; @code{texinfo-format-region} and @code{texinfo-format-buffer} are -GNU Emacs functions that do the same. - -@xref{Create an Info File, , Creating an Info File, texinfo, the Texinfo -Manual}, to learn how to create an Info file from a Texinfo file. - -@xref{Top,, Overview of Texinfo, texinfo, Texinfo: The GNU Documentation -Format}, to learn how to write a Texinfo file. - -@bye diff --git a/contrib/texinfo/info/infomap.c b/contrib/texinfo/info/infomap.c index 932435e..7591283 100644 --- a/contrib/texinfo/info/infomap.c +++ b/contrib/texinfo/info/infomap.c @@ -1,7 +1,7 @@ /* infomap.c -- Keymaps for Info. - $Id: infomap.c,v 1.20 1999/06/25 21:57:40 karl Exp $ + $Id: infomap.c,v 1.7 1997/07/31 20:37:32 karl Exp $ - Copyright (C) 1993, 97, 98, 99 Free Software Foundation, Inc. + Copyright (C) 1993, 97 Free Software Foundation, Inc. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by @@ -67,7 +67,7 @@ keymap_copy_keymap (map) return (keymap); } -/* Free the keymap and its descendants. */ +/* Free the keymap and it's descendents. */ void keymap_discard_keymap (map) Keymap (map); @@ -141,54 +141,49 @@ keymap_bind_keyseq (map, keyseq, keyentry) /* Initialize the standard info keymaps. */ -Keymap info_keymap = NULL; -Keymap echo_area_keymap = NULL; +Keymap info_keymap = (Keymap)NULL; +Keymap echo_area_keymap = (Keymap)NULL; -static void -initialize_emacs_like_keymaps () +void +initialize_info_keymaps () { - int i; + register int i; Keymap map; if (!info_keymap) { info_keymap = keymap_make_keymap (); + info_keymap[ESC].type = ISKMAP; + info_keymap[ESC].function = (VFunction *)keymap_make_keymap (); + info_keymap[Control ('x')].type = ISKMAP; + info_keymap[Control ('x')].function = (VFunction *)keymap_make_keymap (); echo_area_keymap = keymap_make_keymap (); + echo_area_keymap[ESC].type = ISKMAP; + echo_area_keymap[ESC].function = (VFunction *)keymap_make_keymap (); + echo_area_keymap[Control ('x')].type = ISKMAP; + echo_area_keymap[Control ('x')].function = + (VFunction *)keymap_make_keymap (); } - info_keymap[ESC].type = ISKMAP; - info_keymap[ESC].function = (VFunction *)keymap_make_keymap (); - info_keymap[Control ('x')].type = ISKMAP; - info_keymap[Control ('x')].function = (VFunction *)keymap_make_keymap (); - - /* Bind the echo area insert routines. Let's make all characters - insertable by default, regardless of which character set we might - be using. */ - for (i = 0; i < 256; i++) - echo_area_keymap[i].function = ea_insert; - - echo_area_keymap[ESC].type = ISKMAP; - echo_area_keymap[ESC].function = (VFunction *) keymap_make_keymap (); - echo_area_keymap[Control ('x')].type = ISKMAP; - echo_area_keymap[Control ('x')].function - = (VFunction *) keymap_make_keymap (); - /* Bind numeric arg functions for both echo area and info window maps. */ for (i = '0'; i < '9' + 1; i++) { - ((Keymap) info_keymap[ESC].function)[i].function - = ((Keymap) echo_area_keymap[ESC].function)[i].function - = info_add_digit_to_numeric_arg; + ((Keymap) info_keymap[ESC].function)[i].function = + ((Keymap) echo_area_keymap[ESC].function)[i].function = + info_add_digit_to_numeric_arg; } ((Keymap) info_keymap[ESC].function)['-'].function = ((Keymap) echo_area_keymap[ESC].function)['-'].function = info_add_digit_to_numeric_arg; - info_keymap['-'].function = info_add_digit_to_numeric_arg; - /* Bind the echo area routines. */ map = echo_area_keymap; + /* Bind the echo area insert routines. */ + for (i = 0; i < 160; i++) + if (isprint (i)) + map[i].function = ea_insert; + map[Control ('a')].function = ea_beg_of_line; map[Control ('b')].function = ea_backward; map[Control ('d')].function = ea_delete; @@ -208,12 +203,7 @@ initialize_emacs_like_keymaps () map[SPC].function = ea_complete; map[TAB].function = ea_complete; map['?'].function = ea_possible_completions; -#ifdef __MSDOS__ - /* PC users will lynch me if I don't give them their usual DEL effect... */ - map[DEL].function = ea_delete; -#else map[DEL].function = ea_rubout; -#endif /* Bind the echo area ESC keymap. */ map = (Keymap)echo_area_keymap[ESC].function; @@ -282,7 +272,6 @@ initialize_emacs_like_keymaps () map[Control ('u')].function = info_universal_argument; map[Control ('v')].function = info_scroll_forward; map[','].function = info_next_index_match; - map['/'].function = info_search; for (i = '1'; i < '9' + 1; i++) map[i].function = info_menu_digit; @@ -299,19 +288,15 @@ initialize_emacs_like_keymaps () map['e'].function = info_end_of_node; map['f'].function = info_xref_item; map['g'].function = info_goto_node; - map['G'].function = info_menu_sequence; map['h'].function = info_get_info_help_node; map['i'].function = info_index_search; - map['I'].function = info_goto_invocation_node; map['l'].function = info_history_node; map['m'].function = info_menu_item; map['n'].function = info_next_node; - map['O'].function = info_goto_invocation_node; map['p'].function = info_prev_node; map['q'].function = info_quit; map['r'].function = info_xref_item; map['s'].function = info_search; - map['S'].function = info_search_case_sensitively; map['t'].function = info_top_node; map['u'].function = info_up_node; map[DEL].function = info_scroll_backward; @@ -331,281 +316,6 @@ initialize_emacs_like_keymaps () #if defined (NAMED_FUNCTIONS) map['x'].function = info_execute_command; #endif /* NAMED_FUNCTIONS */ - map[DEL].function = info_scroll_other_window_backward; - - /* Bind members in the Control-X map for Info windows. */ - map = (Keymap)info_keymap[Control ('x')].function; - - map[Control ('b')].function = list_visited_nodes; - map[Control ('c')].function = info_quit; - map[Control ('f')].function = info_view_file; - map[Control ('g')].function = info_abort_key; - map[Control ('v')].function = info_view_file; - map['0'].function = info_delete_window; - map['1'].function = info_keep_one_window; - map['2'].function = info_split_window; - map['^'].function = info_grow_window; - map['b'].function = select_visited_node; - map['k'].function = info_kill_node; - map['n'].function = info_search_next; - map['N'].function = info_search_previous; - map['o'].function = info_next_window; - map['t'].function = info_tile_windows; - map['w'].function = info_toggle_wrap; - - /* Arrow key bindings for Info windows keymap. */ - map = info_keymap; - keymap_bind_keyseq (map, term_kN, &map[Control ('v')]); /* pagedown */ - keymap_bind_keyseq (map, term_ku, &map[Control ('p')]); /* up */ - keymap_bind_keyseq (map, "\033OA", &map[Control ('p')]); - keymap_bind_keyseq (map, "\033[A", &map[Control ('p')]); - keymap_bind_keyseq (map, term_kd, &map[Control ('n')]); /* down */ - keymap_bind_keyseq (map, "\033OB", &map[Control ('n')]); - keymap_bind_keyseq (map, "\033[B", &map[Control ('n')]); - keymap_bind_keyseq (map, term_kr, &map[Control ('f')]); /* right */ - keymap_bind_keyseq (map, "\033OC", &map[Control ('f')]); - keymap_bind_keyseq (map, "\033[C", &map[Control ('f')]); - keymap_bind_keyseq (map, term_kl, &map[Control ('b')]); /* left */ - keymap_bind_keyseq (map, "\033OD", &map[Control ('b')]); - keymap_bind_keyseq (map, "\033[D", &map[Control ('b')]); - - map = (Keymap)info_keymap[ESC].function; - keymap_bind_keyseq (map, term_kl, &map['b']); /* left */ - keymap_bind_keyseq (map, "\033OA", &map['b']); - keymap_bind_keyseq (map, "\033[A", &map['b']); - keymap_bind_keyseq (map, term_kr, &map['f']); /* right */ - keymap_bind_keyseq (map, "\033OB", &map['f']); - keymap_bind_keyseq (map, "\033[B", &map['f']); - keymap_bind_keyseq (map, term_kN, &map[Control ('v')]); /* pagedown */ - keymap_bind_keyseq (map, term_kP, &map[DEL]); /* pageup */ - - /* The alternative to this definition of a `main map' key in the - `ESC map' section, is something like: - keymap_bind_keyseq (map, term_kP, &((KeyMap)map[ESC].function).map['v']); - */ - keymap_bind_keyseq (info_keymap/*sic*/, term_kP, &map['v']); /* pageup */ -} - -static void -initialize_vi_like_keymaps () -{ - register int i; - Keymap map; - - if (!info_keymap) - { - info_keymap = keymap_make_keymap (); - echo_area_keymap = keymap_make_keymap (); - } - - info_keymap[ESC].type = ISKMAP; - info_keymap[ESC].function = (VFunction *)keymap_make_keymap (); - info_keymap[Control ('x')].type = ISKMAP; - info_keymap[Control ('x')].function = (VFunction *)keymap_make_keymap (); - - /* Bind the echo area insert routines. */ - for (i = 0; i < 256; i++) - echo_area_keymap[i].function = ea_insert; - - echo_area_keymap[ESC].type = ISKMAP; - echo_area_keymap[ESC].function = (VFunction *)keymap_make_keymap (); - echo_area_keymap[Control ('x')].type = ISKMAP; - echo_area_keymap[Control ('x')].function = - (VFunction *)keymap_make_keymap (); - - /* Bind numeric arg functions for both echo area and info window maps. */ - for (i = '0'; i < '9' + 1; i++) - { - info_keymap[i].function = - ((Keymap) echo_area_keymap[ESC].function)[i].function = - info_add_digit_to_numeric_arg; - } - info_keymap['-'].function = - ((Keymap) echo_area_keymap[ESC].function)['-'].function = - info_add_digit_to_numeric_arg; - - /* Bind the echo area routines. */ - map = echo_area_keymap; - - map[Control ('a')].function = ea_beg_of_line; - map[Control ('b')].function = ea_backward; - map[Control ('d')].function = ea_delete; - map[Control ('e')].function = ea_end_of_line; - map[Control ('f')].function = ea_forward; - map[Control ('g')].function = ea_abort; - map[Control ('h')].function = ea_rubout; - map[Control ('k')].function = ea_kill_line; - map[Control ('l')].function = info_redraw_display; - map[Control ('q')].function = ea_quoted_insert; - map[Control ('t')].function = ea_transpose_chars; - map[Control ('u')].function = ea_abort; - map[Control ('v')].function = ea_quoted_insert; - map[Control ('y')].function = ea_yank; - - map[LFD].function = ea_newline; - map[RET].function = ea_newline; - map[SPC].function = ea_complete; - map[TAB].function = ea_complete; - map['?'].function = ea_possible_completions; -#ifdef __MSDOS__ - /* PC users will lynch me if I don't give them their usual DEL effect... */ - map[DEL].function = ea_delete; -#else - map[DEL].function = ea_rubout; -#endif - - /* Bind the echo area ESC keymap. */ - map = (Keymap)echo_area_keymap[ESC].function; - - map[Control ('g')].function = ea_abort; - map[Control ('h')].function = ea_backward_kill_word; - map[Control ('v')].function = ea_scroll_completions_window; - map['0'].function = ea_beg_of_line; - map['$'].function = ea_end_of_line; - map['b'].function = ea_backward_word; - map['d'].function = ea_kill_word; - map['f'].function = ea_forward_word; - map['h'].function = ea_forward; - map['l'].function = ea_backward; - map['w'].function = ea_forward_word; - map['x'].function = ea_delete; - map['X'].function = ea_kill_word; - map['y'].function = ea_yank_pop; - map['?'].function = ea_possible_completions; - map[TAB].function = ea_tab_insert; - map[DEL].function = ea_kill_word; - - /* Bind the echo area Control-x keymap. */ - map = (Keymap)echo_area_keymap[Control ('x')].function; - - map['o'].function = info_next_window; - map[DEL].function = ea_backward_kill_line; - - /* Arrow key bindings for echo area keymaps. It seems that some - terminals do not match their termcap entries, so it's best to just - define everything with both of the usual prefixes. */ - map = echo_area_keymap; - keymap_bind_keyseq (map, term_ku, &map[Control ('p')]); /* up */ - keymap_bind_keyseq (map, "\033OA", &map[Control ('p')]); - keymap_bind_keyseq (map, "\033[A", &map[Control ('p')]); - keymap_bind_keyseq (map, term_kd, &map[Control ('n')]); /* down */ - keymap_bind_keyseq (map, "\033OB", &map[Control ('n')]); - keymap_bind_keyseq (map, "\033[B", &map[Control ('n')]); - keymap_bind_keyseq (map, term_kr, &map[Control ('f')]); /* right */ - keymap_bind_keyseq (map, "\033OC", &map[Control ('f')]); - keymap_bind_keyseq (map, "\033[C", &map[Control ('f')]); - keymap_bind_keyseq (map, term_kl, &map[Control ('b')]); /* left */ - keymap_bind_keyseq (map, "\033OD", &map[Control ('b')]); - keymap_bind_keyseq (map, "\033[D", &map[Control ('b')]); - - map = (Keymap)echo_area_keymap[ESC].function; - keymap_bind_keyseq (map, term_kl, &map['b']); /* left */ - keymap_bind_keyseq (map, "\033OA", &map['b']); - keymap_bind_keyseq (map, "\033[A", &map['b']); - keymap_bind_keyseq (map, term_kr, &map['f']); /* right */ - keymap_bind_keyseq (map, "\033OB", &map['f']); - keymap_bind_keyseq (map, "\033[B", &map['f']); - - /* Bind commands for Info window keymaps. */ - map = info_keymap; - map[TAB].function = info_move_to_next_xref; - map[LFD].function = info_down_line; - map[RET].function = info_down_line; - map[SPC].function = info_scroll_forward; - map[Control ('a')].function = info_beginning_of_line; - map[Control ('b')].function = info_scroll_backward; - map[Control ('d')].function = info_scroll_half_screen_down; - map[Control ('e')].function = info_down_line; - map[Control ('f')].function = info_scroll_forward; - map[Control ('g')].function = info_abort_key; - map[Control ('k')].function = info_up_line; - map[Control ('l')].function = info_redraw_display; - map[Control ('n')].function = info_down_line; - map[Control ('p')].function = info_up_line; - map[Control ('r')].function = info_redraw_display; - map[Control ('s')].function = isearch_forward; - map[Control ('u')].function = info_scroll_half_screen_up; - map[Control ('v')].function = info_scroll_forward; - map[Control ('y')].function = info_up_line; - map[','].function = info_next_index_match; - map['/'].function = info_search; - - for (i = '1'; i < '9' + 1; i++) - ((Keymap) info_keymap[ESC].function)[i].function = info_menu_digit; - ((Keymap) info_keymap[ESC].function)['0'].function = info_last_menu_item; - - map['<'].function = info_first_node; - map['>'].function = info_last_node; - map['?'].function = info_search_backward; - map['['].function = info_global_prev_node; - map[']'].function = info_global_next_node; - map['\''].function = info_history_node; - - map['b'].function = info_scroll_backward; - map['d'].function = info_scroll_half_screen_down; - map['e'].function = info_down_line; - map['E'].function = info_view_file; - map['f'].function = info_scroll_forward; - map['F'].function = info_scroll_forward; - map['g'].function = info_first_node; - map['G'].function = info_last_node; - map['h'].function = info_get_help_window; - map['H'].function = info_get_help_window; - map['i'].function = info_index_search; - map['I'].function = info_goto_invocation_node; - map['j'].function = info_down_line; - map['k'].function = info_up_line; - map['l'].function = info_history_node; - map['m'].function = info_menu_item; - map['n'].function = info_search_next; - map['N'].function = info_search_previous; - map['O'].function = info_goto_invocation_node; - map['p'].function = info_prev_node; - map['q'].function = info_quit; - map['Q'].function = info_quit; - map['r'].function = info_redraw_display; - map['R'].function = info_redraw_display; - map['s'].function = info_search; - map['S'].function = info_search_case_sensitively; - map['t'].function = info_top_node; - map['u'].function = info_scroll_half_screen_up; - map['w'].function = info_scroll_backward_set_window; - map['y'].function = info_up_line; - map['z'].function = info_scroll_forward_set_window; - map['Z'].function = NULL; /* unbind, so it works to bind "ZZ" below */ - map[DEL].function = info_scroll_backward; - keymap_bind_keyseq (map, ":q", &map['q']); - keymap_bind_keyseq (map, ":Q", &map['q']); - keymap_bind_keyseq (map, "ZZ", &map['q']); - - /* Bind members in the ESC map for Info windows. */ - map = (Keymap)info_keymap[ESC].function; - map[Control ('f')].function = info_show_footnotes; - map[Control ('g')].function = info_abort_key; - map[TAB].function = info_move_to_prev_xref; - map[SPC].function = info_scroll_forward; - map[Control ('v')].function = info_scroll_other_window; - map['<'].function = info_beginning_of_node; - map['>'].function = info_end_of_node; - map['/'].function = info_search; - map['?'].function = info_search_backward; - map['b'].function = info_beginning_of_node; - map['d'].function = info_dir_node; - map['e'].function = info_end_of_node; - map['f'].function = info_xref_item; - map['g'].function = info_select_reference_this_line; - map['h'].function = info_get_info_help_node; - map['m'].function = info_menu_item; - map['n'].function = info_search; - map['N'].function = info_search_backward; - map['r'].function = isearch_backward; - map['s'].function = isearch_forward; - map['t'].function = info_top_node; - map['v'].function = info_scroll_backward; -#if defined (NAMED_FUNCTIONS) - map['x'].function = info_execute_command; -#endif /* NAMED_FUNCTIONS */ - map[DEL].function = info_scroll_other_window_backward; /* Bind members in the Control-X map for Info windows. */ map = (Keymap)info_keymap[Control ('x')].function; @@ -615,27 +325,15 @@ initialize_vi_like_keymaps () map[Control ('f')].function = info_view_file; map[Control ('g')].function = info_abort_key; map[Control ('v')].function = info_view_file; - map[LFD].function = info_select_reference_this_line; - map[RET].function = info_select_reference_this_line; map['0'].function = info_delete_window; map['1'].function = info_keep_one_window; map['2'].function = info_split_window; map['^'].function = info_grow_window; map['b'].function = select_visited_node; - map['g'].function = info_goto_node; - map['i'].function = info_index_search; - map['I'].function = info_goto_invocation_node; map['k'].function = info_kill_node; - map['n'].function = info_next_node; map['o'].function = info_next_window; - map['O'].function = info_goto_invocation_node; - map['p'].function = info_prev_node; - map['r'].function = info_xref_item; map['t'].function = info_tile_windows; - map['u'].function = info_up_node; map['w'].function = info_toggle_wrap; - map[','].function = info_next_index_match; - keymap_bind_keyseq (info_keymap, ":e", &map[Control ('v')]); /* Arrow key bindings for Info windows keymap. */ map = info_keymap; @@ -661,7 +359,6 @@ initialize_vi_like_keymaps () keymap_bind_keyseq (map, "\033OB", &map['f']); keymap_bind_keyseq (map, "\033[B", &map['f']); keymap_bind_keyseq (map, term_kN, &map[Control ('v')]); /* pagedown */ - keymap_bind_keyseq (map, term_kP, &map[DEL]); /* pageup */ /* The alternative to this definition of a `main map' key in the `ESC map' section, is something like: @@ -669,13 +366,3 @@ initialize_vi_like_keymaps () */ keymap_bind_keyseq (info_keymap/*sic*/, term_kP, &map['v']); /* pageup */ } - -void -initialize_info_keymaps () -{ - if (vi_keys_p) - initialize_vi_like_keymaps (); - else - initialize_emacs_like_keymaps (); -} - diff --git a/contrib/texinfo/info/nodemenu.c b/contrib/texinfo/info/nodemenu.c index b109057..2632657 100644 --- a/contrib/texinfo/info/nodemenu.c +++ b/contrib/texinfo/info/nodemenu.c @@ -1,7 +1,7 @@ -/* nodemenu.c -- produce a menu of all visited nodes. - $Id: nodemenu.c,v 1.8 1998/06/28 19:54:27 karl Exp $ +/* nodemenu.c -- Produce a menu of all visited nodes. + $Id: nodemenu.c,v 1.7 1997/07/24 21:30:30 karl Exp $ - Copyright (C) 1993, 97, 98 Free Software Foundation, Inc. + Copyright (C) 1993, 97 Free Software Foundation, Inc. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by @@ -168,9 +168,7 @@ get_visited_nodes (filter_func) /* Delete duplicates. */ for (i = 0, newlen = 1; i < lines_index - 1; i++) { - /* Use FILENAME_CMP here, since the most important piece - of info in each line is the file name of the node. */ - if (FILENAME_CMP (lines[i], lines[i + 1]) == 0) + if (strcmp (lines[i], lines[i + 1]) == 0) { free (lines[i]); lines[i] = (char *)NULL; diff --git a/contrib/texinfo/info/session.c b/contrib/texinfo/info/session.c index 69b138d..63a6ecd 100644 --- a/contrib/texinfo/info/session.c +++ b/contrib/texinfo/info/session.c @@ -1,7 +1,7 @@ -/* session.c -- user windowing interface to Info. - $Id: session.c,v 1.38 1999/09/25 16:10:04 karl Exp $ +/* session.c -- The user windowing interface to Info. + $Id: session.c,v 1.13 1998/02/22 22:38:30 karl Exp $ - Copyright (C) 1993, 96, 97, 98, 99 Free Software Foundation, Inc. + Copyright (C) 1993, 96, 97 Free Software Foundation, Inc. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by @@ -31,12 +31,6 @@ # include "man.h" #endif -#ifdef M_XENIX -/* SCO 3.2v5.0.2 defines but does not correctly declare strncasecmp. - Since we use it as a symbol, have to get it right. --gildea, 1jul99. */ -extern int strncasecmp (const char *, const char *, size_t); -#endif - static void info_clear_pending_input (), info_set_pending_input (); static void info_handle_pointer (); @@ -100,7 +94,7 @@ begin_multiple_window_info_session (filename, nodenames) /* Find the largest window in WINDOWS, and make that be the active one. Then split it and add our window and node to the list of remembered windows and nodes. Then tile the windows. */ - WINDOW *win, *largest = NULL; + register WINDOW *win, *largest = (WINDOW *)NULL; int max_height = 0; for (win = windows; win; win = win->next) @@ -113,9 +107,9 @@ begin_multiple_window_info_session (filename, nodenames) if (!largest) { display_update_display (windows); - info_error (msg_cant_find_window); + info_error (CANT_FIND_WIND); info_session (); - xexit (0); + exit (0); } active_window = largest; @@ -128,9 +122,9 @@ begin_multiple_window_info_session (filename, nodenames) else { display_update_display (windows); - info_error (msg_win_too_small); + info_error (WIN_TOO_SMALL); info_session (); - xexit (0); + exit (0); } } } @@ -140,14 +134,13 @@ begin_multiple_window_info_session (filename, nodenames) /* Start an info session with INITIAL_NODE, and an error message in the echo area made from FORMAT and ARG. */ void -begin_info_session_with_error (initial_node, format, arg1, arg2) +begin_info_session_with_error (initial_node, format, arg) NODE *initial_node; char *format; - void *arg1; - void *arg2; + void *arg; { initialize_info_session (initial_node, 1); - info_error (format, arg1, arg2); + info_error (format, arg, (void *)NULL); info_session (); } @@ -166,9 +159,9 @@ display_startup_message_and_start () char *format; format = replace_in_documentation - (_("Welcome to Info version %s. Type \\[get-help-window] for help, \\[menu-item] for menu item.")); + (_("Welcome to Info version %s. \"\\[get-help-window]\" for help, \"\\[menu-item]\" for menu item.")); - window_message_in_echo_area (format, VERSION); + window_message_in_echo_area (format, version_string ()); info_session (); } @@ -274,8 +267,8 @@ initialize_info_session (node, clear_screen) if (!term_name) term_name = "dumb"; - info_error (msg_term_too_dumb, term_name); - xexit (1); + info_error (TERM_TOO_DUMB, term_name); + exit (1); } if (clear_screen) @@ -288,7 +281,7 @@ initialize_info_session (node, clear_screen) window_initialize_windows (screenwidth, screenheight); initialize_info_signal_handler (); display_initialize_display (screenwidth, screenheight); - info_set_node_of_window (0, active_window, node); + info_set_node_of_window (active_window, node); /* Tell the window system how to notify us when a window needs to be asynchronously deleted (e.g., user resizes window very small). */ @@ -298,7 +291,7 @@ initialize_info_session (node, clear_screen) standard input. */ if (!info_input_stream) { - setbuf (stdin, NULL); + setbuf(stdin, NULL); info_input_stream = stdin; } @@ -312,8 +305,7 @@ info_set_input_from_file (filename) { FILE *stream; - /* Input may include binary characters. */ - stream = fopen (filename, FOPEN_RBIN); + stream = fopen (filename, "r"); if (!stream) return; @@ -492,17 +484,12 @@ forget_window_and_nodes (window) /* Set WINDOW to show NODE. Remember the new window in our list of Info windows. If we are doing automatic footnote display, also try to display - the footnotes for this window. If REMEMBER is nonzero, first call - set_remembered_pagetop_and_point. */ + the footnotes for this window. */ void -info_set_node_of_window (remember, window, node) - int remember; +info_set_node_of_window (window, node) WINDOW *window; NODE *node; { - if (remember) - set_remembered_pagetop_and_point (window); - /* Put this node into the window. */ window_set_node_of_window (window, node); @@ -620,7 +607,7 @@ move_to_new_line (old, new, window) { if (old == -1) { - info_error (msg_cant_find_point); + info_error (CANT_FIND_POINT); } else { @@ -699,7 +686,7 @@ DECLARE_INFO_COMMAND (info_beginning_of_line, _("Move to the start of the line") for (; (point) && (buffer[point - 1] != '\n'); point--); - /* If at a line start already, do nothing. */ + /* If at a line start alreay, do nothing. */ if (point != window->point) { window->point = point; @@ -840,6 +827,38 @@ DECLARE_INFO_COMMAND (info_backward_word, _("Move backward a word")) info_show_point (window); } +/* Here is a list of time counter names which correspond to ordinal numbers. + It is used to print "once" instead of "1". */ +static char *counter_names[] = { + "not at all", "once", "twice", "three", "four", "five", "six", + (char *)NULL +}; + +/* Buffer used to return values from times_description (). */ +static char td_buffer[50]; + +/* Function returns a static string fully describing the number of times + present in COUNT. */ +static char * +times_description (count) + int count; +{ + register int i; + + td_buffer[0] = '\0'; + + for (i = 0; counter_names[i]; i++) + if (count == i) + break; + + if (counter_names[i]) + sprintf (td_buffer, "%s%s", counter_names[i], count > 2 ? _(" times") : ""); + else + sprintf (td_buffer, _("%d times"), count); + + return (td_buffer); +} + /* Variable controlling the behaviour of default scrolling when you are already at the bottom of a node. Possible values are defined in session.h. The meanings are: @@ -858,14 +877,6 @@ char *info_scroll_choices[] = { "Continuous", "Next Only", "Page Only", (char *)NULL }; -/* Default window sizes for scrolling commands. */ -int default_window_size = -1; /* meaning 1 window-full */ -int default_scroll_size = -1; /* meaning half screen size */ - -#define INFO_LABEL_FOUND() \ - (info_parsed_nodename || (info_parsed_filename \ - && !is_dir_name (info_parsed_filename))) - /* Move to 1st menu item, Next, Up/Next, or error in this window. */ static void forward_move_node_structure (window, behaviour) @@ -875,17 +886,17 @@ forward_move_node_structure (window, behaviour) switch (behaviour) { case IS_PageOnly: - info_error (msg_at_node_bottom); + info_error (AT_NODE_BOTTOM); break; case IS_NextOnly: info_next_label_of_node (window->node); if (!info_parsed_nodename && !info_parsed_filename) - info_error (msg_no_pointer, _("Next")); + info_error (_("No \"Next\" pointer for this node.")); else { - window_message_in_echo_area (_("Following Next node...")); - info_handle_pointer ("Next", window); + window_message_in_echo_area (_("Following \"Next\" node...")); + info_handle_pointer (_("Next"), window); } break; @@ -910,10 +921,10 @@ forward_move_node_structure (window, behaviour) /* Okay, this node does not contain a menu. If it contains a "Next:" pointer, use that. */ info_next_label_of_node (window->node); - if (INFO_LABEL_FOUND ()) + if (info_label_was_found) { - window_message_in_echo_area (_("Selecting Next node...")); - info_handle_pointer ("Next", window); + window_message_in_echo_area (_("Selecting \"Next\" node...")); + info_handle_pointer (_("Next"), window); return; } @@ -934,9 +945,9 @@ forward_move_node_structure (window, behaviour) while (!info_error_was_printed) { info_up_label_of_node (window->node); - if (INFO_LABEL_FOUND ()) + if (info_label_was_found) { - info_handle_pointer ("Up", window); + info_handle_pointer (_("Up"), window); if (info_error_was_printed) continue; @@ -945,7 +956,7 @@ forward_move_node_structure (window, behaviour) info_next_label_of_node (window->node); /* If no "Next" pointer, keep backing up. */ - if (!INFO_LABEL_FOUND ()) + if (!info_label_was_found) continue; /* If this node's first menu item is the same as this node's @@ -982,10 +993,10 @@ forward_move_node_structure (window, behaviour) /* This node has a "Next" pointer, and it is not the same as the first menu item found in this node. */ window_message_in_echo_area - (_("Moving Up %d time(s), then Next."), - up_counter); + ("Moving \"Up\" %s, then \"Next\".", + times_description (up_counter)); - info_handle_pointer ("Next", window); + info_handle_pointer (_("Next"), window); return; } else @@ -1006,7 +1017,7 @@ forward_move_node_structure (window, behaviour) window->point = info_win->points[old_current]; recalculate_line_starts (window); window->flags |= W_UpdateWindow; - info_error (_("No more nodes within this document.")); + info_error (_("No more nodes.")); } } } @@ -1024,34 +1035,32 @@ backward_move_node_structure (window, behaviour) switch (behaviour) { case IS_PageOnly: - info_error (msg_at_node_top); + info_error (AT_NODE_TOP); break; case IS_NextOnly: info_prev_label_of_node (window->node); if (!info_parsed_nodename && !info_parsed_filename) - info_error (_("No `Prev' for this node.")); + info_error (_("No \"Prev\" for this node.")); else { - window_message_in_echo_area (_("Moving Prev in this window.")); - info_handle_pointer ("Prev", window); + window_message_in_echo_area (_("Moving \"Prev\" in this window.")); + info_handle_pointer (_("Prev"), window); } break; case IS_Continuous: info_prev_label_of_node (window->node); - if (!info_parsed_nodename && (!info_parsed_filename - || is_dir_name (info_parsed_filename))) + if (!info_parsed_nodename && !info_parsed_filename) { info_up_label_of_node (window->node); - if (!info_parsed_nodename && (!info_parsed_filename - || is_dir_name (info_parsed_filename))) - info_error (_("No `Prev' or `Up' for this node within this document.")); + if (!info_parsed_nodename && !info_parsed_filename) + info_error (_("No \"Prev\" or \"Up\" for this node.")); else { - window_message_in_echo_area (_("Moving Up in this window.")); - info_handle_pointer ("Up", window); + window_message_in_echo_area (_("Moving \"Up\" in this window.")); + info_handle_pointer (_("Up"), window); } } else @@ -1088,8 +1097,8 @@ backward_move_node_structure (window, behaviour) /* Move to the previous node. If this node now contains a menu, and we have not inhibited movement to it, move to the node corresponding to the last menu item. */ - window_message_in_echo_area (_("Moving Prev in this window.")); - info_handle_pointer ("Prev", window); + window_message_in_echo_area (_("Moving \"Prev\" in this window.")); + info_handle_pointer (_("Prev"), window); if (!inhibit_menu_traversing) { @@ -1098,7 +1107,7 @@ backward_move_node_structure (window, behaviour) { info_free_references (menu); window_message_in_echo_area - (_("Moving to `Prev's last menu item.")); + (_("Moving to \"Prev\"'s last menu item.")); info_menu_digit (window, 1, '0'); } } @@ -1152,9 +1161,7 @@ DECLARE_INFO_COMMAND (info_scroll_forward, _("Scroll forward in this window")) lines to the top of this window, Or, if at bottom of window, and the user wishes to scroll through nodes get the "Next" node for this window. */ - if (default_window_size > 0) - desired_top = window->pagetop + default_window_size; - else if (!info_explicit_arg && count == 1) + if (!info_explicit_arg && count == 1) { desired_top = window->pagetop + (window->height - 2); @@ -1186,16 +1193,6 @@ DECLARE_INFO_COMMAND (info_scroll_forward, _("Scroll forward in this window")) } } -/* Like info_scroll_forward, but sets default_window_size as a side - effect. */ -DECLARE_INFO_COMMAND (info_scroll_forward_set_window, - _("Scroll forward in this window and set default window size")) -{ - if (info_explicit_arg) - default_window_size = count; - info_scroll_forward (window, count, key); -} - /* Show the previous screen of WINDOW's node. */ DECLARE_INFO_COMMAND (info_scroll_backward, _("Scroll backward in this window")) { @@ -1208,9 +1205,7 @@ DECLARE_INFO_COMMAND (info_scroll_backward, _("Scroll backward in this window")) /* Without an explicit numeric argument, scroll the top two lines to the bottom of this window, or move to the previous, or Up'th node. */ - if (default_window_size > 0) - desired_top = window->pagetop - default_window_size; - else if (!info_explicit_arg && count == 1) + if (!info_explicit_arg && count == 1) { desired_top = window->pagetop - (window->height - 2); @@ -1238,16 +1233,6 @@ DECLARE_INFO_COMMAND (info_scroll_backward, _("Scroll backward in this window")) } } -/* Like info_scroll_backward, but sets default_window_size as a side - effect. */ -DECLARE_INFO_COMMAND (info_scroll_backward_set_window, - _("Scroll backward in this window and set default window size")) -{ - if (info_explicit_arg) - default_window_size = count; - info_scroll_backward (window, count, key); -} - /* Move to the beginning of the node. */ DECLARE_INFO_COMMAND (info_beginning_of_node, _("Move to the start of this node")) { @@ -1261,90 +1246,6 @@ DECLARE_INFO_COMMAND (info_end_of_node, _("Move to the end of this node")) window->point = window->node->nodelen - 1; info_show_point (window); } - -/* Scroll the window forward by N lines. */ -DECLARE_INFO_COMMAND (info_down_line, _("Scroll down by lines")) -{ - if (count < 0) - info_up_line (window, -count, key); - else - { - int desired_top = window->pagetop + count; - - if (desired_top >= window->line_count) - desired_top = window->line_count - 2; - - if (window->pagetop <= desired_top) - set_window_pagetop (window, desired_top); - } -} - -/* Scroll the window backward by N lines. */ -DECLARE_INFO_COMMAND (info_up_line, _("Scroll up by lines")) -{ - if (count < 0) - info_down_line (window, -count, key); - else - { - int desired_top = window->pagetop - count; - - if (desired_top < 0) - desired_top = 0; - - set_window_pagetop (window, desired_top); - } -} - -/* Scroll the window forward by N lines and remember N as default for - subsequent commands. */ -DECLARE_INFO_COMMAND (info_scroll_half_screen_down, - _("Scroll down by half screen size")) -{ - if (count < 0) - info_scroll_half_screen_up (window -count, key); - else - { - int scroll_size = (the_screen->height + 1) / 2; - int desired_top; - - if (info_explicit_arg) - default_scroll_size = count; - if (default_scroll_size > 0) - scroll_size = default_scroll_size; - - desired_top = window->pagetop + scroll_size; - if (desired_top >= window->line_count) - desired_top = window->line_count - 2; - - if (window->pagetop <= desired_top) - set_window_pagetop (window, desired_top); - } -} - -/* Scroll the window backward by N lines and remember N as default for - subsequent commands. */ -DECLARE_INFO_COMMAND (info_scroll_half_screen_up, - _("Scroll up by half screen size")) -{ - if (count < 0) - info_scroll_half_screen_down (window -count, key); - else - { - int scroll_size = (the_screen->height + 1) / 2; - int desired_top; - - if (info_explicit_arg) - default_scroll_size = count; - if (default_scroll_size > 0) - scroll_size = default_scroll_size; - - desired_top = window->pagetop - scroll_size; - if (desired_top < 0) - desired_top = 0; - - set_window_pagetop (window, desired_top); - } -} /* **************************************************************** */ /* */ @@ -1364,7 +1265,7 @@ DECLARE_INFO_COMMAND (info_next_window, _("Select the next window")) /* If no other window, error now. */ if (!windows->next && !echo_area_is_active) { - info_error (msg_one_window); + info_error (ONE_WINDOW); return; } @@ -1404,7 +1305,7 @@ DECLARE_INFO_COMMAND (info_prev_window, _("Select the previous window")) if (!windows->next && !echo_area_is_active) { - info_error (msg_one_window); + info_error (ONE_WINDOW); return; } @@ -1460,7 +1361,7 @@ DECLARE_INFO_COMMAND (info_split_window, _("Split the current window")) if (!split) { - info_error (msg_win_too_small); + info_error (WIN_TOO_SMALL); } else { @@ -1528,7 +1429,7 @@ DECLARE_INFO_COMMAND (info_delete_window, _("Delete the current window")) { if (!windows->next) { - info_error (msg_cant_kill_last); + info_error (CANT_KILL_LAST); } else if (window->flags & W_WindowIsPerm) { @@ -1618,7 +1519,7 @@ DECLARE_INFO_COMMAND (info_scroll_other_window, _("Scroll the other window")) /* If only one window, give up. */ if (!windows->next) { - info_error (msg_one_window); + info_error (ONE_WINDOW); return; } @@ -1630,13 +1531,6 @@ DECLARE_INFO_COMMAND (info_scroll_other_window, _("Scroll the other window")) info_scroll_forward (other, count, key); } -/* Scroll the "other" window of WINDOW. */ -DECLARE_INFO_COMMAND (info_scroll_other_window_backward, - _("Scroll the other window backward")) -{ - info_scroll_other_window (window, -count, key); -} - /* Change the size of WINDOW by AMOUNT. */ DECLARE_INFO_COMMAND (info_grow_window, _("Grow (or shrink) this window")) { @@ -1667,28 +1561,6 @@ DECLARE_INFO_COMMAND (info_toggle_wrap, /* */ /* **************************************************************** */ -/* Return (FILENAME)NODENAME for NODE, or just NODENAME if NODE's - filename is not set. */ -char * -node_printed_rep (node) - NODE *node; -{ - char *rep; - - if (node->filename) - { - char *filename - = filename_non_directory (node->parent ? node->parent : node->filename); - rep = xmalloc (1 + strlen (filename) + 1 + strlen (node->nodename) + 1); - sprintf (rep, "(%s)%s", filename, node->nodename); - } - else - rep = node->nodename; - - return rep; -} - - /* Using WINDOW for various defaults, select the node referenced by ENTRY in it. If the node is selected, the window and node are remembered. */ void @@ -1741,7 +1613,7 @@ info_select_reference (window, entry) if (file_system_error) info_error (file_system_error); else - info_error (msg_cant_find_node, nodename); + info_error (CANT_FIND_NODE, nodename); } maybe_free (file_system_error); @@ -1749,7 +1621,10 @@ info_select_reference (window, entry) maybe_free (nodename); if (node) - info_set_node_of_window (1, window, node); + { + set_remembered_pagetop_and_point (window); + info_set_node_of_window (window, node); + } } /* Parse the node specification in LINE using WINDOW to default the filename. @@ -1814,14 +1689,15 @@ info_handle_pointer (label, window) info_win->pagetops[info_win->current] = window->pagetop; info_win->points[info_win->current] = window->point; } - info_set_node_of_window (1, window, node); + set_remembered_pagetop_and_point (window); + info_set_node_of_window (window, node); } else { if (info_recent_file_error) info_error (info_recent_file_error); else - info_error (msg_cant_file_node, filename, nodename); + info_error (CANT_FILE_NODE, filename, nodename); } free (filename); @@ -1829,32 +1705,32 @@ info_handle_pointer (label, window) } else { - info_error (msg_no_pointer, label); + info_error (NO_POINTER, label); } } /* Make WINDOW display the "Next:" node of the node currently being displayed. */ -DECLARE_INFO_COMMAND (info_next_node, _("Select the Next node")) +DECLARE_INFO_COMMAND (info_next_node, _("Select the `Next' node")) { info_next_label_of_node (window->node); - info_handle_pointer ("Next", window); + info_handle_pointer (_("Next"), window); } /* Make WINDOW display the "Prev:" node of the node currently being displayed. */ -DECLARE_INFO_COMMAND (info_prev_node, _("Select the Prev node")) +DECLARE_INFO_COMMAND (info_prev_node, _("Select the `Prev' node")) { info_prev_label_of_node (window->node); - info_handle_pointer ("Prev", window); + info_handle_pointer (_("Prev"), window); } /* Make WINDOW display the "Up:" node of the node currently being displayed. */ -DECLARE_INFO_COMMAND (info_up_node, _("Select the Up node")) +DECLARE_INFO_COMMAND (info_up_node, _("Select the `Up' node")) { info_up_label_of_node (window->node); - info_handle_pointer ("Up", window); + info_handle_pointer (_("Up"), window); } /* Make WINDOW display the last node of this info file. */ @@ -1866,28 +1742,17 @@ DECLARE_INFO_COMMAND (info_last_node, _("Select the last node in this file")) if (fb && fb->tags) { - int last_node_tag_idx = -1; - - /* If no explicit argument, or argument of zero, default to the - last node. */ - if (count == 0 || (count == 1 && !info_explicit_arg)) - count = -1; - for (i = 0; count && fb->tags[i]; i++) - if (fb->tags[i]->nodelen != 0) /* don't count anchor tags */ - { - count--; - last_node_tag_idx = i; - } - if (count > 0) - i = last_node_tag_idx + 1; - if (i > 0) - node = info_get_node (fb->filename, fb->tags[i - 1]->nodename); + for (i = 0; fb->tags[i]; i++); + node = info_get_node (fb->filename, fb->tags[i - 1]->nodename); } if (!node) info_error (_("This window has no additional nodes")); else - info_set_node_of_window (1, window, node); + { + set_remembered_pagetop_and_point (window); + info_set_node_of_window (window, node); + } } /* Make WINDOW display the first node of this info file. */ @@ -1896,31 +1761,16 @@ DECLARE_INFO_COMMAND (info_first_node, _("Select the first node in this file")) FILE_BUFFER *fb = file_buffer_of_window (window); NODE *node = (NODE *)NULL; - /* If no explicit argument, or argument of zero, default to the - first node. */ - if (count == 0) - count = 1; if (fb && fb->tags) - { - register int i; - int last_node_tag_idx = -1; - - for (i = 0; count && fb->tags[i]; i++) - if (fb->tags[i]->nodelen != 0) /* don't count anchor tags */ - { - count--; - last_node_tag_idx = i; - } - if (count > 0) - i = last_node_tag_idx + 1; - if (i > 0) - node = info_get_node (fb->filename, fb->tags[i - 1]->nodename); - } + node = info_get_node (fb->filename, fb->tags[0]->nodename); if (!node) info_error (_("This window has no additional nodes")); else - info_set_node_of_window (1, window, node); + { + set_remembered_pagetop_and_point (window); + info_set_node_of_window (window, node); + } } /* Select the last menu item in WINDOW->node. */ @@ -1940,7 +1790,7 @@ DECLARE_INFO_COMMAND (info_menu_digit, _("Select this menu item")) if (!menu) { - info_error (msg_no_menu_node); + info_error (NO_MENU_NODE); return; } @@ -1987,9 +1837,9 @@ info_menu_or_ref_item (window, count, key, builder, ask_p) if (!menu) { if (builder == info_menu_of_node) - info_error (msg_no_menu_node); + info_error (NO_MENU_NODE); else - info_error (msg_no_xref_node); + info_error (NO_XREF_NODE); return; } @@ -2146,11 +1996,12 @@ info_menu_or_ref_item (window, count, key, builder, ask_p) info_error (_("The reference disappeared! (%s)."), line); else { - NODE *orig = window->node; + NODE *orig; + + orig = window->node; info_select_reference (window, entry); - if (builder == info_xrefs_of_node && window->node != orig - && !(window->node->flags & N_FromAnchor)) - { /* Search for this reference in the node. */ + if ((builder == info_xrefs_of_node) && (window->node != orig)) + { long offset; long start; @@ -2215,7 +2066,7 @@ DECLARE_INFO_COMMAND (info_find_menu, _("Move to the start of this node's menu") position = search (INFO_MENU_LABEL, &binding); if (position == -1) - info_error (msg_no_menu_node); + info_error (NO_MENU_NODE); else { window->point = position; @@ -2234,7 +2085,7 @@ DECLARE_INFO_COMMAND (info_visit_menu, menu = info_menu_of_node (window->node); if (!menu) - info_error (msg_no_menu_node); + info_error (NO_MENU_NODE); for (i = 0; (!info_error_was_printed) && (entry = menu[i]); i++) { @@ -2244,7 +2095,7 @@ DECLARE_INFO_COMMAND (info_visit_menu, window_tile_windows (TILE_INTERNALS); if (!new) - info_error (msg_win_too_small); + info_error (WIN_TOO_SMALL); else { active_window = new; @@ -2293,27 +2144,33 @@ DECLARE_INFO_COMMAND (info_goto_node, _("Read a node name and select it")) { entry = (REFERENCE *)xmalloc (sizeof (REFERENCE)); entry->filename = entry->nodename = (char *)NULL; - if (this_is_the_current_fb) - entry->label = xstrdup (fb->tags[i]->nodename); - else - { - entry->label = (char *) xmalloc - (4 + strlen (fb->filename) + - strlen (fb->tags[i]->nodename)); - sprintf (entry->label, "(%s)%s", - fb->filename, fb->tags[i]->nodename); - } + entry->label = (char *) xmalloc + (4 + strlen (fb->filename) + strlen (fb->tags[i]->nodename)); + sprintf (entry->label, "(%s)%s", + fb->filename, fb->tags[i]->nodename); add_pointer_to_array (entry, items_index, items, items_slots, 100, REFERENCE *); + } + + if (this_is_the_current_fb) + { + for (i = 0; fb->tags[i]; i++) + { + entry = (REFERENCE *)xmalloc (sizeof (REFERENCE)); + entry->filename = entry->nodename = (char *)NULL; + entry->label = xstrdup (fb->tags[i]->nodename); + add_pointer_to_array (entry, items_index, items, + items_slots, 100, REFERENCE *); + } } } } - line = info_read_maybe_completing (window, _("Goto node: "), items); + line = info_read_maybe_completing (window, _("Goto Node: "), items); info_free_references (items); } #else /* !GOTO_COMPLETES */ - line = info_read_in_echo_area (window, _("Goto node: ")); + line = info_read_in_echo_area (window, _("Goto Node: ")); #endif /* !GOTO_COMPLETES */ /* If the user aborted, quit now. */ @@ -2332,413 +2189,7 @@ DECLARE_INFO_COMMAND (info_goto_node, _("Read a node name and select it")) if (!info_error_was_printed) window_clear_echo_area (); } - -/* Follow the menu list in MENUS (list of strings terminated by a NULL - entry) from INITIAL_NODE. If can't continue at any point (no menu or - no menu entry for the next item), return the node so far -- that - might be INITIAL_NODE itself. If error, *ERRSTR and *ERRARG[12] will - be set to the error message and argument for message, otherwise they - will be NULL. */ - -NODE * -info_follow_menus (initial_node, menus, errstr, errarg1, errarg2) - NODE *initial_node; - char **menus; - char **errstr, **errarg1, **errarg2; -{ - NODE *node = NULL; - *errstr = *errarg1 = *errarg2 = NULL; - - for (; *menus; menus++) - { - static char *first_arg = NULL; - REFERENCE **menu; - REFERENCE *entry; - char *arg = *menus; /* Remember the name of the menu entry we want. */ - - /* A leading space is certainly NOT part of a node name. Most - probably, they typed a space after the separating comma. The - strings in menus[] have their whitespace canonicalized, so - there's at most one space to ignore. */ - if (*arg == ' ') - arg++; - if (!first_arg) - first_arg = arg; - - /* Build and return a list of the menu items in this node. */ - menu = info_menu_of_node (initial_node); - - /* If no menu item in this node, stop here, but let the user - continue to use Info. Perhaps they wanted this node and didn't - realize it. */ - if (!menu) - { - if (arg == first_arg) - { - node = make_manpage_node (first_arg); - if (node) - goto maybe_got_node; - } - *errstr = _("No menu in node `%s'."); - *errarg1 = node_printed_rep (initial_node); - return initial_node; - } - - /* Find the specified menu item. */ - entry = info_get_labeled_reference (arg, menu); - - /* If the item wasn't found, search the list sloppily. Perhaps this - user typed "buffer" when they really meant "Buffers". */ - if (!entry) - { - int i; - int best_guess = -1; - - for (i = 0; (entry = menu[i]); i++) - { - if (strcasecmp (entry->label, arg) == 0) - break; - else - if (strncasecmp (entry->label, arg, strlen (arg)) == 0) - best_guess = i; - } - - if (!entry && best_guess != -1) - entry = menu[best_guess]; - } - - /* If we still failed to find the reference, start Info with the current - node anyway. It is probably a misspelling. */ - if (!entry) - { - if (arg == first_arg) - { - node = make_manpage_node (first_arg); - if (node) - goto maybe_got_node; - } - - info_free_references (menu); - *errstr = _("No menu item `%s' in node `%s'."); - *errarg1 = arg; - *errarg2 = node_printed_rep (initial_node); - return initial_node; - } - - /* We have found the reference that the user specified. If no - filename in this reference, define it. */ - if (!entry->filename) - entry->filename = xstrdup (initial_node->parent ? initial_node->parent - : initial_node->filename); - - /* Try to find this node. */ - node = info_get_node (entry->filename, entry->nodename); - if (!node && arg == first_arg) - { - node = make_manpage_node (first_arg); - if (node) - goto maybe_got_node; - } - - /* Since we cannot find it, try using the label of the entry as a - file, i.e., "(LABEL)Top". */ - if (!node && entry->nodename - && strcmp (entry->label, entry->nodename) == 0) - node = info_get_node (entry->label, "Top"); - - maybe_got_node: - if (!node) - { - *errstr = _("Unable to find node referenced by `%s' in `%s'."); - *errarg1 = xstrdup (entry->label); - *errarg2 = node_printed_rep (initial_node); - info_free_references (menu); - return initial_node; - } - - info_free_references (menu); - - /* Success. Go round the loop again. */ - free (initial_node); - initial_node = node; - } - - return initial_node; -} - -/* Split STR into individual node names by writing null bytes in wherever - there are commas and constructing a list of the resulting pointers. - (We can do this since STR has had canonicalize_whitespace called on it.) - Return array terminated with NULL. */ - -static char ** -split_list_of_nodenames (str) - char *str; -{ - unsigned len = 2; - char **nodes = xmalloc (len * sizeof (char *)); - - nodes[len - 2] = str; - - while (*str++) - { - if (*str == ',') - { - *str++ = 0; /* get past the null byte */ - len++; - nodes = xrealloc (nodes, len * sizeof (char *)); - nodes[len - 2] = str; - } - } - - nodes[len - 1] = NULL; - - return nodes; -} - -/* Read a line of input which is a sequence of menus (starting from - dir), and follow them. */ -DECLARE_INFO_COMMAND (info_menu_sequence, - _("Read a list of menus starting from dir and follow them")) -{ - char *line = info_read_in_echo_area (window, _("Follow menus: ")); - - /* If the user aborted, quit now. */ - if (!line) - { - info_abort_key (window, 0, 0); - return; - } - - canonicalize_whitespace (line); - - if (*line) - { - char *errstr, *errarg1, *errarg2; - NODE *dir_node = info_get_node (NULL, NULL); - char **nodes = split_list_of_nodenames (line); - NODE *node; - - /* If DIR_NODE is NULL, they might be reading a file directly, - like in "info -d . -f ./foo". Try using "Top" instead. */ - if (!dir_node) - { - char *file_name = window->node->parent; - - if (!file_name) - file_name = window->node->filename; - dir_node = info_get_node (file_name, NULL); - } - - /* If we still cannot find the starting point, give up. - We cannot allow a NULL pointer inside info_follow_menus. */ - if (!dir_node) - info_error (msg_cant_find_node, "Top"); - else - node - = info_follow_menus (dir_node, nodes, &errstr, &errarg1, &errarg2); - - free (nodes); - if (!errstr) - info_set_node_of_window (1, window, node); - else - info_error (errstr, errarg1, errarg2); - } - - free (line); - if (!info_error_was_printed) - window_clear_echo_area (); -} - -/* Search the menu MENU for a (possibly mis-spelled) entry ARG. - Return the menu entry, or the best guess for what they meant by ARG, - or NULL if there's nothing in this menu seems to fit the bill. - If EXACT is non-zero, allow only exact matches. */ -static REFERENCE * -entry_in_menu (arg, menu, exact) - char *arg; - REFERENCE **menu; - int exact; -{ - REFERENCE *entry; - - /* First, try to find the specified menu item verbatim. */ - entry = info_get_labeled_reference (arg, menu); - - /* If the item wasn't found, search the list sloppily. Perhaps we - have "Option Summary", but ARG is "option". */ - if (!entry && !exact) - { - int i; - int best_guess = -1; - - for (i = 0; (entry = menu[i]); i++) - { - if (strcasecmp (entry->label, arg) == 0) - break; - else - if (strncasecmp (entry->label, arg, strlen (arg)) == 0) - best_guess = i; - } - - if (!entry && best_guess != -1) - entry = menu[best_guess]; - } - - return entry; -} - -/* Find the node that is the best candidate to list the PROGRAM's - invocation info and its command-line options, by looking for menu - items and chains of menu items with characteristic names. */ -void -info_intuit_options_node (window, initial_node, program) - WINDOW *window; - NODE *initial_node; - char *program; -{ - /* The list of node names typical for GNU manuals where the program - usage and specifically the command-line arguments are described. - This is pure heuristics. I gathered these node names by looking - at all the Info files I could put my hands on. If you are - looking for evidence to complain to the GNU project about - non-uniform style of documentation, here you have your case! */ - static const char *invocation_nodes[] = { - "%s invocation", - "Invoking %s", - "Preliminaries", /* m4 has Invoking under Preliminaries! */ - "Invocation", - "Command Arguments",/* Emacs */ - "Invoking `%s'", - "%s options", - "Options", - "Option ", /* e.g. "Option Summary" */ - "Invoking", - "All options", /* tar, paxutils */ - "Arguments", - "%s cmdline", /* ar */ - "%s", /* last resort */ - (const char *)0 - }; - NODE *node = NULL; - REFERENCE **menu; - const char **try_node; - - /* We keep looking deeper and deeper in the menu structure until - there are no more menus or no menu items from the above list. - Some manuals have the invocation node sitting 3 or 4 levels deep - in the menu hierarchy... */ - for (node = initial_node; node; initial_node = node) - { - REFERENCE *entry; - - /* Build and return a list of the menu items in this node. */ - menu = info_menu_of_node (initial_node); - - /* If no menu item in this node, stop here. Perhaps this node - is the one they need. */ - if (!menu) - break; - - /* Look for node names typical for usage nodes in this menu. */ - for (try_node = invocation_nodes; *try_node; try_node++) - { - char nodename[200]; - - sprintf (nodename, *try_node, program); - /* The last resort "%s" is dangerous, so we restrict it - to exact matches here. */ - entry = entry_in_menu (nodename, menu, - strcmp (*try_node, "%s") == 0); - if (entry) - break; - } - - if (!entry) - break; - - if (!entry->filename) - entry->filename = xstrdup (initial_node->parent ? initial_node->parent - : initial_node->filename); - /* Try to find this node. */ - node = info_get_node (entry->filename, entry->nodename); - info_free_references (menu); - if (!node) - break; - } - - /* We've got our best shot at the invocation node. Now select it. */ - if (initial_node) - info_set_node_of_window (1, window, initial_node); - if (!info_error_was_printed) - window_clear_echo_area (); -} - -/* Given a name of an Info file, find the name of the package it - describes by removing the leading directories and extensions. */ -char * -program_name_from_file_name (file_name) - char *file_name; -{ - int i; - char *program_name = xstrdup (filename_non_directory (file_name)); - - for (i = strlen (program_name) - 1; i > 0; i--) - if (program_name[i] == '.' - && (FILENAME_CMPN (program_name + i, ".info", 5) == 0 - || FILENAME_CMPN (program_name + i, ".inf", 4) == 0 -#ifdef __MSDOS__ - || FILENAME_CMPN (program_name + i, ".i", 2) == 0 -#endif - || isdigit (program_name[i + 1]))) /* a man page foo.1 */ - { - program_name[i] = 0; - break; - } - return program_name; -} - -DECLARE_INFO_COMMAND (info_goto_invocation_node, - _("Find the node describing program invocation")) -{ - char *invocation_prompt = _("Find Invocation node of [%s]: "); - char *program_name, *line; - char *default_program_name, *prompt, *file_name; - NODE *top_node; - - /* Intuit the name of the program they are likely to want. - We use the file name of the current Info file as a hint. */ - file_name = window->node->parent ? window->node->parent - : window->node->filename; - default_program_name = program_name_from_file_name (file_name); - - prompt = (char *)xmalloc (strlen (default_program_name) + - strlen (invocation_prompt)); - sprintf (prompt, invocation_prompt, default_program_name); - line = info_read_in_echo_area (window, prompt); - free (prompt); - if (!line) - { - info_abort_key (); - return; - } - if (*line) - program_name = line; - else - program_name = default_program_name; - - /* In interactive usage they'd probably expect us to begin looking - from the Top node. */ - top_node = info_get_node (file_name, NULL); - if (!top_node) - info_error (msg_cant_find_node, "Top"); - - info_intuit_options_node (window, top_node, program_name); - free (line); - free (default_program_name); -} - #if defined (HANDLE_MAN_PAGES) DECLARE_INFO_COMMAND (info_man, _("Read a manpage reference and select it")) { @@ -2776,7 +2227,7 @@ DECLARE_INFO_COMMAND (info_man, _("Read a manpage reference and select it")) /* Move to the "Top" node in this file. */ DECLARE_INFO_COMMAND (info_top_node, _("Select the node `Top' in this file")) { - info_parse_and_select ("Top", window); + info_parse_and_select (_("Top"), window); } /* Move to the node "(dir)Top". */ @@ -2837,7 +2288,7 @@ kill_node (window, nodename) int iw, i; INFO_WINDOW *info_win; NODE *temp; - + /* If there is no nodename to kill, quit now. */ if (!nodename) { @@ -2847,8 +2298,7 @@ kill_node (window, nodename) /* If there is a nodename, find it in our window list. */ for (iw = 0; (info_win = info_windows[iw]); iw++) - if (strcmp (nodename, info_win->nodes[info_win->current]->nodename) == 0 - && info_win->window == window) + if (strcmp (nodename, info_win->nodes[info_win->current]->nodename) == 0) break; if (!info_win) @@ -2871,7 +2321,7 @@ kill_node (window, nodename) /* INFO_WIN contains the node that the user wants to stop viewing. Delete this node from the list of nodes previously shown in this window. */ for (i = info_win->current; i < info_win->nodes_index; i++) - info_win->nodes[i] = info_win->nodes[i + 1]; + info_win->nodes[i] = info_win->nodes[i++]; /* There is one less node in this window's history list. */ info_win->nodes_index--; @@ -2909,7 +2359,7 @@ kill_node (window, nodename) /* Copy this node. */ { NODE *copy = xmalloc (sizeof (NODE)); - + temp = stealer->nodes[which]; point = stealer->points[which]; pagetop = stealer->pagetops[which]; @@ -2920,7 +2370,6 @@ kill_node (window, nodename) copy->contents = temp->contents; copy->nodelen = temp->nodelen; copy->flags = temp->flags; - copy->display_pos = temp->display_pos; temp = copy; } @@ -2933,7 +2382,6 @@ kill_node (window, nodename) else { temp = info_win->nodes[info_win->current]; - temp->display_pos = info_win->points[info_win->current]; window_set_node_of_window (info_win->window, temp); } @@ -2985,11 +2433,13 @@ DECLARE_INFO_COMMAND (info_view_file, _("Read the name of a file and select it") if (info_recent_file_error) info_error (info_recent_file_error); else - info_error (_("Cannot find `%s'."), line); + info_error (_("Cannot find \"%s\"."), line); } else - info_set_node_of_window (1, window, node); - + { + set_remembered_pagetop_and_point (active_window); + info_set_node_of_window (window, node); + } free (line); } @@ -3030,7 +2480,7 @@ dump_nodes_to_file (filename, nodenames, output_filename, dump_subnodes) if (!output_stream) { - info_error (_("Could not create output file `%s'."), output_filename); + info_error (_("Could not create output file \"%s\"."), output_filename); return; } @@ -3079,10 +2529,10 @@ dump_node_to_stream (filename, nodename, stream, dump_subnodes) else { if (filename && *nodename != '(') - info_error (msg_cant_file_node, filename_non_directory (filename), - nodename); + info_error + (CANT_FILE_NODE, filename_non_directory (filename), nodename); else - info_error (msg_cant_find_node, nodename); + info_error (CANT_FIND_NODE, nodename); } return; } @@ -3099,7 +2549,11 @@ dump_node_to_stream (filename, nodename, stream, dump_subnodes) #if defined (VERBOSE_NODE_DUMPING) /* Maybe we should print some information about the node being output. */ - info_error (_("Writing node %s..."), node_printed_rep (node)); + if (node->filename) + info_error (_("Writing node \"(%s)%s\"..."), + filename_non_directory (node->filename), node->nodename); + else + info_error (_("Writing node \"%s\"..."), node->nodename); #endif /* VERBOSE_NODE_DUMPING */ write_node_to_stream (node, stream); @@ -3151,7 +2605,7 @@ dump_node_to_file (node, filename, dump_subnodes) if (!output_stream) { - info_error (_("Could not create output file `%s'."), filename); + info_error (_("Could not create output file \"%s\"."), filename); return; } @@ -3189,44 +2643,29 @@ print_node (node) { FILE *printer_pipe; char *print_command = getenv ("INFO_PRINT_COMMAND"); - int piping = 0; if (!print_command || !*print_command) print_command = DEFAULT_INFO_PRINT_COMMAND; - /* Note that on MS-DOS/MS-Windows, this MUST open the pipe in the - (default) text mode, since the printer drivers there need to see - DOS-style CRLF pairs at the end of each line. - - FIXME: if we are to support Mac-style text files, we might need - to convert the text here. */ - - /* INFO_PRINT_COMMAND which says ">file" means write to that file. - Presumably, the name of the file is the local printer device. */ - if (*print_command == '>') - printer_pipe = fopen (++print_command, "w"); - else - { - printer_pipe = popen (print_command, "w"); - piping = 1; - } + printer_pipe = popen (print_command, "w"); if (!printer_pipe) { - info_error (_("Cannot open pipe to `%s'."), print_command); + info_error (_("Cannot open pipe to \"%s\"."), print_command); return; } #if defined (VERBOSE_NODE_DUMPING) /* Maybe we should print some information about the node being output. */ - info_error (_("Printing node %s..."), node_printed_rep (node)); + if (node->filename) + info_error (_("Printing node \"(%s)%s\"..."), + filename_non_directory (node->filename), node->nodename); + else + info_error (_("Printing node \"%s\"..."), node->nodename); #endif /* VERBOSE_NODE_DUMPING */ write_node_to_stream (node, printer_pipe); - if (piping) - pclose (printer_pipe); - else - fclose (printer_pipe); + pclose (printer_pipe); #if defined (VERBOSE_NODE_DUMPING) info_error (_("Done.")); @@ -3254,16 +2693,12 @@ write_node_to_stream (node, stream) int gc_compressed_files = 0; static void info_gc_file_buffers (); -static void info_search_1 (); static char *search_string = (char *)NULL; static int search_string_index = 0; static int search_string_size = 0; static int isearch_is_active = 0; -static int last_search_direction = 0; -static int last_search_case_sensitive = 0; - /* Return the file buffer which belongs to WINDOW's node. */ FILE_BUFFER * file_buffer_of_window (window) @@ -3289,12 +2724,12 @@ file_buffer_of_window (window) DIR says which direction to search in. If it is positive, search forward, else backwards. */ long -info_search_in_node (string, node, start, window, dir, case_sensitive) +info_search_in_node (string, node, start, window, dir) char *string; NODE *node; long start; WINDOW *window; - int dir, case_sensitive; + int dir; { SEARCH_BINDING binding; long offset; @@ -3302,9 +2737,7 @@ info_search_in_node (string, node, start, window, dir, case_sensitive) binding.buffer = node->contents; binding.start = start; binding.end = node->nodelen; - binding.flags = 0; - if (!case_sensitive) - binding.flags |= S_FoldCase; + binding.flags = S_FoldCase; if (dir < 0) { @@ -3353,7 +2786,7 @@ info_target_search_node (node, string, start) while (i) { target[i] = '\0'; - offset = info_search_in_node (target, node, start, (WINDOW *)NULL, 1, 0); + offset = info_search_in_node (target, node, start, (WINDOW *)NULL, 1); if (offset != -1) break; @@ -3370,11 +2803,12 @@ info_target_search_node (node, string, start) associated with WINDOW's node, and search through each node in that file. If the search fails, return non-zero, else zero. Side-effect window leaving the node and point where the string was found current. */ +static char *last_searched_for_string = (char *)NULL; static int -info_search_internal (string, window, dir, case_sensitive) +info_search_internal (string, window, dir) char *string; WINDOW *window; - int dir, case_sensitive; + int dir; { register int i; FILE_BUFFER *file_buffer; @@ -3384,14 +2818,21 @@ info_search_internal (string, window, dir, case_sensitive) file_buffer = file_buffer_of_window (window); initial_nodename = window->node->nodename; - /* This used to begin from window->point, unless this was a repeated - search command. But invoking search with an argument loses with - that logic, since info_last_executed_command is then set to - info_add_digit_to_numeric_arg. I think there's no sense in - ``finding'' a string that is already under the cursor, anyway. */ - ret = info_search_in_node - (string, window->node, window->point + dir, window, dir, - case_sensitive); + if ((info_last_executed_command == info_search) && + (last_searched_for_string) && + (strcmp (last_searched_for_string, string) == 0)) + { + ret = info_search_in_node + (string, window->node, window->point + dir, window, dir); + } + else + { + ret = info_search_in_node + (string, window->node, window->point, window, dir); + } + + maybe_free (last_searched_for_string); + last_searched_for_string = xstrdup (string); if (ret != -1) { @@ -3440,28 +2881,19 @@ info_search_internal (string, window, dir, case_sensitive) /* Allow C-g to quit the search, failing it if pressed. */ return_if_control_g (-1); - /* Find the next tag that isn't an anchor. */ - for (i = current_tag + dir; i != current_tag; i += dir) - { - if (i < 0) - i = number_of_tags - 1; - else if (i == number_of_tags) - i = 0; + current_tag += dir; - tag = file_buffer->tags[i]; - if (tag->nodelen != 0) - break; - } + if (current_tag < 0) + current_tag = number_of_tags - 1; + else if (current_tag == number_of_tags) + current_tag = 0; - /* If we got past out starting point, bail out. */ - if (i == current_tag) - return (-1); - current_tag = i; + tag = file_buffer->tags[current_tag]; if (!echo_area_is_active && (last_subfile != tag->filename)) { window_message_in_echo_area - (_("Searching subfile %s ..."), + (_("Searching subfile \"%s\"..."), filename_non_directory (tag->filename)); last_subfile = tag->filename; @@ -3477,7 +2909,7 @@ info_search_internal (string, window, dir, case_sensitive) if (info_recent_file_error) info_error (info_recent_file_error); else - info_error (msg_cant_file_node, + info_error (CANT_FILE_NODE, filename_non_directory (file_buffer->filename), tag->nodename); } @@ -3488,8 +2920,7 @@ info_search_internal (string, window, dir, case_sensitive) start = tag->nodelen; ret = - info_search_in_node (string, node, start, window, dir, - case_sensitive); + info_search_in_node (string, node, start, window, dir); /* Did we find the string in this node? */ if (ret != -1) @@ -3512,52 +2943,16 @@ info_search_internal (string, window, dir, case_sensitive) return (-1); } -DECLARE_INFO_COMMAND (info_search_case_sensitively, - _("Read a string and search for it case-sensitively")) -{ - last_search_direction = count > 0 ? 1 : -1; - last_search_case_sensitive = 1; - info_search_1 (window, count, key, 1, 1); -} - DECLARE_INFO_COMMAND (info_search, _("Read a string and search for it")) { - last_search_direction = count > 0 ? 1 : -1; - last_search_case_sensitive = 0; - info_search_1 (window, count, key, 0, 1); -} - -DECLARE_INFO_COMMAND (info_search_backward, - _("Read a string and search backward for it")) -{ - last_search_direction = count > 0 ? -1 : 1; - last_search_case_sensitive = 0; - info_search_1 (window, -count, key, 0, 1); -} - -static void -info_search_1 (window, count, key, case_sensitive, ask_for_string) - WINDOW *window; - int count; - unsigned char key; - int case_sensitive; - int ask_for_string; -{ char *line, *prompt; int result, old_pagetop; int direction; if (count < 0) - { - direction = -1; - count = -count; - } + direction = -1; else - { - direction = 1; - if (count == 0) - count = 1; /* for backward compatibility */ - } + direction = 1; /* Read a string from the user, defaulting the search to SEARCH_STRING. */ if (!search_string) @@ -3566,50 +2961,34 @@ info_search_1 (window, count, key, case_sensitive, ask_for_string) search_string[0] = '\0'; } - if (ask_for_string) - { - prompt = (char *)xmalloc (50 + strlen (search_string)); + prompt = (char *)xmalloc (50 + strlen (search_string)); - sprintf (prompt, _("%s%sfor string [%s]: "), - direction < 0 ? _("Search backward") : _("Search"), - case_sensitive ? _(" case-sensitively ") : _(" "), - search_string); + sprintf (prompt, _("%s for string [%s]: "), + direction < 0 ? _("Search backward") : _("Search"), + search_string); - line = info_read_in_echo_area (window, prompt); - free (prompt); + line = info_read_in_echo_area (window, prompt); + free (prompt); - if (!line) - { - info_abort_key (); - return; - } + if (!line) + { + info_abort_key (); + return; + } - if (*line) - { - if (strlen (line) + 1 > search_string_size) - search_string = (char *) xrealloc - (search_string, (search_string_size += 50 + strlen (line))); + if (*line) + { + if (strlen (line) + 1 > search_string_size) + search_string = (char *) + xrealloc (search_string, (search_string_size += 50 + strlen (line))); - strcpy (search_string, line); - search_string_index = strlen (line); - free (line); - } + strcpy (search_string, line); + search_string_index = strlen (line); + free (line); } - /* If the search string includes upper-case letters, make the search - case-sensitive. */ - if (case_sensitive == 0) - for (line = search_string; *line; line++) - if (isupper (*line)) - { - case_sensitive = 1; - break; - } - old_pagetop = active_window->pagetop; - for (result = 0; result == 0 && count--; ) - result = info_search_internal (search_string, - active_window, direction, case_sensitive); + result = info_search_internal (search_string, active_window, direction); if (result != 0 && !info_error_was_printed) info_error (_("Search failed.")); @@ -3629,26 +3008,6 @@ info_search_1 (window, count, key, case_sensitive, ask_for_string) info_gc_file_buffers (); } -DECLARE_INFO_COMMAND (info_search_next, - _("Repeat last search in the same direction")) -{ - if (!last_search_direction) - info_error (_("No previous search string")); - else - info_search_1 (window, last_search_direction * count, - key, last_search_case_sensitive, 0); -} - -DECLARE_INFO_COMMAND (info_search_previous, - _("Repeat last search in the reverse direction")) -{ - if (!last_search_direction) - info_error (_("No previous search string")); - else - info_search_1 (window, -last_search_direction * count, - key, last_search_case_sensitive, 0); -} - /* **************************************************************** */ /* */ /* Incremental Searching */ @@ -3803,8 +3162,6 @@ incremental_search (window, count, ignore) unsigned char key; int last_search_result, search_result, dir; SEARCH_STATE mystate, orig_state; - char *p; - int case_sensitive = 0; if (count < 0) dir = -1; @@ -3871,7 +3228,7 @@ incremental_search (window, count, ignore) if (quoted) goto insert_and_search; - if (!Meta_p (key) || key > 32) + if (!Meta_p (key) || (ISO_Latin_p && key < 160)) { func = window->keymap[key].function; @@ -3963,16 +3320,7 @@ incremental_search (window, count, ignore) last_isearch_accepted = xstrdup (isearch_string); } - /* If the key is the isearch_terminate_search_key, but some buffered - input is pending, it is almost invariably because the ESC key is - actually the beginning of an escape sequence, like in case they - pressed an arrow key. So don't gobble the ESC key, push it back - into pending input. */ - /* FIXME: this seems like a kludge! We need a more reliable - mechanism to know when ESC is a separate key and when it is - part of an escape sequence. */ - if (key != isearch_terminate_search_key || - info_any_buffered_input_p ()) + if (key != isearch_terminate_search_key) info_set_pending_input (key); if (func == info_abort_key) @@ -3995,29 +3343,17 @@ incremental_search (window, count, ignore) search_now: show_isearch_prompt (dir, isearch_string, search_result); - /* If the search string includes upper-case letters, make the - search case-sensitive. */ - for (p = isearch_string; *p; p++) - if (isupper (*p)) - { - case_sensitive = 1; - break; - } - - if (search_result == 0) { /* Check to see if the current search string is right here. If we are looking at it, then don't bother calling the search function. */ if (((dir < 0) && - ((case_sensitive ? strncmp : strncasecmp) - (window->node->contents + window->point, + (strncasecmp (window->node->contents + window->point, isearch_string, isearch_string_index) == 0)) || ((dir > 0) && ((window->point - isearch_string_index) >= 0) && - ((case_sensitive ? strncmp : strncasecmp) - (window->node->contents + + (strncasecmp (window->node->contents + (window->point - (isearch_string_index - 1)), isearch_string, isearch_string_index) == 0))) { @@ -4025,8 +3361,7 @@ incremental_search (window, count, ignore) window->point++; } else - search_result = info_search_internal (isearch_string, - window, dir, case_sensitive); + search_result = info_search_internal (isearch_string, window, dir); } /* If this search failed, and we didn't already have a failed search, @@ -4102,8 +3437,8 @@ info_gc_file_buffers () { for (i = 0; iw->nodes && iw->nodes[i]; i++) { - if ((FILENAME_CMP (fb->fullpath, iw->nodes[i]->filename) == 0) || - (FILENAME_CMP (fb->filename, iw->nodes[i]->filename) == 0)) + if ((strcmp (fb->fullpath, iw->nodes[i]->filename) == 0) || + (strcmp (fb->filename, iw->nodes[i]->filename) == 0)) { fb_referenced_p = 1; break; @@ -4148,7 +3483,7 @@ info_move_to_xref (window, count, key, dir) found is moved to. */ firstmenu = info_search_in_node - (INFO_MENU_ENTRY_LABEL, node, start, (WINDOW *)NULL, dir, 0); + (INFO_MENU_ENTRY_LABEL, node, start, (WINDOW *)NULL, dir); /* FIRSTMENU may point directly to the line defining the menu. Skip that and go directly to the first item. */ @@ -4159,11 +3494,11 @@ info_move_to_xref (window, count, key, dir) if (strncmp (text, INFO_MENU_LABEL, strlen (INFO_MENU_LABEL)) == 0) firstmenu = info_search_in_node - (INFO_MENU_ENTRY_LABEL, node, firstmenu + dir, (WINDOW *)NULL, dir, 0); + (INFO_MENU_ENTRY_LABEL, node, firstmenu + dir, (WINDOW *)NULL, dir); } firstxref = - info_search_in_node (INFO_XREF_LABEL, node, start, (WINDOW *)NULL, dir, 0); + info_search_in_node (INFO_XREF_LABEL, node, start, (WINDOW *)NULL, dir); #if defined (HANDLE_MAN_PAGES) if ((firstxref == -1) && (node->flags & N_IsManPage)) @@ -4174,7 +3509,7 @@ info_move_to_xref (window, count, key, dir) if (firstmenu == -1 && firstxref == -1) { - info_error (msg_no_xref_node); + info_error (_("No cross references in this node.")); return; } @@ -4182,10 +3517,10 @@ info_move_to_xref (window, count, key, dir) Try hard to find the next available one. */ nextmenu = info_search_in_node - (INFO_MENU_ENTRY_LABEL, node, window->point + dir, (WINDOW *)NULL, dir, 0); + (INFO_MENU_ENTRY_LABEL, node, window->point + dir, (WINDOW *)NULL, dir); nextxref = info_search_in_node - (INFO_XREF_LABEL, node, window->point + dir, (WINDOW *)NULL, dir, 0); + (INFO_XREF_LABEL, node, window->point + dir, (WINDOW *)NULL, dir); #if defined (HANDLE_MAN_PAGES) if ((nextxref == -1) && (node->flags & N_IsManPage) && (firstxref != -1)) @@ -4199,7 +3534,7 @@ info_move_to_xref (window, count, key, dir) if (strncmp (text, INFO_MENU_LABEL, strlen (INFO_MENU_LABEL)) == 0) nextmenu = info_search_in_node - (INFO_MENU_ENTRY_LABEL, node, nextmenu + dir, (WINDOW *)NULL, dir, 0); + (INFO_MENU_ENTRY_LABEL, node, nextmenu + dir, (WINDOW *)NULL, dir); } /* If there is both a next menu entry, and a next xref entry, choose the @@ -4298,7 +3633,7 @@ DECLARE_INFO_COMMAND (info_abort_key, _("Cancel current operation")) /* Move the cursor to the desired line of the window. */ DECLARE_INFO_COMMAND (info_move_to_window_line, - _("Move the cursor to a specific line of the window")) + _("Move to the cursor to a specific line of the window")) { int line; @@ -4393,7 +3728,10 @@ dispatch_error (keyseq) info_error (_("Unknown command (%s)."), rep); else { - char *temp = xmalloc (1 + strlen (rep) + strlen (_("\"\" is invalid"))); + char *temp; + + temp = (char *)xmalloc (1 + strlen (rep) + strlen (_("\"\" is invalid"))); + sprintf (temp, _("\"%s\" is invalid"), rep); terminal_ring_bell (); inform_in_echo_area (temp); @@ -4834,31 +4172,6 @@ info_gather_typeahead () if (chars_avail == -1) chars_avail = 0; } -# else /* !O_NDELAY */ -# ifdef __DJGPP__ - { - extern long pc_term_chars_avail (void); - - if (isatty (tty)) - chars_avail = pc_term_chars_avail (); - else - { - /* We could be more accurate by calling ltell, but we have no idea - whether tty is buffered by stdio functions, and if so, how many - characters are already waiting in the buffer. So we punt. */ - struct stat st; - - if (fstat (tty, &st) < 0) - chars_avail = 1; - else - chars_avail = st.st_size; - } - if (chars_avail > space_avail) - chars_avail = space_avail; - if (chars_avail) - chars_avail = read (tty, &input[0], chars_avail); - } -# endif/* __DJGPP__ */ # endif /* O_NDELAY */ #endif /* !FIONREAD */ @@ -4916,7 +4229,6 @@ info_get_input_char () { fclose (info_input_stream); info_input_stream = stdin; - tty = fileno (info_input_stream); display_inhibited = 0; display_update_display (windows); display_cursor_at_point (active_window); @@ -4928,7 +4240,7 @@ info_get_input_char () { terminal_unprep_terminal (); close_dribble_file (); - xexit (0); + exit (0); } } } diff --git a/contrib/texinfo/info/signals.c b/contrib/texinfo/info/signals.c index 0e92578..16e87f0 100644 --- a/contrib/texinfo/info/signals.c +++ b/contrib/texinfo/info/signals.c @@ -1,7 +1,9 @@ -/* signals.c -- install and maintain Info signal handlers. - $Id: signals.c,v 1.6 1998/12/06 22:00:04 karl Exp $ +/* signals.c -- Install and maintain Info signal handlers. */ - Copyright (C) 1993, 94, 95, 98 Free Software Foundation, Inc. +/* This file is part of GNU Info, a program for reading online documentation + stored in Info format. + + Copyright (C) 1993, 1994, 1995 Free Software Foundation, Inc. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by @@ -28,9 +30,6 @@ /* */ /* **************************************************************** */ -/* Non-zero when our signal handler has been called to handle SIGWINCH. */ -static int in_sigwinch = 0; - #if !defined (HAVE_SIGPROCMASK) && defined (HAVE_SIGSETMASK) /* Perform OPERATION on NEWSET, perhaps leaving information in OLDSET. */ static void @@ -67,7 +66,7 @@ typedef RETSIGTYPE signal_handler (); static RETSIGTYPE info_signal_handler (); static signal_handler *old_TSTP, *old_TTOU, *old_TTIN; -static signal_handler *old_WINCH, *old_INT, *old_USR1; +static signal_handler *old_WINCH, *old_INT, *old_CONT; void initialize_info_signal_handler () @@ -80,16 +79,14 @@ initialize_info_signal_handler () #if defined (SIGWINCH) old_WINCH = (signal_handler *) signal (SIGWINCH, info_signal_handler); +#if defined (SIGCONT) + old_CONT = (signal_handler *) signal (SIGCONT, info_signal_handler); +#endif /* SIGCONT */ #endif #if defined (SIGINT) old_INT = (signal_handler *) signal (SIGINT, info_signal_handler); #endif - -#if defined (SIGUSR1) - /* Used by DJGPP to simulate SIGTSTP on Ctrl-Z. */ - old_USR1 = (signal_handler *) signal (SIGUSR1, info_signal_handler); -#endif } static void @@ -103,19 +100,6 @@ redisplay_after_signal () fflush (stdout); } -static void -reset_info_window_sizes () -{ - terminal_goto_xy (0, 0); - fflush (stdout); - terminal_unprep_terminal (); - terminal_get_screen_size (); - terminal_prep_terminal (); - display_initialize_display (screenwidth, screenheight); - window_new_screen_size (screenwidth, screenheight, NULL); - redisplay_after_signal (); -} - static RETSIGTYPE info_signal_handler (sig) int sig; @@ -164,43 +148,37 @@ info_signal_handler (sig) } break; -#if defined (SIGWINCH) || defined (SIGUSR1) -#ifdef SIGWINCH +#if defined (SIGWINCH) +#if defined(SIGCONT) + case SIGCONT: + if (old_CONT) + (void)(old_CONT)(sig); + /* pretend a SIGWINCH in case the terminal window size has changed + while we've been asleep */ + /* FALLTROUGH */ +#endif /* defined(SIGCONT) */ + case SIGWINCH: -#endif -#ifdef SIGUSR1 - case SIGUSR1: -#endif { - if (!in_sigwinch) { - in_sigwinch++; - - /* Turn off terminal IO, tell our parent that the window has changed, - then reinitialize the terminal and rebuild our windows. */ -#ifdef SIGWINCH - if (sig == SIGWINCH) - old_signal_handler = &old_WINCH; -#endif -#ifdef SIGUSR1 - if (sig == SIGUSR1) - old_signal_handler = &old_USR1; -#endif - terminal_goto_xy (0, 0); - fflush (stdout); - terminal_unprep_terminal (); - signal (sig, *old_signal_handler); - UNBLOCK_SIGNAL (sig); - kill (getpid (), sig); - - /* After our old signal handler returns... */ - *old_signal_handler - = (signal_handler *) signal (sig, info_signal_handler); - terminal_prep_terminal (); - reset_info_window_sizes (); - in_sigwinch--; - } + /* Turn off terminal IO, tell our parent that the window has changed, + then reinitialize the terminal and rebuild our windows. */ + old_signal_handler = &old_WINCH; + terminal_goto_xy (0, 0); + fflush (stdout); + terminal_unprep_terminal (); + signal (sig, *old_signal_handler); + UNBLOCK_SIGNAL (sig); + kill (getpid (), sig); + + /* After our old signal handler returns... */ + terminal_get_screen_size (); + terminal_prep_terminal (); + display_initialize_display (screenwidth, screenheight); + window_new_screen_size (screenwidth, screenheight, (VFunction *)NULL); + *old_signal_handler = (signal_handler *) signal (sig, info_signal_handler); + redisplay_after_signal (); } break; -#endif /* SIGWINCH || SIGUSR1 */ +#endif /* SIGWINCH */ } } diff --git a/contrib/texinfo/info/terminal.c b/contrib/texinfo/info/terminal.c index 9223d95..f0e43be 100644 --- a/contrib/texinfo/info/terminal.c +++ b/contrib/texinfo/info/terminal.c @@ -1,7 +1,7 @@ /* terminal.c -- How to handle the physical terminal for Info. - $Id: terminal.c,v 1.19 1999/09/20 12:28:54 karl Exp $ + $Id: terminal.c,v 1.9 1998/02/22 00:05:15 karl Exp $ - Copyright (C) 1988, 89, 90, 91, 92, 93, 96, 97, 98, 99 + Copyright (C) 1988, 89, 90, 91, 92, 93, 96, 97, 98 Free Software Foundation, Inc. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify @@ -26,7 +26,6 @@ #include <sys/types.h> #include <signal.h> -#include <sys/ioctl.h> /* TIOCGWINSZ on LynxOS, at least */ /* The Unix termcap interface code. */ #ifdef HAVE_NCURSES_TERMCAP_H @@ -77,10 +76,9 @@ VFunction *terminal_scroll_terminal_hook = (VFunction *)NULL; /* **************************************************************** */ /* A buffer which holds onto the current terminal description, and a pointer - used to float within it. And the name of the terminal. */ -static char *term_buffer = NULL; -static char *term_string_buffer = NULL; -static char *term_name; + used to float within it. */ +static char *term_buffer = (char *)NULL; +static char *term_string_buffer = (char *)NULL; /* Some strings to control terminal actions. These are output by tputs (). */ static char *term_goto, *term_clreol, *term_cr, *term_clrpag; @@ -148,13 +146,12 @@ terminal_begin_using_terminal () #endif send_to_terminal (term_begin_use); + /* Without this fflush and sleep, running info in a shelltool or + cmdtool (TERM=sun-cmd) with scrollbars loses -- the scrollbars are + not restored properly. + From: strube@physik3.gwdg.de (Hans Werner Strube). */ fflush (stdout); - if (STREQ (term_name, "sun-cmd")) - /* Without this fflush and sleep, running info in a shelltool or - cmdtool (TERM=sun-cmd) with scrollbars loses -- the scrollbars are - not restored properly. - From: strube@physik3.gwdg.de (Hans Werner Strube). */ - sleep (1); + sleep (1); #ifdef SIGWINCH signal (SIGWINCH, sigsave); @@ -180,9 +177,7 @@ terminal_end_using_terminal () send_to_terminal (term_end_use); fflush (stdout); - if (STREQ (term_name, "sun-cmd")) - /* See comments at other sleep. */ - sleep (1); + sleep (1); #ifdef SIGWINCH signal (SIGWINCH, sigsave); @@ -521,7 +516,7 @@ void terminal_initialize_terminal (terminal_name) char *terminal_name; { - char *buffer; + char *term, *buffer; terminal_is_dumb_p = 0; @@ -531,46 +526,37 @@ terminal_initialize_terminal (terminal_name) return; } - term_name = terminal_name ? terminal_name : getenv ("TERM"); - if (!term_name) - term_name = "dumb"; + term = terminal_name ? terminal_name : getenv ("TERM"); if (!term_string_buffer) - term_string_buffer = xmalloc (2048); + term_string_buffer = (char *)xmalloc (2048); if (!term_buffer) - term_buffer = xmalloc (2048); + term_buffer = (char *)xmalloc (2048); buffer = term_string_buffer; - term_clrpag = term_cr = term_clreol = NULL; + term_clrpag = term_cr = term_clreol = (char *)NULL; - /* HP-UX 11.x returns 0 for OK --jeff.hull@state.co.us. */ - if (tgetent (term_buffer, term_name) < 0) + if (!term) + term = "dumb"; + + if (tgetent (term_buffer, term) <= 0) { terminal_is_dumb_p = 1; screenwidth = 80; screenheight = 24; term_cr = "\r"; - term_up = term_dn = audible_bell = visible_bell = NULL; - term_ku = term_kd = term_kl = term_kr = NULL; - term_kP = term_kN = NULL; + term_up = term_dn = audible_bell = visible_bell = (char *)NULL; + term_ku = term_kd = term_kl = term_kr = (char *)NULL; + term_kP = term_kN = (char *)NULL; return; } BC = tgetstr ("pc", &buffer); PC = BC ? *BC : 0; -#if defined (HAVE_TERMIOS_H) - { - struct termios ti; - if (tcgetattr (fileno(stdout), &ti) != -1) - ospeed = cfgetospeed (&ti); - else - ospeed = B9600; - } -#else -# if defined (TIOCGETP) +#if defined (TIOCGETP) { struct sgttyb sg; @@ -579,17 +565,16 @@ terminal_initialize_terminal (terminal_name) else ospeed = B9600; } -# else +#else ospeed = B9600; -# endif /* !TIOCGETP */ -#endif +#endif /* !TIOCGETP */ term_cr = tgetstr ("cr", &buffer); term_clreol = tgetstr ("ce", &buffer); term_clrpag = tgetstr ("cl", &buffer); term_goto = tgetstr ("cm", &buffer); - /* Find out about this terminal's scrolling capability. */ + /* Find out about this terminals scrolling capability. */ term_AL = tgetstr ("AL", &buffer); term_DL = tgetstr ("DL", &buffer); term_al = tgetstr ("al", &buffer); @@ -648,7 +633,23 @@ terminal_initialize_terminal (terminal_name) terminal_is_dumb_p = 1; } -/* How to read characters from the terminal. */ +/* **************************************************************** */ +/* */ +/* How to Read Characters From the Terminal */ +/* */ +/* **************************************************************** */ + +#if defined (TIOCGETC) +/* A buffer containing the terminal interrupt characters upon entry + to Info. */ +struct tchars original_tchars; +#endif + +#if defined (TIOCGLTC) +/* A buffer containing the local terminal mode characters upon entry + to Info. */ +struct ltchars original_ltchars; +#endif #if defined (HAVE_TERMIOS_H) struct termios original_termios, ttybuff; @@ -661,25 +662,6 @@ struct termio original_termio, ttybuff; int original_tty_flags = 0; int original_lmode; struct sgttyb ttybuff; - -# if defined(TIOCGETC) && defined(M_XENIX) -/* SCO 3.2v5.0.2 defines but does not support TIOCGETC. Gak. Maybe - better fix would be to use Posix termios in preference. --gildea, - 1jul99. */ -# undef TIOCGETC -# endif - -# if defined (TIOCGETC) -/* A buffer containing the terminal interrupt characters upon entry - to Info. */ -struct tchars original_tchars; -# endif - -# if defined (TIOCGLTC) -/* A buffer containing the local terminal mode characters upon entry - to Info. */ -struct ltchars original_ltchars; -# endif # endif /* !HAVE_TERMIO_H */ #endif /* !HAVE_TERMIOS_H */ @@ -853,6 +835,3 @@ terminal_unprep_terminal () terminal_end_using_terminal (); } -#ifdef __MSDOS__ -# include "pcterm.c" -#endif diff --git a/contrib/texinfo/info/userdoc.texi b/contrib/texinfo/info/userdoc.texi deleted file mode 100644 index f9349c6..0000000 --- a/contrib/texinfo/info/userdoc.texi +++ /dev/null @@ -1,1270 +0,0 @@ -@c This file is meant to be included in any arbitrary piece of -@c documentation that wishes to describe the info program. Some day -@c info-stnd.texi should probably use this file instead of duplicating -@c its contents. -@c -@c This file documents the use of the standalone GNU Info program, -@c versions 2.7 and later. - -@ifclear InfoProgVer -@set InfoProgVer 2.11 -@end ifclear -@synindex vr cp -@synindex fn cp -@synindex ky cp - -@heading What is Info? - -This text documents the use of the GNU Info program, version -@value{InfoProgVer}. - -@dfn{Info} is a program which is used to view info files on an ASCII -terminal. @dfn{info files} are the result of processing texinfo files -with the program @code{makeinfo} or with the Emacs command @code{M-x -texinfo-format-buffer}. Finally, @dfn{texinfo} is a documentation -language which allows a printed manual and online documentation (an info -file) to be produced from a single source file. - -@menu -* Options:: Options you can pass on the command line. -* Cursor Commands:: Commands which move the cursor within a node. -* Scrolling Commands:: Commands for moving the node around in a window. -* Node Commands:: Commands for selecting a new node. -* Searching Commands:: Commands for searching an info file. -* Xref Commands:: Commands for selecting cross references. -* Window Commands:: Commands which manipulate multiple windows. -* Printing Nodes:: How to print out the contents of a node. -* Miscellaneous Commands:: A few commands that defy categories. -* Variables:: How to change the default behaviour of Info. -@ifset NOTSET -* Info for Sys Admins:: How to setup Info. Using special options. -@end ifset -@ifset STANDALONE -* GNU Info Global Index:: Global index containing keystrokes, command names, - variable names, and general concepts. -@end ifset -@end menu - -@node Options -@chapter Command Line Options -@cindex command line options -@cindex arguments, command line - -GNU Info accepts several options to control the initial node being -viewed, and to specify which directories to search for info files. Here -is a template showing an invocation of GNU Info from the shell: - -@example -info [--@var{option-name} @var{option-value}] @var{menu-item}@dots{} -@end example - -The following @var{option-names} are available when invoking Info from -the shell: - -@table @code -@cindex directory path -@item --directory @var{directory-path} -@itemx -d @var{directory-path} -Adds @var{directory-path} to the list of directory paths searched when -Info needs to find a file. You may issue @code{--directory} multiple -times; once for each directory which contains info files. -Alternatively, you may specify a value for the environment variable -@code{INFOPATH}; if @code{--directory} is not given, the value of -@code{INFOPATH} is used. The value of @code{INFOPATH} is a colon -separated list of directory names. If you do not supply -@code{INFOPATH} or @code{--directory-path} a default path is used. - -@item --file @var{filename} -@itemx -f @var{filename} -@cindex info file, selecting -Specifies a particular info file to visit. Instead of visiting the file -@code{dir}, Info will start with @code{(@var{filename})Top} as the first -file and node. - -@item --node @var{nodename} -@itemx -n @var{nodename} -@cindex node, selecting -Specifies a particular node to visit in the initial file loaded. This -is especially useful in conjunction with @code{--file}@footnote{Of -course, you can specify both the file and node in a @code{--node} -command; but don't forget to escape the open and close parentheses from -the shell as in: @code{info --node '(emacs)Buffers'}}. You may specify -@code{--node} multiple times; for an interactive Info, each -@var{nodename} is visited in its own window, for a non-interactive Info -(such as when @code{--output} is given) each @var{nodename} is processed -sequentially. - -@item --output @var{filename} -@itemx -o @var{filename} -@cindex file, outputting to -@cindex outputting to a file -Specify @var{filename} as the name of a file to output to. Each node -that Info visits will be output to @var{filename} instead of -interactively viewed. A value of @code{-} for @var{filename} specifies -the standard output. - -@item --subnodes -@cindex @code{--subnodes}, command line option -This option only has meaning when given in conjunction with -@code{--output}. It means to recursively output the nodes appearing in -the menus of each node being output. Menu items which resolve to -external info files are not output, and neither are menu items which are -members of an index. Each node is only output once. - -@item --help -@itemx -h -Produces a relatively brief description of the available Info options. - -@item --version -@cindex version information -Prints the version information of Info and exits. - -@item @var{menu-item} -@cindex menu, following -Remaining arguments to Info are treated as the names of menu items. The -first argument would be a menu item in the initial node visited, while -the second argument would be a menu item in the first argument's node. -You can easily move to the node of your choice by specifying the menu -names which describe the path to that node. For example, - -@example -info emacs buffers -@end example - -first selects the menu item @samp{Emacs} in the node @samp{(dir)Top}, -and then selects the menu item @samp{Buffers} in the node -@samp{(emacs)Top}. - -@end table - -@node Cursor Commands -@chapter Moving the Cursor -@cindex cursor, moving -Many people find that reading screens of text page by page is made -easier when one is able to indicate particular pieces of text with some -kind of pointing device. Since this is the case, GNU Info (both the -Emacs and standalone versions) have several commands which allow you to -move the cursor about the screen. The notation used in this manual to -describe keystrokes is identical to the notation used within the Emacs -manual, and the GNU Readline manual. @xref{Characters, , Character -Conventions, emacs, the GNU Emacs Manual}, if you are unfamilar with the -notation. - -The following table lists the basic cursor movement commands in Info. -Each entry consists of the key sequence you should type to execute the -cursor movement, the @code{M-x}@footnote{@code{M-x} is also a command; it -invokes @code{execute-extended-command}. @xref{M-x, , Executing an -extended command, emacs, the GNU Emacs Manual}, for more detailed -information.} command name (displayed in parentheses), and a short -description of what the command does. All of the cursor motion commands -can take an @dfn{numeric} argument (@pxref{Miscellaneous Commands, -@code{universal-argument}}), to find out how to supply them. With a -numeric argument, the motion commands are simply executed that -many times; for example, a numeric argument of 4 given to -@code{next-line} causes the cursor to move down 4 lines. With a -negative numeric argument, the motion is reversed; an argument of -4 -given to the @code{next-line} command would cause the cursor to move -@emph{up} 4 lines. - -@table @asis -@item @code{C-n} (@code{next-line}) -@kindex C-n -@findex next-line -Moves the cursor down to the next line. - -@item @code{C-p} (@code{prev-line}) -@kindex C-p -@findex prev-line -Move the cursor up to the previous line. - -@item @code{C-a} (@code{beginning-of-line}) -@kindex C-a, in Info windows -@findex beginning-of-line -Move the cursor to the start of the current line. - -@item @code{C-e} (@code{end-of-line}) -@kindex C-e, in Info windows -@findex end-of-line -Moves the cursor to the end of the current line. - -@item @code{C-f} (@code{forward-char}) -@kindex C-f, in Info windows -@findex forward-char -Move the cursor forward a character. - -@item @code{C-b} (@code{backward-char}) -@kindex C-b, in Info windows -@findex backward-char -Move the cursor backward a character. - -@item @code{M-f} (@code{forward-word}) -@kindex M-f, in Info windows -@findex forward-word -Moves the cursor forward a word. - -@item @code{M-b} (@code{backward-word}) -@kindex M-b, in Info winows -@findex backward-word -Moves the cursor backward a word. - -@item @code{M-<} (@code{beginning-of-node}) -@itemx @code{b} -@kindex b, in Info winows -@kindex M-< -@findex beginning-of-node -Moves the cursor to the start of the current node. - -@item @code{M->} (@code{end-of-node}) -@kindex M-> -@findex end-of-node -Moves the cursor to the end of the current node. - -@item @code{M-r} (@code{move-to-window-line}) -@kindex M-r -@findex move-to-window-line -Moves the cursor to a specific line of the window. Without a numeric -argument, @code{M-r} moves the cursor to the start of the line in the -center of the window. With a numeric argument of @var{n}, @code{M-r} -moves the cursor to the start of the @var{n}th line in the window. -@end table - -@node Scrolling Commands -@chapter Moving Text Within a Window -@cindex scrolling - -Sometimes you are looking at a screenful of text, and only part of the -current paragraph you are reading is visible on the screen. The -commands detailed in this section are used to shift which part of the -current node is visible on the screen. - -@table @asis -@item @code{SPC} (@code{scroll-forward}) -@itemx @code{C-v} -@kindex SPC, in Info windows -@kindex C-v -@findex scroll-forward -Shift the text in this window up. That is, show more of the node which -is currently below the bottom of the window. With a numeric argument, -show that many more lines at the bottom of the window; a numeric -argument of 4 would shift all of the text in the window up 4 lines -(discarding the top 4 lines), and show you four new lines at the bottom -of the window. Without a numeric argument, @key{SPC} takes the bottom -two lines of the window and places them at the top of the window, -redisplaying almost a completely new screenful of lines. - -@item @code{DEL} (@code{scroll-backward}) -@itemx @code{M-v} -@kindex DEL, in Info windows -@kindex M-v -@findex scroll-backward -Shift the text in this window down. The inverse of -@code{scroll-forward}. - -@end table - -@cindex scrolling through node structure -The @code{scroll-forward} and @code{scroll-backward} commands can also -move forward and backward through the node structure of the file. If -you press @key{SPC} while viewing the end of a node, or @key{DEL} while -viewing the beginning of a node, what happens is controlled by the -variable @code{scroll-behaviour}. @xref{Variables, -@code{scroll-behaviour}}, for more information. - -@table @asis -@item @code{C-l} (@code{redraw-display}) -@kindex C-l -@findex redraw-display -Redraw the display from scratch, or shift the line containing the cursor -to a specified location. With no numeric argument, @samp{C-l} clears -the screen, and then redraws its entire contents. Given a numeric -argument of @var{n}, the line containing the cursor is shifted so that -it is on the @var{n}th line of the window. - -@item @code{C-x w} (@code{toggle-wrap}) -@kindex C-w -@findex toggle-wrap -Toggles the state of line wrapping in the current window. Normally, -lines which are longer than the screen width @dfn{wrap}, i.e., they are -continued on the next line. Lines which wrap have a @samp{\} appearing -in the rightmost column of the screen. You can cause such lines to be -terminated at the rightmost column by changing the state of line -wrapping in the window with @code{C-x w}. When a line which needs more -space than one screen width to display is displayed, a @samp{$} appears -in the rightmost column of the screen, and the remainder of the line is -invisible. -@end table - -@node Node Commands -@chapter Selecting a New Node -@cindex nodes, selection of - -This section details the numerous Info commands which select a new node -to view in the current window. - -The most basic node commands are @samp{n}, @samp{p}, @samp{u}, and -@samp{l}. - -When you are viewing a node, the top line of the node contains some Info -@dfn{pointers} which describe where the next, previous, and up nodes -are. Info uses this line to move about the node structure of the file -when you use the following commands: - -@table @asis -@item @code{n} (@code{next-node}) -@kindex n -@findex next-node -Selects the `Next' node. - -@item @code{p} (@code{prev-node}) -@kindex p -@findex prev-node -Selects the `Prev' node. - -@item @code{u} (@code{up-node}) -@kindex u -@findex up-node -Selects the `Up' node. -@end table - -You can easily select a node that you have already viewed in this window -by using the @samp{l} command -- this name stands for "last", and -actually moves through the list of already visited nodes for this -window. @samp{l} with a negative numeric argument moves forward through -the history of nodes for this window, so you can quickly step between -two adjacent (in viewing history) nodes. - -@table @asis -@item @code{l} (@code{history-node}) -@kindex l -@findex history-node -Selects the most recently selected node in this window. -@end table - -Two additional commands make it easy to select the most commonly -selected nodes; they are @samp{t} and @samp{d}. - -@table @asis -@item @code{t} (@code{top-node}) -@kindex t -@findex top-node -Selects the node @samp{Top} in the current info file. - -@item @code{d} (@code{dir-node}) -@kindex d -@findex dir-node -Selects the directory node (i.e., the node @samp{(dir)}). -@end table - -Here are some other commands which immediately result in the selection -of a different node in the current window: - -@table @asis -@item @code{<} (@code{first-node}) -@kindex < -@findex first-node -Selects the first node which appears in this file. This node is most -often @samp{Top}, but it doesn't have to be. - -@item @code{>} (@code{last-node}) -@kindex > -@findex last-node -Selects the last node which appears in this file. - -@item @code{]} (@code{global-next-node}) -@kindex ] -@findex global-next-node -Moves forward or down through node structure. If the node that you are -currently viewing has a @samp{Next} pointer, that node is selected. -Otherwise, if this node has a menu, the first menu item is selected. If -there is no @samp{Next} and no menu, the same process is tried with the -@samp{Up} node of this node. - -@item @code{[} (@code{global-prev-node}) -@kindex [ -@findex global-prev-node -Moves backward or up through node structure. If the node that you are -currently viewing has a @samp{Prev} pointer, that node is selected. -Otherwise, if the node has an @samp{Up} pointer, that node is selected, -and if it has a menu, the last item in the menu is selected. -@end table - -You can get the same behaviour as @code{global-next-node} and -@code{global-prev-node} while simply scrolling through the file with -@key{SPC} and @key{DEL}; @xref{Variables, @code{scroll-behaviour}}, for -more information. - -@table @asis -@item @code{g} (@code{goto-node}) -@kindex g -@findex goto-node -Reads the name of a node and selects it. No completion is done while -reading the node name, since the desired node may reside in a separate -file. The node must be typed exactly as it appears in the info file. A -file name may be included as with any node specification, for example - -@example -@code{g(emacs)Buffers} -@end example - -finds the node @samp{Buffers} in the info file @file{emacs}. - -@item @code{C-x k} (@code{kill-node}) -@kindex C-x k -@findex kill-node -Kills a node. The node name is prompted for in the echo area, with a -default of the current node. @dfn{Killing} a node means that Info tries -hard to forget about it, removing it from the list of history nodes kept -for the window where that node is found. Another node is selected in -the window which contained the killed node. - -@item @code{C-x C-f} (@code{view-file}) -@kindex C-x C-f -@findex view-file -Reads the name of a file and selects the entire file. The command -@example -@code{C-x C-f @var{filename}} -@end example -is equivalent to typing -@example -@code{g(@var{filename})*} -@end example - -@item @code{C-x C-b} (@code{list-visited-nodes}) -@kindex C-x C-b -@findex list-visited-nodes -Makes a window containing a menu of all of the currently visited nodes. -This window becomes the selected window, and you may use the standard -Info commands within it. - -@item @code{C-x b} (@code{select-visited-node}) -@kindex C-x b -@findex select-visited-node -Selects a node which has been previously visited in a visible window. -This is similar to @samp{C-x C-b} followed by @samp{m}, but no window is -created. -@end table - -@node Searching Commands -@chapter Searching an Info File -@cindex searching - -GNU Info allows you to search for a sequence of characters throughout an -entire info file, search through the indices of an info file, or find -areas within an info file which discuss a particular topic. - -@table @asis -@item @code{s} (@code{search}) -@kindex s -@findex search -Reads a string in the echo area and searches for it. - -@item @code{C-s} (@code{isearch-forward}) -@kindex C-s -@findex isearch-forward -Interactively searches forward through the info file for a string as you -type it. - -@item @code{C-r} (@code{isearch-backward}) -@kindex C-r -@findex isearch-backward -Interactively searches backward through the info file for a string as -you type it. - -@item @code{i} (@code{index-search}) -@kindex i -@findex index-search -Looks up a string in the indices for this info file, and selects a node -where the found index entry points to. - -@item @code{,} (@code{next-index-match}) -@kindex , -@findex next-index-match -Moves to the node containing the next matching index item from the last -@samp{i} command. -@end table - -The most basic searching command is @samp{s} (@code{search}). The -@samp{s} command prompts you for a string in the echo area, and then -searches the remainder of the info file for an ocurrence of that string. -If the string is found, the node containing it is selected, and the -cursor is left positioned at the start of the found string. Subsequent -@samp{s} commands show you the default search string within @samp{[} and -@samp{]}; pressing @key{RET} instead of typing a new string will use the -default search string. - -@dfn{Incremental searching} is similar to basic searching, but the -string is looked up while you are typing it, instead of waiting until -the entire search string has been specified. - -@node Xref Commands -@chapter Selecting Cross References - -We have already discussed the @samp{Next}, @samp{Prev}, and @samp{Up} -pointers which appear at the top of a node. In addition to these -pointers, a node may contain other pointers which refer you to a -different node, perhaps in another info file. Such pointers are called -@dfn{cross references}, or @dfn{xrefs} for short. - -@menu -* Parts of an Xref:: What a cross reference is made of. -* Selecting Xrefs:: Commands for selecting menu or note items. -@end menu - -@node Parts of an Xref -@section Parts of an Xref - -Cross references have two major parts: the first part is called the -@dfn{label}; it is the name that you can use to refer to the cross -reference, and the second is the @dfn{target}; it is the full name of -the node that the cross reference points to. - -The target is separated from the label by a colon @samp{:}; first the -label appears, and then the target. For example, in the sample menu -cross reference below, the single colon separates the label from the -target. - -@example -* Foo Label: Foo Target. More information about Foo. -@end example - -Note the @samp{.} which ends the name of the target. The @samp{.} is -not part of the target; it serves only to let Info know where the target -name ends. - -A shorthand way of specifying references allows two adjacent colons to -stand for a target name which is the same as the label name: - -@example -* Foo Commands:: Commands pertaining to Foo. -@end example - -In the above example, the name of the target is the same as the name of -the label, in this case @code{Foo Commands}. - -You will normally see two types of cross references while viewing nodes: -@dfn{menu} references, and @dfn{note} references. Menu references -appear within a node's menu; they begin with a @samp{*} at the beginning -of a line, and continue with a label, a target, and a comment which -describes what the contents of the node pointed to contains. - -Note references appear within the body of the node text; they begin with -@code{*Note}, and continue with a label and a target. - -Like @samp{Next}, @samp{Prev} and @samp{Up} pointers, cross references -can point to any valid node. They are used to refer you to a place -where more detailed information can be found on a particular subject. -Here is a cross reference which points to a node within the Texinfo -documentation: @xref{xref, , Writing an Xref, texinfo, the Texinfo -Manual}, for more information on creating your own texinfo cross -references. - -@node Selecting Xrefs -@section Selecting Xrefs - -The following table lists the Info commands which operate on menu items. - -@table @asis -@item @code{1} (@code{menu-digit}) -@itemx @code{2} @dots{} @code{9} -@cindex 1 @dots{} 9, in Info windows -@kindex 1 @dots{} 9, in Info windows -@findex menu-digit -Within an Info window, pressing a single digit, (such as @samp{1}), -selects that menu item, and places its node in the current window. -For convenience, there is one exception; pressing @samp{0} selects the -@emph{last} item in the node's menu. - -@item @code{0} (@code{last-menu-item}) -@kindex 0, in Info windows -@findex last-menu-item -Select the last item in the current node's menu. - -@item @code{m} (@code{menu-item}) -@kindex m -@findex menu-item -Reads the name of a menu item in the echo area and selects its node. -Completion is available while reading the menu label. - -@item @code{M-x find-menu} -@findex find-menu -Moves the cursor to the start of this node's menu. -@end table - -This table lists the Info commands which operate on note cross references. - -@table @asis -@item @code{f} (@code{xref-item}) -@itemx @code{r} -@kindex f -@kindex r -@findex xref-item -Reads the name of a note cross reference in the echo area and selects -its node. Completion is available while reading the cross reference -label. -@end table - -Finally, the next few commands operate on menu or note references alike: - -@table @asis -@item @code{TAB} (@code{move-to-next-xref}) -@kindex TAB, in Info windows -@findex move-to-next-xref -Moves the cursor to the start of the next nearest menu item or note -reference in this node. You can then use @key{RET} -(@code{select-reference-this-line} to select the menu or note reference. - -@item @code{M-TAB} (@code{move-to-prev-xref}) -@kindex M-TAB, in Info windows -@findex move-to-prev-xref -Moves the cursor the start of the nearest previous menu item or note -reference in this node. - -@item @code{RET} (@code{select-reference-this-line}) -@kindex RET, in Info windows -@findex select-reference-this-line -Selects the menu item or note reference appearing on this line. -@end table - -@node Window Commands -@chapter Manipulating Multiple Windows -@cindex windows, manipulating - -A @dfn{window} is a place to show the text of a node. Windows have a -view area where the text of the node is displayed, and an associated -@dfn{mode line}, which briefly describes the node being viewed. - -GNU Info supports multiple windows appearing in a single screen; each -window is separated from the next by its modeline. At any time, there -is only one @dfn{active} window, that is, the window in which the cursor -appears. There are commands available for creating windows, changing -the size of windows, selecting which window is active, and for deleting -windows. - -@menu -* The Mode Line:: What appears in the mode line? -* Basic Windows:: Manipulating windows in Info. -* The Echo Area:: Used for displaying errors and reading input. -@end menu - -@node The Mode Line -@section The Mode Line - -A @dfn{mode line} is a line of inverse video which appears at the bottom -of an info window. It describes the contents of the window just above -it; this information includes the name of the file and node appearing in -that window, the number of screen lines it takes to display the node, -and the percentage of text that is above the top of the window. It can -also tell you if the indirect tags table for this info file needs to be -updated, and whether or not the info file was compressed when stored on -disk. - -Here is a sample mode line for a window containing an uncompressed file -named @file{dir}, showing the node @samp{Top}. - -@example ------Info: (dir)Top, 40 lines --Top--------------------------------------- - ^^ ^ ^^^ ^^ - (file)Node #lines where -@end example - -When a node comes from a file which is compressed on disk, this is -indicated in the mode line with two small @samp{z}'s. In addition, if -the info file containing the node has been split into subfiles, the name -of the subfile containing the node appears in the modeline as well: - -@example ---zz-Info: (emacs)Top, 291 lines --Top-- Subfile: emacs-1.Z--------------- -@end example - -When Info makes a node internally, such that there is no corresponding -info file on disk, the name of the node is surrounded by asterisks -(@samp{*}). The name itself tells you what the contents of the window -are; the sample mode line below shows an internally constructed node -showing possible completions: - -@example ------Info: *Completions*, 7 lines --All----------------------------------- -@end example - -@node Basic Windows -@section Window Commands - -It can be convenient to view more than one node at a time. To allow -this, Info can display more than one @dfn{window}. Each window has its -own mode line (@pxref{The Mode Line}) and history of nodes viewed in that -window (@pxref{Node Commands, , @code{history-node}}). - -@table @asis -@item @code{C-x o} (@code{next-window}) -@cindex windows, selecting -@kindex C-x o -@findex next-window -Selects the next window on the screen. Note that the echo area can only be -selected if it is already in use, and you have left it temporarily. -Normally, @samp{C-x o} simply moves the cursor into the next window on -the screen, or if you are already within the last window, into the first -window on the screen. Given a numeric argument, @samp{C-x o} moves over -that many windows. A negative argument causes @samp{C-x o} to select -the previous window on the screen. - -@item @code{M-x prev-window} -@findex prev-window -Selects the previous window on the screen. This is identical to -@samp{C-x o} with a negative argument. - -@item @code{C-x 2} (@code{split-window}) -@cindex windows, creating -@kindex C-x 2 -@findex split-window -Splits the current window into two windows, both showing the same node. -Each window is one half the size of the original window, and the cursor -remains in the original window. The variable @code{automatic-tiling} -can cause all of the windows on the screen to be resized for you -automatically, please @pxref{Variables, , automatic-tiling} for more -information. - -@item @code{C-x 0} (@code{delete-window}) -@cindex windows, deleting -@kindex C-x 0 -@findex delete-window -Deletes the current window from the screen. If you have made too many -windows and your screen appears cluttered, this is the way to get rid of -some of them. - -@item @code{C-x 1} (@code{keep-one-window}) -@kindex C-x 1 -@findex keep-one-window -Deletes all of the windows excepting the current one. - -@item @code{ESC C-v} (@code{scroll-other-window}) -@kindex ESC C-v, in Info windows -@findex scroll-other-window -Scrolls the other window, in the same fashion that @samp{C-v} might -scroll the current window. Given a negative argument, the "other" -window is scrolled backward. - -@item @code{C-x ^} (@code{grow-window}) -@kindex C-x ^ -@findex grow-window -Grows (or shrinks) the current window. Given a numeric argument, grows -the current window that many lines; with a negative numeric argument, -the window is shrunk instead. - -@item @code{C-x t} (@code{tile-windows}) -@cindex tiling -@kindex C-x t -@findex tile-windows -Divides the available screen space among all of the visible windows. -Each window is given an equal portion of the screen in which to display -its contents. The variable @code{automatic-tiling} can cause -@code{tile-windows} to be called when a window is created or deleted. -@xref{Variables, , @code{automatic-tiling}}. -@end table - -@node The Echo Area -@section The Echo Area -@cindex echo area - -The @dfn{echo area} is a one line window which appears at the bottom of -the screen. It is used to display informative or error messages, and to -read lines of input from you when that is necessary. Almost all of the -commands available in the echo area are identical to their Emacs -counterparts, so please refer to that documentation for greater depth of -discussion on the concepts of editing a line of text. The following -table briefly lists the commands that are available while input is being -read in the echo area: - -@table @asis -@item @code{C-f} (@code{echo-area-forward}) -@kindex C-f, in the echo area -@findex echo-area-forward -Moves forward a character. - -@item @code{C-b} (@code{echo-area-backward}) -@kindex C-b, in the echo area -@findex echo-area-backward -Moves backward a character. - -@item @code{C-a} (@code{echo-area-beg-of-line}) -@kindex C-a, in the echo area -@findex echo-area-beg-of-line -Moves to the start of the input line. - -@item @code{C-e} (@code{echo-area-end-of-line}) -@kindex C-e, in the echo area -@findex echo-area-end-of-line -Moves to the end of the input line. - -@item @code{M-f} (@code{echo-area-forward-word}) -@kindex M-f, in the echo area -@findex echo-area-forward-word -Moves forward a word. - -@item @code{M-b} (@code{echo-area-backward-word}) -@kindex M-b, in the echo area -@findex echo-area-backward-word -Moves backward a word. - -@item @code{C-d} (@code{echo-area-delete}) -@kindex C-d, in the echo area -@findex echo-area-delete -Deletes the character under the cursor. - -@item @code{DEL} (@code{echo-area-rubout}) -@kindex DEL, in the echo area -@findex echo-area-rubout -Deletes the character behind the cursor. - -@item @code{C-g} (@code{echo-area-abort}) -@kindex C-g, in the echo area -@findex echo-area-abort -Cancels or quits the current operation. If completion is being read, -@samp{C-g} discards the text of the input line which does not match any -completion. If the input line is empty, @samp{C-g} aborts the calling -function. - -@item @code{RET} (@code{echo-area-newline}) -@kindex RET, in the echo area -@findex echo-area-newline -Accepts (or forces completion of) the current input line. - -@item @code{C-q} (@code{echo-area-quoted-insert}) -@kindex C-q, in the echo area -@findex echo-area-quoted-insert -Inserts the next character verbatim. This is how you can insert control -characters into a search string, for example. - -@item @var{printing character} (@code{echo-area-insert}) -@kindex printing characters, in the echo area -@findex echo-area-insert -Inserts the character. - -@item @code{M-TAB} (@code{echo-area-tab-insert}) -@kindex M-TAB, in the echo area -@findex echo-area-tab-insert -Inserts a TAB character. - -@item @code{C-t} (@code{echo-area-transpose-chars}) -@kindex C-t, in the echo area -@findex echo-area-transpose-chars -Transposes the characters at the cursor. -@end table - -The next group of commands deal with @dfn{killing}, and @dfn{yanking} -text. For an in depth discussion of killing and yanking, -@pxref{Killing, , Killing and Deleting, emacs, the GNU Emacs Manual} - -@table @asis -@item @code{M-d} (@code{echo-area-kill-word}) -@kindex M-d, in the echo area -@findex echo-area-kill-word -Kills the word following the cursor. - -@item @code{M-DEL} (@code{echo-area-backward-kill-word}) -@kindex M-DEL, in the echo area -@findex echo-area-backward-kill-word -Kills the word preceding the cursor. - -@item @code{C-k} (@code{echo-area-kill-line}) -@kindex C-k, in the echo area -@findex echo-area-kill-line -Kills the text from the cursor to the end of the line. - -@item @code{C-x DEL} (@code{echo-area-backward-kill-line}) -@kindex C-x DEL, in the echo area -@findex echo-area-backward-kill-line -Kills the text from the cursor to the beginning of the line. - -@item @code{C-y} (@code{echo-area-yank}) -@kindex C-y, in the echo area -@findex echo-area-yank -Yanks back the contents of the last kill. - -@item @code{M-y} (@code{echo-area-yank-pop}) -@kindex M-y, in the echo area -@findex echo-area-yank-pop -Yanks back a previous kill, removing the last yanked text first. -@end table - -Sometimes when reading input in the echo area, the command that needed -input will only accept one of a list of several choices. The choices -represent the @dfn{possible completions}, and you must respond with one -of them. Since there are a limited number of responses you can make, -Info allows you to abbreviate what you type, only typing as much of the -response as is necessary to uniquely identify it. In addition, you can -request Info to fill in as much of the response as is possible; this -is called @dfn{completion}. - -The following commands are available when completing in the echo area: - -@table @asis -@item @code{TAB} (@code{echo-area-complete}) -@itemx @code{SPC} -@kindex TAB, in the echo area -@kindex SPC, in the echo area -@findex echo-area-complete -Inserts as much of a completion as is possible. - -@item @code{?} (@code{echo-area-possible-completions}) -@kindex ?, in the echo area -@findex echo-area-possible-completions -Displays a window containing a list of the possible completions of what -you have typed so far. For example, if the available choices are: -@example -bar -foliate -food -forget -@end example -and you have typed an @samp{f}, followed by @samp{?}, the possible -completions would contain: -@example -foliate -food -forget -@end example -i.e., all of the choices which begin with @samp{f}. Pressing @key{SPC} -or @key{TAB} would result in @samp{fo} appearing in the echo area, since -all of the choices which begin with @samp{f} continue with @samp{o}. -Now, typing @samp{l} followed by @samp{TAB} results in @samp{foliate} -appearing in the echo area, since that is the only choice which begins -with @samp{fol}. - -@item @code{ESC C-v} (@code{echo-area-scroll-completions-window}) -@kindex ESC C-v, in the echo area -@findex echo-area-scroll-completions-window -Scrolls the completions window, if that is visible, or the "other" -window if not. -@end table - -@node Printing Nodes -@chapter Printing Out Nodes -@cindex printing - -You may wish to print out the contents of a node as a quick reference -document for later use. Info provides you with a command for doing -this. In general, we recommend that you use @TeX{} to format the -document and print sections of it, by running @code{tex} on the texinfo -source file. - -@table @asis -@item @code{M-x print-node} -@findex print-node -@cindex INFO_PRINT_COMMAND, environment variable -Pipes the contents of the current node through the command in the -environment variable @code{INFO_PRINT_COMMAND}. If the variable doesn't -exist, the node is simply piped to @code{lpr}. -@end table - -@node Miscellaneous Commands -@chapter Miscellaneous Commands - -GNU Info contains several commands which self-document GNU Info: - -@table @asis -@item @code{M-x describe-command} -@cindex functions, describing -@cindex commands, describing -@findex describe-command -Reads the name of an Info command in the echo area and then displays a -brief description of what that command does. - -@item @code{M-x describe-key} -@cindex keys, describing -@findex describe-key -Reads a key sequence in the echo area, and then displays the name and -documentation of the Info command that the key sequence invokes. - -@item @code{M-x describe-variable} -Reads the name of a variable in the echo area and then displays a brief -description of what the variable affects. - -@item @code{M-x where-is} -@findex where-is -Reads the name of an Info command in the echo area, and then displays -a key sequence which can be typed in order to invoke that command. - -@item @code{C-h} (@code{get-help-window}) -@itemx @code{?} -@kindex C-h -@kindex ?, in Info windows -@findex get-help-window -Creates (or moves into) the window displaying @code{*Help*}, and places -a node containing a quick reference card into it. This window displays -the most concise information about GNU Info available. - -@item @code{h} (@code{get-info-help-node}) -@kindex h -@findex get-info-help-node -Tries hard to visit the node @code{(info)Help}. The info file -@file{info.texi} distributed with GNU Info contains this node. Of -course, the file must first be processed with @code{makeinfo}, and then -placed into the location of your info directory. -@end table - -Here are the commands for creating a numeric argument: - -@table @asis -@item @code{C-u} (@code{universal-argument}) -@cindex numeric arguments -@kindex C-u -@findex universal-argument -Starts (or multiplies by 4) the current numeric argument. @samp{C-u} is -a good way to give a small numeric argument to cursor movement or -scrolling commands; @samp{C-u C-v} scrolls the screen 4 lines, while -@samp{C-u C-u C-n} moves the cursor down 16 lines. - -@item @code{M-1} (@code{add-digit-to-numeric-arg}) -@itemx @code{M-2} @dots{} @code{M-9} -@kindex M-1 @dots{} M-9 -@findex add-digit-to-numeric-arg -Adds the digit value of the invoking key to the current numeric -argument. Once Info is reading a numeric argument, you may just type -the digits of the argument, without the Meta prefix. For example, you -might give @samp{C-l} a numeric argument of 32 by typing: - -@example -@kbd{C-u 3 2 C-l} -@end example -or -@example -@kbd{M-3 2 C-l} -@end example -@end table - -@samp{C-g} is used to abort the reading of a multi-character key -sequence, to cancel lengthy operations (such as multi-file searches) and -to cancel reading input in the echo area. - -@table @asis -@item @code{C-g} (@code{abort-key}) -@cindex cancelling typeahead -@cindex cancelling the current operation -@kindex C-g, in Info windows -@findex abort-key -Cancels current operation. -@end table - -The @samp{q} command of Info simply quits running Info. - -@table @asis -@item @code{q} (@code{quit}) -@cindex quitting -@kindex q -@findex quit -Exits GNU Info. -@end table - -If the operating system tells GNU Info that the screen is 60 lines tall, -and it is actually only 40 lines tall, here is a way to tell Info that -the operating system is correct. - -@table @asis -@item @code{M-x set-screen-height} -@findex set-screen-height -@cindex screen, changing the height of -Reads a height value in the echo area and sets the height of the -displayed screen to that value. -@end table - -Finally, Info provides a convenient way to display footnotes which might -be associated with the current node that you are viewing: - -@table @asis -@item @code{ESC C-f} (@code{show-footnotes}) -@kindex ESC C-f -@findex show-footnotes -@cindex footnotes, displaying -Shows the footnotes (if any) associated with the current node in another -window. You can have Info automatically display the footnotes -associated with a node when the node is selected by setting the variable -@code{automatic-footnotes}. @xref{Variables, , @code{automatic-footnotes}}. -@end table - -@node Variables -@chapter Manipulating Variables - -GNU Info contains several @dfn{variables} whose values are looked at by various -Info commands. You can change the values of these variables, and thus -change the behaviour of Info to more closely match your environment and -info file reading manner. - -@table @asis -@item @code{M-x set-variable} -@cindex variables, setting -@findex set-variable -Reads the name of a variable, and the value for it, in the echo area and -then sets the variable to that value. Completion is available when -reading the variable name; often, completion is available when reading -the value to give to the variable, but that depends on the variable -itself. If a variable does @emph{not} supply multiple choices to -complete over, it expects a numeric value. - -@item @code{M-x describe-variable} -@cindex variables, describing -@findex describe-variable -Reads the name of a variable in the echo area and then displays a brief -description of what the variable affects. -@end table - -Here is a list of the variables that you can set in Info. - -@table @code -@item automatic-footnotes -@vindex automatic-footnotes -When set to @code{On}, footnotes appear and disappear automatically. -This variable is @code{On} by default. When a node is selected, a -window containing the footnotes which appear in that node is created, -and the footnotes are displayed within the new window. The window that -Info creates to contain the footnotes is called @samp{*Footnotes*}. If -a node is selected which contains no footnotes, and a @samp{*Footnotes*} -window is on the screen, the @samp{*Footnotes*} window is deleted. -Footnote windows created in this fashion are not automatically tiled so -that they can use as little of the display as is possible. - -@item automatic-tiling -@vindex automatic-tiling -When set to @code{On}, creating or deleting a window resizes other -windows. This variable is @code{Off} by default. Normally, typing -@samp{C-x 2} divides the current window into two equal parts. When -@code{automatic-tiling} is set to @code{On}, all of the windows are -resized automatically, keeping an equal number of lines visible in each -window. There are exceptions to the automatic tiling; specifically, the -windows @samp{*Completions*} and @samp{*Footnotes*} are @emph{not} -resized through automatic tiling; they remain their original size. - -@item visible-bell -@vindex visible-bell -When set to @code{On}, GNU Info attempts to flash the screen instead of -ringing the bell. This variable is @code{Off} by default. Of course, -Info can only flash the screen if the terminal allows it; in the case -that the terminal does not allow it, the setting of this variable has no -effect. However, you can make Info perform quietly by setting the -@code{errors-ring-bell} variable to @code{Off}. - -@item errors-ring-bell -@vindex errors-ring-bell -When set to @code{On}, errors cause the bell to ring. The default -setting of this variable is @code{On}. - -@item gc-compressed-files -@vindex gc-compressed-files -When set to @code{On}, Info garbage collects files which had to be -uncompressed. The default value of this variable is @code{Off}. -Whenever a node is visited in Info, the info file containing that node -is read into core, and Info reads information about the tags and nodes -contained in that file. Once the tags information is read by Info, it -is never forgotten. However, the actual text of the nodes does not need -to remain in core unless a particular info window needs it. For -non-compressed files, the text of the nodes does not remain in core when -it is no longer in use. But de-compressing a file can be a time -consuming operation, and so Info tries hard not to do it twice. -@code{gc-compressed-files} tells Info it is okay to garbage collect the -text of the nodes of a file which was compressed on disk. - -@item show-index-match -@vindex show-index-match -When set to @code{On}, the portion of the matched search string is -highlighted in the message which explains where the matched search -string was found. The default value of this variable is @code{On}. -When Info displays the location where an index match was found, -(@pxref{Searching Commands, , @code{next-index-match}}), the portion of the -string that you had typed is highlighted by displaying it in the inverse -case from its surrounding characters. - -@item scroll-behaviour -@vindex scroll-behaviour -Controls what happens when forward scrolling is requested at the end of -a node, or when backward scrolling is requested at the beginning of a -node. The default value for this variable is @code{Continuous}. There -are three possible values for this variable: - -@table @code -@item Continuous -Tries to get the first item in this node's menu, or failing that, the -@samp{Next} node, or failing that, the @samp{Next} of the @samp{Up}. -This behaviour is identical to using the @samp{]} -(@code{global-next-node}) and @samp{[} (@code{global-prev-node}) -commands. - -@item Next Only -Only tries to get the @samp{Next} node. - -@item Page Only -Simply gives up, changing nothing. If @code{scroll-behaviour} is -@code{Page Only}, no scrolling command can change the node that is being -viewed. -@end table - -@item scroll-step -@vindex scroll-step -The number of lines to scroll when the cursor moves out of the window. -Scrolling happens automatically if the cursor has moved out of the -visible portion of the node text when it is time to display. Usually -the scrolling is done so as to put the cursor on the center line of the -current window. However, if the variable @code{scroll-step} has a -nonzero value, Info attempts to scroll the node text by that many lines; -if that is enough to bring the cursor back into the window, that is what -is done. The default value of this variable is 0, thus placing the -cursor (and the text it is attached to) in the center of the window. -Setting this variable to 1 causes a kind of "smooth scrolling" which -some people prefer. - -@item ISO-Latin -@cindex ISO Latin characters -@vindex ISO-Latin -When set to @code{On}, Info accepts and displays ISO Latin characters. -By default, Info assumes an ASCII character set. @code{ISO-Latin} tells -Info that it is running in an environment where the European standard -character set is in use, and allows you to input such characters to -Info, as well as display them. -@end table - -@c The following node and its children are currently unfinished. Please feel -@c free to finish it! - -@ifset NOTSET -@node Info for Sys Admins -@chapter Info for System Administrators - -This text describes some common ways of setting up an Info heierarchy -from scratch, and details the various options that are available when -installing Info. This text is designed for the person who is installing -GNU Info on the system; although users may find the information present -in this section interesting, none of it is vital to understanding how to -use GNU Info. - -@menu -* Setting the INFOPATH:: Where are my Info files kept? -* Editing the DIR node:: What goes in `DIR', and why? -* Storing Info files:: Alternate formats allow flexibilty in setups. -* Using `localdir':: Building DIR on the fly. -* Example setups:: Some common ways to origanize Info files. -@end menu - -@node Setting the INFOPATH -@section Setting the INFOPATH -Where are my Info files kept? - -@node Editing the DIR node -@section Editing the DIR node -What goes in `DIR', and why? - -@node Storing Info files -@section Storing Info files -Alternate formats allow flexibilty in setups. - -@node Using `localdir' -@section Using `localdir' -Building DIR on the fly. - -@node Example setups -@section Example setups -Some common ways to origanize Info files. -@end ifset - -@ifset STANDALONE -@node GNU Info Global Index -@appendix Global Index -@printindex cp -@end ifset diff --git a/contrib/texinfo/info/xmalloc.c b/contrib/texinfo/info/xmalloc.c deleted file mode 100644 index 156989e..0000000 --- a/contrib/texinfo/info/xmalloc.c +++ /dev/null @@ -1,80 +0,0 @@ -/* xmalloc.c -- safe versions of malloc and realloc */ - -/* This file is part of GNU Info, a program for reading online documentation - stored in Info format. - - This file has appeared in prior works by the Free Software Foundation; - thus it carries copyright dates from 1988 through 1993. - - Copyright (C) 1988, 1989, 1990, 1991, 1992, 1993 Free Software - Foundation, Inc. - - This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify - it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) - any later version. - - This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - GNU General Public License for more details. - - You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software - Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. - - Written by Brian Fox (bfox@ai.mit.edu). */ - -#if !defined (ALREADY_HAVE_XMALLOC) -#include <stdio.h> -#include <sys/types.h> - -extern void *malloc (), *realloc (); -static void memory_error_and_abort (); - -/* **************************************************************** */ -/* */ -/* Memory Allocation and Deallocation. */ -/* */ -/* **************************************************************** */ - -/* Return a pointer to free()able block of memory large enough - to hold BYTES number of bytes. If the memory cannot be allocated, - print an error message and abort. */ -void * -xmalloc (bytes) - int bytes; -{ - void *temp = malloc (bytes); - - if (!temp) - memory_error_and_abort ("xmalloc"); - return (temp); -} - -void * -xrealloc (pointer, bytes) - void *pointer; - int bytes; -{ - void *temp; - - if (!pointer) - temp = malloc (bytes); - else - temp = realloc (pointer, bytes); - - if (!temp) - memory_error_and_abort ("xrealloc"); - - return (temp); -} - -static void -memory_error_and_abort (fname) - char *fname; -{ - fprintf (stderr, "%s: Out of virtual memory!\n", fname); - abort (); -} -#endif /* !ALREADY_HAVE_XMALLOC */ diff --git a/contrib/texinfo/libtxi/Makefile.in b/contrib/texinfo/libtxi/Makefile.in deleted file mode 100644 index 58cb2a3..0000000 --- a/contrib/texinfo/libtxi/Makefile.in +++ /dev/null @@ -1,82 +0,0 @@ -# Makefile for GNU texinfo/libtxi. -*- Indented-Text -*- -# $Id: Makefile.in,v 1.3 1996/10/03 18:32:28 karl Exp $ - -# Copyright (C) 1993, 96 Free Software Foundation, Inc. - -# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify -# it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by -# the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) -# any later version. - -# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, -# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of -# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the -# GNU General Public License for more details. - -# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License -# along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software -# Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. - -SHELL = /bin/sh -srcdir = @srcdir@ -VPATH = $(srcdir) - -CC = @CC@ -AR = ar -RANLIB = @RANLIB@ - -DEFS = @DEFS@ -LIBS = @LIBS@ -LOADLIBES = $(LIBS) - -CFLAGS = @CFLAGS@ -LDFLAGS = @LDFLAGS@ - -# This is normally inherited from parent make, but if someone wants to -# build libtxi.a alone, this variable will still be properly defined. -ALLOCA = @ALLOCA@ - -# Standard functions that may be missing. -LIBOBJS = @LIBOBJS@ - -SRCS = getopt.c getopt1.c bzero.c getopt.h -OBJS = getopt.o getopt1.o bzero.o $(ALLOCA) $(LIBOBJS) - -PROGS = libtxi.a - -all: $(PROGS) -sub-all: all - -.c.o: - $(CC) -c $(CPPFLAGS) -I. -I$(srcdir) $(DEFS) $(CFLAGS) $< - -libtxi.a: $(OBJS) - rm -f $@ - $(AR) cq $@ $(OBJS) - $(RANLIB) $@ - -getopt.o: getopt.c getopt.h -getopt1.o: getopt1.c getopt.h -alloca.o: alloca.c - -install: -uninstall: - -TAGS: $(SRCS) - etags $(SRCS) - -clean: - rm -f *.o a.out core core.* $(PROGS) - -mostlyclean: clean - -distclean: clean - rm -f Makefile config.status TAGS ID - -realclean: distclean - -Makefile: Makefile.in ../config.status - cd .. && sh config.status - -# Prevent GNU make v3 from overflowing arg limit on SysV. -.NOEXPORT: diff --git a/contrib/texinfo/libtxi/alloca.c b/contrib/texinfo/libtxi/alloca.c deleted file mode 100644 index 8f98b73..0000000 --- a/contrib/texinfo/libtxi/alloca.c +++ /dev/null @@ -1,504 +0,0 @@ -/* alloca.c -- allocate automatically reclaimed memory - (Mostly) portable public-domain implementation -- D A Gwyn - - This implementation of the PWB library alloca function, - which is used to allocate space off the run-time stack so - that it is automatically reclaimed upon procedure exit, - was inspired by discussions with J. Q. Johnson of Cornell. - J.Otto Tennant <jot@cray.com> contributed the Cray support. - - There are some preprocessor constants that can - be defined when compiling for your specific system, for - improved efficiency; however, the defaults should be okay. - - The general concept of this implementation is to keep - track of all alloca-allocated blocks, and reclaim any - that are found to be deeper in the stack than the current - invocation. This heuristic does not reclaim storage as - soon as it becomes invalid, but it will do so eventually. - - As a special case, alloca(0) reclaims storage without - allocating any. It is a good idea to use alloca(0) in - your main control loop, etc. to force garbage collection. */ - -#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H -#include <config.h> -#endif - -#ifdef HAVE_STRING_H -#include <string.h> -#endif -#ifdef HAVE_STDLIB_H -#include <stdlib.h> -#endif - -#ifdef emacs -#include "blockinput.h" -#endif - -/* If compiling with GCC 2, this file's not needed. */ -#if !defined (__GNUC__) || __GNUC__ < 2 - -/* If someone has defined alloca as a macro, - there must be some other way alloca is supposed to work. */ -#ifndef alloca - -#ifdef emacs -#ifdef static -/* actually, only want this if static is defined as "" - -- this is for usg, in which emacs must undefine static - in order to make unexec workable - */ -#ifndef STACK_DIRECTION -you -lose --- must know STACK_DIRECTION at compile-time -#endif /* STACK_DIRECTION undefined */ -#endif /* static */ -#endif /* emacs */ - -/* If your stack is a linked list of frames, you have to - provide an "address metric" ADDRESS_FUNCTION macro. */ - -#if defined (CRAY) && defined (CRAY_STACKSEG_END) -long i00afunc (); -#define ADDRESS_FUNCTION(arg) (char *) i00afunc (&(arg)) -#else -#define ADDRESS_FUNCTION(arg) &(arg) -#endif - -#if __STDC__ -typedef void *pointer; -#else -typedef char *pointer; -#endif - -#ifndef NULL -#define NULL 0 -#endif - -/* Different portions of Emacs need to call different versions of - malloc. The Emacs executable needs alloca to call xmalloc, because - ordinary malloc isn't protected from input signals. On the other - hand, the utilities in lib-src need alloca to call malloc; some of - them are very simple, and don't have an xmalloc routine. - - Non-Emacs programs expect this to call use xmalloc. - - Callers below should use malloc. */ - -#ifndef emacs -#define malloc xmalloc -#endif -extern pointer malloc (); - -/* Define STACK_DIRECTION if you know the direction of stack - growth for your system; otherwise it will be automatically - deduced at run-time. - - STACK_DIRECTION > 0 => grows toward higher addresses - STACK_DIRECTION < 0 => grows toward lower addresses - STACK_DIRECTION = 0 => direction of growth unknown */ - -#ifndef STACK_DIRECTION -#define STACK_DIRECTION 0 /* Direction unknown. */ -#endif - -#if STACK_DIRECTION != 0 - -#define STACK_DIR STACK_DIRECTION /* Known at compile-time. */ - -#else /* STACK_DIRECTION == 0; need run-time code. */ - -static int stack_dir; /* 1 or -1 once known. */ -#define STACK_DIR stack_dir - -static void -find_stack_direction () -{ - static char *addr = NULL; /* Address of first `dummy', once known. */ - auto char dummy; /* To get stack address. */ - - if (addr == NULL) - { /* Initial entry. */ - addr = ADDRESS_FUNCTION (dummy); - - find_stack_direction (); /* Recurse once. */ - } - else - { - /* Second entry. */ - if (ADDRESS_FUNCTION (dummy) > addr) - stack_dir = 1; /* Stack grew upward. */ - else - stack_dir = -1; /* Stack grew downward. */ - } -} - -#endif /* STACK_DIRECTION == 0 */ - -/* An "alloca header" is used to: - (a) chain together all alloca'ed blocks; - (b) keep track of stack depth. - - It is very important that sizeof(header) agree with malloc - alignment chunk size. The following default should work okay. */ - -#ifndef ALIGN_SIZE -#define ALIGN_SIZE sizeof(double) -#endif - -typedef union hdr -{ - char align[ALIGN_SIZE]; /* To force sizeof(header). */ - struct - { - union hdr *next; /* For chaining headers. */ - char *deep; /* For stack depth measure. */ - } h; -} header; - -static header *last_alloca_header = NULL; /* -> last alloca header. */ - -/* Return a pointer to at least SIZE bytes of storage, - which will be automatically reclaimed upon exit from - the procedure that called alloca. Originally, this space - was supposed to be taken from the current stack frame of the - caller, but that method cannot be made to work for some - implementations of C, for example under Gould's UTX/32. */ - -pointer -alloca (size) - unsigned size; -{ - auto char probe; /* Probes stack depth: */ - register char *depth = ADDRESS_FUNCTION (probe); - -#if STACK_DIRECTION == 0 - if (STACK_DIR == 0) /* Unknown growth direction. */ - find_stack_direction (); -#endif - - /* Reclaim garbage, defined as all alloca'd storage that - was allocated from deeper in the stack than currently. */ - - { - register header *hp; /* Traverses linked list. */ - -#ifdef emacs - BLOCK_INPUT; -#endif - - for (hp = last_alloca_header; hp != NULL;) - if ((STACK_DIR > 0 && hp->h.deep > depth) - || (STACK_DIR < 0 && hp->h.deep < depth)) - { - register header *np = hp->h.next; - - free ((pointer) hp); /* Collect garbage. */ - - hp = np; /* -> next header. */ - } - else - break; /* Rest are not deeper. */ - - last_alloca_header = hp; /* -> last valid storage. */ - -#ifdef emacs - UNBLOCK_INPUT; -#endif - } - - if (size == 0) - return NULL; /* No allocation required. */ - - /* Allocate combined header + user data storage. */ - - { - register pointer new = malloc (sizeof (header) + size); - /* Address of header. */ - - if (new == 0) - abort(); - - ((header *) new)->h.next = last_alloca_header; - ((header *) new)->h.deep = depth; - - last_alloca_header = (header *) new; - - /* User storage begins just after header. */ - - return (pointer) ((char *) new + sizeof (header)); - } -} - -#if defined (CRAY) && defined (CRAY_STACKSEG_END) - -#ifdef DEBUG_I00AFUNC -#include <stdio.h> -#endif - -#ifndef CRAY_STACK -#define CRAY_STACK -#ifndef CRAY2 -/* Stack structures for CRAY-1, CRAY X-MP, and CRAY Y-MP */ -struct stack_control_header - { - long shgrow:32; /* Number of times stack has grown. */ - long shaseg:32; /* Size of increments to stack. */ - long shhwm:32; /* High water mark of stack. */ - long shsize:32; /* Current size of stack (all segments). */ - }; - -/* The stack segment linkage control information occurs at - the high-address end of a stack segment. (The stack - grows from low addresses to high addresses.) The initial - part of the stack segment linkage control information is - 0200 (octal) words. This provides for register storage - for the routine which overflows the stack. */ - -struct stack_segment_linkage - { - long ss[0200]; /* 0200 overflow words. */ - long sssize:32; /* Number of words in this segment. */ - long ssbase:32; /* Offset to stack base. */ - long:32; - long sspseg:32; /* Offset to linkage control of previous - segment of stack. */ - long:32; - long sstcpt:32; /* Pointer to task common address block. */ - long sscsnm; /* Private control structure number for - microtasking. */ - long ssusr1; /* Reserved for user. */ - long ssusr2; /* Reserved for user. */ - long sstpid; /* Process ID for pid based multi-tasking. */ - long ssgvup; /* Pointer to multitasking thread giveup. */ - long sscray[7]; /* Reserved for Cray Research. */ - long ssa0; - long ssa1; - long ssa2; - long ssa3; - long ssa4; - long ssa5; - long ssa6; - long ssa7; - long sss0; - long sss1; - long sss2; - long sss3; - long sss4; - long sss5; - long sss6; - long sss7; - }; - -#else /* CRAY2 */ -/* The following structure defines the vector of words - returned by the STKSTAT library routine. */ -struct stk_stat - { - long now; /* Current total stack size. */ - long maxc; /* Amount of contiguous space which would - be required to satisfy the maximum - stack demand to date. */ - long high_water; /* Stack high-water mark. */ - long overflows; /* Number of stack overflow ($STKOFEN) calls. */ - long hits; /* Number of internal buffer hits. */ - long extends; /* Number of block extensions. */ - long stko_mallocs; /* Block allocations by $STKOFEN. */ - long underflows; /* Number of stack underflow calls ($STKRETN). */ - long stko_free; /* Number of deallocations by $STKRETN. */ - long stkm_free; /* Number of deallocations by $STKMRET. */ - long segments; /* Current number of stack segments. */ - long maxs; /* Maximum number of stack segments so far. */ - long pad_size; /* Stack pad size. */ - long current_address; /* Current stack segment address. */ - long current_size; /* Current stack segment size. This - number is actually corrupted by STKSTAT to - include the fifteen word trailer area. */ - long initial_address; /* Address of initial segment. */ - long initial_size; /* Size of initial segment. */ - }; - -/* The following structure describes the data structure which trails - any stack segment. I think that the description in 'asdef' is - out of date. I only describe the parts that I am sure about. */ - -struct stk_trailer - { - long this_address; /* Address of this block. */ - long this_size; /* Size of this block (does not include - this trailer). */ - long unknown2; - long unknown3; - long link; /* Address of trailer block of previous - segment. */ - long unknown5; - long unknown6; - long unknown7; - long unknown8; - long unknown9; - long unknown10; - long unknown11; - long unknown12; - long unknown13; - long unknown14; - }; - -#endif /* CRAY2 */ -#endif /* not CRAY_STACK */ - -#ifdef CRAY2 -/* Determine a "stack measure" for an arbitrary ADDRESS. - I doubt that "lint" will like this much. */ - -static long -i00afunc (long *address) -{ - struct stk_stat status; - struct stk_trailer *trailer; - long *block, size; - long result = 0; - - /* We want to iterate through all of the segments. The first - step is to get the stack status structure. We could do this - more quickly and more directly, perhaps, by referencing the - $LM00 common block, but I know that this works. */ - - STKSTAT (&status); - - /* Set up the iteration. */ - - trailer = (struct stk_trailer *) (status.current_address - + status.current_size - - 15); - - /* There must be at least one stack segment. Therefore it is - a fatal error if "trailer" is null. */ - - if (trailer == 0) - abort (); - - /* Discard segments that do not contain our argument address. */ - - while (trailer != 0) - { - block = (long *) trailer->this_address; - size = trailer->this_size; - if (block == 0 || size == 0) - abort (); - trailer = (struct stk_trailer *) trailer->link; - if ((block <= address) && (address < (block + size))) - break; - } - - /* Set the result to the offset in this segment and add the sizes - of all predecessor segments. */ - - result = address - block; - - if (trailer == 0) - { - return result; - } - - do - { - if (trailer->this_size <= 0) - abort (); - result += trailer->this_size; - trailer = (struct stk_trailer *) trailer->link; - } - while (trailer != 0); - - /* We are done. Note that if you present a bogus address (one - not in any segment), you will get a different number back, formed - from subtracting the address of the first block. This is probably - not what you want. */ - - return (result); -} - -#else /* not CRAY2 */ -/* Stack address function for a CRAY-1, CRAY X-MP, or CRAY Y-MP. - Determine the number of the cell within the stack, - given the address of the cell. The purpose of this - routine is to linearize, in some sense, stack addresses - for alloca. */ - -static long -i00afunc (long address) -{ - long stkl = 0; - - long size, pseg, this_segment, stack; - long result = 0; - - struct stack_segment_linkage *ssptr; - - /* Register B67 contains the address of the end of the - current stack segment. If you (as a subprogram) store - your registers on the stack and find that you are past - the contents of B67, you have overflowed the segment. - - B67 also points to the stack segment linkage control - area, which is what we are really interested in. */ - - stkl = CRAY_STACKSEG_END (); - ssptr = (struct stack_segment_linkage *) stkl; - - /* If one subtracts 'size' from the end of the segment, - one has the address of the first word of the segment. - - If this is not the first segment, 'pseg' will be - nonzero. */ - - pseg = ssptr->sspseg; - size = ssptr->sssize; - - this_segment = stkl - size; - - /* It is possible that calling this routine itself caused - a stack overflow. Discard stack segments which do not - contain the target address. */ - - while (!(this_segment <= address && address <= stkl)) - { -#ifdef DEBUG_I00AFUNC - fprintf (stderr, "%011o %011o %011o\n", this_segment, address, stkl); -#endif - if (pseg == 0) - break; - stkl = stkl - pseg; - ssptr = (struct stack_segment_linkage *) stkl; - size = ssptr->sssize; - pseg = ssptr->sspseg; - this_segment = stkl - size; - } - - result = address - this_segment; - - /* If you subtract pseg from the current end of the stack, - you get the address of the previous stack segment's end. - This seems a little convoluted to me, but I'll bet you save - a cycle somewhere. */ - - while (pseg != 0) - { -#ifdef DEBUG_I00AFUNC - fprintf (stderr, "%011o %011o\n", pseg, size); -#endif - stkl = stkl - pseg; - ssptr = (struct stack_segment_linkage *) stkl; - size = ssptr->sssize; - pseg = ssptr->sspseg; - result += size; - } - return (result); -} - -#endif /* not CRAY2 */ -#endif /* CRAY */ - -#endif /* no alloca */ -#endif /* not GCC version 2 */ diff --git a/contrib/texinfo/libtxi/bzero.c b/contrib/texinfo/libtxi/bzero.c deleted file mode 100644 index e737382..0000000 --- a/contrib/texinfo/libtxi/bzero.c +++ /dev/null @@ -1,44 +0,0 @@ -/* - * Copyright (C) 1993 Free Software Foundation, Inc. - * - * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) - * any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program; if not, you can either send email to this - * program's author (see below) or write to: The Free Software Foundation, - * Inc.; 59 Temple Place - Suite 330. Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. - */ - -#if !defined (HAVE_MEMSET) && !defined (HAVE_BZERO) - -void -bzero (b, length) - register char *b; - register int length; -{ -#ifdef VMS /* but this is definitely VMS-specific */ - short zero = 0; - long max_str = 65535; - - while (length > max_str) - { - (void) LIB$MOVC5 (&zero, &zero, &zero, &max_str, b); - length -= max_str; - b += max_str; - } - (void) LIB$MOVC5 (&zero, &zero, &zero, &length, b); -#else - while (length-- > 0) - *b++ = 0; -#endif /* not VMS */ -} - -#endif /* not HAVE_MEMSET && not HAVE_BZERO */ diff --git a/contrib/texinfo/libtxi/getopt.c b/contrib/texinfo/libtxi/getopt.c deleted file mode 100644 index 36ebf5c..0000000 --- a/contrib/texinfo/libtxi/getopt.c +++ /dev/null @@ -1,762 +0,0 @@ -/* Getopt for GNU. - NOTE: getopt is now part of the C library, so if you don't know what - "Keep this file name-space clean" means, talk to roland@gnu.ai.mit.edu - before changing it! - - Copyright (C) 1987, 88, 89, 90, 91, 92, 93, 94, 95 - Free Software Foundation, Inc. - - This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it - under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the - Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) any - later version. - - This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - GNU General Public License for more details. - - You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software - Foundation, 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. */ - -/* This tells Alpha OSF/1 not to define a getopt prototype in <stdio.h>. - Ditto for AIX 3.2 and <stdlib.h>. */ -#ifndef _NO_PROTO -#define _NO_PROTO -#endif - -#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H -#include <config.h> -#endif - -#if !defined (__STDC__) || !__STDC__ -/* This is a separate conditional since some stdc systems - reject `defined (const)'. */ -#ifndef const -#define const -#endif -#endif - -#include <stdio.h> - -/* Comment out all this code if we are using the GNU C Library, and are not - actually compiling the library itself. This code is part of the GNU C - Library, but also included in many other GNU distributions. Compiling - and linking in this code is a waste when using the GNU C library - (especially if it is a shared library). Rather than having every GNU - program understand `configure --with-gnu-libc' and omit the object files, - it is simpler to just do this in the source for each such file. */ - -#if defined (_LIBC) || !defined (__GNU_LIBRARY__) - - -/* This needs to come after some library #include - to get __GNU_LIBRARY__ defined. */ -#ifdef __GNU_LIBRARY__ -/* Don't include stdlib.h for non-GNU C libraries because some of them - contain conflicting prototypes for getopt. */ -#include <stdlib.h> -#endif /* GNU C library. */ - -/* This is for other GNU distributions with internationalized messages. - The GNU C Library itself does not yet support such messages. */ -#if HAVE_LIBINTL_H -# include <libintl.h> -#else -# define gettext(msgid) (msgid) -#endif - -/* This version of `getopt' appears to the caller like standard Unix `getopt' - but it behaves differently for the user, since it allows the user - to intersperse the options with the other arguments. - - As `getopt' works, it permutes the elements of ARGV so that, - when it is done, all the options precede everything else. Thus - all application programs are extended to handle flexible argument order. - - Setting the environment variable POSIXLY_CORRECT disables permutation. - Then the behavior is completely standard. - - GNU application programs can use a third alternative mode in which - they can distinguish the relative order of options and other arguments. */ - -#include "getopt.h" - -/* For communication from `getopt' to the caller. - When `getopt' finds an option that takes an argument, - the argument value is returned here. - Also, when `ordering' is RETURN_IN_ORDER, - each non-option ARGV-element is returned here. */ - -char *optarg = NULL; - -/* Index in ARGV of the next element to be scanned. - This is used for communication to and from the caller - and for communication between successive calls to `getopt'. - - On entry to `getopt', zero means this is the first call; initialize. - - When `getopt' returns EOF, this is the index of the first of the - non-option elements that the caller should itself scan. - - Otherwise, `optind' communicates from one call to the next - how much of ARGV has been scanned so far. */ - -/* XXX 1003.2 says this must be 1 before any call. */ -int optind = 0; - -/* The next char to be scanned in the option-element - in which the last option character we returned was found. - This allows us to pick up the scan where we left off. - - If this is zero, or a null string, it means resume the scan - by advancing to the next ARGV-element. */ - -static char *nextchar; - -/* Callers store zero here to inhibit the error message - for unrecognized options. */ - -int opterr = 1; - -/* Set to an option character which was unrecognized. - This must be initialized on some systems to avoid linking in the - system's own getopt implementation. */ - -int optopt = '?'; - -/* Describe how to deal with options that follow non-option ARGV-elements. - - If the caller did not specify anything, - the default is REQUIRE_ORDER if the environment variable - POSIXLY_CORRECT is defined, PERMUTE otherwise. - - REQUIRE_ORDER means don't recognize them as options; - stop option processing when the first non-option is seen. - This is what Unix does. - This mode of operation is selected by either setting the environment - variable POSIXLY_CORRECT, or using `+' as the first character - of the list of option characters. - - PERMUTE is the default. We permute the contents of ARGV as we scan, - so that eventually all the non-options are at the end. This allows options - to be given in any order, even with programs that were not written to - expect this. - - RETURN_IN_ORDER is an option available to programs that were written - to expect options and other ARGV-elements in any order and that care about - the ordering of the two. We describe each non-option ARGV-element - as if it were the argument of an option with character code 1. - Using `-' as the first character of the list of option characters - selects this mode of operation. - - The special argument `--' forces an end of option-scanning regardless - of the value of `ordering'. In the case of RETURN_IN_ORDER, only - `--' can cause `getopt' to return EOF with `optind' != ARGC. */ - -static enum -{ - REQUIRE_ORDER, PERMUTE, RETURN_IN_ORDER -} ordering; - -/* Value of POSIXLY_CORRECT environment variable. */ -static char *posixly_correct; - -#ifdef __GNU_LIBRARY__ -/* We want to avoid inclusion of string.h with non-GNU libraries - because there are many ways it can cause trouble. - On some systems, it contains special magic macros that don't work - in GCC. */ -#include <string.h> -#define my_index strchr -#else - -/* Avoid depending on library functions or files - whose names are inconsistent. */ - -char *getenv (); - -static char * -my_index (str, chr) - const char *str; - int chr; -{ - while (*str) - { - if (*str == chr) - return (char *) str; - str++; - } - return 0; -} - -/* If using GCC, we can safely declare strlen this way. - If not using GCC, it is ok not to declare it. */ -#ifdef __GNUC__ -/* Note that Motorola Delta 68k R3V7 comes with GCC but not stddef.h. - That was relevant to code that was here before. */ -#if !defined (__STDC__) || !__STDC__ -/* gcc with -traditional declares the built-in strlen to return int, - and has done so at least since version 2.4.5. -- rms. */ -extern int strlen (const char *); -#endif /* not __STDC__ */ -#endif /* __GNUC__ */ - -#endif /* not __GNU_LIBRARY__ */ - -/* Handle permutation of arguments. */ - -/* Describe the part of ARGV that contains non-options that have - been skipped. `first_nonopt' is the index in ARGV of the first of them; - `last_nonopt' is the index after the last of them. */ - -static int first_nonopt; -static int last_nonopt; - -/* Exchange two adjacent subsequences of ARGV. - One subsequence is elements [first_nonopt,last_nonopt) - which contains all the non-options that have been skipped so far. - The other is elements [last_nonopt,optind), which contains all - the options processed since those non-options were skipped. - - `first_nonopt' and `last_nonopt' are relocated so that they describe - the new indices of the non-options in ARGV after they are moved. */ - -static void -exchange (argv) - char **argv; -{ - int bottom = first_nonopt; - int middle = last_nonopt; - int top = optind; - char *tem; - - /* Exchange the shorter segment with the far end of the longer segment. - That puts the shorter segment into the right place. - It leaves the longer segment in the right place overall, - but it consists of two parts that need to be swapped next. */ - - while (top > middle && middle > bottom) - { - if (top - middle > middle - bottom) - { - /* Bottom segment is the short one. */ - int len = middle - bottom; - register int i; - - /* Swap it with the top part of the top segment. */ - for (i = 0; i < len; i++) - { - tem = argv[bottom + i]; - argv[bottom + i] = argv[top - (middle - bottom) + i]; - argv[top - (middle - bottom) + i] = tem; - } - /* Exclude the moved bottom segment from further swapping. */ - top -= len; - } - else - { - /* Top segment is the short one. */ - int len = top - middle; - register int i; - - /* Swap it with the bottom part of the bottom segment. */ - for (i = 0; i < len; i++) - { - tem = argv[bottom + i]; - argv[bottom + i] = argv[middle + i]; - argv[middle + i] = tem; - } - /* Exclude the moved top segment from further swapping. */ - bottom += len; - } - } - - /* Update records for the slots the non-options now occupy. */ - - first_nonopt += (optind - last_nonopt); - last_nonopt = optind; -} - -/* Initialize the internal data when the first call is made. */ - -static const char * -_getopt_initialize (optstring) - const char *optstring; -{ - /* Start processing options with ARGV-element 1 (since ARGV-element 0 - is the program name); the sequence of previously skipped - non-option ARGV-elements is empty. */ - - first_nonopt = last_nonopt = optind = 1; - - nextchar = NULL; - - posixly_correct = getenv ("POSIXLY_CORRECT"); - - /* Determine how to handle the ordering of options and nonoptions. */ - - if (optstring[0] == '-') - { - ordering = RETURN_IN_ORDER; - ++optstring; - } - else if (optstring[0] == '+') - { - ordering = REQUIRE_ORDER; - ++optstring; - } - else if (posixly_correct != NULL) - ordering = REQUIRE_ORDER; - else - ordering = PERMUTE; - - return optstring; -} - -/* Scan elements of ARGV (whose length is ARGC) for option characters - given in OPTSTRING. - - If an element of ARGV starts with '-', and is not exactly "-" or "--", - then it is an option element. The characters of this element - (aside from the initial '-') are option characters. If `getopt' - is called repeatedly, it returns successively each of the option characters - from each of the option elements. - - If `getopt' finds another option character, it returns that character, - updating `optind' and `nextchar' so that the next call to `getopt' can - resume the scan with the following option character or ARGV-element. - - If there are no more option characters, `getopt' returns `EOF'. - Then `optind' is the index in ARGV of the first ARGV-element - that is not an option. (The ARGV-elements have been permuted - so that those that are not options now come last.) - - OPTSTRING is a string containing the legitimate option characters. - If an option character is seen that is not listed in OPTSTRING, - return '?' after printing an error message. If you set `opterr' to - zero, the error message is suppressed but we still return '?'. - - If a char in OPTSTRING is followed by a colon, that means it wants an arg, - so the following text in the same ARGV-element, or the text of the following - ARGV-element, is returned in `optarg'. Two colons mean an option that - wants an optional arg; if there is text in the current ARGV-element, - it is returned in `optarg', otherwise `optarg' is set to zero. - - If OPTSTRING starts with `-' or `+', it requests different methods of - handling the non-option ARGV-elements. - See the comments about RETURN_IN_ORDER and REQUIRE_ORDER, above. - - Long-named options begin with `--' instead of `-'. - Their names may be abbreviated as long as the abbreviation is unique - or is an exact match for some defined option. If they have an - argument, it follows the option name in the same ARGV-element, separated - from the option name by a `=', or else the in next ARGV-element. - When `getopt' finds a long-named option, it returns 0 if that option's - `flag' field is nonzero, the value of the option's `val' field - if the `flag' field is zero. - - The elements of ARGV aren't really const, because we permute them. - But we pretend they're const in the prototype to be compatible - with other systems. - - LONGOPTS is a vector of `struct option' terminated by an - element containing a name which is zero. - - LONGIND returns the index in LONGOPT of the long-named option found. - It is only valid when a long-named option has been found by the most - recent call. - - If LONG_ONLY is nonzero, '-' as well as '--' can introduce - long-named options. */ - -int -_getopt_internal (argc, argv, optstring, longopts, longind, long_only) - int argc; - char *const *argv; - const char *optstring; - const struct option *longopts; - int *longind; - int long_only; -{ - optarg = NULL; - - if (optind == 0) - { - optstring = _getopt_initialize (optstring); - optind = 1; /* Don't scan ARGV[0], the program name. */ - } - - if (nextchar == NULL || *nextchar == '\0') - { - /* Advance to the next ARGV-element. */ - - if (ordering == PERMUTE) - { - /* If we have just processed some options following some non-options, - exchange them so that the options come first. */ - - if (first_nonopt != last_nonopt && last_nonopt != optind) - exchange ((char **) argv); - else if (last_nonopt != optind) - first_nonopt = optind; - - /* Skip any additional non-options - and extend the range of non-options previously skipped. */ - - while (optind < argc - && (argv[optind][0] != '-' || argv[optind][1] == '\0')) - optind++; - last_nonopt = optind; - } - - /* The special ARGV-element `--' means premature end of options. - Skip it like a null option, - then exchange with previous non-options as if it were an option, - then skip everything else like a non-option. */ - - if (optind != argc && !strcmp (argv[optind], "--")) - { - optind++; - - if (first_nonopt != last_nonopt && last_nonopt != optind) - exchange ((char **) argv); - else if (first_nonopt == last_nonopt) - first_nonopt = optind; - last_nonopt = argc; - - optind = argc; - } - - /* If we have done all the ARGV-elements, stop the scan - and back over any non-options that we skipped and permuted. */ - - if (optind == argc) - { - /* Set the next-arg-index to point at the non-options - that we previously skipped, so the caller will digest them. */ - if (first_nonopt != last_nonopt) - optind = first_nonopt; - return EOF; - } - - /* If we have come to a non-option and did not permute it, - either stop the scan or describe it to the caller and pass it by. */ - - if ((argv[optind][0] != '-' || argv[optind][1] == '\0')) - { - if (ordering == REQUIRE_ORDER) - return EOF; - optarg = argv[optind++]; - return 1; - } - - /* We have found another option-ARGV-element. - Skip the initial punctuation. */ - - nextchar = (argv[optind] + 1 - + (longopts != NULL && argv[optind][1] == '-')); - } - - /* Decode the current option-ARGV-element. */ - - /* Check whether the ARGV-element is a long option. - - If long_only and the ARGV-element has the form "-f", where f is - a valid short option, don't consider it an abbreviated form of - a long option that starts with f. Otherwise there would be no - way to give the -f short option. - - On the other hand, if there's a long option "fubar" and - the ARGV-element is "-fu", do consider that an abbreviation of - the long option, just like "--fu", and not "-f" with arg "u". - - This distinction seems to be the most useful approach. */ - - if (longopts != NULL - && (argv[optind][1] == '-' - || (long_only && (argv[optind][2] || !my_index (optstring, argv[optind][1]))))) - { - char *nameend; - const struct option *p; - const struct option *pfound = NULL; - int exact = 0; - int ambig = 0; - int indfound; - int option_index; - - for (nameend = nextchar; *nameend && *nameend != '='; nameend++) - /* Do nothing. */ ; - - /* Test all long options for either exact match - or abbreviated matches. */ - for (p = longopts, option_index = 0; p->name; p++, option_index++) - if (!strncmp (p->name, nextchar, nameend - nextchar)) - { - if (nameend - nextchar == strlen (p->name)) - { - /* Exact match found. */ - pfound = p; - indfound = option_index; - exact = 1; - break; - } - else if (pfound == NULL) - { - /* First nonexact match found. */ - pfound = p; - indfound = option_index; - } - else - /* Second or later nonexact match found. */ - ambig = 1; - } - - if (ambig && !exact) - { - if (opterr) - fprintf (stderr, gettext ("%s: option `%s' is ambiguous\n"), - argv[0], argv[optind]); - nextchar += strlen (nextchar); - optind++; - return '?'; - } - - if (pfound != NULL) - { - option_index = indfound; - optind++; - if (*nameend) - { - /* Don't test has_arg with >, because some C compilers don't - allow it to be used on enums. */ - if (pfound->has_arg) - optarg = nameend + 1; - else - { - if (opterr) - if (argv[optind - 1][1] == '-') - /* --option */ - fprintf (stderr, - gettext ("%s: option `--%s' doesn't allow an argument\n"), - argv[0], pfound->name); - else - /* +option or -option */ - fprintf (stderr, - gettext ("%s: option `%c%s' doesn't allow an argument\n"), - argv[0], argv[optind - 1][0], pfound->name); - - nextchar += strlen (nextchar); - return '?'; - } - } - else if (pfound->has_arg == 1) - { - if (optind < argc) - optarg = argv[optind++]; - else - { - if (opterr) - fprintf (stderr, - gettext ("%s: option `%s' requires an argument\n"), - argv[0], argv[optind - 1]); - nextchar += strlen (nextchar); - return optstring[0] == ':' ? ':' : '?'; - } - } - nextchar += strlen (nextchar); - if (longind != NULL) - *longind = option_index; - if (pfound->flag) - { - *(pfound->flag) = pfound->val; - return 0; - } - return pfound->val; - } - - /* Can't find it as a long option. If this is not getopt_long_only, - or the option starts with '--' or is not a valid short - option, then it's an error. - Otherwise interpret it as a short option. */ - if (!long_only || argv[optind][1] == '-' - || my_index (optstring, *nextchar) == NULL) - { - if (opterr) - { - if (argv[optind][1] == '-') - /* --option */ - fprintf (stderr, gettext ("%s: unrecognized option `--%s'\n"), - argv[0], nextchar); - else - /* +option or -option */ - fprintf (stderr, gettext ("%s: unrecognized option `%c%s'\n"), - argv[0], argv[optind][0], nextchar); - } - nextchar = (char *) ""; - optind++; - return '?'; - } - } - - /* Look at and handle the next short option-character. */ - - { - char c = *nextchar++; - char *temp = my_index (optstring, c); - - /* Increment `optind' when we start to process its last character. */ - if (*nextchar == '\0') - ++optind; - - if (temp == NULL || c == ':') - { - if (opterr) - { - if (posixly_correct) - /* 1003.2 specifies the format of this message. */ - fprintf (stderr, gettext ("%s: illegal option -- %c\n"), - argv[0], c); - else - fprintf (stderr, gettext ("%s: invalid option -- %c\n"), - argv[0], c); - } - optopt = c; - return '?'; - } - if (temp[1] == ':') - { - if (temp[2] == ':') - { - /* This is an option that accepts an argument optionally. */ - if (*nextchar != '\0') - { - optarg = nextchar; - optind++; - } - else - optarg = NULL; - nextchar = NULL; - } - else - { - /* This is an option that requires an argument. */ - if (*nextchar != '\0') - { - optarg = nextchar; - /* If we end this ARGV-element by taking the rest as an arg, - we must advance to the next element now. */ - optind++; - } - else if (optind == argc) - { - if (opterr) - { - /* 1003.2 specifies the format of this message. */ - fprintf (stderr, - gettext ("%s: option requires an argument -- %c\n"), - argv[0], c); - } - optopt = c; - if (optstring[0] == ':') - c = ':'; - else - c = '?'; - } - else - /* We already incremented `optind' once; - increment it again when taking next ARGV-elt as argument. */ - optarg = argv[optind++]; - nextchar = NULL; - } - } - return c; - } -} - -int -getopt (argc, argv, optstring) - int argc; - char *const *argv; - const char *optstring; -{ - return _getopt_internal (argc, argv, optstring, - (const struct option *) 0, - (int *) 0, - 0); -} - -#endif /* _LIBC or not __GNU_LIBRARY__. */ - -#ifdef TEST - -/* Compile with -DTEST to make an executable for use in testing - the above definition of `getopt'. */ - -int -main (argc, argv) - int argc; - char **argv; -{ - int c; - int digit_optind = 0; - - while (1) - { - int this_option_optind = optind ? optind : 1; - - c = getopt (argc, argv, "abc:d:0123456789"); - if (c == EOF) - break; - - switch (c) - { - case '0': - case '1': - case '2': - case '3': - case '4': - case '5': - case '6': - case '7': - case '8': - case '9': - if (digit_optind != 0 && digit_optind != this_option_optind) - printf ("digits occur in two different argv-elements.\n"); - digit_optind = this_option_optind; - printf ("option %c\n", c); - break; - - case 'a': - printf ("option a\n"); - break; - - case 'b': - printf ("option b\n"); - break; - - case 'c': - printf ("option c with value `%s'\n", optarg); - break; - - case '?': - break; - - default: - printf ("?? getopt returned character code 0%o ??\n", c); - } - } - - if (optind < argc) - { - printf ("non-option ARGV-elements: "); - while (optind < argc) - printf ("%s ", argv[optind++]); - printf ("\n"); - } - - exit (0); -} - -#endif /* TEST */ diff --git a/contrib/texinfo/libtxi/getopt.h b/contrib/texinfo/libtxi/getopt.h deleted file mode 100644 index 952f483..0000000 --- a/contrib/texinfo/libtxi/getopt.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,129 +0,0 @@ -/* Declarations for getopt. - Copyright (C) 1989, 90, 91, 92, 93, 94 Free Software Foundation, Inc. - - This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it - under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the - Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) any - later version. - - This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - GNU General Public License for more details. - - You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software - Foundation, 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. */ - -#ifndef _GETOPT_H -#define _GETOPT_H 1 - -#ifdef __cplusplus -extern "C" { -#endif - -/* For communication from `getopt' to the caller. - When `getopt' finds an option that takes an argument, - the argument value is returned here. - Also, when `ordering' is RETURN_IN_ORDER, - each non-option ARGV-element is returned here. */ - -extern char *optarg; - -/* Index in ARGV of the next element to be scanned. - This is used for communication to and from the caller - and for communication between successive calls to `getopt'. - - On entry to `getopt', zero means this is the first call; initialize. - - When `getopt' returns EOF, this is the index of the first of the - non-option elements that the caller should itself scan. - - Otherwise, `optind' communicates from one call to the next - how much of ARGV has been scanned so far. */ - -extern int optind; - -/* Callers store zero here to inhibit the error message `getopt' prints - for unrecognized options. */ - -extern int opterr; - -/* Set to an option character which was unrecognized. */ - -extern int optopt; - -/* Describe the long-named options requested by the application. - The LONG_OPTIONS argument to getopt_long or getopt_long_only is a vector - of `struct option' terminated by an element containing a name which is - zero. - - The field `has_arg' is: - no_argument (or 0) if the option does not take an argument, - required_argument (or 1) if the option requires an argument, - optional_argument (or 2) if the option takes an optional argument. - - If the field `flag' is not NULL, it points to a variable that is set - to the value given in the field `val' when the option is found, but - left unchanged if the option is not found. - - To have a long-named option do something other than set an `int' to - a compiled-in constant, such as set a value from `optarg', set the - option's `flag' field to zero and its `val' field to a nonzero - value (the equivalent single-letter option character, if there is - one). For long options that have a zero `flag' field, `getopt' - returns the contents of the `val' field. */ - -struct option -{ -#if defined (__STDC__) && __STDC__ - const char *name; -#else - char *name; -#endif - /* has_arg can't be an enum because some compilers complain about - type mismatches in all the code that assumes it is an int. */ - int has_arg; - int *flag; - int val; -}; - -/* Names for the values of the `has_arg' field of `struct option'. */ - -#define no_argument 0 -#define required_argument 1 -#define optional_argument 2 - -#if defined (__STDC__) && __STDC__ -#ifdef __GNU_LIBRARY__ -/* Many other libraries have conflicting prototypes for getopt, with - differences in the consts, in stdlib.h. To avoid compilation - errors, only prototype getopt for the GNU C library. */ -extern int getopt (int argc, char *const *argv, const char *shortopts); -#else /* not __GNU_LIBRARY__ */ -extern int getopt (); -#endif /* __GNU_LIBRARY__ */ -extern int getopt_long (int argc, char *const *argv, const char *shortopts, - const struct option *longopts, int *longind); -extern int getopt_long_only (int argc, char *const *argv, - const char *shortopts, - const struct option *longopts, int *longind); - -/* Internal only. Users should not call this directly. */ -extern int _getopt_internal (int argc, char *const *argv, - const char *shortopts, - const struct option *longopts, int *longind, - int long_only); -#else /* not __STDC__ */ -extern int getopt (); -extern int getopt_long (); -extern int getopt_long_only (); - -extern int _getopt_internal (); -#endif /* __STDC__ */ - -#ifdef __cplusplus -} -#endif - -#endif /* _GETOPT_H */ diff --git a/contrib/texinfo/libtxi/getopt1.c b/contrib/texinfo/libtxi/getopt1.c deleted file mode 100644 index 7cf0bfb..0000000 --- a/contrib/texinfo/libtxi/getopt1.c +++ /dev/null @@ -1,180 +0,0 @@ -/* getopt_long and getopt_long_only entry points for GNU getopt. - Copyright (C) 1987, 88, 89, 90, 91, 92, 1993, 1994 - Free Software Foundation, Inc. - - This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it - under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the - Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) any - later version. - - This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - GNU General Public License for more details. - - You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software - Foundation, 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. */ - -#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H -#include <config.h> -#endif - -#include "getopt.h" - -#if !defined (__STDC__) || !__STDC__ -/* This is a separate conditional since some stdc systems - reject `defined (const)'. */ -#ifndef const -#define const -#endif -#endif - -#include <stdio.h> - -/* Comment out all this code if we are using the GNU C Library, and are not - actually compiling the library itself. This code is part of the GNU C - Library, but also included in many other GNU distributions. Compiling - and linking in this code is a waste when using the GNU C library - (especially if it is a shared library). Rather than having every GNU - program understand `configure --with-gnu-libc' and omit the object files, - it is simpler to just do this in the source for each such file. */ - -#if defined (_LIBC) || !defined (__GNU_LIBRARY__) - - -/* This needs to come after some library #include - to get __GNU_LIBRARY__ defined. */ -#ifdef __GNU_LIBRARY__ -#include <stdlib.h> -#else -char *getenv (); -#endif - -#ifndef NULL -#define NULL 0 -#endif - -int -getopt_long (argc, argv, options, long_options, opt_index) - int argc; - char *const *argv; - const char *options; - const struct option *long_options; - int *opt_index; -{ - return _getopt_internal (argc, argv, options, long_options, opt_index, 0); -} - -/* Like getopt_long, but '-' as well as '--' can indicate a long option. - If an option that starts with '-' (not '--') doesn't match a long option, - but does match a short option, it is parsed as a short option - instead. */ - -int -getopt_long_only (argc, argv, options, long_options, opt_index) - int argc; - char *const *argv; - const char *options; - const struct option *long_options; - int *opt_index; -{ - return _getopt_internal (argc, argv, options, long_options, opt_index, 1); -} - - -#endif /* _LIBC or not __GNU_LIBRARY__. */ - -#ifdef TEST - -#include <stdio.h> - -int -main (argc, argv) - int argc; - char **argv; -{ - int c; - int digit_optind = 0; - - while (1) - { - int this_option_optind = optind ? optind : 1; - int option_index = 0; - static struct option long_options[] = - { - {"add", 1, 0, 0}, - {"append", 0, 0, 0}, - {"delete", 1, 0, 0}, - {"verbose", 0, 0, 0}, - {"create", 0, 0, 0}, - {"file", 1, 0, 0}, - {0, 0, 0, 0} - }; - - c = getopt_long (argc, argv, "abc:d:0123456789", - long_options, &option_index); - if (c == EOF) - break; - - switch (c) - { - case 0: - printf ("option %s", long_options[option_index].name); - if (optarg) - printf (" with arg %s", optarg); - printf ("\n"); - break; - - case '0': - case '1': - case '2': - case '3': - case '4': - case '5': - case '6': - case '7': - case '8': - case '9': - if (digit_optind != 0 && digit_optind != this_option_optind) - printf ("digits occur in two different argv-elements.\n"); - digit_optind = this_option_optind; - printf ("option %c\n", c); - break; - - case 'a': - printf ("option a\n"); - break; - - case 'b': - printf ("option b\n"); - break; - - case 'c': - printf ("option c with value `%s'\n", optarg); - break; - - case 'd': - printf ("option d with value `%s'\n", optarg); - break; - - case '?': - break; - - default: - printf ("?? getopt returned character code 0%o ??\n", c); - } - } - - if (optind < argc) - { - printf ("non-option ARGV-elements: "); - while (optind < argc) - printf ("%s ", argv[optind++]); - printf ("\n"); - } - - exit (0); -} - -#endif /* TEST */ diff --git a/contrib/texinfo/libtxi/memcpy.c b/contrib/texinfo/libtxi/memcpy.c deleted file mode 100644 index 5216254..0000000 --- a/contrib/texinfo/libtxi/memcpy.c +++ /dev/null @@ -1,20 +0,0 @@ -/* Copy LEN bytes starting at SRCADDR to DESTADDR. Result undefined - if the source overlaps with the destination. - Return DESTADDR. */ - -#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H -#include <config.h> -#endif - -char * -memcpy (destaddr, srcaddr, len) - char *destaddr; - const char *srcaddr; - int len; -{ - char *dest = destaddr; - - while (len-- > 0) - *destaddr++ = *srcaddr++; - return dest; -} diff --git a/contrib/texinfo/libtxi/memmove.c b/contrib/texinfo/libtxi/memmove.c deleted file mode 100644 index d7bdd7c..0000000 --- a/contrib/texinfo/libtxi/memmove.c +++ /dev/null @@ -1,24 +0,0 @@ -/* memmove.c -- copy memory. - Copy LENGTH bytes from SOURCE to DEST. Does not null-terminate. - In the public domain. - By David MacKenzie <djm@gnu.ai.mit.edu>. */ - -#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H -#include <config.h> -#endif - -void -memmove (dest, source, length) - char *dest; - const char *source; - unsigned length; -{ - if (source < dest) - /* Moving from low mem to hi mem; start at end. */ - for (source += length, dest += length; length; --length) - *--dest = *--source; - else if (source != dest) - /* Moving from hi mem to low mem; start at beginning. */ - for (; length; --length) - *dest++ = *source++; -} diff --git a/contrib/texinfo/libtxi/strdup.c b/contrib/texinfo/libtxi/strdup.c deleted file mode 100644 index 1d60f13..0000000 --- a/contrib/texinfo/libtxi/strdup.c +++ /dev/null @@ -1,43 +0,0 @@ -/* strdup.c -- return a newly allocated copy of a string - Copyright (C) 1990 Free Software Foundation, Inc. - - This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify - it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) - any later version. - - This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - GNU General Public License for more details. - - You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software - Foundation, Inc., 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, USA. */ - -#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H -#include <config.h> -#endif - -#ifdef STDC_HEADERS -#include <string.h> -#include <stdlib.h> -#else -char *malloc (); -char *strcpy (); -#endif - -/* Return a newly allocated copy of STR, - or 0 if out of memory. */ - -char * -strdup (str) - const char *str; -{ - char *newstr; - - newstr = (char *) malloc (strlen (str) + 1); - if (newstr) - strcpy (newstr, str); - return newstr; -} diff --git a/contrib/texinfo/makeinfo/macro.texi b/contrib/texinfo/makeinfo/macro.texi deleted file mode 100644 index 8a3fe80..0000000 --- a/contrib/texinfo/makeinfo/macro.texi +++ /dev/null @@ -1,177 +0,0 @@ -@c This file is included in makeinfo.texi. -@c -@ifinfo -@comment Here are some useful examples of the macro facility. - -@c Simply insert the right version of the texinfo name. -@macro texinfo{} -TeXinfo -@end macro - -@macro dfn{text} -@dfn{\text\} -@cpindex \text\ -@end macro - -@c Define a macro which expands to a pretty version of the name of the -@c Makeinfo program. -@macro makeinfo{} -@code{Makeinfo} -@end macro - -@c Define a macro which is used to define other macros. This one makes -@c a macro which creates a node and gives it a sectioning command. Note -@c that the created macro uses the original definition within the -@c expansion text. This takes advantage of the non-recursion feature of -@c macro execution. -@macro node_define{orig-name} -@macro \orig-name\{title} -@node \title\ -@\orig-name\ \title\ -@end macro -@end macro - -@c Now actually define a new set of sectioning commands. -@node_define {chapter} -@node_define {section} -@node_define {subsection} -@end ifinfo - -@chapter The Macro Facility - -This chapter describes the new macro facility. - -A @dfn{macro} is a command that you define in terms of other commands. -It doesn't exist as a @texinfo{} command until you define it as part of -the input file to @makeinfo{}. Once the command exists, it behaves much -as any other @texinfo{} command. Macros are a useful way to ease the -details and tedium of writing a `correct' info file. The following -sections explain how to write and invoke macros. - -@menu -* How to Use Macros in @texinfo{}:: - How to use the macro facility. - -* Using Macros Recursively:: - How to write a macro which does (or doesn't) recurse. - -* Using @texinfo{} Macros As Arguments:: - Passing a macro as an argument. -@end menu - -@section How to Use Macros in @texinfo{} - -Using macros in @texinfo{} is easy. First you define the macro. After -that, the macro command is available as a normal @texinfo{} command. -Here is what a definition looks like: - -@example -@@macro @var{name}@{@var{arg1}, @var{@dots{}} @var{argn}@} -@var{@texinfo{} commands@dots{}} -@@end macro -@end example - -The arguments that you specify that the macro takes are expanded with -the actual parameters used when calling the macro if they are seen -surrounded by backslashes. For example, here is a definition of -@code{@@codeitem}, a macro which can be used wherever @code{@@item} can -be used, but which surrounds its argument with @code{@@code@{@dots{}@}}. - -@example -@@macro codeitem@{item@} -@@item @@code@{\item\@} -@@end macro -@end example - -When the macro is expanded, all of the text between the @code{@@macro} -and @code{@@end macro} is inserted into the document at the expansion -point, with the actual parameters substituted for the named parameters. -So, a call to the above macro might look like: - -@example -@@codeitem@{Foo@} -@end example - -and @makeinfo{} would execute the following code: - -@example -@@item @@code@{Foo@} -@end example - -A special case is made for macros which only take a single argument, and -which are invoked without any brace characters (i.e., -@samp{@{}@dots{}@samp{@}}) surrounding an argument; the rest of the line -is supplied as is as the sole argument to the macro. This special case -allows one to redefine some standard @texinfo{} commands without -modifying the input file. Along with the non-recursive action of macro -invocation, one can easily redefine the sectioning commands to also -provide index entries: - -@example -@@macro chapter@{name@} -@@chapter \name\ -@@findex \name\ -@@end macro -@end example - -Thus, the text: - -@example -@@chapter strlen -@end example - -will expand to: - -@example -@@chapter strlen -@@findex strlen -@end example - -@section Using Macros Recursively - -Normally, while a particular macro is executing, any call to that macro -will be seen as a call to a builtin @texinfo{} command. This allows one -to redefine a builtin @texinfo{} command as a macro, and then use that -command within the definition of the macro itself. For example, one -might wish to make sure that whereever a term was defined with -@code{@@dfn@{@dots{}@}}, the location of the definition would appear -in the concept index for the manual. Here is a macro which redefines -@code{@@dfn} to do just that: - -@example -@@macro dfn@{text@} -@@dfn@{\text\@} -@@cpindex \text\ -@@end macro -@end example - -Note that we used the builtin @texinfo{} command @code{@@dfn} within our -overriding macro definition. - -This behaviour itself can be overridden for macro execution by writing a -special @dfn{macro control command} in the definition of the macro. The -command is considered special because it doesn't affect the output text -directly, rather, it affects the way in which the macro is defined. One -such special command is @code{@@allow-recursion}. - -@example -@@macro silly@{arg@} -@@allow-recursion -\arg\ -@@end macro -@end example - -Now @code{@@silly} is a macro that can be used within a call to itself: - -@example -This text @@silly@{@@silly@{some text@}@} is ``some text''. -@end example - -@section Using @texinfo{} Macros As Arguments - -@printindex cp -How to use @texinfo{} macros as arguments to other @texinfo{} macros. - -@bye - - diff --git a/contrib/texinfo/makeinfo/makeinfo.c b/contrib/texinfo/makeinfo/makeinfo.c index 5f042bc..241a068 100644 --- a/contrib/texinfo/makeinfo/makeinfo.c +++ b/contrib/texinfo/makeinfo/makeinfo.c @@ -1,7 +1,7 @@ -/* makeinfo -- convert Texinfo source into other formats. - $Id: makeinfo.c,v 1.171 1999/09/19 15:24:44 karl Exp $ +/* Makeinfo -- convert Texinfo source files into Info files. + $Id: makeinfo.c,v 1.60 1998/02/25 20:36:22 karl Exp $ - Copyright (C) 1987, 92, 93, 94, 95, 96, 97, 98, 99 + Copyright (C) 1987, 92, 93, 94, 95, 96, 97, 98 Free Software Foundation, Inc. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify @@ -20,20 +20,35 @@ Makeinfo was authored by Brian Fox (bfox@ai.mit.edu). */ +/* Indent #pragma so that older Cpp's don't try to parse it. */ +#ifdef _AIX + #pragma alloca +#endif /* _AIX */ + +int major_version = 1; +int minor_version = 68; + #include "system.h" #include "getopt.h" -#define COMPILING_MAKEINFO -#include "makeinfo.h" -#include "cmds.h" -#include "files.h" -#include "footnote.h" -#include "html.h" -#include "index.h" -#include "insertion.h" -#include "macro.h" -#include "node.h" -#include "toc.h" +#ifdef TM_IN_SYS_TIME +#include <sys/time.h> +#else +#include <time.h> +#endif /* !TM_IN_SYS_TIME */ + +#ifdef __GNUC__ +# undef alloca +# define alloca __builtin_alloca +#else +# ifdef HAVE_ALLOCA_H +# include <alloca.h> +# else +# ifndef _AIX +char *alloca (); +# endif +# endif +#endif /* We'd like to take advantage of _doprnt if it's around, a la error.c, but then we'd have no VA_SPRINTF. */ @@ -54,15 +69,6 @@ # define va_end(args) #endif -/* DJGPP supports /dev/null, which is okay for Unix aficionados, - shell scripts and Makefiles, but interactive DOS die-hards - would probably want to have NUL as well. */ -#ifdef __DJGPP__ -# define ALSO_NULL_DEVICE "NUL" -#else -# define ALSO_NULL_DEVICE "" -#endif - /* You can change some of the behavior of Makeinfo by changing the following defines: */ @@ -72,6 +78,11 @@ no starting indentation. */ /* #define INDENT_PARAGRAPHS_IN_TABLE */ +/* Define DEFAULT_INDENTATION_INCREMENT as an integer which is the amount + that @example should increase indentation by. This incremement is used + for all insertions which indent the enclosed text. */ +#define DEFAULT_INDENTATION_INCREMENT 5 + /* Define PARAGRAPH_START_INDENT to be the amount of indentation that the first lines of paragraphs receive by default, where no other value has been specified. Users can change this value on the command @@ -84,23 +95,103 @@ line between paragraphs. Paragraphs are defined by 2 or more consecutive newlines in the input file (i.e., one or more blank lines). */ #define DEFAULT_PARAGRAPH_SPACING 1 + +/* Define HAVE_MACROS to enable the macro facility of Texinfo. Using this + facility, users can create their own command procedures with + arguments. Must always be defined. */ +#define HAVE_MACROS + + +#define COMPILING_MAKEINFO +#include "makeinfo.h" + +/* Nonzero means that we are currently hacking the insides of an + insertion which would use a fixed width font. */ +static int in_fixed_width_font = 0; + +/* Nonzero means that start_paragraph () MUST be called before we pay + any attention to close_paragraph () calls. */ +int must_start_paragraph = 0; + +/* Nonzero means a string is in execution, as opposed to a file. */ +static int executing_string = 0; + +/* Nonzero means a macro string is in execution, as opposed to a file. */ +static int me_executing_string = 0; + +#if defined (HAVE_MACROS) +/* If non-NULL, this is an output stream to write the full macro expansion + of the input text to. The result is another texinfo file, but + missing @include, @infoinclude, @macro, and macro invocations. Instead, + all of the text is placed within the file. */ +FILE *macro_expansion_output_stream = (FILE *)NULL; +char *macro_expansion_filename; + +/* Here is a structure used to remember input text strings and offsets + within them. */ +typedef struct { + char *pointer; /* Pointer to the input text. */ + int offset; /* Offset of the last character output. */ +} ITEXT; + +static ITEXT **itext_info = (ITEXT **)NULL; +static int itext_size = 0; + +/* Nonzero means to inhibit writing macro expansions to the output + stream, because it has already been written. */ +int me_inhibit_expansion = 0; + +ITEXT *remember_itext (); +void forget_itext (), me_append_before_this_command (); +void append_to_expansion_output (), write_region_to_macro_output (); +void maybe_write_itext (), me_execute_string (); +#endif /* HAVE_MACROS */ + -/* Global variables. */ +/* **************************************************************** */ +/* */ +/* Global Variables */ +/* */ +/* **************************************************************** */ + +/* Global pointer to argv[0]. */ +char *progname; + +/* Return nonzero if STRING is the text at input_text + input_text_offset, + else zero. */ +#define looking_at(string) \ + (strncmp (input_text + input_text_offset, string, strlen (string)) == 0) + +/* And writing to the output. */ /* The output file name. */ -char *output_filename = NULL; +char *output_filename = (char *)NULL; +char *pretty_output_filename; /* Name of the output file that the user elected to pass on the command line. Such a name overrides any name found with the @setfilename command. */ -char *command_output_filename = NULL; +char *command_output_filename = (char *)NULL; + +/* A colon separated list of directories to search for files included + with @include. This can be controlled with the `-I' option to makeinfo. */ +char *include_files_path = (char *)NULL; -/* Flags which control initial output string for xrefs. */ -int px_ref_flag = 0; -int ref_flag = 0; +/* Position in the output file. */ +int output_position; #define INITIAL_PARAGRAPH_SPACE 5000 int paragraph_buffer_len = INITIAL_PARAGRAPH_SPACE; +/* Nonzero indicates that filling will take place on long lines. */ +int filling_enabled = 1; + +/* Nonzero means that words are not to be split, even in long lines. This + gets changed for cm_w (). */ +int non_splitting_words = 0; + +/* Nonzero indicates that filling a line also indents the new line. */ +int indented_fill = 0; + /* The amount of indentation to add at the starts of paragraphs. 0 means don't change existing indentation at paragraph starts. > 0 is amount to indent new paragraphs by. @@ -111,26 +202,170 @@ int paragraph_buffer_len = INITIAL_PARAGRAPH_SPACE; this is 3. */ int paragraph_start_indent = PARAGRAPH_START_INDENT; +/* Nonzero means that the use of paragraph_start_indent is inhibited. + @example uses this to line up the left columns of the example text. + A negative value for this variable is incremented each time it is used. + @noindent uses this to inhibit indentation for a single paragraph. */ +int inhibit_paragraph_indentation = 0; + /* Indentation that is pending insertion. We have this for hacking lines which look blank, but contain whitespace. We want to treat those as blank lines. */ int pending_indent = 0; +/* The amount that indentation increases/decreases by. */ +int default_indentation_increment = DEFAULT_INDENTATION_INCREMENT; + +/* Nonzero indicates that indentation is temporarily turned off. */ +int no_indent = 1; + +/* Nonzero means forcing output text to be flushright. */ +int force_flush_right = 0; + +/* Nonzero means that the footnote style for this document was set on + the command line, which overrides any other settings. */ +int footnote_style_preset = 0; + +/* Nonzero means that we automatically number footnotes that have no + specified marker. */ +int number_footnotes = 1; + +/* The current footnote number in this node. Each time a new node is + started this is reset to 1. */ +int current_footnote_number = 1; + +/* Command name in the process of being hacked. */ +char *command; + /* The index in our internal command table of the currently executing command. */ int command_index; +/* A search string which is used to find a line defining a node. */ +char node_search_string[] = + { '\n', COMMAND_PREFIX, 'n', 'o', 'd', 'e', ' ', 0 }; + +/* A search string which is used to find a line defining a menu. */ +char menu_search_string[] = + { '\n', COMMAND_PREFIX, 'm', 'e', 'n', 'u', 0 }; + /* A search string which is used to find the first @setfilename. */ char setfilename_search[] = { COMMAND_PREFIX, 's', 'e', 't', 'f', 'i', 'l', 'e', 'n', 'a', 'm', 'e', 0 }; +/* A stack of file information records. If a new file is read in with + "@input", we remember the old input file state on this stack. */ +typedef struct fstack +{ + struct fstack *next; + char *filename; + char *text; + int size; + int offset; + int line_number; +} FSTACK; + +FSTACK *filestack = (FSTACK *) NULL; + +/* Stuff for nodes. */ +/* The current nodes node name. */ +char *current_node = (char *)NULL; + +/* The current nodes section level. */ +int current_section = 0; + +/* The filename of the current input file. This is never freed. */ +char *node_filename = (char *)NULL; + +/* What we remember for each node. */ +typedef struct tentry +{ + struct tentry *next_ent; + char *node; /* name of this node. */ + char *prev; /* name of "Prev:" for this node. */ + char *next; /* name of "Next:" for this node. */ + char *up; /* name of "Up:" for this node. */ + int position; /* output file position of this node. */ + int line_no; /* defining line in source file. */ + char *filename; /* The file that this node was found in. */ + int touched; /* Nonzero means this node has been referenced. */ + int flags; /* Room for growth. Right now, contains 1 bit. */ +} TAG_ENTRY; + +/* If node-a has a "Next" for node-b, but node-b has no "Prev" for node-a, + we turn on this flag bit in node-b's tag entry. This means that when + it is time to validate node-b, we don't report an additional error + if there was no "Prev" field. */ +#define PREV_ERROR 0x1 +#define NEXT_ERROR 0x2 +#define UP_ERROR 0x4 +#define NO_WARN 0x8 +#define IS_TOP 0x10 + +TAG_ENTRY *tag_table = (TAG_ENTRY *) NULL; + /* Values for calling handle_variable_internal (). */ #define SET 1 #define CLEAR 2 #define IFSET 3 #define IFCLEAR 4 +#if defined (HAVE_MACROS) +#define ME_RECURSE 0x01 +#define ME_QUOTE_ARG 0x02 + +/* Macro definitions for user-defined commands. */ +typedef struct { + char *name; /* Name of the macro. */ + char **arglist; /* Args to replace when executing. */ + char *body; /* Macro body. */ + char *source_file; /* File where this macro is defined. */ + int source_lineno; /* Line number within FILENAME. */ + int inhibited; /* Nonzero means make find_macro () fail. */ + int flags; /* ME_RECURSE, ME_QUOTE_ARG, etc. */ +} MACRO_DEF; + +void add_macro (), execute_macro (); +MACRO_DEF *find_macro (), *delete_macro (); +#endif /* HAVE_MACROS */ + +/* Menu reference, *note reference, and validation hacking. */ + +/* The various references that we know about. */ +enum reftype +{ + menu_reference, followed_reference +}; + +/* A structure to remember references with. A reference to a node is + either an entry in a menu, or a cross-reference made with [px]ref. */ +typedef struct node_ref +{ + struct node_ref *next; + char *node; /* Name of node referred to. */ + char *containing_node; /* Name of node containing this reference. */ + int line_no; /* Line number where the reference occurs. */ + int section; /* Section level where the reference occurs. */ + char *filename; /* Name of file where the reference occurs. */ + enum reftype type; /* Type of reference, either menu or note. */ +} NODE_REF; + +/* The linked list of such structures. */ +NODE_REF *node_references = (NODE_REF *) NULL; + +/* Flag which tells us whether to examine menu lines or not. */ +int in_menu = 0; + +/* Flag which tells us how to examine menu lines. */ +int in_detailmenu = 0; + +/* Nonzero means that we have seen "@top" once already. */ +int top_node_seen = 0; + +/* Nonzero means that we have seen a non-"@top" node already. */ +int non_top_node_seen = 0; + /* Flags controlling the operation of the program. */ /* Default is to remove output if there were errors. */ @@ -139,78 +374,81 @@ int force = 0; /* Default is to notify users of bad choices. */ int print_warnings = 1; +/* Default is to check node references. */ +int validating = 1; + +/* Nonzero means do not output "Node: Foo" for node separations. */ +int no_headers = 0; + /* Number of errors that we tolerate on a given fileset. */ int max_error_level = 100; -/* The actual last inserted character. Note that this may be something - other than NEWLINE even if last_char_was_newline is 1. */ -int last_inserted_character = 0; +/* Maximum number of references to a single node before complaining. */ +int reference_warning_limit = 1000; -/* Nonzero means that a newline character has already been - inserted, so close_paragraph () should insert one less. */ -int line_already_broken = 0; +/* Nonzero means print out information about what is going on when it + is going on. */ +int verbose_mode = 0; -/* When nonzero we have finished an insertion (see end_insertion ()) and we - want to ignore false continued paragraph closings. */ -int insertion_paragraph_closed = 0; +/* Nonzero means to be relaxed about the input file. This is useful when + we can successfully format the input, but it doesn't strictly match our + somewhat pedantic ideas of correctness. Right now, it affects what + @table and @itemize do without arguments. */ +int allow_lax_format = 0; -/* Nonzero means attempt to make all of the lines have fill_column width. */ -int do_justification = 0; +/* The list of commands that we hack in texinfo. Each one + has an associated function. When the command is encountered in the + text, the associated function is called with START as the argument. + If the function expects arguments in braces, it remembers itself on + the stack. When the corresponding close brace is encountered, the + function is called with END as the argument. */ + +#define START 0 +#define END 1 typedef struct brace_element { struct brace_element *next; COMMAND_FUNCTION *proc; - char *command; int pos, line; int in_fixed_width_font; } BRACE_ELEMENT; -BRACE_ELEMENT *brace_stack = NULL; +BRACE_ELEMENT *brace_stack = (BRACE_ELEMENT *) NULL; -extern void do_multitable (), end_multitable (); +extern void do_multitable (); +void print_version_info (); +void usage (); void push_node_filename (), pop_node_filename (); -void remember_error (); +void remember_error (), flush_file_stack (); void convert_from_stream (), convert_from_file (), convert_from_loaded_file (); void init_internals (), init_paragraph (), init_brace_stack (); void init_insertion_stack (), init_indices (); void init_tag_table (), write_tag_table (), write_tag_table_internal (); void validate_file (), validate_other_references (), split_file (); -void free_node_references (), handle_variable (); +void free_node_references (), do_enumeration (), handle_variable (); void handle_variable_internal (); void normalize_node_name (); -void add_anchor_name (); -void free_node_node_references (), remember_node_node_reference (); +void undefindex (), top_defindex (), gen_defindex (); +void define_user_command (); +void free_pending_notes (), output_pending_notes (); char **get_brace_args (); +char *expansion (); int array_len (); void free_array (); static int end_of_sentence_p (); static void isolate_nodename (); -void reader_loop (); +void reader_loop (), read_command (); void remember_brace (), remember_brace_1 (); void pop_and_call_brace (), discard_braces (); void add_word (), add_char (), insert (), flush_output (); void insert_string (); -void close_paragraph (); +void close_paragraph_with_lines (), close_paragraph (); void ignore_blank_line (); void do_flush_right_indentation (), discard_insertions (); void start_paragraph (), indent (); -void inhibit_output_flushing (), uninhibit_output_flushing (); -int set_paragraph_indent (); -int self_delimiting (), search_forward (); -int multitable_item (), number_of_node (); -extern void add_link (), add_escaped_anchor_name (); - -void me_execute_string_keep_state (); -void maybe_update_execution_strings (); - -extern char *escape_string (); -extern void insert_html_tag (); -extern void sectioning_html (); -extern void add_link (); - #if defined (VA_FPRINTF) && __STDC__ /* Unfortunately we must use prototypes if we are to use <stdarg.h>. */ void add_word_args (char *, ...); @@ -218,9 +456,356 @@ void execute_string (char *, ...); #else void add_word_args (); void execute_string (); -#endif /* no prototypes */ +#endif /* will not use prototypes */ + +void insert_self (), insert_space (), cm_ignore_line (); + +void + cm_TeX (), cm_asterisk (), cm_bullet (), cm_cite (), + cm_code (), cm_copyright (), cm_ctrl (), cm_dfn (), cm_dircategory (), + cm_direntry (), cm_dots (), cm_emph (), cm_enddots (), + cm_kbd (), cm_key (), cm_no_op (), cm_no_op_line_arg (), + cm_not_fixed_width (), cm_strong (), cm_var_sc (), cm_w (), cm_image (); + +/* Sectioning. */ +void + cm_chapter (), cm_unnumbered (), cm_appendix (), cm_top (), + cm_section (), cm_unnumberedsec (), cm_appendixsec (), + cm_subsection (), cm_unnumberedsubsec (), cm_appendixsubsec (), + cm_subsubsection (), cm_unnumberedsubsubsec (), cm_appendixsubsubsec (), + cm_heading (), cm_chapheading (), cm_subheading (), cm_subsubheading (), + cm_majorheading (), cm_raisesections (), cm_lowersections (); + +/* All @def... commands map to cm_defun, most accent commands map to + cm_accent, most non-English letters map to cm_special_char. */ +void cm_defun (), cm_accent (), cm_special_char (), cm_dotless (); + +void + cm_node (), cm_menu (), cm_xref (), cm_ftable (), cm_vtable (), cm_pxref (), + cm_inforef (), cm_uref (), cm_email (), cm_quotation (), + cm_display (), cm_itemize (), + cm_enumerate (), cm_tab (), cm_table (), cm_itemx (), cm_noindent (), + cm_setfilename (), cm_br (), cm_sp (), cm_page (), cm_group (), + cm_center (), cm_include (), cm_bye (), cm_item (), cm_end (), + cm_ifinfo (), cm_ifnothtml (), cm_ifnottex (), cm_kindex (), cm_cindex (), + cm_findex (), cm_pindex (), cm_vindex (), cm_tindex (), + cm_synindex (), cm_printindex (), cm_minus (), cm_footnote (), + cm_example (), cm_smallexample (), cm_lisp (), cm_format (), cm_exdent (), + cm_defindex (), cm_defcodeindex (), cm_result (), cm_expansion (), + cm_equiv (), cm_print (), cm_error (), cm_point (), cm_today (), + cm_flushleft (), cm_flushright (), cm_smalllisp (), cm_finalout (), + cm_cartouche (), cm_detailmenu (), cm_multitable (); + +/* Conditionals. */ +void cm_set (), cm_clear (), cm_ifset (), cm_ifclear (); +void cm_value (), cm_ifeq (); + +#if defined (HAVE_MACROS) +/* Define a user-defined command which is simple substitution. */ +void cm_macro (), cm_unmacro (); +#endif /* HAVE_MACROS */ + +/* Options. */ +void cm_paragraphindent (), cm_footnotestyle (); + +/* Internals. */ +void command_name_condition (), misplaced_brace (), cm_obsolete (), + cm_ideprecated (); + +typedef struct +{ + char *name; + COMMAND_FUNCTION *proc; + int argument_in_braces; +} COMMAND; + +/* Stuff for defining commands on the fly. */ +COMMAND **user_command_array = (COMMAND **) NULL; +int user_command_array_len = 0; + +#define NO_BRACE_ARGS 0 +#define BRACE_ARGS 1 + +static COMMAND command_table[] = { + { "\t", insert_space, NO_BRACE_ARGS }, + { "\n", insert_space, NO_BRACE_ARGS }, + { " ", insert_self, NO_BRACE_ARGS }, + { "!", insert_self, NO_BRACE_ARGS }, + { "\"", insert_self, NO_BRACE_ARGS }, + { "'", insert_self, NO_BRACE_ARGS }, + { "*", cm_asterisk, NO_BRACE_ARGS }, + { ",", cm_accent, BRACE_ARGS }, + { "-", cm_no_op, NO_BRACE_ARGS }, + { ".", insert_self, NO_BRACE_ARGS }, + { ":", cm_no_op, NO_BRACE_ARGS }, + { "=", insert_self, NO_BRACE_ARGS }, + { "?", insert_self, NO_BRACE_ARGS }, + { "@", insert_self, NO_BRACE_ARGS }, + { "^", insert_self, NO_BRACE_ARGS }, + { "`", insert_self, NO_BRACE_ARGS }, + { "{", insert_self, NO_BRACE_ARGS }, + { "|", cm_no_op, NO_BRACE_ARGS }, + { "}", insert_self, NO_BRACE_ARGS }, + { "~", insert_self, NO_BRACE_ARGS }, + { "AA", insert_self, BRACE_ARGS }, + { "AE", insert_self, BRACE_ARGS }, + { "H", cm_accent, BRACE_ARGS }, + { "L", cm_special_char, BRACE_ARGS }, + { "O", cm_special_char, BRACE_ARGS }, + { "OE", insert_self, BRACE_ARGS }, + { "TeX", cm_TeX, BRACE_ARGS }, + { "aa", insert_self, BRACE_ARGS }, + { "ae", insert_self, BRACE_ARGS }, + { "appendix", cm_appendix, NO_BRACE_ARGS }, + { "appendixsection", cm_appendixsec, NO_BRACE_ARGS }, + { "appendixsec", cm_appendixsec, NO_BRACE_ARGS }, + { "appendixsubsec", cm_appendixsubsec, NO_BRACE_ARGS }, + { "appendixsubsubsec", cm_appendixsubsubsec, NO_BRACE_ARGS }, + { "asis", cm_no_op, BRACE_ARGS }, + { "b", cm_not_fixed_width, BRACE_ARGS }, + { "bullet", cm_bullet, BRACE_ARGS }, + { "bye", cm_bye, NO_BRACE_ARGS }, + { "c", cm_ignore_line, NO_BRACE_ARGS }, + { "cartouche", cm_cartouche, NO_BRACE_ARGS }, + { "center", cm_center, NO_BRACE_ARGS }, + { "centerchap", cm_unnumbered, NO_BRACE_ARGS }, + { "chapheading", cm_chapheading, NO_BRACE_ARGS }, + { "chapter", cm_chapter, NO_BRACE_ARGS }, + { "cindex", cm_cindex, NO_BRACE_ARGS }, + { "cite", cm_cite, BRACE_ARGS }, + { "clear", cm_clear, NO_BRACE_ARGS }, + { "code", cm_code, BRACE_ARGS }, + { "comment", cm_ignore_line, NO_BRACE_ARGS }, + { "contents", cm_no_op, NO_BRACE_ARGS }, + { "copyright", cm_copyright, BRACE_ARGS }, + { "ctrl", cm_obsolete, BRACE_ARGS }, + { "defcodeindex", cm_defcodeindex, NO_BRACE_ARGS }, + { "defindex", cm_defindex, NO_BRACE_ARGS }, +/* The `def' commands. */ + { "defcv", cm_defun, NO_BRACE_ARGS }, + { "defcvx", cm_defun, NO_BRACE_ARGS }, + { "deffn", cm_defun, NO_BRACE_ARGS }, + { "deffnx", cm_defun, NO_BRACE_ARGS }, + { "defivar", cm_defun, NO_BRACE_ARGS }, + { "defivarx", cm_defun, NO_BRACE_ARGS }, + { "defmac", cm_defun, NO_BRACE_ARGS }, + { "defmacx", cm_defun, NO_BRACE_ARGS }, + { "defmethod", cm_defun, NO_BRACE_ARGS }, + { "defmethodx", cm_defun, NO_BRACE_ARGS }, + { "defop", cm_defun, NO_BRACE_ARGS }, + { "defopt", cm_defun, NO_BRACE_ARGS }, + { "defoptx", cm_defun, NO_BRACE_ARGS }, + { "defopx", cm_defun, NO_BRACE_ARGS }, + { "defspec", cm_defun, NO_BRACE_ARGS }, + { "defspecx", cm_defun, NO_BRACE_ARGS }, + { "deftp", cm_defun, NO_BRACE_ARGS }, + { "deftpx", cm_defun, NO_BRACE_ARGS }, + { "deftypefn", cm_defun, NO_BRACE_ARGS }, + { "deftypefnx", cm_defun, NO_BRACE_ARGS }, + { "deftypefun", cm_defun, NO_BRACE_ARGS }, + { "deftypefunx", cm_defun, NO_BRACE_ARGS }, + { "deftypemethod", cm_defun, NO_BRACE_ARGS }, + { "deftypemethodx", cm_defun, NO_BRACE_ARGS }, + { "deftypevar", cm_defun, NO_BRACE_ARGS }, + { "deftypevarx", cm_defun, NO_BRACE_ARGS }, + { "deftypevr", cm_defun, NO_BRACE_ARGS }, + { "deftypevrx", cm_defun, NO_BRACE_ARGS }, + { "defun", cm_defun, NO_BRACE_ARGS }, + { "defunx", cm_defun, NO_BRACE_ARGS }, + { "defvar", cm_defun, NO_BRACE_ARGS }, + { "defvarx", cm_defun, NO_BRACE_ARGS }, + { "defvr", cm_defun, NO_BRACE_ARGS }, + { "defvrx", cm_defun, NO_BRACE_ARGS }, +/* The end of the `def' commands. */ + { "detailmenu", cm_detailmenu, NO_BRACE_ARGS }, + { "dfn", cm_dfn, BRACE_ARGS }, + { "dircategory", cm_dircategory, NO_BRACE_ARGS }, + { "direntry", cm_direntry, NO_BRACE_ARGS }, + { "display", cm_display, NO_BRACE_ARGS }, + { "dmn", cm_no_op, BRACE_ARGS }, + { "dotaccent", cm_accent, BRACE_ARGS }, + { "dotless", cm_dotless, BRACE_ARGS }, + { "dots", cm_dots, BRACE_ARGS }, + { "email", cm_email, BRACE_ARGS }, + { "emph", cm_emph, BRACE_ARGS }, + { "end", cm_end, NO_BRACE_ARGS }, + { "enddots", cm_enddots, BRACE_ARGS }, + { "enumerate", cm_enumerate, NO_BRACE_ARGS }, + { "equiv", cm_equiv, BRACE_ARGS }, + { "error", cm_error, BRACE_ARGS }, + { "example", cm_example, NO_BRACE_ARGS }, + { "exclamdown", cm_special_char, BRACE_ARGS }, + { "exdent", cm_exdent, NO_BRACE_ARGS }, + { "expansion", cm_expansion, BRACE_ARGS }, + { "file", cm_code, BRACE_ARGS }, + { "finalout", cm_no_op, NO_BRACE_ARGS }, + { "findex", cm_findex, NO_BRACE_ARGS }, + { "flushleft", cm_flushleft, NO_BRACE_ARGS }, + { "flushright", cm_flushright, NO_BRACE_ARGS }, + { "footnote", cm_footnote, NO_BRACE_ARGS}, /* self-arg eater */ + { "footnotestyle", cm_footnotestyle, NO_BRACE_ARGS }, + { "format", cm_format, NO_BRACE_ARGS }, + { "ftable", cm_ftable, NO_BRACE_ARGS }, + { "group", cm_group, NO_BRACE_ARGS }, + { "heading", cm_heading, NO_BRACE_ARGS }, + { "headings", cm_ignore_line, NO_BRACE_ARGS }, + { "html", command_name_condition, NO_BRACE_ARGS }, + { "hyphenation", cm_no_op, BRACE_ARGS }, + { "i", cm_not_fixed_width, BRACE_ARGS }, + { "ifclear", cm_ifclear, NO_BRACE_ARGS }, + { "ifeq", cm_ifeq, NO_BRACE_ARGS }, + { "ifhtml", command_name_condition, NO_BRACE_ARGS }, + { "ifinfo", cm_ifinfo, NO_BRACE_ARGS }, + { "ifnothtml", cm_ifnothtml, NO_BRACE_ARGS }, + { "ifnotinfo", command_name_condition, NO_BRACE_ARGS }, + { "ifnottex", cm_ifnottex, NO_BRACE_ARGS }, + { "ifset", cm_ifset, NO_BRACE_ARGS }, + { "iftex", command_name_condition, NO_BRACE_ARGS }, + { "ignore", command_name_condition, NO_BRACE_ARGS }, + { "image", cm_image, BRACE_ARGS }, + { "include", cm_include, NO_BRACE_ARGS }, + { "inforef", cm_inforef, BRACE_ARGS }, + { "item", cm_item, NO_BRACE_ARGS }, + { "itemize", cm_itemize, NO_BRACE_ARGS }, + { "itemx", cm_itemx, NO_BRACE_ARGS }, + { "kbd", cm_kbd, BRACE_ARGS }, + { "kbdinputstyle", cm_no_op_line_arg, NO_BRACE_ARGS }, + { "key", cm_key, BRACE_ARGS }, + { "kindex", cm_kindex, NO_BRACE_ARGS }, + { "l", cm_special_char, BRACE_ARGS }, + { "lisp", cm_lisp, NO_BRACE_ARGS }, + { "lowersections", cm_lowersections, NO_BRACE_ARGS }, + { "macro", cm_macro, NO_BRACE_ARGS }, + { "majorheading", cm_majorheading, NO_BRACE_ARGS }, + { "math", cm_no_op, BRACE_ARGS }, + { "menu", cm_menu, NO_BRACE_ARGS }, + { "minus", cm_minus, BRACE_ARGS }, + { "multitable", cm_multitable, NO_BRACE_ARGS }, + { "need", cm_ignore_line, NO_BRACE_ARGS }, + { "node", cm_node, NO_BRACE_ARGS }, + { "noindent", cm_noindent, NO_BRACE_ARGS }, + { "nwnode", cm_node, NO_BRACE_ARGS }, + { "o", cm_special_char, BRACE_ARGS }, + { "oe", insert_self, BRACE_ARGS }, + { "page", cm_no_op, NO_BRACE_ARGS }, + { "paragraphindent", cm_paragraphindent, NO_BRACE_ARGS }, + { "pindex", cm_pindex, NO_BRACE_ARGS }, + { "point", cm_point, BRACE_ARGS }, + { "pounds", cm_special_char, BRACE_ARGS }, + { "print", cm_print, BRACE_ARGS }, + { "printindex", cm_printindex, NO_BRACE_ARGS }, + { "pxref", cm_pxref, BRACE_ARGS }, + { "questiondown", cm_special_char, BRACE_ARGS }, + { "quotation", cm_quotation, NO_BRACE_ARGS }, + { "r", cm_not_fixed_width, BRACE_ARGS }, + { "raisesections", cm_raisesections, NO_BRACE_ARGS }, + { "ref", cm_xref, BRACE_ARGS }, + { "refill", cm_no_op, NO_BRACE_ARGS }, + { "result", cm_result, BRACE_ARGS }, + { "ringaccent", cm_accent, BRACE_ARGS }, + { "samp", cm_code, BRACE_ARGS }, + { "sc", cm_var_sc, BRACE_ARGS }, + { "section", cm_section, NO_BRACE_ARGS }, + { "set", cm_set, NO_BRACE_ARGS }, + { "setchapternewpage", cm_ignore_line, NO_BRACE_ARGS }, + { "setchapterstyle", cm_obsolete, NO_BRACE_ARGS }, + { "setfilename", cm_setfilename, NO_BRACE_ARGS }, + { "settitle", cm_ignore_line, NO_BRACE_ARGS }, + { "shortcontents", cm_no_op, NO_BRACE_ARGS }, + { "shorttitlepage", cm_ignore_line, NO_BRACE_ARGS }, + { "smallbook", cm_ignore_line, NO_BRACE_ARGS }, + { "smallexample", cm_smallexample, NO_BRACE_ARGS }, + { "smalllisp", cm_smalllisp, NO_BRACE_ARGS }, + { "sp", cm_sp, NO_BRACE_ARGS }, + { "ss", insert_self, BRACE_ARGS }, + { "strong", cm_strong, BRACE_ARGS }, + { "subheading", cm_subheading, NO_BRACE_ARGS }, + { "subsection", cm_subsection, NO_BRACE_ARGS }, + { "subsubheading", cm_subsubheading, NO_BRACE_ARGS }, + { "subsubsection", cm_subsubsection, NO_BRACE_ARGS }, + { "summarycontents", cm_no_op, NO_BRACE_ARGS }, + { "syncodeindex", cm_synindex, NO_BRACE_ARGS }, + { "synindex", cm_synindex, NO_BRACE_ARGS }, + { "t", cm_no_op, BRACE_ARGS }, + { "tab", cm_tab, NO_BRACE_ARGS }, + { "table", cm_table, NO_BRACE_ARGS }, + { "tex", command_name_condition, NO_BRACE_ARGS }, + { "tieaccent", cm_accent, BRACE_ARGS }, + { "tindex", cm_tindex, NO_BRACE_ARGS }, + { "titlefont", cm_not_fixed_width, BRACE_ARGS }, + { "titlepage", command_name_condition, NO_BRACE_ARGS }, + { "today", cm_today, BRACE_ARGS }, + { "top", cm_top, NO_BRACE_ARGS }, + { "u", cm_accent, BRACE_ARGS }, + { "ubaraccent", cm_accent, BRACE_ARGS }, + { "udotaccent", cm_accent, BRACE_ARGS }, +#if defined (HAVE_MACROS) + { "unmacro", cm_unmacro, NO_BRACE_ARGS }, +#endif + { "unnumbered", cm_unnumbered, NO_BRACE_ARGS }, + { "unnumberedsec", cm_unnumberedsec, NO_BRACE_ARGS }, + { "unnumberedsubsec", cm_unnumberedsubsec, NO_BRACE_ARGS }, + { "unnumberedsubsubsec", cm_unnumberedsubsubsec, NO_BRACE_ARGS }, + { "uref", cm_uref, BRACE_ARGS }, + { "url", cm_code, BRACE_ARGS }, + { "v", cm_accent, BRACE_ARGS }, + { "value", cm_value, BRACE_ARGS }, + { "var", cm_var_sc, BRACE_ARGS }, + { "vindex", cm_vindex, NO_BRACE_ARGS }, + { "vtable", cm_vtable, NO_BRACE_ARGS }, + { "w", cm_w, BRACE_ARGS }, + { "xref", cm_xref, BRACE_ARGS }, + + /* Deprecated commands. These used to be for italics. */ + { "iappendix", cm_ideprecated, NO_BRACE_ARGS }, + { "iappendixsec", cm_ideprecated, NO_BRACE_ARGS }, + { "iappendixsection", cm_ideprecated, NO_BRACE_ARGS }, + { "iappendixsubsec", cm_ideprecated, NO_BRACE_ARGS }, + { "iappendixsubsubsec", cm_ideprecated, NO_BRACE_ARGS }, + { "ichapter", cm_ideprecated, NO_BRACE_ARGS }, + { "isection", cm_ideprecated, NO_BRACE_ARGS }, + { "isubsection", cm_ideprecated, NO_BRACE_ARGS }, + { "isubsubsection", cm_ideprecated, NO_BRACE_ARGS }, + { "iunnumbered", cm_ideprecated, NO_BRACE_ARGS }, + { "iunnumberedsec", cm_ideprecated, NO_BRACE_ARGS }, + { "iunnumberedsubsec", cm_ideprecated, NO_BRACE_ARGS }, + { "iunnumberedsubsubsec", cm_ideprecated, NO_BRACE_ARGS }, + + /* Now @include does what this was used to. */ + { "infoinclude", cm_obsolete, NO_BRACE_ARGS }, + { "titlespec", cm_obsolete, NO_BRACE_ARGS }, + + { NULL, NULL, NO_BRACE_ARGS } +}; + +struct option long_options[] = +{ + { "error-limit", 1, 0, 'e' }, /* formerly -el */ + { "fill-column", 1, 0, 'f' }, /* formerly -fc */ + { "footnote-style", 1, 0, 's' }, /* formerly -ft */ + { "force", 0, 0, 'F' }, /* do not remove output */ + { "no-headers", 0, &no_headers, 1 }, /* do not output Node: foo */ + { "no-pointer-validate", 0, &validating, 0 }, /* formerly -nv */ + { "no-validate", 0, &validating, 0 }, /* formerly -nv */ + { "no-split", 0, &splitting, 0 }, /* formerly -ns */ + { "no-warn", 0, &print_warnings, 0 }, /* formerly -nw */ + { "macro-expand", 1, 0, 'E' }, + { "number-footnotes", 0, &number_footnotes, 1 }, + { "no-number-footnotes", 0, &number_footnotes, 0 }, + { "output", 1, 0, 'o' }, + { "paragraph-indent", 1, 0, 'p' }, /* formerly -pi */ + { "reference-limit", 1, 0, 'r' }, /* formerly -rl */ + { "verbose", 0, &verbose_mode, 1 }, /* formerly -verbose */ + { "help", 0, 0, 'h' }, + { "version", 0, 0, 'V' }, + {NULL, 0, NULL, 0} +}; -/* Error handling. */ +/* **************************************************************** */ +/* */ +/* Error Handling */ +/* */ +/* **************************************************************** */ /* Number of errors encountered. */ int errors_printed = 0; @@ -232,7 +817,7 @@ fs_error (filename) { remember_error (); perror (filename); - return 0; + return (0); } /* Print an error message, and return false. */ @@ -331,136 +916,15 @@ remember_error () fprintf (stderr, _("Too many errors! Gave up.\n")); flush_file_stack (); cm_bye (); - xexit (1); + exit (FATAL); } } - -/* The other side of a malformed expression. */ -void -misplaced_brace () -{ - line_error (_("Misplaced %c"), '}'); -} -/* Main. */ - -/* Display the version info of this invocation of Makeinfo. */ -static void -print_version_info () -{ - printf ("makeinfo (GNU %s) %s\n", PACKAGE, VERSION); -} - -/* If EXIT_VALUE is zero, print the full usage message to stdout. - Otherwise, just say to use --help for more info. - Then exit with EXIT_VALUE. */ -static void -usage (exit_value) - int exit_value; -{ - if (exit_value != 0) - fprintf (stderr, _("Try `%s --help' for more information.\n"), progname); - else - { - printf (_("Usage: %s [OPTION]... TEXINFO-FILE...\n\ -\n\ -Translate Texinfo source documentation to various other formats:\n\ -Info files suitable for reading online with Emacs or standalone GNU Info\n\ -(by default); plain text (with --no-headers); or HTML (with --html).\n\ -\n\ -Options:\n\ - --commands-in-node-names allow @ commands in node names.\n\ - -D VAR define a variable, as with @set.\n\ - -E, --macro-expand FILE output macro-expanded source to FILE.\n\ - --error-limit=NUM quit after NUM errors (default %d).\n\ - --fill-column=NUM break Info lines at NUM characters (default %d).\n\ - --footnote-style=STYLE output footnotes according to STYLE:\n\ - `separate' to place footnotes in their own node,\n\ - `end' to place the footnotes at the end of the\n\ - node in which they are defined (the default).\n\ - --force preserve output even if errors.\n\ - --help display this help and exit.\n\ - --html output HTML rather than Info format;\n\ - -I DIR append DIR to the @include search path.\n\ - --ifhtml process @ifhtml and @html text even when not\n\ - generating HTML.\n\ - --ifinfo process @ifinfo text even when generating HTML.\n\ - --iftex process @iftex and @tex text.\n\ - implies --no-split.\n"), - progname, max_error_level, fill_column); - printf (_("\ - --no-headers suppress Info node separators and Node: lines and\n\ - write to standard output without --output.\n\ - --no-ifhtml do not process @ifhtml and @html text.\n\ - --no-ifinfo do not process @ifinfo text.\n\ - --no-iftex do not process @iftex and @tex text.\n\ - --no-split suppress splitting of large Info output files or\n\ - generation of one HTML file per node.\n\ - --no-validate suppress node cross-reference validation.\n\ - --no-warn suppress warnings (but not errors).\n\ - --number-sections include chapter, section, etc. numbers in output.\n\ - -o, --output=FILE output to FILE, ignoring any @setfilename.\n\ - -P DIR prepend DIR to the @include search path.\n\ - --paragraph-indent=VAL indent Info paragraphs by VAL spaces (default %d).\n\ - if VAL is `none', do not indent;\n\ - if VAL is `asis', preserve existing indentation.\n\ - --reference-limit=NUM warn about at most NUM references (default %d).\n\ - -U VAR undefine a variable, as with @clear.\n\ - -v, --verbose explain what is being done.\n\ - --version display version information and exit.\n\ -"), - paragraph_start_indent, reference_warning_limit); - } - - puts (_("\n\ -The defaults for the @if... conditionals depend on the output format:\n\ -if generating HTML, --ifhtml is on and the others are off;\n\ -if generating Info or plain text, --ifinfo is on and the others are off.\n\ -\n\ -Examples:\n\ - makeinfo foo.texi write Info to foo's @setfilename\n\ - makeinfo --html foo.texi write HTML to foo's @setfilename\n\ - makeinfo --no-headers -o - foo.texi write plain text to standard output\n\ - makeinfo --number-sections foo.texi write Info with numbered sections\n\ - makeinfo --no-split foo.texi write one Info file however big\n\ -\n\ -Email bug reports to bug-texinfo@gnu.org,\n\ -general questions and discussion to help-texinfo@gnu.org.")); - xexit (exit_value); -} - -struct option long_options[] = -{ - { "commands-in-node-names", 0, &expensive_validation, 1 }, - { "error-limit", 1, 0, 'e' }, - { "fill-column", 1, 0, 'f' }, - { "footnote-style", 1, 0, 's' }, - { "force", 0, &force, 1 }, - { "help", 0, 0, 'h' }, - { "html", 0, 0, 'w' }, - { "ifhtml", 0, &process_html, 1 }, - { "ifinfo", 0, &process_info, 1 }, - { "iftex", 0, &process_tex, 1 }, - { "macro-expand", 1, 0, 'E' }, - { "no-headers", 0, &no_headers, 1 }, - { "no-ifhtml", 0, &process_html, 0 }, - { "no-ifinfo", 0, &process_info, 0 }, - { "no-iftex", 0, &process_tex, 0 }, - { "no-number-footnotes", 0, &number_footnotes, 0 }, - { "no-number-sections", 0, &number_sections, 0 }, - { "no-pointer-validate", 0, &validating, 0 }, - { "no-split", 0, &splitting, 0 }, - { "no-validate", 0, &validating, 0 }, - { "no-warn", 0, &print_warnings, 0 }, - { "number-footnotes", 0, &number_footnotes, 1 }, - { "number-sections", 0, &number_sections, 1 }, - { "output", 1, 0, 'o' }, - { "paragraph-indent", 1, 0, 'p' }, - { "reference-limit", 1, 0, 'r' }, - { "verbose", 0, &verbose_mode, 1 }, - { "version", 0, 0, 'V' }, - {NULL, 0, NULL, 0} -}; +/* **************************************************************** */ +/* */ +/* Main () Start of code */ +/* */ +/* **************************************************************** */ /* For each file mentioned in the command line, process it, turning Texinfo commands into wonderfully formatted output text. */ @@ -470,16 +934,18 @@ main (argc, argv) char **argv; { extern int errors_printed; + char *filename_part (); int c, ind; int reading_from_stdin = 0; + /* The name of this program is the last filename in argv[0]. */ + progname = filename_part (argv[0]); + #ifdef HAVE_SETLOCALE /* Do not use LC_ALL, because LC_NUMERIC screws up the scanf parsing of the argument to @multicolumn. */ setlocale (LC_TIME, ""); setlocale (LC_MESSAGES, ""); - setlocale (LC_CTYPE, ""); - setlocale (LC_COLLATE, ""); #endif /* Set the text message domain. */ @@ -487,7 +953,7 @@ main (argc, argv) textdomain (PACKAGE); /* Parse argument flags from the input line. */ - while ((c = getopt_long (argc, argv, "D:e:E:f:hI:o:p:P:r:s:U:vV:w", + while ((c = getopt_long (argc, argv, "D:e:E:f:I:o:p:P:r:s:U:V", long_options, &ind)) != EOF) { if (c == 0 && long_options[ind].flag == 0) @@ -501,17 +967,19 @@ main (argc, argv) handle_variable_internal ((c == 'D') ? SET : CLEAR, optarg); break; - case 'e': /* --error-limit */ + case 'e': + /* User specified error level. */ if (sscanf (optarg, "%d", &max_error_level) != 1) { fprintf (stderr, _("%s: %s arg must be numeric, not `%s'.\n"), "--error-limit", progname, optarg); - usage (stderr, 1); + usage (stderr, FATAL); } break; - case 'E': /* --macro-expand */ + case 'E': + /* User specified a macro expansion output file. */ if (!macro_expansion_output_stream) { macro_expansion_filename = optarg; @@ -524,18 +992,23 @@ main (argc, argv) error (_("Cannot specify more than one macro expansion output")); break; - case 'f': /* --fill-column */ + case 'f': + /* User specified fill_column. */ if (sscanf (optarg, "%d", &fill_column) != 1) { fprintf (stderr, - _("%s: %s arg must be numeric, not `%s'.\n"), + _("%s: %s arg must be numeric, not `%s'.\n"), "--fill-column", progname, optarg); - usage (1); + usage (FATAL); } break; - case 'h': /* --help */ - usage (0); + case 'F': + force++; /* Do not remove erroneous output. */ + break; + + case 'h': + usage (NO_ERROR); break; case 'I': @@ -546,21 +1019,23 @@ main (argc, argv) include_files_path = (char *) xrealloc (include_files_path, 2 + strlen (include_files_path) + strlen (optarg)); - strcat (include_files_path, PATH_SEP); + strcat (include_files_path, ":"); strcat (include_files_path, optarg); break; - case 'o': /* --output */ + case 'o': + /* User specified output file. */ command_output_filename = xstrdup (optarg); break; - case 'p': /* --paragraph-indent */ + case 'p': + /* User specified paragraph indent (paragraph_start_index). */ if (set_paragraph_indent (optarg) < 0) { fprintf (stderr, - _("%s: --paragraph-indent arg must be numeric/`none'/`asis', not `%s'.\n"), + _("%s: --paragraph-indent arg must be numeric/`none'/`asis', not `%s'.\n"), progname, optarg); - usage (1); + usage (FATAL); } break; @@ -569,14 +1044,14 @@ main (argc, argv) if (!include_files_path) { include_files_path = xstrdup (optarg); - include_files_path = xrealloc (include_files_path, + include_files_path = (char *) xrealloc (include_files_path, strlen (include_files_path) + 3); /* 3 for ":.\0" */ - strcat (strcat (include_files_path, PATH_SEP), "."); + strcat (include_files_path, ":."); } else { char *tmp = xstrdup (include_files_path); - include_files_path = xrealloc (include_files_path, + include_files_path = (char *) xrealloc (include_files_path, strlen (include_files_path) + strlen (optarg) + 2); /* 2 for ":\0" */ strcpy (include_files_path, optarg); strcat (include_files_path, ":"); @@ -584,59 +1059,47 @@ main (argc, argv) free (tmp); } break; - - case 'r': /* --reference-limit */ + + case 'r': + /* User specified reference warning limit. */ if (sscanf (optarg, "%d", &reference_warning_limit) != 1) { fprintf (stderr, - _("%s: %s arg must be numeric, not `%s'.\n"), + _("%s: %s arg must be numeric, not `%s'.\n"), "--reference-limit", progname, optarg); - usage (1); + usage (FATAL); } break; - case 's': /* --footnote-style */ + case 's': + /* User specified footnote style. */ if (set_footnote_style (optarg) < 0) { fprintf (stderr, - _("%s: --footnote-style arg must be `separate' or `end', not `%s'.\n"), + _("%s: --footnote-style arg must be `separate' or `end', not `%s'.\n"), progname, optarg); - usage (1); + usage (FATAL); } footnote_style_preset = 1; break; - case 'v': - verbose_mode++; - break; - - case 'V': /* --version */ + case 'V': + /* User requested version info. */ print_version_info (); - puts (""); - printf (_("Copyright (C) %s Free Software Foundation, Inc.\n\ + printf (_("Copyright (C) %s Free Software Foundation, Inc.\n\ There is NO warranty. You may redistribute this software\n\ under the terms of the GNU General Public License.\n\ For more information about these matters, see the files named COPYING.\n"), - "1999"); - exit (0); - break; - - case 'w': /* --html */ - html = 1; - process_html = 1; - process_info = 0; - splitting = 0; /* too complicated for now */ + "1998"); + exit (NO_ERROR); break; case '?': - usage (1); + usage (FATAL); break; } } - if (!validating) - expensive_validation = 0; - if (optind == argc) { /* Check to see if input is a file. If so, process that. */ @@ -645,24 +1108,19 @@ For more information about these matters, see the files named COPYING.\n"), else { fprintf (stderr, _("%s: missing file argument.\n"), progname); - usage (1); + usage (FATAL); } } + /* If the user has specified --no-headers, this should imply --no-split. + Do that here. I think it might also imply that we should ignore the + setfilename at the top of the file, but this might break some FSF things, + so I will hold off on that. */ if (no_headers) { - if (html && splitting) - { /* --no-headers --no-split --html indicates confusion. */ - fprintf (stderr, - "%s: --no-headers conflicts with --no-split for --html.\n", - progname); - usage (1); - } - - /* --no-headers implies --no-split. */ splitting = 0; - /* If the user did not specify an output file, use stdout. */ + /* If the user has not specified an output file, use stdout. */ if (!command_output_filename) command_output_filename = xstrdup ("-"); } @@ -680,11 +1138,491 @@ For more information about these matters, see the files named COPYING.\n"), else convert_from_stream (stdin, "stdin"); - return errors_printed ? 2 : 0; + if (errors_printed) + return (SYNTAX); + else + return (NO_ERROR); +} + +/* Display the version info of this invocation of Makeinfo. */ +void +print_version_info () +{ + printf ("makeinfo (GNU %s %s) %d.%d\n", PACKAGE, VERSION, + major_version, minor_version); +} + +/* If EXIT_VALUE is zero, print the full usage message to stdout. + Otherwise, just say to use --help for more info. + Then exit with EXIT_VALUE. */ +void +usage (exit_value) + int exit_value; +{ + if (exit_value != 0) + fprintf (stderr, _("Try `%s --help' for more information.\n"), progname); + else + printf (_("Usage: %s [OPTION]... TEXINFO-FILE...\n\ +\n\ +Translate Texinfo source documentation to a format suitable for reading\n\ +with GNU Info.\n\ +\n\ +Options:\n\ +-D VAR define a variable, as with @set.\n\ +-E MACRO-OFILE process macros only, output texinfo source.\n\ +-I DIR append DIR to the @include directory search path.\n\ +-P DIR prepend DIR to the @include directory search path.\n\ +-U VAR undefine a variable, as with @clear.\n\ +--error-limit NUM quit after NUM errors (default %d).\n\ +--fill-column NUM break lines at NUM characters (default %d).\n\ +--footnote-style STYLE output footnotes according to STYLE:\n\ + `separate' to place footnotes in their own node,\n\ + `end' to place the footnotes at the end of\n\ + the node in which they are defined (the default).\n\ +--force preserve output even if errors.\n\ +--help display this help and exit.\n\ +--no-validate suppress node cross-reference validation.\n\ +--no-warn suppress warnings (but not errors).\n\ +--no-split suppress splitting of large files.\n\ +--no-headers suppress node separators and Node: Foo headers.\n\ +--output FILE, -o FILE output to FILE, and ignore any @setfilename.\n\ +--paragraph-indent VAL indent paragraphs with VAL spaces (default %d).\n\ + if VAL is `none', do not indent; if VAL is `asis',\n\ + preserve any existing indentation.\n\ +--reference-limit NUM complain about at most NUM references (default %d).\n\ +--verbose report about what is being done.\n\ +--version display version information and exit.\n\ +\n\ +Email bug reports to bug-texinfo@gnu.org.\n\ +"), + progname, max_error_level, fill_column, + paragraph_start_indent, reference_warning_limit); + exit (exit_value); +} + +/* Manipulating Lists */ + +typedef struct generic_list { + struct generic_list *next; +} GENERIC_LIST; + +/* Reverse the chain of structures in LIST. Output the new head + of the chain. You should always assign the output value of this + function to something, or you will lose the chain. */ +GENERIC_LIST * +reverse_list (list) + register GENERIC_LIST *list; +{ + register GENERIC_LIST *next; + register GENERIC_LIST *prev = (GENERIC_LIST *) NULL; + + while (list) + { + next = list->next; + list->next = prev; + prev = list; + list = next; + } + return (prev); +} + +/* Pushing and Popping Files */ + +/* Find and load the file named FILENAME. Return a pointer to + the loaded file, or NULL if it can't be loaded. */ +char * +find_and_load (filename) + char *filename; +{ + struct stat fileinfo; + long file_size; + int file = -1, count = 0; + char *fullpath, *result, *get_file_info_in_path (); + + result = fullpath = (char *)NULL; + + fullpath = get_file_info_in_path (filename, include_files_path, &fileinfo); + + if (!fullpath) + goto error_exit; + + filename = fullpath; + file_size = (long) fileinfo.st_size; + + file = open (filename, O_RDONLY); + if (file < 0) + goto error_exit; + + /* Load the file, with enough room for a newline and a null. */ + result = xmalloc (file_size + 2); + + /* VMS stat lies about the st_size value. The actual number of + readable bytes is always less than this value. The arcane + mysteries of VMS/RMS are too much to probe, so this hack + suffices to make things work. */ +#if defined (VMS) || defined (WIN32) +#ifdef VMS + while ((n = read (file, result + count, file_size)) > 0) +#else /* WIN32 */ + while ((n = read (file, result + count, 1)) > 0) +#endif /* WIN32 */ + count += n; + if (n == -1) +#else /* !VMS && !WIN32 */ + count = file_size; + if (read (file, result, file_size) != file_size) +#endif /* !VMS && !WIN32 */ + error_exit: + { + if (result) + free (result); + + if (fullpath) + free (fullpath); + + if (file != -1) + close (file); + + return ((char *) NULL); + } + close (file); + + /* Set the globals to the new file. */ + input_text = result; + size_of_input_text = count; + input_filename = fullpath; + node_filename = xstrdup (fullpath); + input_text_offset = 0; + line_number = 1; + /* Not strictly necessary. This magic prevents read_token () from doing + extra unnecessary work each time it is called (that is a lot of times). + SIZE_OF_INPUT_TEXT is one past the actual end of the text. */ + input_text[size_of_input_text] = '\n'; + /* This, on the other hand, is always necessary. */ + input_text[size_of_input_text+1] = 0; + return (result); +} + +/* Save the state of the current input file. */ +void +pushfile () +{ + FSTACK *newstack = (FSTACK *) xmalloc (sizeof (FSTACK)); + newstack->filename = input_filename; + newstack->text = input_text; + newstack->size = size_of_input_text; + newstack->offset = input_text_offset; + newstack->line_number = line_number; + newstack->next = filestack; + + filestack = newstack; + push_node_filename (); +} + +/* Make the current file globals be what is on top of the file stack. */ +void +popfile () +{ + FSTACK *tos = filestack; + + if (!tos) + abort (); /* My fault. I wonder what I did? */ + +#if defined (HAVE_MACROS) + if (macro_expansion_output_stream) + { + maybe_write_itext (input_text, input_text_offset); + forget_itext (input_text); + } +#endif /* HAVE_MACROS */ + + /* Pop the stack. */ + filestack = filestack->next; + + /* Make sure that commands with braces have been satisfied. */ + if (!executing_string && !me_executing_string) + discard_braces (); + + /* Get the top of the stack into the globals. */ + input_filename = tos->filename; + input_text = tos->text; + size_of_input_text = tos->size; + input_text_offset = tos->offset; + line_number = tos->line_number; + free (tos); + + /* Go back to the (now) current node. */ + pop_node_filename (); +} + +/* Flush all open files on the file stack. */ +void +flush_file_stack () +{ + while (filestack) + { + char *fname = input_filename; + char *text = input_text; + popfile (); + free (fname); + free (text); + } +} + +int node_filename_stack_index = 0; +int node_filename_stack_size = 0; +char **node_filename_stack = (char **)NULL; + +void +push_node_filename () +{ + if (node_filename_stack_index + 1 > node_filename_stack_size) + node_filename_stack = (char **)xrealloc + (node_filename_stack, (node_filename_stack_size += 10) * sizeof (char *)); + + node_filename_stack[node_filename_stack_index] = node_filename; + node_filename_stack_index++; +} + +void +pop_node_filename () +{ + node_filename = node_filename_stack[--node_filename_stack_index]; +} + +/* Return just the simple part of the filename; i.e. the + filename without the path information, or extensions. + This conses up a new string. */ +char * +filename_part (filename) + char *filename; +{ + char *basename; + + basename = strrchr (filename, '/'); + if (!basename) + basename = filename; + else + basename++; + + basename = xstrdup (basename); +#if defined (REMOVE_OUTPUT_EXTENSIONS) + + /* See if there is an extension to remove. If so, remove it. */ + { + char *temp; + + temp = strrchr (basename, '.'); + if (temp) + *temp = 0; + } +#endif /* REMOVE_OUTPUT_EXTENSIONS */ + return (basename); +} + +/* Return the pathname part of filename. This can be NULL. */ +char * +pathname_part (filename) + char *filename; +{ + char *expand_filename (); + char *result = (char *) NULL; + register int i; + + filename = expand_filename (filename, ""); + + i = strlen (filename) - 1; + + while (i && filename[i] != '/') + i--; + if (filename[i] == '/') + i++; + + if (i) + { + result = (char *)xmalloc (1 + i); + strncpy (result, filename, i); + result[i] = 0; + } + free (filename); + return (result); +} + +char * +filename_non_directory (name) + char *name; +{ + register int i; + + for (i = strlen (name) - 1; i; i--) + if (name[i] == '/') + return (xstrdup (name + i + 1)); + + return (xstrdup (name)); } +/* Return the expansion of FILENAME. */ +char * +expand_filename (filename, input_name) + char *filename, *input_name; +{ + register int i; + char *full_pathname (); + + if (filename) + filename = full_pathname (filename); + else + { + filename = filename_non_directory (input_name); + + if (!*filename) + { + free (filename); + filename = xstrdup ("noname.texi"); + } + + for (i = strlen (filename) - 1; i; i--) + if (filename[i] == '.') + break; + + if (!i) + i = strlen (filename); + + if (i + 6 > (strlen (filename))) + filename = (char *)xrealloc (filename, i + 6); + strcpy (filename + i, ".info"); + return (filename); + } + + if (filename[0] == '.' || filename[0] == '/') + return (filename); + + if (filename[0] != '/' && input_name[0] == '/') + { + /* Make it so that relative names work. */ + char *result; + + i = strlen (input_name) - 1; + + result = (char *)xmalloc (1 + strlen (input_name) + strlen (filename)); + strcpy (result, input_name); + + while (result[i] != '/' && i) + i--; + + if (result[i] == '/') + i++; + + strcpy (&result[i], filename); + free (filename); + return (result); + } + return (filename); +} + +/* Return the full path to FILENAME. */ +char * +full_pathname (filename) + char *filename; +{ + int initial_character; + char *result; + + /* No filename given? */ + if (!filename || !(initial_character = *filename)) + return (xstrdup ("")); + + /* Already absolute? */ + if ((initial_character == '/') || + ((strncmp (filename, "./", 2) == 0) || + (strncmp (filename, "../", 3) == 0))) + return (xstrdup (filename)); + + if (initial_character != '~') + { + char *localdir; + + localdir = (char *)xmalloc (1025); +#if defined (HAVE_GETCWD) + if (!getcwd (localdir, 1024)) +#else /* !HAVE_GETCWD */ + if (!getwd (localdir)) +#endif /* !HAVE_GETCWD */ + { + fprintf (stderr, _("%s: getwd: %s, %s\n"), + progname, filename, localdir); + exit (1); + } + + strcat (localdir, "/"); + strcat (localdir, filename); + result = xstrdup (localdir); + free (localdir); + } + else + { +#ifndef WIN32 + if (filename[1] == '/') + { + /* Return the concatenation of the environment variable HOME + and the rest of the string. */ + char *temp_home; + + temp_home = (char *) getenv ("HOME"); + result = (char *)xmalloc (strlen (&filename[1]) + + 1 + + temp_home ? strlen (temp_home) + : 0); + *result = 0; + + if (temp_home) + strcpy (result, temp_home); + + strcat (result, &filename[1]); + } + else + { + struct passwd *user_entry; + int i, c; + char *username = (char *)xmalloc (257); + + for (i = 1; (c = filename[i]); i++) + { + if (c == '/') + break; + else + username[i - 1] = c; + } + if (c) + username[i - 1] = 0; + + user_entry = getpwnam (username); + + if (!user_entry) + return (xstrdup (filename)); + + result = (char *)xmalloc (1 + strlen (user_entry->pw_dir) + + strlen (&filename[i])); + strcpy (result, user_entry->pw_dir); + strcat (result, &filename[i]); + } + } +#endif /* not WIN32 */ + return (result); +} + +char * +output_name_from_input_name (name) + char *name; +{ + return (expand_filename ((char *)NULL, name)); +} -/* Hacking tokens and strings. */ +/* **************************************************************** */ +/* */ +/* Hacking Tokens and Strings */ +/* */ +/* **************************************************************** */ /* Return the next token as a string pointer. We cons the string. */ char * @@ -705,17 +1643,17 @@ read_token () result = xstrdup (" "); *result = character; - return result; + return (result); } - for (i = 0; ((input_text_offset != input_text_length) + for (i = 0; ((input_text_offset != size_of_input_text) && (character = curchar ()) && command_char (character)); i++, input_text_offset++); - result = xmalloc (i + 1); + result = (char *)xmalloc (i + 1); memcpy (result, &input_text[input_text_offset - i], i); result[i] = 0; - return result; + return (result); } /* Return nonzero if CHARACTER is self-delimiting. */ @@ -725,7 +1663,7 @@ self_delimiting (character) { /* @; and @\ are not Texinfo commands, but they are listed here anyway. I don't know why. --karl, 10aug96. */ - return strchr ("~{|}`^\\@?=;:.-,*\'\" !\n\t", character) != NULL; + return member (character, "~{|}`^\\@?=;:.-,*\'\" !\n\t"); } /* Clear whitespace from the front and end of string. */ @@ -760,7 +1698,7 @@ void fix_whitespace (string) char *string; { - char *temp = xmalloc (strlen (string) + 1); + char *temp = (char *)xmalloc (strlen (string) + 1); int string_index = 0; int temp_index = 0; int c; @@ -793,7 +1731,7 @@ discard_until (string) { int temp = search_forward (string, input_text_offset); - int tt = (temp < 0) ? input_text_length : temp + strlen (string); + int tt = (temp < 0) ? size_of_input_text : temp + strlen (string); int from = input_text_offset; /* Find out what line we are on. */ @@ -803,7 +1741,7 @@ discard_until (string) if (temp < 0) { - input_text_offset = input_text_length - strlen (string); + input_text_offset = size_of_input_text - strlen (string); if (strcmp (string, "\n") != 0) { @@ -831,7 +1769,7 @@ get_until (match, string) new_point = search_forward (match, input_text_offset); if (new_point < 0) - new_point = input_text_length; + new_point = size_of_input_text; len = new_point - current_point; /* Keep track of which line number we are at. */ @@ -840,7 +1778,7 @@ get_until (match, string) if (input_text[x++] == '\n') line_number++; - *string = xmalloc (len + 1); + *string = (char *)xmalloc (len + 1); memcpy (*string, &input_text[current_point], len); (*string)[len] = 0; @@ -848,144 +1786,86 @@ get_until (match, string) /* Now leave input_text_offset in a consistent state. */ input_text_offset = tem; - if (input_text_offset > input_text_length) - input_text_offset = input_text_length; - - return new_point; -} - -/* Replace input_text[FROM .. TO] with its expansion. */ -void -replace_with_expansion (from, to) - int from, *to; -{ - char *xp; - unsigned xp_len, new_len; - char *old_input = input_text; - unsigned raw_len = *to - from; - char *str; - - /* The rest of the code here moves large buffers, so let's - not waste time if the input cannot possibly expand - into anything. Unfortunately, we cannot avoid expansion - when we see things like @code etc., even if they only - asked for expansion of macros, since any Texinfo command - can be potentially redefined with a macro. */ - if (only_macro_expansion && - memchr (input_text + from, COMMAND_PREFIX, raw_len) == 0) - return; + if (input_text_offset > size_of_input_text) + input_text_offset = size_of_input_text; - /* Get original string from input. */ - str = xmalloc (raw_len + 1); - memcpy (str, input_text + from, raw_len); - str[raw_len] = 0; - - /* We are going to relocate input_text, so we had better output - pending portion of input_text now, before the pointer changes. */ - if (macro_expansion_output_stream && !executing_string - && !me_inhibit_expansion) - append_to_expansion_output (from); - - /* Expand it. */ - xp = expansion (str, 0); - xp_len = strlen (xp); - free (str); - - /* Plunk the expansion into the middle of `input_text' -- - which is terminated by a newline, not a null. Avoid - expensive move of the rest of the input if the expansion - has the same length as the original string. */ - if (xp_len != raw_len) - { - new_len = from + xp_len + input_text_length - *to + 1; - if (executing_string) - { /* If we are in execute_string, we might need to update - the relevant element in the execution_strings[] array, - since it could have to be relocated from under our - feet. (input_text is reallocated here as well, if needed.) */ - maybe_update_execution_strings (&input_text, new_len); - } - else if (new_len > input_text_length + 1) - /* Don't bother to realloc if we have enough space. */ - input_text = xrealloc (input_text, new_len); - - memmove (input_text + from + xp_len, - input_text + *to, input_text_length - *to + 1); - - *to += xp_len - raw_len; - /* Since we change input_text_length here, the comparison above - isn't really valid, but it seems the worst that might happen is - an extra xrealloc or two, so let's not worry. */ - input_text_length += xp_len - raw_len; - } - memcpy (input_text + from, xp, xp_len); - free (xp); - - /* Synchronize the macro-expansion pointers with our new input_text. */ - if (input_text != old_input) - forget_itext (old_input); - if (macro_expansion_output_stream && !executing_string) - remember_itext (input_text, from); + return (new_point); } /* Read characters from the file until we are at MATCH or end of line. - Place the characters read into STRING. If EXPAND is nonzero, - expand the text before looking for MATCH for those cases where - MATCH might be produced by some macro. */ + Place the characters read into STRING. */ void get_until_in_line (expand, match, string) int expand; char *match, **string; { - int real_bottom = input_text_length; + int real_bottom = size_of_input_text; int limit = search_forward ("\n", input_text_offset); if (limit < 0) - limit = input_text_length; + limit = size_of_input_text; - /* Replace input_text[input_text_offset .. limit-1] with its expansion. - This allows the node names and menu entries themselves to be - constructed via a macro, as in: + /* Replace input_text[input_text_offset .. limit-1] with its macro + expansion (actually, we expand all commands). This allows the node + names themselves to be constructed via a macro, as in: @macro foo{p, q} Together: \p\ & \q\. @end macro @node @foo{A,B}, next, prev, top - + Otherwise, the `,' separating the macro args A and B is taken as the node argument separator, so the node name is `@foo{A'. This expansion is only necessary on the first call, since we expand the - whole line then. */ - if (expand) + whole line then. + + Furthermore, if we're executing a string, don't do it -- we'll end + up shrinking the execution string which is currently aliased to + `input_text', so it might get moved, and not updated in the + `execution_strings' array. This happens when processing the + (synthetic) Overview-Footnotes node in the Texinfo manual. */ + + if (expand && !executing_string && !me_executing_string) { - replace_with_expansion (input_text_offset, &limit); + char *xp; + unsigned xp_len, new_len; + + /* Get original string from input. */ + unsigned raw_len = limit - input_text_offset; + char *str = xmalloc (raw_len + 1); + strncpy (str, input_text + input_text_offset, raw_len); + str[raw_len] = 0; + + /* Expand it. */ + xp = expansion (str, 0); + xp_len = strlen (xp); + free (str); + + /* Plunk the expansion into the middle of `input_text' -- + which is terminated by a newline, not a null. */ + str = xmalloc (real_bottom - limit + 1); + strncpy (str, input_text + limit, real_bottom - limit + 1); + new_len = input_text_offset + xp_len + real_bottom - limit + 1; + input_text = xrealloc (input_text, new_len); + strcpy (input_text + input_text_offset, xp); + strncpy (input_text + input_text_offset + xp_len, str, + real_bottom - limit + 1); + free (str); + free (xp); + + limit += xp_len - raw_len; + real_bottom += xp_len - raw_len; } - real_bottom = input_text_length; - input_text_length = limit; + size_of_input_text = limit; get_until (match, string); - input_text_length = real_bottom; + size_of_input_text = real_bottom; } void -get_rest_of_line (expand, string) - int expand; +get_rest_of_line (string) char **string; { - if (expand) - { - char *tem; - - /* Don't expand non-macros in input, since we want them - intact in the macro-expanded output. */ - only_macro_expansion++; - get_until_in_line (1, "\n", &tem); - only_macro_expansion--; - *string = expansion (tem, 0); - free (tem); - } - else - get_until_in_line (0, "\n", string); - + get_until ("\n", string); canon_white (*string); if (curchar () == '\n') /* as opposed to the end of the file... */ @@ -1018,7 +1898,7 @@ get_until_in_braces (match, string) int i, brace = 0; int match_len = strlen (match); - for (i = input_text_offset; i < input_text_length; i++) + for (i = input_text_offset; i < size_of_input_text; i++) { if (input_text[i] == '{') brace++; @@ -1033,27 +1913,27 @@ get_until_in_braces (match, string) } match_len = i - input_text_offset; - temp = xmalloc (2 + match_len); - memcpy (temp, input_text + input_text_offset, match_len); + temp = (char *)xmalloc (2 + match_len); + strncpy (temp, input_text + input_text_offset, match_len); temp[match_len] = 0; input_text_offset = i; *string = temp; } -/* Converting a file. */ +/* **************************************************************** */ +/* */ +/* Converting the File */ +/* */ +/* **************************************************************** */ /* Convert the file named by NAME. The output is saved on the file named as the argument to the @setfilename command. */ static char *suffixes[] = { - /* ".txi" is checked first so that on 8+3 DOS filesystems, if they - have "texinfo.txi" and "texinfo.tex" in the same directory, the - former is used rather than the latter, due to file name truncation. */ - ".txi", ".texinfo", ".texi", ".txinfo", "", - NULL + (char *)NULL }; void @@ -1071,30 +1951,6 @@ initialize_conversion () output_position = 0; } -typedef struct generic_list { - struct generic_list *next; -} GENERIC_LIST; - -/* Reverse the chain of structures in LIST. Output the new head - of the chain. You should always assign the output value of this - function to something, or you will lose the chain. */ -GENERIC_LIST * -reverse_list (list) - GENERIC_LIST *list; -{ - GENERIC_LIST *next; - GENERIC_LIST *prev = NULL; - - while (list) - { - next = list->next; - list->next = prev; - prev = list; - list = next; - } - return prev; -} - /* We read in multiples of 4k, simply because it is a typical pipe size on unix systems. */ #define READ_BUFFER_GROWTH (4 * 4096) @@ -1106,7 +1962,7 @@ convert_from_stream (stream, name) FILE *stream; char *name; { - char *buffer = NULL; + char *buffer = (char *)NULL; int buffer_offset = 0, buffer_size = 0; initialize_conversion (); @@ -1127,7 +1983,7 @@ convert_from_stream (stream, name) if (count < 0) { perror (name); - xexit (1); + exit (FATAL); } buffer_offset += count; @@ -1137,7 +1993,7 @@ convert_from_stream (stream, name) /* Set the globals to the new file. */ input_text = buffer; - input_text_length = buffer_offset; + size_of_input_text = buffer_offset; input_filename = xstrdup (name); node_filename = xstrdup (name); input_text_offset = 0; @@ -1145,8 +2001,8 @@ convert_from_stream (stream, name) /* Not strictly necessary. This magic prevents read_token () from doing extra unnecessary work each time it is called (that is a lot of times). - The INPUT_TEXT_LENGTH is one past the actual end of the text. */ - input_text[input_text_length] = '\n'; + The SIZE_OF_INPUT_TEXT is one past the actual end of the text. */ + input_text[size_of_input_text] = '\n'; convert_from_loaded_file (name); } @@ -1155,8 +2011,8 @@ void convert_from_file (name) char *name; { - int i; - char *filename = xmalloc (strlen (name) + 50); + register int i; + char *filename = (char *)xmalloc (strlen (name) + 50); initialize_conversion (); @@ -1190,32 +2046,29 @@ convert_from_file (name) convert_from_loaded_file (name); } - + void convert_from_loaded_file (name) char *name; { - char *real_output_filename = NULL; + char *expand_filename (), *filename_part (); + char *real_output_filename = (char *)NULL; +#if defined (HAVE_MACROS) remember_itext (input_text, 0); - - input_text_offset = 0; - - /* Avoid the `\input texinfo' line in HTML output (assuming it starts - the file). */ - if (looking_at ("\\input")) - discard_until ("\n"); +#endif /* HAVE_MACROS */ /* Search this file looking for the special string which starts conversion. Once found, we may truly begin. */ + input_text_offset = 0; while (input_text_offset >= 0) { input_text_offset = search_forward (setfilename_search, input_text_offset); - if (input_text_offset == 0 - || (input_text_offset > 0 - && input_text[input_text_offset -1] == '\n')) + if ((input_text_offset == 0) || + ((input_text_offset > 0) && + (input_text[input_text_offset -1] == '\n'))) break; else if (input_text_offset > 0) input_text_offset++; @@ -1229,62 +2082,35 @@ convert_from_loaded_file (name) error (_("No `%s' found in `%s'"), setfilename_search, name); goto finished; #else - command_output_filename = output_name_from_input_name (name); -#endif /* !REQUIRE_SETFILENAME */ - } - - { - int i, end_of_first_line; + register int i, end_of_first_line; - /* Find the end of the first line in the file. */ - for (i = 0; i < input_text_length - 1; i++) - if (input_text[i] == '\n') - break; + /* Find the end of the first line in the file. */ + for (i = 0; i < size_of_input_text - 1; i++) + if (input_text[i] == '\n') + break; - end_of_first_line = i + 1; + end_of_first_line = i + 1; - for (i = 0; i < end_of_first_line; i++) - { - if ((input_text[i] == '\\') && - (strncmp (input_text + i + 1, "input", 5) == 0)) - { - input_text_offset = i; - break; - } - } - } + input_text_offset = 0; + + for (i = 0; i < end_of_first_line; i++) + { + if ((input_text[i] == '\\') && + (strncmp (input_text + i + 1, "include", 7) == 0)) + { + input_text_offset = end_of_first_line; + break; + } + } + command_output_filename = output_name_from_input_name (name); +#endif /* !REQUIRE_SETFILENAME */ + } } else input_text_offset += strlen (setfilename_search); if (!command_output_filename) - { - get_until ("\n", &output_filename); /* read rest of line */ - if (html) - { /* Change any extension to .html. */ - char *html_name, *directory_part, *basename_part, *temp; - - canon_white (output_filename); - directory_part = pathname_part (output_filename); - basename_part = filename_part (output_filename); - - /* Zap any existing extension. */ - temp = strrchr (basename_part, '.'); - if (temp) - *temp = 0; - - /* Construct new filename. */ - html_name = xmalloc (strlen (directory_part) - + strlen (basename_part) + 6); - strcpy (html_name, directory_part); - strcat (html_name, basename_part); - strcat (html_name, ".html"); - - /* Replace name from @setfilename with the html name. */ - free (output_filename); - output_filename = html_name; - } - } + get_until ("\n", &output_filename); else { if (input_text_offset != -1) @@ -1293,7 +2119,7 @@ convert_from_loaded_file (name) input_text_offset = 0; real_output_filename = output_filename = command_output_filename; - command_output_filename = NULL; + command_output_filename = (char *)NULL; } canon_white (output_filename); @@ -1321,12 +2147,9 @@ convert_from_loaded_file (name) output_stream = fopen (real_output_filename, "w"); } - set_current_output_filename (real_output_filename); - - if (verbose_mode) + if (verbose_mode && output_stream != stdout) printf (_("Making %s file `%s' from `%s'.\n"), - no_headers ? "text" : (html ? "HTML" : "info"), - output_filename, input_filename); + no_headers ? "text" : "info", output_filename, input_filename); if (output_stream == NULL) { @@ -1353,10 +2176,12 @@ convert_from_loaded_file (name) line_number++; } - /* html fixxme: should output this as trailer on first page. */ - if (!no_headers && !html) - add_word_args (_("This is %s, produced by makeinfo version %s from %s.\n"), - output_filename, VERSION, input_filename); + if (!no_headers) + { + add_word_args (_("This is Info file %s, produced by Makeinfo version %d.%d"), + output_filename, major_version, minor_version); + add_word_args (_(" from the input file %s.\n"), input_filename); + } close_paragraph (); reader_loop (); @@ -1366,13 +2191,13 @@ finished: close_paragraph (); flush_file_stack (); +#if defined (HAVE_MACROS) if (macro_expansion_output_stream) { fclose (macro_expansion_output_stream); if (errors_printed && !force && strcmp (macro_expansion_filename, "-") != 0 - && FILENAME_CMP (macro_expansion_filename, NULL_DEVICE) != 0 - && FILENAME_CMP (macro_expansion_filename, ALSO_NULL_DEVICE) != 0) + && strcmp (macro_expansion_filename, "/dev/null") != 0) { fprintf (stderr, _("%s: Removing macro output file `%s' due to errors; use --force to preserve.\n"), progname, macro_expansion_filename); @@ -1380,24 +2205,19 @@ finished: perror (macro_expansion_filename); } } +#endif /* HAVE_MACROS */ if (output_stream) { output_pending_notes (); - if (tag_table) + free_pending_notes (); + if (tag_table != NULL) { tag_table = (TAG_ENTRY *) reverse_list (tag_table); - if (!no_headers && !html) + if (!no_headers) write_tag_table (); } - if (html) - { - start_paragraph (); - add_word ("</body></html>\n"); - close_paragraph (); - } - if (output_stream != stdout) fclose (output_stream); @@ -1405,17 +2225,11 @@ finished: if (validating) validate_file (tag_table); - /* If we need to output the table of contents, do it now. */ - if (contents_filename || shortcontents_filename) - toc_update (); - - if (splitting && !html && (!errors_printed || force)) + if (splitting && (!errors_printed || force)) split_file (real_output_filename, 0); - else if (errors_printed - && !force + else if (errors_printed && !force && strcmp (real_output_filename, "-") != 0 - && FILENAME_CMP (real_output_filename, NULL_DEVICE) != 0 - && FILENAME_CMP (real_output_filename, ALSO_NULL_DEVICE) != 0) + && strcmp (real_output_filename, "/dev/null") != 0) { /* If there were errors, and no --force, remove the output. */ fprintf (stderr, _("%s: Removing output file `%s' due to errors; use --force to preserve.\n"), progname, real_output_filename); @@ -1433,7 +2247,7 @@ free_and_clear (pointer) if (*pointer) { free (*pointer); - *pointer = NULL; + *pointer = (char *) NULL; } } @@ -1445,8 +2259,6 @@ init_internals () free_and_clear (&command); free_and_clear (&input_filename); free_node_references (); - free_node_node_references (); - toc_free (); init_insertion_stack (); init_brace_stack (); current_node = NULL; /* sometimes already freed */ @@ -1455,140 +2267,171 @@ init_internals () in_detailmenu = 0; top_node_seen = 0; non_top_node_seen = 0; - node_number = -1; } void init_paragraph () { free_and_clear (&output_paragraph); - output_paragraph = xmalloc (paragraph_buffer_len); + output_paragraph = (unsigned char *)xmalloc (paragraph_buffer_len); output_paragraph[0] = 0; output_paragraph_offset = 0; output_column = 0; paragraph_is_open = 0; current_indent = 0; - meta_char_pos = 0; } - -/* This is called from `reader_loop' when we are at the * beginning a - menu line. */ -static void -handle_menu_entry () +/* Okay, we are ready to start the conversion. Call the reader on + some text, and fill the text as it is output. Handle commands by + remembering things like open braces and the current file position on a + stack, and when the corresponding close brace is found, you can call + the function with the proper arguments. */ +void +reader_loop () { - char *tem; - - /* Ugh, glean_node_from_menu wants to read the * itself. */ - input_text_offset--; - - /* Find node name in menu entry and save it in references list for - later validation. Use followed_reference type for detailmenu - references since we don't want to use them for default node pointers. */ - tem = glean_node_from_menu (1, in_detailmenu - ? followed_reference : menu_reference); + int character; + int done = 0; + int dash_count = 0; - if (html && tem) - { /* Start a menu item with the cleaned-up line. Put an anchor - around the start text (before `:' or the node name). */ - char *string; + while (!done) + { + if (input_text_offset >= size_of_input_text) + break; - discard_until ("* "); + character = curchar (); - /* The line number was already incremented in reader_loop when we - saw the newline, and discard_until has now incremented again. */ - line_number--; + if (!in_fixed_width_font && + (character == '\'' || character == '`') && + input_text[input_text_offset + 1] == character) + { + input_text_offset++; + character = '"'; + } - if (had_menu_commentary) + if (character == '-') { - add_word ("<ul>\n"); - had_menu_commentary = 0; - in_paragraph = 0; + dash_count++; + if (dash_count == 2 && !in_fixed_width_font) + { + input_text_offset++; + continue; + } } - else if (!in_paragraph && !paragraph_is_open) + else { - add_word ("<p>\n"); - in_paragraph = 1; + dash_count = 0; } - - if (in_paragraph) + + /* If this is a whitespace character, then check to see if the line + is blank. If so, advance to the carriage return. */ + if (whitespace (character)) + { + register int i = input_text_offset + 1; + + while (i < size_of_input_text && whitespace (input_text[i])) + i++; + + if (i == size_of_input_text || input_text[i] == '\n') + { + if (i == size_of_input_text) + i--; + + input_text_offset = i; + character = curchar (); + } + } + + if (character == '\n') { - add_word ("</p>"); - in_paragraph = 0; + line_number++; + + /* Check for a menu entry here, since the "escape sequence" + that begins menu entries is "\n* ". */ + if (in_menu && input_text_offset + 1 < size_of_input_text) + { + char *glean_node_from_menu (), *tem; + + /* Note that the value of TEM is discarded, since it is + gauranteed to be NULL when glean_node_from_menu () is + called with a Nonzero argument. */ + if (!in_detailmenu) + tem = glean_node_from_menu (1); + } } - add_word ("<li><a href=\""); - string = expansion (tem, 0); - add_anchor_name (string, 1); - add_word ("\">"); - free (string); + switch (character) + { + case COMMAND_PREFIX: + read_command (); + break; - /* The menu item may use macros, so expand them now. */ - only_macro_expansion++; - get_until_in_line (1, ":", &string); - only_macro_expansion--; - execute_string ("%s", string); /* get escaping done */ - free (string); + case '{': + /* Special case. I'm not supposed to see this character by itself. + If I do, it means there is a syntax error in the input text. + Report the error here, but remember this brace on the stack so + you can ignore its partner. */ - add_word ("</a>"); + line_error (_("Misplaced %c"), '{'); + remember_brace (misplaced_brace); - if (looking_at ("::")) - discard_until (":"); - else - { /* discard the node name */ - get_until_in_line (0, ".", &string); - free (string); + /* Don't advance input_text_offset since this happens in + remember_brace (). + input_text_offset++; + */ + break; + + case '}': + pop_and_call_brace (); + input_text_offset++; + break; + + default: + add_char (character); + input_text_offset++; } - input_text_offset++; /* discard the second colon or the period */ - add_word (": "); - } - else if (tem) - { /* For Info output, we can just use the input and the main case in - reader_loop where we output what comes in. Just move off the * - so the next time through reader_loop we don't end up back here. */ - add_char ('*'); - input_text_offset += 2; /* undo the pointer back-up above. */ } - - if (tem) - free (tem); +#if defined (HAVE_MACROS) + if (macro_expansion_output_stream) + maybe_write_itext (input_text, input_text_offset); +#endif /* HAVE_MACROS */ } - -/* Find the command corresponding to STRING. If the command is found, - return a pointer to the data structure. Otherwise return -1. */ -static COMMAND * + +/* Find the command corresponding to STRING. If the command + is found, return a pointer to the data structure. Otherwise + return (-1). */ +COMMAND * get_command_entry (string) char *string; { - int i; + register int i; for (i = 0; command_table[i].name; i++) if (strcmp (command_table[i].name, string) == 0) - return &command_table[i]; + return (&command_table[i]); /* This command is not in our predefined command table. Perhaps it is a user defined command. */ for (i = 0; i < user_command_array_len; i++) if (user_command_array[i] && (strcmp (user_command_array[i]->name, string) == 0)) - return user_command_array[i]; + return (user_command_array[i]); /* We never heard of this command. */ - return (COMMAND *) -1; + return ((COMMAND *) -1); } - + /* input_text_offset is right at the command prefix character. - Read the next token to determine what to do. Return zero - if there's no known command or macro after the prefix character. */ -static int + Read the next token to determine what to do. */ +void read_command () { COMMAND *entry; - int old_text_offset = input_text_offset++; + input_text_offset++; free_and_clear (&command); command = read_token (); +#if defined (HAVE_MACROS) /* Check to see if this command is a macro. If so, execute it here. */ { MACRO_DEF *def; @@ -1607,227 +2450,41 @@ read_command () if (!(def->flags & ME_RECURSE)) def->inhibited = 0; - return 1; + return; } } - - if (only_macro_expansion) - { - /* Back up to the place where we were called, so the - caller will have a chance to process this non-macro. */ - input_text_offset = old_text_offset; - return 0; - } - - /* Perform alias expansion */ - command = alias_expand (command); - - if (enclosure_command (command)) - { - remember_brace (enclosure_expand); - enclosure_expand (START, output_paragraph_offset, 0); - return 0; - } +#endif /* HAVE_MACROS */ entry = get_command_entry (command); if (entry == (COMMAND *)-1) { line_error (_("Unknown command `%s'"), command); - return 0; + return; } - if (entry->argument_in_braces == BRACE_ARGS) + if (entry->argument_in_braces) remember_brace (entry->proc); - else if (entry->argument_in_braces == MAYBE_BRACE_ARGS) - { - if (curchar () == '{') - remember_brace (entry->proc); - else - { /* No braces, so arg is next char. */ - int ch; - int saved_offset = output_paragraph_offset; - (*(entry->proc)) (START, output_paragraph_offset, 0); - - /* Possibilities left for the next character: @ (error), } - (error), whitespace (skip) anything else (normal char). */ - skip_whitespace (); - ch = curchar (); - if (ch == '@') - { - line_error (_("Use braces to give a command as an argument to @%s"), - entry->name); - return 0; - } - else if (ch == '}') - { - /* Our caller will give the error message, because this } - won't match anything. */ - return 0; - } - add_char (ch); - input_text_offset++; - (*(entry->proc)) (END, saved_offset, output_paragraph_offset); - return 1; - } - } - - /* Get here if we have BRACE_ARGS, NO_BRACE_ARGS, or MAYBE_BRACE_ARGS - with braces. */ (*(entry->proc)) (START, output_paragraph_offset, 0); - return 1; } -/* Okay, we are ready to start the conversion. Call the reader on - some text, and fill the text as it is output. Handle commands by - remembering things like open braces and the current file position on a - stack, and when the corresponding close brace is found, you can call - the function with the proper arguments. Although the filling isn't - necessary for HTML, it should do no harm. */ -void -reader_loop () +/* Return the string which invokes PROC; a pointer to a function. */ +char * +find_proc_name (proc) + COMMAND_FUNCTION *proc; { - int character; - int done = 0; - int dash_count = 0; - - while (!done) - { - if (input_text_offset >= input_text_length) - break; - - character = curchar (); - - /* If only_macro_expansion, only handle macros and leave - everything else intact. */ - if (!only_macro_expansion && !in_fixed_width_font - && (character == '\'' || character == '`') - && input_text[input_text_offset + 1] == character) - { - input_text_offset++; - character = '"'; /* html fixxme */ - } - - /* Convert --- to --. */ - if (!only_macro_expansion && character == '-') - { - dash_count++; - if (dash_count == 2 && !in_fixed_width_font) - { - input_text_offset++; - continue; - } - } - else if (dash_count > 0) - dash_count = 0; - - /* If this is a whitespace character, then check to see if the line - is blank. If so, advance to the carriage return. */ - if (!only_macro_expansion && whitespace (character)) - { - int i = input_text_offset + 1; - - while (i < input_text_length && whitespace (input_text[i])) - i++; - - if (i == input_text_length || input_text[i] == '\n') - { - if (i == input_text_length) - i--; - - input_text_offset = i; - character = curchar (); - } - } - - if (character == '\n') - line_number++; + register int i; - switch (character) - { - case '*': /* perhaps we are at a menu */ - /* We used to check for this in the \n case but an @c in a - menu swallows its newline, so check here instead. */ - if (!only_macro_expansion && in_menu - && input_text_offset + 1 < input_text_length - && input_text[input_text_offset-1] == '\n') - handle_menu_entry (); - else - { /* Duplicate code from below, but not worth twisting the - fallthroughs to get down there. */ - add_char (character); - input_text_offset++; - } - break; - - /* Escapes for HTML unless we're outputting raw HTML. Do - this always, even if SGML rules don't require it since - that's easier and safer for non-conforming browsers. */ - case '&': - if (html && escape_html) - add_word ("&"); - else - add_char (character); - input_text_offset++; - break; - - case '<': - if (html && escape_html) - add_word ("<"); - else - add_char (character); - input_text_offset++; - break; - - case '>': - if (html && escape_html) - add_word (">"); - else - add_char (character); - input_text_offset++; - break; - - case COMMAND_PREFIX: /* @ */ - if (read_command () || !only_macro_expansion) - break; - - /* FALLTHROUGH (usually) */ - case '{': - /* Special case. We're not supposed to see this character by itself. - If we do, it means there is a syntax error in the input text. - Report the error here, but remember this brace on the stack so - we can ignore its partner. */ - if (!only_macro_expansion) - { - line_error (_("Misplaced %c"), '{'); - remember_brace (misplaced_brace); - /* remember_brace advances input_text_offset. */ - break; - } - - /* FALLTHROUGH (usually) */ - case '}': - if (!only_macro_expansion) - { - pop_and_call_brace (); - input_text_offset++; - break; - } - - /* FALLTHROUGH (usually) */ - default: - add_char (character); - input_text_offset++; - } - } - if (macro_expansion_output_stream && !only_macro_expansion) - maybe_write_itext (input_text, input_text_offset); + for (i = 0; command_table[i].name; i++) + if (proc == command_table[i].proc) + return command_table[i].name; + return _("NO_NAME!"); } - + void init_brace_stack () { - brace_stack = NULL; + brace_stack = (BRACE_ELEMENT *) NULL; } void @@ -1848,10 +2505,9 @@ remember_brace_1 (proc, position) COMMAND_FUNCTION *proc; int position; { - BRACE_ELEMENT *new = xmalloc (sizeof (BRACE_ELEMENT)); + BRACE_ELEMENT *new = (BRACE_ELEMENT *) xmalloc (sizeof (BRACE_ELEMENT)); new->next = brace_stack; new->proc = proc; - new->command = xstrdup (command); new->pos = position; new->line = line_number; new->in_fixed_width_font = in_fixed_width_font; @@ -1863,29 +2519,24 @@ remember_brace_1 (proc, position) void pop_and_call_brace () { - if (brace_stack == NULL) + BRACE_ELEMENT *temp; + COMMAND_FUNCTION *proc; + int pos; + + if (brace_stack == (BRACE_ELEMENT *) NULL) { line_error (_("Unmatched }")); return; } - { - BRACE_ELEMENT *temp; + pos = brace_stack->pos; + proc = brace_stack->proc; + in_fixed_width_font = brace_stack->in_fixed_width_font; + temp = brace_stack->next; + free (brace_stack); + brace_stack = temp; - int pos = brace_stack->pos; - COMMAND_FUNCTION *proc = brace_stack->proc; - in_fixed_width_font = brace_stack->in_fixed_width_font; - - /* Reset current command, so the proc can know who it is. This is - used in cm_accent. */ - command = brace_stack->command; - - temp = brace_stack->next; - free (brace_stack); - brace_stack = temp; - - (*proc) (END, pos, output_paragraph_offset); - } + (*proc) (END, pos, output_paragraph_offset); } /* Shift all of the markers in `brace_stack' by AMOUNT. */ @@ -1893,7 +2544,7 @@ void adjust_braces_following (here, amount) int here, amount; { - BRACE_ELEMENT *stack = brace_stack; + register BRACE_ELEMENT *stack = brace_stack; while (stack) { @@ -1903,21 +2554,6 @@ adjust_braces_following (here, amount) } } -/* Return the string which invokes PROC; a pointer to a function. - Always returns the first function in the command table if more than - one matches PROC. */ -static char * -find_proc_name (proc) - COMMAND_FUNCTION *proc; -{ - int i; - - for (i = 0; command_table[i].name; i++) - if (proc == command_table[i].proc) - return command_table[i].name; - return _("NO_NAME!"); -} - /* You call discard_braces () when you shouldn't have any braces on the stack. I used to think that this happens for commands that don't take arguments in braces, but that was wrong because of things like @code{foo @@}. So now @@ -1982,9 +2618,9 @@ get_char_len (character) else len = 1; } - return len; + return (len); } - + void #if defined (VA_FPRINTF) && __STDC__ add_word_args (char *format, ...) @@ -1994,7 +2630,7 @@ add_word_args (format, va_alist) va_dcl #endif { - char buffer[2000]; /* xx no fixed limits */ + char buffer[1000]; #ifdef VA_FPRINTF va_list ap; #endif @@ -2003,7 +2639,7 @@ add_word_args (format, va_alist) #ifdef VA_SPRINTF VA_SPRINTF (buffer, format, ap); #else - sprintf (buffer, format, a1, a2, a3, a4, a5, a6, a7, a8); + sprintf (temp_string, format, a1, a2, a3, a4, a5, a6, a7, a8); #endif /* not VA_SPRINTF */ va_end (ap); add_word (buffer); @@ -2018,6 +2654,24 @@ add_word (string) add_char (*string++); } +/* Nonzero if the last character inserted has the syntax class of NEWLINE. */ +int last_char_was_newline = 1; + +/* The actual last inserted character. Note that this may be something + other than NEWLINE even if last_char_was_newline is 1. */ +int last_inserted_character = 0; + +/* Nonzero means that a newline character has already been + inserted, so close_paragraph () should insert one less. */ +int line_already_broken = 0; + +/* When nonzero we have finished an insertion (see `end_insertion') and we + want to ignore false continued paragraph closings. */ +int insertion_paragraph_closed = 0; + +/* Nonzero means attempt to make all of the lines have fill_column width. */ +int do_justification = 0; + /* Add the character to the current paragraph. If filling_enabled is nonzero, then do filling as well. */ void @@ -2025,10 +2679,8 @@ add_char (character) int character; { /* If we are avoiding outputting headers, and we are currently - in a menu, then simply return. But if we're only expanding macros, - then we're being called from glean_node_from_menu to try to - remember a menu reference, and we need that so we can do defaulting. */ - if (no_headers && !only_macro_expansion && (in_menu || in_detailmenu)) + in a menu, then simply return. */ + if (no_headers && (in_menu || in_detailmenu)) return; /* If we are adding a character now, then we don't have to @@ -2044,23 +2696,15 @@ add_char (character) } } - if (non_splitting_words && strchr (" \t\n", character)) - { - if (html) - { /* Seems cleaner to use than an 8-bit char. */ - add_word (" "); - character = ';'; - } - else - character = META (' '); /* unmeta-d in flush_output */ - } + if (non_splitting_words && member (character, " \t\n")) + character = ' ' | 0x80; insertion_paragraph_closed = 0; switch (character) { case '\n': - if (!filling_enabled && ! (html && (in_menu || in_detailmenu))) + if (!filling_enabled) { insert ('\n'); @@ -2077,33 +2721,30 @@ add_char (character) indent (output_column = current_indent); break; } - else if (end_of_sentence_p ()) - /* CHARACTER is newline, and filling is enabled. */ + else /* CHARACTER is newline, and filling is enabled. */ { - insert (' '); - output_column++; - last_inserted_character = character; + if (end_of_sentence_p ()) + { + insert (' '); + output_column++; + last_inserted_character = character; + } } if (last_char_was_newline) { - if (html) - last_char_was_newline++; close_paragraph (); pending_indent = 0; } else { last_char_was_newline = 1; - if (html) - insert ('\n'); - else - insert (' '); + insert (' '); output_column++; } break; - default: /* not at newline */ + default: { int len = get_char_len (character); int suppress_insert = 0; @@ -2120,29 +2761,18 @@ add_char (character) if (!paragraph_is_open) { start_paragraph (); - /* If the paragraph is supposed to be indented a certain - way, then discard all of the pending whitespace. - Otherwise, we let the whitespace stay. */ + + /* If the paragraph is supposed to be indented a certain way, + then discard all of the pending whitespace. Otherwise, we + let the whitespace stay. */ if (!paragraph_start_indent) indent (pending_indent); pending_indent = 0; - - /* This horrible kludge of checking for a < prevents <p> - from being inserted when we already have html markup - starting a paragraph, as with <ul> and <h1> and the like. */ - if (html && escape_html && character != '<' - && (!in_fixed_width_font || in_menu || in_detailmenu)) - { - insert_string ("<p>"); - in_paragraph = 1; - adjust_braces_following (0, 3); /* adjust for <p> */ - } } - output_column += len; - if (output_column > fill_column) + if ((output_column += len) > fill_column) { - if (filling_enabled && !html) + if (filling_enabled) { int temp = output_paragraph_offset; while (--temp > 0 && output_paragraph[temp] != '\n') @@ -2155,15 +2785,7 @@ add_char (character) while (temp && whitespace (output_paragraph[temp - 1])) temp--; - /* If we went back all the way to the newline of the - preceding line, it probably means that the word we - are adding is itself wider than the space that the - indentation and the fill_column let us use. In - that case, do NOT insert another newline, since it - won't help. Just indent to current_indent and - leave it alone, since that's the most we can do. */ - if (temp && output_paragraph[temp - 1] != '\n') - output_paragraph[temp++] = '\n'; + output_paragraph[temp++] = '\n'; /* We have correctly broken the line where we want to. What we don't want is spaces following where @@ -2195,11 +2817,11 @@ add_char (character) } /* Filled, but now indent if that is right. */ - if (indented_fill && current_indent > 0) + if (indented_fill && current_indent) { int buffer_len = ((output_paragraph_offset - temp) + current_indent); - char *temp_buffer = xmalloc (buffer_len); + char *temp_buffer = (char *)xmalloc (buffer_len); int indentation = 0; /* We have to shift any markers that are in @@ -2210,7 +2832,7 @@ add_char (character) indentation != current_indent) temp_buffer[indentation++] = ' '; - memcpy ((char *) &temp_buffer[current_indent], + strncpy ((char *) &temp_buffer[current_indent], (char *) &output_paragraph[temp], buffer_len - current_indent); @@ -2222,7 +2844,7 @@ add_char (character) (paragraph_buffer_len += buffer_len)); output_paragraph = tt; } - memcpy ((char *) &output_paragraph[temp], + strncpy ((char *) &output_paragraph[temp], temp_buffer, buffer_len); output_paragraph_offset += current_indent; free (temp_buffer); @@ -2249,27 +2871,11 @@ add_char (character) } } -/* Add a character and store its position in meta_char_pos. */ -void -add_meta_char (character) - int character; -{ - meta_char_pos = output_paragraph_offset; - add_char (character); -} - /* Insert CHARACTER into `output_paragraph'. */ void insert (character) int character; { - /* This is sad, but it seems desirable to not force any particular - order on the front matter commands. This way, the document can do - @settitle, @documentlanguage, etc, in any order and with any - omissions, and we'll still output the html <head> `just in time'. */ - if (!executing_string && html && !html_output_head_p) - html_output_head (); - output_paragraph[output_paragraph_offset++] = character; if (output_paragraph_offset == paragraph_buffer_len) { @@ -2289,7 +2895,7 @@ insert_string (string) /* Sentences might have these characters after the period (or whatever). */ -#define POST_SENTENCE(c) ((c) == ')' || (c) == '\'' || (c) == '"' \ +#define post_sentence(c) ((c) == ')' || (c) == '\'' || (c) == '"' \ || (c) == ']') /* Return true if at an end-of-sentence character, possibly followed by @@ -2298,19 +2904,9 @@ static int end_of_sentence_p () { int loc = output_paragraph_offset - 1; - - /* If nothing has been output, don't check output_paragraph[-1]. */ - if (loc < 0) - return 0; - - /* A post-sentence character that is at meta_char_pos is not really - a post-sentence character; it was produced by a markup such as - @samp. We don't want the period inside @samp to be treated as a - sentence ender. */ - while (loc > 0 - && loc != meta_char_pos && POST_SENTENCE (output_paragraph[loc])) + while (loc > 0 && post_sentence (output_paragraph[loc])) loc--; - return loc != meta_char_pos && sentence_ender (output_paragraph[loc]); + return sentence_ender (output_paragraph[loc]); } @@ -2363,19 +2959,16 @@ uninhibit_output_flushing () void flush_output () { - int i; + register int i; if (!output_paragraph_offset || flushing_ignored) return; for (i = 0; i < output_paragraph_offset; i++) { - /* If we turned on the 8th bit for a space inside @w, turn it - back off for output. This might be problematic, since the - 0x80 character may be used in 8-bit character sets. Sigh. - In any case, don't do this for HTML, since the nbsp character - is valid input and must be passed along to the browser. */ - if (!html && (output_paragraph[i] & meta_character_bit)) + /* If we turned on the 8th bit for a space + inside @w, turn it back off for output. */ + if (output_paragraph[i] & meta_character_bit) { int temp = UNMETA (output_paragraph[i]); if (temp == ' ') @@ -2387,7 +2980,6 @@ flush_output () output_position += output_paragraph_offset; output_paragraph_offset = 0; - meta_char_pos = 0; } /* How to close a paragraph controlling the number of lines between @@ -2398,16 +2990,6 @@ flush_output () 1 creates a single blank line between paragraphs. */ int paragraph_spacing = DEFAULT_PARAGRAPH_SPACING; -static void -close_paragraph_with_lines (lines) - int lines; -{ - int old_spacing = paragraph_spacing; - paragraph_spacing = lines; - close_paragraph (); - paragraph_spacing = old_spacing; -} - /* Close the current paragraph, leaving no blank lines between them. */ void close_single_paragraph () @@ -2451,18 +3033,28 @@ close_insertion_paragraph () insertion_paragraph_closed = 1; } +void +close_paragraph_with_lines (lines) + int lines; +{ + int old_spacing = paragraph_spacing; + paragraph_spacing = lines; + close_paragraph (); + paragraph_spacing = old_spacing; +} + /* Close the currently open paragraph. */ void close_paragraph () { - int i; + register int i; /* The insertion paragraph is no longer closed. */ insertion_paragraph_closed = 0; if (paragraph_is_open && !must_start_paragraph) { - int tindex, c; + register int tindex, c; tindex = output_paragraph_offset; @@ -2491,13 +3083,7 @@ close_paragraph () if (!force_flush_right) { for (i = 0; i < (paragraph_spacing - line_already_broken); i++) - { - insert ('\n'); - /* Don't need anything extra for HTML in usual case of no - extra paragraph spacing. */ - if (html && i > 0) - insert_string ("<br>"); - } + insert ('\n'); } /* If we are doing flush right indentation, then do it now @@ -2510,7 +3096,6 @@ close_paragraph () no_indent = 0; output_column = 0; } - ignore_blank_line (); } @@ -2537,7 +3122,7 @@ do_flush_right_indentation () if (output_paragraph_offset < fill_column) { - int i; + register int i; if (fill_column >= paragraph_buffer_len) output_paragraph = @@ -2545,7 +3130,7 @@ do_flush_right_indentation () (paragraph_buffer_len += fill_column)); temp_len = strlen ((char *)output_paragraph); - temp = xmalloc (temp_len + 1); + temp = (char *)xmalloc (temp_len + 1); memcpy (temp, (char *)output_paragraph, temp_len); for (i = 0; i < fill_column - output_paragraph_offset; i++) @@ -2554,7 +3139,6 @@ do_flush_right_indentation () memcpy ((char *)output_paragraph + i, temp, temp_len); free (temp); output_paragraph_offset = fill_column; - adjust_braces_following (0, i); } } } @@ -2611,12 +3195,16 @@ void indent (amount) int amount; { - if (html) - return; + register BRACE_ELEMENT *elt = brace_stack; /* For every START_POS saved within the brace stack which will be affected by this indentation, bump that start pos forward. */ - adjust_braces_following (output_paragraph_offset, amount); + while (elt) + { + if (elt->pos >= output_paragraph_offset) + elt->pos += amount; + elt = elt->next; + } while (--amount >= 0) insert (' '); @@ -2631,62 +3219,2492 @@ search_forward (string, from) { int len = strlen (string); - while (from < input_text_length) + while (from < size_of_input_text) { if (strncmp (input_text + from, string, len) == 0) - return from; + return (from); from++; } - return -1; + return (-1); +} + +/* Whoops, Unix doesn't have strcasecmp. */ + +/* Case independent string compare. */ +#if !defined (HAVE_STRCASECMP) +int +strcasecmp (string1, string2) + char *string1, *string2; +{ + char ch1, ch2; + + for (;;) + { + ch1 = *string1++; + ch2 = *string2++; + + if (!(ch1 | ch2)) + return (0); + + ch1 = coerce_to_upper (ch1); + ch2 = coerce_to_upper (ch2); + + if (ch1 != ch2) + return (ch1 - ch2); + } +} +#endif /* !HAVE_STRCASECMP */ + +void +init_insertion_stack () +{ + insertion_stack = (INSERTION_ELT *) NULL; +} + +/* Return the type of the current insertion. */ +enum insertion_type +current_insertion_type () +{ + if (!insertion_level) + return (bad_type); + else + return (insertion_stack->insertion); +} + +/* Return a pointer to the string which is the function to wrap around + items. */ +char * +current_item_function () +{ + register int level, done; + register INSERTION_ELT *elt; + + level = insertion_level; + elt = insertion_stack; + done = 0; + + /* Skip down through the stack until we find a non-conditional insertion. */ + while (!done && (elt != NULL)) + { + switch (elt->insertion) + { + case ifinfo: + case ifnothtml: + case ifnottex: + case ifset: + case ifclear: + case cartouche: + elt = elt->next; + level--; + break; + + default: + done = 1; + } + } + + if (!level) + return ((char *) NULL); + else + return (elt->item_function); +} + +char * +get_item_function () +{ + char *item_function; + get_rest_of_line (&item_function); + backup_input_pointer (); + return (item_function); +} + + /* Push the state of the current insertion on the stack. */ +void +push_insertion (type, item_function) + enum insertion_type type; + char *item_function; +{ + INSERTION_ELT *new = (INSERTION_ELT *) xmalloc (sizeof (INSERTION_ELT)); + + new->item_function = item_function; + new->filling_enabled = filling_enabled; + new->indented_fill = indented_fill; + new->insertion = type; + new->line_number = line_number; + new->filename = xstrdup (input_filename); + new->inhibited = inhibit_paragraph_indentation; + new->in_fixed_width_font = in_fixed_width_font; + new->next = insertion_stack; + insertion_stack = new; + insertion_level++; +} + + /* Pop the value on top of the insertion stack into the + global variables. */ +void +pop_insertion () +{ + INSERTION_ELT *temp = insertion_stack; + + if (temp == (INSERTION_ELT *) NULL) + return; + + in_fixed_width_font = temp->in_fixed_width_font; + inhibit_paragraph_indentation = temp->inhibited; + filling_enabled = temp->filling_enabled; + indented_fill = temp->indented_fill; + free_and_clear (&(temp->item_function)); + free_and_clear (&(temp->filename)); + insertion_stack = insertion_stack->next; + free (temp); + insertion_level--; +} + + /* Return a pointer to the print name of this + enumerated type. */ +char * +insertion_type_pname (type) + enum insertion_type type; +{ + if ((int) type < (int) bad_type) + return (insertion_type_names[(int) type]); + else + return (_("Broken-Type in insertion_type_pname")); +} + +/* Return the insertion_type associated with NAME. + If the type is not one of the known ones, return BAD_TYPE. */ +enum insertion_type +find_type_from_name (name) + char *name; +{ + int index = 0; + while (index < (int) bad_type) + { + if (strcmp (name, insertion_type_names[index]) == 0) + return (enum insertion_type) index; + index++; + } + return (bad_type); +} + +int +defun_insertion (type) + enum insertion_type type; +{ + return + ((type == deffn) + || (type == defun) + || (type == defmac) + || (type == defspec) + || (type == defvr) + || (type == defvar) + || (type == defopt) + || (type == deftypefn) + || (type == deftypefun) + || (type == deftypevr) + || (type == deftypevar) + || (type == defcv) + || (type == defivar) + || (type == defop) + || (type == defmethod) + || (type == deftypemethod) + || (type == deftp)); +} + +/* MAX_NS is the maximum nesting level for enumerations. I picked 100 + which seemed reasonable. This doesn't control the number of items, + just the number of nested lists. */ +#define max_stack_depth 100 +#define ENUM_DIGITS 1 +#define ENUM_ALPHA 2 +typedef struct { + int enumtype; + int enumval; +} DIGIT_ALPHA; + +DIGIT_ALPHA enumstack[max_stack_depth]; +int enumstack_offset = 0; +int current_enumval = 1; +int current_enumtype = ENUM_DIGITS; +char *enumeration_arg = (char *)NULL; + +void +start_enumerating (at, type) + int at, type; +{ + if ((enumstack_offset + 1) == max_stack_depth) + { + line_error (_("Enumeration stack overflow")); + return; + } + enumstack[enumstack_offset].enumtype = current_enumtype; + enumstack[enumstack_offset].enumval = current_enumval; + enumstack_offset++; + current_enumval = at; + current_enumtype = type; +} + +void +stop_enumerating () +{ + --enumstack_offset; + if (enumstack_offset < 0) + enumstack_offset = 0; + + current_enumval = enumstack[enumstack_offset].enumval; + current_enumtype = enumstack[enumstack_offset].enumtype; +} + +/* Place a letter or digits into the output stream. */ +void +enumerate_item () +{ + char temp[10]; + + if (current_enumtype == ENUM_ALPHA) + { + if (current_enumval == ('z' + 1) || current_enumval == ('Z' + 1)) + { + current_enumval = ((current_enumval - 1) == 'z' ? 'a' : 'A'); + warning (_("lettering overflow, restarting at %c"), current_enumval); + } + sprintf (temp, "%c. ", current_enumval); + } + else + sprintf (temp, "%d. ", current_enumval); + + indent (output_column += (current_indent - strlen (temp))); + add_word (temp); + current_enumval++; +} + +/* This is where the work for all the "insertion" style + commands is done. A huge switch statement handles the + various setups, and generic code is on both sides. */ +void +begin_insertion (type) + enum insertion_type type; +{ + int no_discard = 0; + + if (defun_insertion (type)) + { + push_insertion (type, xstrdup ("")); + no_discard++; + } + else + push_insertion (type, get_item_function ()); + + switch (type) + { + case menu: + if (!no_headers) + close_paragraph (); + + filling_enabled = no_indent = 0; + inhibit_paragraph_indentation = 1; + + if (!no_headers) + add_word (_("* Menu:\n")); + + in_menu++; + no_discard++; + break; + + case detailmenu: + if (!in_menu) + { + if (!no_headers) + close_paragraph (); + + filling_enabled = no_indent = 0; + inhibit_paragraph_indentation = 1; + + no_discard++; + } + + in_detailmenu++; + break; + + case direntry: + close_single_paragraph (); + filling_enabled = no_indent = 0; + inhibit_paragraph_indentation = 1; + insert_string ("START-INFO-DIR-ENTRY\n"); + break; + + /* I think @quotation is meant to do filling. + If you don't want filling, then use @display. */ + case quotation: + close_single_paragraph (); + last_char_was_newline = no_indent = 0; + indented_fill = filling_enabled = 1; + inhibit_paragraph_indentation = 1; + current_indent += default_indentation_increment; + break; + + case display: + case example: + case smallexample: + case lisp: + case smalllisp: + /* Just like @example, but no indentation. */ + case format: + close_single_paragraph (); + inhibit_paragraph_indentation = 1; + in_fixed_width_font++; + filling_enabled = 0; + last_char_was_newline = 0; + if (type != format) + current_indent += default_indentation_increment; + break; + + case multitable: + do_multitable (); + break; + + case table: + case ftable: + case vtable: + case itemize: + close_single_paragraph (); + current_indent += default_indentation_increment; + filling_enabled = indented_fill = 1; +#if defined (INDENT_PARAGRAPHS_IN_TABLE) + inhibit_paragraph_indentation = 0; +#else + inhibit_paragraph_indentation = 1; +#endif /* !INDENT_PARAGRAPHS_IN_TABLE */ + + /* Make things work for losers who forget the itemize syntax. */ + if (allow_lax_format && (type == itemize)) + { + if (!(*insertion_stack->item_function)) + { + free (insertion_stack->item_function); + insertion_stack->item_function = xstrdup ("@bullet"); + insertion_stack->item_function[0] = COMMAND_PREFIX; + } + } + + if (!*insertion_stack->item_function) + { + line_error (_("%s requires an argument: the formatter for %citem"), + insertion_type_pname (type), COMMAND_PREFIX); + } + break; + + case enumerate: + close_single_paragraph (); + no_indent = 0; +#if defined (INDENT_PARAGRAPHS_IN_TABLE) + inhibit_paragraph_indentation = 0; +#else + inhibit_paragraph_indentation = 1; +#endif /* !INDENT_PARAGRAPHS_IN_TABLE */ + + current_indent += default_indentation_increment; + filling_enabled = indented_fill = 1; + + if (isdigit (*enumeration_arg)) + start_enumerating (atoi (enumeration_arg), ENUM_DIGITS); + else + start_enumerating (*enumeration_arg, ENUM_ALPHA); + break; + + /* Does nothing special in makeinfo. */ + case group: + /* Only close the paragraph if we are not inside of an @example. */ + if (!insertion_stack->next || + insertion_stack->next->insertion != example) + close_single_paragraph (); + break; + + /* Insertions that are no-ops in info, but do something in TeX. */ + case ifinfo: + case ifnothtml: + case ifnottex: + case ifset: + case ifclear: + case cartouche: + if (in_menu) + no_discard++; + break; + + case deffn: + case defun: + case defmac: + case defspec: + case defvr: + case defvar: + case defopt: + case deftypefn: + case deftypefun: + case deftypevr: + case deftypevar: + case defcv: + case defivar: + case defop: + case defmethod: + case deftypemethod: + case deftp: + inhibit_paragraph_indentation = 1; + filling_enabled = indented_fill = 1; + current_indent += default_indentation_increment; + no_indent = 0; + break; + + case flushleft: + close_single_paragraph (); + inhibit_paragraph_indentation = 1; + filling_enabled = indented_fill = no_indent = 0; + break; + + case flushright: + close_single_paragraph (); + filling_enabled = indented_fill = no_indent = 0; + inhibit_paragraph_indentation = 1; + force_flush_right++; + break; + } + + if (!no_discard) + discard_until ("\n"); +} + +/* Try to end the insertion with the specified TYPE. With a value of + `bad_type', TYPE gets translated to match the value currently on top + of the stack. Otherwise, if TYPE doesn't match the top of the + insertion stack, give error. */ +void +end_insertion (type) + enum insertion_type type; +{ + enum insertion_type temp_type; + + if (!insertion_level) + return; + + temp_type = current_insertion_type (); + + if (type == bad_type) + type = temp_type; + + if (type != temp_type) + { + line_error + (_("`%cend' expected `%s', but saw `%s'"), COMMAND_PREFIX, + insertion_type_pname (temp_type), insertion_type_pname (type)); + return; + } + + pop_insertion (); + + switch (type) + { + /* Insertions which have no effect on paragraph formatting. */ + case ifnothtml: + case ifnottex: + case ifinfo: + case ifset: + case ifclear: + break; + + case direntry: + insert_string ("END-INFO-DIR-ENTRY\n\n"); + close_insertion_paragraph (); + break; + + case detailmenu: + in_detailmenu--; /* No longer hacking menus. */ + if (!in_menu) + { + if (!no_headers) + close_insertion_paragraph (); + } + break; + + case menu: + in_menu--; /* No longer hacking menus. */ + if (!no_headers) + close_insertion_paragraph (); + break; + + case multitable: + end_multitable (); + break; + + case enumerate: + stop_enumerating (); + close_insertion_paragraph (); + current_indent -= default_indentation_increment; + break; + + case flushleft: + case group: + case cartouche: + close_insertion_paragraph (); + break; + + case format: + case display: + case example: + case smallexample: + case lisp: + case smalllisp: + case quotation: + /* @format is the only fixed_width insertion without a change + in indentation. */ + if (type != format) + current_indent -= default_indentation_increment; + + /* The ending of one of these insertions always marks the + start of a new paragraph. */ + close_insertion_paragraph (); + break; + + case table: + case ftable: + case vtable: + case itemize: + current_indent -= default_indentation_increment; + break; + + case flushright: + force_flush_right--; + close_insertion_paragraph (); + break; + + /* Handle the @defun style insertions with a default clause. */ + default: + current_indent -= default_indentation_increment; + close_insertion_paragraph (); + break; + } +} + +/* Insertions cannot cross certain boundaries, such as node beginnings. In + code that creates such boundaries, you should call `discard_insertions' + before doing anything else. It prints the errors for you, and cleans up + the insertion stack. With nonzero SPECIALS_OK, allows unmatched + ifinfo, ifset, ifclear, otherwise not. */ +void +discard_insertions (specials_ok) + int specials_ok; +{ + int real_line_number = line_number; + while (insertion_stack) + { + if (specials_ok && (insertion_stack->insertion == ifinfo + || insertion_stack->insertion == ifset + || insertion_stack->insertion == ifclear)) + break; + else + { + char *offender = insertion_type_pname (insertion_stack->insertion); + char *current_filename = input_filename; + + input_filename = insertion_stack->filename; + line_number = insertion_stack->line_number; + line_error (_("No matching `%cend %s'"), COMMAND_PREFIX, offender); + input_filename = current_filename; + pop_insertion (); + } + } + line_number = real_line_number; } -/* Cross references. */ +/* The Texinfo commands. */ + +/* Commands which insert their own names. */ +void +insert_self (arg) + int arg; +{ + if (arg == START) + add_word (command); +} + +void +insert_space (arg) + int arg; +{ + if (arg == START) + add_char (' '); +} + +/* Force a line break in the output. */ +void +cm_asterisk () +{ + close_single_paragraph (); + cm_noindent (); +} + +/* Insert ellipsis. */ +void +cm_dots (arg) + int arg; +{ + if (arg == START) + add_word ("..."); +} + +/* Insert ellipsis for sentence end. */ +void +cm_enddots (arg) + int arg; +{ + if (arg == START) + add_word ("...."); +} + +void +cm_bullet (arg) + int arg; +{ + if (arg == START) + add_char ('*'); +} + +void +cm_minus (arg) + int arg; +{ + if (arg == START) + add_char ('-'); +} + +/* Insert "TeX". */ +void +cm_TeX (arg) + int arg; +{ + if (arg == START) + add_word ("TeX"); +} + +/* Copyright symbol. */ +void +cm_copyright (arg) + int arg; +{ + if (arg == START) + add_word ("(C)"); +} + +/* Accent commands that take explicit arguments. */ +void +cm_accent (arg) + int arg; +{ + if (arg == START) + { + if (strcmp (command, "dotaccent") == 0) /* overdot */ + add_char ('.'); + else if (strcmp (command, "H") == 0) /* Hungarian umlaut */ + add_word ("''"); + else if (strcmp (command, "ringaccent") == 0) + add_char ('*'); + else if (strcmp (command, "tieaccent") == 0) + add_char ('['); + else if (strcmp (command, "u") == 0) /* breve */ + add_char ('('); + else if (strcmp (command, "v") == 0) /* hacek/check */ + add_char ('<'); + } + else if (arg == END) + { + if (strcmp (command, "ubaraccent") == 0) /* underbar */ + add_char ('_'); + else if (strcmp (command, "udotaccent") == 0) /* underdot */ + add_word ("-."); + else if (strcmp (command, ",") == 0) /* cedilla */ + add_word (","); + } +} + +/* Non-English letters/characters that don't insert themselves. */ +void +cm_special_char (arg) +{ + if (arg == START) + { + if ((*command == 'L' || *command == 'l' + || *command == 'O' || *command == 'o') + && command[1] == 0) + { + /* Lslash lslash Oslash oslash */ + add_char (*command); + add_char ('/'); + } + else if (strcmp (command, "exclamdown") == 0) + add_char ('!'); + else if (strcmp (command, "pounds") == 0) + add_char ('#'); + else if (strcmp (command, "questiondown") == 0) + add_char ('?'); + else + fprintf (stderr, _("How did @%s end up in cm_special_char?\n"), command); + } +} + +/* Dotless i or j. */ +void +cm_dotless (arg, start, end) + int arg, start, end; +{ + if (arg == END) + { + if (output_paragraph[start] != 'i' && output_paragraph[start] != 'j') + /* This error message isn't perfect if the argument is multiple + characters, but it doesn't seem worth getting right. */ + line_error (_("%c%s expects `i' or `j' as argument, not `%c'"), + COMMAND_PREFIX, command, output_paragraph[start]); + + else if (end - start != 1) + line_error (_("%c%s expects a single character `i' or `j' as argument"), + COMMAND_PREFIX, command); + + /* We've already inserted the `i' or `j', so nothing to do. */ + } +} + +void +cm_today (arg) + int arg; +{ + static char *months [12] = + { N_("January"), N_("February"), N_("March"), N_("April"), N_("May"), + N_("June"), N_("July"), N_("August"), N_("September"), N_("October"), + N_("November"), N_("December") }; + if (arg == START) + { + time_t timer = time (0); + struct tm *ts = localtime (&timer); + add_word_args ("%d %s %d", ts->tm_mday, _(months[ts->tm_mon]), + ts->tm_year + 1900); + } +} + +void +cm_code (arg) + int arg; +{ + extern int printing_index; + + if (arg == START) + { + in_fixed_width_font++; + + if (!printing_index) + add_char ('`'); + } + else + { + if (!printing_index) + add_char ('\''); + } +} + +void +cm_kbd (arg) + int arg; +{ + /* People use @kbd in an example to get the "user input" font. + We don't want quotes in that case. */ + if (!in_fixed_width_font) + cm_code (arg); +} + +void +cm_key (arg) + int arg; +{ + add_char (arg == START ? '<' : '>'); +} + +/* Convert the character at position into a true control character. */ +void +cm_ctrl (arg, start, end) + int arg, start, end; +{ + /* Should we allow multiple character arguments? I think yes. */ + if (arg == END) + { + register int i, character; +#if defined (NO_MULTIPLE_CTRL) + if ((end - start) != 1) + line_error (_("%c%s expects a single character as an argument"), + COMMAND_PREFIX, command); + else +#endif + for (i = start; i < end; i++) + { + character = output_paragraph[i]; + + if (isletter (character)) + output_paragraph[i] = CTL (coerce_to_upper (character)); + } + } +} + +/* Handle a command that switches to a non-fixed-width font. */ +void +not_fixed_width (arg) + int arg; +{ + if (arg == START) + in_fixed_width_font = 0; +} + +/* Small caps and @var in makeinfo just uppercase the text. */ +void +cm_var_sc (arg, start_pos, end_pos) + int arg, start_pos, end_pos; +{ + not_fixed_width (arg); + + if (arg == END) + { + while (start_pos < end_pos) + { + output_paragraph[start_pos] = + coerce_to_upper (output_paragraph[start_pos]); + start_pos++; + } + } +} + +void +cm_dfn (arg, position) + int arg, position; +{ + add_char ('"'); +} + +void +cm_emph (arg) + int arg; +{ + add_char ('*'); +} + +void +cm_strong (arg, position) + int arg, position; +{ + cm_emph (arg); +} + +void +cm_cite (arg, position) + int arg, position; +{ + if (arg == START) + add_word ("`"); + else + add_word ("'"); +} + +/* No highlighting, but argument switches fonts. */ +void +cm_not_fixed_width (arg, start, end) + int arg, start, end; +{ + not_fixed_width (arg); +} + +/* Various commands are no-op's. */ +void +cm_no_op () +{ +} + +/* No-op that eats its argument on same line. */ +void +cm_no_op_line_arg () +{ + char *temp; + get_rest_of_line (&temp); + free (temp); +} + +/* Prevent the argument from being split across two lines. */ +void +cm_w (arg, start, end) + int arg, start, end; +{ + if (arg == START) + non_splitting_words++; + else + non_splitting_words--; +} + + +/* Explain that this command is obsolete, thus the user shouldn't + do anything with it. */ +void +cm_obsolete (arg, start, end) + int arg, start, end; +{ + if (arg == START) + warning (_("%c%s is obsolete"), COMMAND_PREFIX, command); +} + +/* Insert the text following input_text_offset up to the end of the line + in a new, separate paragraph. Directly underneath it, insert a + line of WITH_CHAR, the same length of the inserted text. */ +void +insert_and_underscore (with_char) + int with_char; +{ + register int i, len; + int old_no_indent, starting_pos, ending_pos; + char *temp; + + close_paragraph (); + filling_enabled = indented_fill = 0; + old_no_indent = no_indent; + no_indent = 1; + +#if defined (HAVE_MACROS) + if (macro_expansion_output_stream && !executing_string) + append_to_expansion_output (input_text_offset + 1); +#endif /* HAVE_MACROS */ + + get_rest_of_line (&temp); + + starting_pos = output_position + output_paragraph_offset; +#if defined (HAVE_MACROS) + if (macro_expansion_output_stream && !executing_string) + { + char *temp1 = (char *) xmalloc (2 + strlen (temp)); + sprintf (temp1, "%s\n", temp); + remember_itext (input_text, input_text_offset); + me_execute_string (temp1); + free (temp1); + } + else +#endif /* HAVE_MACROS */ + execute_string ("%s\n", temp); + + ending_pos = output_position + output_paragraph_offset; + free (temp); + + len = (ending_pos - starting_pos) - 1; + for (i = 0; i < len; i++) + add_char (with_char); + insert ('\n'); + close_paragraph (); + filling_enabled = 1; + no_indent = old_no_indent; +} + +/* Here is a structure which associates sectioning commands with + an integer, hopefully to reflect the `depth' of the current + section. */ +struct { + char *name; + int level; +} section_alist[] = { + { "unnumberedsubsubsec", 5 }, + { "unnumberedsubsec", 4 }, + { "unnumberedsec", 3 }, + { "unnumbered", 2 }, + { "appendixsubsubsec", 5 }, + { "appendixsubsec", 4 }, + { "appendixsec", 3 }, + { "appendixsection", 3 }, + { "appendix", 2 }, + { "subsubsec", 5 }, + { "subsubsection", 5 }, + { "subsection", 4 }, + { "section", 3 }, + { "chapter", 2 }, + { "top", 1 }, + + { (char *)NULL, 0 } +}; + +/* Amount to offset the name of sectioning commands to levels by. */ +int section_alist_offset = 0; + +/* Shift the meaning of @section to @chapter. */ +void +cm_raisesections () +{ + discard_until ("\n"); + section_alist_offset--; +} + +/* Shift the meaning of @chapter to @section. */ +void +cm_lowersections () +{ + discard_until ("\n"); + section_alist_offset++; +} + +/* Return an integer which identifies the type section present in TEXT. */ +int +what_section (text) + char *text; +{ + register int i, j; + char *t; + + find_section_command: + for (j = 0; text[j] && cr_or_whitespace (text[j]); j++); + if (text[j] != COMMAND_PREFIX) + return (-1); + + text = text + j + 1; + + /* We skip @c, @comment, and @?index commands. */ + if ((strncmp (text, "comment", strlen ("comment")) == 0) || + (text[0] == 'c' && cr_or_whitespace (text[1])) || + (strcmp (text + 1, "index") == 0)) + { + while (*text++ != '\n'); + goto find_section_command; + } + + /* Handle italicized sectioning commands. */ + if (*text == 'i') + text++; + + for (j = 0; text[j] && !cr_or_whitespace (text[j]); j++); + + for (i = 0; (t = section_alist[i].name); i++) + { + if (j == strlen (t) && strncmp (t, text, j) == 0) + { + int return_val; + + return_val = (section_alist[i].level + section_alist_offset); + + if (return_val < 0) + return_val = 0; + else if (return_val > 5) + return_val = 5; + return (return_val); + } + } + return (-1); +} + +/* Set the level of @top to LEVEL. Return the old level of @top. */ +int +set_top_section_level (level) + int level; +{ + register int i, result = -1; + + for (i = 0; section_alist[i].name; i++) + if (strcmp (section_alist[i].name, "top") == 0) + { + result = section_alist[i].level; + section_alist[i].level = level; + break; + } + return (result); +} + +/* Treat this just like @unnumbered. The only difference is + in node defaulting. */ +void +cm_top () +{ + /* It is an error to have more than one @top. */ + if (top_node_seen) + { + TAG_ENTRY *tag = tag_table; + + line_error (_("Node with %ctop as a section already exists"), + COMMAND_PREFIX); + + while (tag != (TAG_ENTRY *)NULL) + { + if ((tag->flags & IS_TOP)) + { + int old_line_number = line_number; + char *old_input_filename = input_filename; + + line_number = tag->line_no; + input_filename = tag->filename; + line_error (_("Here is the %ctop node"), COMMAND_PREFIX); + input_filename = old_input_filename; + line_number = old_line_number; + return; + } + tag = tag->next_ent; + } + } + else + { + top_node_seen = 1; + + /* It is an error to use @top before you have used @node. */ + if (!tag_table) + { + char *top_name; + + get_rest_of_line (&top_name); + free (top_name); + line_error (_("%ctop used before %cnode, defaulting to %s"), + COMMAND_PREFIX, COMMAND_PREFIX, top_name); + execute_string ("@node Top, , (dir), (dir)\n@top %s\n", top_name); + return; + } + + cm_unnumbered (); + + /* The most recently defined node is the top node. */ + tag_table->flags |= IS_TOP; + + /* Now set the logical hierarchical level of the Top node. */ + { + int orig_offset = input_text_offset; + + input_text_offset = search_forward (node_search_string, orig_offset); + + if (input_text_offset > 0) + { + int this_section; + + /* We have encountered a non-top node, so mark that one exists. */ + non_top_node_seen = 1; + + /* Move to the end of this line, and find out what the + sectioning command is here. */ + while (input_text[input_text_offset] != '\n') + input_text_offset++; + + if (input_text_offset < size_of_input_text) + input_text_offset++; + + this_section = what_section (input_text + input_text_offset); + + /* If we found a sectioning command, then give the top section + a level of this section - 1. */ + if (this_section != -1) + set_top_section_level (this_section - 1); + } + input_text_offset = orig_offset; + } + } +} + +/* Organized by level commands. That is, "*" == chapter, "=" == section. */ +char *scoring_characters = "*=-."; + +void +sectioning_underscore (command) + char *command; +{ + char character; + char *temp; + int level; + + temp = (char *)xmalloc (2 + strlen (command)); + temp[0] = COMMAND_PREFIX; + strcpy (&temp[1], command); + level = what_section (temp); + free (temp); + level -= 2; + + if (level < 0) + level = 0; + + character = scoring_characters[level]; + + insert_and_underscore (character); +} + +/* The command still works, but prints a warning message in addition. */ +void +cm_ideprecated (arg, start, end) + int arg, start, end; +{ + warning (_("%c%s is obsolete; use %c%s instead"), + COMMAND_PREFIX, command, COMMAND_PREFIX, command + 1); + sectioning_underscore (command + 1); +} + +/* The remainder of the text on this line is a chapter heading. */ +void +cm_chapter () +{ + sectioning_underscore ("chapter"); +} + +/* The remainder of the text on this line is a section heading. */ +void +cm_section () +{ + sectioning_underscore ("section"); +} + +/* The remainder of the text on this line is a subsection heading. */ +void +cm_subsection () +{ + sectioning_underscore ("subsection"); +} + +/* The remainder of the text on this line is a subsubsection heading. */ +void +cm_subsubsection () +{ + sectioning_underscore ("subsubsection"); +} + +/* The remainder of the text on this line is an unnumbered heading. */ +void +cm_unnumbered () +{ + cm_chapter (); +} + +/* The remainder of the text on this line is an unnumbered section heading. */ +void +cm_unnumberedsec () +{ + cm_section (); +} + +/* The remainder of the text on this line is an unnumbered + subsection heading. */ +void +cm_unnumberedsubsec () +{ + cm_subsection (); +} + +/* The remainder of the text on this line is an unnumbered + subsubsection heading. */ +void +cm_unnumberedsubsubsec () +{ + cm_subsubsection (); +} + +/* The remainder of the text on this line is an appendix heading. */ +void +cm_appendix () +{ + cm_chapter (); +} + +/* The remainder of the text on this line is an appendix section heading. */ +void +cm_appendixsec () +{ + cm_section (); +} + +/* The remainder of the text on this line is an appendix subsection heading. */ +void +cm_appendixsubsec () +{ + cm_subsection (); +} + +/* The remainder of the text on this line is an appendix + subsubsection heading. */ +void +cm_appendixsubsubsec () +{ + cm_subsubsection (); +} + +/* Compatibility functions substitute for chapter, section, etc. */ +void +cm_majorheading () +{ + cm_chapheading (); +} + +void +cm_chapheading () +{ + cm_chapter (); +} + +void +cm_heading () +{ + cm_section (); +} + +void +cm_subheading () +{ + cm_subsection (); +} + +void +cm_subsubheading () +{ + cm_subsubsection (); +} + +/* **************************************************************** */ +/* */ +/* Adding nodes, and making tags */ +/* */ +/* **************************************************************** */ + +/* Start a new tag table. */ +void +init_tag_table () +{ + while (tag_table != (TAG_ENTRY *) NULL) + { + TAG_ENTRY *temp = tag_table; + free (temp->node); + free (temp->prev); + free (temp->next); + free (temp->up); + tag_table = tag_table->next_ent; + free (temp); + } +} + +void +write_tag_table () +{ + write_tag_table_internal (0); /* Not indirect. */ +} + +void +write_tag_table_indirect () +{ + write_tag_table_internal (1); +} + +/* Write out the contents of the existing tag table. + INDIRECT_P says how to format the output. */ +void +write_tag_table_internal (indirect_p) + int indirect_p; +{ + TAG_ENTRY *node = tag_table; + int old_indent = no_indent; + + no_indent = 1; + filling_enabled = 0; + must_start_paragraph = 0; + close_paragraph (); + + if (!indirect_p) + { + no_indent = 1; + insert ('\n'); + } + + add_word_args ("\037\nTag Table:\n%s", indirect_p ? "(Indirect)\n" : ""); + + while (node != (TAG_ENTRY *) NULL) + { + execute_string ("Node: %s", node->node); + add_word_args ("\177%d\n", node->position); + node = node->next_ent; + } + + add_word ("\037\nEnd Tag Table\n"); + flush_output (); + no_indent = old_indent; +} -/* Return next comma-delimited argument, but do not cross a close-brace - boundary. Clean up whitespace, too. If EXPAND is nonzero, replace - the entire brace-delimited argument list with its expansion before - looking for the next comma. */ char * -get_xref_token (expand) - int expand; +get_node_token (expand) + int expand; { char *string; - if (expand) + get_until_in_line (expand, ",", &string); + + if (curchar () == ',') + input_text_offset++; + + canon_white (string); + + /* Force all versions of "top" to be "Top". */ + normalize_node_name (string); + + return (string); +} + +/* Convert "top" and friends into "Top". */ +void +normalize_node_name (string) + char *string; +{ + if (strcasecmp (string, "Top") == 0) + strcpy (string, "Top"); +} + +/* Look up NAME in the tag table, and return the associated + tag_entry. If the node is not in the table return NULL. */ +TAG_ENTRY * +find_node (name) + char *name; +{ + TAG_ENTRY *tag = tag_table; + + while (tag != (TAG_ENTRY *) NULL) { - int old_offset = input_text_offset; - int old_lineno = line_number; + if (strcmp (tag->node, name) == 0) + return (tag); + tag = tag->next_ent; + } + return ((TAG_ENTRY *) NULL); +} - get_until_in_braces ("}", &string); - if (curchar () == '}') /* as opposed to end of text */ - input_text_offset++; - if (input_text_offset > old_offset) +/* Remember NODE and associates. */ +void +remember_node (node, prev, next, up, position, line_no, no_warn) + char *node, *prev, *next, *up; + int position, line_no, no_warn; +{ + /* Check for existence of this tag already. */ + if (validating) + { + register TAG_ENTRY *tag = find_node (node); + if (tag) { - int limit = input_text_offset; + line_error ( + _("Node `%s' multiply defined (line %d is first definition at)"), + node, tag->line_no); + return; + } + } + + /* First, make this the current node. */ + current_node = node; + + /* Now add it to the list. */ + { + TAG_ENTRY *new = (TAG_ENTRY *) xmalloc (sizeof (TAG_ENTRY)); + new->node = node; + new->prev = prev; + new->next = next; + new->up = up; + new->position = position; + new->line_no = line_no; + new->filename = node_filename; + new->touched = 0; /* not yet referenced. */ + new->flags = 0; + if (no_warn) + new->flags |= NO_WARN; + new->next_ent = tag_table; + tag_table = new; + } +} + +/* The order is: nodename, nextnode, prevnode, upnode. + If all of the NEXT, PREV, and UP fields are empty, they are defaulted. + You must follow a node command which has those fields defaulted + with a sectioning command (e.g. @chapter) giving the "level" of that node. + It is an error not to do so. + The defaults come from the menu in this node's parent. */ +void +cm_node () +{ + char *node, *prev, *next, *up; + int new_node_pos, defaulting, this_section, no_warn = 0; + extern int already_outputting_pending_notes; + + if (strcmp (command, "nwnode") == 0) + no_warn = 1; + + /* Get rid of unmatched brace arguments from previous commands. */ + discard_braces (); - input_text_offset = old_offset; - line_number = old_lineno; - only_macro_expansion++; - replace_with_expansion (input_text_offset, &limit); - only_macro_expansion--; + /* There also might be insertions left lying around that haven't been + ended yet. Do that also. */ + discard_insertions (1); + + if (!already_outputting_pending_notes) + { + close_paragraph (); + output_pending_notes (); + free_pending_notes (); + } + + filling_enabled = indented_fill = 0; + new_node_pos = output_position; + current_footnote_number = 1; + +#if defined (HAVE_MACROS) + if (macro_expansion_output_stream && !executing_string) + append_to_expansion_output (input_text_offset + 1); +#endif /* HAVE_MACROS */ + + node = get_node_token (1); + next = get_node_token (0); + prev = get_node_token (0); + up = get_node_token (0); + + if (verbose_mode) + printf (_("Formatting node %s...\n"), node); + +#if defined (HAVE_MACROS) + if (macro_expansion_output_stream && !executing_string) + remember_itext (input_text, input_text_offset); +#endif /* HAVE_MACROS */ + + no_indent = 1; + if (!no_headers) + { + add_word_args ("\037\nFile: %s, Node: ", pretty_output_filename); + +#if defined (HAVE_MACROS) + if (macro_expansion_output_stream && !executing_string) + me_execute_string (node); + else +#endif /* HAVE_MACROS */ + execute_string ("%s", node); + filling_enabled = indented_fill = 0; + } + + /* Check for defaulting of this node's next, prev, and up fields. */ + defaulting = (*next == 0 && *prev == 0 && *up == 0); + + this_section = what_section (input_text + input_text_offset); + + /* If we are defaulting, then look at the immediately following + sectioning command (error if none) to determine the node's + level. Find the node that contains the menu mentioning this node + that is one level up (error if not found). That node is the "Up" + of this node. Default the "Next" and "Prev" from the menu. */ + if (defaulting) + { + NODE_REF *last_ref = (NODE_REF *)NULL; + NODE_REF *ref = node_references; + + if ((this_section < 0) && (strcmp (node, "Top") != 0)) + { + char *polite_section_name = "top"; + int i; + + for (i = 0; section_alist[i].name; i++) + if (section_alist[i].level == current_section + 1) + { + polite_section_name = section_alist[i].name; + break; + } + + line_error + (_("Node `%s' requires a sectioning command (e.g. %c%s)"), + node, COMMAND_PREFIX, polite_section_name); } - free (string); + else + { + if (strcmp (node, "Top") == 0) + { + /* Default the NEXT pointer to be the first menu item in + this node, if there is a menu in this node. We have to + try very hard to find the menu, as it may be obscured + by execution_strings which are on the filestack. For + every member of the filestack which has a FILENAME + member which is identical to the current INPUT_FILENAME, + search forward from that offset. */ + int saved_input_text_offset = input_text_offset; + int saved_size_of_input_text = size_of_input_text; + char *saved_input_text = input_text; + FSTACK *next_file = filestack; + + int orig_offset, orig_size; + char *glean_node_from_menu (); + + /* No matter what, make this file point back at `(dir)'. */ + free (up); up = xstrdup ("(dir)"); + + while (1) + { + orig_offset = input_text_offset; + orig_size = + search_forward (node_search_string, orig_offset); + + if (orig_size < 0) + orig_size = size_of_input_text; + + input_text_offset = + search_forward (menu_search_string, orig_offset); + + if (input_text_offset > -1) + { + char *nodename_from_menu = (char *)NULL; + + input_text_offset = + search_forward ("\n* ", input_text_offset); + + if (input_text_offset != -1) + nodename_from_menu = glean_node_from_menu (0); + + if (nodename_from_menu) + { + free (next); next = nodename_from_menu; + break; + } + } + + /* We got here, so it hasn't been found yet. Try + the next file on the filestack if there is one. */ + if (next_file && + (strcmp (next_file->filename, input_filename) == 0)) + { + input_text = next_file->text; + input_text_offset = next_file->offset; + size_of_input_text = next_file->size; + next_file = next_file->next; + } + else + { + /* No more input files to check. */ + break; + } + } + + input_text = saved_input_text; + input_text_offset = saved_input_text_offset; + size_of_input_text = saved_size_of_input_text; + } + } + + /* Fix the level of the menu references in the Top node, iff it + was declared with @top, and no subsequent reference was found. */ + if (top_node_seen && !non_top_node_seen) + { + /* Then this is the first non-@top node seen. */ + int level; + + level = set_top_section_level (this_section - 1); + non_top_node_seen = 1; + + while (ref) + { + if (ref->section == level) + ref->section = this_section - 1; + ref = ref->next; + } + + ref = node_references; + } + + while (ref) + { + if (ref->section == (this_section - 1) && + ref->type == menu_reference && + strcmp (ref->node, node) == 0) + { + char *containing_node = ref->containing_node; + + free (up); + up = xstrdup (containing_node); + + if (last_ref && + last_ref->type == menu_reference && + (strcmp (last_ref->containing_node, + containing_node) == 0)) + { + free (next); + next = xstrdup (last_ref->node); + } + + while ((ref->section == this_section - 1) && + (ref->next) && + (ref->next->type != menu_reference)) + ref = ref->next; + + if (ref->next && ref->type == menu_reference && + (strcmp (ref->next->containing_node, + containing_node) == 0)) + { + free (prev); + prev = xstrdup (ref->next->node); + } + else if (!ref->next && + strcasecmp (ref->containing_node, "Top") == 0) + { + free (prev); + prev = xstrdup (ref->containing_node); + } + break; + } + last_ref = ref; + ref = ref->next; + } + } + +#if defined (HAVE_MACROS) + /* Insert the correct args if we are expanding macros, and the node's + pointers weren't defaulted. */ + if (macro_expansion_output_stream && !executing_string && !defaulting) + { + char *temp; + int op_orig = output_paragraph_offset; + + temp = (char *)xmalloc (3 + strlen (next)); + sprintf (temp, ", %s", next); + me_execute_string (temp); + free (temp); + + temp = (char *)xmalloc (3 + strlen (prev)); + sprintf (temp, ", %s", prev); + me_execute_string (temp); + free (temp); + + temp = (char *)xmalloc (4 + strlen (up)); + sprintf (temp, ", %s", up); + me_execute_string (temp); + free (temp); + + output_paragraph_offset = op_orig; + } +#endif /* HAVE_MACROS */ + + if (!no_headers) + { +#if defined (HAVE_MACROS) + if (macro_expansion_output_stream) + me_inhibit_expansion++; +#endif /* HAVE_MACROS */ + + if (*next) + { + execute_string (", Next: %s", next); + filling_enabled = indented_fill = 0; + } + + if (*prev) + { + execute_string (", Prev: %s", prev); + filling_enabled = indented_fill = 0; + } + + if (*up) + { + execute_string (", Up: %s", up); + filling_enabled = indented_fill = 0; + } +#if defined (HAVE_MACROS) + if (macro_expansion_output_stream) + me_inhibit_expansion--; +#endif /* HAVE_MACROS */ } + close_paragraph (); + no_indent = 0; + + if (!*node) + { + line_error ("No node name specified for `%c%s' command", + COMMAND_PREFIX, command); + free (node); + free (next); + free (prev); + free (up); + } + else + { + if (!*next) { free (next); next = (char *)NULL; } + if (!*prev) { free (prev); prev = (char *)NULL; } + if (!*up) { free (up); up = (char *)NULL; } + remember_node (node, prev, next, up, new_node_pos, line_number, no_warn); + } + + /* Change the section only if there was a sectioning command. */ + if (this_section >= 0) + current_section = this_section; + + filling_enabled = 1; +} + +/* Validation of an info file. + Scan through the list of tag entries touching the Prev, Next, and Up + elements of each. It is an error not to be able to touch one of them, + except in the case of external node references, such as "(DIR)". + + If the Prev is different from the Up, + then the Prev node must have a Next pointing at this node. + + Every node except Top must have an Up. + The Up node must contain some sort of reference, other than a Next, + to this node. + + If the Next is different from the Next of the Up, + then the Next node must have a Prev pointing at this node. */ +void +validate_file (tag_table) + TAG_ENTRY *tag_table; +{ + char *old_input_filename = input_filename; + TAG_ENTRY *tags = tag_table; + + while (tags != (TAG_ENTRY *) NULL) + { + register TAG_ENTRY *temp_tag; + + input_filename = tags->filename; + line_number = tags->line_no; + + /* If this is a "no warn" node, don't validate it in any way. */ + if (tags->flags & NO_WARN) + { + tags = tags->next_ent; + continue; + } + + /* If this node has a Next, then make sure that the Next exists. */ + if (tags->next) + { + validate (tags->next, tags->line_no, "Next"); + + /* If the Next node exists, and there is no Up, then make + sure that the Prev of the Next points back. */ + temp_tag = find_node (tags->next); + if (temp_tag) + { + char *prev; + + if (temp_tag->flags & NO_WARN) + { + /* Do nothing if we aren't supposed to issue warnings + about this node. */ + } + else + { + prev = temp_tag->prev; + if (!prev || (strcmp (prev, tags->node) != 0)) + { + line_error (_("Node `%s''s Next field not pointed back to"), + tags->node); + line_number = temp_tag->line_no; + input_filename = temp_tag->filename; + line_error + (_("This node (`%s') is the one with the bad `Prev'"), + temp_tag->node); + input_filename = tags->filename; + line_number = tags->line_no; + temp_tag->flags |= PREV_ERROR; + } + } + } + } + + /* Validate the Prev field if there is one, and we haven't already + complained about it in some way. You don't have to have a Prev + field at this stage. */ + if (!(tags->flags & PREV_ERROR) && tags->prev) + { + int valid_p = validate (tags->prev, tags->line_no, "Prev"); + + if (!valid_p) + tags->flags |= PREV_ERROR; + else + { + /* If the Prev field is not the same as the Up field, + then the node pointed to by the Prev field must have + a Next field which points to this node. */ + if (tags->up && (strcmp (tags->prev, tags->up) != 0)) + { + temp_tag = find_node (tags->prev); + + /* If we aren't supposed to issue warnings about the + target node, do nothing. */ + if (!temp_tag || (temp_tag->flags & NO_WARN)) + { + /* Do nothing. */ + } + else + { + if (!temp_tag->next || + (strcmp (temp_tag->next, tags->node) != 0)) + { + line_error + (_("Node `%s's Prev field not pointed back to"), + tags->node); + line_number = temp_tag->line_no; + input_filename = temp_tag->filename; + line_error (_("This node (`%s') has the bad Next"), + temp_tag->node); + input_filename = tags->filename; + line_number = tags->line_no; + temp_tag->flags |= NEXT_ERROR; + } + } + } + } + } + + if (!tags->up && (strcasecmp (tags->node, _("Top")) != 0)) + line_error (_("Node `%s' missing Up field"), tags->node); + else if (tags->up) + { + int valid_p = validate (tags->up, tags->line_no, "Up"); + + /* If node X has Up: Y, then warn if Y fails to have a menu item + or note pointing at X, if Y isn't of the form "(Y)". */ + if (valid_p && *tags->up != '(') + { + NODE_REF *nref, *tref, *list; + NODE_REF *find_node_reference (); + + tref = (NODE_REF *) NULL; + list = node_references; + + for (;;) + { + if (!(nref = find_node_reference (tags->node, list))) + break; + + if (strcmp (nref->containing_node, tags->up) == 0) + { + if (nref->type != menu_reference) + { + tref = nref; + list = nref->next; + } + else + break; + } + list = nref->next; + } + + if (!nref) + { + temp_tag = find_node (tags->up); + line_number = temp_tag->line_no; + input_filename = temp_tag->filename; + if (!tref) + line_error ( +_("`%s' has an Up field of `%s', but `%s' has no menu item for `%s'"), + tags->node, tags->up, tags->up, tags->node); + line_number = tags->line_no; + input_filename = tags->filename; + } + } + } + tags = tags->next_ent; + } + + validate_other_references (node_references); + /* We have told the user about the references which didn't exist. + Now tell him about the nodes which aren't referenced. */ + + tags = tag_table; + while (tags != (TAG_ENTRY *) NULL) + { + /* If this node is a "no warn" node, do nothing. */ + if (tags->flags & NO_WARN) + { + tags = tags->next_ent; + continue; + } + + /* Special hack. If the node in question appears to have + been referenced more than REFERENCE_WARNING_LIMIT times, + give a warning. */ + if (tags->touched > reference_warning_limit) + { + input_filename = tags->filename; + line_number = tags->line_no; + warning (_("node `%s' has been referenced %d times"), + tags->node, tags->touched); + } + + if (tags->touched == 0) + { + input_filename = tags->filename; + line_number = tags->line_no; + + /* Notice that the node "Top" is special, and doesn't have to + be referenced. */ + if (strcasecmp (tags->node, _("Top")) != 0) + warning (_("unreferenced node `%s'"), tags->node); + } + tags = tags->next_ent; + } + input_filename = old_input_filename; +} + +/* Return 1 if tag correctly validated, or 0 if not. */ +int +validate (tag, line, label) + char *tag; + int line; + char *label; +{ + TAG_ENTRY *result; + + /* If there isn't a tag to verify, or if the tag is in another file, + then it must be okay. */ + if (!tag || !*tag || *tag == '(') + return (1); + + /* Otherwise, the tag must exist. */ + result = find_node (tag); + + if (!result) + { + line_number = line; + line_error (_("%s reference to nonexistent node `%s'"), label, tag); + return (0); + } + result->touched++; + return (1); +} + +/* Split large output files into a series of smaller files. Each file + is pointed to in the tag table, which then gets written out as the + original file. The new files have the same name as the original file + with a "-num" attached. SIZE is the largest number of bytes to allow + in any single split file. */ +void +split_file (filename, size) + char *filename; + int size; +{ + char *root_filename, *root_pathname; + char *the_file, *filename_part (); + struct stat fileinfo; + long file_size; + char *the_header; + int header_size; + + /* Can only do this to files with tag tables. */ + if (!tag_table) + return; + + if (size == 0) + size = DEFAULT_SPLIT_SIZE; + + if ((stat (filename, &fileinfo) != 0) || + (((long) fileinfo.st_size) < SPLIT_SIZE_THRESHOLD)) + return; + file_size = (long) fileinfo.st_size; + + the_file = find_and_load (filename); + if (!the_file) + return; + + root_filename = filename_part (filename); + root_pathname = pathname_part (filename); + + if (!root_pathname) + root_pathname = xstrdup (""); + + /* Start splitting the file. Walk along the tag table + outputting sections of the file. When we have written + all of the nodes in the tag table, make the top-level + pointer file, which contains indirect pointers and + tags for the nodes. */ + { + int which_file = 1; + TAG_ENTRY *tags = tag_table; + char *indirect_info = (char *)NULL; + + /* Remember the `header' of this file. The first tag in the file is + the bottom of the header; the top of the file is the start. */ + the_header = (char *)xmalloc (1 + (header_size = tags->position)); + memcpy (the_header, the_file, header_size); + + while (tags) + { + int file_top, file_bot, limit; + + /* Have to include the Control-_. */ + file_top = file_bot = tags->position; + limit = file_top + size; + + /* If the rest of this file is only one node, then + that is the entire subfile. */ + if (!tags->next_ent) + { + int i = tags->position + 1; + char last_char = the_file[i]; + + while (i < file_size) + { + if ((the_file[i] == '\037') && + ((last_char == '\n') || + (last_char == '\014'))) + break; + else + last_char = the_file[i]; + i++; + } + file_bot = i; + tags = tags->next_ent; + goto write_region; + } + + /* Otherwise, find the largest number of nodes that can fit in + this subfile. */ + for (; tags; tags = tags->next_ent) + { + if (!tags->next_ent) + { + /* This entry is the last node. Search forward for the end + of this node, and that is the end of this file. */ + int i = tags->position + 1; + char last_char = the_file[i]; + + while (i < file_size) + { + if ((the_file[i] == '\037') && + ((last_char == '\n') || + (last_char == '\014'))) + break; + else + last_char = the_file[i]; + i++; + } + file_bot = i; + + if (file_bot < limit) + { + tags = tags->next_ent; + goto write_region; + } + else + { + /* Here we want to write out everything before the last + node, and then write the last node out in a file + by itself. */ + file_bot = tags->position; + goto write_region; + } + } + + if (tags->next_ent->position > limit) + { + if (tags->position == file_top) + tags = tags->next_ent; + + file_bot = tags->position; + + write_region: + { + int fd; + char *split_filename; + + split_filename = (char *) xmalloc + (10 + strlen (root_pathname) + strlen (root_filename)); + sprintf + (split_filename, + "%s%s-%d", root_pathname, root_filename, which_file); + + fd = open + (split_filename, O_WRONLY | O_TRUNC | O_CREAT, 0666); + + if ((fd < 0) || + (write (fd, the_header, header_size) != header_size) || + (write (fd, the_file + file_top, file_bot - file_top) + != (file_bot - file_top)) || + ((close (fd)) < 0)) + { + perror (split_filename); + if (fd != -1) + close (fd); + exit (FATAL); + } + + if (!indirect_info) + { + indirect_info = the_file + file_top; + sprintf (indirect_info, "\037\nIndirect:\n"); + indirect_info += strlen (indirect_info); + } + + sprintf (indirect_info, "%s-%d: %d\n", + root_filename, which_file, file_top); + + free (split_filename); + indirect_info += strlen (indirect_info); + which_file++; + break; + } + } + } + } + + /* We have sucessfully created the subfiles. Now write out the + original again. We must use `output_stream', or + write_tag_table_indirect () won't know where to place the output. */ + output_stream = fopen (filename, "w"); + if (!output_stream) + { + perror (filename); + exit (FATAL); + } + + { + int distance = indirect_info - the_file; + fwrite (the_file, 1, distance, output_stream); + + /* Inhibit newlines. */ + paragraph_is_open = 0; + + write_tag_table_indirect (); + fclose (output_stream); + free (the_header); + free (the_file); + return; + } + } +} + +/* The strings here are followed in the message by `reference to...' in + the `validate' routine. */ +char * +reftype_type_string (type) + enum reftype type; +{ + switch (type) + { + case menu_reference: + return ("Menu"); + case followed_reference: + return ("Cross"); + default: + return ("Internal-bad-reference-type"); + } +} + +/* Remember this node name for later validation use. This is used to + remember menu references while reading the input file. After the + output file has been written, if validation is on, then we use the + contents of `node_references' as a list of nodes to validate. */ +void +remember_node_reference (node, line, type) + char *node; + int line; + enum reftype type; +{ + NODE_REF *temp = (NODE_REF *) xmalloc (sizeof (NODE_REF)); + + temp->next = node_references; + temp->node = xstrdup (node); + temp->line_no = line; + temp->section = current_section; + temp->type = type; + temp->containing_node = xstrdup (current_node ? current_node : ""); + temp->filename = node_filename; + + node_references = temp; +} + +void +validate_other_references (ref_list) + register NODE_REF *ref_list; +{ + char *old_input_filename = input_filename; + + while (ref_list != (NODE_REF *) NULL) + { + input_filename = ref_list->filename; + validate (ref_list->node, ref_list->line_no, + reftype_type_string (ref_list->type)); + ref_list = ref_list->next; + } + input_filename = old_input_filename; +} + +/* Find NODE in REF_LIST. */ +NODE_REF * +find_node_reference (node, ref_list) + char *node; + register NODE_REF *ref_list; +{ + while (ref_list) + { + if (strcmp (node, ref_list->node) == 0) + break; + ref_list = ref_list->next; + } + return (ref_list); +} + +void +free_node_references () +{ + register NODE_REF *list, *temp; + + list = node_references; + + while (list) + { + temp = list; + free (list->node); + free (list->containing_node); + list = list->next; + free (temp); + } + node_references = (NODE_REF *) NULL; +} + + /* This function gets called at the start of every line while inside of + a menu. It checks to see if the line starts with "* ", and if so, + remembers the node reference that this menu refers to. + input_text_offset is at the \n just before the line start. */ +#define menu_starter "* " +char * +glean_node_from_menu (remember_reference) + int remember_reference; +{ + int i, orig_offset = input_text_offset; + char *nodename; + + if (strncmp (&input_text[input_text_offset + 1], + menu_starter, + strlen (menu_starter)) != 0) + return ((char *)NULL); + else + input_text_offset += strlen (menu_starter) + 1; + + get_until_in_line (0, ":", &nodename); + if (curchar () == ':') + input_text_offset++; + canon_white (nodename); + + if (curchar () == ':') + goto save_node; + + free (nodename); + get_rest_of_line (&nodename); + + /* Special hack: If the nodename follows the menu item name, + then we have to read the rest of the line in order to find + out what the nodename is. But we still have to read the + line later, in order to process any formatting commands that + might be present. So un-count the carriage return that has just + been counted. */ + line_number--; + + isolate_nodename (nodename); + +save_node: + input_text_offset = orig_offset; + normalize_node_name (nodename); + i = strlen (nodename); + if (i && nodename[i - 1] == ':') + nodename[i - 1] = 0; + + if (remember_reference) + { + remember_node_reference (nodename, line_number, menu_reference); + free (nodename); + return ((char *)NULL); + } + else + return (nodename); +} + +static void +isolate_nodename (nodename) + char *nodename; +{ + register int i, c; + int paren_seen, paren; + + if (!nodename) + return; + + canon_white (nodename); + paren_seen = paren = i = 0; + + if (*nodename == '.' || !*nodename) + { + *nodename = 0; + return; + } + + if (*nodename == '(') + { + paren++; + paren_seen++; + i++; + } + + for (; (c = nodename[i]); i++) + { + if (paren) + { + if (c == '(') + paren++; + else if (c == ')') + paren--; + + continue; + } + + /* If the character following the close paren is a space, then this + node has no more characters associated with it. */ + if (c == '\t' || + c == '\n' || + c == ',' || + ((paren_seen && nodename[i - 1] == ')') && + (c == ' ' || c == '.')) || + (c == '.' && + ((!nodename[i + 1] || + (cr_or_whitespace (nodename[i + 1])) || + (nodename[i + 1] == ')'))))) + break; + } + nodename[i] = 0; +} + +void +cm_menu () +{ + if (current_node == (char *)NULL) + { + warning (_("%cmenu seen before first node"), COMMAND_PREFIX); + warning (_("creating `Top' node")); + execute_string ("@node Top"); + } + begin_insertion (menu); +} + +void +cm_detailmenu () +{ + if (current_node == (char *)NULL) + { + warning (_("%cmenu seen before first node"), COMMAND_PREFIX); + warning (_("creating `Top' node")); + execute_string ("@node Top"); + } + begin_insertion (detailmenu); +} + +/* **************************************************************** */ +/* */ +/* Cross Reference Hacking */ +/* */ +/* **************************************************************** */ + +/* Return next comma-delimited argument, but do not cross a close-brace + boundary. Clean up whitespace, too. */ +char * +get_xref_token () +{ + char *string; + get_until_in_braces (",", &string); if (curchar () == ',') input_text_offset++; fix_whitespace (string); - return string; + return (string); } -/* NOTE: If you wonder why the HTML output is produced with such a - peculiar mix of calls to add_word and execute_string, here's the - reason. get_xref_token (1) expands all macros in a reference, but - any other commands, like @value, @@, etc., are left intact. To - expand them, we need to run the arguments through execute_string. - However, characters like <, &, > and others cannot be let into - execute_string, because they will be escaped. See the mess? */ +int px_ref_flag = 0; /* Controls initial output string. */ /* Make a cross reference. */ void @@ -2694,20 +5712,15 @@ cm_xref (arg) { if (arg == START) { - char *arg1 = get_xref_token (1); /* expands all macros in xref */ - char *arg2 = get_xref_token (0); - char *arg3 = get_xref_token (0); - char *arg4 = get_xref_token (0); - char *arg5 = get_xref_token (0); - char *tem; + char *arg1, *arg2, *arg3, *arg4, *arg5; - if (html) - { - if (!ref_flag) - add_word_args ("%s", px_ref_flag ? _("see ") : _("See ")); - } - else - add_word_args ("%s", px_ref_flag ? "*note " : "*Note "); + arg1 = get_xref_token (); + arg2 = get_xref_token (); + arg3 = get_xref_token (); + arg4 = get_xref_token (); + arg5 = get_xref_token (); + + add_word_args ("%s", px_ref_flag ? "*note " : "*Note "); if (*arg5 || *arg4) { @@ -2723,30 +5736,7 @@ cm_xref (arg) else node_name = arg2; - if (html) - { - /* html fixxme: revisit this; external node name not - much use to us with numbered nodes. */ - add_word ("<a href="); - execute_string ("\"%s.html#", arg4); - /* Do not collapse -- to -, etc., in references. */ - in_fixed_width_font++; - tem = expansion (node_name, 0); - in_fixed_width_font--; - add_escaped_anchor_name (tem); - free (tem); - add_word ("\">"); - execute_string ("%s", arg1); - add_word ("</a>"); - } - else - { - execute_string ("%s:", node_name); - in_fixed_width_font++; - execute_string (" (%s)%s%s", arg4, arg1, px_ref_flag ? "." : ""); - in_fixed_width_font--; - } - + execute_string ("%s: (%s)%s", node_name, arg4, arg1); /* Free all of the arguments found. */ if (arg1) free (arg1); if (arg2) free (arg2); @@ -2760,56 +5750,17 @@ cm_xref (arg) if (*arg3) { - if (html) - { - add_word ("<a href=\""); - in_fixed_width_font++; - tem = expansion (arg1, 0); - in_fixed_width_font--; - add_anchor_name (tem, 1); - free (tem); - add_word ("\">"); - execute_string ("%s", *arg2 ? arg2 : arg3); - add_word ("</a>"); - } + if (!*arg2) + execute_string ("%s: %s", arg3, arg1); else - { - execute_string ("%s:", *arg2 ? arg2 : arg3); - in_fixed_width_font++; - execute_string (" %s%s", arg1, px_ref_flag ? "." : ""); - in_fixed_width_font--; - } + execute_string ("%s: %s", arg2, arg1); } else { - if (html) - { - add_word ("<a href=\""); - in_fixed_width_font++; - tem = expansion (arg1, 0); - in_fixed_width_font--; - add_anchor_name (tem, 1); - free (tem); - add_word ("\">"); - execute_string ("%s", *arg2 ? arg2 : arg1); - add_word ("</a>"); - } + if (*arg2) + execute_string ("%s: %s", arg2, arg1); else - { - if (*arg2) - { - execute_string ("%s:", arg2); - in_fixed_width_font++; - execute_string (" %s%s", arg1, px_ref_flag ? "." : ""); - in_fixed_width_font--; - } - else - { - in_fixed_width_font++; - execute_string ("%s::", arg1); - in_fixed_width_font--; - } - } + execute_string ("%s::", arg1); } /* Free all of the arguments found. */ @@ -2820,21 +5771,29 @@ cm_xref (arg) if (arg5) free (arg5); } else - { /* Check to make sure that the next non-whitespace character is - valid to follow an xref (so info readers can find the node - names). `input_text_offset' is pointing at the "}" which ended - the xref or ref command. */ - int temp; + { + /* Check to make sure that the next non-whitespace character is either + a period or a comma. input_text_offset is pointing at the "}" which + ended the xref or pxref command. */ + int temp = input_text_offset + 1; - for (temp = input_text_offset + 1; temp < input_text_length; ) + if (output_paragraph[output_paragraph_offset - 2] == ':' && + output_paragraph[output_paragraph_offset - 1] == ':') + return; + while (temp < size_of_input_text) { if (cr_or_whitespace (input_text[temp])) temp++; else { - if (input_text[temp] != '.' && input_text[temp] != ',') - warning (_("`.' or `,' must follow cross reference, not %c"), - input_text[temp]); + if (input_text[temp] != '.' + && input_text[temp] != ',' + && input_text[temp] != '\t') + { + line_error ( + _("`.' or `,' must follow cross reference, not %c"), + input_text[temp]); + } break; } } @@ -2851,22 +5810,8 @@ cm_pxref (arg) cm_xref (arg); px_ref_flag--; } - /* Note that cm_xref isn't called with arg == END, which disables - the code near the end of cm_xref that checks for `.' or `,' - after the cross-reference. This is because @pxref{} generates - the required character itself, when needed. */ -} - -void -cm_ref (arg) - int arg; -{ - if (arg == START) - { - ref_flag++; - cm_xref (arg); - ref_flag--; - } + else + add_char ('.'); } void @@ -2875,27 +5820,14 @@ cm_inforef (arg) { if (arg == START) { - char *node = get_xref_token (1); /* expands all macros in inforef */ - char *pname = get_xref_token (0); - char *file = get_xref_token (0); + char *node = get_xref_token (); + char *pname = get_xref_token (); + char *file = get_xref_token (); - if (html) - { - add_word (_("see ")); - /* html fixxme: revisit this */ - add_word ("<a href="); - execute_string ("\"%s.html\"", file); - add_word (">"); - execute_string ("%s", pname); - add_word ("</a>"); - } + if (*pname) + execute_string ("*note %s: (%s)%s", pname, file, node); else - { - if (*pname) - execute_string ("*note %s: (%s)%s", pname, file, node); - else - execute_string ("*note (%s)%s::", file, node); - } + execute_string ("*note (%s)%s::", file, node); free (node); free (pname); @@ -2905,88 +5837,76 @@ cm_inforef (arg) /* A URL reference. */ void -cm_uref (arg) - int arg; +cm_uref (arg, start_pos, end_pos) + int arg, start_pos, end_pos; { - if (arg == START) + if (arg == END) { - extern int printing_index; - char *url = get_xref_token (1); /* expands all macros in uref */ - char *desc = get_xref_token (0); - char *replacement = get_xref_token (0); - - if (html) - { /* never need to show the url */ - add_word ("<a href="); - /* don't collapse `--' etc. in the url */ - in_fixed_width_font++; - execute_string ("\"%s\"", url); - in_fixed_width_font--; - add_word (">"); - execute_string ("%s", *replacement ? replacement - : (*desc ? desc : url)); - add_word ("</a>"); - } - else if (*replacement) /* do not show the url */ - execute_string ("%s", replacement); - else if (*desc) /* show both text and url */ - { - execute_string ("%s ", desc); - in_fixed_width_font++; - execute_string ("(%s)", url); - in_fixed_width_font--; - } - else /* no text at all, so have the url to show */ - { - in_fixed_width_font++; - execute_string ("%s%s%s", - printing_index ? "" : "`", - url, - printing_index ? "" : "'"); - in_fixed_width_font--; - } - if (url) - free (url); - if (desc) - free (desc); - if (replacement) - free (replacement); - } + char *comma; + char *arg = (char *) &output_paragraph[start_pos]; + + output_paragraph[end_pos] = 0; + output_column -= end_pos - start_pos; + output_paragraph_offset = start_pos; + + arg = xstrdup (arg); + comma = strchr (arg, ','); /* let's hope for no commas in the url */ + if (comma) + { + *comma = 0; + /* Ignore spaces at beginning of second arg. */ + for (comma++; isspace (*comma); comma++) + ; + add_word (comma); + add_char (' '); + add_char ('('); + add_word (arg); + add_char (')'); + } + else + { + extern int printing_index; + + if (!printing_index) + add_char ('`'); + + add_word (arg); + + if (!printing_index) + add_char ('\''); + } + free (arg); + } } /* An email reference. */ void -cm_email (arg) - int arg; +cm_email (arg, start_pos, end_pos) + int arg, start_pos, end_pos; { - if (arg == START) + if (arg == END) { - char *addr = get_xref_token (1); /* expands all macros in email */ - char *name = get_xref_token (0); + char *comma; + char *arg = (char *) &output_paragraph[start_pos]; - if (html) - { - add_word ("<a href="); - /* don't collapse `--' etc. in the address */ - in_fixed_width_font++; - execute_string ("\"mailto:%s\"", addr); - in_fixed_width_font--; - add_word (">"); - execute_string ("%s", *name ? name : addr); - add_word ("</a>"); - } - else + output_paragraph[end_pos] = 0; + output_column -= end_pos - start_pos; + output_paragraph_offset = start_pos; + + arg = xstrdup (arg); + comma = strchr (arg, ','); + if (comma) { - execute_string ("%s%s", name, *name ? " " : ""); - in_fixed_width_font++; - execute_string ("<%s>", addr); - in_fixed_width_font--; + *comma = 0; + for (comma++; isspace (*comma); comma++) + ; + add_word (comma); + add_char (' '); } - - if (addr) - free (addr); - if (name) - free (name); + add_char ('<'); + add_word (arg); + add_char ('>'); + free (arg); } } @@ -2996,84 +5916,264 @@ void cm_image (arg) int arg; { - char *name_arg, *rest; - - if (arg == END) - return; - - name_arg = get_xref_token (1); /* expands all macros in image */ - /* We don't (yet) care about any other args, but read them so they - don't end up in the text. */ - rest = get_xref_token (0); - if (rest) - free (rest); - rest = get_xref_token (0); - if (rest) - free (rest); - - if (*name_arg) + if (arg == START) { - char *fullname = xmalloc (strlen (name_arg) + 4 + 1); - - if (html) - { /* fixxme It would be nice to insert more useful alt text. */ - sprintf (fullname, "%s.png", name_arg); - if (access (fullname, R_OK) != 0) - { - sprintf (fullname, "%s.jpg", name_arg); - if (access (fullname, R_OK) != 0) - { - line_error (_("No .png or .jpg for `%s'"), name_arg); - return; - } - } - - add_word_args ("<img src=\"%s\" alt=\"%s\">", fullname, fullname); - } - else - { /* Try to open foo.txt. */ + char *name_arg = get_xref_token (); + /* We don't yet care about any other args, but read them so they + don't end up in the text. */ + char *arg = get_xref_token (); + if (arg) free (arg); + arg = get_xref_token (); + if (arg) free (arg); + + if (*name_arg) + { + /* Try to open foo.txt. */ FILE *image_file; - strcpy (fullname, name_arg); - strcat (fullname, ".txt"); - image_file = fopen (fullname, "r"); + char *name = xmalloc (strlen (name_arg) + 4); + strcpy (name, name_arg); + strcat (name, ".txt"); + image_file = fopen (name, "r"); if (image_file) { int ch; int save_inhibit_indentation = inhibit_paragraph_indentation; int save_filling_enabled = filling_enabled; - + inhibit_paragraph_indentation = 1; filling_enabled = 0; last_char_was_newline = 0; - + /* Maybe we need to remove the final newline if the image file is only one line to allow in-line images. On the other hand, they could just make the file without a final newline. */ while ((ch = getc (image_file)) != EOF) add_char (ch); - + inhibit_paragraph_indentation = save_inhibit_indentation; filling_enabled = save_filling_enabled; - - if (fclose (image_file) != 0) - perror (fullname); + + if (fclose (image_file) != 0) { + perror (name); + } } else - warning (_("@image file `%s' unreadable: %s"), fullname, - strerror (errno)); + warning (_("@image file `%s' unreadable: %s"), name, + strerror (errno)); } + else + line_error (_("@image missing filename argument")); - free (fullname); + if (name_arg) free (name_arg); } +} + +/* **************************************************************** */ +/* */ +/* Insertion Command Stubs */ +/* */ +/* **************************************************************** */ + +void +cm_quotation () +{ + begin_insertion (quotation); +} + +void +cm_example () +{ + begin_insertion (example); +} + +void +cm_smallexample () +{ + begin_insertion (smallexample); +} + +void +cm_lisp () +{ + begin_insertion (lisp); +} + +void +cm_smalllisp () +{ + begin_insertion (smalllisp); +} + +/* @cartouche/@end cartouche draws box with rounded corners in + TeX output. Right now, just a no-op insertion. */ +void +cm_cartouche () +{ + begin_insertion (cartouche); +} + +void +cm_format () +{ + begin_insertion (format); +} + +void +cm_display () +{ + begin_insertion (display); +} + +void +cm_direntry () +{ + if (no_headers) + command_name_condition (); else - line_error (_("@image missing filename argument")); + begin_insertion (direntry); +} + +void +cm_itemize () +{ + begin_insertion (itemize); +} + +void +cm_enumerate () +{ + do_enumeration (enumerate, "1"); +} - if (name_arg) - free (name_arg); +/* Start an enumeration insertion of type TYPE. If the user supplied + no argument on the line, then use DEFAULT_STRING as the initial string. */ +void +do_enumeration (type, default_string) + int type; + char *default_string; +{ + get_until_in_line (0, ".", &enumeration_arg); + canon_white (enumeration_arg); + + if (!*enumeration_arg) + { + free (enumeration_arg); + enumeration_arg = xstrdup (default_string); + } + + if (!isdigit (*enumeration_arg) && !isletter (*enumeration_arg)) + { + warning (_("%s requires letter or digit"), insertion_type_pname (type)); + + switch (type) + { + case enumerate: + default_string = "1"; + break; + } + enumeration_arg = xstrdup (default_string); + } + begin_insertion (type); +} + +void +cm_table () +{ + begin_insertion (table); +} + +void +cm_multitable () +{ + begin_insertion (multitable); /* @@ */ +} + +void +cm_ftable () +{ + begin_insertion (ftable); +} + +void +cm_vtable () +{ + begin_insertion (vtable); +} + +void +cm_group () +{ + begin_insertion (group); +} + +void +cm_ifinfo () +{ + begin_insertion (ifinfo); +} + +void +cm_ifnothtml () +{ + begin_insertion (ifnothtml); +} + +void +cm_ifnottex () +{ + begin_insertion (ifnottex); +} + +/* Begin an insertion where the lines are not filled or indented. */ +void +cm_flushleft () +{ + begin_insertion (flushleft); +} + +/* Begin an insertion where the lines are not filled, and each line is + forced to the right-hand side of the page. */ +void +cm_flushright () +{ + begin_insertion (flushright); +} + +/* End existing insertion block. */ +void +cm_end () +{ + char *temp; + enum insertion_type type; + + if (!insertion_level) + { + line_error (_("Unmatched `%c%s'"), COMMAND_PREFIX, command); + return; + } + + get_rest_of_line (&temp); + + if (temp[0] == 0) + line_error (_("`%c%s' needs something after it"), COMMAND_PREFIX, command); + + type = find_type_from_name (temp); + + if (type == bad_type) + { + line_error (_("Bad argument to `%s', `%s', using `%s'"), + command, temp, insertion_type_pname (current_insertion_type ())); + } + end_insertion (type); + free (temp); } -/* Conditionals. */ +/* **************************************************************** */ +/* */ +/* Conditional Handling */ +/* */ +/* **************************************************************** */ /* A structure which contains `defined' variables. */ typedef struct defines { @@ -3083,7 +6183,7 @@ typedef struct defines { } DEFINE; /* The linked list of `set' defines. */ -DEFINE *defines = NULL; +DEFINE *defines = (DEFINE *)NULL; /* Add NAME to the list of `set' defines. */ void @@ -3101,7 +6201,7 @@ set (name, value) return; } - temp = xmalloc (sizeof (DEFINE)); + temp = (DEFINE *)xmalloc (sizeof (DEFINE)); temp->next = defines; temp->name = xstrdup (name); temp->value = xstrdup (value); @@ -3113,9 +6213,9 @@ void clear (name) char *name; { - DEFINE *temp, *last; + register DEFINE *temp, *last; - last = NULL; + last = (DEFINE *)NULL; temp = defines; while (temp) @@ -3142,13 +6242,28 @@ char * set_p (name) char *name; { - DEFINE *temp; + register DEFINE *temp; for (temp = defines; temp; temp = temp->next) if (strcmp (temp->name, name) == 0) - return temp->value; + return (temp->value); - return NULL; + return ((char *)NULL); +} + +/* Conditionally parse based on the current command name. */ +void +command_name_condition () +{ + char *discarder; + + discarder = (char *)xmalloc (8 + strlen (command)); + + sprintf (discarder, "\n%cend %s", COMMAND_PREFIX, command); + discard_until (discarder); + discard_until ("\n"); + + free (discarder); } /* Create a variable whose name appears as the first word on this line. */ @@ -3195,7 +6310,7 @@ cm_ifeq () if (array_len (arglist) > 1) { if ((strcasecmp (arglist[0], arglist[1]) == 0) && - (arglist[2])) + (arglist[2] != (char *)NULL)) execute_string ("%s\n", arglist[2]); } @@ -3207,27 +6322,7 @@ void cm_value (arg, start_pos, end_pos) int arg, start_pos, end_pos; { - static int value_level = 0, saved_meta_pos = -1; - - /* All the text after @value{ upto the matching } will eventually - disappear from output_paragraph, when this function is called - with ARG == END. If the text produced until then sets - meta_char_pos, we will need to restore it to the value it had - before @value was seen. So we need to save the previous value - of meta_char_pos here. */ - if (arg == START) - { - /* If we are already inside some outer @value, don't overwrite - the value saved in saved_meta_pos. */ - if (!value_level) - saved_meta_pos = meta_char_pos; - value_level++; - /* While the argument of @value is processed, we need to inhibit - textual transformations like "--" into "-", since @set didn't - do that when it grabbed the name of the variable. */ - in_fixed_width_font++; - } - else + if (arg == END) { char *name = (char *) &output_paragraph[start_pos]; char *value; @@ -3237,26 +6332,10 @@ cm_value (arg, start_pos, end_pos) output_column -= end_pos - start_pos; output_paragraph_offset = start_pos; - /* Restore the previous value of meta_char_pos if the stuff - inside this @value{} moved it. */ - if (saved_meta_pos == -1) /* can't happen inside @value{} */ - abort (); - if (value_level == 1 - && meta_char_pos >= start_pos && meta_char_pos < end_pos) - { - meta_char_pos = saved_meta_pos; - saved_meta_pos = -1; - } - value_level--; - /* No need to decrement in_fixed_width_font, since before - we are called with arg == END, the reader loop already - popped the brace stack, which restored in_fixed_width_font, - among other things. */ - if (value) execute_string ("%s", value); else - add_word_args (_("{No value for `%s'}"), name); + add_word_args (_("{No Value For \"%s\"}"), name); free (name); } @@ -3269,12 +6348,8 @@ handle_variable (action) { char *name; - get_rest_of_line (0, &name); - /* If we hit the end of text in get_rest_of_line, backing up - input pointer will cause the last character of the last line - be pushed back onto the input, which is wrong. */ - if (input_text_offset < input_text_length) - backup_input_pointer (); + get_rest_of_line (&name); + backup_input_pointer (); handle_variable_internal (action, name); free (name); } @@ -3377,11 +6452,11 @@ handle_variable_internal (action, name) { int level = 0, done = 0; - while (!done && input_text_offset < input_text_length) + while (!done && input_text_offset < size_of_input_text) { char *freeable_line, *line; - get_rest_of_line (0, &freeable_line); + get_rest_of_line (&freeable_line); for (line = freeable_line; whitespace (*line); line++); @@ -3413,7 +6488,7 @@ handle_variable_internal (action, name) } free (freeable_line); } - + if (!done) { int save = line_number; @@ -3422,7 +6497,7 @@ handle_variable_internal (action, name) condition); line_number = save; } - + /* We found the end of a false @ifset/ifclear. If we are in a menu, back up over the newline that ends the ifset, since that newline may also begin the next menu entry. */ @@ -3449,7 +6524,7 @@ typedef struct { int in_use; /* Nonzero means string currently in use. */ } EXECUTION_STRING; -static EXECUTION_STRING **execution_strings = NULL; +static EXECUTION_STRING **execution_strings = (EXECUTION_STRING **)NULL; static int execution_strings_index = 0; static int execution_strings_slots = 0; @@ -3457,8 +6532,8 @@ EXECUTION_STRING * get_execution_string (initial_size) int initial_size; { - int i = 0; - EXECUTION_STRING *es = NULL; + register int i = 0; + EXECUTION_STRING *es = (EXECUTION_STRING *)NULL; if (execution_strings) { @@ -3474,64 +6549,29 @@ get_execution_string (initial_size) { if (execution_strings_index + 1 >= execution_strings_slots) { - execution_strings = xrealloc + execution_strings = (EXECUTION_STRING **)xrealloc (execution_strings, (execution_strings_slots += 3) * sizeof (EXECUTION_STRING *)); for (; i < execution_strings_slots; i++) - execution_strings[i] = NULL; + execution_strings[i] = (EXECUTION_STRING *)NULL; } execution_strings[execution_strings_index] = - xmalloc (sizeof (EXECUTION_STRING)); + (EXECUTION_STRING *)xmalloc (sizeof (EXECUTION_STRING)); es = execution_strings[execution_strings_index]; execution_strings_index++; es->size = 0; - es->string = NULL; + es->string = (char *)NULL; es->in_use = 0; } if (initial_size > es->size) { - es->string = xrealloc (es->string, initial_size); + es->string = (char *) xrealloc (es->string, initial_size); es->size = initial_size; } - return es; -} - -/* Given a pointer to TEXT and its desired length NEW_LEN, find TEXT's - entry in the execution_strings[] array and change the .STRING and - .SIZE members of that entry as appropriate. */ -void -maybe_update_execution_strings (text, new_len) - char **text; - unsigned new_len; -{ - int i = 0; - - if (execution_strings) - { - for (i = 0; i < execution_strings_index; i++) - if (execution_strings[i] && (execution_strings[i]->in_use == 1) && - execution_strings[i]->string == *text) - { - /* Don't ever shrink the string storage in execution_strings[]! - execute_string assumes that it is always big enough to store - every possible execution_string, and will break if that's - not true. So we only enlarge the string storage if the - current size isn't big enough. */ - if (execution_strings[i]->size < new_len) - { - execution_strings[i]->string = - *text = xrealloc (*text, new_len + 1); - execution_strings[i]->size = new_len + 1; - } - return; - } - } - /* We should *never* end up here, since if we are inside - execute_string, TEXT is always in execution_strings[]. */ - abort (); + return (es); } /* Execute the string produced by formatting the ARGs with FORMAT. This @@ -3567,7 +6607,7 @@ execute_string (format, va_alist) input_text_offset = 0; input_text = temp_string; input_filename = xstrdup (input_filename); - input_text_length = strlen (temp_string); + size_of_input_text = strlen (temp_string); executing_string++; reader_loop (); @@ -3579,8 +6619,8 @@ execute_string (format, va_alist) } -/* Return what would be output for STR (in newly-malloced memory), i.e., - expand Texinfo commands. If IMPLICIT_CODE is set, expand @code{STR}. */ +/* Return what would be output for STR, i.e., expand Texinfo commands. + If IMPLICIT_CODE is set, expand @code{STR}. */ char * expansion (str, implicit_code) @@ -3593,29 +6633,6 @@ expansion (str, implicit_code) /* Inhibit any real output. */ int start = output_paragraph_offset; int saved_paragraph_is_open = paragraph_is_open; - int saved_output_column = output_column; - - /* Inhibit indentation and filling, so that extra newlines - are not added to the expansion. (This is undesirable if - we write the expanded text to macro_expansion_output_stream.) */ - int saved_filling_enabled = filling_enabled; - int saved_indented_fill = indented_fill; - int saved_no_indent = no_indent; - int saved_escape_html = escape_html; - int saved_meta_pos = meta_char_pos; - int saved_last_char = last_inserted_character; - int saved_last_nl = last_char_was_newline; - - /* If we are called in the middle of processing a command, we need - to dup and save the global variable `command' (which holds the - name of this command), since the recursive reader loop will free - it from under our feet if it finds any macros in STR. */ - char *saved_command = command ? xstrdup (command) : NULL; - - filling_enabled = 0; - indented_fill = 0; - no_indent = 1; - escape_html = 0; inhibit_output_flushing (); paragraph_is_open = 1; @@ -3627,43 +6644,998 @@ expansion (str, implicit_code) result = xmalloc (1 + length); memcpy (result, (char *) (output_paragraph + start), length); result[length] = 0; - + /* Pretend it never happened. */ - free_and_clear (&command); - command = saved_command; output_paragraph_offset = start; paragraph_is_open = saved_paragraph_is_open; - output_column = saved_output_column; - filling_enabled = saved_filling_enabled; - indented_fill = saved_indented_fill; - no_indent = saved_no_indent; - escape_html = saved_escape_html; - meta_char_pos = saved_meta_pos; - last_inserted_character = saved_last_char; - last_char_was_newline = saved_last_nl; return result; } + +/* @itemx, @item. */ + +static int itemx_flag = 0; +void +cm_itemx () +{ + itemx_flag++; + cm_item (); + itemx_flag--; +} -/* Return text (info) expansion of STR no matter what the current output - format is. */ +void +cm_item () +{ + char *rest_of_line, *item_func; + + /* Can only hack "@item" while inside of an insertion. */ + if (insertion_level) + { + INSERTION_ELT *stack = insertion_stack; + int original_input_text_offset; + + skip_whitespace (); + original_input_text_offset = input_text_offset; + + get_rest_of_line (&rest_of_line); + item_func = current_item_function (); + + /* Okay, do the right thing depending on which insertion function + is active. */ + + switch_top: + switch (stack->insertion) + { + case multitable: + multitable_item (); + /* Ultra special hack. It appears that some people incorrectly + place text directly after the @item, instead of on a new line + by itself. This happens to work in TeX, so I make it work + here. */ + if (*rest_of_line) + { + line_number--; + input_text_offset = original_input_text_offset; + } + break; + + case ifinfo: + case ifset: + case ifclear: + case cartouche: + stack = stack->next; + if (!stack) + goto no_insertion; + else + goto switch_top; + break; + + case menu: + case quotation: + case example: + case smallexample: + case lisp: + case format: + case display: + case group: + line_error (_("The `%c%s' command is meaningless within a `@%s' block"), + COMMAND_PREFIX, command, + insertion_type_pname (current_insertion_type ())); + break; + + case itemize: + case enumerate: + if (itemx_flag) + { + line_error (_("%citemx is not meaningful inside of a `%s' block"), + COMMAND_PREFIX, + insertion_type_pname (current_insertion_type ())); + } + else + { + start_paragraph (); + kill_self_indent (-1); + filling_enabled = indented_fill = 1; + + if (current_insertion_type () == itemize) + { + indent (output_column = current_indent - 2); + + /* I need some way to determine whether this command + takes braces or not. I believe the user can type + either "@bullet" or "@bullet{}". Of course, they + can also type "o" or "#" or whatever else they want. */ + if (item_func && *item_func) + { + if (*item_func == COMMAND_PREFIX) + if (item_func[strlen (item_func) - 1] != '}') + execute_string ("%s{}", item_func); + else + execute_string ("%s", item_func); + else + execute_string ("%s", item_func); + } + insert (' '); + output_column++; + } + else + enumerate_item (); + + /* Special hack. This makes `close_paragraph' a no-op until + `start_paragraph' has been called. */ + must_start_paragraph = 1; + + /* Handle text directly after the @item. */ + if (*rest_of_line) + { + line_number--; + input_text_offset = original_input_text_offset; + } + } + break; + + case table: + case ftable: + case vtable: + { + /* We need this to determine if we have two @item's in a row + (see test just below). */ + static int last_item_output_position = 0; + + /* Get rid of extra characters. */ + kill_self_indent (-1); + + /* If we have one @item followed directly by another @item, + we need to insert a blank line. This is not true for + @itemx, though. */ + if (!itemx_flag && last_item_output_position == output_position) + insert ('\n'); + + /* `close_paragraph' almost does what we want. The problem + is when paragraph_is_open, and last_char_was_newline, and + the last newline has been turned into a space, because + filling_enabled. I handle it here. */ + if (last_char_was_newline && filling_enabled && paragraph_is_open) + insert ('\n'); + close_paragraph (); + +#if defined (INDENT_PARAGRAPHS_IN_TABLE) + /* Indent on a new line, but back up one indentation level. */ + { + int save = inhibit_paragraph_indentation; + inhibit_paragraph_indentation = 1; + /* At this point, inserting any non-whitespace character will + force the existing indentation to be output. */ + add_char ('i'); + inhibit_paragraph_indentation = save; + } +#else /* !INDENT_PARAGRAPHS_IN_TABLE */ + add_char ('i'); +#endif /* !INDENT_PARAGRAPHS_IN_TABLE */ + + output_paragraph_offset--; + kill_self_indent (default_indentation_increment + 1); + + /* Add item's argument to the line. */ + filling_enabled = 0; + if (item_func && *item_func) + execute_string ("%s{%s}", item_func, rest_of_line); + else + execute_string ("%s", rest_of_line); + + if (current_insertion_type () == ftable) + execute_string ("%cfindex %s\n", COMMAND_PREFIX, rest_of_line); + else if (current_insertion_type () == vtable) + execute_string ("%cvindex %s\n", COMMAND_PREFIX, rest_of_line); + + /* Start a new line, and let start_paragraph () + do the indenting of it for you. */ + close_single_paragraph (); + indented_fill = filling_enabled = 1; + last_item_output_position = output_position; + } + } + free (rest_of_line); + } + else + { + no_insertion: + line_error (_("%c%s found outside of an insertion block"), + COMMAND_PREFIX, command); + } +} + +/* **************************************************************** */ +/* */ +/* Defun and Friends */ +/* */ +/* **************************************************************** */ + +#define DEFUN_SELF_DELIMITING(c) \ + (((c) == '(') \ + || ((c) == ')') \ + || ((c) == '[') \ + || ((c) == ']')) + +struct token_accumulator +{ + unsigned int length; + unsigned int index; + char **tokens; +}; + +void +initialize_token_accumulator (accumulator) + struct token_accumulator *accumulator; +{ + (accumulator->length) = 0; + (accumulator->index) = 0; + (accumulator->tokens) = NULL; +} + +void +accumulate_token (accumulator, token) + struct token_accumulator *accumulator; + char *token; +{ + if ((accumulator->index) >= (accumulator->length)) + { + (accumulator->length) += 10; + (accumulator->tokens) = (char **) xrealloc + (accumulator->tokens, (accumulator->length * sizeof (char *))); + } + accumulator->tokens[accumulator->index] = token; + accumulator->index += 1; +} char * -text_expansion (str) - char *str; +copy_substring (start, end) + char *start; + char *end; { - char *ret; - int save_html = html; - - html = 0; - ret = expansion (str, 0); - html = save_html; - - return ret; + char *result, *scan, *scan_result; + + result = (char *) xmalloc ((end - start) + 1); + scan_result = result; + scan = start; + + while (scan < end) + *scan_result++ = *scan++; + + *scan_result = 0; + return (result); +} + +/* Given `string' pointing at an open brace, skip forward and return a + pointer to just past the matching close brace. */ +int +scan_group_in_string (string_pointer) + char **string_pointer; +{ + register int c; + register char *scan_string; + register unsigned int level = 1; + + scan_string = (*string_pointer) + 1; + + while (1) + { + if (level == 0) + { + (*string_pointer) = scan_string; + return (1); + } + c = (*scan_string++); + if (c == 0) + { + /* Tweak line_number to compensate for fact that + we gobbled the whole line before coming here. */ + line_number -= 1; + line_error (_("Missing `}' in %cdef arg"), COMMAND_PREFIX); + line_number += 1; + (*string_pointer) = (scan_string - 1); + return (0); + } + if (c == '{') + level += 1; + if (c == '}') + level -= 1; + } } +/* Return a list of tokens from the contents of `string'. + Commands and brace-delimited groups count as single tokens. + Contiguous whitespace characters are converted to a token + consisting of a single space. */ +char ** +args_from_string (string) + char *string; +{ + struct token_accumulator accumulator; + register char *scan_string = string; + char *token_start, *token_end; + + initialize_token_accumulator (&accumulator); + + while ((*scan_string) != 0) + { + /* Replace arbitrary whitespace by a single space. */ + if (whitespace (*scan_string)) + { + scan_string += 1; + while (whitespace (*scan_string)) + scan_string += 1; + accumulate_token ((&accumulator), (xstrdup (" "))); + continue; + } + + /* Commands count as single tokens. */ + if ((*scan_string) == COMMAND_PREFIX) + { + token_start = scan_string; + scan_string += 1; + if (self_delimiting (*scan_string)) + scan_string += 1; + else + { + register int c; + while (1) + { + c = *scan_string++; + + if ((c == 0) || (c == '{') || (whitespace (c))) + { + scan_string -= 1; + break; + } + } + + if (*scan_string == '{') + { + char *s = scan_string; + (void) scan_group_in_string (&s); + scan_string = s; + } + } + token_end = scan_string; + } + + /* Parentheses and brackets are self-delimiting. */ + else if (DEFUN_SELF_DELIMITING (*scan_string)) + { + token_start = scan_string; + scan_string += 1; + token_end = scan_string; + } + + /* Open brace introduces a group that is a single token. */ + else if (*scan_string == '{') + { + char *s = scan_string; + int balanced = scan_group_in_string (&s); + + token_start = scan_string + 1; + scan_string = s; + token_end = balanced ? (scan_string - 1) : scan_string; + } + + /* Otherwise a token is delimited by whitespace, parentheses, + brackets, or braces. A token is also ended by a command. */ + else + { + token_start = scan_string; + + while (1) + { + register int c; + + c = *scan_string++; + + /* Do not back up if we're looking at a }; since the only + valid }'s are those matched with {'s, we want to give + an error. If we back up, we go into an infinite loop. */ + if (!c || whitespace (c) || DEFUN_SELF_DELIMITING (c) + || c == '{') + { + scan_string--; + break; + } + + /* If we encounter a command embedded within a token, + then end the token. */ + if (c == COMMAND_PREFIX) + { + scan_string--; + break; + } + } + token_end = scan_string; + } + + accumulate_token + (&accumulator, copy_substring (token_start, token_end)); + } + accumulate_token (&accumulator, NULL); + return (accumulator.tokens); +} + +void +process_defun_args (defun_args, auto_var_p) + char **defun_args; + int auto_var_p; +{ + int pending_space = 0; + + while (1) + { + char *defun_arg = *defun_args++; + + if (defun_arg == NULL) + break; + + if (defun_arg[0] == ' ') + { + pending_space = 1; + continue; + } + + if (pending_space) + { + add_char (' '); + pending_space = 0; + } + + if (DEFUN_SELF_DELIMITING (defun_arg[0])) + add_char (defun_arg[0]); + else if (defun_arg[0] == '&') + add_word (defun_arg); + else if (defun_arg[0] == COMMAND_PREFIX) + execute_string ("%s", defun_arg); + else if (auto_var_p) + execute_string ("%cvar{%s}", COMMAND_PREFIX, defun_arg); + else + add_word (defun_arg); + } +} + +char * +next_nonwhite_defun_arg (arg_pointer) + char ***arg_pointer; +{ + char **scan = (*arg_pointer); + char *arg = (*scan++); + + if ((arg != 0) && (*arg == ' ')) + arg = *scan++; + + if (arg == 0) + scan -= 1; + + *arg_pointer = scan; + + return ((arg == 0) ? "" : arg); +} + +/* Make the defun type insertion. + TYPE says which insertion this is. + X_P, if nonzero, says not to start a new insertion. */ +void +defun_internal (type, x_p) + enum insertion_type type; + int x_p; +{ + enum insertion_type base_type; + char **defun_args, **scan_args; + char *category, *defined_name, *type_name, *type_name2; + + { + char *line; + get_rest_of_line (&line); + defun_args = (args_from_string (line)); + free (line); + } + + scan_args = defun_args; + + switch (type) + { + case defun: + category = _("Function"); + base_type = deffn; + break; + case defmac: + category = _("Macro"); + base_type = deffn; + break; + case defspec: + category = _("Special Form"); + base_type = deffn; + break; + case defvar: + category = _("Variable"); + base_type = defvr; + break; + case defopt: + category = _("User Option"); + base_type = defvr; + break; + case deftypefun: + category = _("Function"); + base_type = deftypefn; + break; + case deftypevar: + category = _("Variable"); + base_type = deftypevr; + break; + case defivar: + category = _("Instance Variable"); + base_type = defcv; + break; + case defmethod: + category = _("Method"); + base_type = defop; + break; + case deftypemethod: + category = _("Method"); + base_type = deftypemethod; + break; + default: + category = next_nonwhite_defun_arg (&scan_args); + base_type = type; + break; + } + + if ((base_type == deftypefn) + || (base_type == deftypevr) + || (base_type == defcv) + || (base_type == defop) + || (base_type == deftypemethod)) + type_name = next_nonwhite_defun_arg (&scan_args); + + if (base_type == deftypemethod) + type_name2 = next_nonwhite_defun_arg (&scan_args); + + defined_name = next_nonwhite_defun_arg (&scan_args); + + /* This hack exists solely for the purposes of formatting the texinfo + manual. I couldn't think of a better way. The token might be + a simple @@ followed immediately by more text. If this is the case, + then the next defun arg is part of this one, and we should concatenate + them. */ + if (*scan_args && **scan_args && !whitespace (**scan_args) && + (strcmp (defined_name, "@@") == 0)) + { + char *tem = (char *)xmalloc (3 + strlen (scan_args[0])); + + sprintf (tem, "@@%s", scan_args[0]); + + free (scan_args[0]); + scan_args[0] = tem; + scan_args++; + defined_name = tem; + } + + if (!x_p) + begin_insertion (type); + + /* Write the definition header line. + This should start at the normal indentation. */ + current_indent -= default_indentation_increment; + start_paragraph (); + + switch (base_type) + { + case deffn: + case defvr: + case deftp: + execute_string (" -- %s: %s", category, defined_name); + break; + case deftypefn: + case deftypevr: + execute_string (" -- %s: %s %s", category, type_name, defined_name); + break; + case defcv: + execute_string (" -- %s of %s: %s", category, type_name, defined_name); + break; + case defop: + execute_string (" -- %s on %s: %s", category, type_name, defined_name); + break; + case deftypemethod: + execute_string (" -- %s on %s: %s %s", category, type_name, type_name2, + defined_name); + break; + } + current_indent += default_indentation_increment; + + /* Now process the function arguments, if any. + If these carry onto the next line, they should be indented by two + increments to distinguish them from the body of the definition, + which is indented by one increment. */ + current_indent += default_indentation_increment; + + switch (base_type) + { + case deffn: + case defop: + process_defun_args (scan_args, 1); + break; + + /* Through Makeinfo 1.67 we processed remaining args only for deftp, + deftypefn, and deftypemethod. But the libc manual, for example, + needs to say: + @deftypevar {char *} tzname[2] + And simply allowing the extra text seems far simpler than trying + to invent yet more defn commands. In any case, we should either + output it or give an error, not silently ignore it. */ + default: + process_defun_args (scan_args, 0); + break; + } + current_indent -= default_indentation_increment; + close_single_paragraph (); + + /* Make an entry in the appropriate index. */ + switch (base_type) + { + case deffn: + case deftypefn: + execute_string ("%cfindex %s\n", COMMAND_PREFIX, defined_name); + break; + case defvr: + case deftypevr: + case defcv: + execute_string ("%cvindex %s\n", COMMAND_PREFIX, defined_name); + break; + case defop: + case deftypemethod: + execute_string ("%cfindex %s on %s\n", + COMMAND_PREFIX, defined_name, type_name); + break; + case deftp: + execute_string ("%ctindex %s\n", COMMAND_PREFIX, defined_name); + break; + } + + /* Deallocate the token list. */ + scan_args = defun_args; + while (1) + { + char * arg = (*scan_args++); + if (arg == NULL) + break; + free (arg); + } + free (defun_args); +} + +/* Add an entry for a function, macro, special form, variable, or option. + If the name of the calling command ends in `x', then this is an extra + entry included in the body of an insertion of the same type. */ +void +cm_defun () +{ + int x_p; + enum insertion_type type; + char *temp = xstrdup (command); + + x_p = (command[strlen (command) - 1] == 'x'); + + if (x_p) + temp[strlen (temp) - 1] = 0; + + type = find_type_from_name (temp); + free (temp); + + /* If we are adding to an already existing insertion, then make sure + that we are already in an insertion of type TYPE. */ + if (x_p && + (!insertion_level || insertion_stack->insertion != type)) + { + line_error (_("Must be in a `%s' insertion in order to use `%s'x"), + command, command); + discard_until ("\n"); + return; + } + + defun_internal (type, x_p); +} +/* **************************************************************** */ +/* */ +/* Other Random Commands */ +/* */ +/* **************************************************************** */ + +/* This says to inhibit the indentation of the next paragraph, but + not of following paragraphs. */ +void +cm_noindent () +{ + if (!inhibit_paragraph_indentation) + inhibit_paragraph_indentation = -1; +} + +/* I don't know exactly what to do with this. Should I allow + someone to switch filenames in the middle of output? Since the + file could be partially written, this doesn't seem to make sense. + Another option: ignore it, since they don't *really* want to + switch files. Finally, complain, or at least warn. */ +void +cm_setfilename () +{ + char *filename; + get_rest_of_line (&filename); + /* warning ("`@%s %s' encountered and ignored", command, filename); */ + free (filename); +} + +void +cm_ignore_line () +{ + discard_until ("\n"); +} + +/* @br can be immediately followed by `{}', so we have to read those here. + It should simply close the paragraph. */ +void +cm_br () +{ + if (looking_at ("{}")) + input_text_offset += 2; + + if (curchar () == '\n') + { + input_text_offset++; + line_number++; + } + + close_paragraph (); +} + + /* Insert the number of blank lines passed as argument. */ +void +cm_sp () +{ + int lines; + char *line; + + get_rest_of_line (&line); + + if (sscanf (line, "%d", &lines) != 1) + { + line_error (_("%csp requires a positive numeric argument"), COMMAND_PREFIX); + } + else + { + if (lines < 0) + lines = 0; + + while (lines--) + add_char ('\n'); + } + free (line); +} + +/* @dircategory LINE outputs INFO-DIR-SECTION LINE, + but not if --no-headers. */ + +void +cm_dircategory () +{ + char *line; + + get_rest_of_line (&line);; + + if (!no_headers) + { + insert_string ("INFO-DIR-SECTION "); + insert_string (line); + insert ('\n'); + } + + free (line); +} + +/* Start a new line with just this text on it. + Then center the line of text. + This always ends the current paragraph. */ +void +cm_center () +{ + register int i, start, length; + int fudge_factor = 1; + unsigned char *line; + + close_paragraph (); + filling_enabled = indented_fill = 0; + cm_noindent (); + start = output_paragraph_offset; + inhibit_output_flushing (); + get_rest_of_line ((char **)&line); + execute_string ("%s", (char *)line); + free (line); + uninhibit_output_flushing (); + + i = output_paragraph_offset - 1; + while (i > (start - 1) && output_paragraph[i] == '\n') + i--; + + output_paragraph_offset = ++i; + length = output_paragraph_offset - start; + + if (length < (fill_column - fudge_factor)) + { + line = (unsigned char *)xmalloc (1 + length); + memcpy (line, (char *)(output_paragraph + start), length); + + i = (fill_column - fudge_factor - length) / 2; + output_paragraph_offset = start; + + while (i--) + insert (' '); + + for (i = 0; i < length; i++) + insert (line[i]); + + free (line); + } + + insert ('\n'); + close_paragraph (); + filling_enabled = 1; +} + +/* Show what an expression returns. */ +void +cm_result (arg) + int arg; +{ + if (arg == END) + add_word ("=>"); +} + +/* What an expression expands to. */ +void +cm_expansion (arg) + int arg; +{ + if (arg == END) + add_word ("==>"); +} + +/* Indicates two expressions are equivalent. */ +void +cm_equiv (arg) + int arg; +{ + if (arg == END) + add_word ("=="); +} + +/* What an expression may print. */ +void +cm_print (arg) + int arg; +{ + if (arg == END) + add_word ("-|"); +} + +/* An error signaled. */ +void +cm_error (arg) + int arg; +{ + if (arg == END) + add_word ("error-->"); +} + +/* The location of point in an example of a buffer. */ +void +cm_point (arg) + int arg; +{ + if (arg == END) + add_word ("-!-"); +} + +/* Start a new line with just this text on it. + The text is outdented one level if possible. */ +void +cm_exdent () +{ + char *line; + int i = current_indent; + + if (current_indent) + current_indent -= default_indentation_increment; + + get_rest_of_line (&line); + close_single_paragraph (); + execute_string ("%s", line); + current_indent = i; + free (line); + close_single_paragraph (); +} + + +/* Remember this file, and move onto the next. */ +void +cm_include () +{ + char *filename; + +#if defined (HAVE_MACROS) + if (macro_expansion_output_stream && !executing_string) + me_append_before_this_command (); +#endif /* HAVE_MACROS */ + + close_paragraph (); + get_rest_of_line (&filename); + +#if defined (HAVE_MACROS) + if (macro_expansion_output_stream && !executing_string) + remember_itext (input_text, input_text_offset); +#endif /* HAVE_MACROS */ + + pushfile (); + + /* In verbose mode we print info about including another file. */ + if (verbose_mode) + { + register int i = 0; + register FSTACK *stack = filestack; + + for (i = 0, stack = filestack; stack; stack = stack->next, i++); + + i *= 2; + + printf ("%*s", i, ""); + printf ("%c%s %s\n", COMMAND_PREFIX, command, filename); + fflush (stdout); + } + + if (!find_and_load (filename)) + { + extern int errno; + + popfile (); + line_number--; + + /* Cannot "@include foo", in line 5 of "/wh/bar". */ + line_error ("%c%s %s: %s", COMMAND_PREFIX, command, filename, + strerror (errno)); + + free (filename); + return; + } + else + { +#if defined (HAVE_MACROS) + if (macro_expansion_output_stream && !executing_string) + remember_itext (input_text, input_text_offset); +#endif /* HAVE_MACROS */ + reader_loop (); + } + free (filename); + popfile (); +} + +/* The other side of a malformed expression. */ +void +misplaced_brace () +{ + line_error (_("Misplaced %c"), '}'); +} + +/* Signals end of processing. Easy to make this happen. */ +void +cm_bye () +{ + input_text_offset = size_of_input_text; +} + /* Set the paragraph indentation variable to the value specified in STRING. Values can be: `asis': Don't change existing indentation. @@ -3682,12 +7654,1929 @@ set_paragraph_indent (string) else { if (sscanf (string, "%d", ¶graph_start_indent) != 1) - return -1; + return (-1); else { if (paragraph_start_indent == 0) paragraph_start_indent = -1; } } - return 0; + return (0); +} + +void +cm_paragraphindent () +{ + char *arg; + + get_rest_of_line (&arg); + if (set_paragraph_indent (arg) != 0) + line_error (_("Bad argument to %c%s"), COMMAND_PREFIX, command); + + free (arg); +} + +/* **************************************************************** */ +/* */ +/* Indexing Stuff */ +/* */ +/* **************************************************************** */ + + +/* An index element... */ +typedef struct index_elt +{ + struct index_elt *next; + char *entry; /* The index entry itself. */ + char *node; /* The node from whence it came. */ + int code; /* Nonzero means add `@code{...}' when + printing this element. */ + int defining_line; /* Line number where this entry was written. */ + char *defining_file; /* Source file for defining_line. */ +} INDEX_ELT; + +/* A list of short-names for each index. + + There are two indices into the the_indices array. + + * read_index is the index that points to the list of index + entries that we will find if we ask for the list of entries for + this name. + + * write_index is the index that points to the list of index entries + that we will add new entries to. + + Initially, read_index and write index are the same, but the + @syncodeindex and @synindex commands can change the list we add + entries to. + + For example, after the commands + + @cindex foo + @defindex ii + @synindex cp ii + @cindex bar + + the cp index will contain the entry `foo', and the new ii + index will contain the entry `bar'. This is consistent with the + way texinfo.tex handles the same situation. + + In addition, for each index, it is remembered whether that index is + a code index or not. Code indices have @code{} inserted around the + first word when they are printed with printindex. */ +typedef struct +{ + char *name; + int read_index; /* index entries for `name' */ + int write_index; /* store index entries here, @synindex can change it */ + int code; +} INDEX_ALIST; + +INDEX_ALIST **name_index_alist = (INDEX_ALIST **) NULL; + +/* An array of pointers. Each one is for a different index. The + "synindex" command changes which array slot is pointed to by a + given "index". */ +INDEX_ELT **the_indices = (INDEX_ELT **) NULL; + +/* The number of defined indices. */ +int defined_indices = 0; + +void +init_indices () +{ + int i; + + /* Create the default data structures. */ + + /* Initialize data space. */ + if (!the_indices) + { + the_indices = (INDEX_ELT **) xmalloc ((1 + defined_indices) * + sizeof (INDEX_ELT *)); + the_indices[defined_indices] = (INDEX_ELT *) NULL; + + name_index_alist = (INDEX_ALIST **) xmalloc ((1 + defined_indices) * + sizeof (INDEX_ALIST *)); + name_index_alist[defined_indices] = (INDEX_ALIST *) NULL; + } + + /* If there were existing indices, get rid of them now. */ + for (i = 0; i < defined_indices; i++) + { + undefindex (name_index_alist[i]->name); + if (name_index_alist[i]) + { /* Suppose we're called with two input files, and the first + does a @synindex pg cp. Then, when we get here to start + the second file, the "pg" element won't get freed by + undefindex (because it's pointing to "cp"). So free it + here; otherwise, when we try to define the pg index again + just below, it will still point to cp. */ + free (name_index_alist[i]->name); + free (name_index_alist[i]); + name_index_alist[i] = (INDEX_ALIST *) NULL; + } + } + + /* Add the default indices. */ + top_defindex ("cp", 0); /* cp is the only non-code index. */ + top_defindex ("fn", 1); + top_defindex ("ky", 1); + top_defindex ("pg", 1); + top_defindex ("tp", 1); + top_defindex ("vr", 1); +} + +/* Find which element in the known list of indices has this name. + Returns -1 if NAME isn't found. */ +int +find_index_offset (name) + char *name; +{ + register int i; + for (i = 0; i < defined_indices; i++) + if (name_index_alist[i] && + strcmp (name, name_index_alist[i]->name) == 0) + return (i); + return (-1); +} + +/* Return a pointer to the entry of (name . index) for this name. + Return NULL if the index doesn't exist. */ +INDEX_ALIST * +find_index (name) + char *name; +{ + int offset = find_index_offset (name); + if (offset > -1) + return (name_index_alist[offset]); + else + return ((INDEX_ALIST *) NULL); +} + +/* Given an index name, return the offset in the_indices of this index, + or -1 if there is no such index. */ +int +translate_index (name) + char *name; +{ + INDEX_ALIST *which = find_index (name); + + if (which) + return (which->read_index); + else + return (-1); +} + +/* Return the index list which belongs to NAME. */ +INDEX_ELT * +index_list (name) + char *name; +{ + int which = translate_index (name); + if (which < 0) + return ((INDEX_ELT *) -1); + else + return (the_indices[which]); +} + +/* Please release me, let me go... */ +void +free_index (index) + INDEX_ELT *index; +{ + INDEX_ELT *temp; + + while ((temp = index) != (INDEX_ELT *) NULL) + { + free (temp->entry); + /* Do not free the node, because we already freed the tag table, + which freed all the node names. */ + /* free (temp->node); */ + index = index->next; + free (temp); + } +} + +/* Flush an index by name. This will delete the list of entries that + would be written by a @printindex command for this index. */ +void +undefindex (name) + char *name; +{ + int i; + int which = find_index_offset (name); + + /* The index might have already been freed if this was the target of + an @synindex. */ + if (which < 0 || !name_index_alist[which]) + return; + + i = name_index_alist[which]->read_index; + + free_index (the_indices[i]); + the_indices[i] = (INDEX_ELT *) NULL; + + free (name_index_alist[which]->name); + free (name_index_alist[which]); + name_index_alist[which] = (INDEX_ALIST *) NULL; +} + +/* Define an index known as NAME. We assign the slot number. + CODE if Nonzero says to make this a code index. */ +void +defindex (name, code) + char *name; + int code; +{ + register int i, slot; + + /* If it already exists, flush it. */ + undefindex (name); + + /* Try to find an empty slot. */ + slot = -1; + for (i = 0; i < defined_indices; i++) + if (!name_index_alist[i]) + { + slot = i; + break; + } + + if (slot < 0) + { + /* No such luck. Make space for another index. */ + slot = defined_indices; + defined_indices++; + + name_index_alist = (INDEX_ALIST **) + xrealloc ((char *)name_index_alist, + (1 + defined_indices) * sizeof (INDEX_ALIST *)); + the_indices = (INDEX_ELT **) + xrealloc ((char *)the_indices, + (1 + defined_indices) * sizeof (INDEX_ELT *)); + } + + /* We have a slot. Start assigning. */ + name_index_alist[slot] = (INDEX_ALIST *) xmalloc (sizeof (INDEX_ALIST)); + name_index_alist[slot]->name = xstrdup (name); + name_index_alist[slot]->read_index = slot; + name_index_alist[slot]->write_index = slot; + name_index_alist[slot]->code = code; + + the_indices[slot] = (INDEX_ELT *) NULL; +} + +/* Add the arguments to the current index command to the index NAME. */ +void +index_add_arg (name) + char *name; +{ + int which; + char *index_entry; + INDEX_ALIST *tem; + + tem = find_index (name); + + which = tem ? tem->write_index : -1; + +#if defined (HAVE_MACROS) + if (macro_expansion_output_stream && !executing_string) + append_to_expansion_output (input_text_offset + 1); +#endif /* HAVE_MACROS */ + + get_rest_of_line (&index_entry); + ignore_blank_line (); + +#if defined (HAVE_MACROS) + if (macro_expansion_output_stream && !executing_string) + { + int op_orig; + + remember_itext (input_text, input_text_offset); + op_orig = output_paragraph_offset; + me_execute_string (index_entry); + me_execute_string ("\n"); + output_paragraph_offset = op_orig; + } +#endif /* HAVE_MACROS */ + + if (which < 0) + { + line_error (_("Unknown index `%s'"), name); + free (index_entry); + } + else + { + INDEX_ELT *new = (INDEX_ELT *) xmalloc (sizeof (INDEX_ELT)); + new->next = the_indices[which]; + new->entry = index_entry; + new->node = current_node; + new->code = tem->code; + new->defining_line = line_number - 1; + new->defining_file = input_filename; + the_indices[which] = new; + } +} + +#define INDEX_COMMAND_SUFFIX "index" + +/* The function which user defined index commands call. */ +void +gen_index () +{ + char *name = xstrdup (command); + if (strlen (name) >= strlen ("index")) + name[strlen (name) - strlen ("index")] = 0; + index_add_arg (name); + free (name); +} + +void +top_defindex (name, code) + char *name; + int code; +{ + char *temp; + + temp = (char *) xmalloc (1 + strlen (name) + strlen ("index")); + sprintf (temp, "%sindex", name); + define_user_command (temp, gen_index, 0); + defindex (name, code); + free (temp); +} + +/* Define a new index command. Arg is name of index. */ +void +cm_defindex () +{ + gen_defindex (0); +} + +void +cm_defcodeindex () +{ + gen_defindex (1); +} + +void +gen_defindex (code) + int code; +{ + char *name; + get_rest_of_line (&name); + + if (find_index (name)) + { + line_error (_("Index `%s' already exists"), name); + free (name); + return; + } + else + { + char *temp = (char *) alloca (1 + strlen (name) + strlen ("index")); + sprintf (temp, "%sindex", name); + define_user_command (temp, gen_index, 0); + defindex (name, code); + free (name); + } +} + +/* Expects 2 args, on the same line. Both are index abbreviations. + Make the first one be a synonym for the second one, i.e. make the + first one have the same index as the second one. */ +void +cm_synindex () +{ + int source, target; + char *abbrev1, *abbrev2; + + skip_whitespace (); + get_until_in_line (0, " ", &abbrev1); + target = find_index_offset (abbrev1); + skip_whitespace (); + get_until_in_line (0, " ", &abbrev2); + source = find_index_offset (abbrev2); + if (source < 0 || target < 0) + { + line_error (_("Unknown index `%s' and/or `%s' in @synindex"), + abbrev1, abbrev2); + } + else + { + name_index_alist[target]->write_index + = name_index_alist[source]->write_index; + } + + free (abbrev1); + free (abbrev2); +} + +void +cm_pindex () /* Pinhead index. */ +{ + index_add_arg ("pg"); +} + +void +cm_vindex () /* Variable index. */ +{ + index_add_arg ("vr"); +} + +void +cm_kindex () /* Key index. */ +{ + index_add_arg ("ky"); +} + +void +cm_cindex () /* Concept index. */ +{ + index_add_arg ("cp"); +} + +void +cm_findex () /* Function index. */ +{ + index_add_arg ("fn"); +} + +void +cm_tindex () /* Data Type index. */ +{ + index_add_arg ("tp"); +} + +/* Sorting the index. */ +int +index_element_compare (element1, element2) + INDEX_ELT **element1, **element2; +{ + return (strcasecmp ((*element1)->entry, (*element2)->entry)); +} + +/* Force all index entries to be unique. */ +void +make_index_entries_unique (array, count) + INDEX_ELT **array; + int count; +{ + register int i, j; + INDEX_ELT **copy; + int counter = 1; + + copy = (INDEX_ELT **)xmalloc ((1 + count) * sizeof (INDEX_ELT *)); + + for (i = 0, j = 0; i < count; i++) + { + if ((i == (count - 1)) || + (array[i]->node != array[i + 1]->node) || + (strcmp (array[i]->entry, array[i + 1]->entry) != 0)) + copy[j++] = array[i]; + else + { + free (array[i]->entry); + free (array[i]); + } + } + copy[j] = (INDEX_ELT *)NULL; + + /* Now COPY contains only unique entries. Duplicated entries in the + original array have been freed. Replace the current array with + the copy, fixing the NEXT pointers. */ + for (i = 0; copy[i] != (INDEX_ELT *)NULL; i++) + { + + copy[i]->next = copy[i + 1]; + + /* Fix entry names which are the same. They point to different nodes, + so we make the entry name unique. */ + if ((copy[i + 1] != (INDEX_ELT *)NULL) && + (strcmp (copy[i]->entry, copy[i + 1]->entry) == 0)) + { + char *new_entry_name; + + new_entry_name = (char *)xmalloc (10 + strlen (copy[i]->entry)); + sprintf (new_entry_name, "%s <%d>", copy[i]->entry, counter); + free (copy[i]->entry); + copy[i]->entry = new_entry_name; + counter++; + } + else + counter = 1; + + array[i] = copy[i]; + } + array[i] = (INDEX_ELT *)NULL; + + /* Free the storage used only by COPY. */ + free (copy); +} + +/* Sort the index passed in INDEX, returning an array of + pointers to elements. The array is terminated with a NULL + pointer. We call qsort because it's supposed to be fast. + I think this looks bad. */ +INDEX_ELT ** +sort_index (index) + INDEX_ELT *index; +{ + INDEX_ELT **array; + INDEX_ELT *temp = index; + int count = 0; + int save_line_number = line_number; + char *save_input_filename = input_filename; + + while (temp != (INDEX_ELT *) NULL) + { + count++; + temp = temp->next; + } + + /* We have the length. Make an array. */ + + array = (INDEX_ELT **) xmalloc ((count + 1) * sizeof (INDEX_ELT *)); + count = 0; + temp = index; + + while (temp != (INDEX_ELT *) NULL) + { + array[count++] = temp; + + /* Set line number and input filename to the source line for this + index entry, as this expansion finds any errors. */ + line_number = array[count - 1]->defining_line; + input_filename = array[count - 1]->defining_file; + + /* If this particular entry should be printed as a "code" index, + then wrap the entry with "@code{...}". */ + array[count - 1]->entry = expansion (temp->entry, index->code); + + temp = temp->next; + } + array[count] = (INDEX_ELT *) NULL; /* terminate the array. */ + line_number = save_line_number; + input_filename = save_input_filename; + + /* Sort the array. */ + qsort (array, count, sizeof (INDEX_ELT *), index_element_compare); + make_index_entries_unique (array, count); + return (array); +} + +/* Nonzero means that we are in the middle of printing an index. */ +int printing_index = 0; + +/* Takes one arg, a short name of an index to print. + Outputs a menu of the sorted elements of the index. */ +void +cm_printindex () +{ + int item; + INDEX_ELT *index; + INDEX_ELT **array; + char *index_name; + unsigned line_length; + char *line; + int saved_inhibit_paragraph_indentation = inhibit_paragraph_indentation; + int saved_filling_enabled = filling_enabled; + + close_paragraph (); + get_rest_of_line (&index_name); + + index = index_list (index_name); + if (index == (INDEX_ELT *)-1) + { + line_error (_("Unknown index `%s' in @printindex"), index_name); + free (index_name); + return; + } + else + free (index_name); + + /* Do this before sorting, so execute_string in index_element_compare + will give the same results as when we actually print. */ + printing_index = 1; + filling_enabled = 0; + inhibit_paragraph_indentation = 1; + array = sort_index (index); + + close_paragraph (); + add_word (_("* Menu:\n\n")); + +#if defined (HAVE_MACROS) + me_inhibit_expansion++; +#endif /* HAVE_MACROS */ + + /* This will probably be enough. */ + line_length = 100; + line = xmalloc (line_length); + + for (item = 0; (index = array[item]); item++) + { + /* A pathological document might have an index entry outside of any + node. Don't crash. Perhaps should warn. */ + char *index_node = index->node ? index->node : "(none)"; + unsigned new_length = strlen (index->entry); + + if (new_length < 37) /* minimum length used below */ + new_length = 37; + new_length += strlen (index_node) + 7; /* * : .\n\0 */ + + if (new_length > line_length) + { + line_length = new_length; + line = xrealloc (line, line_length); + } + + /* Print the entry, nicely formatted. We've already expanded any + commands, including any implicit @code. Thus, can't call + execute_string, since @@ has turned into @. */ + sprintf (line, "* %-37s %s.\n", index->entry, index_node); + line[2 + strlen (index->entry)] = ':'; + insert_string (line); + + /* Previous `output_paragraph' from growing to the size of the + whole index. */ + flush_output (); + } + + free (line); + +#if defined (HAVE_MACROS) + me_inhibit_expansion--; +#endif /* HAVE_MACROS */ + + printing_index = 0; + free (array); + close_single_paragraph (); + filling_enabled = saved_filling_enabled; + inhibit_paragraph_indentation = saved_inhibit_paragraph_indentation; +} + +/* User-defined commands, which happens only from user-defined indexes. */ + +void +define_user_command (name, proc, needs_braces_p) + char *name; + COMMAND_FUNCTION *proc; + int needs_braces_p; +{ + int slot = user_command_array_len; + user_command_array_len++; + + if (!user_command_array) + user_command_array = (COMMAND **) xmalloc (1 * sizeof (COMMAND *)); + + user_command_array = (COMMAND **) xrealloc (user_command_array, + (1 + user_command_array_len) * + sizeof (COMMAND *)); + + user_command_array[slot] = (COMMAND *) xmalloc (sizeof (COMMAND)); + user_command_array[slot]->name = xstrdup (name); + user_command_array[slot]->proc = proc; + user_command_array[slot]->argument_in_braces = needs_braces_p; +} + +/* Some support for footnotes. */ + +/* Footnotes are a new construct in Info. We don't know the best method + of implementing them for sure, so we present two possiblities. + + SeparateNode: + Make them look like followed references, with the reference + destinations in a makeinfo manufactured node or, + + EndNode: + Make them appear at the bottom of the node that they originally + appeared in. */ +#define SeparateNode 0 +#define EndNode 1 + +int footnote_style = EndNode; +int first_footnote_this_node = 1; +int footnote_count = 0; + +/* Set the footnote style based on he style identifier in STRING. */ +int +set_footnote_style (string) + char *string; +{ + if ((strcasecmp (string, "separate") == 0) || + (strcasecmp (string, "MN") == 0)) + footnote_style = SeparateNode; + else if ((strcasecmp (string, "end") == 0) || + (strcasecmp (string, "EN") == 0)) + footnote_style = EndNode; + else + return (-1); + + return (0); +} + +void +cm_footnotestyle () +{ + char *arg; + + get_rest_of_line (&arg); + + /* If set on command line, do not change the footnote style. */ + if (!footnote_style_preset && set_footnote_style (arg) != 0) + line_error ("Bad argument to %c%s", COMMAND_PREFIX, command); + + free (arg); +} + +typedef struct fn +{ + struct fn *next; + char *marker; + char *note; +} FN; + +FN *pending_notes = (FN *) NULL; + +/* A method for remembering footnotes. Note that this list gets output + at the end of the current node. */ +void +remember_note (marker, note) + char *marker, *note; +{ + FN *temp = (FN *) xmalloc (sizeof (FN)); + + temp->marker = xstrdup (marker); + temp->note = xstrdup (note); + temp->next = pending_notes; + pending_notes = temp; + footnote_count++; +} + +/* How to get rid of existing footnotes. */ +void +free_pending_notes () +{ + FN *temp; + + while ((temp = pending_notes) != (FN *) NULL) + { + free (temp->marker); + free (temp->note); + pending_notes = pending_notes->next; + free (temp); + } + first_footnote_this_node = 1; + footnote_count = 0; +} + +/* What to do when you see a @footnote construct. */ + + /* Handle a "footnote". + footnote *{this is a footnote} + where "*" is the (optional) marker character for this note. */ +void +cm_footnote () +{ + char *marker; + char *note; + + get_until ("{", &marker); + canon_white (marker); + + if (macro_expansion_output_stream && !executing_string) + append_to_expansion_output (input_text_offset + 1); /* include the { */ + + /* Read the argument in braces. */ + if (curchar () != '{') + { + line_error (_("`%c%s' needs an argument `{...}', not just `%s'"), + COMMAND_PREFIX, command, marker); + free (marker); + return; + } + else + { + int len; + int braces = 1; + int loc = ++input_text_offset; + + while (braces) + { + if (loc == size_of_input_text) + { + line_error (_("No closing brace for footnote `%s'"), marker); + return; + } + + if (input_text[loc] == '{') + braces++; + else if (input_text[loc] == '}') + braces--; + else if (input_text[loc] == '\n') + line_number++; + + loc++; + } + + len = (loc - input_text_offset) - 1; + note = (char *)xmalloc (len + 1); + strncpy (note, &input_text[input_text_offset], len); + note[len] = 0; + input_text_offset = loc; + } + + /* Must write the macro-expanded argument to the macro expansion + output stream. This is like the case in index_add_arg. */ + if (macro_expansion_output_stream && !executing_string) + { + int op_orig; + + remember_itext (input_text, input_text_offset); + op_orig = output_paragraph_offset; + me_execute_string (note); + /* Calling me_execute_string on a lone } provokes an error, since + as far as the reader knows there is no matching {. We wrote + the { above in the call to append_to_expansion_output. */ + write_region_to_macro_output ("}", 0, 1); + output_paragraph_offset = op_orig; + } + + if (!current_node || !*current_node) + { + line_error (_("Footnote defined without parent node")); + free (marker); + free (note); + return; + } + + if (!*marker) + { + free (marker); + + if (number_footnotes) + { + marker = (char *)xmalloc (10); + sprintf (marker, "%d", current_footnote_number); + current_footnote_number++; + } + else + marker = xstrdup ("*"); + } + + remember_note (marker, note); + + /* Your method should at least insert MARKER. */ + switch (footnote_style) + { + case SeparateNode: + add_word_args ("(%s)", marker); + if (first_footnote_this_node) + { + char *temp_string; + + temp_string = (char *) + xmalloc ((strlen (current_node)) + (strlen (_("-Footnotes"))) + 1); + + add_word_args (" (*note %s-Footnotes::)", current_node); + strcpy (temp_string, current_node); + strcat (temp_string, "-Footnotes"); + remember_node_reference (temp_string, line_number, followed_reference); + free (temp_string); + first_footnote_this_node = 0; + } + break; + + case EndNode: + add_word_args ("(%s)", marker); + break; + + default: + break; + } + free (marker); + free (note); +} + +/* Nonzero means that we are currently in the process of outputting + footnotes. */ +int already_outputting_pending_notes = 0; + +/* Output the footnotes. We are at the end of the current node. */ +void +output_pending_notes () +{ + FN *footnote = pending_notes; + + if (!pending_notes) + return; + + switch (footnote_style) + { + case SeparateNode: + { + char *old_current_node = current_node; + char *old_command = xstrdup (command); + + already_outputting_pending_notes++; + execute_string ("%cnode %s-Footnotes,,,%s\n", + COMMAND_PREFIX, current_node, current_node); + already_outputting_pending_notes--; + current_node = old_current_node; + free (command); + command = old_command; + } + break; + + case EndNode: + close_paragraph (); + in_fixed_width_font++; + execute_string (_("---------- Footnotes ----------\n\n")); + in_fixed_width_font--; + break; + } + + /* Handle the footnotes in reverse order. */ + { + FN **array = (FN **) xmalloc ((footnote_count + 1) * sizeof (FN *)); + + array[footnote_count] = (FN *) NULL; + + while (--footnote_count > -1) + { + array[footnote_count] = footnote; + footnote = footnote->next; + } + + filling_enabled = 1; + indented_fill = 1; + + while ((footnote = array[++footnote_count])) + { + execute_string ("(%s) %s", footnote->marker, footnote->note); + close_paragraph (); + } + close_paragraph (); + free (array); + } +} + +/* **************************************************************** */ +/* */ +/* User definable Macros (text substitution) */ +/* */ +/* **************************************************************** */ + +#if defined (HAVE_MACROS) + +/* Array of macros and definitions. */ +MACRO_DEF **macro_list = (MACRO_DEF **)NULL; + +int macro_list_len = 0; /* Number of elements. */ +int macro_list_size = 0; /* Number of slots in total. */ + +/* Return the macro definition of NAME or NULL if NAME is not defined. */ +MACRO_DEF * +find_macro (name) + char *name; +{ + register int i; + register MACRO_DEF *def; + + def = (MACRO_DEF *)NULL; + for (i = 0; macro_list && (def = macro_list[i]); i++) + { + if ((!def->inhibited) && (strcmp (def->name, name) == 0)) + break; + } + return (def); +} + +/* Add the macro NAME with ARGLIST and BODY to the list of defined macros. + SOURCE_FILE is the name of the file where this definition can be found, + and SOURCE_LINENO is the line number within that file. If a macro already + exists with NAME, then a warning is produced, and that previous + definition is overwritten. */ +void +add_macro (name, arglist, body, source_file, source_lineno, flags) + char *name; + char **arglist; + char *body; + char *source_file; + int source_lineno, flags; +{ + register MACRO_DEF *def; + + def = find_macro (name); + + if (!def) + { + if (macro_list_len + 2 >= macro_list_size) + macro_list = (MACRO_DEF **)xrealloc + (macro_list, ((macro_list_size += 10) * sizeof (MACRO_DEF *))); + + macro_list[macro_list_len] = (MACRO_DEF *)xmalloc (sizeof (MACRO_DEF)); + macro_list[macro_list_len + 1] = (MACRO_DEF *)NULL; + + def = macro_list[macro_list_len]; + macro_list_len += 1; + def->name = name; + } + else + { + char *temp_filename = input_filename; + int temp_line = line_number; + + warning (_("macro `%s' previously defined"), name); + + input_filename = def->source_file; + line_number = def->source_lineno; + warning (_("here is the previous definition of `%s'"), name); + + input_filename = temp_filename; + line_number = temp_line; + + if (def->arglist) + { + register int i; + + for (i = 0; def->arglist[i]; i++) + free (def->arglist[i]); + + free (def->arglist); + } + free (def->source_file); + free (def->body); + } + + def->source_file = xstrdup (source_file); + def->source_lineno = source_lineno; + def->body = body; + def->arglist = arglist; + def->inhibited = 0; + def->flags = flags; +} + +/* Delete the macro with name NAME. The macro is deleted from the list, + but it is also returned. If there was no macro defined, NULL is + returned. */ +MACRO_DEF * +delete_macro (name) + char *name; +{ + register int i; + register MACRO_DEF *def; + + def = (MACRO_DEF *)NULL; + + for (i = 0; macro_list && (def = macro_list[i]); i++) + if (strcmp (def->name, name) == 0) + { + memmove (macro_list + i, macro_list + i + 1, + ((macro_list_len + 1) - i) * sizeof (MACRO_DEF *)); + macro_list_len--; + break; + } + return (def); +} + +/* Return the arglist on the current line. This can behave in two different + ways, depending on the variable BRACES_REQUIRED_FOR_MACRO_ARGS. */ +int braces_required_for_macro_args = 0; + +char ** +get_macro_args (def) + MACRO_DEF *def; +{ + register int i; + char *word; + + /* Quickly check to see if this macro has been invoked with any arguments. + If not, then don't skip any of the following whitespace. */ + for (i = input_text_offset; i < size_of_input_text; i++) + if (!cr_or_whitespace (input_text[i])) + break; + + if (input_text[i] != '{') + { + if (braces_required_for_macro_args) + { + return ((char **)NULL); + } + else + { + /* Braces are not required to fill out the macro arguments. If + this macro takes one argument, it is considered to be the + remainder of the line, sans whitespace. */ + if (def->arglist && def->arglist[0] && !def->arglist[1]) + { + char **arglist; + + get_rest_of_line (&word); + if (input_text[input_text_offset - 1] == '\n') + { + input_text_offset--; + line_number--; + } + /* canon_white (word); */ + arglist = (char **)xmalloc (2 * sizeof (char *)); + arglist[0] = word; + arglist[1] = (char *)NULL; + return (arglist); + } + else + { + /* The macro either took no arguments, or took more than + one argument. In that case, it must be invoked with + arguments surrounded by braces. */ + return ((char **)NULL); + } + } + } + return (get_brace_args (def->flags & ME_QUOTE_ARG)); +} + +/* Substitute actual parameters for named parameters in body. + The named parameters which appear in BODY must by surrounded + reverse slashes, as in \foo\. */ +char * +apply (named, actuals, body) + char **named, **actuals, *body; +{ + register int i; + int new_body_index, new_body_size; + char *new_body, *text; + int length_of_actuals; + + length_of_actuals = array_len (actuals); + new_body_size = strlen (body); + new_body = (char *)xmalloc (1 + new_body_size); + + /* Copy chars from BODY into NEW_BODY. */ + i = 0; new_body_index = 0; + + while (1) + { + if (!body[i]) + break; + + if (body[i] != '\\') + new_body[new_body_index++] = body[i++]; + else + { + /* Snarf parameter name, check against named parameters. */ + char *param; + int param_start, which, len; + + param_start = ++i; + while ((body[i]) && (body[i] != '\\')) + i++; + + len = i - param_start; + param = (char *)xmalloc (1 + len); + memcpy (param, body + param_start, len); + param[len] = 0; + + if (body[i]) /* move past \ */ + i++; + + /* Now check against named parameters. */ + for (which = 0; named && named[which]; which++) + if (strcmp (named[which], param) == 0) + break; + + if (named && named[which]) + { + if (which < length_of_actuals) + text = actuals[which]; + else + text = (char *)NULL; + + if (!text) + text = ""; + + len = strlen (text); + } + else + { /* not a parameter, restore \'s */ + i = body[i] ? (i - 1) : i; + len++; + text = xmalloc (1 + len); + sprintf (text, "\\%s", param); + } + + if ((2 + strlen (param)) < len) + { + new_body_size += len + 1; + new_body = xrealloc (new_body, new_body_size); + } + + free (param); + + strcpy (new_body + new_body_index, text); + new_body_index += len; + + if (!named || !named[which]) + free (text); + } + } + new_body[new_body_index] = 0; + return (new_body); +} + +/* Execute the macro passed in DEF, a pointer to a MACRO_DEF. */ +void +execute_macro (def) + MACRO_DEF *def; +{ + char **arglist; + int num_args; + char *execution_string = (char *)NULL; + + if (macro_expansion_output_stream && !executing_string && !me_inhibit_expansion) + me_append_before_this_command (); + + /* Find out how many arguments this macro definition takes. */ + num_args = array_len (def->arglist); + + /* Gather the arguments present on the line if there are any. */ + arglist = get_macro_args (def); + + if (num_args < array_len (arglist)) + { + free_array (arglist); + line_error (_("Macro `%s' called with too many args"), def->name); + return; + } + + if (def->body) + execution_string = apply (def->arglist, arglist, def->body); + + free_array (arglist); + + if (def->body) + { + if (macro_expansion_output_stream && !executing_string && !me_inhibit_expansion) + { + remember_itext (input_text, input_text_offset); + me_execute_string (execution_string); + } + else + execute_string ("%s", execution_string); + + free (execution_string); + } +} + +/* Read and remember the definition of a macro. */ +void +cm_macro () +{ + register int i; + char *name, **arglist, *body, *line; + int body_size, body_index; + int depth = 1; + int defining_line = line_number; + int flags = 0; + + arglist = (char **)NULL; + body = (char *)NULL; + body_size = 0; + body_index = 0; + + if (macro_expansion_output_stream && !executing_string) + me_append_before_this_command (); + + skip_whitespace (); + + /* Get the name of the macro. This is the set of characters which are + not whitespace and are not `{' immediately following the @macro. */ + { + int start = input_text_offset; + int len; + + for (i = start; + (i < size_of_input_text) && + (input_text[i] != '{') && + (!cr_or_whitespace (input_text[i])); + i++); + + len = i - start; + name = (char *)xmalloc (1 + len); + strncpy (name, input_text + start, len); + name[len] = 0; + input_text_offset = i; + } + + skip_whitespace (); + + /* It is not required that the definition of a macro includes an arglist. + If not, don't try to get the named parameters, just use a null list. */ + if (curchar () == '{') + { + int arglist_index = 0, arglist_size = 0; + int gathering_words = 1; + char *word = (char *)NULL; + int character; + + /* Read the words inside of the braces which determine the arglist. + These words will be replaced within the body of the macro at + execution time. */ + + input_text_offset++; + skip_whitespace_and_newlines (); + + while (gathering_words) + { + int len; + + for (i = input_text_offset; + (character = input_text[i]); + i++) + { + switch (character) + { + case '\n': + line_number++; + case ' ': + case '\t': + case ',': + case '}': + /* Found the end of the current arglist word. Save it. */ + len = i - input_text_offset; + word = (char *)xmalloc (1 + len); + strncpy (word, input_text + input_text_offset, len); + word[len] = 0; + input_text_offset = i; + + /* Advance to the comma or close-brace that signified + the end of the argument. */ + while ((character = curchar ()) + && character != ',' + && character != '}') + { + input_text_offset++; + if (character == '\n') + line_number++; + } + + /* Add the word to our list of words. */ + if ((arglist_index + 2) >= arglist_size) + arglist = (char **)xrealloc + (arglist, (arglist_size += 10) * sizeof (char *)); + + arglist[arglist_index++] = word; + arglist[arglist_index] = (char *)NULL; + break; + } + + if (character == '}') + { + input_text_offset++; + gathering_words = 0; + break; + } + + if (character == ',') + { + input_text_offset++; + skip_whitespace_and_newlines (); + i = input_text_offset - 1; + } + } + } + } + + /* Read the text carefully until we find an "@end macro" which + matches this one. The text in between is the body of the macro. */ + skip_whitespace_and_newlines (); + + while (depth) + { + if ((input_text_offset + 9) > size_of_input_text) + { + int temp_line = line_number; + line_number = defining_line; + line_error (_("%cend macro not found"), COMMAND_PREFIX); + line_number = temp_line; + return; + } + + get_rest_of_line (&line); + + /* Handle commands only meaningful within a macro. */ + if ((*line == COMMAND_PREFIX) && (depth == 1) && + (strncmp (line + 1, "allow-recursion", 15) == 0) && + (line[16] == 0 || whitespace (line[16]))) + { + for (i = 16; whitespace (line[i]); i++); + strcpy (line, line + i); + flags |= ME_RECURSE; + if (!*line) + { + free (line); + continue; + } + } + + if ((*line == COMMAND_PREFIX) && (depth == 1) && + (strncmp (line + 1, "quote-arg", 9) == 0) && + (line[10] == 0 || whitespace (line[10]))) + { + for (i = 10; whitespace (line[i]); i++); + strcpy (line, line + i); + + if (arglist && arglist[0] && !arglist[1]) + { + flags |= ME_QUOTE_ARG; + if (!*line) + { + free (line); + continue; + } + } + else + { + line_error (_("%cquote-arg only useful when the macro takes a single argument"), + COMMAND_PREFIX); + } + } + + if ((*line == COMMAND_PREFIX) && + (strncmp (line + 1, "macro ", 6) == 0)) + depth++; + + if ((*line == COMMAND_PREFIX) && + (strncmp (line + 1, "end macro", 9) == 0)) + depth--; + + if (depth) + { + if ((body_index + strlen (line) + 3) >= body_size) + body = (char *)xrealloc + (body, body_size += 3 + strlen (line)); + strcpy (body + body_index, line); + body_index += strlen (line); + body[body_index++] = '\n'; + body[body_index] = 0; + } + free (line); + } + + /* If it was an empty macro like + @macro foo + @end macro + create an empty body. (Otherwise, the macro is not expanded.) */ + if (!body) + { + body = (char *)malloc(1); + *body = 0; + } + + /* We now have the name, the arglist, and the body. However, BODY + includes the final newline which preceded the `@end macro' text. + Delete it. */ + if (body && strlen (body)) + body[strlen (body) - 1] = 0; + + add_macro (name, arglist, body, input_filename, defining_line, flags); + + if (macro_expansion_output_stream && !executing_string) + remember_itext (input_text, input_text_offset); +} + +void +cm_unmacro () +{ + register int i; + char *line, *name; + MACRO_DEF *def; + + if (macro_expansion_output_stream && !executing_string) + me_append_before_this_command (); + + get_rest_of_line (&line); + + for (i = 0; line[i] && !whitespace (line[i]); i++); + name = (char *)xmalloc (i + 1); + strncpy (name, line, i); + name[i] = 0; + + def = delete_macro (name); + + if (def) + { + free (def->source_file); + free (def->name); + free (def->body); + + if (def->arglist) + { + register int i; + + for (i = 0; def->arglist[i]; i++) + free (def->arglist[i]); + + free (def->arglist); + } + + free (def); + } + + free (line); + free (name); + + if (macro_expansion_output_stream && !executing_string) + remember_itext (input_text, input_text_offset); +} + +/* How to output sections of the input file verbatim. */ + +/* Set the value of POINTER's offset to OFFSET. */ +ITEXT * +remember_itext (pointer, offset) + char *pointer; + int offset; +{ + register int i; + ITEXT *itext = (ITEXT *)NULL; + + /* If we have no info, initialize a blank list. */ + if (!itext_info) + { + itext_info = (ITEXT **)xmalloc ((itext_size = 10) * sizeof (ITEXT *)); + for (i = 0; i < itext_size; i++) + itext_info[i] = (ITEXT *)NULL; + } + + /* If the pointer is already present in the list, then set the offset. */ + for (i = 0; i < itext_size; i++) + if ((itext_info[i] != (ITEXT *)NULL) && + (itext_info[i]->pointer == pointer)) + { + itext = itext_info[i]; + itext_info[i]->offset = offset; + break; + } + + if (i == itext_size) + { + /* Find a blank slot (or create a new one), and remember the + pointer and offset. */ + for (i = 0; i < itext_size; i++) + if (itext_info[i] == (ITEXT *)NULL) + break; + + /* If not found, then add some slots. */ + if (i == itext_size) + { + register int j; + + itext_info = (ITEXT **)xrealloc + (itext_info, (itext_size += 10) * sizeof (ITEXT *)); + + for (j = i; j < itext_size; j++) + itext_info[j] = (ITEXT *)NULL; + } + + /* Now add the pointer and the offset. */ + itext_info[i] = (ITEXT *)xmalloc (sizeof (ITEXT)); + itext_info[i]->pointer = pointer; + itext_info[i]->offset = offset; + itext = itext_info[i]; + } + return (itext); +} + +/* Forget the input text associated with POINTER. */ +void +forget_itext (pointer) + char *pointer; +{ + register int i; + + for (i = 0; i < itext_size; i++) + if (itext_info[i] && (itext_info[i]->pointer == pointer)) + { + free (itext_info[i]); + itext_info[i] = (ITEXT *)NULL; + break; + } +} + +/* Append the text which appeared in input_text from the last offset to + the character just before the command that we are currently executing. */ +void +me_append_before_this_command () +{ + register int i; + + for (i = input_text_offset; i && (input_text[i] != COMMAND_PREFIX); i--); + maybe_write_itext (input_text, i); +} + +/* Similar to execute_string (), but only takes a single string argument, + and remembers the input text location, etc. */ +void +me_execute_string (execution_string) + char *execution_string; +{ + pushfile (); + input_text_offset = 0; + input_text = execution_string; + input_filename = xstrdup (input_filename); + size_of_input_text = strlen (execution_string); + + remember_itext (execution_string, 0); + + me_executing_string++; + reader_loop (); + popfile (); + me_executing_string--; +} + +/* Append the text which appears in input_text from the last offset to + the current OFFSET. */ +void +append_to_expansion_output (offset) + int offset; +{ + register int i; + ITEXT *itext = (ITEXT *)NULL; + + for (i = 0; i < itext_size; i++) + if (itext_info[i] && itext_info[i]->pointer == input_text) + { + itext = itext_info[i]; + break; + } + + if (!itext) + return; + + if (offset > itext->offset) + { + write_region_to_macro_output + (input_text, itext->offset, offset); + remember_itext (input_text, offset); + } +} + +/* Only write this input text iff it appears in our itext list. */ +void +maybe_write_itext (pointer, offset) + char *pointer; + int offset; +{ + register int i; + ITEXT *itext = (ITEXT *)NULL; + + for (i = 0; i < itext_size; i++) + if (itext_info[i] && (itext_info[i]->pointer == pointer)) + { + itext = itext_info[i]; + break; + } + + if (itext && (itext->offset < offset)) + { + write_region_to_macro_output (itext->pointer, itext->offset, offset); + remember_itext (pointer, offset); + } +} + +void +write_region_to_macro_output (string, start, end) + char *string; + int start, end; +{ + if (macro_expansion_output_stream) + fwrite (string + start, 1, end - start, macro_expansion_output_stream); +} + +#endif /* HAVE_MACROS */ + +/* Return the length of the array in ARRAY. */ +int +array_len (array) + char **array; +{ + register int i = 0; + + if (array) + for (i = 0; array[i] != (char *)NULL; i++); + + return (i); +} + +void +free_array (array) + char **array; +{ + if (array) + { + register int i; + + for (i = 0; array[i] != (char *)NULL; i++) + free (array[i]); + + free (array); + } +} + +/* Function is used even when we don't have macros. Although, I have + to admit, it is unlikely that you would have a use for it if you + aren't using macros. */ +char ** +get_brace_args (quote_single) + int quote_single; +{ + char **arglist, *word; + int arglist_index, arglist_size; + int character, escape_seen, start; + int depth = 1; + + /* There is an arglist in braces here, so gather the args inside of it. */ + skip_whitespace_and_newlines (); + input_text_offset++; + arglist = (char **)NULL; + arglist_index = arglist_size = 0; + + get_arg: + skip_whitespace_and_newlines (); + start = input_text_offset; + escape_seen = 0; + + while ((character = curchar ())) + { + if (character == '\\') + { + input_text_offset += 2; + escape_seen = 1; + } + else if (character == '{') + { + depth++; + input_text_offset++; + } + else if ((character == ',' && !quote_single) || + ((character == '}') && depth == 1)) + { + int len = input_text_offset - start; + + if (len || (character != '}')) + { + word = (char *)xmalloc (1 + len); + strncpy (word, input_text + start, len); + word[len] = 0; + + /* Clean up escaped characters. */ + if (escape_seen) + { + register int i; + + for (i = 0; word[i]; i++) + if (word[i] == '\\') + memmove (word + i, word + i + 1, + 1 + strlen (word + i + 1)); + } + + if (arglist_index + 2 >= arglist_size) + arglist = (char **)xrealloc + (arglist, (arglist_size += 10) * sizeof (char *)); + + arglist[arglist_index++] = word; + arglist[arglist_index] = (char *)NULL; + } + + input_text_offset++; + if (character == '}') + break; + else + goto get_arg; + } + else if (character == '}') + { + depth--; + input_text_offset++; + } + else + { + input_text_offset++; + if (character == '\n') line_number++; + } + } + return (arglist); +} + +/* **************************************************************** */ +/* */ +/* Looking For Include Files */ +/* */ +/* **************************************************************** */ + +/* Given a string containing units of information separated by colons, + return the next one pointed to by INDEX, or NULL if there are no more. + Advance INDEX to the character after the colon. */ +char * +extract_colon_unit (string, index) + char *string; + int *index; +{ + int i, start; + + i = *index; + + if (!string || (i >= strlen (string))) + return ((char *)NULL); + + /* Each call to this routine leaves the index pointing at a colon if + there is more to the path. If I is > 0, then increment past the + `:'. If I is 0, then the path has a leading colon. Trailing colons + are handled OK by the `else' part of the if statement; an empty + string is returned in that case. */ + if (i && string[i] == ':') + i++; + + start = i; + + while (string[i] && string[i] != ':') i++; + + *index = i; + + if (i == start) + { + if (string[i]) + (*index)++; + + /* Return "" in the case of a trailing `:'. */ + return (xstrdup ("")); + } + else + { + char *value; + + value = (char *)xmalloc (1 + (i - start)); + strncpy (value, &string[start], (i - start)); + value [i - start] = 0; + + return (value); + } +} + +/* Return the full pathname for FILENAME by searching along PATH. + When found, return the stat () info for FILENAME in FINFO. + If PATH is NULL, only the current directory is searched. + If the file could not be found, return a NULL pointer. */ +char * +get_file_info_in_path (filename, path, finfo) + char *filename, *path; + struct stat *finfo; +{ + char *dir; + int result, index = 0; + + if (path == (char *)NULL) + path = "."; + + /* Handle absolute pathnames. "./foo", "/foo", "../foo". */ + if (*filename == '/' || + (*filename == '.' && + (filename[1] == '/' || + (filename[1] == '.' && filename[2] == '/'))) +#ifdef WIN32 + /* Handle names that look like "d:/foo/bar" */ + || (isalpha (*filename) && filename [1] == ':' + && (filename [2] == '/' || filename [2] == '\\')) +#endif + ) + { + if (stat (filename, finfo) == 0) + return (xstrdup (filename)); + else + return ((char *)NULL); + } + + while ((dir = extract_colon_unit (path, &index))) + { + char *fullpath; + + if (!*dir) + { + free (dir); + dir = xstrdup ("."); + } + + fullpath = (char *)xmalloc (2 + strlen (dir) + strlen (filename)); + sprintf (fullpath, "%s/%s", dir, filename); + free (dir); + + result = stat (fullpath, finfo); + + if (result == 0) + return (fullpath); + else + free (fullpath); + } + return NULL; } diff --git a/contrib/texinfo/makeinfo/makeinfo.texi b/contrib/texinfo/makeinfo/makeinfo.texi deleted file mode 100644 index f379ae0..0000000 --- a/contrib/texinfo/makeinfo/makeinfo.texi +++ /dev/null @@ -1,303 +0,0 @@ -\input texinfo @c -*-texinfo-*- -@comment %**start of header -@setfilename makeinfo.info -@set VERSION 1.61 -@paragraphindent none -@comment %**start of header -@comment $Id: makeinfo.texi,v 1.2 1996/09/28 21:49:18 karl Exp $ - -@dircategory Texinfo documentation system -@direntry -* makeinfo: (makeinfo). Convert Texinfo source to Info or plain ASCII. -@end direntry - -@ifinfo -This file is an extract from the @cite{Texinfo} manual.@* -It documents Makeinfo, a program that converts Texinfo -files into Info files. - -Copyright (C) 1992, 93, 94, 95, 96 Free Software Foundation, Inc. - -Permission is granted to make and distribute verbatim copies of -this manual provided the copyright notice and this permission notice -are preserved on all copies. - -@ignore -Permission is granted to process this file through TeX and print the -results, provided the printed document carries copying permission -notice identical to this one except for the removal of this paragraph -(this paragraph not being relevant to the printed manual). - -@end ignore -Permission is granted to copy and distribute modified versions of this -manual under the conditions for verbatim copying, provided that the entire -resulting derived work is distributed under the terms of a permission -notice identical to this one. - -Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual -into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions, -except that this permission notice may be stated in a translation approved -by the Free Software Foundation. -@end ifinfo - -@titlepage -@title GNU Makeinfo -@author Brian J. Fox and Robert J. Chassell - -@page -@vskip 0pt plus 1filll -Copyright @copyright{} 1992, 1993, 1994, 1995 Free Software Foundation, Inc. - -Permission is granted to make and distribute verbatim copies of -this manual provided the copyright notice and this permission notice -are preserved on all copies. - -Permission is granted to copy and distribute modified versions of this -manual under the conditions for verbatim copying, provided that the entire -resulting derived work is distributed under the terms of a permission -notice identical to this one. - -Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual -into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions, -except that this permission notice may be stated in a translation approved -by the Free Software Foundation. -@end titlepage - -@node Top -@chapter What is @code{makeinfo}? - -@iftex -This file documents the use of the @code{makeinfo} program, versions -@value{VERSION} and later. It is an extract from the @cite{Texinfo} manual. -@end iftex - -@code{makeinfo} is a program for converting @dfn{Texinfo} files into @dfn{Info} -files. Texinfo is a documentation system that uses a single source file to -produce both on-line information and printed output. - -You can read the on-line information using Info; type @code{info} to -learn about Info. -@ifinfo -@xref{Top, Texinfo, Overview of Texinfo, Texinfo, Texinfo}, -@end ifinfo -@iftex -See the @cite{Texinfo} manual, -@end iftex -to learn about the Texinfo documentation system. - -@menu -* Formatting Control:: Controlling the width of lines, paragraph - indentation, and other similar formatting. - -* Options:: Command line options which control the - behaviour of Makeinfo. - -* Pointer Validation:: How Makeinfo can help you to track node - references through complex Texinfo files. - -* Index:: Index of Concepts. -@end menu - -@c Removed this for 3.8 until it's time to rewrite it. -@c * The Macro Facility:: Makeinfo allows the use of @dfn{macros}. - -@node Formatting Control -@section Controlling Paragraph Formats - -Without any special options, @code{makeinfo} @dfn{fills} the paragraphs that -it outputs to an Info file. Filling is the process of breaking and connecting -lines so that lines are the same length as or shorter than the number -specified as the fill column. Lines are broken between words. With -@code{makeinfo}, you can control: - -@itemize @bullet -@item -The width of each paragraph (the @dfn{fill-column}). -@item -The amount of indentation that the first line of -each paragraph receives (the @dfn{paragraph-indentation}). -@end itemize - -@node Options -@section Command Line Options - -The following command line options are available for @code{makeinfo}. - -@need 100 -@table @code -@item -D @var{var} -Cause @var{var} to be defined. This is equivalent to -@code{@@set @var{var}} in the Texinfo file. - -@need 150 -@item --error-limit @var{limit} -Set the maximum number of errors that @code{makeinfo} will report -before exiting (on the assumption that continuing would be useless). -The default number of errors that can be reported before -@code{makeinfo} gives up is 100.@refill - -@need 150 -@item --fill-column @var{width} -Specify the maximum number of columns in a line; this is the right-hand -edge of a line. Paragraphs that are filled will be filled to this -width. The default value for @code{fill-column} is 72. -@refill - -@item --footnote-style @var{style} -Set the footnote style to @var{style}, either @samp{end} for the end -node style or @samp{separate} for the separate node style. The value -set by this option overrides the value set in a Texinfo file by an -@code{@@footnotestyle} command. When the footnote style is -@samp{separate}, @code{makeinfo} makes a new node containing the -footnotes found in the current node. When the footnote style is -@samp{end}, @code{makeinfo} places the footnote references at the end -of the current node.@refill - -@need 150 -@item -I @var{dir} -Add @code{dir} to the directory search list for finding files that are -included using the @code{@@include} command. By default, -@code{makeinfo} searches only the current directory. - -@need 150 -@item --no-headers -Do not include menus or node lines in the output. This results in an -@sc{ascii} file that you cannot read in Info since it does not contain -the requisite nodes or menus; but you can print such a file in a -single, typewriter-like font and produce acceptable output. - -@need 150 -@item --no-split -Suppress the splitting stage of @code{makeinfo}. Normally, large -output files (where the size is greater than 70k bytes) are split into -smaller subfiles, each one approximately 50k bytes. If you specify -@samp{--no-split}, @code{makeinfo} will not split up the output -file.@refill - -@need 100 -@item --no-pointer-validate -@item --no-validate -Suppress the pointer-validation phase of @code{makeinfo}. Normally, -after a Texinfo file is processed, some consistency checks are made to -ensure that cross references can be resolved, etc. -@xref{Pointer Validation}.@refill - -@need 150 -@item --no-warn -Suppress the output of warning messages. This does @emph{not} -suppress the output of error messages, only warnings. You might -want this if the file you are creating has examples of Texinfo cross -references within it, and the nodes that are referenced do not actually -exist.@refill - -@item --no-number-footnotes -Supress automatic footnote numbering. By default, @code{makeinfo} -numbers each footnote sequentially in a single node, resetting the -current footnote number to 1 at the start of each node. - -@need 150 -@item --output @var{file} -@itemx -o @var{file} -Specify that the output should be directed to @var{file} and not to the -file name specified in the @code{@@setfilename} command found in the Texinfo -source. @var{file} can be the special token @samp{-}, which specifies -standard output. - -@need 150 -@item --paragraph-indent @var{indent} -Set the paragraph indentation style to @var{indent}. The value set by -this option overrides the value set in a Texinfo file by an -@code{@@paragraphindent} command. The value of @var{indent} is -interpreted as follows:@refill - -@itemize @bullet -@item -If the value of @var{indent} is @samp{asis}, do not change the -existing indentation at the starts of paragraphs.@refill - -@item -If the value of @var{indent} is zero, delete any existing -indentation.@refill - -@item -If the value of @var{indent} is greater than zero, indent each -paragraph by that number of spaces.@refill -@end itemize - -@need 100 -@item --reference-limit @var{limit} -Set the value of the number of references to a node that -@code{makeinfo} will make without reporting a warning. If a node has more -than this number of references in it, @code{makeinfo} will make the -references but also report a warning.@refill - -@need 150 -@item -U @var{var} -Cause @var{var} to be undefined. This is equivalent to -@code{@@clear @var{var}} in the Texinfo file. - -@need 100 -@item --verbose -Cause @code{makeinfo} to display messages saying what it is doing. -Normally, @code{makeinfo} only outputs messages if there are errors or -warnings.@refill - -@need 100 -@item --version -Report the version number of this copy of @code{makeinfo}.@refill - -@item --help -Show a summary of the commend line arguments to @code{makeinfo}. -@end table - -@node Pointer Validation -@section Pointer Validation -@cindex Pointer validation with @code{makeinfo} -@cindex Validation of pointers - -If you do not suppress pointer-validation (by using the -@samp{--no-pointer-validation} option), @code{makeinfo} -will check the validity of the final Info file. Mostly, -this means ensuring that nodes you have referenced -really exist. Here is a complete list of what is -checked:@refill - -@enumerate -@item -If a `Next', `Previous', or `Up' node reference is a reference to a -node in the current file and is not an external reference such as to -@file{(dir)}, then the referenced node must exist.@refill - -@item -In every node, if the `Previous' node is different from the `Up' node, -then the `Previous' node must also be pointed to by a `Next' node.@refill - -@item -Every node except the `Top' node must have an `Up' pointer.@refill - -@item -The node referenced by an `Up' pointer must contain a reference to the -current node in some manner other than through a `Next' reference. -This includes menu entries and cross references.@refill - -@item -If the `Next' reference of a node is not the same as the `Next' reference -of the `Up' reference, then the node referenced by the `Next' pointer -must have a `Previous' pointer that points back to the current node. -This rule allows the last node in a section to point to the first node -of the next chapter.@refill -@end enumerate - -@c We don't want to advertise redefining commands. -@c lowersections -@c include macro.texi -@c raisesections - -@lowersections -@node Index -@appendix Index -@printindex cp -@raisesections - -@contents -@bye diff --git a/contrib/texinfo/texinfo.tex b/contrib/texinfo/texinfo.tex deleted file mode 100644 index e8375a3..0000000 --- a/contrib/texinfo/texinfo.tex +++ /dev/null @@ -1,4692 +0,0 @@ -%% TeX macros to handle texinfo files - -% Copyright (C) 1985, 86, 88, 90, 91, 92, 93, -% 94, 95, 1996 Free Software Foundation, Inc. - -%This texinfo.tex file is free software; you can redistribute it and/or -%modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as -%published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at -%your option) any later version. - -%This texinfo.tex file is distributed in the hope that it will be -%useful, but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty -%of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU -%General Public License for more details. - -%You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License -%along with this texinfo.tex file; see the file COPYING. If not, write -%to the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, -%Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. - - -%In other words, you are welcome to use, share and improve this program. -%You are forbidden to forbid anyone else to use, share and improve -%what you give them. Help stamp out software-hoarding! - - -% Send bug reports to bug-texinfo@prep.ai.mit.edu. -% Please include a *precise* test case in each bug report. - - -% Make it possible to create a .fmt file just by loading this file: -% if the underlying format is not loaded, start by loading it now. -% Added by gildea November 1993. -\expandafter\ifx\csname fmtname\endcsname\relax\input plain\fi - -% This automatically updates the version number based on RCS. -\def\deftexinfoversion$#1: #2 ${\def\texinfoversion{#2}} -\deftexinfoversion$Revision: 2.185 $ -\message{Loading texinfo package [Version \texinfoversion]:} - -% If in a .fmt file, print the version number -% and turn on active characters that we couldn't do earlier because -% they might have appeared in the input file name. -\everyjob{\message{[Texinfo version \texinfoversion]}\message{} - \catcode`+=\active \catcode`\_=\active} - -% Save some parts of plain tex whose names we will redefine. - -\let\ptexb=\b -\let\ptexbullet=\bullet -\let\ptexc=\c -\let\ptexcomma=\, -\let\ptexdot=\. -\let\ptexdots=\dots -\let\ptexend=\end -\let\ptexequiv = \equiv -\let\ptexi=\i -\let\ptexlbrace=\{ -\let\ptexrbrace=\} -\let\ptexstar=\* -\let\ptext=\t -\let\ptextilde=\~ - -% Be sure we're in horizontal mode when doing a tie, since we make space -% equivalent to this in @example-like environments. Otherwise, a space -% at the beginning of a line will start with \penalty -- and -% since \penalty is valid in vertical mode, we'd end up putting the -% penalty on the vertical list instead of in the new paragraph. -{\catcode`@ = 11 - % Avoid using \@M directly, because that causes trouble - % if the definition is written into an index file. - \global\let\tiepenalty = \@M - \gdef\tie{\leavevmode\penalty\tiepenalty\ } -} -\let\~ = \tie % And make it available as @~. - - -\message{Basics,} -\chardef\other=12 - -% If this character appears in an error message or help string, it -% starts a new line in the output. -\newlinechar = `^^J - -% Set up fixed words for English. -\ifx\putwordChapter\undefined{\gdef\putwordChapter{Chapter}}\fi% -\def\putwordInfo{Info}% -\ifx\putwordSee\undefined{\gdef\putwordSee{See}}\fi% -\ifx\putwordsee\undefined{\gdef\putwordsee{see}}\fi% -\ifx\putwordfile\undefined{\gdef\putwordfile{file}}\fi% -\ifx\putwordpage\undefined{\gdef\putwordpage{page}}\fi% -\ifx\putwordsection\undefined{\gdef\putwordsection{section}}\fi% -\ifx\putwordSection\undefined{\gdef\putwordSection{Section}}\fi% -\ifx\putwordTableofContents\undefined{\gdef\putwordTableofContents{Table of Contents}}\fi% -\ifx\putwordShortContents\undefined{\gdef\putwordShortContents{Short Contents}}\fi% -\ifx\putwordAppendix\undefined{\gdef\putwordAppendix{Appendix}}\fi% - -% Ignore a token. -% -\def\gobble#1{} - -\hyphenation{ap-pen-dix} -\hyphenation{mini-buf-fer mini-buf-fers} -\hyphenation{eshell} - -% Margin to add to right of even pages, to left of odd pages. -\newdimen \bindingoffset -\newdimen \normaloffset -\newdimen\pagewidth \newdimen\pageheight - -% Sometimes it is convenient to have everything in the transcript file -% and nothing on the terminal. We don't just call \tracingall here, -% since that produces some useless output on the terminal. -% -\def\gloggingall{\begingroup \globaldefs = 1 \loggingall \endgroup}% -\def\loggingall{\tracingcommands2 \tracingstats2 - \tracingpages1 \tracingoutput1 \tracinglostchars1 - \tracingmacros2 \tracingparagraphs1 \tracingrestores1 - \showboxbreadth\maxdimen\showboxdepth\maxdimen -}% - -%---------------------Begin change----------------------- -% -%%%% For @cropmarks command. -% Dimensions to add cropmarks at corners Added by P. A. MacKay, 12 Nov. 1986 -% -\newdimen\cornerlong \newdimen\cornerthick -\newdimen \topandbottommargin -\newdimen \outerhsize \newdimen \outervsize -\cornerlong=1pc\cornerthick=.3pt % These set size of cropmarks -\outerhsize=7in -%\outervsize=9.5in -% Alternative @smallbook page size is 9.25in -\outervsize=9.25in -\topandbottommargin=.75in -% -%---------------------End change----------------------- - -% \onepageout takes a vbox as an argument. Note that \pagecontents -% does insertions, but you have to call it yourself. -\chardef\PAGE=255 \output={\onepageout{\pagecontents\PAGE}} -\def\onepageout#1{% - \hoffset=\normaloffset - \ifodd\pageno \advance\hoffset by \bindingoffset - \else \advance\hoffset by -\bindingoffset\fi - {% - \escapechar = `\\ % use backslash in output files. - \indexdummies - \shipout\vbox{% - {\let\hsize=\pagewidth \makeheadline}% - \pagebody{#1}% - {\let\hsize=\pagewidth \makefootline}% - }% - }% - \advancepageno - \ifnum\outputpenalty>-20000 \else\dosupereject\fi -} - -%%%% For @cropmarks command %%%% - -% Here is a modification of the main output routine for Near East Publications -% This provides right-angle cropmarks at all four corners. -% The contents of the page are centerlined into the cropmarks, -% and any desired binding offset is added as an \hskip on either -% site of the centerlined box. (P. A. MacKay, 12 November, 1986) -% -\def\croppageout#1{\hoffset=0pt % make sure this doesn't mess things up -{\escapechar=`\\\relax % makes sure backslash is used in output files. - \shipout - \vbox to \outervsize{\hsize=\outerhsize - \vbox{\line{\ewtop\hfill\ewtop}} - \nointerlineskip - \line{\vbox{\moveleft\cornerthick\nstop} - \hfill - \vbox{\moveright\cornerthick\nstop}} - \vskip \topandbottommargin - \centerline{\ifodd\pageno\hskip\bindingoffset\fi - \vbox{ - {\let\hsize=\pagewidth \makeheadline} - \pagebody{#1} - {\let\hsize=\pagewidth \makefootline}} - \ifodd\pageno\else\hskip\bindingoffset\fi} - \vskip \topandbottommargin plus1fill minus1fill - \boxmaxdepth\cornerthick - \line{\vbox{\moveleft\cornerthick\nsbot} - \hfill - \vbox{\moveright\cornerthick\nsbot}} - \nointerlineskip - \vbox{\line{\ewbot\hfill\ewbot}} - }} - \advancepageno - \ifnum\outputpenalty>-20000 \else\dosupereject\fi} -% -% Do @cropmarks to get crop marks -\def\cropmarks{\let\onepageout=\croppageout } - -\newinsert\margin \dimen\margin=\maxdimen - -\def\pagebody#1{\vbox to\pageheight{\boxmaxdepth=\maxdepth #1}} -{\catcode`\@ =11 -\gdef\pagecontents#1{\ifvoid\topins\else\unvbox\topins\fi -% marginal hacks, juha@viisa.uucp (Juha Takala) -\ifvoid\margin\else % marginal info is present - \rlap{\kern\hsize\vbox to\z@{\kern1pt\box\margin \vss}}\fi -\dimen@=\dp#1 \unvbox#1 -\ifvoid\footins\else\vskip\skip\footins\footnoterule \unvbox\footins\fi -\ifr@ggedbottom \kern-\dimen@ \vfil \fi} -} - -% -% Here are the rules for the cropmarks. Note that they are -% offset so that the space between them is truly \outerhsize or \outervsize -% (P. A. MacKay, 12 November, 1986) -% -\def\ewtop{\vrule height\cornerthick depth0pt width\cornerlong} -\def\nstop{\vbox - {\hrule height\cornerthick depth\cornerlong width\cornerthick}} -\def\ewbot{\vrule height0pt depth\cornerthick width\cornerlong} -\def\nsbot{\vbox - {\hrule height\cornerlong depth\cornerthick width\cornerthick}} - -% Parse an argument, then pass it to #1. The argument is the rest of -% the input line (except we remove a trailing comment). #1 should be a -% macro which expects an ordinary undelimited TeX argument. -% -\def\parsearg#1{% - \let\next = #1% - \begingroup - \obeylines - \futurelet\temp\parseargx -} - -% If the next token is an obeyed space (from an @example environment or -% the like), remove it and recurse. Otherwise, we're done. -\def\parseargx{% - % \obeyedspace is defined far below, after the definition of \sepspaces. - \ifx\obeyedspace\temp - \expandafter\parseargdiscardspace - \else - \expandafter\parseargline - \fi -} - -% Remove a single space (as the delimiter token to the macro call). -{\obeyspaces % - \gdef\parseargdiscardspace {\futurelet\temp\parseargx}} - -{\obeylines % - \gdef\parseargline#1^^M{% - \endgroup % End of the group started in \parsearg. - % - % First remove any @c comment, then any @comment. - % Result of each macro is put in \toks0. - \argremovec #1\c\relax % - \expandafter\argremovecomment \the\toks0 \comment\relax % - % - % Call the caller's macro, saved as \next in \parsearg. - \expandafter\next\expandafter{\the\toks0}% - }% -} - -% Since all \c{,omment} does is throw away the argument, we can let TeX -% do that for us. The \relax here is matched by the \relax in the call -% in \parseargline; it could be more or less anything, its purpose is -% just to delimit the argument to the \c. -\def\argremovec#1\c#2\relax{\toks0 = {#1}} -\def\argremovecomment#1\comment#2\relax{\toks0 = {#1}} - -% \argremovec{,omment} might leave us with trailing spaces, though; e.g., -% @end itemize @c foo -% will have two active spaces as part of the argument with the -% `itemize'. Here we remove all active spaces from #1, and assign the -% result to \toks0. -% -% This loses if there are any *other* active characters besides spaces -% in the argument -- _ ^ +, for example -- since they get expanded. -% Fortunately, Texinfo does not define any such commands. (If it ever -% does, the catcode of the characters in questionwill have to be changed -% here.) But this means we cannot call \removeactivespaces as part of -% \argremovec{,omment}, since @c uses \parsearg, and thus the argument -% that \parsearg gets might well have any character at all in it. -% -\def\removeactivespaces#1{% - \begingroup - \ignoreactivespaces - \edef\temp{#1}% - \global\toks0 = \expandafter{\temp}% - \endgroup -} - -% Change the active space to expand to nothing. -% -\begingroup - \obeyspaces - \gdef\ignoreactivespaces{\obeyspaces\let =\empty} -\endgroup - - -\def\flushcr{\ifx\par\lisppar \def\next##1{}\else \let\next=\relax \fi \next} - -%% These are used to keep @begin/@end levels from running away -%% Call \inENV within environments (after a \begingroup) -\newif\ifENV \ENVfalse \def\inENV{\ifENV\relax\else\ENVtrue\fi} -\def\ENVcheck{% -\ifENV\errmessage{Still within an environment. Type Return to continue.} -\endgroup\fi} % This is not perfect, but it should reduce lossage - -% @begin foo is the same as @foo, for now. -\newhelp\EMsimple{Type <Return> to continue.} - -\outer\def\begin{\parsearg\beginxxx} - -\def\beginxxx #1{% -\expandafter\ifx\csname #1\endcsname\relax -{\errhelp=\EMsimple \errmessage{Undefined command @begin #1}}\else -\csname #1\endcsname\fi} - -% @end foo executes the definition of \Efoo. -% -\def\end{\parsearg\endxxx} -\def\endxxx #1{% - \removeactivespaces{#1}% - \edef\endthing{\the\toks0}% - % - \expandafter\ifx\csname E\endthing\endcsname\relax - \expandafter\ifx\csname \endthing\endcsname\relax - % There's no \foo, i.e., no ``environment'' foo. - \errhelp = \EMsimple - \errmessage{Undefined command `@end \endthing'}% - \else - \unmatchedenderror\endthing - \fi - \else - % Everything's ok; the right environment has been started. - \csname E\endthing\endcsname - \fi -} - -% There is an environment #1, but it hasn't been started. Give an error. -% -\def\unmatchedenderror#1{% - \errhelp = \EMsimple - \errmessage{This `@end #1' doesn't have a matching `@#1'}% -} - -% Define the control sequence \E#1 to give an unmatched @end error. -% -\def\defineunmatchedend#1{% - \expandafter\def\csname E#1\endcsname{\unmatchedenderror{#1}}% -} - - -% Single-spacing is done by various environments (specifically, in -% \nonfillstart and \quotations). -\newskip\singlespaceskip \singlespaceskip = 12.5pt -\def\singlespace{% - % Why was this kern here? It messes up equalizing space above and below - % environments. --karl, 6may93 - %{\advance \baselineskip by -\singlespaceskip - %\kern \baselineskip}% - \setleading \singlespaceskip -} - -%% Simple single-character @ commands - -% @@ prints an @ -% Kludge this until the fonts are right (grr). -\def\@{{\tt \char '100}} - -% This is turned off because it was never documented -% and you can use @w{...} around a quote to suppress ligatures. -%% Define @` and @' to be the same as ` and ' -%% but suppressing ligatures. -%\def\`{{`}} -%\def\'{{'}} - -% Used to generate quoted braces. -\def\mylbrace {{\tt \char '173}} -\def\myrbrace {{\tt \char '175}} -\let\{=\mylbrace -\let\}=\myrbrace -\begingroup - % Definitions to produce actual \{ & \} command in an index. - \catcode`\{ = 12 \catcode`\} = 12 - \catcode`\[ = 1 \catcode`\] = 2 - \catcode`\@ = 0 \catcode`\\ = 12 - @gdef@lbracecmd[\{]% - @gdef@rbracecmd[\}]% -@endgroup - -% Accents: @, @dotaccent @ringaccent @ubaraccent @udotaccent -% Others are defined by plain TeX: @` @' @" @^ @~ @= @v @H. -\let\, = \c -\let\dotaccent = \. -\def\ringaccent#1{{\accent23 #1}} -\let\tieaccent = \t -\let\ubaraccent = \b -\let\udotaccent = \d - -% Other special characters: @questiondown @exclamdown -% Plain TeX defines: @AA @AE @O @OE @L (and lowercase versions) @ss. -\def\questiondown{?`} -\def\exclamdown{!`} - -% Dotless i and dotless j, used for accents. -\def\imacro{i} -\def\jmacro{j} -\def\dotless#1{% - \def\temp{#1}% - \ifx\temp\imacro \ptexi - \else\ifx\temp\jmacro \j - \else \errmessage{@dotless can be used only with i or j}% - \fi\fi -} - -% @: forces normal size whitespace following. -\def\:{\spacefactor=1000 } - -% @* forces a line break. -\def\*{\hfil\break\hbox{}\ignorespaces} - -% @. is an end-of-sentence period. -\def\.{.\spacefactor=3000 } - -% @enddots{} is an end-of-sentence ellipsis. -\gdef\enddots{$\mathinner{\ldotp\ldotp\ldotp\ldotp}$\spacefactor=3000} - -% @! is an end-of-sentence bang. -\gdef\!{!\spacefactor=3000 } - -% @? is an end-of-sentence query. -\gdef\?{?\spacefactor=3000 } - -% @w prevents a word break. Without the \leavevmode, @w at the -% beginning of a paragraph, when TeX is still in vertical mode, would -% produce a whole line of output instead of starting the paragraph. -\def\w#1{\leavevmode\hbox{#1}} - -% @group ... @end group forces ... to be all on one page, by enclosing -% it in a TeX vbox. We use \vtop instead of \vbox to construct the box -% to keep its height that of a normal line. According to the rules for -% \topskip (p.114 of the TeXbook), the glue inserted is -% max (\topskip - \ht (first item), 0). If that height is large, -% therefore, no glue is inserted, and the space between the headline and -% the text is small, which looks bad. -% -\def\group{\begingroup - \ifnum\catcode13=\active \else - \errhelp = \groupinvalidhelp - \errmessage{@group invalid in context where filling is enabled}% - \fi - % - % The \vtop we start below produces a box with normal height and large - % depth; thus, TeX puts \baselineskip glue before it, and (when the - % next line of text is done) \lineskip glue after it. (See p.82 of - % the TeXbook.) Thus, space below is not quite equal to space - % above. But it's pretty close. - \def\Egroup{% - \egroup % End the \vtop. - \endgroup % End the \group. - }% - % - \vtop\bgroup - % We have to put a strut on the last line in case the @group is in - % the midst of an example, rather than completely enclosing it. - % Otherwise, the interline space between the last line of the group - % and the first line afterwards is too small. But we can't put the - % strut in \Egroup, since there it would be on a line by itself. - % Hence this just inserts a strut at the beginning of each line. - \everypar = {\strut}% - % - % Since we have a strut on every line, we don't need any of TeX's - % normal interline spacing. - \offinterlineskip - % - % OK, but now we have to do something about blank - % lines in the input in @example-like environments, which normally - % just turn into \lisppar, which will insert no space now that we've - % turned off the interline space. Simplest is to make them be an - % empty paragraph. - \ifx\par\lisppar - \edef\par{\leavevmode \par}% - % - % Reset ^^M's definition to new definition of \par. - \obeylines - \fi - % - % Do @comment since we are called inside an environment such as - % @example, where each end-of-line in the input causes an - % end-of-line in the output. We don't want the end-of-line after - % the `@group' to put extra space in the output. Since @group - % should appear on a line by itself (according to the Texinfo - % manual), we don't worry about eating any user text. - \comment -} -% -% TeX puts in an \escapechar (i.e., `@') at the beginning of the help -% message, so this ends up printing `@group can only ...'. -% -\newhelp\groupinvalidhelp{% -group can only be used in environments such as @example,^^J% -where each line of input produces a line of output.} - -% @need space-in-mils -% forces a page break if there is not space-in-mils remaining. - -\newdimen\mil \mil=0.001in - -\def\need{\parsearg\needx} - -% Old definition--didn't work. -%\def\needx #1{\par % -%% This method tries to make TeX break the page naturally -%% if the depth of the box does not fit. -%{\baselineskip=0pt% -%\vtop to #1\mil{\vfil}\kern -#1\mil\penalty 10000 -%\prevdepth=-1000pt -%}} - -\def\needx#1{% - % Go into vertical mode, so we don't make a big box in the middle of a - % paragraph. - \par - % - % Don't add any leading before our big empty box, but allow a page - % break, since the best break might be right here. - \allowbreak - \nointerlineskip - \vtop to #1\mil{\vfil}% - % - % TeX does not even consider page breaks if a penalty added to the - % main vertical list is 10000 or more. But in order to see if the - % empty box we just added fits on the page, we must make it consider - % page breaks. On the other hand, we don't want to actually break the - % page after the empty box. So we use a penalty of 9999. - % - % There is an extremely small chance that TeX will actually break the - % page at this \penalty, if there are no other feasible breakpoints in - % sight. (If the user is using lots of big @group commands, which - % almost-but-not-quite fill up a page, TeX will have a hard time doing - % good page breaking, for example.) However, I could not construct an - % example where a page broke at this \penalty; if it happens in a real - % document, then we can reconsider our strategy. - \penalty9999 - % - % Back up by the size of the box, whether we did a page break or not. - \kern -#1\mil - % - % Do not allow a page break right after this kern. - \nobreak -} - -% @br forces paragraph break - -\let\br = \par - -% @dots{} output some dots - -\def\dots{$\ldots$} - -% @page forces the start of a new page - -\def\page{\par\vfill\supereject} - -% @exdent text.... -% outputs text on separate line in roman font, starting at standard page margin - -% This records the amount of indent in the innermost environment. -% That's how much \exdent should take out. -\newskip\exdentamount - -% This defn is used inside fill environments such as @defun. -\def\exdent{\parsearg\exdentyyy} -\def\exdentyyy #1{{\hfil\break\hbox{\kern -\exdentamount{\rm#1}}\hfil\break}} - -% This defn is used inside nofill environments such as @example. -\def\nofillexdent{\parsearg\nofillexdentyyy} -\def\nofillexdentyyy #1{{\advance \leftskip by -\exdentamount -\leftline{\hskip\leftskip{\rm#1}}}} - -% @inmargin{TEXT} puts TEXT in the margin next to the current paragraph. - -\def\inmargin#1{% -\strut\vadjust{\nobreak\kern-\strutdepth - \vtop to \strutdepth{\baselineskip\strutdepth\vss - \llap{\rightskip=\inmarginspacing \vbox{\noindent #1}}\null}}} -\newskip\inmarginspacing \inmarginspacing=1cm -\def\strutdepth{\dp\strutbox} - -%\hbox{{\rm#1}}\hfil\break}} - -% @include file insert text of that file as input. -% Allow normal characters that we make active in the argument (a file name). -\def\include{\begingroup - \catcode`\\=12 - \catcode`~=12 - \catcode`^=12 - \catcode`_=12 - \catcode`|=12 - \catcode`<=12 - \catcode`>=12 - \catcode`+=12 - \parsearg\includezzz} -% Restore active chars for included file. -\def\includezzz#1{\endgroup\begingroup - % Read the included file in a group so nested @include's work. - \def\thisfile{#1}% - \input\thisfile -\endgroup} - -\def\thisfile{} - -% @center line outputs that line, centered - -\def\center{\parsearg\centerzzz} -\def\centerzzz #1{{\advance\hsize by -\leftskip -\advance\hsize by -\rightskip -\centerline{#1}}} - -% @sp n outputs n lines of vertical space - -\def\sp{\parsearg\spxxx} -\def\spxxx #1{\vskip #1\baselineskip} - -% @comment ...line which is ignored... -% @c is the same as @comment -% @ignore ... @end ignore is another way to write a comment - -\def\comment{\catcode 64=\other \catcode 123=\other \catcode 125=\other% -\parsearg \commentxxx} - -\def\commentxxx #1{\catcode 64=0 \catcode 123=1 \catcode 125=2 } - -\let\c=\comment - -% @paragraphindent is defined for the Info formatting commands only. -\let\paragraphindent=\comment - -% Prevent errors for section commands. -% Used in @ignore and in failing conditionals. -\def\ignoresections{% -\let\chapter=\relax -\let\unnumbered=\relax -\let\top=\relax -\let\unnumberedsec=\relax -\let\unnumberedsection=\relax -\let\unnumberedsubsec=\relax -\let\unnumberedsubsection=\relax -\let\unnumberedsubsubsec=\relax -\let\unnumberedsubsubsection=\relax -\let\section=\relax -\let\subsec=\relax -\let\subsubsec=\relax -\let\subsection=\relax -\let\subsubsection=\relax -\let\appendix=\relax -\let\appendixsec=\relax -\let\appendixsection=\relax -\let\appendixsubsec=\relax -\let\appendixsubsection=\relax -\let\appendixsubsubsec=\relax -\let\appendixsubsubsection=\relax -\let\contents=\relax -\let\smallbook=\relax -\let\titlepage=\relax -} - -% Used in nested conditionals, where we have to parse the Texinfo source -% and so want to turn off most commands, in case they are used -% incorrectly. -% -\def\ignoremorecommands{% - \let\defcodeindex = \relax - \let\defcv = \relax - \let\deffn = \relax - \let\deffnx = \relax - \let\defindex = \relax - \let\defivar = \relax - \let\defmac = \relax - \let\defmethod = \relax - \let\defop = \relax - \let\defopt = \relax - \let\defspec = \relax - \let\deftp = \relax - \let\deftypefn = \relax - \let\deftypefun = \relax - \let\deftypevar = \relax - \let\deftypevr = \relax - \let\defun = \relax - \let\defvar = \relax - \let\defvr = \relax - \let\ref = \relax - \let\xref = \relax - \let\printindex = \relax - \let\pxref = \relax - \let\settitle = \relax - \let\setchapternewpage = \relax - \let\setchapterstyle = \relax - \let\everyheading = \relax - \let\evenheading = \relax - \let\oddheading = \relax - \let\everyfooting = \relax - \let\evenfooting = \relax - \let\oddfooting = \relax - \let\headings = \relax - \let\include = \relax - \let\lowersections = \relax - \let\down = \relax - \let\raisesections = \relax - \let\up = \relax - \let\set = \relax - \let\clear = \relax - \let\item = \relax -} - -% Ignore @ignore ... @end ignore. -% -\def\ignore{\doignore{ignore}} - -% Also ignore @ifinfo, @ifhtml, @html, @menu, and @direntry text. -% -\def\ifinfo{\doignore{ifinfo}} -\def\ifhtml{\doignore{ifhtml}} -\def\html{\doignore{html}} -\def\menu{\doignore{menu}} -\def\direntry{\doignore{direntry}} - -% Also ignore @macro ... @end macro. The user must run texi2dvi, -% which runs makeinfo to do macro expansion. Ignore @unmacro, too. -\def\macro{\doignore{macro}} -\let\unmacro = \comment - - -% @dircategory CATEGORY -- specify a category of the dir file -% which this file should belong to. Ignore this in TeX. -\let\dircategory = \comment - -% Ignore text until a line `@end #1'. -% -\def\doignore#1{\begingroup - % Don't complain about control sequences we have declared \outer. - \ignoresections - % - % Define a command to swallow text until we reach `@end #1'. - \long\def\doignoretext##1\end #1{\enddoignore}% - % - % Make sure that spaces turn into tokens that match what \doignoretext wants. - \catcode32 = 10 - % - % And now expand that command. - \doignoretext -} - -% What we do to finish off ignored text. -% -\def\enddoignore{\endgroup\ignorespaces}% - -\newif\ifwarnedobs\warnedobsfalse -\def\obstexwarn{% - \ifwarnedobs\relax\else - % We need to warn folks that they may have trouble with TeX 3.0. - % This uses \immediate\write16 rather than \message to get newlines. - \immediate\write16{} - \immediate\write16{***WARNING*** for users of Unix TeX 3.0!} - \immediate\write16{This manual trips a bug in TeX version 3.0 (tex hangs).} - \immediate\write16{If you are running another version of TeX, relax.} - \immediate\write16{If you are running Unix TeX 3.0, kill this TeX process.} - \immediate\write16{ Then upgrade your TeX installation if you can.} - \immediate\write16{ (See ftp://ftp.gnu.ai.mit.edu/pub/gnu/TeX.README.)} - \immediate\write16{If you are stuck with version 3.0, run the} - \immediate\write16{ script ``tex3patch'' from the Texinfo distribution} - \immediate\write16{ to use a workaround.} - \immediate\write16{} - \global\warnedobstrue - \fi -} - -% **In TeX 3.0, setting text in \nullfont hangs tex. For a -% workaround (which requires the file ``dummy.tfm'' to be installed), -% uncomment the following line: -%%%%%\font\nullfont=dummy\let\obstexwarn=\relax - -% Ignore text, except that we keep track of conditional commands for -% purposes of nesting, up to an `@end #1' command. -% -\def\nestedignore#1{% - \obstexwarn - % We must actually expand the ignored text to look for the @end - % command, so that nested ignore constructs work. Thus, we put the - % text into a \vbox and then do nothing with the result. To minimize - % the change of memory overflow, we follow the approach outlined on - % page 401 of the TeXbook: make the current font be a dummy font. - % - \setbox0 = \vbox\bgroup - % Don't complain about control sequences we have declared \outer. - \ignoresections - % - % Define `@end #1' to end the box, which will in turn undefine the - % @end command again. - \expandafter\def\csname E#1\endcsname{\egroup\ignorespaces}% - % - % We are going to be parsing Texinfo commands. Most cause no - % trouble when they are used incorrectly, but some commands do - % complicated argument parsing or otherwise get confused, so we - % undefine them. - % - % We can't do anything about stray @-signs, unfortunately; - % they'll produce `undefined control sequence' errors. - \ignoremorecommands - % - % Set the current font to be \nullfont, a TeX primitive, and define - % all the font commands to also use \nullfont. We don't use - % dummy.tfm, as suggested in the TeXbook, because not all sites - % might have that installed. Therefore, math mode will still - % produce output, but that should be an extremely small amount of - % stuff compared to the main input. - % - \nullfont - \let\tenrm = \nullfont \let\tenit = \nullfont \let\tensl = \nullfont - \let\tenbf = \nullfont \let\tentt = \nullfont \let\smallcaps = \nullfont - \let\tensf = \nullfont - % Similarly for index fonts (mostly for their use in - % smallexample) - \let\indrm = \nullfont \let\indit = \nullfont \let\indsl = \nullfont - \let\indbf = \nullfont \let\indtt = \nullfont \let\indsc = \nullfont - \let\indsf = \nullfont - % - % Don't complain when characters are missing from the fonts. - \tracinglostchars = 0 - % - % Don't bother to do space factor calculations. - \frenchspacing - % - % Don't report underfull hboxes. - \hbadness = 10000 - % - % Do minimal line-breaking. - \pretolerance = 10000 - % - % Do not execute instructions in @tex - \def\tex{\doignore{tex}} -} - -% @set VAR sets the variable VAR to an empty value. -% @set VAR REST-OF-LINE sets VAR to the value REST-OF-LINE. -% -% Since we want to separate VAR from REST-OF-LINE (which might be -% empty), we can't just use \parsearg; we have to insert a space of our -% own to delimit the rest of the line, and then take it out again if we -% didn't need it. Make sure the catcode of space is correct to avoid -% losing inside @example, for instance. -% -\def\set{\begingroup\catcode` =10 \parsearg\setxxx} -\def\setxxx#1{\setyyy#1 \endsetyyy} -\def\setyyy#1 #2\endsetyyy{% - \def\temp{#2}% - \ifx\temp\empty \global\expandafter\let\csname SET#1\endcsname = \empty - \else \setzzz{#1}#2\endsetzzz % Remove the trailing space \setxxx inserted. - \fi - \endgroup -} -% Can't use \xdef to pre-expand #2 and save some time, since \temp or -% \next or other control sequences that we've defined might get us into -% an infinite loop. Consider `@set foo @cite{bar}'. -\def\setzzz#1#2 \endsetzzz{\expandafter\gdef\csname SET#1\endcsname{#2}} - -% @clear VAR clears (i.e., unsets) the variable VAR. -% -\def\clear{\parsearg\clearxxx} -\def\clearxxx#1{\global\expandafter\let\csname SET#1\endcsname=\relax} - -% @value{foo} gets the text saved in variable foo. -% -\def\value#1{\expandafter - \ifx\csname SET#1\endcsname\relax - {\{No value for ``#1''\}} - \else \csname SET#1\endcsname \fi} - -% @ifset VAR ... @end ifset reads the `...' iff VAR has been defined -% with @set. -% -\def\ifset{\parsearg\ifsetxxx} -\def\ifsetxxx #1{% - \expandafter\ifx\csname SET#1\endcsname\relax - \expandafter\ifsetfail - \else - \expandafter\ifsetsucceed - \fi -} -\def\ifsetsucceed{\conditionalsucceed{ifset}} -\def\ifsetfail{\nestedignore{ifset}} -\defineunmatchedend{ifset} - -% @ifclear VAR ... @end ifclear reads the `...' iff VAR has never been -% defined with @set, or has been undefined with @clear. -% -\def\ifclear{\parsearg\ifclearxxx} -\def\ifclearxxx #1{% - \expandafter\ifx\csname SET#1\endcsname\relax - \expandafter\ifclearsucceed - \else - \expandafter\ifclearfail - \fi -} -\def\ifclearsucceed{\conditionalsucceed{ifclear}} -\def\ifclearfail{\nestedignore{ifclear}} -\defineunmatchedend{ifclear} - -% @iftex always succeeds; we read the text following, through @end -% iftex). But `@end iftex' should be valid only after an @iftex. -% -\def\iftex{\conditionalsucceed{iftex}} -\defineunmatchedend{iftex} - -% We can't just want to start a group at @iftex (for example) and end it -% at @end iftex, since then @set commands inside the conditional have no -% effect (they'd get reverted at the end of the group). So we must -% define \Eiftex to redefine itself to be its previous value. (We can't -% just define it to fail again with an ``unmatched end'' error, since -% the @ifset might be nested.) -% -\def\conditionalsucceed#1{% - \edef\temp{% - % Remember the current value of \E#1. - \let\nece{prevE#1} = \nece{E#1}% - % - % At the `@end #1', redefine \E#1 to be its previous value. - \def\nece{E#1}{\let\nece{E#1} = \nece{prevE#1}}% - }% - \temp -} - -% We need to expand lots of \csname's, but we don't want to expand the -% control sequences after we've constructed them. -% -\def\nece#1{\expandafter\noexpand\csname#1\endcsname} - -% @asis just yields its argument. Used with @table, for example. -% -\def\asis#1{#1} - -% @math means output in math mode. -% We don't use $'s directly in the definition of \math because control -% sequences like \math are expanded when the toc file is written. Then, -% we read the toc file back, the $'s will be normal characters (as they -% should be, according to the definition of Texinfo). So we must use a -% control sequence to switch into and out of math mode. -% -% This isn't quite enough for @math to work properly in indices, but it -% seems unlikely it will ever be needed there. -% -\let\implicitmath = $ -\def\math#1{\implicitmath #1\implicitmath} - -% @bullet and @minus need the same treatment as @math, just above. -\def\bullet{\implicitmath\ptexbullet\implicitmath} -\def\minus{\implicitmath-\implicitmath} - -\def\node{\ENVcheck\parsearg\nodezzz} -\def\nodezzz#1{\nodexxx [#1,]} -\def\nodexxx[#1,#2]{\gdef\lastnode{#1}} -\let\nwnode=\node -\let\lastnode=\relax - -\def\donoderef{\ifx\lastnode\relax\else -\expandafter\expandafter\expandafter\setref{\lastnode}\fi -\global\let\lastnode=\relax} - -\def\unnumbnoderef{\ifx\lastnode\relax\else -\expandafter\expandafter\expandafter\unnumbsetref{\lastnode}\fi -\global\let\lastnode=\relax} - -\def\appendixnoderef{\ifx\lastnode\relax\else -\expandafter\expandafter\expandafter\appendixsetref{\lastnode}\fi -\global\let\lastnode=\relax} - -% @refill is a no-op. -\let\refill=\relax - -% @setfilename is done at the beginning of every texinfo file. -% So open here the files we need to have open while reading the input. -% This makes it possible to make a .fmt file for texinfo. -\def\setfilename{% - \readauxfile - \opencontents - \openindices - \fixbackslash % Turn off hack to swallow `\input texinfo'. - \global\let\setfilename=\comment % Ignore extra @setfilename cmds. - \comment % Ignore the actual filename. -} - -% @bye. -\outer\def\bye{\pagealignmacro\tracingstats=1\ptexend} - -% \def\macro#1{\begingroup\ignoresections\catcode`\#=6\def\macrotemp{#1}\parsearg\macroxxx} -% \def\macroxxx#1#2 \end macro{% -% \expandafter\gdef\macrotemp#1{#2}% -% \endgroup} - -%\def\linemacro#1{\begingroup\ignoresections\catcode`\#=6\def\macrotemp{#1}\parsearg\linemacroxxx} -%\def\linemacroxxx#1#2 \end linemacro{% -%\let\parsearg=\relax -%\edef\macrotempx{\csname M\butfirst\expandafter\string\macrotemp\endcsname}% -%\expandafter\xdef\macrotemp{\parsearg\macrotempx}% -%\expandafter\gdef\macrotempx#1{#2}% -%\endgroup} - -%\def\butfirst#1{} - - -\message{fonts,} - -% Font-change commands. - -% Texinfo supports the sans serif font style, which plain TeX does not. -% So we set up a \sf analogous to plain's \rm, etc. -\newfam\sffam -\def\sf{\fam=\sffam \tensf} -\let\li = \sf % Sometimes we call it \li, not \sf. - -% We don't need math for this one. -\def\ttsl{\tenttsl} - -%% Try out Computer Modern fonts at \magstephalf -\let\mainmagstep=\magstephalf - -% Set the font macro #1 to the font named #2, adding on the -% specified font prefix (normally `cm'). -% #3 is the font's design size, #4 is a scale factor -\def\setfont#1#2#3#4{\font#1=\fontprefix#2#3 scaled #4} - -% Use cm as the default font prefix. -% To specify the font prefix, you must define \fontprefix -% before you read in texinfo.tex. -\ifx\fontprefix\undefined -\def\fontprefix{cm} -\fi -% Support font families that don't use the same naming scheme as CM. -\def\rmshape{r} -\def\rmbshape{bx} %where the normal face is bold -\def\bfshape{b} -\def\bxshape{bx} -\def\ttshape{tt} -\def\ttbshape{tt} -\def\ttslshape{sltt} -\def\itshape{ti} -\def\itbshape{bxti} -\def\slshape{sl} -\def\slbshape{bxsl} -\def\sfshape{ss} -\def\sfbshape{ss} -\def\scshape{csc} -\def\scbshape{csc} - -\ifx\bigger\relax -\let\mainmagstep=\magstep1 -\setfont\textrm\rmshape{12}{1000} -\setfont\texttt\ttshape{12}{1000} -\else -\setfont\textrm\rmshape{10}{\mainmagstep} -\setfont\texttt\ttshape{10}{\mainmagstep} -\fi -% Instead of cmb10, you many want to use cmbx10. -% cmbx10 is a prettier font on its own, but cmb10 -% looks better when embedded in a line with cmr10. -\setfont\textbf\bfshape{10}{\mainmagstep} -\setfont\textit\itshape{10}{\mainmagstep} -\setfont\textsl\slshape{10}{\mainmagstep} -\setfont\textsf\sfshape{10}{\mainmagstep} -\setfont\textsc\scshape{10}{\mainmagstep} -\setfont\textttsl\ttslshape{10}{\mainmagstep} -\font\texti=cmmi10 scaled \mainmagstep -\font\textsy=cmsy10 scaled \mainmagstep - -% A few fonts for @defun, etc. -\setfont\defbf\bxshape{10}{\magstep1} %was 1314 -\setfont\deftt\ttshape{10}{\magstep1} -\def\df{\let\tentt=\deftt \let\tenbf = \defbf \bf} - -% Fonts for indices and small examples (9pt). -% We actually use the slanted font rather than the italic, -% because texinfo normally uses the slanted fonts for that. -% Do not make many font distinctions in general in the index, since they -% aren't very useful. -\setfont\ninett\ttshape{9}{1000} -\setfont\indrm\rmshape{9}{1000} -\setfont\indit\slshape{9}{1000} -\let\indsl=\indit -\let\indtt=\ninett -\let\indttsl=\ninett -\let\indsf=\indrm -\let\indbf=\indrm -\setfont\indsc\scshape{10}{900} -\font\indi=cmmi9 -\font\indsy=cmsy9 - -% Chapter (and unnumbered) fonts (17.28pt). -\setfont\chaprm\rmbshape{12}{\magstep2} -\setfont\chapit\itbshape{10}{\magstep3} -\setfont\chapsl\slbshape{10}{\magstep3} -\setfont\chaptt\ttbshape{12}{\magstep2} -\setfont\chapttsl\ttslshape{10}{\magstep3} -\setfont\chapsf\sfbshape{12}{\magstep2} -\let\chapbf=\chaprm -\setfont\chapsc\scbshape{10}{\magstep3} -\font\chapi=cmmi12 scaled \magstep2 -\font\chapsy=cmsy10 scaled \magstep3 - -% Section fonts (14.4pt). -\setfont\secrm\rmbshape{12}{\magstep1} -\setfont\secit\itbshape{10}{\magstep2} -\setfont\secsl\slbshape{10}{\magstep2} -\setfont\sectt\ttbshape{12}{\magstep1} -\setfont\secttsl\ttslshape{10}{\magstep2} -\setfont\secsf\sfbshape{12}{\magstep1} -\let\secbf\secrm -\setfont\secsc\scbshape{10}{\magstep2} -\font\seci=cmmi12 scaled \magstep1 -\font\secsy=cmsy10 scaled \magstep2 - -% \setfont\ssecrm\bxshape{10}{\magstep1} % This size an font looked bad. -% \setfont\ssecit\itshape{10}{\magstep1} % The letters were too crowded. -% \setfont\ssecsl\slshape{10}{\magstep1} -% \setfont\ssectt\ttshape{10}{\magstep1} -% \setfont\ssecsf\sfshape{10}{\magstep1} - -%\setfont\ssecrm\bfshape{10}{1315} % Note the use of cmb rather than cmbx. -%\setfont\ssecit\itshape{10}{1315} % Also, the size is a little larger than -%\setfont\ssecsl\slshape{10}{1315} % being scaled magstep1. -%\setfont\ssectt\ttshape{10}{1315} -%\setfont\ssecsf\sfshape{10}{1315} - -%\let\ssecbf=\ssecrm - -% Subsection fonts (13.15pt). -\setfont\ssecrm\rmbshape{12}{\magstephalf} -\setfont\ssecit\itbshape{10}{1315} -\setfont\ssecsl\slbshape{10}{1315} -\setfont\ssectt\ttbshape{12}{\magstephalf} -\setfont\ssecttsl\ttslshape{10}{\magstep1} -\setfont\ssecsf\sfbshape{12}{\magstephalf} -\let\ssecbf\ssecrm -\setfont\ssecsc\scbshape{10}{\magstep1} -\font\sseci=cmmi12 scaled \magstephalf -\font\ssecsy=cmsy10 scaled \magstep1 -% The smallcaps and symbol fonts should actually be scaled \magstep1.5, -% but that is not a standard magnification. - -% Fonts for title page: -\setfont\titlerm\rmbshape{12}{\magstep3} -\let\authorrm = \secrm - -% In order for the font changes to affect most math symbols and letters, -% we have to define the \textfont of the standard families. Since -% texinfo doesn't allow for producing subscripts and superscripts, we -% don't bother to reset \scriptfont and \scriptscriptfont (which would -% also require loading a lot more fonts). -% -\def\resetmathfonts{% - \textfont0 = \tenrm \textfont1 = \teni \textfont2 = \tensy - \textfont\itfam = \tenit \textfont\slfam = \tensl \textfont\bffam = \tenbf - \textfont\ttfam = \tentt \textfont\sffam = \tensf -} - - -% The font-changing commands redefine the meanings of \tenSTYLE, instead -% of just \STYLE. We do this so that font changes will continue to work -% in math mode, where it is the current \fam that is relevant in most -% cases, not the current font. Plain TeX does \def\bf{\fam=\bffam -% \tenbf}, for example. By redefining \tenbf, we obviate the need to -% redefine \bf itself. -\def\textfonts{% - \let\tenrm=\textrm \let\tenit=\textit \let\tensl=\textsl - \let\tenbf=\textbf \let\tentt=\texttt \let\smallcaps=\textsc - \let\tensf=\textsf \let\teni=\texti \let\tensy=\textsy \let\tenttsl=\textttsl - \resetmathfonts} -\def\chapfonts{% - \let\tenrm=\chaprm \let\tenit=\chapit \let\tensl=\chapsl - \let\tenbf=\chapbf \let\tentt=\chaptt \let\smallcaps=\chapsc - \let\tensf=\chapsf \let\teni=\chapi \let\tensy=\chapsy \let\tenttsl=\chapttsl - \resetmathfonts \setleading{19pt}} -\def\secfonts{% - \let\tenrm=\secrm \let\tenit=\secit \let\tensl=\secsl - \let\tenbf=\secbf \let\tentt=\sectt \let\smallcaps=\secsc - \let\tensf=\secsf \let\teni=\seci \let\tensy=\secsy \let\tenttsl=\secttsl - \resetmathfonts \setleading{16pt}} -\def\subsecfonts{% - \let\tenrm=\ssecrm \let\tenit=\ssecit \let\tensl=\ssecsl - \let\tenbf=\ssecbf \let\tentt=\ssectt \let\smallcaps=\ssecsc - \let\tensf=\ssecsf \let\teni=\sseci \let\tensy=\ssecsy \let\tenttsl=\ssecttsl - \resetmathfonts \setleading{15pt}} -\let\subsubsecfonts = \subsecfonts % Maybe make sssec fonts scaled magstephalf? -\def\indexfonts{% - \let\tenrm=\indrm \let\tenit=\indit \let\tensl=\indsl - \let\tenbf=\indbf \let\tentt=\indtt \let\smallcaps=\indsc - \let\tensf=\indsf \let\teni=\indi \let\tensy=\indsy \let\tenttsl=\indttsl - \resetmathfonts \setleading{12pt}} - -% Set up the default fonts, so we can use them for creating boxes. -% -\textfonts - -% Count depth in font-changes, for error checks -\newcount\fontdepth \fontdepth=0 - -% Fonts for short table of contents. -\setfont\shortcontrm\rmshape{12}{1000} -\setfont\shortcontbf\bxshape{12}{1000} -\setfont\shortcontsl\slshape{12}{1000} - -%% Add scribe-like font environments, plus @l for inline lisp (usually sans -%% serif) and @ii for TeX italic - -% \smartitalic{ARG} outputs arg in italics, followed by an italic correction -% unless the following character is such as not to need one. -\def\smartitalicx{\ifx\next,\else\ifx\next-\else\ifx\next.\else\/\fi\fi\fi} -\def\smartitalic#1{{\sl #1}\futurelet\next\smartitalicx} - -\let\i=\smartitalic -\let\var=\smartitalic -\let\dfn=\smartitalic -\let\emph=\smartitalic -\let\cite=\smartitalic - -\def\b#1{{\bf #1}} -\let\strong=\b - -% We can't just use \exhyphenpenalty, because that only has effect at -% the end of a paragraph. Restore normal hyphenation at the end of the -% group within which \nohyphenation is presumably called. -% -\def\nohyphenation{\hyphenchar\font = -1 \aftergroup\restorehyphenation} -\def\restorehyphenation{\hyphenchar\font = `- } - -\def\t#1{% - {\tt \rawbackslash \frenchspacing #1}% - \null -} -\let\ttfont=\t -\def\samp #1{`\tclose{#1}'\null} -\setfont\smallrm\rmshape{8}{1000} -\font\smallsy=cmsy9 -\def\key#1{{\smallrm\textfont2=\smallsy \leavevmode\hbox{% - \raise0.4pt\hbox{$\langle$}\kern-.08em\vtop{% - \vbox{\hrule\kern-0.4pt - \hbox{\raise0.4pt\hbox{\vphantom{$\langle$}}#1}}% - \kern-0.4pt\hrule}% - \kern-.06em\raise0.4pt\hbox{$\rangle$}}}} -% The old definition, with no lozenge: -%\def\key #1{{\ttsl \nohyphenation \uppercase{#1}}\null} -\def\ctrl #1{{\tt \rawbackslash \hat}#1} - -\let\file=\samp -\let\url=\samp % perhaps include a hypertex \special eventually -\def\email#1{$\langle${\tt #1}$\rangle$} - -% @code is a modification of @t, -% which makes spaces the same size as normal in the surrounding text. -\def\tclose#1{% - {% - % Change normal interword space to be same as for the current font. - \spaceskip = \fontdimen2\font - % - % Switch to typewriter. - \tt - % - % But `\ ' produces the large typewriter interword space. - \def\ {{\spaceskip = 0pt{} }}% - % - % Turn off hyphenation. - \nohyphenation - % - \rawbackslash - \frenchspacing - #1% - }% - \null -} - -% We *must* turn on hyphenation at `-' and `_' in \code. -% Otherwise, it is too hard to avoid overfull hboxes -% in the Emacs manual, the Library manual, etc. - -% Unfortunately, TeX uses one parameter (\hyphenchar) to control -% both hyphenation at - and hyphenation within words. -% We must therefore turn them both off (\tclose does that) -% and arrange explicitly to hyphenate at a dash. -% -- rms. -{ -\catcode`\-=\active -\catcode`\_=\active -\global\def\code{\begingroup \catcode`\-=\active \let-\codedash \catcode`\_=\active \let_\codeunder \codex} -% The following is used by \doprintindex to insure that long function names -% wrap around. It is necessary for - and _ to be active before the index is -% read from the file, as \entry parses the arguments long before \code is -% ever called. -- mycroft -\global\def\indexbreaks{\catcode`\-=\active \let-\realdash \catcode`\_=\active \let_\realunder} -} - -\def\realdash{-} -\def\realunder{_} -\def\codedash{-\discretionary{}{}{}} -\def\codeunder{\normalunderscore\discretionary{}{}{}} -\def\codex #1{\tclose{#1}\endgroup} - -%\let\exp=\tclose %Was temporary - -% @kbd is like @code, except that if the argument is just one @key command, -% then @kbd has no effect. -% -\def\xkey{\key} -\def\kbdfoo#1#2#3\par{\def\one{#1}\def\three{#3}\def\threex{??}% -\ifx\one\xkey\ifx\threex\three \key{#2}% -\else{\tclose{\ttsl\look}}\fi -\else{\tclose{\ttsl\look}}\fi} - -% Check if we are currently using a typewriter font. Since all the -% Computer Modern typewriter fonts have zero interword stretch (and -% shrink), and it is reasonable to expect all typewriter fonts to have -% this property, we can check that font parameter. -% -\def\ifmonospace{\ifdim\fontdimen3\font=0pt } - -% Typeset a dimension, e.g., `in' or `pt'. The only reason for the -% argument is to make the input look right: @dmn{pt} instead of -% @dmn{}pt. -% -\def\dmn#1{\thinspace #1} - -\def\kbd#1{\def\look{#1}\expandafter\kbdfoo\look??\par} - -% @l was never documented to mean ``switch to the Lisp font'', -% and it is not used as such in any manual I can find. We need it for -% Polish suppressed-l. --karl, 22sep96. -%\def\l#1{{\li #1}\null} - -\def\r#1{{\rm #1}} % roman font -% Use of \lowercase was suggested. -\def\sc#1{{\smallcaps#1}} % smallcaps font -\def\ii#1{{\it #1}} % italic font - -% @pounds{} is a sterling sign. -\def\pounds{{\it\$}} - - -\message{page headings,} - -\newskip\titlepagetopglue \titlepagetopglue = 1.5in -\newskip\titlepagebottomglue \titlepagebottomglue = 2pc - -% First the title page. Must do @settitle before @titlepage. -\def\titlefont#1{{\titlerm #1}} - -\newif\ifseenauthor -\newif\iffinishedtitlepage - -\def\shorttitlepage{\parsearg\shorttitlepagezzz} -\def\shorttitlepagezzz #1{\begingroup\hbox{}\vskip 1.5in \chaprm \centerline{#1}% - \endgroup\page\hbox{}\page} - -\def\titlepage{\begingroup \parindent=0pt \textfonts - \let\subtitlerm=\tenrm -% I deinstalled the following change because \cmr12 is undefined. -% This change was not in the ChangeLog anyway. --rms. -% \let\subtitlerm=\cmr12 - \def\subtitlefont{\subtitlerm \normalbaselineskip = 13pt \normalbaselines}% - % - \def\authorfont{\authorrm \normalbaselineskip = 16pt \normalbaselines}% - % - % Leave some space at the very top of the page. - \vglue\titlepagetopglue - % - % Now you can print the title using @title. - \def\title{\parsearg\titlezzz}% - \def\titlezzz##1{\leftline{\titlefont{##1}} - % print a rule at the page bottom also. - \finishedtitlepagefalse - \vskip4pt \hrule height 4pt width \hsize \vskip4pt}% - % No rule at page bottom unless we print one at the top with @title. - \finishedtitlepagetrue - % - % Now you can put text using @subtitle. - \def\subtitle{\parsearg\subtitlezzz}% - \def\subtitlezzz##1{{\subtitlefont \rightline{##1}}}% - % - % @author should come last, but may come many times. - \def\author{\parsearg\authorzzz}% - \def\authorzzz##1{\ifseenauthor\else\vskip 0pt plus 1filll\seenauthortrue\fi - {\authorfont \leftline{##1}}}% - % - % Most title ``pages'' are actually two pages long, with space - % at the top of the second. We don't want the ragged left on the second. - \let\oldpage = \page - \def\page{% - \iffinishedtitlepage\else - \finishtitlepage - \fi - \oldpage - \let\page = \oldpage - \hbox{}}% -% \def\page{\oldpage \hbox{}} -} - -\def\Etitlepage{% - \iffinishedtitlepage\else - \finishtitlepage - \fi - % It is important to do the page break before ending the group, - % because the headline and footline are only empty inside the group. - % If we use the new definition of \page, we always get a blank page - % after the title page, which we certainly don't want. - \oldpage - \endgroup - \HEADINGSon -} - -\def\finishtitlepage{% - \vskip4pt \hrule height 2pt width \hsize - \vskip\titlepagebottomglue - \finishedtitlepagetrue -} - -%%% Set up page headings and footings. - -\let\thispage=\folio - -\newtoks \evenheadline % Token sequence for heading line of even pages -\newtoks \oddheadline % Token sequence for heading line of odd pages -\newtoks \evenfootline % Token sequence for footing line of even pages -\newtoks \oddfootline % Token sequence for footing line of odd pages - -% Now make Tex use those variables -\headline={{\textfonts\rm \ifodd\pageno \the\oddheadline - \else \the\evenheadline \fi}} -\footline={{\textfonts\rm \ifodd\pageno \the\oddfootline - \else \the\evenfootline \fi}\HEADINGShook} -\let\HEADINGShook=\relax - -% Commands to set those variables. -% For example, this is what @headings on does -% @evenheading @thistitle|@thispage|@thischapter -% @oddheading @thischapter|@thispage|@thistitle -% @evenfooting @thisfile|| -% @oddfooting ||@thisfile - -\def\evenheading{\parsearg\evenheadingxxx} -\def\oddheading{\parsearg\oddheadingxxx} -\def\everyheading{\parsearg\everyheadingxxx} - -\def\evenfooting{\parsearg\evenfootingxxx} -\def\oddfooting{\parsearg\oddfootingxxx} -\def\everyfooting{\parsearg\everyfootingxxx} - -{\catcode`\@=0 % - -\gdef\evenheadingxxx #1{\evenheadingyyy #1@|@|@|@|\finish} -\gdef\evenheadingyyy #1@|#2@|#3@|#4\finish{% -\global\evenheadline={\rlap{\centerline{#2}}\line{#1\hfil#3}}} - -\gdef\oddheadingxxx #1{\oddheadingyyy #1@|@|@|@|\finish} -\gdef\oddheadingyyy #1@|#2@|#3@|#4\finish{% -\global\oddheadline={\rlap{\centerline{#2}}\line{#1\hfil#3}}} - -\gdef\everyheadingxxx #1{\everyheadingyyy #1@|@|@|@|\finish} -\gdef\everyheadingyyy #1@|#2@|#3@|#4\finish{% -\global\evenheadline={\rlap{\centerline{#2}}\line{#1\hfil#3}} -\global\oddheadline={\rlap{\centerline{#2}}\line{#1\hfil#3}}} - -\gdef\evenfootingxxx #1{\evenfootingyyy #1@|@|@|@|\finish} -\gdef\evenfootingyyy #1@|#2@|#3@|#4\finish{% -\global\evenfootline={\rlap{\centerline{#2}}\line{#1\hfil#3}}} - -\gdef\oddfootingxxx #1{\oddfootingyyy #1@|@|@|@|\finish} -\gdef\oddfootingyyy #1@|#2@|#3@|#4\finish{% -\global\oddfootline={\rlap{\centerline{#2}}\line{#1\hfil#3}}} - -\gdef\everyfootingxxx #1{\everyfootingyyy #1@|@|@|@|\finish} -\gdef\everyfootingyyy #1@|#2@|#3@|#4\finish{% -\global\evenfootline={\rlap{\centerline{#2}}\line{#1\hfil#3}} -\global\oddfootline={\rlap{\centerline{#2}}\line{#1\hfil#3}}} -% -}% unbind the catcode of @. - -% @headings double turns headings on for double-sided printing. -% @headings single turns headings on for single-sided printing. -% @headings off turns them off. -% @headings on same as @headings double, retained for compatibility. -% @headings after turns on double-sided headings after this page. -% @headings doubleafter turns on double-sided headings after this page. -% @headings singleafter turns on single-sided headings after this page. -% By default, they are off at the start of a document, -% and turned `on' after @end titlepage. - -\def\headings #1 {\csname HEADINGS#1\endcsname} - -\def\HEADINGSoff{ -\global\evenheadline={\hfil} \global\evenfootline={\hfil} -\global\oddheadline={\hfil} \global\oddfootline={\hfil}} -\HEADINGSoff -% When we turn headings on, set the page number to 1. -% For double-sided printing, put current file name in lower left corner, -% chapter name on inside top of right hand pages, document -% title on inside top of left hand pages, and page numbers on outside top -% edge of all pages. -\def\HEADINGSdouble{ -\global\pageno=1 -\global\evenfootline={\hfil} -\global\oddfootline={\hfil} -\global\evenheadline={\line{\folio\hfil\thistitle}} -\global\oddheadline={\line{\thischapter\hfil\folio}} -\global\let\contentsalignmacro = \chapoddpage -} -\let\contentsalignmacro = \chappager - -% For single-sided printing, chapter title goes across top left of page, -% page number on top right. -\def\HEADINGSsingle{ -\global\pageno=1 -\global\evenfootline={\hfil} -\global\oddfootline={\hfil} -\global\evenheadline={\line{\thischapter\hfil\folio}} -\global\oddheadline={\line{\thischapter\hfil\folio}} -\global\let\contentsalignmacro = \chappager -} -\def\HEADINGSon{\HEADINGSdouble} - -\def\HEADINGSafter{\let\HEADINGShook=\HEADINGSdoublex} -\let\HEADINGSdoubleafter=\HEADINGSafter -\def\HEADINGSdoublex{% -\global\evenfootline={\hfil} -\global\oddfootline={\hfil} -\global\evenheadline={\line{\folio\hfil\thistitle}} -\global\oddheadline={\line{\thischapter\hfil\folio}} -\global\let\contentsalignmacro = \chapoddpage -} - -\def\HEADINGSsingleafter{\let\HEADINGShook=\HEADINGSsinglex} -\def\HEADINGSsinglex{% -\global\evenfootline={\hfil} -\global\oddfootline={\hfil} -\global\evenheadline={\line{\thischapter\hfil\folio}} -\global\oddheadline={\line{\thischapter\hfil\folio}} -\global\let\contentsalignmacro = \chappager -} - -% Subroutines used in generating headings -% Produces Day Month Year style of output. -\def\today{\number\day\space -\ifcase\month\or -January\or February\or March\or April\or May\or June\or -July\or August\or September\or October\or November\or December\fi -\space\number\year} - -% Use this if you want the Month Day, Year style of output. -%\def\today{\ifcase\month\or -%January\or February\or March\or April\or May\or June\or -%July\or August\or September\or October\or November\or December\fi -%\space\number\day, \number\year} - -% @settitle line... specifies the title of the document, for headings -% It generates no output of its own - -\def\thistitle{No Title} -\def\settitle{\parsearg\settitlezzz} -\def\settitlezzz #1{\gdef\thistitle{#1}} - - -\message{tables,} - -% @tabs -- simple alignment - -% These don't work. For one thing, \+ is defined as outer. -% So these macros cannot even be defined. - -%\def\tabs{\parsearg\tabszzz} -%\def\tabszzz #1{\settabs\+#1\cr} -%\def\tabline{\parsearg\tablinezzz} -%\def\tablinezzz #1{\+#1\cr} -%\def\&{&} - -% Tables -- @table, @ftable, @vtable, @item(x), @kitem(x), @xitem(x). - -% default indentation of table text -\newdimen\tableindent \tableindent=.8in -% default indentation of @itemize and @enumerate text -\newdimen\itemindent \itemindent=.3in -% margin between end of table item and start of table text. -\newdimen\itemmargin \itemmargin=.1in - -% used internally for \itemindent minus \itemmargin -\newdimen\itemmax - -% Note @table, @vtable, and @vtable define @item, @itemx, etc., with -% these defs. -% They also define \itemindex -% to index the item name in whatever manner is desired (perhaps none). - -\newif\ifitemxneedsnegativevskip - -\def\itemxpar{\par\ifitemxneedsnegativevskip\nobreak\vskip-\parskip\nobreak\fi} - -\def\internalBitem{\smallbreak \parsearg\itemzzz} -\def\internalBitemx{\itemxpar \parsearg\itemzzz} - -\def\internalBxitem "#1"{\def\xitemsubtopix{#1} \smallbreak \parsearg\xitemzzz} -\def\internalBxitemx "#1"{\def\xitemsubtopix{#1} \itemxpar \parsearg\xitemzzz} - -\def\internalBkitem{\smallbreak \parsearg\kitemzzz} -\def\internalBkitemx{\itemxpar \parsearg\kitemzzz} - -\def\kitemzzz #1{\dosubind {kw}{\code{#1}}{for {\bf \lastfunction}}% - \itemzzz {#1}} - -\def\xitemzzz #1{\dosubind {kw}{\code{#1}}{for {\bf \xitemsubtopic}}% - \itemzzz {#1}} - -\def\itemzzz #1{\begingroup % - \advance\hsize by -\rightskip - \advance\hsize by -\tableindent - \setbox0=\hbox{\itemfont{#1}}% - \itemindex{#1}% - \nobreak % This prevents a break before @itemx. - % - % Be sure we are not still in the middle of a paragraph. - %{\parskip = 0in - %\par - %}% - % - % If the item text does not fit in the space we have, put it on a line - % by itself, and do not allow a page break either before or after that - % line. We do not start a paragraph here because then if the next - % command is, e.g., @kindex, the whatsit would get put into the - % horizontal list on a line by itself, resulting in extra blank space. - \ifdim \wd0>\itemmax - % - % Make this a paragraph so we get the \parskip glue and wrapping, - % but leave it ragged-right. - \begingroup - \advance\leftskip by-\tableindent - \advance\hsize by\tableindent - \advance\rightskip by0pt plus1fil - \leavevmode\unhbox0\par - \endgroup - % - % We're going to be starting a paragraph, but we don't want the - % \parskip glue -- logically it's part of the @item we just started. - \nobreak \vskip-\parskip - % - % Stop a page break at the \parskip glue coming up. Unfortunately - % we can't prevent a possible page break at the following - % \baselineskip glue. - \nobreak - \endgroup - \itemxneedsnegativevskipfalse - \else - % The item text fits into the space. Start a paragraph, so that the - % following text (if any) will end up on the same line. Since that - % text will be indented by \tableindent, we make the item text be in - % a zero-width box. - \noindent - \rlap{\hskip -\tableindent\box0}\ignorespaces% - \endgroup% - \itemxneedsnegativevskiptrue% - \fi -} - -\def\item{\errmessage{@item while not in a table}} -\def\itemx{\errmessage{@itemx while not in a table}} -\def\kitem{\errmessage{@kitem while not in a table}} -\def\kitemx{\errmessage{@kitemx while not in a table}} -\def\xitem{\errmessage{@xitem while not in a table}} -\def\xitemx{\errmessage{@xitemx while not in a table}} - -%% Contains a kludge to get @end[description] to work -\def\description{\tablez{\dontindex}{1}{}{}{}{}} - -\def\table{\begingroup\inENV\obeylines\obeyspaces\tablex} -{\obeylines\obeyspaces% -\gdef\tablex #1^^M{% -\tabley\dontindex#1 \endtabley}} - -\def\ftable{\begingroup\inENV\obeylines\obeyspaces\ftablex} -{\obeylines\obeyspaces% -\gdef\ftablex #1^^M{% -\tabley\fnitemindex#1 \endtabley -\def\Eftable{\endgraf\afterenvbreak\endgroup}% -\let\Etable=\relax}} - -\def\vtable{\begingroup\inENV\obeylines\obeyspaces\vtablex} -{\obeylines\obeyspaces% -\gdef\vtablex #1^^M{% -\tabley\vritemindex#1 \endtabley -\def\Evtable{\endgraf\afterenvbreak\endgroup}% -\let\Etable=\relax}} - -\def\dontindex #1{} -\def\fnitemindex #1{\doind {fn}{\code{#1}}}% -\def\vritemindex #1{\doind {vr}{\code{#1}}}% - -{\obeyspaces % -\gdef\tabley#1#2 #3 #4 #5 #6 #7\endtabley{\endgroup% -\tablez{#1}{#2}{#3}{#4}{#5}{#6}}} - -\def\tablez #1#2#3#4#5#6{% -\aboveenvbreak % -\begingroup % -\def\Edescription{\Etable}% Necessary kludge. -\let\itemindex=#1% -\ifnum 0#3>0 \advance \leftskip by #3\mil \fi % -\ifnum 0#4>0 \tableindent=#4\mil \fi % -\ifnum 0#5>0 \advance \rightskip by #5\mil \fi % -\def\itemfont{#2}% -\itemmax=\tableindent % -\advance \itemmax by -\itemmargin % -\advance \leftskip by \tableindent % -\exdentamount=\tableindent -\parindent = 0pt -\parskip = \smallskipamount -\ifdim \parskip=0pt \parskip=2pt \fi% -\def\Etable{\endgraf\afterenvbreak\endgroup}% -\let\item = \internalBitem % -\let\itemx = \internalBitemx % -\let\kitem = \internalBkitem % -\let\kitemx = \internalBkitemx % -\let\xitem = \internalBxitem % -\let\xitemx = \internalBxitemx % -} - -% This is the counter used by @enumerate, which is really @itemize - -\newcount \itemno - -\def\itemize{\parsearg\itemizezzz} - -\def\itemizezzz #1{% - \begingroup % ended by the @end itemsize - \itemizey {#1}{\Eitemize} -} - -\def\itemizey #1#2{% -\aboveenvbreak % -\itemmax=\itemindent % -\advance \itemmax by -\itemmargin % -\advance \leftskip by \itemindent % -\exdentamount=\itemindent -\parindent = 0pt % -\parskip = \smallskipamount % -\ifdim \parskip=0pt \parskip=2pt \fi% -\def#2{\endgraf\afterenvbreak\endgroup}% -\def\itemcontents{#1}% -\let\item=\itemizeitem} - -% Set sfcode to normal for the chars that usually have another value. -% These are `.?!:;,' -\def\frenchspacing{\sfcode46=1000 \sfcode63=1000 \sfcode33=1000 - \sfcode58=1000 \sfcode59=1000 \sfcode44=1000 } - -% \splitoff TOKENS\endmark defines \first to be the first token in -% TOKENS, and \rest to be the remainder. -% -\def\splitoff#1#2\endmark{\def\first{#1}\def\rest{#2}}% - -% Allow an optional argument of an uppercase letter, lowercase letter, -% or number, to specify the first label in the enumerated list. No -% argument is the same as `1'. -% -\def\enumerate{\parsearg\enumeratezzz} -\def\enumeratezzz #1{\enumeratey #1 \endenumeratey} -\def\enumeratey #1 #2\endenumeratey{% - \begingroup % ended by the @end enumerate - % - % If we were given no argument, pretend we were given `1'. - \def\thearg{#1}% - \ifx\thearg\empty \def\thearg{1}\fi - % - % Detect if the argument is a single token. If so, it might be a - % letter. Otherwise, the only valid thing it can be is a number. - % (We will always have one token, because of the test we just made. - % This is a good thing, since \splitoff doesn't work given nothing at - % all -- the first parameter is undelimited.) - \expandafter\splitoff\thearg\endmark - \ifx\rest\empty - % Only one token in the argument. It could still be anything. - % A ``lowercase letter'' is one whose \lccode is nonzero. - % An ``uppercase letter'' is one whose \lccode is both nonzero, and - % not equal to itself. - % Otherwise, we assume it's a number. - % - % We need the \relax at the end of the \ifnum lines to stop TeX from - % continuing to look for a <number>. - % - \ifnum\lccode\expandafter`\thearg=0\relax - \numericenumerate % a number (we hope) - \else - % It's a letter. - \ifnum\lccode\expandafter`\thearg=\expandafter`\thearg\relax - \lowercaseenumerate % lowercase letter - \else - \uppercaseenumerate % uppercase letter - \fi - \fi - \else - % Multiple tokens in the argument. We hope it's a number. - \numericenumerate - \fi -} - -% An @enumerate whose labels are integers. The starting integer is -% given in \thearg. -% -\def\numericenumerate{% - \itemno = \thearg - \startenumeration{\the\itemno}% -} - -% The starting (lowercase) letter is in \thearg. -\def\lowercaseenumerate{% - \itemno = \expandafter`\thearg - \startenumeration{% - % Be sure we're not beyond the end of the alphabet. - \ifnum\itemno=0 - \errmessage{No more lowercase letters in @enumerate; get a bigger - alphabet}% - \fi - \char\lccode\itemno - }% -} - -% The starting (uppercase) letter is in \thearg. -\def\uppercaseenumerate{% - \itemno = \expandafter`\thearg - \startenumeration{% - % Be sure we're not beyond the end of the alphabet. - \ifnum\itemno=0 - \errmessage{No more uppercase letters in @enumerate; get a bigger - alphabet} - \fi - \char\uccode\itemno - }% -} - -% Call itemizey, adding a period to the first argument and supplying the -% common last two arguments. Also subtract one from the initial value in -% \itemno, since @item increments \itemno. -% -\def\startenumeration#1{% - \advance\itemno by -1 - \itemizey{#1.}\Eenumerate\flushcr -} - -% @alphaenumerate and @capsenumerate are abbreviations for giving an arg -% to @enumerate. -% -\def\alphaenumerate{\enumerate{a}} -\def\capsenumerate{\enumerate{A}} -\def\Ealphaenumerate{\Eenumerate} -\def\Ecapsenumerate{\Eenumerate} - -% Definition of @item while inside @itemize. - -\def\itemizeitem{% -\advance\itemno by 1 -{\let\par=\endgraf \smallbreak}% -\ifhmode \errmessage{\in hmode at itemizeitem}\fi -{\parskip=0in \hskip 0pt -\hbox to 0pt{\hss \itemcontents\hskip \itemmargin}% -\vadjust{\penalty 1200}}% -\flushcr} - -% @multitable macros -% Amy Hendrickson, 8/18/94, 3/6/96 -% -% @multitable ... @end multitable will make as many columns as desired. -% Contents of each column will wrap at width given in preamble. Width -% can be specified either with sample text given in a template line, -% or in percent of \hsize, the current width of text on page. - -% Table can continue over pages but will only break between lines. - -% To make preamble: -% -% Either define widths of columns in terms of percent of \hsize: -% @multitable @columnfractions .25 .3 .45 -% @item ... -% -% Numbers following @columnfractions are the percent of the total -% current hsize to be used for each column. You may use as many -% columns as desired. - - -% Or use a template: -% @multitable {Column 1 template} {Column 2 template} {Column 3 template} -% @item ... -% using the widest term desired in each column. -% -% For those who want to use more than one line's worth of words in -% the preamble, break the line within one argument and it -% will parse correctly, i.e., -% -% @multitable {Column 1 template} {Column 2 template} {Column 3 -% template} -% Not: -% @multitable {Column 1 template} {Column 2 template} -% {Column 3 template} - -% Each new table line starts with @item, each subsequent new column -% starts with @tab. Empty columns may be produced by supplying @tab's -% with nothing between them for as many times as empty columns are needed, -% ie, @tab@tab@tab will produce two empty columns. - -% @item, @tab, @multitable or @end multitable do not need to be on their -% own lines, but it will not hurt if they are. - -% Sample multitable: - -% @multitable {Column 1 template} {Column 2 template} {Column 3 template} -% @item first col stuff @tab second col stuff @tab third col -% @item -% first col stuff -% @tab -% second col stuff -% @tab -% third col -% @item first col stuff @tab second col stuff -% @tab Many paragraphs of text may be used in any column. -% -% They will wrap at the width determined by the template. -% @item@tab@tab This will be in third column. -% @end multitable - -% Default dimensions may be reset by user. -% @multitableparskip is vertical space between paragraphs in table. -% @multitableparindent is paragraph indent in table. -% @multitablecolmargin is horizontal space to be left between columns. -% @multitablelinespace is space to leave between table items, baseline -% to baseline. -% 0pt means it depends on current normal line spacing. - -%%%% -% Dimensions - -\newskip\multitableparskip -\newskip\multitableparindent -\newdimen\multitablecolspace -\newskip\multitablelinespace -\multitableparskip=0pt -\multitableparindent=6pt -\multitablecolspace=12pt -\multitablelinespace=0pt - -%%%% -% Macros used to set up halign preamble: -\let\endsetuptable\relax -\def\xendsetuptable{\endsetuptable} -\let\columnfractions\relax -\def\xcolumnfractions{\columnfractions} -\newif\ifsetpercent - -%% 2/1/96, to allow fractions to be given with more than one digit. -\def\pickupwholefraction#1 {\global\advance\colcount by1 % -\expandafter\xdef\csname col\the\colcount\endcsname{.#1\hsize}% -\setuptable} - -\newcount\colcount -\def\setuptable#1{\def\firstarg{#1}% -\ifx\firstarg\xendsetuptable\let\go\relax% -\else - \ifx\firstarg\xcolumnfractions\global\setpercenttrue% - \else - \ifsetpercent - \let\go\pickupwholefraction % In this case arg of setuptable - % is the decimal point before the - % number given in percent of hsize. - % We don't need this so we don't use it. - \else - \global\advance\colcount by1 - \setbox0=\hbox{#1 }% Add a normal word space as a separator; - % typically that is always in the input, anyway. - \expandafter\xdef\csname col\the\colcount\endcsname{\the\wd0}% - \fi% - \fi% -\ifx\go\pickupwholefraction\else\let\go\setuptable\fi% -\fi\go} - -%%%% -% multitable syntax -\def\tab{&\hskip1sp\relax} % 2/2/96 - % tiny skip here makes sure this column space is - % maintained, even if it is never used. - - -%%%% -% @multitable ... @end multitable definitions: - -\def\multitable{\parsearg\dotable} - -\def\dotable#1{\bgroup -\let\item\cr -\tolerance=9500 -\hbadness=9500 -\setmultitablespacing -\parskip=\multitableparskip -\parindent=\multitableparindent -\overfullrule=0pt -\global\colcount=0\relax% -\def\Emultitable{\global\setpercentfalse\global\everycr{}\cr\egroup\egroup}% - % To parse everything between @multitable and @item : -\setuptable#1 \endsetuptable - % Need to reset this to 0 after \setuptable. -\global\colcount=0\relax% - % - % This preamble sets up a generic column definition, which will - % be used as many times as user calls for columns. - % \vtop will set a single line and will also let text wrap and - % continue for many paragraphs if desired. -\halign\bgroup&\global\advance\colcount by 1\relax% -\multistrut\vtop{\hsize=\expandafter\csname col\the\colcount\endcsname - % In order to keep entries from bumping into each other - % we will add a \leftskip of \multitablecolspace to all columns after - % the first one. - % If a template has been used, we will add \multitablecolspace - % to the width of each template entry. - % If user has set preamble in terms of percent of \hsize - % we will use that dimension as the width of the column, and - % the \leftskip will keep entries from bumping into each other. - % Table will start at left margin and final column will justify at - % right margin. -\ifnum\colcount=1 -\else - \ifsetpercent - \else - % If user has <not> set preamble in terms of percent of \hsize - % we will advance \hsize by \multitablecolspace - \advance\hsize by \multitablecolspace - \fi - % In either case we will make \leftskip=\multitablecolspace: -\leftskip=\multitablecolspace -\fi -\noindent##\multistrut}\cr% - % \everycr will reset column counter, \colcount, at the end of - % each line. Every column entry will cause \colcount to advance by one. - % The table preamble - % looks at the current \colcount to find the correct column width. -\global\everycr{\noalign{% -\filbreak%% keeps underfull box messages off when table breaks over pages. -\global\colcount=0\relax}} -} - -\def\setmultitablespacing{% test to see if user has set \multitablelinespace. -% If so, do nothing. If not, give it an appropriate dimension based on -% current baselineskip. -\ifdim\multitablelinespace=0pt -%% strut to put in table in case some entry doesn't have descenders, -%% to keep lines equally spaced -\let\multistrut = \strut -%% Test to see if parskip is larger than space between lines of -%% table. If not, do nothing. -%% If so, set to same dimension as multitablelinespace. -\else -\gdef\multistrut{\vrule height\multitablelinespace depth\dp0 -width0pt\relax} \fi -\ifdim\multitableparskip>\multitablelinespace -\global\multitableparskip=\multitablelinespace -\global\advance\multitableparskip-7pt %% to keep parskip somewhat smaller - %% than skip between lines in the table. -\fi% -\ifdim\multitableparskip=0pt -\global\multitableparskip=\multitablelinespace -\global\advance\multitableparskip-7pt %% to keep parskip somewhat smaller - %% than skip between lines in the table. -\fi} - - -\message{indexing,} -% Index generation facilities - -% Define \newwrite to be identical to plain tex's \newwrite -% except not \outer, so it can be used within \newindex. -{\catcode`\@=11 -\gdef\newwrite{\alloc@7\write\chardef\sixt@@n}} - -% \newindex {foo} defines an index named foo. -% It automatically defines \fooindex such that -% \fooindex ...rest of line... puts an entry in the index foo. -% It also defines \fooindfile to be the number of the output channel for -% the file that accumulates this index. The file's extension is foo. -% The name of an index should be no more than 2 characters long -% for the sake of vms. - -\def\newindex #1{ -\expandafter\newwrite \csname#1indfile\endcsname% Define number for output file -\openout \csname#1indfile\endcsname \jobname.#1 % Open the file -\expandafter\xdef\csname#1index\endcsname{% % Define \xxxindex -\noexpand\doindex {#1}} -} - -% @defindex foo == \newindex{foo} - -\def\defindex{\parsearg\newindex} - -% Define @defcodeindex, like @defindex except put all entries in @code. - -\def\newcodeindex #1{ -\expandafter\newwrite \csname#1indfile\endcsname% Define number for output file -\openout \csname#1indfile\endcsname \jobname.#1 % Open the file -\expandafter\xdef\csname#1index\endcsname{% % Define \xxxindex -\noexpand\docodeindex {#1}} -} - -\def\defcodeindex{\parsearg\newcodeindex} - -% @synindex foo bar makes index foo feed into index bar. -% Do this instead of @defindex foo if you don't want it as a separate index. -\def\synindex #1 #2 {% -\expandafter\let\expandafter\synindexfoo\expandafter=\csname#2indfile\endcsname -\expandafter\let\csname#1indfile\endcsname=\synindexfoo -\expandafter\xdef\csname#1index\endcsname{% % Define \xxxindex -\noexpand\doindex {#2}}% -} - -% @syncodeindex foo bar similar, but put all entries made for index foo -% inside @code. -\def\syncodeindex #1 #2 {% -\expandafter\let\expandafter\synindexfoo\expandafter=\csname#2indfile\endcsname -\expandafter\let\csname#1indfile\endcsname=\synindexfoo -\expandafter\xdef\csname#1index\endcsname{% % Define \xxxindex -\noexpand\docodeindex {#2}}% -} - -% Define \doindex, the driver for all \fooindex macros. -% Argument #1 is generated by the calling \fooindex macro, -% and it is "foo", the name of the index. - -% \doindex just uses \parsearg; it calls \doind for the actual work. -% This is because \doind is more useful to call from other macros. - -% There is also \dosubind {index}{topic}{subtopic} -% which makes an entry in a two-level index such as the operation index. - -\def\doindex#1{\edef\indexname{#1}\parsearg\singleindexer} -\def\singleindexer #1{\doind{\indexname}{#1}} - -% like the previous two, but they put @code around the argument. -\def\docodeindex#1{\edef\indexname{#1}\parsearg\singlecodeindexer} -\def\singlecodeindexer #1{\doind{\indexname}{\code{#1}}} - -\def\indexdummies{% -% Take care of the plain tex accent commands. -\def\"{\realbackslash "}% -\def\`{\realbackslash `}% -\def\'{\realbackslash '}% -\def\^{\realbackslash ^}% -\def\~{\realbackslash ~}% -\def\={\realbackslash =}% -\def\b{\realbackslash b}% -\def\c{\realbackslash c}% -\def\d{\realbackslash d}% -\def\u{\realbackslash u}% -\def\v{\realbackslash v}% -\def\H{\realbackslash H}% -% Take care of the plain tex special European modified letters. -\def\oe{\realbackslash oe}% -\def\ae{\realbackslash ae}% -\def\aa{\realbackslash aa}% -\def\OE{\realbackslash OE}% -\def\AE{\realbackslash AE}% -\def\AA{\realbackslash AA}% -\def\o{\realbackslash o}% -\def\O{\realbackslash O}% -\def\l{\realbackslash l}% -\def\L{\realbackslash L}% -\def\ss{\realbackslash ss}% -% Take care of texinfo commands likely to appear in an index entry. -% (Must be a way to avoid doing expansion at all, and thus not have to -% laboriously list every single command here.) -\def\@{@}% will be @@ when we switch to @ as escape char. -%\let\{ = \lbracecmd -%\let\} = \rbracecmd -\def\_{{\realbackslash _}}% -\def\w{\realbackslash w }% -\def\bf{\realbackslash bf }% -%\def\rm{\realbackslash rm }% -\def\sl{\realbackslash sl }% -\def\sf{\realbackslash sf}% -\def\tt{\realbackslash tt}% -\def\gtr{\realbackslash gtr}% -\def\less{\realbackslash less}% -\def\hat{\realbackslash hat}% -%\def\char{\realbackslash char}% -\def\TeX{\realbackslash TeX}% -\def\dots{\realbackslash dots }% -\def\copyright{\realbackslash copyright }% -\def\tclose##1{\realbackslash tclose {##1}}% -\def\code##1{\realbackslash code {##1}}% -\def\dotless##1{\realbackslash dotless {##1}}% -\def\samp##1{\realbackslash samp {##1}}% -\def\,##1{\realbackslash ,{##1}}% -\def\t##1{\realbackslash t {##1}}% -\def\r##1{\realbackslash r {##1}}% -\def\i##1{\realbackslash i {##1}}% -\def\b##1{\realbackslash b {##1}}% -\def\cite##1{\realbackslash cite {##1}}% -\def\key##1{\realbackslash key {##1}}% -\def\file##1{\realbackslash file {##1}}% -\def\var##1{\realbackslash var {##1}}% -\def\kbd##1{\realbackslash kbd {##1}}% -\def\dfn##1{\realbackslash dfn {##1}}% -\def\emph##1{\realbackslash emph {##1}}% -\unsepspaces -} - -% If an index command is used in an @example environment, any spaces -% therein should become regular spaces in the raw index file, not the -% expansion of \tie (\\leavevmode \penalty \@M \ ). -{\obeyspaces - \gdef\unsepspaces{\obeyspaces\let =\space}} - -% \indexnofonts no-ops all font-change commands. -% This is used when outputting the strings to sort the index by. -\def\indexdummyfont#1{#1} -\def\indexdummytex{TeX} -\def\indexdummydots{...} - -\def\indexnofonts{% -% Just ignore accents. -\let\,=\indexdummyfont -\let\"=\indexdummyfont -\let\`=\indexdummyfont -\let\'=\indexdummyfont -\let\^=\indexdummyfont -\let\~=\indexdummyfont -\let\==\indexdummyfont -\let\b=\indexdummyfont -\let\c=\indexdummyfont -\let\d=\indexdummyfont -\let\u=\indexdummyfont -\let\v=\indexdummyfont -\let\H=\indexdummyfont -\let\dotless=\indexdummyfont -% Take care of the plain tex special European modified letters. -\def\oe{oe}% -\def\ae{ae}% -\def\aa{aa}% -\def\OE{OE}% -\def\AE{AE}% -\def\AA{AA}% -\def\o{o}% -\def\O{O}% -\def\l{l}% -\def\L{L}% -\def\ss{ss}% -\let\w=\indexdummyfont -\let\t=\indexdummyfont -\let\r=\indexdummyfont -\let\i=\indexdummyfont -\let\b=\indexdummyfont -\let\emph=\indexdummyfont -\let\strong=\indexdummyfont -\let\cite=\indexdummyfont -\let\sc=\indexdummyfont -%Don't no-op \tt, since it isn't a user-level command -% and is used in the definitions of the active chars like <, >, |... -%\let\tt=\indexdummyfont -\let\tclose=\indexdummyfont -\let\code=\indexdummyfont -\let\file=\indexdummyfont -\let\samp=\indexdummyfont -\let\kbd=\indexdummyfont -\let\key=\indexdummyfont -\let\var=\indexdummyfont -\let\TeX=\indexdummytex -\let\dots=\indexdummydots -\def\@{@}% -} - -% To define \realbackslash, we must make \ not be an escape. -% We must first make another character (@) an escape -% so we do not become unable to do a definition. - -{\catcode`\@=0 \catcode`\\=\other -@gdef@realbackslash{\}} - -\let\indexbackslash=0 %overridden during \printindex. - -\let\SETmarginindex=\relax %initialize! -% workhorse for all \fooindexes -% #1 is name of index, #2 is stuff to put there -\def\doind #1#2{% - % Put the index entry in the margin if desired. - \ifx\SETmarginindex\relax\else - \insert\margin{\hbox{\vrule height8pt depth3pt width0pt #2}}% - \fi - {% - \count255=\lastpenalty - {% - \indexdummies % Must do this here, since \bf, etc expand at this stage - \escapechar=`\\ - {% - \let\folio=0 % We will expand all macros now EXCEPT \folio. - \def\rawbackslashxx{\indexbackslash}% \indexbackslash isn't defined now - % so it will be output as is; and it will print as backslash. - % - % First process the index-string with all font commands turned off - % to get the string to sort by. - {\indexnofonts \xdef\indexsorttmp{#2}}% - % - % Now produce the complete index entry, with both the sort key and the - % original text, including any font commands. - \toks0 = {#2}% - \edef\temp{% - \write\csname#1indfile\endcsname{% - \realbackslash entry{\indexsorttmp}{\folio}{\the\toks0}}% - }% - \temp - }% - }% - \penalty\count255 - }% -} - -\def\dosubind #1#2#3{% -{\count10=\lastpenalty % -{\indexdummies % Must do this here, since \bf, etc expand at this stage -\escapechar=`\\% -{\let\folio=0% -\def\rawbackslashxx{\indexbackslash}% -% -% Now process the index-string once, with all font commands turned off, -% to get the string to sort the index by. -{\indexnofonts -\xdef\temp1{#2 #3}% -}% -% Now produce the complete index entry. We process the index-string again, -% this time with font commands expanded, to get what to print in the index. -\edef\temp{% -\write \csname#1indfile\endcsname{% -\realbackslash entry {\temp1}{\folio}{#2}{#3}}}% -\temp }% -}\penalty\count10}} - -% The index entry written in the file actually looks like -% \entry {sortstring}{page}{topic} -% or -% \entry {sortstring}{page}{topic}{subtopic} -% The texindex program reads in these files and writes files -% containing these kinds of lines: -% \initial {c} -% before the first topic whose initial is c -% \entry {topic}{pagelist} -% for a topic that is used without subtopics -% \primary {topic} -% for the beginning of a topic that is used with subtopics -% \secondary {subtopic}{pagelist} -% for each subtopic. - -% Define the user-accessible indexing commands -% @findex, @vindex, @kindex, @cindex. - -\def\findex {\fnindex} -\def\kindex {\kyindex} -\def\cindex {\cpindex} -\def\vindex {\vrindex} -\def\tindex {\tpindex} -\def\pindex {\pgindex} - -\def\cindexsub {\begingroup\obeylines\cindexsub} -{\obeylines % -\gdef\cindexsub "#1" #2^^M{\endgroup % -\dosubind{cp}{#2}{#1}}} - -% Define the macros used in formatting output of the sorted index material. - -% This is what you call to cause a particular index to get printed. -% Write -% @unnumbered Function Index -% @printindex fn - -\def\printindex{\parsearg\doprintindex} - -\def\doprintindex#1{\begingroup - \dobreak \chapheadingskip{10000}% - % - \indexfonts \rm - \tolerance = 9500 - \indexbreaks - \def\indexbackslash{\rawbackslashxx}% - % Index files are almost Texinfo source, but we use \ as the escape - % character. It would be better to use @, but that's too big a change - % to make right now. - \catcode`\\ = 0 - \catcode`\@ = 11 - \escapechar = `\\ - \begindoublecolumns - % - % See if the index file exists and is nonempty. - \openin 1 \jobname.#1s - \ifeof 1 - % \enddoublecolumns gets confused if there is no text in the index, - % and it loses the chapter title and the aux file entries for the - % index. The easiest way to prevent this problem is to make sure - % there is some text. - (Index is nonexistent) - \else - % - % If the index file exists but is empty, then \openin leaves \ifeof - % false. We have to make TeX try to read something from the file, so - % it can discover if there is anything in it. - \read 1 to \temp - \ifeof 1 - (Index is empty) - \else - \input \jobname.#1s - \fi - \fi - \closein 1 - \enddoublecolumns -\endgroup} - -% These macros are used by the sorted index file itself. -% Change them to control the appearance of the index. - -% Same as \bigskipamount except no shrink. -% \balancecolumns gets confused if there is any shrink. -\newskip\initialskipamount \initialskipamount 12pt plus4pt - -\def\initial #1{% -{\let\tentt=\sectt \let\tt=\sectt \let\sf=\sectt -\ifdim\lastskip<\initialskipamount -\removelastskip \penalty-200 \vskip \initialskipamount\fi -\line{\secbf#1\hfill}\kern 2pt\penalty10000}} - -% This typesets a paragraph consisting of #1, dot leaders, and then #2 -% flush to the right margin. It is used for index and table of contents -% entries. The paragraph is indented by \leftskip. -% -\def\entry #1#2{\begingroup - % - % Start a new paragraph if necessary, so our assignments below can't - % affect previous text. - \par - % - % Do not fill out the last line with white space. - \parfillskip = 0in - % - % No extra space above this paragraph. - \parskip = 0in - % - % Do not prefer a separate line ending with a hyphen to fewer lines. - \finalhyphendemerits = 0 - % - % \hangindent is only relevant when the entry text and page number - % don't both fit on one line. In that case, bob suggests starting the - % dots pretty far over on the line. Unfortunately, a large - % indentation looks wrong when the entry text itself is broken across - % lines. So we use a small indentation and put up with long leaders. - % - % \hangafter is reset to 1 (which is the value we want) at the start - % of each paragraph, so we need not do anything with that. - \hangindent=2em - % - % When the entry text needs to be broken, just fill out the first line - % with blank space. - \rightskip = 0pt plus1fil - % - % Start a ``paragraph'' for the index entry so the line breaking - % parameters we've set above will have an effect. - \noindent - % - % Insert the text of the index entry. TeX will do line-breaking on it. - #1% - % The following is kludged to not output a line of dots in the index if - % there are no page numbers. The next person who breaks this will be - % cursed by a Unix daemon. - \def\tempa{{\rm }}% - \def\tempb{#2}% - \edef\tempc{\tempa}% - \edef\tempd{\tempb}% - \ifx\tempc\tempd\ \else% - % - % If we must, put the page number on a line of its own, and fill out - % this line with blank space. (The \hfil is overwhelmed with the - % fill leaders glue in \indexdotfill if the page number does fit.) - \hfil\penalty50 - \null\nobreak\indexdotfill % Have leaders before the page number. - % - % The `\ ' here is removed by the implicit \unskip that TeX does as - % part of (the primitive) \par. Without it, a spurious underfull - % \hbox ensues. - \ #2% The page number ends the paragraph. - \fi% - \par -\endgroup} - -% Like \dotfill except takes at least 1 em. -\def\indexdotfill{\cleaders - \hbox{$\mathsurround=0pt \mkern1.5mu ${\it .}$ \mkern1.5mu$}\hskip 1em plus 1fill} - -\def\primary #1{\line{#1\hfil}} - -\newskip\secondaryindent \secondaryindent=0.5cm - -\def\secondary #1#2{ -{\parfillskip=0in \parskip=0in -\hangindent =1in \hangafter=1 -\noindent\hskip\secondaryindent\hbox{#1}\indexdotfill #2\par -}} - -% Define two-column mode, which we use to typeset indexes. -% Adapted from the TeXbook, page 416, which is to say, -% the manmac.tex format used to print the TeXbook itself. -\catcode`\@=11 - -\newbox\partialpage -\newdimen\doublecolumnhsize - -\def\begindoublecolumns{\begingroup % ended by \enddoublecolumns - % Grab any single-column material above us. - \output = {\global\setbox\partialpage - =\vbox{\unvbox255\kern -\topskip \kern \baselineskip}}% - \eject - % - % Now switch to the double-column output routine. - \output={\doublecolumnout}% - % - % Change the page size parameters. We could do this once outside this - % routine, in each of @smallbook, @afourpaper, and the default 8.5x11 - % format, but then we repeat the same computation. Repeating a couple - % of assignments once per index is clearly meaningless for the - % execution time, so we may as well do it once. - % - % First we halve the line length, less a little for the gutter between - % the columns. We compute the gutter based on the line length, so it - % changes automatically with the paper format. The magic constant - % below is chosen so that the gutter has the same value (well, +- < - % 1pt) as it did when we hard-coded it. - % - % We put the result in a separate register, \doublecolumhsize, so we - % can restore it in \pagesofar, after \hsize itself has (potentially) - % been clobbered. - % - \doublecolumnhsize = \hsize - \advance\doublecolumnhsize by -.04154\hsize - \divide\doublecolumnhsize by 2 - \hsize = \doublecolumnhsize - % - % Double the \vsize as well. (We don't need a separate register here, - % since nobody clobbers \vsize.) - \vsize = 2\vsize -} -\def\doublecolumnout{% - \splittopskip=\topskip \splitmaxdepth=\maxdepth - % Get the available space for the double columns -- the normal - % (undoubled) page height minus any material left over from the - % previous page. - \dimen@=\pageheight \advance\dimen@ by-\ht\partialpage - % box0 will be the left-hand column, box1 the right. - \setbox0=\vsplit255 to\dimen@ \setbox2=\vsplit255 to\dimen@ - \onepageout\pagesofar - \unvbox255 \penalty\outputpenalty -} -\def\pagesofar{% - % The contents of the output page -- any previous material, - % followed by the two boxes we just split. - \unvbox\partialpage - \hsize = \doublecolumnhsize - \wd0=\hsize \wd2=\hsize \hbox to\pagewidth{\box0\hfil\box2}% -} -\def\enddoublecolumns{% - \output={\balancecolumns}\eject % split what we have - \endgroup - % Back to normal single-column typesetting, but take account of the - % fact that we just accumulated some stuff on the output page. - \pagegoal=\vsize -} -\def\balancecolumns{% - % Called on the last page of the double column material. - \setbox0=\vbox{\unvbox255}% - \dimen@ = \ht0 - \advance\dimen@ by \topskip - \advance\dimen@ by-\baselineskip - \divide\dimen@ by 2 - \splittopskip = \topskip - % Loop until we get a decent breakpoint. - {\vbadness=10000 \loop \global\setbox3=\copy0 - \global\setbox1=\vsplit3 to\dimen@ - \ifdim\ht3>\dimen@ \global\advance\dimen@ by1pt \repeat}% - \setbox0=\vbox to\dimen@{\unvbox1}% - \setbox2=\vbox to\dimen@{\unvbox3}% - \pagesofar -} -\catcode `\@=\other - - -\message{sectioning,} -% Define chapters, sections, etc. - -\newcount \chapno -\newcount \secno \secno=0 -\newcount \subsecno \subsecno=0 -\newcount \subsubsecno \subsubsecno=0 - -% This counter is funny since it counts through charcodes of letters A, B, ... -\newcount \appendixno \appendixno = `\@ -\def\appendixletter{\char\the\appendixno} - -\newwrite \contentsfile -% This is called from \setfilename. -\def\opencontents{\openout \contentsfile = \jobname.toc} - -% Each @chapter defines this as the name of the chapter. -% page headings and footings can use it. @section does likewise - -\def\thischapter{} \def\thissection{} -\def\seccheck#1{\if \pageno<0 % -\errmessage{@#1 not allowed after generating table of contents}\fi -% -} - -\def\chapternofonts{% -\let\rawbackslash=\relax% -\let\frenchspacing=\relax% -\def\result{\realbackslash result} -\def\equiv{\realbackslash equiv} -\def\expansion{\realbackslash expansion} -\def\print{\realbackslash print} -\def\TeX{\realbackslash TeX} -\def\dots{\realbackslash dots} -\def\copyright{\realbackslash copyright} -\def\tt{\realbackslash tt} -\def\bf{\realbackslash bf } -\def\w{\realbackslash w} -\def\less{\realbackslash less} -\def\gtr{\realbackslash gtr} -\def\hat{\realbackslash hat} -\def\char{\realbackslash char} -\def\tclose##1{\realbackslash tclose {##1}} -\def\code##1{\realbackslash code {##1}} -\def\samp##1{\realbackslash samp {##1}} -\def\r##1{\realbackslash r {##1}} -\def\b##1{\realbackslash b {##1}} -\def\key##1{\realbackslash key {##1}} -\def\file##1{\realbackslash file {##1}} -\def\kbd##1{\realbackslash kbd {##1}} -% These are redefined because @smartitalic wouldn't work inside xdef. -\def\i##1{\realbackslash i {##1}} -\def\cite##1{\realbackslash cite {##1}} -\def\var##1{\realbackslash var {##1}} -\def\emph##1{\realbackslash emph {##1}} -\def\dfn##1{\realbackslash dfn {##1}} -} - -\newcount\absseclevel % used to calculate proper heading level -\newcount\secbase\secbase=0 % @raise/lowersections modify this count - -% @raisesections: treat @section as chapter, @subsection as section, etc. -\def\raisesections{\global\advance\secbase by -1} -\let\up=\raisesections % original BFox name - -% @lowersections: treat @chapter as section, @section as subsection, etc. -\def\lowersections{\global\advance\secbase by 1} -\let\down=\lowersections % original BFox name - -% Choose a numbered-heading macro -% #1 is heading level if unmodified by @raisesections or @lowersections -% #2 is text for heading -\def\numhead#1#2{\absseclevel=\secbase\advance\absseclevel by #1 -\ifcase\absseclevel - \chapterzzz{#2} -\or - \seczzz{#2} -\or - \numberedsubseczzz{#2} -\or - \numberedsubsubseczzz{#2} -\else - \ifnum \absseclevel<0 - \chapterzzz{#2} - \else - \numberedsubsubseczzz{#2} - \fi -\fi -} - -% like \numhead, but chooses appendix heading levels -\def\apphead#1#2{\absseclevel=\secbase\advance\absseclevel by #1 -\ifcase\absseclevel - \appendixzzz{#2} -\or - \appendixsectionzzz{#2} -\or - \appendixsubseczzz{#2} -\or - \appendixsubsubseczzz{#2} -\else - \ifnum \absseclevel<0 - \appendixzzz{#2} - \else - \appendixsubsubseczzz{#2} - \fi -\fi -} - -% like \numhead, but chooses numberless heading levels -\def\unnmhead#1#2{\absseclevel=\secbase\advance\absseclevel by #1 -\ifcase\absseclevel - \unnumberedzzz{#2} -\or - \unnumberedseczzz{#2} -\or - \unnumberedsubseczzz{#2} -\or - \unnumberedsubsubseczzz{#2} -\else - \ifnum \absseclevel<0 - \unnumberedzzz{#2} - \else - \unnumberedsubsubseczzz{#2} - \fi -\fi -} - - -\def\thischaptername{No Chapter Title} -\outer\def\chapter{\parsearg\chapteryyy} -\def\chapteryyy #1{\numhead0{#1}} % normally numhead0 calls chapterzzz -\def\chapterzzz #1{\seccheck{chapter}% -\secno=0 \subsecno=0 \subsubsecno=0 -\global\advance \chapno by 1 \message{\putwordChapter \the\chapno}% -\chapmacro {#1}{\the\chapno}% -\gdef\thissection{#1}% -\gdef\thischaptername{#1}% -% We don't substitute the actual chapter name into \thischapter -% because we don't want its macros evaluated now. -\xdef\thischapter{\putwordChapter{} \the\chapno: \noexpand\thischaptername}% -{\chapternofonts% -\edef\temp{{\realbackslash chapentry {#1}{\the\chapno}{\noexpand\folio}}}% -\escapechar=`\\% -\write \contentsfile \temp % -\donoderef % -\global\let\section = \numberedsec -\global\let\subsection = \numberedsubsec -\global\let\subsubsection = \numberedsubsubsec -}} - -\outer\def\appendix{\parsearg\appendixyyy} -\def\appendixyyy #1{\apphead0{#1}} % normally apphead0 calls appendixzzz -\def\appendixzzz #1{\seccheck{appendix}% -\secno=0 \subsecno=0 \subsubsecno=0 -\global\advance \appendixno by 1 \message{Appendix \appendixletter}% -\chapmacro {#1}{\putwordAppendix{} \appendixletter}% -\gdef\thissection{#1}% -\gdef\thischaptername{#1}% -\xdef\thischapter{\putwordAppendix{} \appendixletter: \noexpand\thischaptername}% -{\chapternofonts% -\edef\temp{{\realbackslash chapentry - {#1}{\putwordAppendix{} \appendixletter}{\noexpand\folio}}}% -\escapechar=`\\% -\write \contentsfile \temp % -\appendixnoderef % -\global\let\section = \appendixsec -\global\let\subsection = \appendixsubsec -\global\let\subsubsection = \appendixsubsubsec -}} - -% @centerchap is like @unnumbered, but the heading is centered. -\outer\def\centerchap{\parsearg\centerchapyyy} -\def\centerchapyyy #1{{\let\unnumbchapmacro=\centerchapmacro \unnumberedyyy{#1}}} - -\outer\def\top{\parsearg\unnumberedyyy} -\outer\def\unnumbered{\parsearg\unnumberedyyy} -\def\unnumberedyyy #1{\unnmhead0{#1}} % normally unnmhead0 calls unnumberedzzz -\def\unnumberedzzz #1{\seccheck{unnumbered}% -\secno=0 \subsecno=0 \subsubsecno=0 -% -% This used to be simply \message{#1}, but TeX fully expands the -% argument to \message. Therefore, if #1 contained @-commands, TeX -% expanded them. For example, in `@unnumbered The @cite{Book}', TeX -% expanded @cite (which turns out to cause errors because \cite is meant -% to be executed, not expanded). -% -% Anyway, we don't want the fully-expanded definition of @cite to appear -% as a result of the \message, we just want `@cite' itself. We use -% \the<toks register> to achieve this: TeX expands \the<toks> only once, -% simply yielding the contents of the <toks register>. -\toks0 = {#1}\message{(\the\toks0)}% -% -\unnumbchapmacro {#1}% -\gdef\thischapter{#1}\gdef\thissection{#1}% -{\chapternofonts% -\edef\temp{{\realbackslash unnumbchapentry {#1}{\noexpand\folio}}}% -\escapechar=`\\% -\write \contentsfile \temp % -\unnumbnoderef % -\global\let\section = \unnumberedsec -\global\let\subsection = \unnumberedsubsec -\global\let\subsubsection = \unnumberedsubsubsec -}} - -\outer\def\numberedsec{\parsearg\secyyy} -\def\secyyy #1{\numhead1{#1}} % normally calls seczzz -\def\seczzz #1{\seccheck{section}% -\subsecno=0 \subsubsecno=0 \global\advance \secno by 1 % -\gdef\thissection{#1}\secheading {#1}{\the\chapno}{\the\secno}% -{\chapternofonts% -\edef\temp{{\realbackslash secentry % -{#1}{\the\chapno}{\the\secno}{\noexpand\folio}}}% -\escapechar=`\\% -\write \contentsfile \temp % -\donoderef % -\penalty 10000 % -}} - -\outer\def\appendixsection{\parsearg\appendixsecyyy} -\outer\def\appendixsec{\parsearg\appendixsecyyy} -\def\appendixsecyyy #1{\apphead1{#1}} % normally calls appendixsectionzzz -\def\appendixsectionzzz #1{\seccheck{appendixsection}% -\subsecno=0 \subsubsecno=0 \global\advance \secno by 1 % -\gdef\thissection{#1}\secheading {#1}{\appendixletter}{\the\secno}% -{\chapternofonts% -\edef\temp{{\realbackslash secentry % -{#1}{\appendixletter}{\the\secno}{\noexpand\folio}}}% -\escapechar=`\\% -\write \contentsfile \temp % -\appendixnoderef % -\penalty 10000 % -}} - -\outer\def\unnumberedsec{\parsearg\unnumberedsecyyy} -\def\unnumberedsecyyy #1{\unnmhead1{#1}} % normally calls unnumberedseczzz -\def\unnumberedseczzz #1{\seccheck{unnumberedsec}% -\plainsecheading {#1}\gdef\thissection{#1}% -{\chapternofonts% -\edef\temp{{\realbackslash unnumbsecentry{#1}{\noexpand\folio}}}% -\escapechar=`\\% -\write \contentsfile \temp % -\unnumbnoderef % -\penalty 10000 % -}} - -\outer\def\numberedsubsec{\parsearg\numberedsubsecyyy} -\def\numberedsubsecyyy #1{\numhead2{#1}} % normally calls numberedsubseczzz -\def\numberedsubseczzz #1{\seccheck{subsection}% -\gdef\thissection{#1}\subsubsecno=0 \global\advance \subsecno by 1 % -\subsecheading {#1}{\the\chapno}{\the\secno}{\the\subsecno}% -{\chapternofonts% -\edef\temp{{\realbackslash subsecentry % -{#1}{\the\chapno}{\the\secno}{\the\subsecno}{\noexpand\folio}}}% -\escapechar=`\\% -\write \contentsfile \temp % -\donoderef % -\penalty 10000 % -}} - -\outer\def\appendixsubsec{\parsearg\appendixsubsecyyy} -\def\appendixsubsecyyy #1{\apphead2{#1}} % normally calls appendixsubseczzz -\def\appendixsubseczzz #1{\seccheck{appendixsubsec}% -\gdef\thissection{#1}\subsubsecno=0 \global\advance \subsecno by 1 % -\subsecheading {#1}{\appendixletter}{\the\secno}{\the\subsecno}% -{\chapternofonts% -\edef\temp{{\realbackslash subsecentry % -{#1}{\appendixletter}{\the\secno}{\the\subsecno}{\noexpand\folio}}}% -\escapechar=`\\% -\write \contentsfile \temp % -\appendixnoderef % -\penalty 10000 % -}} - -\outer\def\unnumberedsubsec{\parsearg\unnumberedsubsecyyy} -\def\unnumberedsubsecyyy #1{\unnmhead2{#1}} %normally calls unnumberedsubseczzz -\def\unnumberedsubseczzz #1{\seccheck{unnumberedsubsec}% -\plainsubsecheading {#1}\gdef\thissection{#1}% -{\chapternofonts% -\edef\temp{{\realbackslash unnumbsubsecentry{#1}{\noexpand\folio}}}% -\escapechar=`\\% -\write \contentsfile \temp % -\unnumbnoderef % -\penalty 10000 % -}} - -\outer\def\numberedsubsubsec{\parsearg\numberedsubsubsecyyy} -\def\numberedsubsubsecyyy #1{\numhead3{#1}} % normally numberedsubsubseczzz -\def\numberedsubsubseczzz #1{\seccheck{subsubsection}% -\gdef\thissection{#1}\global\advance \subsubsecno by 1 % -\subsubsecheading {#1} - {\the\chapno}{\the\secno}{\the\subsecno}{\the\subsubsecno}% -{\chapternofonts% -\edef\temp{{\realbackslash subsubsecentry % - {#1} - {\the\chapno}{\the\secno}{\the\subsecno}{\the\subsubsecno} - {\noexpand\folio}}}% -\escapechar=`\\% -\write \contentsfile \temp % -\donoderef % -\penalty 10000 % -}} - -\outer\def\appendixsubsubsec{\parsearg\appendixsubsubsecyyy} -\def\appendixsubsubsecyyy #1{\apphead3{#1}} % normally appendixsubsubseczzz -\def\appendixsubsubseczzz #1{\seccheck{appendixsubsubsec}% -\gdef\thissection{#1}\global\advance \subsubsecno by 1 % -\subsubsecheading {#1} - {\appendixletter}{\the\secno}{\the\subsecno}{\the\subsubsecno}% -{\chapternofonts% -\edef\temp{{\realbackslash subsubsecentry{#1}% - {\appendixletter} - {\the\secno}{\the\subsecno}{\the\subsubsecno}{\noexpand\folio}}}% -\escapechar=`\\% -\write \contentsfile \temp % -\appendixnoderef % -\penalty 10000 % -}} - -\outer\def\unnumberedsubsubsec{\parsearg\unnumberedsubsubsecyyy} -\def\unnumberedsubsubsecyyy #1{\unnmhead3{#1}} %normally unnumberedsubsubseczzz -\def\unnumberedsubsubseczzz #1{\seccheck{unnumberedsubsubsec}% -\plainsubsubsecheading {#1}\gdef\thissection{#1}% -{\chapternofonts% -\edef\temp{{\realbackslash unnumbsubsubsecentry{#1}{\noexpand\folio}}}% -\escapechar=`\\% -\write \contentsfile \temp % -\unnumbnoderef % -\penalty 10000 % -}} - -% These are variants which are not "outer", so they can appear in @ifinfo. -% Actually, they should now be obsolete; ordinary section commands should work. -\def\infotop{\parsearg\unnumberedzzz} -\def\infounnumbered{\parsearg\unnumberedzzz} -\def\infounnumberedsec{\parsearg\unnumberedseczzz} -\def\infounnumberedsubsec{\parsearg\unnumberedsubseczzz} -\def\infounnumberedsubsubsec{\parsearg\unnumberedsubsubseczzz} - -\def\infoappendix{\parsearg\appendixzzz} -\def\infoappendixsec{\parsearg\appendixseczzz} -\def\infoappendixsubsec{\parsearg\appendixsubseczzz} -\def\infoappendixsubsubsec{\parsearg\appendixsubsubseczzz} - -\def\infochapter{\parsearg\chapterzzz} -\def\infosection{\parsearg\sectionzzz} -\def\infosubsection{\parsearg\subsectionzzz} -\def\infosubsubsection{\parsearg\subsubsectionzzz} - -% These macros control what the section commands do, according -% to what kind of chapter we are in (ordinary, appendix, or unnumbered). -% Define them by default for a numbered chapter. -\global\let\section = \numberedsec -\global\let\subsection = \numberedsubsec -\global\let\subsubsection = \numberedsubsubsec - -% Define @majorheading, @heading and @subheading - -% NOTE on use of \vbox for chapter headings, section headings, and -% such: -% 1) We use \vbox rather than the earlier \line to permit -% overlong headings to fold. -% 2) \hyphenpenalty is set to 10000 because hyphenation in a -% heading is obnoxious; this forbids it. -% 3) Likewise, headings look best if no \parindent is used, and -% if justification is not attempted. Hence \raggedright. - - -\def\majorheading{\parsearg\majorheadingzzz} -\def\majorheadingzzz #1{% -{\advance\chapheadingskip by 10pt \chapbreak }% -{\chapfonts \vbox{\hyphenpenalty=10000\tolerance=5000 - \parindent=0pt\raggedright - \rm #1\hfill}}\bigskip \par\penalty 200} - -\def\chapheading{\parsearg\chapheadingzzz} -\def\chapheadingzzz #1{\chapbreak % -{\chapfonts \vbox{\hyphenpenalty=10000\tolerance=5000 - \parindent=0pt\raggedright - \rm #1\hfill}}\bigskip \par\penalty 200} - -% @heading, @subheading, @subsubheading. -\def\heading{\parsearg\plainsecheading} -\def\subheading{\parsearg\plainsubsecheading} -\def\subsubheading{\parsearg\plainsubsubsecheading} - -% These macros generate a chapter, section, etc. heading only -% (including whitespace, linebreaking, etc. around it), -% given all the information in convenient, parsed form. - -%%% Args are the skip and penalty (usually negative) -\def\dobreak#1#2{\par\ifdim\lastskip<#1\removelastskip\penalty#2\vskip#1\fi} - -\def\setchapterstyle #1 {\csname CHAPF#1\endcsname} - -%%% Define plain chapter starts, and page on/off switching for it -% Parameter controlling skip before chapter headings (if needed) - -\newskip\chapheadingskip - -\def\chapbreak{\dobreak \chapheadingskip {-4000}} -\def\chappager{\par\vfill\supereject} -\def\chapoddpage{\chappager \ifodd\pageno \else \hbox to 0pt{} \chappager\fi} - -\def\setchapternewpage #1 {\csname CHAPPAG#1\endcsname} - -\def\CHAPPAGoff{ -\global\let\contentsalignmacro = \chappager -\global\let\pchapsepmacro=\chapbreak -\global\let\pagealignmacro=\chappager} - -\def\CHAPPAGon{ -\global\let\contentsalignmacro = \chappager -\global\let\pchapsepmacro=\chappager -\global\let\pagealignmacro=\chappager -\global\def\HEADINGSon{\HEADINGSsingle}} - -\def\CHAPPAGodd{ -\global\let\contentsalignmacro = \chapoddpage -\global\let\pchapsepmacro=\chapoddpage -\global\let\pagealignmacro=\chapoddpage -\global\def\HEADINGSon{\HEADINGSdouble}} - -\CHAPPAGon - -\def\CHAPFplain{ -\global\let\chapmacro=\chfplain -\global\let\unnumbchapmacro=\unnchfplain -\global\let\centerchapmacro=\centerchfplain} - -% Plain chapter opening. -% #1 is the text, #2 the chapter number or empty if unnumbered. -\def\chfplain#1#2{% - \pchapsepmacro - {% - \chapfonts \rm - \def\chapnum{#2}% - \setbox0 = \hbox{#2\ifx\chapnum\empty\else\enspace\fi}% - \vbox{\hyphenpenalty=10000 \tolerance=5000 \parindent=0pt \raggedright - \hangindent = \wd0 \centerparametersmaybe - \unhbox0 #1\par}% - }% - \nobreak\bigskip % no page break after a chapter title - \nobreak -} - -% Plain opening for unnumbered. -\def\unnchfplain#1{\chfplain{#1}{}} - -% @centerchap -- centered and unnumbered. -\let\centerparametersmaybe = \relax -\def\centerchfplain#1{{% - \def\centerparametersmaybe{% - \advance\rightskip by 3\rightskip - \leftskip = \rightskip - \parfillskip = 0pt - }% - \chfplain{#1}{}% -}} - -\CHAPFplain % The default - -\def\unnchfopen #1{% -\chapoddpage {\chapfonts \vbox{\hyphenpenalty=10000\tolerance=5000 - \parindent=0pt\raggedright - \rm #1\hfill}}\bigskip \par\penalty 10000 % -} - -\def\chfopen #1#2{\chapoddpage {\chapfonts -\vbox to 3in{\vfil \hbox to\hsize{\hfil #2} \hbox to\hsize{\hfil #1} \vfil}}% -\par\penalty 5000 % -} - -\def\centerchfopen #1{% -\chapoddpage {\chapfonts \vbox{\hyphenpenalty=10000\tolerance=5000 - \parindent=0pt - \hfill {\rm #1}\hfill}}\bigskip \par\penalty 10000 % -} - -\def\CHAPFopen{ -\global\let\chapmacro=\chfopen -\global\let\unnumbchapmacro=\unnchfopen -\global\let\centerchapmacro=\centerchfopen} - - -% Section titles. -\newskip\secheadingskip -\def\secheadingbreak{\dobreak \secheadingskip {-1000}} -\def\secheading#1#2#3{\sectionheading{sec}{#2.#3}{#1}} -\def\plainsecheading#1{\sectionheading{sec}{}{#1}} - -% Subsection titles. -\newskip \subsecheadingskip -\def\subsecheadingbreak{\dobreak \subsecheadingskip {-500}} -\def\subsecheading#1#2#3#4{\sectionheading{subsec}{#2.#3.#4}{#1}} -\def\plainsubsecheading#1{\sectionheading{subsec}{}{#1}} - -% Subsubsection titles. -\let\subsubsecheadingskip = \subsecheadingskip -\let\subsubsecheadingbreak = \subsecheadingbreak -\def\subsubsecheading#1#2#3#4#5{\sectionheading{subsubsec}{#2.#3.#4.#5}{#1}} -\def\plainsubsubsecheading#1{\sectionheading{subsubsec}{}{#1}} - - -% Print any size section title. -% -% #1 is the section type (sec/subsec/subsubsec), #2 is the section -% number (maybe empty), #3 the text. -\def\sectionheading#1#2#3{% - {% - \expandafter\advance\csname #1headingskip\endcsname by \parskip - \csname #1headingbreak\endcsname - }% - {% - % Switch to the right set of fonts. - \csname #1fonts\endcsname \rm - % - % Only insert the separating space if we have a section number. - \def\secnum{#2}% - \setbox0 = \hbox{#2\ifx\secnum\empty\else\enspace\fi}% - % - \vbox{\hyphenpenalty=10000 \tolerance=5000 \parindent=0pt \raggedright - \hangindent = \wd0 % zero if no section number - \unhbox0 #3}% - }% - \ifdim\parskip<10pt \nobreak\kern10pt\nobreak\kern-\parskip\fi \nobreak -} - - -\message{toc printing,} -% Finish up the main text and prepare to read what we've written -% to \contentsfile. - -\newskip\contentsrightmargin \contentsrightmargin=1in -\def\startcontents#1{% - % If @setchapternewpage on, and @headings double, the contents should - % start on an odd page, unlike chapters. Thus, we maintain - % \contentsalignmacro in parallel with \pagealignmacro. - % From: Torbjorn Granlund <tege@matematik.su.se> - \contentsalignmacro - \immediate\closeout \contentsfile - \ifnum \pageno>0 - \pageno = -1 % Request roman numbered pages. - \fi - % Don't need to put `Contents' or `Short Contents' in the headline. - % It is abundantly clear what they are. - \unnumbchapmacro{#1}\def\thischapter{}% - \begingroup % Set up to handle contents files properly. - \catcode`\\=0 \catcode`\{=1 \catcode`\}=2 \catcode`\@=11 - \catcode`\^=7 % to see ^^e4 as \"a etc. juha@piuha.ydi.vtt.fi - \raggedbottom % Worry more about breakpoints than the bottom. - \advance\hsize by -\contentsrightmargin % Don't use the full line length. -} - - -% Normal (long) toc. -\outer\def\contents{% - \startcontents{\putwordTableofContents}% - \input \jobname.toc - \endgroup - \vfill \eject -} - -% And just the chapters. -\outer\def\summarycontents{% - \startcontents{\putwordShortContents}% - % - \let\chapentry = \shortchapentry - \let\unnumbchapentry = \shortunnumberedentry - % We want a true roman here for the page numbers. - \secfonts - \let\rm=\shortcontrm \let\bf=\shortcontbf \let\sl=\shortcontsl - \rm - \hyphenpenalty = 10000 - \advance\baselineskip by 1pt % Open it up a little. - \def\secentry ##1##2##3##4{} - \def\unnumbsecentry ##1##2{} - \def\subsecentry ##1##2##3##4##5{} - \def\unnumbsubsecentry ##1##2{} - \def\subsubsecentry ##1##2##3##4##5##6{} - \def\unnumbsubsubsecentry ##1##2{} - \input \jobname.toc - \endgroup - \vfill \eject -} -\let\shortcontents = \summarycontents - -% These macros generate individual entries in the table of contents. -% The first argument is the chapter or section name. -% The last argument is the page number. -% The arguments in between are the chapter number, section number, ... - -% Chapter-level things, for both the long and short contents. -\def\chapentry#1#2#3{\dochapentry{#2\labelspace#1}{#3}} - -% See comments in \dochapentry re vbox and related settings -\def\shortchapentry#1#2#3{% - \tocentry{\shortchaplabel{#2}\labelspace #1}{\doshortpageno{#3}}% -} - -% Typeset the label for a chapter or appendix for the short contents. -% The arg is, e.g. `Appendix A' for an appendix, or `3' for a chapter. -% We could simplify the code here by writing out an \appendixentry -% command in the toc file for appendices, instead of using \chapentry -% for both, but it doesn't seem worth it. -\setbox0 = \hbox{\shortcontrm \putwordAppendix } -\newdimen\shortappendixwidth \shortappendixwidth = \wd0 - -\def\shortchaplabel#1{% - % We typeset #1 in a box of constant width, regardless of the text of - % #1, so the chapter titles will come out aligned. - \setbox0 = \hbox{#1}% - \dimen0 = \ifdim\wd0 > \shortappendixwidth \shortappendixwidth \else 0pt \fi - % - % This space should be plenty, since a single number is .5em, and the - % widest letter (M) is 1em, at least in the Computer Modern fonts. - % (This space doesn't include the extra space that gets added after - % the label; that gets put in by \shortchapentry above.) - \advance\dimen0 by 1.1em - \hbox to \dimen0{#1\hfil}% -} - -\def\unnumbchapentry#1#2{\dochapentry{#1}{#2}} -\def\shortunnumberedentry#1#2{\tocentry{#1}{\doshortpageno{#2}}} - -% Sections. -\def\secentry#1#2#3#4{\dosecentry{#2.#3\labelspace#1}{#4}} -\def\unnumbsecentry#1#2{\dosecentry{#1}{#2}} - -% Subsections. -\def\subsecentry#1#2#3#4#5{\dosubsecentry{#2.#3.#4\labelspace#1}{#5}} -\def\unnumbsubsecentry#1#2{\dosubsecentry{#1}{#2}} - -% And subsubsections. -\def\subsubsecentry#1#2#3#4#5#6{% - \dosubsubsecentry{#2.#3.#4.#5\labelspace#1}{#6}} -\def\unnumbsubsubsecentry#1#2{\dosubsubsecentry{#1}{#2}} - -% This parameter controls the indentation of the various levels. -\newdimen\tocindent \tocindent = 3pc - -% Now for the actual typesetting. In all these, #1 is the text and #2 is the -% page number. -% -% If the toc has to be broken over pages, we want it to be at chapters -% if at all possible; hence the \penalty. -\def\dochapentry#1#2{% - \penalty-300 \vskip1\baselineskip plus.33\baselineskip minus.25\baselineskip - \begingroup - \chapentryfonts - \tocentry{#1}{\dopageno{#2}}% - \endgroup - \nobreak\vskip .25\baselineskip plus.1\baselineskip -} - -\def\dosecentry#1#2{\begingroup - \secentryfonts \leftskip=\tocindent - \tocentry{#1}{\dopageno{#2}}% -\endgroup} - -\def\dosubsecentry#1#2{\begingroup - \subsecentryfonts \leftskip=2\tocindent - \tocentry{#1}{\dopageno{#2}}% -\endgroup} - -\def\dosubsubsecentry#1#2{\begingroup - \subsubsecentryfonts \leftskip=3\tocindent - \tocentry{#1}{\dopageno{#2}}% -\endgroup} - -% Final typesetting of a toc entry; we use the same \entry macro as for -% the index entries, but we want to suppress hyphenation here. (We -% can't do that in the \entry macro, since index entries might consist -% of hyphenated-identifiers-that-do-not-fit-on-a-line-and-nothing-else.) -% -% \turnoffactive is for the sake of @" used for umlauts. -\def\tocentry#1#2{\begingroup - \vskip 0pt plus1pt % allow a little stretch for the sake of nice page breaks - \entry{\turnoffactive #1}{\turnoffactive #2}% -\endgroup} - -% Space between chapter (or whatever) number and the title. -\def\labelspace{\hskip1em \relax} - -\def\dopageno#1{{\rm #1}} -\def\doshortpageno#1{{\rm #1}} - -\def\chapentryfonts{\secfonts \rm} -\def\secentryfonts{\textfonts} -\let\subsecentryfonts = \textfonts -\let\subsubsecentryfonts = \textfonts - - -\message{environments,} - -% Since these characters are used in examples, it should be an even number of -% \tt widths. Each \tt character is 1en, so two makes it 1em. -% Furthermore, these definitions must come after we define our fonts. -\newbox\dblarrowbox \newbox\longdblarrowbox -\newbox\pushcharbox \newbox\bullbox -\newbox\equivbox \newbox\errorbox - -%{\tentt -%\global\setbox\dblarrowbox = \hbox to 1em{\hfil$\Rightarrow$\hfil} -%\global\setbox\longdblarrowbox = \hbox to 1em{\hfil$\mapsto$\hfil} -%\global\setbox\pushcharbox = \hbox to 1em{\hfil$\dashv$\hfil} -%\global\setbox\equivbox = \hbox to 1em{\hfil$\ptexequiv$\hfil} -% Adapted from the manmac format (p.420 of TeXbook) -%\global\setbox\bullbox = \hbox to 1em{\kern.15em\vrule height .75ex width .85ex -% depth .1ex\hfil} -%} - -% @point{}, @result{}, @expansion{}, @print{}, @equiv{}. -\def\point{$\star$} -\def\result{\leavevmode\raise.15ex\hbox to 1em{\hfil$\Rightarrow$\hfil}} -\def\expansion{\leavevmode\raise.1ex\hbox to 1em{\hfil$\mapsto$\hfil}} -\def\print{\leavevmode\lower.1ex\hbox to 1em{\hfil$\dashv$\hfil}} -\def\equiv{\leavevmode\lower.1ex\hbox to 1em{\hfil$\ptexequiv$\hfil}} - -% Adapted from the TeXbook's \boxit. -{\tentt \global\dimen0 = 3em}% Width of the box. -\dimen2 = .55pt % Thickness of rules -% The text. (`r' is open on the right, `e' somewhat less so on the left.) -\setbox0 = \hbox{\kern-.75pt \tensf error\kern-1.5pt} - -\global\setbox\errorbox=\hbox to \dimen0{\hfil - \hsize = \dimen0 \advance\hsize by -5.8pt % Space to left+right. - \advance\hsize by -2\dimen2 % Rules. - \vbox{ - \hrule height\dimen2 - \hbox{\vrule width\dimen2 \kern3pt % Space to left of text. - \vtop{\kern2.4pt \box0 \kern2.4pt}% Space above/below. - \kern3pt\vrule width\dimen2}% Space to right. - \hrule height\dimen2} - \hfil} - -% The @error{} command. -\def\error{\leavevmode\lower.7ex\copy\errorbox} - -% @tex ... @end tex escapes into raw Tex temporarily. -% One exception: @ is still an escape character, so that @end tex works. -% But \@ or @@ will get a plain tex @ character. - -\def\tex{\begingroup -\catcode `\\=0 \catcode `\{=1 \catcode `\}=2 -\catcode `\$=3 \catcode `\&=4 \catcode `\#=6 -\catcode `\^=7 \catcode `\_=8 \catcode `\~=13 \let~=\tie -\catcode `\%=14 -\catcode 43=12 % plus -\catcode`\"=12 -\catcode`\==12 -\catcode`\|=12 -\catcode`\<=12 -\catcode`\>=12 -\escapechar=`\\ -% -\let\,=\ptexcomma -\let\~=\ptextilde -\let\{=\ptexlbrace -\let\}=\ptexrbrace -\let\.=\ptexdot -\let\*=\ptexstar -\let\dots=\ptexdots -\def\endldots{\mathinner{\ldots\ldots\ldots\ldots}} -\def\enddots{\relax\ifmmode\endldots\else$\mathsurround=0pt \endldots\,$\fi} -\def\@{@}% -\let\bullet=\ptexbullet -\let\b=\ptexb \let\c=\ptexc \let\i=\ptexi \let\t=\ptext -% -\let\Etex=\endgroup} - -% Define @lisp ... @endlisp. -% @lisp does a \begingroup so it can rebind things, -% including the definition of @endlisp (which normally is erroneous). - -% Amount to narrow the margins by for @lisp. -\newskip\lispnarrowing \lispnarrowing=0.4in - -% This is the definition that ^^M gets inside @lisp, @example, and other -% such environments. \null is better than a space, since it doesn't -% have any width. -\def\lisppar{\null\endgraf} - -% Make each space character in the input produce a normal interword -% space in the output. Don't allow a line break at this space, as this -% is used only in environments like @example, where each line of input -% should produce a line of output anyway. -% -{\obeyspaces % -\gdef\sepspaces{\obeyspaces\let =\tie}} - -% Define \obeyedspace to be our active space, whatever it is. This is -% for use in \parsearg. -{\sepspaces% -\global\let\obeyedspace= } - -% This space is always present above and below environments. -\newskip\envskipamount \envskipamount = 0pt - -% Make spacing and below environment symmetrical. We use \parskip here -% to help in doing that, since in @example-like environments \parskip -% is reset to zero; thus the \afterenvbreak inserts no space -- but the -% start of the next paragraph will insert \parskip -% -\def\aboveenvbreak{{\advance\envskipamount by \parskip -\endgraf \ifdim\lastskip<\envskipamount -\removelastskip \penalty-50 \vskip\envskipamount \fi}} - -\let\afterenvbreak = \aboveenvbreak - -% \nonarrowing is a flag. If "set", @lisp etc don't narrow margins. -\let\nonarrowing=\relax - -%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% -% \cartouche: draw rectangle w/rounded corners around argument -\font\circle=lcircle10 -\newdimen\circthick -\newdimen\cartouter\newdimen\cartinner -\newskip\normbskip\newskip\normpskip\newskip\normlskip -\circthick=\fontdimen8\circle -% -\def\ctl{{\circle\char'013\hskip -6pt}}% 6pt from pl file: 1/2charwidth -\def\ctr{{\hskip 6pt\circle\char'010}} -\def\cbl{{\circle\char'012\hskip -6pt}} -\def\cbr{{\hskip 6pt\circle\char'011}} -\def\carttop{\hbox to \cartouter{\hskip\lskip - \ctl\leaders\hrule height\circthick\hfil\ctr - \hskip\rskip}} -\def\cartbot{\hbox to \cartouter{\hskip\lskip - \cbl\leaders\hrule height\circthick\hfil\cbr - \hskip\rskip}} -% -\newskip\lskip\newskip\rskip - -\long\def\cartouche{% -\begingroup - \lskip=\leftskip \rskip=\rightskip - \leftskip=0pt\rightskip=0pt %we want these *outside*. - \cartinner=\hsize \advance\cartinner by-\lskip - \advance\cartinner by-\rskip - \cartouter=\hsize - \advance\cartouter by 18pt % allow for 3pt kerns on either -% side, and for 6pt waste from -% each corner char - \normbskip=\baselineskip \normpskip=\parskip \normlskip=\lineskip - % Flag to tell @lisp, etc., not to narrow margin. - \let\nonarrowing=\comment - \vbox\bgroup - \baselineskip=0pt\parskip=0pt\lineskip=0pt - \carttop - \hbox\bgroup - \hskip\lskip - \vrule\kern3pt - \vbox\bgroup - \hsize=\cartinner - \kern3pt - \begingroup - \baselineskip=\normbskip - \lineskip=\normlskip - \parskip=\normpskip - \vskip -\parskip -\def\Ecartouche{% - \endgroup - \kern3pt - \egroup - \kern3pt\vrule - \hskip\rskip - \egroup - \cartbot - \egroup -\endgroup -}} - - -% This macro is called at the beginning of all the @example variants, -% inside a group. -\def\nonfillstart{% - \aboveenvbreak - \inENV % This group ends at the end of the body - \hfuzz = 12pt % Don't be fussy - \sepspaces % Make spaces be word-separators rather than space tokens. - \singlespace - \let\par = \lisppar % don't ignore blank lines - \obeylines % each line of input is a line of output - \parskip = 0pt - \parindent = 0pt - \emergencystretch = 0pt % don't try to avoid overfull boxes - % @cartouche defines \nonarrowing to inhibit narrowing - % at next level down. - \ifx\nonarrowing\relax - \advance \leftskip by \lispnarrowing - \exdentamount=\lispnarrowing - \let\exdent=\nofillexdent - \let\nonarrowing=\relax - \fi -} - -% To ending an @example-like environment, we first end the paragraph -% (via \afterenvbreak's vertical glue), and then the group. That way we -% keep the zero \parskip that the environments set -- \parskip glue -% will be inserted at the beginning of the next paragraph in the -% document, after the environment. -% -\def\nonfillfinish{\afterenvbreak\endgroup}% - -% This macro is -\def\lisp{\begingroup - \nonfillstart - \let\Elisp = \nonfillfinish - \tt - \rawbackslash % have \ input char produce \ char from current font - \gobble -} - -% Define the \E... control sequence only if we are inside the -% environment, so the error checking in \end will work. -% -% We must call \lisp last in the definition, since it reads the -% return following the @example (or whatever) command. -% -\def\example{\begingroup \def\Eexample{\nonfillfinish\endgroup}\lisp} -\def\smallexample{\begingroup \def\Esmallexample{\nonfillfinish\endgroup}\lisp} -\def\smalllisp{\begingroup \def\Esmalllisp{\nonfillfinish\endgroup}\lisp} - -% @smallexample and @smalllisp. This is not used unless the @smallbook -% command is given. Originally contributed by Pavel@xerox. -% -\def\smalllispx{\begingroup - \nonfillstart - \let\Esmalllisp = \nonfillfinish - \let\Esmallexample = \nonfillfinish - % - % Smaller fonts for small examples. - \indexfonts \tt - \rawbackslash % make \ output the \ character from the current font (tt) - \gobble -} - -% This is @display; same as @lisp except use roman font. -% -\def\display{\begingroup - \nonfillstart - \let\Edisplay = \nonfillfinish - \gobble -} - -% This is @format; same as @display except don't narrow margins. -% -\def\format{\begingroup - \let\nonarrowing = t - \nonfillstart - \let\Eformat = \nonfillfinish - \gobble -} - -% @flushleft (same as @format) and @flushright. -% -\def\flushleft{\begingroup - \let\nonarrowing = t - \nonfillstart - \let\Eflushleft = \nonfillfinish - \gobble -} -\def\flushright{\begingroup - \let\nonarrowing = t - \nonfillstart - \let\Eflushright = \nonfillfinish - \advance\leftskip by 0pt plus 1fill - \gobble} - -% @quotation does normal linebreaking (hence we can't use \nonfillstart) -% and narrows the margins. -% -\def\quotation{% - \begingroup\inENV %This group ends at the end of the @quotation body - {\parskip=0pt \aboveenvbreak}% because \aboveenvbreak inserts \parskip - \singlespace - \parindent=0pt - % We have retained a nonzero parskip for the environment, since we're - % doing normal filling. So to avoid extra space below the environment... - \def\Equotation{\parskip = 0pt \nonfillfinish}% - % - % @cartouche defines \nonarrowing to inhibit narrowing at next level down. - \ifx\nonarrowing\relax - \advance\leftskip by \lispnarrowing - \advance\rightskip by \lispnarrowing - \exdentamount = \lispnarrowing - \let\nonarrowing = \relax - \fi -} - -\message{defuns,} -% Define formatter for defuns -% First, allow user to change definition object font (\df) internally -\def\setdeffont #1 {\csname DEF#1\endcsname} - -\newskip\defbodyindent \defbodyindent=.4in -\newskip\defargsindent \defargsindent=50pt -\newskip\deftypemargin \deftypemargin=12pt -\newskip\deflastargmargin \deflastargmargin=18pt - -\newcount\parencount -% define \functionparens, which makes ( and ) and & do special things. -% \functionparens affects the group it is contained in. -\def\activeparens{% -\catcode`\(=\active \catcode`\)=\active \catcode`\&=\active -\catcode`\[=\active \catcode`\]=\active} - -% Make control sequences which act like normal parenthesis chars. -\let\lparen = ( \let\rparen = ) - -{\activeparens % Now, smart parens don't turn on until &foo (see \amprm) - -% Be sure that we always have a definition for `(', etc. For example, -% if the fn name has parens in it, \boldbrax will not be in effect yet, -% so TeX would otherwise complain about undefined control sequence. -\global\let(=\lparen \global\let)=\rparen -\global\let[=\lbrack \global\let]=\rbrack - -\gdef\functionparens{\boldbrax\let&=\amprm\parencount=0 } -\gdef\boldbrax{\let(=\opnr\let)=\clnr\let[=\lbrb\let]=\rbrb} -% This is used to turn on special parens -% but make & act ordinary (given that it's active). -\gdef\boldbraxnoamp{\let(=\opnr\let)=\clnr\let[=\lbrb\let]=\rbrb\let&=\ampnr} - -% Definitions of (, ) and & used in args for functions. -% This is the definition of ( outside of all parentheses. -\gdef\oprm#1 {{\rm\char`\(}#1 \bf \let(=\opnested % -\global\advance\parencount by 1 } -% -% This is the definition of ( when already inside a level of parens. -\gdef\opnested{\char`\(\global\advance\parencount by 1 } -% -\gdef\clrm{% Print a paren in roman if it is taking us back to depth of 0. -% also in that case restore the outer-level definition of (. -\ifnum \parencount=1 {\rm \char `\)}\sl \let(=\oprm \else \char `\) \fi -\global\advance \parencount by -1 } -% If we encounter &foo, then turn on ()-hacking afterwards -\gdef\amprm#1 {{\rm\}\let(=\oprm \let)=\clrm\ } -% -\gdef\normalparens{\boldbrax\let&=\ampnr} -} % End of definition inside \activeparens -%% These parens (in \boldbrax) actually are a little bolder than the -%% contained text. This is especially needed for [ and ] -\def\opnr{{\sf\char`\(}} \def\clnr{{\sf\char`\)}} \def\ampnr{\&} -\def\lbrb{{\bf\char`\[}} \def\rbrb{{\bf\char`\]}} - -% First, defname, which formats the header line itself. -% #1 should be the function name. -% #2 should be the type of definition, such as "Function". - -\def\defname #1#2{% -% Get the values of \leftskip and \rightskip as they were -% outside the @def... -\dimen2=\leftskip -\advance\dimen2 by -\defbodyindent -\dimen3=\rightskip -\advance\dimen3 by -\defbodyindent -\noindent % -\setbox0=\hbox{\hskip \deflastargmargin{\rm #2}\hskip \deftypemargin}% -\dimen0=\hsize \advance \dimen0 by -\wd0 % compute size for first line -\dimen1=\hsize \advance \dimen1 by -\defargsindent %size for continuations -\parshape 2 0in \dimen0 \defargsindent \dimen1 % -% Now output arg 2 ("Function" or some such) -% ending at \deftypemargin from the right margin, -% but stuck inside a box of width 0 so it does not interfere with linebreaking -{% Adjust \hsize to exclude the ambient margins, -% so that \rightline will obey them. -\advance \hsize by -\dimen2 \advance \hsize by -\dimen3 -\rlap{\rightline{{\rm #2}\hskip \deftypemargin}}}% -% Make all lines underfull and no complaints: -\tolerance=10000 \hbadness=10000 -\advance\leftskip by -\defbodyindent -\exdentamount=\defbodyindent -{\df #1}\enskip % Generate function name -} - -% Actually process the body of a definition -% #1 should be the terminating control sequence, such as \Edefun. -% #2 should be the "another name" control sequence, such as \defunx. -% #3 should be the control sequence that actually processes the header, -% such as \defunheader. - -\def\defparsebody #1#2#3{\begingroup\inENV% Environment for definitionbody -\medbreak % -% Define the end token that this defining construct specifies -% so that it will exit this group. -\def#1{\endgraf\endgroup\medbreak}% -\def#2{\begingroup\obeylines\activeparens\spacesplit#3}% -\parindent=0in -\advance\leftskip by \defbodyindent \advance \rightskip by \defbodyindent -\exdentamount=\defbodyindent -\begingroup % -\catcode 61=\active % 61 is `=' -\obeylines\activeparens\spacesplit#3} - -\def\defmethparsebody #1#2#3#4 {\begingroup\inENV % -\medbreak % -% Define the end token that this defining construct specifies -% so that it will exit this group. -\def#1{\endgraf\endgroup\medbreak}% -\def#2##1 {\begingroup\obeylines\activeparens\spacesplit{#3{##1}}}% -\parindent=0in -\advance\leftskip by \defbodyindent \advance \rightskip by \defbodyindent -\exdentamount=\defbodyindent -\begingroup\obeylines\activeparens\spacesplit{#3{#4}}} - -\def\defopparsebody #1#2#3#4#5 {\begingroup\inENV % -\medbreak % -% Define the end token that this defining construct specifies -% so that it will exit this group. -\def#1{\endgraf\endgroup\medbreak}% -\def#2##1 ##2 {\def#4{##1}% -\begingroup\obeylines\activeparens\spacesplit{#3{##2}}}% -\parindent=0in -\advance\leftskip by \defbodyindent \advance \rightskip by \defbodyindent -\exdentamount=\defbodyindent -\begingroup\obeylines\activeparens\spacesplit{#3{#5}}} - -% These parsing functions are similar to the preceding ones -% except that they do not make parens into active characters. -% These are used for "variables" since they have no arguments. - -\def\defvarparsebody #1#2#3{\begingroup\inENV% Environment for definitionbody -\medbreak % -% Define the end token that this defining construct specifies -% so that it will exit this group. -\def#1{\endgraf\endgroup\medbreak}% -\def#2{\begingroup\obeylines\spacesplit#3}% -\parindent=0in -\advance\leftskip by \defbodyindent \advance \rightskip by \defbodyindent -\exdentamount=\defbodyindent -\begingroup % -\catcode 61=\active % -\obeylines\spacesplit#3} - -% This is used for \def{tp,vr}parsebody. It could probably be used for -% some of the others, too, with some judicious conditionals. -% -\def\parsebodycommon#1#2#3{% - \begingroup\inENV % - \medbreak % - % Define the end token that this defining construct specifies - % so that it will exit this group. - \def#1{\endgraf\endgroup\medbreak}% - \def#2##1 {\begingroup\obeylines\spacesplit{#3{##1}}}% - \parindent=0in - \advance\leftskip by \defbodyindent \advance \rightskip by \defbodyindent - \exdentamount=\defbodyindent - \begingroup\obeylines -} - -\def\defvrparsebody#1#2#3#4 {% - \parsebodycommon{#1}{#2}{#3}% - \spacesplit{#3{#4}}% -} - -% This loses on `@deftp {Data Type} {struct termios}' -- it thinks the -% type is just `struct', because we lose the braces in `{struct -% termios}' when \spacesplit reads its undelimited argument. Sigh. -% \let\deftpparsebody=\defvrparsebody -% -% So, to get around this, we put \empty in with the type name. That -% way, TeX won't find exactly `{...}' as an undelimited argument, and -% won't strip off the braces. -% -\def\deftpparsebody #1#2#3#4 {% - \parsebodycommon{#1}{#2}{#3}% - \spacesplit{\parsetpheaderline{#3{#4}}}\empty -} - -% Fine, but then we have to eventually remove the \empty *and* the -% braces (if any). That's what this does, putting the result in \tptemp. -% -\def\removeemptybraces\empty#1\relax{\def\tptemp{#1}}% - -% After \spacesplit has done its work, this is called -- #1 is the final -% thing to call, #2 the type name (which starts with \empty), and #3 -% (which might be empty) the arguments. -% -\def\parsetpheaderline#1#2#3{% - \removeemptybraces#2\relax - #1{\tptemp}{#3}% -}% - -\def\defopvarparsebody #1#2#3#4#5 {\begingroup\inENV % -\medbreak % -% Define the end token that this defining construct specifies -% so that it will exit this group. -\def#1{\endgraf\endgroup\medbreak}% -\def#2##1 ##2 {\def#4{##1}% -\begingroup\obeylines\spacesplit{#3{##2}}}% -\parindent=0in -\advance\leftskip by \defbodyindent \advance \rightskip by \defbodyindent -\exdentamount=\defbodyindent -\begingroup\obeylines\spacesplit{#3{#5}}} - -% Split up #2 at the first space token. -% call #1 with two arguments: -% the first is all of #2 before the space token, -% the second is all of #2 after that space token. -% If #2 contains no space token, all of it is passed as the first arg -% and the second is passed as empty. - -{\obeylines -\gdef\spacesplit#1#2^^M{\endgroup\spacesplitfoo{#1}#2 \relax\spacesplitfoo}% -\long\gdef\spacesplitfoo#1#2 #3#4\spacesplitfoo{% -\ifx\relax #3% -#1{#2}{}\else #1{#2}{#3#4}\fi}} - -% So much for the things common to all kinds of definitions. - -% Define @defun. - -% First, define the processing that is wanted for arguments of \defun -% Use this to expand the args and terminate the paragraph they make up - -\def\defunargs #1{\functionparens \sl -% Expand, preventing hyphenation at `-' chars. -% Note that groups don't affect changes in \hyphenchar. -\hyphenchar\tensl=0 -#1% -\hyphenchar\tensl=45 -\ifnum\parencount=0 \else \errmessage{unbalanced parens in @def arguments}\fi% -\interlinepenalty=10000 -\advance\rightskip by 0pt plus 1fil -\endgraf\penalty 10000\vskip -\parskip\penalty 10000% -} - -\def\deftypefunargs #1{% -% Expand, preventing hyphenation at `-' chars. -% Note that groups don't affect changes in \hyphenchar. -% Use \boldbraxnoamp, not \functionparens, so that & is not special. -\boldbraxnoamp -\tclose{#1}% avoid \code because of side effects on active chars -\interlinepenalty=10000 -\advance\rightskip by 0pt plus 1fil -\endgraf\penalty 10000\vskip -\parskip\penalty 10000% -} - -% Do complete processing of one @defun or @defunx line already parsed. - -% @deffn Command forward-char nchars - -\def\deffn{\defmethparsebody\Edeffn\deffnx\deffnheader} - -\def\deffnheader #1#2#3{\doind {fn}{\code{#2}}% -\begingroup\defname {#2}{#1}\defunargs{#3}\endgroup % -\catcode 61=\other % Turn off change made in \defparsebody -} - -% @defun == @deffn Function - -\def\defun{\defparsebody\Edefun\defunx\defunheader} - -\def\defunheader #1#2{\doind {fn}{\code{#1}}% Make entry in function index -\begingroup\defname {#1}{Function}% -\defunargs {#2}\endgroup % -\catcode 61=\other % Turn off change made in \defparsebody -} - -% @deftypefun int foobar (int @var{foo}, float @var{bar}) - -\def\deftypefun{\defparsebody\Edeftypefun\deftypefunx\deftypefunheader} - -% #1 is the data type. #2 is the name and args. -\def\deftypefunheader #1#2{\deftypefunheaderx{#1}#2 \relax} -% #1 is the data type, #2 the name, #3 the args. -\def\deftypefunheaderx #1#2 #3\relax{% -\doind {fn}{\code{#2}}% Make entry in function index -\begingroup\defname {\defheaderxcond#1\relax$$$#2}{Function}% -\deftypefunargs {#3}\endgroup % -\catcode 61=\other % Turn off change made in \defparsebody -} - -% @deftypefn {Library Function} int foobar (int @var{foo}, float @var{bar}) - -\def\deftypefn{\defmethparsebody\Edeftypefn\deftypefnx\deftypefnheader} - -% \defheaderxcond#1\relax$$$ -% puts #1 in @code, followed by a space, but does nothing if #1 is null. -\def\defheaderxcond#1#2$$${\ifx#1\relax\else\code{#1#2} \fi} - -% #1 is the classification. #2 is the data type. #3 is the name and args. -\def\deftypefnheader #1#2#3{\deftypefnheaderx{#1}{#2}#3 \relax} -% #1 is the classification, #2 the data type, #3 the name, #4 the args. -\def\deftypefnheaderx #1#2#3 #4\relax{% -\doind {fn}{\code{#3}}% Make entry in function index -\begingroup -\normalparens % notably, turn off `&' magic, which prevents -% at least some C++ text from working -\defname {\defheaderxcond#2\relax$$$#3}{#1}% -\deftypefunargs {#4}\endgroup % -\catcode 61=\other % Turn off change made in \defparsebody -} - -% @defmac == @deffn Macro - -\def\defmac{\defparsebody\Edefmac\defmacx\defmacheader} - -\def\defmacheader #1#2{\doind {fn}{\code{#1}}% Make entry in function index -\begingroup\defname {#1}{Macro}% -\defunargs {#2}\endgroup % -\catcode 61=\other % Turn off change made in \defparsebody -} - -% @defspec == @deffn Special Form - -\def\defspec{\defparsebody\Edefspec\defspecx\defspecheader} - -\def\defspecheader #1#2{\doind {fn}{\code{#1}}% Make entry in function index -\begingroup\defname {#1}{Special Form}% -\defunargs {#2}\endgroup % -\catcode 61=\other % Turn off change made in \defparsebody -} - -% This definition is run if you use @defunx -% anywhere other than immediately after a @defun or @defunx. - -\def\deffnx #1 {\errmessage{@deffnx in invalid context}} -\def\defunx #1 {\errmessage{@defunx in invalid context}} -\def\defmacx #1 {\errmessage{@defmacx in invalid context}} -\def\defspecx #1 {\errmessage{@defspecx in invalid context}} -\def\deftypefnx #1 {\errmessage{@deftypefnx in invalid context}} -\def\deftypeunx #1 {\errmessage{@deftypeunx in invalid context}} - -% @defmethod, and so on - -% @defop {Funny Method} foo-class frobnicate argument - -\def\defop #1 {\def\defoptype{#1}% -\defopparsebody\Edefop\defopx\defopheader\defoptype} - -\def\defopheader #1#2#3{% -\dosubind {fn}{\code{#2}}{on #1}% Make entry in function index -\begingroup\defname {#2}{\defoptype{} on #1}% -\defunargs {#3}\endgroup % -} - -% @defmethod == @defop Method - -\def\defmethod{\defmethparsebody\Edefmethod\defmethodx\defmethodheader} - -\def\defmethodheader #1#2#3{% -\dosubind {fn}{\code{#2}}{on #1}% entry in function index -\begingroup\defname {#2}{Method on #1}% -\defunargs {#3}\endgroup % -} - -% @defcv {Class Option} foo-class foo-flag - -\def\defcv #1 {\def\defcvtype{#1}% -\defopvarparsebody\Edefcv\defcvx\defcvarheader\defcvtype} - -\def\defcvarheader #1#2#3{% -\dosubind {vr}{\code{#2}}{of #1}% Make entry in var index -\begingroup\defname {#2}{\defcvtype{} of #1}% -\defvarargs {#3}\endgroup % -} - -% @defivar == @defcv {Instance Variable} - -\def\defivar{\defvrparsebody\Edefivar\defivarx\defivarheader} - -\def\defivarheader #1#2#3{% -\dosubind {vr}{\code{#2}}{of #1}% Make entry in var index -\begingroup\defname {#2}{Instance Variable of #1}% -\defvarargs {#3}\endgroup % -} - -% These definitions are run if you use @defmethodx, etc., -% anywhere other than immediately after a @defmethod, etc. - -\def\defopx #1 {\errmessage{@defopx in invalid context}} -\def\defmethodx #1 {\errmessage{@defmethodx in invalid context}} -\def\defcvx #1 {\errmessage{@defcvx in invalid context}} -\def\defivarx #1 {\errmessage{@defivarx in invalid context}} - -% Now @defvar - -% First, define the processing that is wanted for arguments of @defvar. -% This is actually simple: just print them in roman. -% This must expand the args and terminate the paragraph they make up -\def\defvarargs #1{\normalparens #1% -\interlinepenalty=10000 -\endgraf\penalty 10000\vskip -\parskip\penalty 10000} - -% @defvr Counter foo-count - -\def\defvr{\defvrparsebody\Edefvr\defvrx\defvrheader} - -\def\defvrheader #1#2#3{\doind {vr}{\code{#2}}% -\begingroup\defname {#2}{#1}\defvarargs{#3}\endgroup} - -% @defvar == @defvr Variable - -\def\defvar{\defvarparsebody\Edefvar\defvarx\defvarheader} - -\def\defvarheader #1#2{\doind {vr}{\code{#1}}% Make entry in var index -\begingroup\defname {#1}{Variable}% -\defvarargs {#2}\endgroup % -} - -% @defopt == @defvr {User Option} - -\def\defopt{\defvarparsebody\Edefopt\defoptx\defoptheader} - -\def\defoptheader #1#2{\doind {vr}{\code{#1}}% Make entry in var index -\begingroup\defname {#1}{User Option}% -\defvarargs {#2}\endgroup % -} - -% @deftypevar int foobar - -\def\deftypevar{\defvarparsebody\Edeftypevar\deftypevarx\deftypevarheader} - -% #1 is the data type. #2 is the name. -\def\deftypevarheader #1#2{% -\doind {vr}{\code{#2}}% Make entry in variables index -\begingroup\defname {\defheaderxcond#1\relax$$$#2}{Variable}% -\interlinepenalty=10000 -\endgraf\penalty 10000\vskip -\parskip\penalty 10000 -\endgroup} - -% @deftypevr {Global Flag} int enable - -\def\deftypevr{\defvrparsebody\Edeftypevr\deftypevrx\deftypevrheader} - -\def\deftypevrheader #1#2#3{\doind {vr}{\code{#3}}% -\begingroup\defname {\defheaderxcond#2\relax$$$#3}{#1} -\interlinepenalty=10000 -\endgraf\penalty 10000\vskip -\parskip\penalty 10000 -\endgroup} - -% This definition is run if you use @defvarx -% anywhere other than immediately after a @defvar or @defvarx. - -\def\defvrx #1 {\errmessage{@defvrx in invalid context}} -\def\defvarx #1 {\errmessage{@defvarx in invalid context}} -\def\defoptx #1 {\errmessage{@defoptx in invalid context}} -\def\deftypevarx #1 {\errmessage{@deftypevarx in invalid context}} -\def\deftypevrx #1 {\errmessage{@deftypevrx in invalid context}} - -% Now define @deftp -% Args are printed in bold, a slight difference from @defvar. - -\def\deftpargs #1{\bf \defvarargs{#1}} - -% @deftp Class window height width ... - -\def\deftp{\deftpparsebody\Edeftp\deftpx\deftpheader} - -\def\deftpheader #1#2#3{\doind {tp}{\code{#2}}% -\begingroup\defname {#2}{#1}\deftpargs{#3}\endgroup} - -% This definition is run if you use @deftpx, etc -% anywhere other than immediately after a @deftp, etc. - -\def\deftpx #1 {\errmessage{@deftpx in invalid context}} - - -\message{cross reference,} -% Define cross-reference macros -\newwrite \auxfile - -\newif\ifhavexrefs % True if xref values are known. -\newif\ifwarnedxrefs % True if we warned once that they aren't known. - -% @inforef is simple. -\def\inforef #1{\inforefzzz #1,,,,**} -\def\inforefzzz #1,#2,#3,#4**{\putwordSee{} \putwordInfo{} \putwordfile{} \file{\ignorespaces #3{}}, - node \samp{\ignorespaces#1{}}} - -% \setref{foo} defines a cross-reference point named foo. - -\def\setref#1{% -\dosetq{#1-title}{Ytitle}% -\dosetq{#1-pg}{Ypagenumber}% -\dosetq{#1-snt}{Ysectionnumberandtype}} - -\def\unnumbsetref#1{% -\dosetq{#1-title}{Ytitle}% -\dosetq{#1-pg}{Ypagenumber}% -\dosetq{#1-snt}{Ynothing}} - -\def\appendixsetref#1{% -\dosetq{#1-title}{Ytitle}% -\dosetq{#1-pg}{Ypagenumber}% -\dosetq{#1-snt}{Yappendixletterandtype}} - -% \xref, \pxref, and \ref generate cross-references to specified points. -% For \xrefX, #1 is the node name, #2 the name of the Info -% cross-reference, #3 the printed node name, #4 the name of the Info -% file, #5 the name of the printed manual. All but the node name can be -% omitted. -% -\def\pxref#1{\putwordsee{} \xrefX[#1,,,,,,,]} -\def\xref#1{\putwordSee{} \xrefX[#1,,,,,,,]} -\def\ref#1{\xrefX[#1,,,,,,,]} -\def\xrefX[#1,#2,#3,#4,#5,#6]{\begingroup - \def\printedmanual{\ignorespaces #5}% - \def\printednodename{\ignorespaces #3}% - \setbox1=\hbox{\printedmanual}% - \setbox0=\hbox{\printednodename}% - \ifdim \wd0 = 0pt - % No printed node name was explicitly given. - \expandafter\ifx\csname SETxref-automatic-section-title\endcsname\relax - % Use the node name inside the square brackets. - \def\printednodename{\ignorespaces #1}% - \else - % Use the actual chapter/section title appear inside - % the square brackets. Use the real section title if we have it. - \ifdim \wd1>0pt% - % It is in another manual, so we don't have it. - \def\printednodename{\ignorespaces #1}% - \else - \ifhavexrefs - % We know the real title if we have the xref values. - \def\printednodename{\refx{#1-title}{}}% - \else - % Otherwise just copy the Info node name. - \def\printednodename{\ignorespaces #1}% - \fi% - \fi - \fi - \fi - % - % If we use \unhbox0 and \unhbox1 to print the node names, TeX does not - % insert empty discretionaries after hyphens, which means that it will - % not find a line break at a hyphen in a node names. Since some manuals - % are best written with fairly long node names, containing hyphens, this - % is a loss. Therefore, we give the text of the node name again, so it - % is as if TeX is seeing it for the first time. - \ifdim \wd1 > 0pt - \putwordsection{} ``\printednodename'' in \cite{\printedmanual}% - \else - % _ (for example) has to be the character _ for the purposes of the - % control sequence corresponding to the node, but it has to expand - % into the usual \leavevmode...\vrule stuff for purposes of - % printing. So we \turnoffactive for the \refx-snt, back on for the - % printing, back off for the \refx-pg. - {\turnoffactive \refx{#1-snt}{}}% - \space [\printednodename],\space - \turnoffactive \putwordpage\tie\refx{#1-pg}{}% - \fi -\endgroup} - -% \dosetq is the interface for calls from other macros - -% Use \turnoffactive so that punctuation chars such as underscore -% work in node names. -\def\dosetq #1#2{{\let\folio=0 \turnoffactive \auxhat% -\edef\next{\write\auxfile{\internalsetq {#1}{#2}}}% -\next}} - -% \internalsetq {foo}{page} expands into -% CHARACTERS 'xrdef {foo}{...expansion of \Ypage...} -% When the aux file is read, ' is the escape character - -\def\internalsetq #1#2{'xrdef {#1}{\csname #2\endcsname}} - -% Things to be expanded by \internalsetq - -\def\Ypagenumber{\folio} - -\def\Ytitle{\thissection} - -\def\Ynothing{} - -\def\Ysectionnumberandtype{% -\ifnum\secno=0 \putwordChapter\xreftie\the\chapno % -\else \ifnum \subsecno=0 \putwordSection\xreftie\the\chapno.\the\secno % -\else \ifnum \subsubsecno=0 % -\putwordSection\xreftie\the\chapno.\the\secno.\the\subsecno % -\else % -\putwordSection\xreftie\the\chapno.\the\secno.\the\subsecno.\the\subsubsecno % -\fi \fi \fi } - -\def\Yappendixletterandtype{% -\ifnum\secno=0 \putwordAppendix\xreftie'char\the\appendixno{}% -\else \ifnum \subsecno=0 \putwordSection\xreftie'char\the\appendixno.\the\secno % -\else \ifnum \subsubsecno=0 % -\putwordSection\xreftie'char\the\appendixno.\the\secno.\the\subsecno % -\else % -\putwordSection\xreftie'char\the\appendixno.\the\secno.\the\subsecno.\the\subsubsecno % -\fi \fi \fi } - -\gdef\xreftie{'tie} - -% Use TeX 3.0's \inputlineno to get the line number, for better error -% messages, but if we're using an old version of TeX, don't do anything. -% -\ifx\inputlineno\thisisundefined - \let\linenumber = \empty % Non-3.0. -\else - \def\linenumber{\the\inputlineno:\space} -\fi - -% Define \refx{NAME}{SUFFIX} to reference a cross-reference string named NAME. -% If its value is nonempty, SUFFIX is output afterward. - -\def\refx#1#2{% - \expandafter\ifx\csname X#1\endcsname\relax - % If not defined, say something at least. - $\langle$un\-de\-fined$\rangle$% - \ifhavexrefs - \message{\linenumber Undefined cross reference `#1'.}% - \else - \ifwarnedxrefs\else - \global\warnedxrefstrue - \message{Cross reference values unknown; you must run TeX again.}% - \fi - \fi - \else - % It's defined, so just use it. - \csname X#1\endcsname - \fi - #2% Output the suffix in any case. -} - -% Read the last existing aux file, if any. No error if none exists. - -% This is the macro invoked by entries in the aux file. -\def\xrdef #1#2{ -{\catcode`\'=\other\expandafter \gdef \csname X#1\endcsname {#2}}} - -\def\readauxfile{% -\begingroup -\catcode `\^^@=\other -\catcode `\=\other -\catcode `\=\other -\catcode `\^^C=\other -\catcode `\^^D=\other -\catcode `\^^E=\other -\catcode `\^^F=\other -\catcode `\^^G=\other -\catcode `\^^H=\other -\catcode `\ =\other -\catcode `\^^L=\other -\catcode `\=\other -\catcode `\=\other -\catcode `\=\other -\catcode `\=\other -\catcode `\=\other -\catcode `\=\other -\catcode `\=\other -\catcode `\=\other -\catcode `\=\other -\catcode `\=\other -\catcode `\=\other -\catcode `\=\other -\catcode 26=\other -\catcode `\^^[=\other -\catcode `\^^\=\other -\catcode `\^^]=\other -\catcode `\^^^=\other -\catcode `\^^_=\other -\catcode `\@=\other -\catcode `\^=\other -\catcode `\~=\other -\catcode `\[=\other -\catcode `\]=\other -\catcode`\"=\other -\catcode`\_=\other -\catcode`\|=\other -\catcode`\<=\other -\catcode`\>=\other -\catcode `\$=\other -\catcode `\#=\other -\catcode `\&=\other -% `\+ does not work, so use 43. -\catcode 43=\other -% Make the characters 128-255 be printing characters -{% - \count 1=128 - \def\loop{% - \catcode\count 1=\other - \advance\count 1 by 1 - \ifnum \count 1<256 \loop \fi - }% -}% -% the aux file uses ' as the escape. -% Turn off \ as an escape so we do not lose on -% entries which were dumped with control sequences in their names. -% For example, 'xrdef {$\leq $-fun}{page ...} made by @defun ^^ -% Reference to such entries still does not work the way one would wish, -% but at least they do not bomb out when the aux file is read in. -\catcode `\{=1 \catcode `\}=2 -\catcode `\%=\other -\catcode `\'=0 -\catcode`\^=7 % to make ^^e4 etc usable in xref tags -\catcode `\\=\other -\openin 1 \jobname.aux -\ifeof 1 \else \closein 1 \input \jobname.aux \global\havexrefstrue -\global\warnedobstrue -\fi -% Open the new aux file. Tex will close it automatically at exit. -\openout \auxfile=\jobname.aux -\endgroup} - - -% Footnotes. - -\newcount \footnoteno - -% The trailing space in the following definition for supereject is -% vital for proper filling; pages come out unaligned when you do a -% pagealignmacro call if that space before the closing brace is -% removed. (Generally, numeric constants should always be followed by a -% space to prevent strange expansion errors.) -\def\supereject{\par\penalty -20000\footnoteno =0 } - -% @footnotestyle is meaningful for info output only.. -\let\footnotestyle=\comment - -\let\ptexfootnote=\footnote - -{\catcode `\@=11 -% -% Auto-number footnotes. Otherwise like plain. -\gdef\footnote{% - \global\advance\footnoteno by \@ne - \edef\thisfootno{$^{\the\footnoteno}$}% - % - % In case the footnote comes at the end of a sentence, preserve the - % extra spacing after we do the footnote number. - \let\@sf\empty - \ifhmode\edef\@sf{\spacefactor\the\spacefactor}\/\fi - % - % Remove inadvertent blank space before typesetting the footnote number. - \unskip - \thisfootno\@sf - \footnotezzz -}% - -% Don't bother with the trickery in plain.tex to not require the -% footnote text as a parameter. Our footnotes don't need to be so general. -% -\long\gdef\footnotezzz#1{\insert\footins{% - % We want to typeset this text as a normal paragraph, even if the - % footnote reference occurs in (for example) a display environment. - % So reset some parameters. - \interlinepenalty\interfootnotelinepenalty - \splittopskip\ht\strutbox % top baseline for broken footnotes - \splitmaxdepth\dp\strutbox - \floatingpenalty\@MM - \leftskip\z@skip - \rightskip\z@skip - \spaceskip\z@skip - \xspaceskip\z@skip - \parindent\defaultparindent - % - % Hang the footnote text off the number. - \hang - \textindent{\thisfootno}% - % - % Don't crash into the line above the footnote text. Since this - % expands into a box, it must come within the paragraph, lest it - % provide a place where TeX can split the footnote. - \footstrut - #1\strut}% -} - -}%end \catcode `\@=11 - -% Set the baselineskip to #1, and the lineskip and strut size -% correspondingly. There is no deep meaning behind these magic numbers -% used as factors; they just match (closely enough) what Knuth defined. -% -\def\lineskipfactor{.08333} -\def\strutheightpercent{.70833} -\def\strutdepthpercent {.29167} -% -\def\setleading#1{% - \normalbaselineskip = #1\relax - \normallineskip = \lineskipfactor\normalbaselineskip - \normalbaselines - \setbox\strutbox =\hbox{% - \vrule width0pt height\strutheightpercent\baselineskip - depth \strutdepthpercent \baselineskip - }% -} - -% @| inserts a changebar to the left of the current line. It should -% surround any changed text. This approach does *not* work if the -% change spans more than two lines of output. To handle that, we would -% have adopt a much more difficult approach (putting marks into the main -% vertical list for the beginning and end of each change). -% -\def\|{% - % \vadjust can only be used in horizontal mode. - \leavevmode - % - % Append this vertical mode material after the current line in the output. - \vadjust{% - % We want to insert a rule with the height and depth of the current - % leading; that is exactly what \strutbox is supposed to record. - \vskip-\baselineskip - % - % \vadjust-items are inserted at the left edge of the type. So - % the \llap here moves out into the left-hand margin. - \llap{% - % - % For a thicker or thinner bar, change the `1pt'. - \vrule height\baselineskip width1pt - % - % This is the space between the bar and the text. - \hskip 12pt - }% - }% -} - -% For a final copy, take out the rectangles -% that mark overfull boxes (in case you have decided -% that the text looks ok even though it passes the margin). -% -\def\finalout{\overfullrule=0pt} - - -% End of control word definitions. - -\message{and turning on texinfo input format.} - -\def\openindices{% - \newindex{cp}% - \newcodeindex{fn}% - \newcodeindex{vr}% - \newcodeindex{tp}% - \newcodeindex{ky}% - \newcodeindex{pg}% -} - -% Set some numeric style parameters, for 8.5 x 11 format. - -\hsize = 6in -\hoffset = .25in -\newdimen\defaultparindent \defaultparindent = 15pt -\parindent = \defaultparindent -\parskip 3pt plus 2pt minus 1pt -\setleading{13.2pt} -\advance\topskip by 1.2cm - -\chapheadingskip = 15pt plus 4pt minus 2pt -\secheadingskip = 12pt plus 3pt minus 2pt -\subsecheadingskip = 9pt plus 2pt minus 2pt - -% Prevent underfull vbox error messages. -\vbadness=10000 - -% Following George Bush, just get rid of widows and orphans. -\widowpenalty=10000 -\clubpenalty=10000 - -% Use TeX 3.0's \emergencystretch to help line breaking, but if we're -% using an old version of TeX, don't do anything. We want the amount of -% stretch added to depend on the line length, hence the dependence on -% \hsize. This makes it come to about 9pt for the 8.5x11 format. -% -\ifx\emergencystretch\thisisundefined - % Allow us to assign to \emergencystretch anyway. - \def\emergencystretch{\dimen0}% -\else - \emergencystretch = \hsize - \divide\emergencystretch by 45 -\fi - -% Use @smallbook to reset parameters for 7x9.5 format (or else 7x9.25) -\def\smallbook{ - \global\chapheadingskip = 15pt plus 4pt minus 2pt - \global\secheadingskip = 12pt plus 3pt minus 2pt - \global\subsecheadingskip = 9pt plus 2pt minus 2pt - % - \global\lispnarrowing = 0.3in - \setleading{12pt} - \advance\topskip by -1cm - \global\parskip 2pt plus 1pt - \global\hsize = 5in - \global\vsize=7.5in - \global\tolerance=700 - \global\hfuzz=1pt - \global\contentsrightmargin=0pt - \global\deftypemargin=0pt - \global\defbodyindent=.5cm - % - \global\pagewidth=\hsize - \global\pageheight=\vsize - % - \global\let\smalllisp=\smalllispx - \global\let\smallexample=\smalllispx - \global\def\Esmallexample{\Esmalllisp} -} - -% Use @afourpaper to print on European A4 paper. -\def\afourpaper{ -\global\tolerance=700 -\global\hfuzz=1pt -\setleading{12pt} -\global\parskip 15pt plus 1pt - -\global\vsize= 53\baselineskip -\advance\vsize by \topskip -%\global\hsize= 5.85in % A4 wide 10pt -\global\hsize= 6.5in -\global\outerhsize=\hsize -\global\advance\outerhsize by 0.5in -\global\outervsize=\vsize -\global\advance\outervsize by 0.6in - -\global\pagewidth=\hsize -\global\pageheight=\vsize -} - -\bindingoffset=0pt -\normaloffset=\hoffset -\pagewidth=\hsize -\pageheight=\vsize - -% Allow control of the text dimensions. Parameters in order: textheight; -% textwidth; voffset; hoffset; binding offset; topskip. -% All require a dimension; -% header is additional; added length extends the bottom of the page. - -\def\changepagesizes#1#2#3#4#5#6{ - \global\vsize= #1 - \global\topskip= #6 - \advance\vsize by \topskip - \global\voffset= #3 - \global\hsize= #2 - \global\outerhsize=\hsize - \global\advance\outerhsize by 0.5in - \global\outervsize=\vsize - \global\advance\outervsize by 0.6in - \global\pagewidth=\hsize - \global\pageheight=\vsize - \global\normaloffset= #4 - \global\bindingoffset= #5} - -% A specific text layout, 24x15cm overall, intended for A4 paper. Top margin -% 29mm, hence bottom margin 28mm, nominal side margin 3cm. -\def\afourlatex - {\global\tolerance=700 - \global\hfuzz=1pt - \setleading{12pt} - \global\parskip 15pt plus 1pt - \advance\baselineskip by 1.6pt - \changepagesizes{237mm}{150mm}{3.6mm}{3.6mm}{3mm}{7mm} - } - -% Use @afourwide to print on European A4 paper in wide format. -\def\afourwide{\afourpaper -\changepagesizes{9.5in}{6.5in}{\hoffset}{\normaloffset}{\bindingoffset}{7mm}} - -% Define macros to output various characters with catcode for normal text. -\catcode`\"=\other -\catcode`\~=\other -\catcode`\^=\other -\catcode`\_=\other -\catcode`\|=\other -\catcode`\<=\other -\catcode`\>=\other -\catcode`\+=\other -\def\normaldoublequote{"} -\def\normaltilde{~} -\def\normalcaret{^} -\def\normalunderscore{_} -\def\normalverticalbar{|} -\def\normalless{<} -\def\normalgreater{>} -\def\normalplus{+} - -% This macro is used to make a character print one way in ttfont -% where it can probably just be output, and another way in other fonts, -% where something hairier probably needs to be done. -% -% #1 is what to print if we are indeed using \tt; #2 is what to print -% otherwise. Since all the Computer Modern typewriter fonts have zero -% interword stretch (and shrink), and it is reasonable to expect all -% typewriter fonts to have this, we can check that font parameter. -% -\def\ifusingtt#1#2{\ifdim \fontdimen3\the\font=0pt #1\else #2\fi} - -% Turn off all special characters except @ -% (and those which the user can use as if they were ordinary). -% Most of these we simply print from the \tt font, but for some, we can -% use math or other variants that look better in normal text. - -\catcode`\"=\active -\def\activedoublequote{{\tt \char '042}} -\let"=\activedoublequote -\catcode`\~=\active -\def~{{\tt \char '176}} -\chardef\hat=`\^ -\catcode`\^=\active -\def\auxhat{\def^{'hat}} -\def^{{\tt \hat}} - -\catcode`\_=\active -\def_{\ifusingtt\normalunderscore\_} -% Subroutine for the previous macro. -\def\_{\leavevmode \kern.06em \vbox{\hrule width.3em height.1ex}} - -\catcode`\|=\active -\def|{{\tt \char '174}} -\chardef \less=`\< -\catcode`\<=\active -\def<{{\tt \less}} -\chardef \gtr=`\> -\catcode`\>=\active -\def>{{\tt \gtr}} -\catcode`\+=\active -\def+{{\tt \char 43}} -%\catcode 27=\active -%\def^^[{$\diamondsuit$} - -% Set up an active definition for =, but don't enable it most of the time. -{\catcode`\==\active -\global\def={{\tt \char 61}}} - -\catcode`+=\active -\catcode`\_=\active - -% If a .fmt file is being used, characters that might appear in a file -% name cannot be active until we have parsed the command line. -% So turn them off again, and have \everyjob (or @setfilename) turn them on. -% \otherifyactive is called near the end of this file. -\def\otherifyactive{\catcode`+=\other \catcode`\_=\other} - -\catcode`\@=0 - -% \rawbackslashxx output one backslash character in current font -\global\chardef\rawbackslashxx=`\\ -%{\catcode`\\=\other -%@gdef@rawbackslashxx{\}} - -% \rawbackslash redefines \ as input to do \rawbackslashxx. -{\catcode`\\=\active -@gdef@rawbackslash{@let\=@rawbackslashxx }} - -% \normalbackslash outputs one backslash in fixed width font. -\def\normalbackslash{{\tt\rawbackslashxx}} - -% Say @foo, not \foo, in error messages. -\escapechar=`\@ - -% \catcode 17=0 % Define control-q -\catcode`\\=\active - -% Used sometimes to turn off (effectively) the active characters -% even after parsing them. -@def@turnoffactive{@let"=@normaldoublequote -@let\=@realbackslash -@let~=@normaltilde -@let^=@normalcaret -@let_=@normalunderscore -@let|=@normalverticalbar -@let<=@normalless -@let>=@normalgreater -@let+=@normalplus} - -@def@normalturnoffactive{@let"=@normaldoublequote -@let\=@normalbackslash -@let~=@normaltilde -@let^=@normalcaret -@let_=@normalunderscore -@let|=@normalverticalbar -@let<=@normalless -@let>=@normalgreater -@let+=@normalplus} - -% Make _ and + \other characters, temporarily. -% This is canceled by @fixbackslash. -@otherifyactive - -% If a .fmt file is being used, we don't want the `\input texinfo' to show up. -% That is what \eatinput is for; after that, the `\' should revert to printing -% a backslash. -% -@gdef@eatinput input texinfo{@fixbackslash} -@global@let\ = @eatinput - -% On the other hand, perhaps the file did not have a `\input texinfo'. Then -% the first `\{ in the file would cause an error. This macro tries to fix -% that, assuming it is called before the first `\' could plausibly occur. -% Also back turn on active characters that might appear in the input -% file name, in case not using a pre-dumped format. -% -@gdef@fixbackslash{@ifx\@eatinput @let\ = @normalbackslash @fi - @catcode`+=@active @catcode`@_=@active} - -%% These look ok in all fonts, so just make them not special. The @rm below -%% makes sure that the current font starts out as the newly loaded cmr10 -@catcode`@$=@other @catcode`@%=@other @catcode`@&=@other @catcode`@#=@other - -@textfonts -@rm - -@c Local variables: -@c page-delimiter: "^\\\\message" -@c End: diff --git a/contrib/texinfo/texinfo.texi b/contrib/texinfo/texinfo.texi deleted file mode 100644 index 8d67d86..0000000 --- a/contrib/texinfo/texinfo.texi +++ /dev/null @@ -1,16886 +0,0 @@ -\input texinfo.tex @c -*-texinfo-*- -@comment %**start of header -@setfilename texinfo -@settitle Texinfo @value{edition} -@c Define a new index for options. -@defcodeindex op -@c Put everything except function (command, in this case) names in one -index (arbitrarily chosen to be the concept index). -@syncodeindex op cp -@syncodeindex vr cp -@syncodeindex pg cp -@footnotestyle separate -@paragraphindent 2 -@finalout -@comment %**end of header -@comment $Id: texinfo.texi,v 1.22 1996/10/03 23:24:24 karl Exp $ - -@c Before release, run C-u C-c C-u C-a (texinfo-all-menus-update with a -@c prefix arg). This updates the node pointers, which texinfmt.el needs. - -@dircategory Texinfo documentation system -@direntry -* Texinfo: (texinfo). The GNU documentation format. -* install-info: (texinfo)Invoking install-info. Updating info/dir entries. -* texi2dvi: (texinfo)Format with texi2dvi. Printing Texinfo documentation. -* texindex: (texinfo)Format with tex/texindex. Sorting Texinfo index files. -@end direntry - -@c Set smallbook if printing in smallbook format so the example of the -@c smallbook font is actually written using smallbook; in bigbook, a kludge -@c is used for TeX output. -@smallbook -@set smallbook -@c @@clear smallbook - -@set edition 2.23 -@set update-month October 1996 -@set update-date 1 @value{update-month} - -@c Currently undocumented command, 5 December 1993: -@c -@c nwnode (Same as node, but no warnings; for `makeinfo'.) - -@ifinfo -This file documents Texinfo, a documentation system that can produce -both on-line information and a printed manual from a single source file. - -Copyright (C) 1988, 90, 91, 92, 93, 95, 1996 Free Software Foundation, Inc. - -This is the second edition of the Texinfo documentation,@* -and is consistent with version 2 of @file{texinfo.tex}. - -Permission is granted to make and distribute verbatim copies of -this manual provided the copyright notice and this permission notice -are preserved on all copies. - -@ignore -Permission is granted to process this file through TeX and print the -results, provided the printed document carries copying permission -notice identical to this one except for the removal of this paragraph -(this paragraph not being relevant to the printed manual). - -@end ignore -Permission is granted to copy and distribute modified versions of this -manual under the conditions for verbatim copying, provided that the entire -resulting derived work is distributed under the terms of a permission -notice identical to this one. - -Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual -into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions, -except that this permission notice may be stated in a translation approved -by the Free Software Foundation. -@end ifinfo - -@setchapternewpage odd - -@shorttitlepage Texinfo - -@titlepage -@c use the new format for titles -@title Texinfo -@subtitle The GNU Documentation Format -@subtitle Edition @value{edition}, for Texinfo Version Three -@subtitle @value{update-month} - -@author Robert J.@: Chassell -@author Richard M.@: Stallman - -@c Include the Distribution inside the titlepage so -@c that headings are turned off. - -@page -@vskip 0pt plus 1filll -Copyright @copyright{} 1988, 1990, 1991, 1992, 1993, 1995, 1996 Free Software Foundation, Inc. - -@sp 2 -This is the second edition of the Texinfo documentation,@* -and is consistent with version 2 of @file{texinfo.tex}. -@sp 2 - -Published by the Free Software Foundation @* -59 Temple Place Suite 330, @* -Boston, MA 02111-1307 USA @* -Printed copies are available for $15 each.@* -ISBN 1-882114-64-7 -@c ISBN 1-882114-63-9 is for edition 2.20 of 28 February 1995 -@c ISBN 1-882114-64-7 is for edition 2.23 of 1 October 1996. - -Permission is granted to make and distribute verbatim copies of -this manual provided the copyright notice and this permission notice -are preserved on all copies. - -Permission is granted to copy and distribute modified versions of this -manual under the conditions for verbatim copying, provided that the entire -resulting derived work is distributed under the terms of a permission -notice identical to this one. - -Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual -into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions, -except that this permission notice may be stated in a translation approved -by the Free Software Foundation. -@sp 2 -Cover art by Etienne Suvasa. -@end titlepage - -@ifinfo -@node Top, Copying, (dir), (dir) -@top Texinfo - -Texinfo is a documentation system that uses a single source file to -produce both on-line information and printed output.@refill - -The first part of this master menu lists the major nodes in this Info -document, including the @@-command and concept indices. The rest of -the menu lists all the lower level nodes in the document.@refill - -This is Edition @value{edition} of the Texinfo documentation, -@w{@value{update-date},} for Texinfo Version Three. -@end ifinfo - -@c Here is a spare copy of the chapter menu entry descriptions, -@c in case they are accidently deleted -@ignore -Your rights. -Texinfo in brief. -How to use Texinfo mode. -What is at the beginning of a Texinfo file? -What is at the end of a Texinfo file? -How to create chapters, sections, subsections, - appendices, and other parts. -How to provide structure for a document. -How to write nodes. -How to write menus. -How to write cross references. -How to mark words and phrases as code, - keyboard input, meta-syntactic - variables, and the like. -How to write quotations, examples, etc. -How to write lists and tables. -How to create indices. -How to insert @@-signs, braces, etc. -How to indicate results of evaluation, - expansion of macros, errors, etc. -How to force and prevent line and page breaks. -How to describe functions and the like in a uniform manner. -How to write footnotes. -How to specify text for either @TeX{} or Info. -How to print hardcopy. -How to create an Info file. -How to install an Info file -A list of all the Texinfo @@-commands. -Hints on how to write a Texinfo document. -A sample Texinfo file to look at. -Tell readers they have the right to copy - and distribute. -How to incorporate other Texinfo files. -How to write page headings and footings. -How to find formatting mistakes. -All about paragraph refilling. -A description of @@-Command syntax. -Texinfo second edition features. -A menu containing commands and variables. -A menu covering many topics. -@end ignore - -@menu -* Copying:: Your rights. -* Overview:: Texinfo in brief. -* Texinfo Mode:: How to use Texinfo mode. -* Beginning a File:: What is at the beginning of a Texinfo file? -* Ending a File:: What is at the end of a Texinfo file? -* Structuring:: How to create chapters, sections, subsections, - appendices, and other parts. -* Nodes:: How to write nodes. -* Menus:: How to write menus. -* Cross References:: How to write cross references. -* Marking Text:: How to mark words and phrases as code, - keyboard input, meta-syntactic - variables, and the like. -* Quotations and Examples:: How to write quotations, examples, etc. -* Lists and Tables:: How to write lists and tables. -* Indices:: How to create indices. -* Insertions:: How to insert @@-signs, braces, etc. -* Glyphs:: How to indicate results of evaluation, - expansion of macros, errors, etc. -* Breaks:: How to force and prevent line and page breaks. -* Definition Commands:: How to describe functions and the like - in a uniform manner. -* Footnotes:: How to write footnotes. -* Conditionals:: How to specify text for either @TeX{} or Info. -* Macros:: Defining new Texinfo commands. -* Format/Print Hardcopy:: How to convert a Texinfo file to a file - for printing and how to print that file. -* Create an Info File:: Convert a Texinfo file into an Info file. -* Install an Info File:: Make an Info file accessible to users. -* Command List:: All the Texinfo @@-commands. -* Tips:: Hints on how to write a Texinfo document. -* Sample Texinfo File:: A sample Texinfo file to look at. -* Sample Permissions:: Tell readers they have the right to copy - and distribute. -* Include Files:: How to incorporate other Texinfo files. -* Headings:: How to write page headings and footings. -* Catching Mistakes:: How to find formatting mistakes. -* Refilling Paragraphs:: All about paragraph refilling. -* Command Syntax:: A description of @@-Command syntax. -* Obtaining TeX:: How to Obtain @TeX{}. -* New Features:: Texinfo second edition features. -* Command and Variable Index:: A menu containing commands and variables. -* Concept Index:: A menu covering many topics. - -@detailmenu - - --- The Detailed Node Listing --- - -Overview of Texinfo - -* Using Texinfo:: Create a conventional printed book - or an Info file. -* Info Files:: What is an Info file? -* Printed Books:: Characteristics of a printed book or manual. -* Formatting Commands:: @@-commands are used for formatting. -* Conventions:: General rules for writing a Texinfo file. -* Comments:: How to write comments and mark regions that - the formatting commands will ignore. -* Minimum:: What a Texinfo file must have. -* Six Parts:: Usually, a Texinfo file has six parts. -* Short Sample:: A short sample Texinfo file. -* Acknowledgements:: - -Using Texinfo Mode - -* Texinfo Mode Overview:: How Texinfo mode can help you. -* Emacs Editing:: Texinfo mode adds to GNU Emacs' general - purpose editing features. -* Inserting:: How to insert frequently used @@-commands. -* Showing the Structure:: How to show the structure of a file. -* Updating Nodes and Menus:: How to update or create new nodes and menus. -* Info Formatting:: How to format for Info. -* Printing:: How to format and print part or all of a file. -* Texinfo Mode Summary:: Summary of all the Texinfo mode commands. - -Updating Nodes and Menus - -* Updating Commands:: Five major updating commands. -* Updating Requirements:: How to structure a Texinfo file for - using the updating command. -* Other Updating Commands:: How to indent descriptions, insert - missing nodes lines, and update - nodes in sequence. - -Beginning a Texinfo File - -* Four Parts:: Four parts begin a Texinfo file. -* Sample Beginning:: Here is a sample beginning for a Texinfo file. -* Header:: The very beginning of a Texinfo file. -* Info Summary and Permissions:: Summary and copying permissions for Info. -* Titlepage & Copyright Page:: Creating the title and copyright pages. -* The Top Node:: Creating the `Top' node and master menu. -* Software Copying Permissions:: Ensure that you and others continue to - have the right to use and share software. - -The Texinfo File Header - -* First Line:: The first line of a Texinfo file. -* Start of Header:: Formatting a region requires this. -* setfilename:: Tell Info the name of the Info file. -* settitle:: Create a title for the printed work. -* setchapternewpage:: Start chapters on right-hand pages. -* paragraphindent:: An option to specify paragraph indentation. -* End of Header:: Formatting a region requires this. - -The Title and Copyright Pages - -* titlepage:: Create a title for the printed document. -* titlefont center sp:: The @code{@@titlefont}, @code{@@center}, - and @code{@@sp} commands. -* title subtitle author:: The @code{@@title}, @code{@@subtitle}, - and @code{@@author} commands. -* Copyright & Permissions:: How to write the copyright notice and - include copying permissions. -* end titlepage:: Turn on page headings after the title and - copyright pages. -* headings on off:: An option for turning headings on and off - and double or single sided printing. - -The `Top' Node and Master Menu - -* Title of Top Node:: Sketch what the file is about. -* Master Menu Parts:: A master menu has three or more parts. - -Ending a Texinfo File - -* Printing Indices & Menus:: How to print an index in hardcopy and - generate index menus in Info. -* Contents:: How to create a table of contents. -* File End:: How to mark the end of a file. - -Chapter Structuring - -* Tree Structuring:: A manual is like an upside down tree @dots{} -* Structuring Command Types:: How to divide a manual into parts. -* makeinfo top:: The @code{@@top} command, part of the `Top' node. -* chapter:: -* unnumbered & appendix:: -* majorheading & chapheading:: -* section:: -* unnumberedsec appendixsec heading:: -* subsection:: -* unnumberedsubsec appendixsubsec subheading:: -* subsubsection:: Commands for the lowest level sections. -* Raise/lower sections:: How to change commands' hierarchical level. - -Nodes - -* Two Paths:: Different commands to structure - Info output and printed output. -* Node Menu Illustration:: A diagram, and sample nodes and menus. -* node:: How to write a node, in detail. -* makeinfo Pointer Creation:: How to create node pointers with @code{makeinfo}. - -The @code{@@node} Command - -* Node Names:: How to choose node and pointer names. -* Writing a Node:: How to write an @code{@@node} line. -* Node Line Tips:: Keep names short. -* Node Line Requirements:: Keep names unique, without @@-commands. -* First Node:: How to write a `Top' node. -* makeinfo top command:: How to use the @code{@@top} command. -* Top Node Summary:: Write a brief description for readers. - -Menus - -* Menu Location:: Put a menu in a short node. -* Writing a Menu:: What is a menu? -* Menu Parts:: A menu entry has three parts. -* Less Cluttered Menu Entry:: Two part menu entry. -* Menu Example:: Two and three part menu entries. -* Other Info Files:: How to refer to a different Info file. - -Cross References - -* References:: What cross references are for. -* Cross Reference Commands:: A summary of the different commands. -* Cross Reference Parts:: A cross reference has several parts. -* xref:: Begin a reference with `See' @dots{} -* Top Node Naming:: How to refer to the beginning of another file. -* ref:: A reference for the last part of a sentence. -* pxref:: How to write a parenthetical cross reference. -* inforef:: How to refer to an Info-only file. - -@code{@@xref} - -* Reference Syntax:: What a reference looks like and requires. -* One Argument:: @code{@@xref} with one argument. -* Two Arguments:: @code{@@xref} with two arguments. -* Three Arguments:: @code{@@xref} with three arguments. -* Four and Five Arguments:: @code{@@xref} with four and five arguments. - -Marking Words and Phrases - -* Indicating:: How to indicate definitions, files, etc. -* Emphasis:: How to emphasize text. - -Indicating Definitions, Commands, etc. - -* Useful Highlighting:: Highlighting provides useful information. -* code:: How to indicate code. -* kbd:: How to show keyboard input. -* key:: How to specify keys. -* samp:: How to show a literal sequence of characters. -* var:: How to indicate a metasyntactic variable. -* file:: How to indicate the name of a file. -* dfn:: How to specify a definition. -* cite:: How to refer to a book that is not in Info. -* url:: How to indicate a world wide web reference. -* email:: How to indicate an electronic mail address. - -Emphasizing Text - -* emph & strong:: How to emphasize text in Texinfo. -* Smallcaps:: How to use the small caps font. -* Fonts:: Various font commands for printed output. -* Customized Highlighting:: How to define highlighting commands. - -Quotations and Examples - -* Block Enclosing Commands:: Use different constructs for - different purposes. -* quotation:: How to write a quotation. -* example:: How to write an example in a fixed-width font. -* noindent:: How to prevent paragraph indentation. -* Lisp Example:: How to illustrate Lisp code. -* smallexample & smalllisp:: Forms for the @code{@@smallbook} option. -* display:: How to write an example in the current font. -* format:: How to write an example that does not narrow - the margins. -* exdent:: How to undo the indentation of a line. -* flushleft & flushright:: How to push text flushleft or flushright. -* cartouche:: How to draw cartouches around examples. - -Making Lists and Tables - -* Introducing Lists:: Texinfo formats lists for you. -* itemize:: How to construct a simple list. -* enumerate:: How to construct a numbered list. -* Two-column Tables:: How to construct a two-column table. -* Multi-column Tables:: How to construct generalized tables. - -Making a Two-column Table - -* table:: How to construct a two-column table. -* ftable vtable:: How to construct a two-column table - with automatic indexing. -* itemx:: How to put more entries in the first column. - -Multi-column Tables - -* Multitable Column Widths:: Defining multitable column widths. -* Multitable Rows:: Defining multitable rows, with examples. - -Creating Indices - -* Index Entries:: Choose different words for index entries. -* Predefined Indices:: Use different indices for different kinds - of entry. -* Indexing Commands:: How to make an index entry. -* Combining Indices:: How to combine indices. -* New Indices:: How to define your own indices. - -Combining Indices - -* syncodeindex:: How to merge two indices, using @code{@@code} - font for the merged-from index. -* synindex:: How to merge two indices, using the - default font of the merged-to index. - -Special Insertions - -* Braces Atsigns:: How to insert braces, @samp{@@}. -* Inserting Space:: How to insert the right amount of space - within a sentence. -* Inserting Accents:: How to insert accents and special characters. -* Dots Bullets:: How to insert dots and bullets. -* TeX and copyright:: How to insert the @TeX{} logo - and the copyright symbol. -* pounds:: How to insert the pounds currency symbol. -* minus:: How to insert a minus sign. -* math:: How to format a mathematical expression. - -Inserting @@ and Braces - -* Inserting An Atsign:: How to insert @samp{@@}. -* Inserting Braces:: How to insert @samp{@{} and @samp{@}}. - -Inserting Space - -* Not Ending a Sentence:: Sometimes a . doesn't end a sentence. -* Ending a Sentence:: Sometimes it does. -* Multiple Spaces:: Inserting multiple spaces. -* dmn:: How to format a dimension. - -Inserting Ellipsis, Dots, and Bullets - -* dots:: How to insert dots @dots{} -* bullet:: How to insert a bullet. - -Inserting @TeX{} and the Copyright Symbol - -* tex:: How to insert the @TeX{} logo. -* copyright symbol:: How to use @code{@@copyright}@{@}. - -Glyphs for Examples - -* Glyphs Summary:: -* result:: How to show the result of expression. -* expansion:: How to indicate an expansion. -* Print Glyph:: How to indicate printed output. -* Error Glyph:: How to indicate an error message. -* Equivalence:: How to indicate equivalence. -* Point Glyph:: How to indicate the location of point. - -Making and Preventing Breaks - -* Break Commands:: Cause and prevent splits. -* Line Breaks:: How to force a single line to use two lines. -* - and hyphenation:: How to tell TeX about hyphenation points. -* w:: How to prevent unwanted line breaks. -* sp:: How to insert blank lines. -* page:: How to force the start of a new page. -* group:: How to prevent unwanted page breaks. -* need:: Another way to prevent unwanted page breaks. - -Definition Commands - -* Def Cmd Template:: How to structure a description using a - definition command. -* Optional Arguments:: How to handle optional and repeated arguments. -* deffnx:: How to group two or more `first' lines. -* Def Cmds in Detail:: All the definition commands. -* Def Cmd Conventions:: Conventions for writing definitions. -* Sample Function Definition:: - -The Definition Commands - -* Functions Commands:: Commands for functions and similar entities. -* Variables Commands:: Commands for variables and similar entities. -* Typed Functions:: Commands for functions in typed languages. -* Typed Variables:: Commands for variables in typed languages. -* Abstract Objects:: Commands for object-oriented programming. -* Data Types:: The definition command for data types. - -Footnotes - -* Footnote Commands:: How to write a footnote in Texinfo. -* Footnote Styles:: Controlling how footnotes appear in Info. - -Conditionally Visible Text - -* Conditional Commands:: How to specify text for HTML, Info, or @TeX{}. -* Using Ordinary TeX Commands:: You can use any and all @TeX{} commands. -* set clear value:: How to designate which text to format (for - both Info and @TeX{}); and how to set a - flag to a string that you can insert. - -@code{@@set}, @code{@@clear}, and @code{@@value} - -* ifset ifclear:: Format a region if a flag is set. -* value:: Replace a flag with a string. -* value Example:: An easy way to update edition information. - -Macros: Defining New Texinfo Commands - -* Defining Macros:: Both defining and undefining new commands. -* Invoking Macros:: Using a macro, once you've defined it. - -Format and Print Hardcopy - -* Use TeX:: Use @TeX{} to format for hardcopy. -* Format with tex/texindex:: How to format in a shell. -* Format with texi2dvi:: A simpler way to use the shell. -* Print with lpr:: How to print. -* Within Emacs:: How to format and print from an Emacs shell. -* Texinfo Mode Printing:: How to format and print in Texinfo mode. -* Compile-Command:: How to print using Emacs's compile command. -* Requirements Summary:: @TeX{} formatting requirements summary. -* Preparing for TeX:: What you need to do to use @TeX{}. -* Overfull hboxes:: What are and what to do with overfull hboxes. -* smallbook:: How to print small format books and manuals. -* A4 Paper:: How to print on European A4 paper. -* Cropmarks and Magnification:: How to print marks to indicate the size - of pages and how to print scaled up output. - -Creating an Info File - -* makeinfo advantages:: @code{makeinfo} provides better error checking. -* Invoking makeinfo:: How to run @code{makeinfo} from a shell. -* makeinfo options:: Specify fill-column and other options. -* Pointer Validation:: How to check that pointers point somewhere. -* makeinfo in Emacs:: How to run @code{makeinfo} from Emacs. -* texinfo-format commands:: Two Info formatting commands written - in Emacs Lisp are an alternative - to @code{makeinfo}. -* Batch Formatting:: How to format for Info in Emacs Batch mode. -* Tag and Split Files:: How tagged and split files help Info - to run better. - -Installing an Info File - -* Directory file:: The top level menu for all Info files. -* New Info File:: Listing a new info file. -* Other Info Directories:: How to specify Info files that are - located in other directories. -* Installing Dir Entries:: How to specify what menu entry to add - to the Info directory. -* Invoking install-info:: @code{install-info} options. - -Sample Permissions - -* Inserting Permissions:: How to put permissions in your document. -* ifinfo Permissions:: Sample @samp{ifinfo} copying permissions. -* Titlepage Permissions:: Sample Titlepage copying permissions. - -Include Files - -* Using Include Files:: How to use the @code{@@include} command. -* texinfo-multiple-files-update:: How to create and update nodes and - menus when using included files. -* Include File Requirements:: What @code{texinfo-multiple-files-update} expects. -* Sample Include File:: A sample outer file with included files - within it; and a sample included file. -* Include Files Evolution:: How use of the @code{@@include} command - has changed over time. - -Page Headings - -* Headings Introduced:: Conventions for using page headings. -* Heading Format:: Standard page heading formats. -* Heading Choice:: How to specify the type of page heading. -* Custom Headings:: How to create your own headings and footings. - -Formatting Mistakes - -* makeinfo preferred:: @code{makeinfo} finds errors. -* Debugging with Info:: How to catch errors with Info formatting. -* Debugging with TeX:: How to catch errors with @TeX{} formatting. -* Using texinfo-show-structure:: How to use @code{texinfo-show-structure}. -* Using occur:: How to list all lines containing a pattern. -* Running Info-Validate:: How to find badly referenced nodes. - -Finding Badly Referenced Nodes - -* Using Info-validate:: How to run @code{Info-validate}. -* Unsplit:: How to create an unsplit file. -* Tagifying:: How to tagify a file. -* Splitting:: How to split a file manually. - -Second Edition Features - -* New Texinfo Mode Commands:: The updating commands are especially useful. -* New Commands:: Many newly described @@-commands. -@end detailmenu -@end menu - -@node Copying, Overview, Top, Top -@comment node-name, next, previous, up -@unnumbered Texinfo Copying Conditions -@cindex Copying conditions -@cindex Conditions for copying Texinfo - -The programs currently being distributed that relate to Texinfo include -portions of GNU Emacs, plus other separate programs (including -@code{makeinfo}, @code{info}, @code{texindex}, and @file{texinfo.tex}). -These programs are @dfn{free}; this means that everyone is free to use -them and free to redistribute them on a free basis. The Texinfo-related -programs are not in the public domain; they are copyrighted and there -are restrictions on their distribution, but these restrictions are -designed to permit everything that a good cooperating citizen would want -to do. What is not allowed is to try to prevent others from further -sharing any version of these programs that they might get from -you.@refill - - Specifically, we want to make sure that you have the right to give -away copies of the programs that relate to Texinfo, that you receive -source code or else can get it if you want it, that you can change these -programs or use pieces of them in new free programs, and that you know -you can do these things.@refill - - To make sure that everyone has such rights, we have to forbid you to -deprive anyone else of these rights. For example, if you distribute -copies of the Texinfo related programs, you must give the recipients all -the rights that you have. You must make sure that they, too, receive or -can get the source code. And you must tell them their rights.@refill - - Also, for our own protection, we must make certain that everyone finds -out that there is no warranty for the programs that relate to Texinfo. -If these programs are modified by someone else and passed on, we want -their recipients to know that what they have is not what we distributed, -so that any problems introduced by others will not reflect on our -reputation.@refill - - The precise conditions of the licenses for the programs currently -being distributed that relate to Texinfo are found in the General Public -Licenses that accompany them.@refill - -@node Overview, Texinfo Mode, Copying, Top -@comment node-name, next, previous, up -@chapter Overview of Texinfo -@cindex Overview of Texinfo -@cindex Texinfo overview - -@dfn{Texinfo}@footnote{Note that the first syllable of ``Texinfo'' is -pronounced like ``speck'', not ``hex''. This odd pronunciation is -derived from, but is not the same as, the pronunciation of @TeX{}. In -the word @TeX{}, the @samp{X} is actually the Greek letter ``chi'' -rather than the English letter ``ex''. Pronounce @TeX{} as if the -@samp{X} were the last sound in the name `Bach'; but pronounce Texinfo -as if the @samp{x} were a `k'. Spell ``Texinfo'' with a capital ``T'' -and write the other letters in lower case.} -is a documentation system that uses a single source file to produce both -on-line information and printed output. This means that instead of -writing two different documents, one for the on-line help or other on-line -information and the other for a typeset manual or other printed work, you -need write only one document. When the work is revised, you need revise -only one document. (You can read the on-line information, known as an -@dfn{Info file}, with an Info documentation-reading program.)@refill - -@menu -* Using Texinfo:: Create a conventional printed book - or an Info file. -* Info Files:: What is an Info file? -* Printed Books:: Characteristics of a printed book or manual. -* Formatting Commands:: @@-commands are used for formatting. -* Conventions:: General rules for writing a Texinfo file. -* Comments:: How to write comments and mark regions that - the formatting commands will ignore. -* Minimum:: What a Texinfo file must have. -* Six Parts:: Usually, a Texinfo file has six parts. -* Short Sample:: A short sample Texinfo file. -* Acknowledgements:: -@end menu - -@node Using Texinfo, Info Files, Overview, Overview -@ifinfo -@heading Using Texinfo -@end ifinfo - -Using Texinfo, you can create a printed document with the normal -features of a book, including chapters, sections, cross references, -and indices. From the same Texinfo source file, you can create a -menu-driven, on-line Info file with nodes, menus, cross references, -and indices. You can, if you wish, make the chapters and sections of -the printed document correspond to the nodes of the on-line -information; and you use the same cross references and indices for -both the Info file and the printed work. @cite{The GNU -Emacs Manual} is a good example of a Texinfo file, as is this manual.@refill - -To make a printed document, you process a Texinfo source file with the -@TeX{} typesetting program. This creates a @sc{dvi} file that you can -typeset and print as a book or report. (Note that the Texinfo language -is completely different from @TeX{}'s usual language, plain @TeX{}.) If -you do not have @TeX{}, but do have @code{troff} or @code{nroff}, you -can use the @code{texi2roff} program instead.@refill - -To make an Info file, you process a Texinfo source file with the -@code{makeinfo} utility or Emacs's @code{texinfo-format-buffer} command; -this creates an Info file that you can install on-line.@refill - -@TeX{} and @code{texi2roff} work with many types of printer; similarly, -Info works with almost every type of computer terminal. This power -makes Texinfo a general purpose system, but brings with it a constraint, -which is that a Texinfo file may contain only the customary -``typewriter'' characters (letters, numbers, spaces, and punctuation -marks) but no special graphics.@refill - -A Texinfo file is a plain @sc{ascii} file containing text and -@dfn{@@-commands} (words preceded by an @samp{@@}) that tell the -typesetting and formatting programs what to do. You may edit a -Texinfo file with any text editor; but it is especially convenient to -use GNU Emacs since that editor has a special mode, called Texinfo -mode, that provides various Texinfo-related features. (@xref{Texinfo -Mode}.)@refill - -Before writing a Texinfo source file, you should become familiar with -the Info documentation reading program and learn about nodes, -menus, cross references, and the rest. (@inforef{Top, info, info}, -for more information.)@refill - -You can use Texinfo to create both on-line help and printed manuals; -moreover, Texinfo is freely redistributable. For these reasons, Texinfo -is the format in which documentation for GNU utilities and libraries is -written.@refill - -@node Info Files, Printed Books, Using Texinfo, Overview -@comment node-name, next, previous, up -@section Info files -@cindex Info files - -An Info file is a Texinfo file formatted so that the Info documentation -reading program can operate on it. (@code{makeinfo} -and @code{texinfo-format-buffer} are two commands that convert a Texinfo file -into an Info file.)@refill - -Info files are divided into pieces called @dfn{nodes}, each of which -contains the discussion of one topic. Each node has a name, and -contains both text for the user to read and pointers to other nodes, -which are identified by their names. The Info program displays one node -at a time, and provides commands with which the user can move to other -related nodes.@refill - -@ifinfo -@inforef{Top, info, info}, for more information about using Info.@refill -@end ifinfo - -Each node of an Info file may have any number of child nodes that -describe subtopics of the node's topic. The names of child -nodes are listed in a @dfn{menu} within the parent node; this -allows you to use certain Info commands to move to one of the child -nodes. Generally, an Info file is organized like a book. If a node -is at the logical level of a chapter, its child nodes are at the level -of sections; likewise, the child nodes of sections are at the level -of subsections.@refill - -All the children of any one parent are linked together in a -bidirectional chain of `Next' and `Previous' pointers. The `Next' -pointer provides a link to the next section, and the `Previous' pointer -provides a link to the previous section. This means that all the nodes -that are at the level of sections within a chapter are linked together. -Normally the order in this chain is the same as the order of the -children in the parent's menu. Each child node records the parent node -name as its `Up' pointer. The last child has no `Next' pointer, and the -first child has the parent both as its `Previous' and as its `Up' -pointer.@footnote{In some documents, the first child has no `Previous' -pointer. Occasionally, the last child has the node name of the next -following higher level node as its `Next' pointer.}@refill - -The book-like structuring of an Info file into nodes that correspond -to chapters, sections, and the like is a matter of convention, not a -requirement. The `Up', `Previous', and `Next' pointers of a node can -point to any other nodes, and a menu can contain any other nodes. -Thus, the node structure can be any directed graph. But it is usually -more comprehensible to follow a structure that corresponds to the -structure of chapters and sections in a printed book or report.@refill - -In addition to menus and to `Next', `Previous', and `Up' pointers, Info -provides pointers of another kind, called references, that can be -sprinkled throughout the text. This is usually the best way to -represent links that do not fit a hierarchical structure.@refill - -Usually, you will design a document so that its nodes match the -structure of chapters and sections in the printed output. But there -are times when this is not right for the material being discussed. -Therefore, Texinfo uses separate commands to specify the node -structure for the Info file and the section structure for the printed -output.@refill - -Generally, you enter an Info file through a node that by convention is -called @samp{Top}. This node normally contains just a brief summary -of the file's purpose, and a large menu through which the rest of the -file is reached. From this node, you can either traverse the file -systematically by going from node to node, or you can go to a specific -node listed in the main menu, or you can search the index menus and -then go directly to the node that has the information you want.@refill -@c !!! With the standalone Info system you may go to specific nodes -@c directly.. - -If you want to read through an Info file in sequence, as if it were a -printed manual, you can get the whole file with the advanced Info -command @kbd{g* @key{RET}}. (@inforef{Expert, Advanced Info commands, -info}.)@refill - -@c !!! dir file may be located in one of many places: -@c /usr/local/emacs/info mentioned in info.c DEFAULT_INFOPATH -@c /usr/local/lib/emacs/info mentioned in info.c DEFAULT_INFOPATH -@c /usr/gnu/info mentioned in info.c DEFAULT_INFOPATH -@c /usr/local/info -@c /usr/local/lib/info -The @file{dir} file in the @file{info} directory serves as the -departure point for the whole Info system. From it, you can reach the -`Top' nodes of each of the documents in a complete Info system.@refill - -@node Printed Books, Formatting Commands, Info Files, Overview -@comment node-name, next, previous, up -@section Printed Books -@cindex Printed book and manual characteristics -@cindex Manual characteristics, printed -@cindex Book characteristics, printed -@cindex Texinfo printed book characteristics -@cindex Characteristics, printed books or manuals - -@cindex Knuth, Donald -A Texinfo file can be formatted and typeset as a printed book or manual. -To do this, you need @TeX{}, a powerful, sophisticated typesetting -program written by Donald Knuth.@footnote{You can also use the -@code{texi2roff} program if you do not have @TeX{}; since Texinfo is -designed for use with @TeX{}, @code{texi2roff} is not described here. -@code{texi2roff} is part of the standard GNU distribution.}@refill - -A Texinfo-based book is similar to any other typeset, printed work: it -can have a title page, copyright page, table of contents, and preface, -as well as chapters, numbered or unnumbered sections and subsections, -page headers, cross references, footnotes, and indices.@refill - -You can use Texinfo to write a book without ever having the intention -of converting it into on-line information. You can use Texinfo for -writing a printed novel, and even to write a printed memo, although -this latter application is not recommended since electronic mail is so -much easier.@refill - -@TeX{} is a general purpose typesetting program. Texinfo provides a -file called @file{texinfo.tex} that contains information (definitions or -@dfn{macros}) that @TeX{} uses when it typesets a Texinfo file. -(@file{texinfo.tex} tells @TeX{} how to convert the Texinfo @@-commands -to @TeX{} commands, which @TeX{} can then process to create the typeset -document.) @file{texinfo.tex} contains the specifications for printing -a document.@refill - -Most often, documents are printed on 8.5 inch by 11 inch -pages (216@dmn{mm} by 280@dmn{mm}; this is the default size), but you -can also print for 7 inch by 9.25 inch pages (178@dmn{mm} by -235@dmn{mm}; the @code{@@smallbook} size) or on European A4 size paper -(@code{@@afourpaper}). (@xref{smallbook, , Printing ``Small'' Books}. -Also, see @ref{A4 Paper, ,Printing on A4 Paper}.)@refill - -By changing the parameters in @file{texinfo.tex}, you can change the -size of the printed document. In addition, you can change the style in -which the printed document is formatted; for example, you can change the -sizes and fonts used, the amount of indentation for each paragraph, the -degree to which words are hyphenated, and the like. By changing the -specifications, you can make a book look dignified, old and serious, or -light-hearted, young and cheery.@refill - -@TeX{} is freely distributable. It is written in a dialect of Pascal -called WEB and can be compiled either in Pascal or (by using a -conversion program that comes with the @TeX{} distribution) in C. -(@xref{TeX Mode, ,@TeX{} Mode, emacs, The GNU Emacs Manual}, for information -about @TeX{}.)@refill - -@TeX{} is very powerful and has a great many features. Because a -Texinfo file must be able to present information both on a -character-only terminal in Info form and in a typeset book, the -formatting commands that Texinfo supports are necessarily -limited.@refill - -@xref{Obtaining TeX, , How to Obtain @TeX{}}. - - -@node Formatting Commands, Conventions, Printed Books, Overview -@comment node-name, next, previous, up -@section @@-commands -@cindex @@-commands -@cindex Formatting commands - -In a Texinfo file, the commands that tell @TeX{} how to typeset the -printed manual and tell @code{makeinfo} and -@code{texinfo-format-buffer} how to create an Info file are preceded -by @samp{@@}; they are called @dfn{@@-commands}. For example, -@code{@@node} is the command to indicate a node and @code{@@chapter} -is the command to indicate the start of a chapter.@refill - -@quotation -@strong{Please note:} All the @@-commands, with the exception of the -@code{@@TeX@{@}} command, must be written entirely in lower -case.@refill -@end quotation - -The Texinfo @@-commands are a strictly limited set of constructs. The -strict limits make it possible for Texinfo files to be understood both -by @TeX{} and by the code that converts them into Info files. You can -display Info files on any terminal that displays alphabetic and -numeric characters. Similarly, you can print the output generated by -@TeX{} on a wide variety of printers.@refill - -Depending on what they do or what arguments@footnote{The word -@dfn{argument} comes from the way it is used in mathematics and does -not refer to a disputation between two people; it refers to the -information presented to the command. According to the @cite{Oxford -English Dictionary}, the word derives from the Latin for @dfn{to make -clear, prove}; thus it came to mean `the evidence offered as proof', -which is to say, `the information offered', which led to its -mathematical meaning. In its other thread of derivation, the word -came to mean `to assert in a manner against which others may make -counter assertions', which led to the meaning of `argument' as a -disputation.} they take, you need to write @@-commands on lines of -their own or as part of sentences:@refill - -@itemize @bullet -@item -Write a command such as @code{@@noindent} at the beginning of a line as -the only text on the line. (@code{@@noindent} prevents the beginning of -the next line from being indented as the beginning of a -paragraph.)@refill - -@item -Write a command such as @code{@@chapter} at the beginning of a line -followed by the command's arguments, in this case the chapter title, on -the rest of the line. (@code{@@chapter} creates chapter titles.)@refill - -@item -Write a command such as @code{@@dots@{@}} wherever you wish but usually -within a sentence. (@code{@@dots@{@}} creates dots @dots{})@refill - -@item -Write a command such as @code{@@code@{@var{sample-code}@}} wherever you -wish (but usually within a sentence) with its argument, -@var{sample-code} in this example, between the braces. (@code{@@code} -marks text as being code.)@refill - -@item -Write a command such as @code{@@example} at the beginning of a line of -its own; write the body-text on following lines; and write the matching -@code{@@end} command, @code{@@end example} in this case, at the -beginning of a line of its own after the body-text. (@code{@@example} -@dots{} @code{@@end example} indents and typesets body-text as an -example.)@refill -@end itemize - -@noindent -@cindex Braces, when to use -As a general rule, a command requires braces if it mingles among other -text; but it does not need braces if it starts a line of its own. The -non-alphabetic commands, such as @code{@@:}, are exceptions to the rule; -they do not need braces.@refill - -As you gain experience with Texinfo, you will rapidly learn how to -write the different commands: the different ways to write commands -make it easier to write and read Texinfo files than if all commands -followed exactly the same syntax. (For details about @@-command -syntax, see @ref{Command Syntax, , @@-Command Syntax}.)@refill - -@node Conventions, Comments, Formatting Commands, Overview -@comment node-name, next, previous, up -@section General Syntactic Conventions -@cindex General syntactic conventions -@cindex Syntactic conventions -@cindex Conventions, syntactic - -All printable @sc{ascii} characters except @samp{@@}, @samp{@{} and -@samp{@}} can appear in a Texinfo file and stand for themselves. -@samp{@@} is the escape character which introduces commands. -@samp{@{} and @samp{@}} should be used only to surround arguments to -certain commands. To put one of these special characters into the -document, put an @samp{@@} character in front of it, like this: -@samp{@@@@}, @samp{@@@{}, and @samp{@@@}}.@refill - -@ifinfo -It is customary in @TeX{} to use doubled single-quote characters to -begin and end quotations: ` ` and ' ' (but without a space between the -two single-quote characters). This convention should be followed in -Texinfo files. @TeX{} converts doubled single-quote characters to -left- and right-hand doubled quotation marks and Info converts doubled -single-quote characters to @sc{ascii} double-quotes: ` ` and ' ' to " .@refill -@end ifinfo -@iftex -It is customary in @TeX{} to use doubled single-quote characters to -begin and end quotations: @w{@tt{ `` }} and @w{@tt{ '' }}. This -convention should be followed in Texinfo files. @TeX{} converts -doubled single-quote characters to left- and right-hand doubled -quotation marks, ``like this'', and Info converts doubled single-quote -characters to @sc{ascii} double-quotes: @w{@tt{ `` }} and -@w{@tt{ '' }} to @w{@tt{ " }}.@refill -@end iftex - -Use three hyphens in a row, @samp{---}, for a dash---like this. In -@TeX{}, a single or even a double hyphen produces a printed dash that -is shorter than the usual typeset dash. Info reduces three hyphens to two for -display on the screen.@refill - -To prevent a paragraph from being indented in the printed manual, put -the command @code{@@noindent} on a line by itself before the -paragraph.@refill - -If you mark off a region of the Texinfo file with the @code{@@iftex} -and @w{@code{@@end iftex}} commands, that region will appear only in -the printed copy; in that region, you can use certain commands -borrowed from plain @TeX{} that you cannot use in Info. Likewise, if -you mark off a region with the @code{@@ifinfo} and @code{@@end ifinfo} -commands, that region will appear only in the Info file; in that -region, you can use Info commands that you cannot use in @TeX{}. -Similarly for @code{@@ifhtml} and @code{@@end ifhtml}. -@xref{Conditionals}. - -@cindex Tabs; don't use! -@quotation -@strong{Caution:} Do not use tabs in a Texinfo file! @TeX{} uses -variable-width fonts, which means that it cannot predefine a tab to work -in all circumstances. Consequently, @TeX{} treats tabs like single -spaces, and that is not what they look like.@refill - -@noindent -To avoid this problem, Texinfo mode causes GNU Emacs to insert multiple -spaces when you press the @key{TAB} key.@refill - -@noindent -Also, you can run @code{untabify} in Emacs to convert tabs in a region -to multiple spaces.@refill -@end quotation - -@node Comments, Minimum, Conventions, Overview -@comment node-name, next, previous, up -@section Comments - -You can write comments in a Texinfo file that will not appear in -either the Info file or the printed manual by using the -@code{@@comment} command (which may be abbreviated to @code{@@c}). -Such comments are for the person who reads the Texinfo file. All the -text on a line that follows either @code{@@comment} or @code{@@c} is a -comment; the rest of the line does not appear in either the Info file -or the printed manual. (Often, you can write the @code{@@comment} or -@code{@@c} in the middle of a line, and only the text that follows after -the @code{@@comment} or @code{@@c} command does not appear; but some -commands, such as @code{@@settitle} and @code{@@setfilename}, work on a -whole line. You cannot use @code{@@comment} or @code{@@c} in a line -beginning with such a command.)@refill -@cindex Comments -@findex comment -@findex c @r{(comment)} - -You can write long stretches of text that will not appear in either -the Info file or the printed manual by using the @code{@@ignore} and -@code{@@end ignore} commands. Write each of these commands on a line -of its own, starting each command at the beginning of the line. Text -between these two commands does not appear in the processed output. -You can use @code{@@ignore} and @code{@@end ignore} for writing -comments. Often, @code{@@ignore} and @code{@@end ignore} is used -to enclose a part of the copying permissions that applies to the -Texinfo source file of a document, but not to the Info or printed -version of the document.@refill -@cindex Ignored text -@cindex Unprocessed text -@findex ignore -@c !!! Perhaps include this comment about ignore and ifset: -@ignore -Text enclosed by @code{@@ignore} or by failing @code{@@ifset} or -@code{@@ifclear} conditions is ignored in the sense that it will not -contribute to the formatted output. However, TeX and makeinfo must -still parse the ignored text, in order to understand when to -@emph{stop} ignoring text from the source file; that means that you -will still get error messages if you have invalid Texinfo markup -within ignored text. -@end ignore - -@node Minimum, Six Parts, Comments, Overview -@comment node-name, next, previous, up -@section What a Texinfo File Must Have -@cindex Minimal Texinfo file (requirements) -@cindex Must have in Texinfo file -@cindex Required in Texinfo file -@cindex Texinfo file minimum - -By convention, the names of Texinfo files end with one of the -extensions @file{.texinfo}, @file{.texi}, or @file{.tex}. The longer -extension is preferred since it describes more clearly to a human -reader the nature of the file. The shorter extensions are for -operating systems that cannot handle long file names.@refill - -In order to be made into a printed manual and an Info file, a Texinfo -file @strong{must} begin with lines like this:@refill - -@example -@group -\input texinfo -@@setfilename @var{info-file-name} -@@settitle @var{name-of-manual} -@end group -@end example - -@noindent -The contents of the file follow this beginning, and then you @strong{must} end -a Texinfo file with a line like this:@refill - -@example -@@bye -@end example - -@findex input @r{(@TeX{} command)} -@noindent -The @samp{\input texinfo} line tells @TeX{} to use the -@file{texinfo.tex} file, which tells @TeX{} how to translate the Texinfo -@@-commands into @TeX{} typesetting commands. (Note the use of the -backslash, @samp{\}; this is correct for @TeX{}.) The -@samp{@@setfilename} line provides a name for the Info file and tells -@TeX{} to open auxiliary files. The @samp{@@settitle} line specifies a -title for the page headers (or footers) of the printed manual.@refill - -The @code{@@bye} line at the end of the file on a line of its own tells -the formatters that the file is ended and to stop formatting.@refill - -Usually, you will not use quite such a spare format, but will include -mode setting and start-of-header and end-of-header lines at the -beginning of a Texinfo file, like this:@refill - -@example -@group -\input texinfo @@c -*-texinfo-*- -@@c %**start of header -@@setfilename @var{info-file-name} -@@settitle @var{name-of-manual} -@@c %**end of header -@end group -@end example - -@noindent -In the first line, @samp{-*-texinfo-*-} causes Emacs to switch into -Texinfo mode when you edit the file. - -The @code{@@c} lines which surround the @samp{@@setfilename} and -@samp{@@settitle} lines are optional, but you need them in order to -run @TeX{} or Info on just part of the file. (@xref{Start of Header}, -for more information.)@refill - -Furthermore, you will usually provide a Texinfo file with a title -page, indices, and the like. But the minimum, which can be useful -for short documents, is just the three lines at the beginning and the -one line at the end.@refill - -@node Six Parts, Short Sample, Minimum, Overview -@comment node-name, next, previous, up -@section Six Parts of a Texinfo File - -Generally, a Texinfo file contains more than the minimal -beginning and end---it usually contains six parts:@refill - -@table @r -@item 1. Header -The @dfn{Header} names the file, tells @TeX{} which definitions' file to -use, and performs other ``housekeeping'' tasks.@refill - -@item 2. Summary Description and Copyright -The @dfn{Summary Description and Copyright} segment describes the document -and contains the copyright notice and copying permissions for the Info -file. The segment must be enclosed between @code{@@ifinfo} and -@code{@@end ifinfo} commands so that the formatters place it only in the Info -file.@refill - -@item 3. Title and Copyright -The @dfn{Title and Copyright} segment contains the title and copyright pages -and copying permissions for the printed manual. The segment must be -enclosed between @code{@@titlepage} and @code{@@end titlepage} commands. -The title and copyright page appear only in the printed @w{manual}.@refill - -@item 4. `Top' Node and Master Menu -The @dfn{Master Menu} contains a complete menu of all the nodes in the whole -Info file. It appears only in the Info file, in the `Top' node.@refill - -@item 5. Body -The @dfn{Body} of the document may be structured like a traditional book or -encyclopedia or it may be free form.@refill - -@item 6. End -The @dfn{End} contains commands for printing indices and generating -the table of contents, and the @code{@@bye} command on a line of its -own.@refill -@end table - -@node Short Sample, Acknowledgements, Six Parts, Overview -@comment node-name, next, previous, up -@section A Short Sample Texinfo File -@cindex Sample Texinfo file - -Here is a complete but very short Texinfo file, in 6 parts. The first -three parts of the file, from @samp{\input texinfo} through to -@samp{@@end titlepage}, look more intimidating than they are. Most of -the material is standard boilerplate; when you write a manual, simply -insert the names for your own manual in this segment. (@xref{Beginning a -File}.)@refill - -@noindent -In the following, the sample text is @emph{indented}; comments on it are -not. The complete file, without any comments, is shown in -@ref{Sample Texinfo File}. - -@subheading Part 1: Header - -@noindent -The header does not appear in either the Info file or the@* -printed output. It sets various parameters, including the@* -name of the Info file and the title used in the header. - -@example -@group -\input texinfo @@c -*-texinfo-*- -@@c %**start of header -@@setfilename sample.info -@@settitle Sample Document -@@c %**end of header - -@@setchapternewpage odd -@end group -@end example - -@subheading Part 2: Summary Description and Copyright - -@noindent -The summary description and copyright segment does not@* -appear in the printed document. - -@example -@group -@@ifinfo -This is a short example of a complete Texinfo file. - -Copyright @@copyright@{@} 1990 Free Software Foundation, Inc. -@@end ifinfo -@end group -@end example - -@subheading Part 3: Titlepage and Copyright - -@noindent -The titlepage segment does not appear in the Info file. - -@example -@group -@@titlepage -@@sp 10 -@@comment The title is printed in a large font. -@@center @@titlefont@{Sample Title@} -@end group - -@group -@@c The following two commands start the copyright page. -@@page -@@vskip 0pt plus 1filll -Copyright @@copyright@{@} 1990 Free Software Foundation, Inc. -@@end titlepage -@end group -@end example - -@subheading Part 4: `Top' Node and Master Menu - -@noindent -The `Top' node contains the master menu for the Info file.@* -Since a printed manual uses a table of contents rather than@* -a menu, the master menu appears only in the Info file. - -@example -@group -@@node Top, First Chapter, (dir), (dir) -@@comment node-name, next, previous, up -@end group -@end example - -@example -@group -@@menu -* First Chapter:: The first chapter is the - only chapter in this sample. -* Concept Index:: This index has two entries. -@@end menu -@end group -@end example - -@subheading Part 5: The Body of the Document - -@noindent -The body segment contains all the text of the document, but not the -indices or table of contents. This example illustrates a node and a -chapter containing an enumerated list.@refill - -@example -@group -@@node First Chapter, Concept Index, Top, Top -@@comment node-name, next, previous, up -@@chapter First Chapter -@@cindex Sample index entry -@end group - -@group -This is the contents of the first chapter. -@@cindex Another sample index entry -@end group - -@group -Here is a numbered list. - -@@enumerate -@@item -This is the first item. - -@@item -This is the second item. -@@end enumerate -@end group - -@group -The @@code@{makeinfo@} and @@code@{texinfo-format-buffer@} -commands transform a Texinfo file such as this into -an Info file; and @@TeX@{@} typesets it for a printed -manual. -@end group -@end example - -@subheading Part 6: The End of the Document - -@noindent -The end segment contains commands both for generating an index in a node -and unnumbered chapter of its own and for generating the table of -contents; and it contains the @code{@@bye} command that marks the end of -the document.@refill - -@example -@group -@@node Concept Index, , First Chapter, Top -@@comment node-name, next, previous, up -@@unnumbered Concept Index -@end group - -@group -@@printindex cp - -@@contents -@@bye -@end group -@end example - -@subheading The Results - -Here is what the contents of the first chapter of the sample look like: - -@sp 1 -@need 700 -@quotation -This is the contents of the first chapter. - -Here is a numbered list. - -@enumerate -@item -This is the first item. - -@item -This is the second item. -@end enumerate - -The @code{makeinfo} and @code{texinfo-format-buffer} -commands transform a Texinfo file such as this into -an Info file; and @TeX{} typesets it for a printed -manual. -@end quotation - -@node Acknowledgements, , Short Sample, Overview -@comment node-name, next, previous, up -@section Acknowledgements - -@cindex Stallman, Richard M. -@cindex Chassell, Robert J. -@cindex Berry, Karl -Richard M.@: Stallman wrote Edition 1.0 of this manual. @w{Robert J.@: -Chassell} revised and extended it, starting with Edition 1.1. Karl -Berry made updates for the Texinfo 3.8 and subsequent releases, starting -with Edition 2.22. - -@cindex Pinard, Fran@,{c}ois -@cindex Zuhn, David D. -@cindex Weisshaus, Melissa -Our thanks go out to all who helped improve this work, particularly to -Fran@,{c}ois Pinard and @w{David D.@: Zuhn}, who tirelessly recorded and -reported mistakes and obscurities; our special thanks go to Melissa -Weisshaus for her frequent and often tedious reviews of nearly similar -editions. Our mistakes are our own. - -Please send suggestions and corrections to: - -@example -@group -@r{Internet address:} - bug-texinfo@@prep.ai.mit.edu -@end group -@end example - -@noindent -Please include the manual's edition number and update date in your messages. - -@node Texinfo Mode, Beginning a File, Overview, Top -@comment node-name, next, previous, up -@chapter Using Texinfo Mode -@cindex Texinfo mode -@cindex Mode, using Texinfo -@cindex GNU Emacs -@cindex Emacs - -You may edit a Texinfo file with any text editor you choose. A Texinfo -file is no different from any other @sc{ascii} file. However, GNU Emacs -comes with a special mode, called Texinfo -mode, that provides Emacs commands and tools to help ease your work.@refill - -This chapter describes features of GNU Emacs' Texinfo mode but not any -features of the Texinfo formatting language. If you are reading this -manual straight through from the beginning, you may want to skim through -this chapter briefly and come back to it after reading succeeding -chapters which describe the Texinfo formatting language in -detail.@refill - -@menu -* Texinfo Mode Overview:: How Texinfo mode can help you. -* Emacs Editing:: Texinfo mode adds to GNU Emacs' general - purpose editing features. -* Inserting:: How to insert frequently used @@-commands. -* Showing the Structure:: How to show the structure of a file. -* Updating Nodes and Menus:: How to update or create new nodes and menus. -* Info Formatting:: How to format for Info. -* Printing:: How to format and print part or all of a file. -* Texinfo Mode Summary:: Summary of all the Texinfo mode commands. -@end menu - -@node Texinfo Mode Overview, Emacs Editing, Texinfo Mode, Texinfo Mode -@ifinfo -@heading Texinfo Mode Overview -@end ifinfo - -Texinfo mode provides special features for working with Texinfo -files:@refill - -@itemize @bullet -@item -Insert frequently used @@-commands. @refill - -@item -Automatically create @code{@@node} lines. - -@item -Show the structure of a Texinfo source file.@refill - -@item -Automatically create or update the `Next',@* -`Previous', and `Up' pointers of a node. - -@item -Automatically create or update menus.@refill - -@item -Automatically create a master menu.@refill - -@item -Format a part or all of a file for Info.@refill - -@item -Typeset and print part or all of a file.@refill -@end itemize - -Perhaps the two most helpful features are those for inserting frequently -used @@-commands and for creating node pointers and menus.@refill - -@node Emacs Editing, Inserting, Texinfo Mode Overview, Texinfo Mode -@section The Usual GNU Emacs Editing Commands - -In most cases, the usual Text mode commands work the same in Texinfo -mode as they do in Text mode. Texinfo mode adds new editing commands -and tools to GNU Emacs' general purpose editing features. The major -difference concerns filling. In Texinfo mode, the paragraph -separation variable and syntax table are redefined so that Texinfo -commands that should be on lines of their own are not inadvertently -included in paragraphs. Thus, the @kbd{M-q} (@code{fill-paragraph}) -command will refill a paragraph but not mix an indexing command on a -line adjacent to it into the paragraph.@refill - -In addition, Texinfo mode sets the @code{page-delimiter} variable to -the value of @code{texinfo-chapter-level-regexp}; by default, this is -a regular expression matching the commands for chapters and their -equivalents, such as appendices. With this value for the page -delimiter, you can jump from chapter title to chapter title with the -@kbd{C-x ]} (@code{forward-page}) and @kbd{C-x [} -(@code{backward-page}) commands and narrow to a chapter with the -@kbd{C-x p} (@code{narrow-to-page}) command. (@xref{Pages, , ,emacs, -The GNU Emacs Manual}, for details about the page commands.)@refill - -You may name a Texinfo file however you wish, but the convention is to -end a Texinfo file name with one of the three extensions -@file{.texinfo}, @file{.texi}, or @file{.tex}. A longer extension is -preferred, since it is explicit, but a shorter extension may be -necessary for operating systems that limit the length of file names. -GNU Emacs automatically enters Texinfo mode when you visit a file with -a @file{.texinfo} or @file{.texi} -extension. Also, Emacs switches to Texinfo mode -when you visit a -file that has @samp{-*-texinfo-*-} in its first line. If ever you are -in another mode and wish to switch to Texinfo mode, type @code{M-x -texinfo-mode}.@refill - -Like all other Emacs features, you can customize or enhance Texinfo -mode as you wish. In particular, the keybindings are very easy to -change. The keybindings described here are the default or standard -ones.@refill - -@node Inserting, Showing the Structure, Emacs Editing, Texinfo Mode -@comment node-name, next, previous, up -@section Inserting Frequently Used Commands -@cindex Inserting frequently used commands -@cindex Frequently used commands, inserting -@cindex Commands, inserting them - -Texinfo mode provides commands to insert various frequently used -@@-commands into the buffer. You can use these commands to save -keystrokes.@refill - -The insert commands are invoked by typing @kbd{C-c} twice and then the -first letter of the @@-command:@refill - -@table @kbd -@item C-c C-c c -@itemx M-x texinfo-insert-@@code -@findex texinfo-insert-@@code -Insert @code{@@code@{@}} and put the -cursor between the braces.@refill - -@item C-c C-c d -@itemx M-x texinfo-insert-@@dfn -@findex texinfo-insert-@@dfn -Insert @code{@@dfn@{@}} and put the -cursor between the braces.@refill - -@item C-c C-c e -@itemx M-x texinfo-insert-@@end -@findex texinfo-insert-@@end -Insert @code{@@end} and attempt to insert the correct following word, -such as @samp{example} or @samp{table}. (This command does not handle -nested lists correctly, but inserts the word appropriate to the -immediately preceding list.)@refill - -@item C-c C-c i -@itemx M-x texinfo-insert-@@item -@findex texinfo-insert-@@item -Insert @code{@@item} and put the -cursor at the beginning of the next line.@refill - -@item C-c C-c k -@itemx M-x texinfo-insert-@@kbd -@findex texinfo-insert-@@kbd -Insert @code{@@kbd@{@}} and put the -cursor between the braces.@refill - -@item C-c C-c n -@itemx M-x texinfo-insert-@@node -@findex texinfo-insert-@@node -Insert @code{@@node} and a comment line -listing the sequence for the `Next', -`Previous', and `Up' nodes. -Leave point after the @code{@@node}.@refill - -@item C-c C-c o -@itemx M-x texinfo-insert-@@noindent -@findex texinfo-insert-@@noindent -Insert @code{@@noindent} and put the -cursor at the beginning of the next line.@refill - -@item C-c C-c s -@itemx M-x texinfo-insert-@@samp -@findex texinfo-insert-@@samp -Insert @code{@@samp@{@}} and put the -cursor between the braces.@refill - -@item C-c C-c t -@itemx M-x texinfo-insert-@@table -@findex texinfo-insert-@@table -Insert @code{@@table} followed by a @key{SPC} -and leave the cursor after the @key{SPC}.@refill - -@item C-c C-c v -@itemx M-x texinfo-insert-@@var -@findex texinfo-insert-@@var -Insert @code{@@var@{@}} and put the -cursor between the braces.@refill - -@item C-c C-c x -@itemx M-x texinfo-insert-@@example -@findex texinfo-insert-@@example -Insert @code{@@example} and put the -cursor at the beginning of the next line.@refill - -@c M-@{ was the binding for texinfo-insert-braces; -@c in Emacs 19, backward-paragraph will take this binding. -@item C-c C-c @{ -@itemx M-x texinfo-insert-braces -@findex texinfo-insert-braces -Insert @code{@{@}} and put the cursor between the braces.@refill - -@item C-c C-c @} -@itemx C-c C-c ] -@itemx M-x up-list -@findex up-list -Move from between a pair of braces forward past the closing brace. -Typing @kbd{C-c C-c ]} is easier than typing @kbd{C-c C-c @}}, which -is, however, more mnemonic; hence the two keybindings. (Also, you can -move out from between braces by typing @kbd{C-f}.)@refill -@end table - -To put a command such as @w{@code{@@code@{@dots{}@}}} around an -@emph{existing} word, position the cursor in front of the word and type -@kbd{C-u 1 C-c C-c c}. This makes it easy to edit existing plain text. -The value of the prefix argument tells Emacs how many words following -point to include between braces---1 for one word, 2 for two words, and -so on. Use a negative argument to enclose the previous word or words. -If you do not specify a prefix argument, Emacs inserts the @@-command -string and positions the cursor between the braces. This feature works -only for those @@-commands that operate on a word or words within one -line, such as @code{@@kbd} and @code{@@var}.@refill - -This set of insert commands was created after analyzing the frequency -with which different @@-commands are used in the @cite{GNU Emacs -Manual} and the @cite{GDB Manual}. If you wish to add your own insert -commands, you can bind a keyboard macro to a key, use abbreviations, -or extend the code in @file{texinfo.el}.@refill - -@findex texinfo-start-menu-description -@cindex Menu description, start -@cindex Description for menu, start -@kbd{C-c C-c C-d} (@code{texinfo-start-menu-description}) is an insert -command that works differently from the other insert commands. It -inserts a node's section or chapter title in the space for the -description in a menu entry line. (A menu entry has three parts, the -entry name, the node name, and the description. Only the node name is -required, but a description helps explain what the node is about. -@xref{Menu Parts, , The Parts of a Menu}.)@refill - -To use @code{texinfo-start-menu-description}, position point in a menu -entry line and type @kbd{C-c C-c C-d}. The command looks for and copies -the title that goes with the node name, and inserts the title as a -description; it positions point at beginning of the inserted text so you -can edit it. The function does not insert the title if the menu entry -line already contains a description.@refill - -This command is only an aid to writing descriptions; it does not do the -whole job. You must edit the inserted text since a title tends to use -the same words as a node name but a useful description uses different -words.@refill - -@node Showing the Structure, Updating Nodes and Menus, Inserting, Texinfo Mode -@comment node-name, next, previous, up -@section Showing the Section Structure of a File -@cindex Showing the section structure of a file -@cindex Section structure of a file, showing it -@cindex Structure of a file, showing it -@cindex Outline of file structure, showing it -@cindex Contents-like outline of file structure -@cindex File section structure, showing it -@cindex Texinfo file section structure, showing it - -You can show the section structure of a Texinfo file by using the -@kbd{C-c C-s} command (@code{texinfo-show-structure}). This command -shows the section structure of a Texinfo file by listing the lines -that begin with the @@-commands for @code{@@chapter}, -@code{@@section}, and the like. It constructs what amounts -to a table of contents. These lines are displayed in another buffer -called the @samp{*Occur*} buffer. In that buffer, you can position -the cursor over one of the lines and use the @kbd{C-c C-c} command -(@code{occur-mode-goto-occurrence}), to jump to the corresponding spot -in the Texinfo file.@refill - -@table @kbd -@item C-c C-s -@itemx M-x texinfo-show-structure -@findex texinfo-show-structure -Show the @code{@@chapter}, @code{@@section}, and such lines of a -Texinfo file.@refill - -@item C-c C-c -@itemx M-x occur-mode-goto-occurrence -@findex occur-mode-goto-occurrence -Go to the line in the Texinfo file corresponding to the line under the -cursor in the @file{*Occur*} buffer.@refill -@end table - -If you call @code{texinfo-show-structure} with a prefix argument by -typing @w{@kbd{C-u C-c C-s}}, it will list not only those lines with the -@@-commands for @code{@@chapter}, @code{@@section}, and the like, -but also the @code{@@node} lines. (This is how the -@code{texinfo-show-structure} command worked without an argument in -the first version of Texinfo. It was changed because @code{@@node} -lines clutter up the @samp{*Occur*} buffer and are usually not -needed.) You can use @code{texinfo-show-structure} with a prefix -argument to check whether the `Next', `Previous', and `Up' pointers of -an @code{@@node} line are correct.@refill - -Often, when you are working on a manual, you will be interested only -in the structure of the current chapter. In this case, you can mark -off the region of the buffer that you are interested in by using the -@kbd{C-x n n} (@code{narrow-to-region}) command and -@code{texinfo-show-structure} will work on only that region. To see -the whole buffer again, use @w{@kbd{C-x n w}} (@code{widen}). -(@xref{Narrowing, , , emacs, The GNU Emacs Manual}, for more -information about the narrowing commands.)@refill - -@vindex page-delimiter -@cindex Page delimiter in Texinfo mode -In addition to providing the @code{texinfo-show-structure} command, -Texinfo mode sets the value of the page delimiter variable to match -the chapter-level @@-commands. This enables you to use the @kbd{C-x -]} (@code{forward-page}) and @kbd{C-x [} (@code{backward-page}) -commands to move forward and backward by chapter, and to use the -@kbd{C-x p} (@code{narrow-to-page}) command to narrow to a chapter. -@xref{Pages, , , emacs, The GNU Emacs Manual}, for more information -about the page commands.@refill - -@node Updating Nodes and Menus, Info Formatting, Showing the Structure, Texinfo Mode -@comment node-name, next, previous, up -@section Updating Nodes and Menus -@cindex Updating nodes and menus -@cindex Create nodes, menus automatically -@cindex Insert nodes, menus automatically -@cindex Automatically insert nodes, menus - -Texinfo mode provides commands for automatically creating or updating -menus and node pointers. The commands are called ``update'' commands -because their most frequent use is for updating a Texinfo file after -you have worked on it; but you can use them to insert the `Next', -`Previous', and `Up' pointers into an @code{@@node} line that has none and to -create menus in a file that has none.@refill - -If you do not use the updating commands, you need to write menus and -node pointers by hand, which is a tedious task.@refill - -@menu -* Updating Commands:: Five major updating commands. -* Updating Requirements:: How to structure a Texinfo file for - using the updating command. -* Other Updating Commands:: How to indent descriptions, insert - missing nodes lines, and update - nodes in sequence. -@end menu - -@node Updating Commands, Updating Requirements, Updating Nodes and Menus, Updating Nodes and Menus -@ifinfo -@subheading The Updating Commands -@end ifinfo - -You can use the updating commands@refill - -@itemize @bullet -@item -to insert or update the `Next', `Previous', and `Up' pointers of a -node,@refill - -@item -to insert or update the menu for a section, and@refill - -@item -to create a master menu for a Texinfo source file.@refill -@end itemize - -You can also use the commands to update all the nodes and menus in a -region or in a whole Texinfo file.@refill - -The updating commands work only with conventional Texinfo files, which -are structured hierarchically like books. In such files, a structuring -command line must follow closely after each @code{@@node} line, except -for the `Top' @code{@@node} line. (A @dfn{structuring command line} is -a line beginning with @code{@@chapter}, @code{@@section}, or other -similar command.) - -You can write the structuring command line on the line that follows -immediately after an @code{@@node} line or else on the line that -follows after a single @code{@@comment} line or a single -@code{@@ifinfo} line. You cannot interpose more than one line between -the @code{@@node} line and the structuring command line; and you may -interpose only an @code{@@comment} line or an @code{@@ifinfo} line. - -Commands which work on a whole buffer require that the `Top' node be -followed by a node with an @code{@@chapter} or equivalent-level command. -Note that the menu updating commands will not create a main or master -menu for a Texinfo file that has only @code{@@chapter}-level nodes! The -menu updating commands only create menus @emph{within} nodes for lower level -nodes. To create a menu of chapters, you must provide a `Top' -node.@refill - -The menu updating commands remove menu entries that refer to other Info -files since they do not refer to nodes within the current buffer. This -is a deficiency. Rather than use menu entries, you can use cross -references to refer to other Info files. None of the updating commands -affect cross references.@refill - -Texinfo mode has five updating commands that are used most often: two -are for updating the node pointers or menu of a single node (or a -region); two are for updating every node pointer and menu in a file; -and one, the @code{texinfo-master-menu} command, is for creating a -master menu for a complete file, and optionally, for updating every -node and menu in the whole Texinfo file.@refill - -The @code{texinfo-master-menu} command is the primary command:@refill - -@table @kbd -@item C-c C-u m -@itemx M-x texinfo-master-menu -@findex texinfo-master-menu -Create or update a master menu that includes all the other menus -(incorporating the descriptions from pre-existing menus, if -any).@refill - -With an argument (prefix argument, @kbd{C-u,} if interactive), first create or -update all the nodes and all the regular menus in the buffer before -constructing the master menu. (@xref{The Top Node, , The Top Node and -Master Menu}, for more about a master menu.)@refill - -For @code{texinfo-master-menu} to work, the Texinfo file must have a -`Top' node and at least one subsequent node.@refill - -After extensively editing a Texinfo file, you can type the following: - -@example -C-u M-x texinfo-master-menu -@exdent or -C-u C-c C-u m -@end example - -@noindent -This updates all the nodes and menus completely and all at once.@refill -@end table - -The other major updating commands do smaller jobs and are designed for -the person who updates nodes and menus as he or she writes a Texinfo -file.@refill - -@need 1000 -The commands are:@refill - -@table @kbd -@item C-c C-u C-n -@itemx M-x texinfo-update-node -@findex texinfo-update-node -Insert the `Next', `Previous', and `Up' pointers for the node that point is -within (i.e., for the @code{@@node} line preceding point). If the -@code{@@node} line has pre-existing `Next', `Previous', or `Up' -pointers in it, the old pointers are removed and new ones inserted. -With an argument (prefix argument, @kbd{C-u}, if interactive), this command -updates all @code{@@node} lines in the region (which is the text -between point and mark).@refill - -@item C-c C-u C-m -@itemx M-x texinfo-make-menu -@findex texinfo-make-menu -Create or update the menu in the node that point is within. -With an argument (@kbd{C-u} as prefix argument, if -interactive), the command makes or updates menus for the -nodes which are either within or a part of the -region.@refill - -Whenever @code{texinfo-make-menu} updates an existing menu, the -descriptions from that menu are incorporated into the new menu. This -is done by copying descriptions from the existing menu to the entries -in the new menu that have the same node names. If the node names are -different, the descriptions are not copied to the new menu.@refill - -@item C-c C-u C-e -@itemx M-x texinfo-every-node-update -@findex texinfo-every-node-update -Insert or update the `Next', `Previous', and `Up' pointers for every -node in the buffer.@refill - -@item C-c C-u C-a -@itemx M-x texinfo-all-menus-update -@findex texinfo-all-menus-update -Create or update all the menus in the buffer. With an argument -(@kbd{C-u} as prefix argument, if interactive), first insert -or update all the node -pointers before working on the menus.@refill - -If a master menu exists, the @code{texinfo-all-menus-update} command -updates it; but the command does not create a new master menu if none -already exists. (Use the @code{texinfo-master-menu} command for -that.)@refill - -When working on a document that does not merit a master menu, you can -type the following: - -@example -C-u C-c C-u C-a -@exdent or -C-u M-x texinfo-all-menus-update -@end example - -@noindent -This updates all the nodes and menus.@refill -@end table - -The @code{texinfo-column-for-description} variable specifies the -column to which menu descriptions are indented. By default, the value -is 32 although it is often useful to reduce it to as low as 24. You -can set the variable with the @kbd{M-x edit-options} command -(@pxref{Edit Options, , Editing Variable Values, emacs, The GNU Emacs -Manual}) or with the @kbd{M-x set-variable} command (@pxref{Examining, -, Examining and Setting Variables, emacs, The GNU Emacs -Manual}).@refill - -Also, the @code{texinfo-indent-menu-description} command may be used to -indent existing menu descriptions to a specified column. Finally, if -you wish, you can use the @code{texinfo-insert-node-lines} command to -insert missing @code{@@node} lines into a file. (@xref{Other Updating -Commands}, for more information.)@refill - -@node Updating Requirements, Other Updating Commands, Updating Commands, Updating Nodes and Menus -@comment node-name, next, previous, up -@subsection Updating Requirements -@cindex Updating requirements -@cindex Requirements for updating commands - -To use the updating commands, you must organize the Texinfo file -hierarchically with chapters, sections, subsections, and the like. -When you construct the hierarchy of the manual, do not `jump down' -more than one level at a time: you can follow the `Top' node with a -chapter, but not with a section; you can follow a chapter with a -section, but not with a subsection. However, you may `jump up' any -number of levels at one time---for example, from a subsection to a -chapter.@refill - -Each @code{@@node} line, with the exception of the line for the `Top' -node, must be followed by a line with a structuring command such as -@code{@@chapter}, @code{@@section}, or -@code{@@unnumberedsubsec}.@refill - -Each @code{@@node} line/structuring-command line combination -must look either like this:@refill - -@example -@group -@@node Comments, Minimum, Conventions, Overview -@@comment node-name, next, previous, up -@@section Comments -@end group -@end example - -or like this (without the @code{@@comment} line): - -@example -@group -@@node Comments, Minimum, Conventions, Overview -@@section Comments -@end group -@end example - -@noindent -In this example, `Comments' is the name of both the node and the -section. The next node is called `Minimum' and the previous node is -called `Conventions'. The `Comments' section is within the `Overview' -node, which is specified by the `Up' pointer. (Instead of an -@code{@@comment} line, you can write an @code{@@ifinfo} line.)@refill - -If a file has a `Top' node, it must be called @samp{top} or @samp{Top} -and be the first node in the file.@refill - -The menu updating commands create a menu of sections within a chapter, -a menu of subsections within a section, and so on. This means that -you must have a `Top' node if you want a menu of chapters.@refill - -Incidentally, the @code{makeinfo} command will create an Info file for -a hierarchically organized Texinfo file that lacks `Next', `Previous' -and `Up' pointers. Thus, if you can be sure that your Texinfo file -will be formatted with @code{makeinfo}, you have no need for the -`update node' commands. (@xref{Create an Info File, , Creating an -Info File}, for more information about @code{makeinfo}.) However, -both @code{makeinfo} and the @code{texinfo-format-@dots{}} commands -require that you insert menus in the file.@refill - -@node Other Updating Commands, , Updating Requirements, Updating Nodes and Menus -@comment node-name, next, previous, up -@subsection Other Updating Commands - -In addition to the five major updating commands, Texinfo mode -possesses several less frequently used updating commands:@refill - -@table @kbd -@item M-x texinfo-insert-node-lines -@findex texinfo-insert-node-lines -Insert @code{@@node} lines before the @code{@@chapter}, -@code{@@section}, and other sectioning commands wherever they are -missing throughout a region in a Texinfo file.@refill - -With an argument (@kbd{C-u} as prefix argument, if interactive), the -@code{texinfo-insert-node-lines} command not only inserts -@code{@@node} lines but also inserts the chapter or section titles as -the names of the corresponding nodes. In addition, it inserts the -titles as node names in pre-existing @code{@@node} lines that lack -names. Since node names should be more concise than section or -chapter titles, you must manually edit node names so inserted.@refill - -For example, the following marks a whole buffer as a region and inserts -@code{@@node} lines and titles throughout:@refill - -@example -C-x h C-u M-x texinfo-insert-node-lines -@end example - -(Note that this command inserts titles as node names in @code{@@node} -lines; the @code{texinfo-start-menu-description} command -(@pxref{Inserting, Inserting Frequently Used Commands}) inserts titles -as descriptions in menu entries, a different action. However, in both -cases, you need to edit the inserted text.)@refill - -@item M-x texinfo-multiple-files-update -@findex texinfo-multiple-files-update @r{(in brief)} -Update nodes and menus in a document built from several separate files. -With @kbd{C-u} as a prefix argument, create and insert a master menu in -the outer file. With a numeric prefix argument, such as @kbd{C-u 2}, first -update all the menus and all the `Next', `Previous', and `Up' pointers -of all the included files before creating and inserting a master menu in -the outer file. The @code{texinfo-multiple-files-update} command is -described in the appendix on @code{@@include} files. -@ifinfo -@xref{texinfo-multiple-files-update}.@refill -@end ifinfo -@iftex -@xref{texinfo-multiple-files-update, , -@code{texinfo-multiple-files-update}}.@refill -@end iftex - -@item M-x texinfo-indent-menu-description -@findex texinfo-indent-menu-description -Indent every description in the menu following point to the specified -column. You can use this command to give yourself more space for -descriptions. With an argument (@kbd{C-u} as prefix argument, if -interactive), the @code{texinfo-indent-menu-description} command indents -every description in every menu in the region. However, this command -does not indent the second and subsequent lines of a multi-line -description.@refill - -@item M-x texinfo-sequential-node-update -@findex texinfo-sequential-node-update -Insert the names of the nodes immediately following and preceding the -current node as the `Next' or `Previous' pointers regardless of those -nodes' hierarchical level. This means that the `Next' node of a -subsection may well be the next chapter. Sequentially ordered nodes are -useful for novels and other documents that you read through -sequentially. (However, in Info, the @code{g* @key{RET}} command lets -you look through the file sequentially, so sequentially ordered nodes -are not strictly necessary.) With an argument (prefix argument, if -interactive), the @code{texinfo-sequential-node-update} command -sequentially updates all the nodes in the region.@refill -@end table - -@node Info Formatting, Printing, Updating Nodes and Menus, Texinfo Mode -@comment node-name, next, previous, up -@section Formatting for Info -@cindex Formatting for Info -@cindex Running an Info formatter -@cindex Info formatting - -Texinfo mode provides several commands for formatting part or all of a -Texinfo file for Info. Often, when you are writing a document, you -want to format only part of a file---that is, a region.@refill - -You can use either the @code{texinfo-format-region} or the -@code{makeinfo-region} command to format a region:@refill - -@table @kbd -@findex texinfo-format-region -@item C-c C-e C-r -@itemx M-x texinfo-format-region -@itemx C-c C-m C-r -@itemx M-x makeinfo-region -Format the current region for Info.@refill -@end table - -You can use either the @code{texinfo-format-buffer} or the -@code{makeinfo-buffer} command to format a whole buffer:@refill - -@table @kbd -@findex texinfo-format-buffer -@item C-c C-e C-b -@itemx M-x texinfo-format-buffer -@itemx C-c C-m C-b -@itemx M-x makeinfo-buffer -Format the current buffer for Info.@refill -@end table - -@need 1000 -For example, after writing a Texinfo file, you can type the following: - -@example -C-u C-c C-u m -@exdent or -C-u M-x texinfo-master-menu -@end example - -@noindent -This updates all the nodes and menus. Then type the following to create -an Info file: - -@example -C-c C-m C-b -@exdent or -M-x makeinfo-buffer -@end example - -For @TeX{} or the Info formatting commands to work, the file @emph{must} -include a line that has @code{@@setfilename} in its header.@refill - -@xref{Create an Info File}, for details about Info formatting.@refill - -@node Printing, Texinfo Mode Summary, Info Formatting, Texinfo Mode -@comment node-name, next, previous, up -@section Formatting and Printing -@cindex Formatting for printing -@cindex Printing a region or buffer -@cindex Region formatting and printing -@cindex Buffer formatting and printing -@cindex Part of file formatting and printing - -Typesetting and printing a Texinfo file is a multi-step process in which -you first create a file for printing (called a @sc{dvi} file), and then -print the file. Optionally, you may also create indices. To do this, -you must run the @code{texindex} command after first running the -@code{tex} typesetting command; and then you must run the @code{tex} -command again. Or else run the @code{texi2dvi} command which -automatically creates indices as needed.@refill - -Often, when you are writing a document, you want to typeset and print -only part of a file to see what it will look like. You can use the -@code{texinfo-tex-region} and related commands for this purpose. Use -the @code{texinfo-tex-buffer} command to format all of a -buffer.@refill - -@table @kbd -@item C-c C-t C-b -@itemx M-x texinfo-tex-buffer -@findex texinfo-tex-buffer -Run @code{texi2dvi} on the buffer. In addition to running @TeX{} on the -buffer, this command automatically creates or updates indices as -needed.@refill - -@item C-c C-t C-r -@itemx M-x texinfo-tex-region -@findex texinfo-tex-region -Run @TeX{} on the region.@refill - -@item C-c C-t C-i -@itemx M-x texinfo-texindex -Run @code{texindex} to sort the indices of a Texinfo file formatted with -@code{texinfo-tex-region}. The @code{texinfo-tex-region} command does -not run @code{texindex} automatically; it only runs the @code{tex} -typesetting command. You must run the @code{texinfo-tex-region} command -a second time after sorting the raw index files with the @code{texindex} -command. (Usually, you do not format an index when you format a region, -only when you format a buffer. Now that the @code{texi2dvi} command -exists, there is no little need for this command.)@refill - -@item C-c C-t C-p -@itemx M-x texinfo-tex-print -@findex texinfo-tex-print -Print the file (or the part of the file) previously formatted with -@code{texinfo-tex-buffer} or @code{texinfo-tex-region}.@refill -@end table - -For @code{texinfo-tex-region} or @code{texinfo-tex-buffer} to work, the -file @emph{must} start with a @samp{\input texinfo} line and must -include an @code{@@settitle} line. The file must end with @code{@@bye} -on a line by itself. (When you use @code{texinfo-tex-region}, you must -surround the @code{@@settitle} line with start-of-header and -end-of-header lines.)@refill - -@xref{Format/Print Hardcopy}, for a description of the other @TeX{} related -commands, such as @code{tex-show-print-queue}.@refill - -@node Texinfo Mode Summary, , Printing, Texinfo Mode -@comment node-name, next, previous, up -@section Texinfo Mode Summary - -In Texinfo mode, each set of commands has default keybindings that -begin with the same keys. All the commands that are custom-created -for Texinfo mode begin with @kbd{C-c}. The keys are somewhat -mnemonic.@refill - -@subheading Insert Commands - -The insert commands are invoked by typing @kbd{C-c} twice and then the -first letter of the @@-command to be inserted. (It might make more -sense mnemonically to use @kbd{C-c C-i}, for `custom insert', but -@kbd{C-c C-c} is quick to type.)@refill - -@example -C-c C-c c @r{Insert} @samp{@@code}. -C-c C-c d @r{Insert} @samp{@@dfn}. -C-c C-c e @r{Insert} @samp{@@end}. -C-c C-c i @r{Insert} @samp{@@item}. -C-c C-c n @r{Insert} @samp{@@node}. -C-c C-c s @r{Insert} @samp{@@samp}. -C-c C-c v @r{Insert} @samp{@@var}. -C-c C-c @{ @r{Insert braces.} -C-c C-c ] -C-c C-c @} @r{Move out of enclosing braces.} - -@group -C-c C-c C-d @r{Insert a node's section title} - @r{in the space for the description} - @r{in a menu entry line.} -@end group -@end example - -@subheading Show Structure - -The @code{texinfo-show-structure} command is often used within a -narrowed region.@refill - -@example -C-c C-s @r{List all the headings.} -@end example - -@subheading The Master Update Command - -The @code{texinfo-master-menu} command creates a master menu; and can -be used to update every node and menu in a file as well.@refill - -@example -@group -C-c C-u m -M-x texinfo-master-menu - @r{Create or update a master menu.} -@end group - -@group -C-u C-c C-u m @r{With @kbd{C-u} as a prefix argument, first} - @r{create or update all nodes and regular} - @r{menus, and then create a master menu.} -@end group -@end example - -@subheading Update Pointers - -The update pointer commands are invoked by typing @kbd{C-c C-u} and -then either @kbd{C-n} for @code{texinfo-update-node} or @kbd{C-e} for -@code{texinfo-every-node-update}.@refill - -@example -C-c C-u C-n @r{Update a node.} -C-c C-u C-e @r{Update every node in the buffer.} -@end example - -@subheading Update Menus - -Invoke the update menu commands by typing @kbd{C-c C-u} -and then either @kbd{C-m} for @code{texinfo-make-menu} or -@kbd{C-a} for @code{texinfo-all-menus-update}. To update -both nodes and menus at the same time, precede @kbd{C-c C-u -C-a} with @kbd{C-u}.@refill - -@example -C-c C-u C-m @r{Make or update a menu.} - -@group -C-c C-u C-a @r{Make or update all} - @r{menus in a buffer.} -@end group - -@group -C-u C-c C-u C-a @r{With @kbd{C-u} as a prefix argument,} - @r{first create or update all nodes and} - @r{then create or update all menus.} -@end group -@end example - -@subheading Format for Info - -The Info formatting commands that are written in Emacs Lisp are -invoked by typing @kbd{C-c C-e} and then either @kbd{C-r} for a region -or @kbd{C-b} for the whole buffer.@refill - -The Info formatting commands that are written in C and based on the -@code{makeinfo} program are invoked by typing @kbd{C-c C-m} and then -either @kbd{C-r} for a region or @kbd{C-b} for the whole buffer.@refill - -@need 800 -@noindent -Use the @code{texinfo-format@dots{}} commands: - -@example -@group -C-c C-e C-r @r{Format the region.} -C-c C-e C-b @r{Format the buffer.} -@end group -@end example - -@need 750 -@noindent -Use @code{makeinfo}: - -@example -C-c C-m C-r @r{Format the region.} -C-c C-m C-b @r{Format the buffer.} -C-c C-m C-l @r{Recenter the @code{makeinfo} output buffer.} -C-c C-m C-k @r{Kill the @code{makeinfo} formatting job.} -@end example - -@subheading Typeset and Print - -The @TeX{} typesetting and printing commands are invoked by typing -@kbd{C-c C-t} and then another control command: @kbd{C-r} for -@code{texinfo-tex-region}, @kbd{C-b} for @code{texinfo-tex-buffer}, -and so on.@refill - -@example -C-c C-t C-r @r{Run @TeX{} on the region.} -C-c C-t C-b @r{Run} @code{texi2dvi} @r{on the buffer.} -C-c C-t C-i @r{Run} @code{texindex}. -C-c C-t C-p @r{Print the @sc{dvi} file.} -C-c C-t C-q @r{Show the print queue.} -C-c C-t C-d @r{Delete a job from the print queue.} -C-c C-t C-k @r{Kill the current @TeX{} formatting job.} -C-c C-t C-x @r{Quit a currently stopped @TeX{} formatting job.} -C-c C-t C-l @r{Recenter the output buffer.} -@end example - -@subheading Other Updating Commands - -The `other updating commands' do not have standard keybindings because -they are rarely used. - -@example -@group -M-x texinfo-insert-node-lines - @r{Insert missing @code{@@node} lines in region.} - @r{With @kbd{C-u} as a prefix argument,} - @r{use section titles as node names.} -@end group - -@group -M-x texinfo-multiple-files-update - @r{Update a multi-file document.} - @r{With @kbd{C-u 2} as a prefix argument,} - @r{create or update all nodes and menus} - @r{in all included files first.} -@end group - -@group -M-x texinfo-indent-menu-description - @r{Indent descriptions.} -@end group - -@group -M-x texinfo-sequential-node-update - @r{Insert node pointers in strict sequence.} -@end group -@end example - -@node Beginning a File, Ending a File, Texinfo Mode, Top -@comment node-name, next, previous, up -@chapter Beginning a Texinfo File -@cindex Beginning a Texinfo file -@cindex Texinfo file beginning -@cindex File beginning - -Certain pieces of information must be provided at the beginning of a -Texinfo file, such as the name of the file and the title of the -document.@refill - -@menu -* Four Parts:: Four parts begin a Texinfo file. -* Sample Beginning:: Here is a sample beginning for a Texinfo file. -* Header:: The very beginning of a Texinfo file. -* Info Summary and Permissions:: Summary and copying permissions for Info. -* Titlepage & Copyright Page:: Creating the title and copyright pages. -* The Top Node:: Creating the `Top' node and master menu. -* Software Copying Permissions:: Ensure that you and others continue to - have the right to use and share software. -@end menu - -@node Four Parts, Sample Beginning, Beginning a File, Beginning a File -@ifinfo -@heading Four Parts Begin a File -@end ifinfo - -Generally, the beginning of a Texinfo file has four parts:@refill - -@enumerate -@item -The header, delimited by special comment lines, that includes the -commands for naming the Texinfo file and telling @TeX{} what -definitions' file to use when processing the Texinfo file.@refill - -@item -A short statement of what the file is about, with a copyright notice -and copying permissions. This is enclosed in @code{@@ifinfo} and -@code{@@end ifinfo} commands so that the formatters place it only -in the Info file.@refill - -@item -A title page and copyright page, with a copyright notice and copying -permissions. This is enclosed between @code{@@titlepage} and -@code{@@end titlepage} commands. The title and copyright page appear -only in the printed @w{manual}.@refill - -@item -The `Top' node that contains a menu for the whole Info file. The -contents of this node appear only in the Info file.@refill -@end enumerate - -Also, optionally, you may include the copying conditions for a program -and a warranty disclaimer. The copying section will be followed by an -introduction or else by the first chapter of the manual.@refill - -Since the copyright notice and copying permissions for the Texinfo -document (in contrast to the copying permissions for a program) are in -parts that appear only in the Info file or only in the printed manual, -this information must be given twice.@refill - -@node Sample Beginning, Header, Four Parts, Beginning a File -@comment node-name, next, previous, up -@section Sample Texinfo File Beginning - -The following sample shows what is needed.@refill - -@example -\input texinfo @@c -*-texinfo-*- -@@c %**start of header -@@setfilename @var{name-of-info-file} -@@settitle @var{name-of-manual} -@@setchapternewpage odd -@@c %**end of header - -@@ifinfo -This file documents @dots{} - -Copyright @var{year} @var{copyright-owner} - -@group -Permission is granted to @dots{} -@@end ifinfo -@end group - -@group -@@c This title page illustrates only one of the -@@c two methods of forming a title page. -@end group - -@group -@@titlepage -@@title @var{name-of-manual-when-printed} -@@subtitle @var{subtitle-if-any} -@@subtitle @var{second-subtitle} -@@author @var{author} -@end group - -@group -@@c The following two commands -@@c start the copyright page. -@@page -@@vskip 0pt plus 1filll -Copyright @@copyright@{@} @var{year} @var{copyright-owner} -@end group - -Published by @dots{} - -Permission is granted to @dots{} -@@end titlepage - -@@node Top, Overview, (dir), (dir) - -@@ifinfo -This document describes @dots{} - -This document applies to version @dots{} -of the program named @dots{} -@@end ifinfo - -@group -@@menu -* Copying:: Your rights and freedoms. -* First Chapter:: Getting started @dots{} -* Second Chapter:: @dots{} - @dots{} - @dots{} -@@end menu -@end group - -@group -@@node First Chapter, Second Chapter, top, top -@@comment node-name, next, previous, up -@@chapter First Chapter -@@cindex Index entry for First Chapter -@end group -@end example - -@node Header, Info Summary and Permissions, Sample Beginning, Beginning a File -@comment node-name, next, previous, up -@section The Texinfo File Header -@cindex Header for Texinfo files -@cindex Texinfo file header - -Texinfo files start with at least three lines that provide Info and -@TeX{} with necessary information. These are the @code{\input -texinfo} line, the @code{@@settitle} line, and the -@code{@@setfilename} line. If you want to run @TeX{} on just a part -of the Texinfo File, you must write the @code{@@settitle} -and @code{@@setfilename} lines between start-of-header and end-of-header -lines.@refill - -Thus, the beginning of a Texinfo file looks like this: - -@example -@group -\input texinfo @@c -*-texinfo-*- -@@setfilename sample.info -@@settitle Sample Document -@end group -@end example - -@noindent -or else like this: - -@example -@group -\input texinfo @@c -*-texinfo-*- -@@c %**start of header -@@setfilename sample.info -@@settitle Sample Document -@@c %**end of header -@end group -@end example - -@menu -* First Line:: The first line of a Texinfo file. -* Start of Header:: Formatting a region requires this. -* setfilename:: Tell Info the name of the Info file. -* settitle:: Create a title for the printed work. -* setchapternewpage:: Start chapters on right-hand pages. -* paragraphindent:: An option to specify paragraph indentation. -* End of Header:: Formatting a region requires this. -@end menu - -@node First Line, Start of Header, Header, Header -@comment node-name, next, previous, up -@subsection The First Line of a Texinfo File -@cindex First line of a Texinfo file -@cindex Beginning line of a Texinfo file -@cindex Header of a Texinfo file - -Every Texinfo file that is to be the top-level input to @TeX{} must begin -with a line that looks like this:@refill - -@example -\input texinfo @@c -*-texinfo-*- -@end example - -@noindent -This line serves two functions: - -@enumerate -@item -When the file is processed by @TeX{}, the @code{\input texinfo} command -tells @TeX{} to load the macros needed for processing a Texinfo file. -These are in a file called @file{texinfo.tex}, which is usually located -in the @file{/usr/lib/tex/macros} directory. @TeX{} uses the backslash, -@samp{\}, to mark the beginning of a command, just as Texinfo uses -@code{@@}. The @file{texinfo.tex} file causes the switch from @samp{\} -to @samp{@@}; before the switch occurs, @TeX{} requires @samp{\}, which -is why it appears at the beginning of the file.@refill - -@item -When the file is edited in GNU Emacs, the @samp{-*-texinfo-*-} mode -specification tells Emacs to use Texinfo mode.@refill -@end enumerate - -@node Start of Header, setfilename, First Line, Header -@comment node-name, next, previous, up -@subsection Start of Header -@cindex Start of header line - -Write a start-of-header line on the second line of a Texinfo file. -Follow the start-of-header line with @code{@@setfilename} and -@code{@@settitle} lines and, optionally, with other command lines, such -as @code{@@smallbook} or @code{@@footnotestyle}; and then by an -end-of-header line (@pxref{End of Header}).@refill - -With these lines, you can format part of a Texinfo file for Info or -typeset part for printing.@refill - -A start-of-header line looks like this:@refill - -@example -@@c %**start of header -@end example - -The odd string of characters, @samp{%**}, is to ensure that no other -comment is accidentally taken for a start-of-header line.@refill - -@node setfilename, settitle, Start of Header, Header -@comment node-name, next, previous, up -@subsection @code{@@setfilename} -@cindex Info file requires @code{@@setfilename} -@findex setfilename - -In order to serve as the primary input file for either @code{makeinfo} -or @TeX{}, a Texinfo file must contain a line that looks like this: - -@example -@@setfilename @var{info-file-name} -@end example - -Write the @code{@@setfilename} command at the beginning of a line and -follow it on the same line by the Info file name. Do not write -anything else on the line; anything on the line after the command is -considered part of the file name, including a comment.@refill - -The @code{@@setfilename} line specifies the name of the Info file to be -generated. This name should be different from the name of the Texinfo -file. There are two conventions for choosing the name: you can either -remove the @samp{.tex} extension from the input file name, or replace it -with the @samp{.info} extension. - -Some operating systems cannot handle long file names. You can run into -a problem even when the file name you specify is itself short enough. -This occurs because the Info formatters split a long Info file into -short indirect subfiles, and name them by appending `-1', `-2', @dots{}, -`-10', `-11', and so on, to the original file name. (@xref{Tag and -Split Files, , Tag Files and Split Files}.) The subfile name -@file{texinfo.info-10}, for example, is too long for some systems; so -the Info file name for this document is @file{texinfo} rather than -@file{texinfo.info}.@refill - -The Info formatting commands ignore everything written before the -@code{@@setfilename} line, which is why the very first line of -the file (the @code{\input} line) does not need to be commented out. - -The @code{@@setfilename} line produces no output when you typeset a -printed manual, but is does an essential job: it opens the index, -cross-reference, and other auxiliary files used by Texinfo. - -@node settitle, setchapternewpage, setfilename, Header -@comment node-name, next, previous, up -@subsection @code{@@settitle} -@findex settitle - -In order to be made into a printed manual, a Texinfo file must contain -a line that looks like this:@refill - -@example -@@settitle @var{title} -@end example - -Write the @code{@@settitle} command at the beginning of a line and -follow it on the same line by the title. This tells @TeX{} the title -to use in a header or footer. Do not write anything else on the line; -anything on the line after the command is considered part of the -title, including a comment.@refill - -Conventionally, when @TeX{} formats a Texinfo file for double-sided -output, the title is printed in the left-hand (even-numbered) page -headings and the current chapter title is printed in the right-hand -(odd-numbered) page headings. (@TeX{} learns the title of each chapter -from each @code{@@chapter} command.) Page footers are not -printed.@refill - -Even if you are printing in a single-sided style, @TeX{} looks for an -@code{@@settitle} command line, in case you include the manual title -in the heading. @refill - -The @code{@@settitle} command should precede everything that generates -actual output in @TeX{}.@refill - -Although the title in the @code{@@settitle} command is usually the -same as the title on the title page, it does not affect the title as -it appears on the title page. Thus, the two do not need not match -exactly; and the title in the @code{@@settitle} command can be a -shortened or expanded version of the title as it appears on the title -page. (@xref{titlepage, , @code{@@titlepage}}.)@refill - -@TeX{} prints page headings only for that text that comes after the -@code{@@end titlepage} command in the Texinfo file, or that comes -after an @code{@@headings} command that turns on headings. -(@xref{headings on off, , The @code{@@headings} Command}, for more -information.)@refill - -You may, if you wish, create your own, customized headings and -footings. @xref{Headings, , Page Headings}, for a detailed discussion -of this process.@refill - -@node setchapternewpage, paragraphindent, settitle, Header -@comment node-name, next, previous, up -@subsection @code{@@setchapternewpage} -@cindex Starting chapters -@cindex Pages, starting odd -@findex setchapternewpage - -In a book or a manual, text is usually printed on both sides of the -paper, chapters start on right-hand pages, and right-hand pages have -odd numbers. But in short reports, text often is printed only on one -side of the paper. Also in short reports, chapters sometimes do not -start on new pages, but are printed on the same page as the end of the -preceding chapter, after a small amount of vertical whitespace.@refill - -You can use the @code{@@setchapternewpage} command with various -arguments to specify how @TeX{} should start chapters and whether it -should typeset pages for printing on one or both sides of the paper -(single-sided or double-sided printing).@refill - -Write the @code{@@setchapternewpage} command at the beginning of a -line followed by its argument.@refill - -For example, you would write the following to cause each chapter to -start on a fresh odd-numbered page:@refill - -@example -@@setchapternewpage odd -@end example - -You can specify one of three alternatives with the -@code{@@setchapternewpage} command:@refill - -@table @asis -@ignore -@item No @code{@@setchapternewpage} command -If the Texinfo file does not contain an @code{@@setchapternewpage} -command before the @code{@@titlepage} command, @TeX{} automatically -begins chapters on new pages and prints headings in the standard -format for single-sided printing. This is the conventional format for -single-sided printing.@refill - -The result is exactly the same as when you write -@code{@@setchapternewpage on}.@refill -@end ignore -@item @code{@@setchapternewpage off} -Cause @TeX{} to typeset a new chapter on the same page as the last -chapter, after skipping some vertical whitespace. Also, cause @TeX{} to -format page headers for single-sided printing. (You can override the -headers format with the @code{@@headings double} command; see -@ref{headings on off, , The @code{@@headings} Command}.)@refill - -@item @code{@@setchapternewpage on} -Cause @TeX{} to start new chapters on new pages and to typeset page -headers for single-sided printing. This is the form most often -used for short reports.@refill - -This alternative is the default.@refill - -@item @code{@@setchapternewpage odd} -Cause @TeX{} to start new chapters on new, odd-numbered pages -(right-handed pages) and to typeset for double-sided printing. This is -the form most often used for books and manuals.@refill -@end table - -@noindent -Texinfo does not have an @code{@@setchapternewpage even} command.@refill - -@noindent -(You can countermand or modify an @code{@@setchapternewpage} command -with an @code{@@headings} command. @xref{headings on off, , The -@code{@@headings} Command}.)@refill - -At the beginning of a manual or book, pages are not numbered---for -example, the title and copyright pages of a book are not numbered. -By convention, table of contents pages are numbered with roman -numerals and not in sequence with the rest of the document.@refill - -Since an Info file does not have pages, the @code{@@setchapternewpage} -command has no effect on it.@refill - -Usually, you do not write an @code{@@setchapternewpage} command for -single-sided printing, but accept the default which is to typeset for -single-sided printing and to start new chapters on new pages. Usually, -you write an @code{@@setchapternewpage odd} command for double-sided -printing.@refill - -@node paragraphindent, End of Header, setchapternewpage, Header -@comment node-name, next, previous, up -@subsection Paragraph Indenting -@cindex Indenting paragraphs -@cindex Paragraph indentation -@findex paragraphindent - -The Info formatting commands may insert spaces at the beginning of the -first line of each paragraph, thereby indenting that paragraph. You -can use the @code{@@paragraphindent} command to specify the -indentation. Write an @code{@@paragraphindent} command at the -beginning of a line followed by either @samp{asis} or a number. The -template is:@refill - -@example -@@paragraphindent @var{indent} -@end example - -The Info formatting commands indent according to the value of -@var{indent}:@refill - -@itemize @bullet -@item -If the value of @var{indent} is @samp{asis}, the Info formatting -commands do not change the existing indentation.@refill - -@item -If the value of @var{indent} is 0, the Info formatting commands delete -existing indentation.@refill - -@item -If the value of @var{indent} is greater than 0, the Info formatting -commands indent the paragraph by that number of spaces.@refill -@end itemize - -The default value of @var{indent} is @samp{asis}.@refill - -Write the @code{@@paragraphindent} command before or shortly after the -end-of-header line at the beginning of a Texinfo file. (If you write -the command between the start-of-header and end-of-header lines, the -region formatting commands indent paragraphs as specified.)@refill - -A peculiarity of the @code{texinfo-format-buffer} and -@code{texinfo-format-region} commands is that they do not indent (nor -fill) paragraphs that contain @code{@@w} or @code{@@*} commands. -@xref{Refilling Paragraphs}, for a detailed description of what goes -on.@refill - -@node End of Header, , paragraphindent, Header -@comment node-name, next, previous, up -@subsection End of Header -@cindex End of header line - -Follow the header lines with an @w{end-of-header} line. -An end-of-header line looks like this:@refill - -@example -@@c %**end of header -@end example - -If you include the @code{@@setchapternewpage} command between the -start-of-header and end-of-header lines, @TeX{} will typeset a region as -that command specifies. Similarly, if you include an @code{@@smallbook} -command between the start-of-header and end-of-header lines, @TeX{} will -typeset a region in the ``small'' book format.@refill - -@ifinfo -The reason for the odd string of characters (@samp{%**}) is so that the -@code{texinfo-tex-region} command does not accidentally find -something that it should not when it is looking for the header.@refill - -The start-of-header line and the end-of-header line are Texinfo mode -variables that you can change.@refill -@end ifinfo - -@iftex -@xref{Start of Header}. -@end iftex - -@node Info Summary and Permissions, Titlepage & Copyright Page, Header, Beginning a File -@comment node-name, next, previous, up -@section Summary and Copying Permissions for Info - -The title page and the copyright page appear only in the printed copy of -the manual; therefore, the same information must be inserted in a -section that appears only in the Info file. This section usually -contains a brief description of the contents of the Info file, a -copyright notice, and copying permissions.@refill - -The copyright notice should read:@refill - -@example -Copyright @var{year} @var{copyright-owner} -@end example - -@noindent -and be put on a line by itself.@refill - -Standard text for the copyright permissions is contained in an appendix -to this manual; see @ref{ifinfo Permissions, , @samp{ifinfo} Copying -Permissions}, for the complete text.@refill - -The permissions text appears in an Info file @emph{before} the first -node. This mean that a reader does @emph{not} see this text when -reading the file using Info, except when using the advanced Info command -@kbd{g *}. - -@node Titlepage & Copyright Page, The Top Node, Info Summary and Permissions, Beginning a File -@comment node-name, next, previous, up -@section The Title and Copyright Pages - -A manual's name and author are usually printed on a title page. -Sometimes copyright information is printed on the title page as well; -more often, copyright information is printed on the back of the title -page. - -The title and copyright pages appear in the printed manual, but not in the -Info file. Because of this, it is possible to use several slightly -obscure @TeX{} typesetting commands that cannot be used in an Info file. -In addition, this part of the beginning of a Texinfo file contains the text -of the copying permissions that will appear in the printed manual.@refill - -@xref{Titlepage Permissions, , Titlepage Copying Permissions}, for the -standard text for the copyright permissions.@refill - -@menu -* titlepage:: Create a title for the printed document. -* titlefont center sp:: The @code{@@titlefont}, @code{@@center}, - and @code{@@sp} commands. -* title subtitle author:: The @code{@@title}, @code{@@subtitle}, - and @code{@@author} commands. -* Copyright & Permissions:: How to write the copyright notice and - include copying permissions. -* end titlepage:: Turn on page headings after the title and - copyright pages. -* headings on off:: An option for turning headings on and off - and double or single sided printing. -@end menu - -@node titlepage, titlefont center sp, Titlepage & Copyright Page, Titlepage & Copyright Page -@comment node-name, next, previous, up -@subsection @code{@@titlepage} -@cindex Title page -@findex titlepage - -Start the material for the title page and following copyright page -with @code{@@titlepage} on a line by itself and end it with -@code{@@end titlepage} on a line by itself.@refill - -The @code{@@end titlepage} command starts a new page and turns on page -numbering. (@xref{Headings, , Page Headings}, for details about how to -generate page headings.) All the material that you want to -appear on unnumbered pages should be put between the -@code{@@titlepage} and @code{@@end titlepage} commands. By using the -@code{@@page} command you can force a page break within the region -delineated by the @code{@@titlepage} and @code{@@end titlepage} -commands and thereby create more than one unnumbered page. This is -how the copyright page is produced. (The @code{@@titlepage} command -might perhaps have been better named the -@code{@@titleandadditionalpages} command, but that would have been -rather long!)@refill - -@c !!! append refill to footnote when makeinfo can handle it. -When you write a manual about a computer program, you should write the -version of the program to which the manual applies on the title -page. If the manual changes more frequently than the program or is -independent of it, you should also include an edition -number@footnote{We have found that it is helpful to refer to versions -of manuals as `editions' and versions of programs as `versions'; -otherwise, we find we are liable to confuse each other in conversation -by referring to both the documentation and the software with the same -words.} for the manual. This helps readers keep track of which manual -is for which version of the program. (The `Top' node -should also contain this information; see @ref{makeinfo top, , -@code{@@top}}.)@refill - -Texinfo provides two main methods for creating a title page. One method -uses the @code{@@titlefont}, @code{@@sp}, and @code{@@center} commands -to generate a title page in which the words on the page are -centered.@refill - -The second method uses the @code{@@title}, @code{@@subtitle}, and -@code{@@author} commands to create a title page with black rules under -the title and author lines and the subtitle text set flush to the -right hand side of the page. With this method, you do not specify any -of the actual formatting of the title page. You specify the text -you want, and Texinfo does the formatting. You may use either -method.@refill - -@findex shorttitlepage -For extremely simple applications, Texinfo also provides a command -@code{@@shorttitlepage} which takes a single argument as the title. -The argument is typeset on a page by itself and followed by a blank -page. - - -@node titlefont center sp, title subtitle author, titlepage, Titlepage & Copyright Page -@comment node-name, next, previous, up -@subsection @code{@@titlefont}, @code{@@center}, and @code{@@sp} -@findex titlefont -@findex center -@findex sp @r{(titlepage line spacing)} - -You can use the @code{@@titlefont}, @code{@@sp}, and @code{@@center} -commands to create a title page for a printed document. (This is the -first of the two methods for creating a title page in Texinfo.)@refill - -Use the @code{@@titlefont} command to select a large font suitable for -the title itself.@refill - -@need 700 -For example: - -@example -@@titlefont@{Texinfo@} -@end example - -Use the @code{@@center} command at the beginning of a line to center -the remaining text on that line. Thus,@refill - -@example -@@center @@titlefont@{Texinfo@} -@end example - -@noindent -centers the title, which in this example is ``Texinfo'' printed -in the title font.@refill - -Use the @code{@@sp} command to insert vertical space. For example:@refill - -@example -@@sp 2 -@end example - -@noindent -This inserts two blank lines on the printed page. (@xref{sp, , -@code{@@sp}}, for more information about the @code{@@sp} -command.)@refill - -A template for this method looks like this:@refill - -@example -@group -@@titlepage -@@sp 10 -@@center @@titlefont@{@var{name-of-manual-when-printed}@} -@@sp 2 -@@center @var{subtitle-if-any} -@@sp 2 -@@center @var{author} -@dots{} -@@end titlepage -@end group -@end example - -The spacing of the example fits an 8 1/2 by 11 inch manual.@refill - -@node title subtitle author, Copyright & Permissions, titlefont center sp, Titlepage & Copyright Page -@comment node-name, next, previous, up -@subsection @code{@@title}, @code{@@subtitle}, and @code{@@author} -@findex title -@findex subtitle -@findex author - -You can use the @code{@@title}, @code{@@subtitle}, and @code{@@author} -commands to create a title page in which the vertical and horizontal -spacing is done for you automatically. This contrasts with the method -described in -the previous section, in which the @code{@@sp} command is needed to -adjust vertical spacing.@refill - -Write the @code{@@title}, @code{@@subtitle}, or @code{@@author} -commands at the beginning of a line followed by the title, subtitle, -or author.@refill - -The @code{@@title} command produces a line in which the title is set -flush to the left-hand side of the page in a larger than normal font. -The title is underlined with a black rule.@refill - -The @code{@@subtitle} command sets subtitles in a normal-sized font -flush to the right-hand side of the page.@refill - -The @code{@@author} command sets the names of the author or authors in -a middle-sized font flush to the left-hand side of the page on a line -near the bottom of the title page. The names are underlined with a -black rule that is thinner than the rule that underlines the title. -(The black rule only occurs if the @code{@@author} command line is -followed by an @code{@@page} command line.)@refill - -There are two ways to use the @code{@@author} command: you can write -the name or names on the remaining part of the line that starts with -an @code{@@author} command:@refill - -@example -@@author by Jane Smith and John Doe -@end example - -@noindent -or you can write the names one above each other by using two (or more) -@code{@@author} commands:@refill - -@example -@group -@@author Jane Smith -@@author John Doe -@end group -@end example - -@noindent -(Only the bottom name is underlined with a black rule.)@refill - -@need 950 -A template for this method looks like this:@refill - -@example -@group -@@titlepage -@@title @var{name-of-manual-when-printed} -@@subtitle @var{subtitle-if-any} -@@subtitle @var{second-subtitle} -@@author @var{author} -@@page -@dots{} -@@end titlepage -@end group -@end example - -@ifinfo -@noindent -Contrast this form with the form of a title page written using the -@code{@@sp}, @code{@@center}, and @code{@@titlefont} commands:@refill - -@example -@@titlepage -@@sp 10 -@@center @@titlefont@{Name of Manual When Printed@} -@@sp 2 -@@center Subtitle, If Any -@@sp 1 -@@center Second subtitle -@@sp 2 -@@center Author -@@page -@dots{} -@@end titlepage -@end example -@end ifinfo - -@node Copyright & Permissions, end titlepage, title subtitle author, Titlepage & Copyright Page -@comment node-name, next, previous, up -@subsection Copyright Page and Permissions -@cindex Copyright page -@cindex Printed permissions -@cindex Permissions, printed - -By international treaty, the copyright notice for a book should be -either on the title page or on the back of the title page. The -copyright notice should include the year followed by the name of the -organization or person who owns the copyright.@refill - -When the copyright notice is on the back of the title page, that page -is customarily not numbered. Therefore, in Texinfo, the information -on the copyright page should be within @code{@@titlepage} and -@code{@@end titlepage} commands.@refill - -@findex vskip -@findex filll -@cindex Vertical whitespace (@samp{vskip}) -Use the @code{@@page} command to cause a page break. To push the -copyright notice and the other text on the copyright page towards the -bottom of the page, you can write a somewhat mysterious line after the -@code{@@page} command that reads like this:@refill - -@example -@@vskip 0pt plus 1filll -@end example - -@noindent -This is a @TeX{} command that is not supported by the Info formatting -commands. The @code{@@vskip} command inserts whitespace. The -@samp{0pt plus 1filll} means to put in zero points of mandatory whitespace, -and as much optional whitespace as needed to push the -following text to the bottom of the page. Note the use of three -@samp{l}s in the word @samp{filll}; this is the correct usage in -@TeX{}.@refill - -@findex copyright -In a printed manual, the @code{@@copyright@{@}} command generates a -@samp{c} inside a circle. (In Info, it generates @samp{(C)}.) The -copyright notice itself has the following legally defined sequence:@refill - -@example -Copyright @copyright{} @var{year} @var{copyright-owner} -@end example - -It is customary to put information on how to get a manual after the -copyright notice, followed by the copying permissions for the -manual.@refill - -Note that permissions must be given here as well as in the summary -segment within @code{@@ifinfo} and @code{@@end ifinfo} that -immediately follows the header since this text appears only in the -printed manual and the @samp{ifinfo} text appears only in the Info -file.@refill - -@xref{Sample Permissions}, for the standard text.@refill - -@node end titlepage, headings on off, Copyright & Permissions, Titlepage & Copyright Page -@comment node-name, next, previous, up -@subsection Heading Generation -@findex end titlepage -@cindex Headings, page, begin to appear -@cindex Titlepage end starts headings -@cindex End titlepage starts headings - -An @code{@@end titlepage} command on a line by itself not only marks -the end of the title and copyright pages, but also causes @TeX{} to start -generating page headings and page numbers. - -To repeat what is said elsewhere, Texinfo has two standard page heading -formats, one for documents which are printed on one side of each sheet of paper -(single-sided printing), and the other for documents which are printed on both -sides of each sheet (double-sided printing). -(@xref{setchapternewpage, ,@code{@@setchapternewpage}}.) -You can specify these formats in different ways:@refill - -@itemize @bullet -@item -The conventional way is to write an @code{@@setchapternewpage} command -before the title page commands, and then have the @code{@@end -titlepage} command start generating page headings in the manner desired. -(@xref{setchapternewpage, , @code{@@setchapternewpage}}.)@refill - -@item -Alternatively, you can use the @code{@@headings} command to prevent page -headings from being generated or to start them for either single or -double-sided printing. (Write an @code{@@headings} command immediately -after the @code{@@end titlepage} command. @xref{headings on off, , The -@code{@@headings} Command}, for more information.)@refill - -@item -Or, you may specify your own page heading and footing format. -@xref{Headings, , Page Headings}, for detailed -information about page headings and footings.@refill -@end itemize - -Most documents are formatted with the standard single-sided or -double-sided format, using @code{@@setchapternewpage odd} for -double-sided printing and no @code{@@setchapternewpage} command for -single-sided printing.@refill - -@node headings on off, , end titlepage, Titlepage & Copyright Page -@comment node-name, next, previous, up -@subsection The @code{@@headings} Command -@findex headings - -The @code{@@headings} command is rarely used. It specifies what kind of -page headings and footings to print on each page. Usually, this is -controlled by the @code{@@setchapternewpage} command. You need the -@code{@@headings} command only if the @code{@@setchapternewpage} command -does not do what you want, or if you want to turn off pre-defined page -headings prior to defining your own. Write an @code{@@headings} command -immediately after the @code{@@end titlepage} command.@refill - -You can use @code{@@headings} as follows:@refill - -@table @code -@item @@headings off -Turn off printing of page headings.@refill - -@item @@headings single -Turn on page headings appropriate for single-sided printing. -@refill - -@item @@headings double -Turn on page headings appropriate for double-sided printing. The two -commands, @code{@@headings on} and @code{@@headings double}, are -synonymous.@refill - -@item @@headings singleafter -@itemx @@headings doubleafter -Turn on @code{single} or @code{double} headings, respectively, after the -current page is output. - -@item @@headings on -Turn on page headings: @code{single} if @samp{@@setchapternewpage -on}, @code{double} otherwise. -@end table - -For example, suppose you write @code{@@setchapternewpage off} before the -@code{@@titlepage} command to tell @TeX{} to start a new chapter on the -same page as the end of the last chapter. This command also causes -@TeX{} to typeset page headers for single-sided printing. To cause -@TeX{} to typeset for double sided printing, write @code{@@headings -double} after the @code{@@end titlepage} command. - -You can stop @TeX{} from generating any page headings at all by -writing @code{@@headings off} on a line of its own immediately after the -line containing the @code{@@end titlepage} command, like this:@refill - -@example -@@end titlepage -@@headings off -@end example - -@noindent -The @code{@@headings off} command overrides the @code{@@end titlepage} -command, which would otherwise cause @TeX{} to print page -headings.@refill - -You can also specify your own style of page heading and footing. -@xref{Headings, , Page Headings}, for more information.@refill - -@node The Top Node, Software Copying Permissions, Titlepage & Copyright Page, Beginning a File -@comment node-name, next, previous, up -@section The `Top' Node and Master Menu -@cindex @samp{@r{Top}} node -@cindex Master menu -@cindex Node, `Top' - -The `Top' node is the node from which you enter an Info file.@refill - -A `Top' node should contain a brief description of the Info file and an -extensive, master menu for the whole Info file. -This helps the reader understand what the Info file is -about. Also, you should write the version number of the program to -which the Info file applies; or, at least, the edition number.@refill - -The contents of the `Top' node should appear only in the Info file; none -of it should appear in printed output, so enclose it between -@code{@@ifinfo} and @code{@@end ifinfo} commands. (@TeX{} does not -print either an @code{@@node} line or a menu; they appear only in Info; -strictly speaking, you are not required to enclose these parts between -@code{@@ifinfo} and @code{@@end ifinfo}, but it is simplest to do so. -@xref{Conditionals, , Conditionally Visible Text}.)@refill - -@menu -* Title of Top Node:: Sketch what the file is about. -* Master Menu Parts:: A master menu has three or more parts. -@end menu - -@node Title of Top Node, Master Menu Parts, The Top Node, The Top Node -@ifinfo -@subheading `Top' Node Title -@end ifinfo - -Sometimes, you will want to place an @code{@@top} sectioning command -line containing the title of the document immediately after the -@code{@@node Top} line (@pxref{makeinfo top command, , The @code{@@top} -Sectioning Command}, for more information).@refill - -For example, the beginning of the Top node of this manual contains an -@code{@@top} sectioning command, a short description, and edition and -version information. It looks like this:@refill - -@example -@group -@dots{} -@@end titlepage - -@@ifinfo -@@node Top, Copying, (dir), (dir) -@@top Texinfo - -Texinfo is a documentation system@dots{} -@end group - -@group -This is edition@dots{} -@dots{} -@@end ifinfo -@end group - -@group -@@menu -* Copying:: Texinfo is freely - redistributable. -* Overview:: What is Texinfo? -@dots{} -@end group -@@end menu -@end example - -In a `Top' node, the `Previous', and `Up' nodes usually refer to the top -level directory of the whole Info system, which is called @samp{(dir)}. -The `Next' node refers to the first node that follows the main or master -menu, which is usually the copying permissions, introduction, or first -chapter.@refill - -@node Master Menu Parts, , Title of Top Node, The Top Node -@subsection Parts of a Master Menu -@cindex Master menu parts -@cindex Parts of a master menu - -A @dfn{master menu} is a detailed main menu listing all the nodes in a -file. - -A master menu is enclosed in @code{@@menu} and @code{@@end menu} -commands and does not appear in the printed document.@refill - -Generally, a master menu is divided into parts.@refill - -@itemize @bullet -@item -The first part contains the major nodes in the Texinfo file: the nodes -for the chapters, chapter-like sections, and the appendices.@refill - -@item -The second part contains nodes for the indices.@refill - -@item -The third and subsequent parts contain a listing of the other, lower -level nodes, often ordered by chapter. This way, rather than go -through an intermediary menu, an inquirer can go directly to a -particular node when searching for specific information. These menu -items are not required; add them if you think they are a -convenience. If you do use them, put @code{@@detailmenu} before the -first one, and @code{@@end detailmenu} after the last; otherwise, -@code{makeinfo} will get confused. -@end itemize - -Each section in the menu can be introduced by a descriptive line. So -long as the line does not begin with an asterisk, it will not be -treated as a menu entry. (@xref{Writing a Menu}, for more -information.)@refill - -For example, the master menu for this manual looks like the following -(but has many more entries):@refill - -@example -@group -@@menu -* Copying:: Texinfo is freely - redistributable. -* Overview:: What is Texinfo? -* Texinfo Mode:: Special features in GNU Emacs. -@dots{} -@dots{} -@end group -@group -* Command and Variable Index:: - An entry for each @@-command. -* Concept Index:: An entry for each concept. -@end group - -@group -@@detailmenu - --- The Detailed Node Listing --- - -Overview of Texinfo - -* Info Files:: What is an Info file? -* Printed Manuals:: Characteristics of - a printed manual. -@dots{} -@dots{} -@end group - -@group -Using Texinfo Mode - -* Info on a Region:: Formatting part of a file - for Info. -@dots{} -@dots{} -@@end detailmenu -@@end menu -@end group -@end example - -@node Software Copying Permissions, , The Top Node, Beginning a File -@comment node-name, next, previous, up -@section Software Copying Permissions -@cindex Software copying permissions -@cindex Copying software -@cindex Distribution -@cindex License agreement - -If the Texinfo file has a section containing the ``General Public -License'' and the distribution information and a warranty disclaimer -for the software that is documented, this section usually follows the -`Top' node. The General Public License is very important to Project -GNU software. It ensures that you and others will continue to have a -right to use and share the software.@refill - -The copying and distribution information and the disclaimer are -followed by an introduction or else by the first chapter of the -manual.@refill - -@cindex Introduction, as part of file -Although an introduction is not a required part of a Texinfo file, it -is very helpful. Ideally, it should state clearly and concisely what -the file is about and who would be interested in reading it. In -general, an introduction would follow the licensing and distribution -information, although sometimes people put it earlier in the document. -Usually, an introduction is put in an @code{@@unnumbered} section. -(@xref{unnumbered & appendix, , The @code{@@unnumbered} and -@code{@@appendix} Commands}.)@refill - -@node Ending a File, Structuring, Beginning a File, Top -@comment node-name, next, previous, up -@chapter Ending a Texinfo File -@cindex Ending a Texinfo file -@cindex Texinfo file ending -@cindex File ending -@findex bye - -The end of a Texinfo file should include the commands that create -indices and generate detailed and summary tables of contents. -And it must include the @code{@@bye} command that marks the last line -processed by @TeX{}.@refill - -@need 700 -For example: - -@example -@@node Concept Index, , Variables Index, Top -@@c node-name, next, previous, up -@@unnumbered Concept Index - -@@printindex cp - -@@contents -@@bye -@end example - -@menu -* Printing Indices & Menus:: How to print an index in hardcopy and - generate index menus in Info. -* Contents:: How to create a table of contents. -* File End:: How to mark the end of a file. -@end menu - -@node Printing Indices & Menus, Contents, Ending a File, Ending a File -@comment node-name, next, previous, up -@section Index Menus and Printing an Index -@findex printindex -@cindex Printing an index -@cindex Indices, printing and menus -@cindex Generating menus with indices -@cindex Menus generated with indices - -To print an index means to include it as part of a manual or Info -file. This does not happen automatically just because you use -@code{@@cindex} or other index-entry generating commands in the -Texinfo file; those just cause the raw data for the index to be -accumulated. To generate an index, you must include the -@code{@@printindex} command at the place in the document where you -want the index to appear. Also, as part of the process of creating a -printed manual, you must run a program called @code{texindex} -(@pxref{Format/Print Hardcopy}) to sort the raw data to produce a sorted -index file. The sorted index file is what is actually used to -print the index.@refill - -Texinfo offers six different types of predefined index: the concept -index, the function index, the variables index, the keystroke index, the -program index, and the data type index (@pxref{Predefined Indices}). Each -index type has a two-letter name: @samp{cp}, @samp{fn}, @samp{vr}, -@samp{ky}, @samp{pg}, and @samp{tp}. You may merge indices, or put them -into separate sections (@pxref{Combining Indices}); or you may define -your own indices (@pxref{New Indices, , Defining New Indices}).@refill - -The @code{@@printindex} command takes a two-letter index name, reads -the corresponding sorted index file and formats it appropriately into -an index.@refill - -@ignore -The two-letter index names are: - -@table @samp -@item cp -concept index -@item fn -function index -@item vr -variable index -@item ky -key index -@item pg -program index -@item tp -data type index -@end table -@end ignore -The @code{@@printindex} command does not generate a chapter heading -for the index. Consequently, you should precede the -@code{@@printindex} command with a suitable section or chapter command -(usually @code{@@unnumbered}) to supply the chapter heading and put -the index into the table of contents. Precede the @code{@@unnumbered} -command with an @code{@@node} line.@refill - -@need 1200 -For example: - -@smallexample -@group -@@node Variable Index, Concept Index, Function Index, Top -@@comment node-name, next, previous, up -@@unnumbered Variable Index - -@@printindex vr -@end group - -@group -@@node Concept Index, , Variable Index, Top -@@comment node-name, next, previous, up -@@unnumbered Concept Index - -@@printindex cp -@end group - -@group -@@summarycontents -@@contents -@@bye -@end group -@end smallexample - -@noindent -(Readers often prefer that the concept index come last in a book, -since that makes it easiest to find.)@refill - -@ignore -In @TeX{}, the @code{@@printindex} command needs a sorted index file -to work from. @TeX{} does not know how to do sorting; this is a -deficiency. @TeX{} writes output files of raw index data; use the -@code{texindex} program to convert these files to sorted index files. -(@xref{Format/Print Hardcopy}, for more information.)@refill -@end ignore -@node Contents, File End, Printing Indices & Menus, Ending a File -@comment node-name, next, previous, up -@section Generating a Table of Contents -@cindex Table of contents -@cindex Contents, Table of -@findex contents -@findex summarycontents -@findex shortcontents - -The @code{@@chapter}, @code{@@section}, and other structuring commands -supply the information to make up a table of contents, but they do not -cause an actual table to appear in the manual. To do this, you must -use the @code{@@contents} and @code{@@summarycontents} -commands:@refill - -@table @code -@item @@contents -Generate a table of contents in a printed manual, including all -chapters, sections, subsections, etc., as well as appendices and -unnumbered chapters. (Headings generated by the @code{@@heading} -series of commands do not appear in the table of contents.) The -@code{@@contents} command should be written on a line by -itself.@refill - -@item @@shortcontents -@itemx @@summarycontents -(@code{@@summarycontents} is a synonym for @code{@@shortcontents}; the -two commands are exactly the same.)@refill - -Generate a short or summary table of contents that lists only the -chapters (and appendices and unnumbered chapters). Omit sections, subsections -and subsubsections. Only a long manual needs a short table -of contents in addition to the full table of contents.@refill - -Write the @code{@@shortcontents} command on a line by itself right -@emph{before} the @code{@@contents} command.@refill -@end table - -The table of contents commands automatically generate a chapter-like -heading at the top of the first table of contents page. Write the table -of contents commands at the very end of a Texinfo file, just before the -@code{@@bye} command, following any index sections---anything in the -Texinfo file after the table of contents commands will be omitted from -the table of contents.@refill - -When you print a manual with a table of contents, the table of -contents are printed last and numbered with roman numerals. You need -to place those pages in their proper place, after the title page, -yourself. (This is the only collating you need to do for a printed -manual. The table of contents is printed last because it is generated -after the rest of the manual is typeset.)@refill - -@need 700 -Here is an example of where to write table of contents commands:@refill - -@example -@group -@var{indices}@dots{} -@@shortcontents -@@contents -@@bye -@end group -@end example - -Since an Info file uses menus instead of tables of contents, the Info -formatting commands ignore the @code{@@contents} and -@code{@@shortcontents} commands.@refill - -@node File End, , Contents, Ending a File -@comment node-name, next, previous, up -@section @code{@@bye} File Ending -@findex bye - -An @code{@@bye} command terminates @TeX{} or Info formatting. None of -the formatting commands see any of the file following @code{@@bye}. -The @code{@@bye} command should be on a line by itself.@refill - -If you wish, you may follow the @code{@@bye} line with notes. These notes -will not be formatted and will not appear in either Info or a printed -manual; it is as if text after @code{@@bye} were within @code{@@ignore} -@dots{} @code{@@end ignore}. Also, you may follow the @code{@@bye} line -with a local variables list. @xref{Compile-Command, , Using Local -Variables and the Compile Command}, for more information.@refill - -@node Structuring, Nodes, Ending a File, Top -@comment node-name, next, previous, up -@chapter Chapter Structuring -@cindex Chapter structuring -@cindex Structuring of chapters - -The @dfn{chapter structuring} commands divide a document into a hierarchy of -chapters, sections, subsections, and subsubsections. These commands -generate large headings; they also provide information for the table -of contents of a printed manual (@pxref{Contents, , Generating a Table -of Contents}).@refill - -The chapter structuring commands do not create an Info node structure, -so normally you should put an @code{@@node} command immediately before -each chapter structuring command (@pxref{Nodes}). The only time you -are likely to use the chapter structuring commands without using the -node structuring commands is if you are writing a document that -contains no cross references and will never be transformed into Info -format.@refill - -It is unlikely that you will ever write a Texinfo file that is -intended only as an Info file and not as a printable document. If you -do, you might still use chapter structuring commands to create a -heading at the top of each node---but you don't need to.@refill - -@menu -* Tree Structuring:: A manual is like an upside down tree @dots{} -* Structuring Command Types:: How to divide a manual into parts. -* makeinfo top:: The @code{@@top} command, part of the `Top' node. -* chapter:: -* unnumbered & appendix:: -* majorheading & chapheading:: -* section:: -* unnumberedsec appendixsec heading:: -* subsection:: -* unnumberedsubsec appendixsubsec subheading:: -* subsubsection:: Commands for the lowest level sections. -* Raise/lower sections:: How to change commands' hierarchical level. -@end menu - -@node Tree Structuring, Structuring Command Types, Structuring, Structuring -@comment node-name, next, previous, up -@section Tree Structure of Sections -@cindex Tree structuring - -A Texinfo file is usually structured like a book with chapters, -sections, subsections, and the like. This structure can be visualized -as a tree (or rather as an upside-down tree) with the root at the top -and the levels corresponding to chapters, sections, subsection, and -subsubsections.@refill - -Here is a diagram that shows a Texinfo file with three chapters, -each of which has two sections.@refill - -@example -@group - Top - | - ------------------------------------- - | | | - Chapter 1 Chapter 2 Chapter 3 - | | | - -------- -------- -------- - | | | | | | - Section Section Section Section Section Section - 1.1 1.2 2.1 2.2 3.1 3.2 - -@end group -@end example - -In a Texinfo file that has this structure, the beginning of Chapter 2 -looks like this:@refill - -@example -@group -@@node Chapter 2, Chapter 3, Chapter 1, top -@@chapter Chapter 2 -@end group -@end example - -The chapter structuring commands are described in the sections that -follow; the @code{@@node} and @code{@@menu} commands are described in -following chapters. (@xref{Nodes}, and see @ref{Menus}.)@refill - -@node Structuring Command Types, makeinfo top, Tree Structuring, Structuring -@comment node-name, next, previous, up -@section Types of Structuring Command - -The chapter structuring commands fall into four groups or series, each -of which contains structuring commands corresponding to the -hierarchical levels of chapters, sections, subsections, and -subsubsections.@refill - -The four groups are the @code{@@chapter} series, the -@code{@@unnumbered} series, the @code{@@appendix} series, and the -@code{@@heading} series.@refill - -Each command produces titles that have a different appearance on the -printed page or Info file; only some of the commands produce -titles that are listed in the table of contents of a printed book or -manual.@refill - -@itemize @bullet -@item -The @code{@@chapter} and @code{@@appendix} series of commands produce -numbered or lettered entries both in the body of a printed work and in -its table of contents.@refill - -@item -The @code{@@unnumbered} series of commands produce unnumbered entries -both in the body of a printed work and in its table of contents. The -@code{@@top} command, which has a special use, is a member of this -series (@pxref{makeinfo top, , @code{@@top}}).@refill - -@item -The @code{@@heading} series of commands produce unnumbered headings -that do not appear in a table of contents. The heading commands never -start a new page.@refill - -@item -The @code{@@majorheading} command produces results similar to using -the @code{@@chapheading} command but generates a larger vertical -whitespace before the heading.@refill - -@item -When an @code{@@setchapternewpage} command says to do so, the -@code{@@chapter}, @code{@@unnumbered}, and @code{@@appendix} commands -start new pages in the printed manual; the @code{@@heading} commands -do not.@refill -@end itemize - -@need 1000 -Here are the four groups of chapter structuring commands:@refill - -@c Slightly different formatting for regular sized books and smallbooks. -@ifset smallbook -@sp 1 -@tex -{\let\rm=\indrm \let\tt=\indtt -\halign{\hskip\itemindent#\hfil& \hskip.5em#\hfil& \hskip.5em#\hfil& -\hskip.5em#\hfil\cr - -& & & \rm No new pages\cr -\rm Numbered& \rm Unnumbered& \rm Lettered and numbered& \rm Unnumbered\cr -\rm In contents& \rm In contents& \rm In contents& \rm Not in contents\cr - -& & & \cr - & \tt @@top& & \tt @@majorheading\cr -\tt @@chapter& \tt @@unnumbered& \tt @@appendix& \tt @@chapheading\cr -\tt @@section& \tt @@unnumberedsec& \tt @@appendixsec& \tt @@heading\cr -\tt @@subsection&\tt @@unnumberedsubsec&\tt @@appendixsubsec& -\tt @@subheading\cr -\tt @@subsubsection& \tt @@unnumberedsubsubsec& \tt @@appendixsubsubsec& -\tt @@subsubheading\cr}} -@end tex -@end ifset -@ifclear smallbook -@sp 1 -@tex -\vbox{ -\halign{\hskip\itemindent\hskip.5em#\hfil& \hskip.5em#\hfil& -\hskip.5em#\hfil& \hskip.5em #\hfil\cr - -& & & \cr -& & & \rm No new pages\cr -\rm Numbered& \rm Unnumbered& \rm Lettered and numbered& \rm Unnumbered\cr -\rm In contents& \rm In contents& \rm In contents& \rm Not in contents\cr - -& & & \cr - & \tt @@top& & \tt @@majorheading\cr -\tt @@chapter& \tt @@unnumbered& \tt @@appendix& \tt @@chapheading\cr -\tt @@section& \tt @@unnumberedsec& \tt @@appendixsec& \tt @@heading\cr -\tt @@subsection&\tt @@unnumberedsubsec&\tt @@appendixsubsec& -\tt @@subheading\cr -\tt @@subsubsection& \tt @@unnumberedsubsubsec& \tt @@appendixsubsubsec& -\tt @@subsubheading\cr}} -@end tex -@end ifclear -@ifinfo -@example -@group - @r{No new pages} -@r{Numbered} @r{Unnumbered} @r{Lettered and numbered} @r{Unnumbered} -@r{In contents} @r{In contents} @r{In contents} @r{Not in contents} - - @@top @@majorheading -@@chapter @@unnumbered @@appendix @@chapheading -@@section @@unnumberedsec @@appendixsec @@heading -@@subsection @@unnumberedsubsec @@appendixsubsec @@subheading -@@subsubsection @@unnumberedsubsubsec @@appendixsubsubsec @@subsubheading -@end group -@end example -@end ifinfo - -@c Cannot line up columns properly inside of an example because of roman -@c proportional fonts. -@ignore -@ifset smallbook -@iftex -@smallexample -@group - @r{No new pages} -@r{Numbered} @r{Unnumbered} @r{Lettered and numbered} @r{Unnumbered} -@r{In contents} @r{In contents} @r{In contents} @r{Not in contents} - - @@top @@majorheading -@@chapter @@unnumbered @@appendix @@chapheading -@@section @@unnumberedsec @@appendixsec @@heading -@@subsection @@unnumberedsubsec @@appendixsubsec @@subheading -@@subsubsection @@unnumberedsubsubsec @@appendixsubsubsec @@subsubheading -@end group -@end smallexample -@end iftex -@end ifset -@ifclear smallbook -@iftex -@smallexample -@group - @r{No new pages} -@r{Numbered} @r{Unnumbered} @r{Lettered and numbered} @r{Unnumbered} -@r{In contents} @r{In contents} @r{In contents} @r{Not in contents} - - @@top @@majorheading -@@chapter @@unnumbered @@appendix @@chapheading -@@section @@unnumberedsec @@appendixsec @@heading -@@subsection @@unnumberedsubsec @@appendixsubsec @@subheading -@@subsubsection @@unnumberedsubsubsec @@appendixsubsubsec @@subsubheading -@end group -@end smallexample -@end iftex -@end ignore - -@node makeinfo top, chapter, Structuring Command Types, Structuring -@comment node-name, next, previous, up -@section @code{@@top} - -The @code{@@top} command is a special sectioning command that you use -only after an @code{@@node Top} line at the beginning of a Texinfo file. -The @code{@@top} command tells the @code{makeinfo} formatter -which node is the `Top' -node. It has the same typesetting effect as @code{@@unnumbered} -(@pxref{unnumbered & appendix, , @code{@@unnumbered}, @code{@@appendix}}). -For detailed information, see -@ref{makeinfo top command, , The @code{@@top} Command}.@refill - -@node chapter, unnumbered & appendix, makeinfo top, Structuring -@comment node-name, next, previous, up -@section @code{@@chapter} -@findex chapter - -@code{@@chapter} identifies a chapter in the document. Write the -command at the beginning of a line and follow it on the same line by -the title of the chapter.@refill - -For example, this chapter in this manual is entitled ``Chapter -Structuring''; the @code{@@chapter} line looks like this:@refill - -@example -@@chapter Chapter Structuring -@end example - -In @TeX{}, the @code{@@chapter} command creates a chapter in the -document, specifying the chapter title. The chapter is numbered -automatically.@refill - -In Info, the @code{@@chapter} command causes the title to appear on a -line by itself, with a line of asterisks inserted underneath. Thus, -in Info, the above example produces the following output:@refill - -@example -Chapter Structuring -******************* -@end example - -@findex centerchap -Texinfo also provides a command @code{@@centerchap}, which is analogous -to @code{@@unnumbered}, but centers its argument in the printed output. -This kind of stylistic choice is not usually offered by Texinfo. -@c but the Hacker's Dictionary wanted it ... - - -@node unnumbered & appendix, majorheading & chapheading, chapter, Structuring -@comment node-name, next, previous, up -@section @code{@@unnumbered}, @code{@@appendix} -@findex unnumbered -@findex appendix - -Use the @code{@@unnumbered} command to create a chapter that appears -in a printed manual without chapter numbers of any kind. Use the -@code{@@appendix} command to create an appendix in a printed manual -that is labelled by letter instead of by number.@refill - -For Info file output, the @code{@@unnumbered} and @code{@@appendix} -commands are equivalent to @code{@@chapter}: the title is printed on a -line by itself with a line of asterisks underneath. (@xref{chapter, , -@code{@@chapter}}.)@refill - -To create an appendix or an unnumbered chapter, write an -@code{@@appendix} or @code{@@unnumbered} command at the beginning of a -line and follow it on the same line by the title, as you would if you -were creating a chapter.@refill - - -@node majorheading & chapheading, section, unnumbered & appendix, Structuring -@section @code{@@majorheading}, @code{@@chapheading} -@findex majorheading -@findex chapheading - -The @code{@@majorheading} and @code{@@chapheading} commands put -chapter-like headings in the body of a document.@refill - -However, neither command causes @TeX{} to produce a numbered heading -or an entry in the table of contents; and neither command causes -@TeX{} to start a new page in a printed manual.@refill - -In @TeX{}, an @code{@@majorheading} command generates a larger vertical -whitespace before the heading than an @code{@@chapheading} command but -is otherwise the same.@refill - -In Info, -the @code{@@majorheading} and -@code{@@chapheading} commands are equivalent to -@code{@@chapter}: the title is printed on a line by itself with a line -of asterisks underneath. (@xref{chapter, , @code{@@chapter}}.)@refill - -@node section, unnumberedsec appendixsec heading, majorheading & chapheading, Structuring -@comment node-name, next, previous, up -@section @code{@@section} -@findex section - -In a printed manual, an @code{@@section} command identifies a -numbered section within a chapter. The section title appears in the -table of contents. In Info, an @code{@@section} command provides a -title for a segment of text, underlined with @samp{=}.@refill - -This section is headed with an @code{@@section} command and looks like -this in the Texinfo file:@refill - -@example -@@section @@code@{@@@@section@} -@end example - -To create a section, write the @code{@@section} command at the -beginning of a line and follow it on the same line by the section -title.@refill - -Thus, - -@example -@@section This is a section -@end example - -@noindent -produces - -@example -@group -This is a section -================= -@end group -@end example - -@noindent -in Info. - -@node unnumberedsec appendixsec heading, subsection, section, Structuring -@comment node-name, next, previous, up -@section @code{@@unnumberedsec}, @code{@@appendixsec}, @code{@@heading} -@findex unnumberedsec -@findex appendixsec -@findex heading - -The @code{@@unnumberedsec}, @code{@@appendixsec}, and @code{@@heading} -commands are, respectively, the unnumbered, appendix-like, and -heading-like equivalents of the @code{@@section} command. -(@xref{section, , @code{@@section}}.)@refill - -@table @code -@item @@unnumberedsec -The @code{@@unnumberedsec} command may be used within an -unnumbered chapter or within a regular chapter or appendix to -provide an unnumbered section.@refill - -@item @@appendixsec -@itemx @@appendixsection -@code{@@appendixsection} is a longer spelling of the -@code{@@appendixsec} command; the two are synonymous.@refill -@findex appendixsection - -Conventionally, the @code{@@appendixsec} or @code{@@appendixsection} -command is used only within appendices.@refill - -@item @@heading -You may use the @code{@@heading} command anywhere you wish for a -section-style heading that will not appear in the table of contents.@refill -@end table - -@node subsection, unnumberedsubsec appendixsubsec subheading, unnumberedsec appendixsec heading, Structuring -@comment node-name, next, previous, up -@section The @code{@@subsection} Command -@findex subsection - -Subsections are to sections as sections are to chapters. -(@xref{section, , @code{@@section}}.) In Info, subsection titles are -underlined with @samp{-}. For example,@refill - -@example -@@subsection This is a subsection -@end example - -@noindent -produces - -@example -@group -This is a subsection --------------------- -@end group -@end example - -In a printed manual, subsections are listed in the table of contents -and are numbered three levels deep.@refill - -@node unnumberedsubsec appendixsubsec subheading, subsubsection, subsection, Structuring -@comment node-name, next, previous, up -@section The @code{@@subsection}-like Commands -@cindex Subsection-like commands -@findex unnumberedsubsec -@findex appendixsubsec -@findex subheading - -The @code{@@unnumberedsubsec}, @code{@@appendixsubsec}, and -@code{@@subheading} commands are, respectively, the unnumbered, -appendix-like, and heading-like equivalents of the @code{@@subsection} -command. (@xref{subsection, , @code{@@subsection}}.)@refill - -In Info, the @code{@@subsection}-like commands generate a title -underlined with hyphens. In a printed manual, an @code{@@subheading} -command produces a heading like that of a subsection except that it is -not numbered and does not appear in the table of contents. Similarly, -an @code{@@unnumberedsubsec} command produces an unnumbered heading like -that of a subsection and an @code{@@appendixsubsec} command produces a -subsection-like heading labelled with a letter and numbers; both of -these commands produce headings that appear in the table of -contents.@refill - -@node subsubsection, Raise/lower sections, unnumberedsubsec appendixsubsec subheading, Structuring -@comment node-name, next, previous, up -@section The `subsub' Commands -@cindex Subsub commands -@findex subsubsection -@findex unnumberedsubsubsec -@findex appendixsubsubsec -@findex subsubheading - -The fourth and lowest level sectioning commands in Texinfo are the -`subsub' commands. They are:@refill - -@table @code -@item @@subsubsection -Subsubsections are to subsections as subsections are to sections. -(@xref{subsection, , @code{@@subsection}}.) In a printed manual, -subsubsection titles appear in the table of contents and are numbered -four levels deep.@refill - -@item @@unnumberedsubsubsec -Unnumbered subsubsection titles appear in the table of contents of a -printed manual, but lack numbers. Otherwise, unnumbered -subsubsections are the same as subsubsections. In Info, unnumbered -subsubsections look exactly like ordinary subsubsections.@refill - -@item @@appendixsubsubsec -Conventionally, appendix commands are used only for appendices and are -lettered and numbered appropriately in a printed manual. They also -appear in the table of contents. In Info, appendix subsubsections look -exactly like ordinary subsubsections.@refill - -@item @@subsubheading -The @code{@@subsubheading} command may be used anywhere that you need -a small heading that will not appear in the table of contents. In -Info, subsubheadings look exactly like ordinary subsubsection -headings.@refill -@end table - -In Info, `subsub' titles are underlined with periods. -For example,@refill - -@example -@@subsubsection This is a subsubsection -@end example - -@noindent -produces - -@example -@group -This is a subsubsection -....................... -@end group -@end example - -@node Raise/lower sections, , subsubsection, Structuring -@comment node-name, next, previous, up -@section @code{@@raisesections} and @code{@@lowersections} -@findex raisesections -@findex lowersections -@cindex Raising and lowering sections -@cindex Sections, raising and lowering - -The @code{@@raisesections} and @code{@@lowersections} commands raise and -lower the hierarchical level of chapters, sections, subsections and the -like. The @code{@@raisesections} command changes sections to chapters, -subsections to sections, and so on. The @code{@@lowersections} command -changes chapters to sections, sections to subsections, and so on. - -An @code{@@lowersections} command is useful if you wish to include text -that is written as an outer or standalone Texinfo file in another -Texinfo file as an inner, included file. If you write the command at -the beginning of the file, all your @code{@@chapter} commands are -formatted as if they were @code{@@section} commands, all your -@code{@@section} command are formatted as if they were -@code{@@subsection} commands, and so on. - -@need 1000 -@code{@@raisesections} raises a command one level in the chapter -structuring hierarchy:@refill - -@example -@group - @r{Change} @r{To} - -@@subsection @@section, -@@section @@chapter, -@@heading @@chapheading, - @r{etc.} -@end group -@end example - -@need 1000 -@code{@@lowersections} lowers a command one level in the chapter -structuring hierarchy:@refill - -@example -@group - @r{Change} @r{To} - -@@chapter @@section, -@@subsection @@subsubsection, -@@heading @@subheading, - @r{etc.} -@end group -@end example - -An @code{@@raisesections} or @code{@@lowersections} command changes only -those structuring commands that follow the command in the Texinfo file. -Write an @code{@@raisesections} or @code{@@lowersections} command on a -line of its own. - -An @code{@@lowersections} command cancels an @code{@@raisesections} -command, and vice versa. - -Repeated use of the commands continue to raise or lower the hierarchical -level a step at a time. - -An attempt to raise above `chapters' reproduces chapter commands; an -attempt to lower below `subsubsections' reproduces subsubsection -commands. - -@node Nodes, Menus, Structuring, Top -@comment node-name, next, previous, up -@chapter Nodes - -@dfn{Nodes} are the primary segments of a Texinfo file. They do not -themselves impose a hierarchic or any other kind of structure on a file. -Nodes contain @dfn{node pointers} that name other nodes, and can contain -@dfn{menus} which are lists of nodes. In Info, the movement commands -can carry you to a pointed-to node or to a node listed in a menu. Node -pointers and menus provide structure for Info files just as chapters, -sections, subsections, and the like, provide structure for printed -books.@refill - -@menu -* Two Paths:: Different commands to structure - Info output and printed output. -* Node Menu Illustration:: A diagram, and sample nodes and menus. -* node:: How to write a node, in detail. -* makeinfo Pointer Creation:: How to create node pointers with @code{makeinfo}. -@end menu - -@node Two Paths, Node Menu Illustration, Nodes, Nodes -@ifinfo -@heading Two Paths -@end ifinfo - -The node and menu commands and the chapter structuring commands are -independent of each other: - -@itemize @bullet -@item -In Info, node and menu commands provide structure. The chapter -structuring commands generate headings with different kinds of -underlining---asterisks for chapters, hyphens for sections, and so on; -they do nothing else.@refill - -@item -In @TeX{}, the chapter structuring commands generate chapter and section -numbers and tables of contents. The node and menu commands provide -information for cross references; they do nothing else.@refill -@end itemize - -You can use node pointers and menus to structure an Info file any way -you want; and you can write a Texinfo file so that its Info output has a -different structure than its printed output. However, most Texinfo -files are written such that the structure for the Info output -corresponds to the structure for the printed output. It is not -convenient to do otherwise.@refill - -Generally, printed output is structured in a tree-like hierarchy in -which the chapters are the major limbs from which the sections branch -out. Similarly, node pointers and menus are organized to create a -matching structure in the Info output.@refill - -@node Node Menu Illustration, node, Two Paths, Nodes -@comment node-name, next, previous, up -@section Node and Menu Illustration - -Here is a copy of the diagram shown earlier that illustrates a Texinfo -file with three chapters, each of which contains two sections.@refill - -Note that the ``root'' is at the top of the diagram and the ``leaves'' -are at the bottom. This is how such a diagram is drawn conventionally; -it illustrates an upside-down tree. For this reason, the root node is -called the `Top' node, and `Up' node pointers carry you closer to the -root.@refill - -@example -@group - Top - | - ------------------------------------- - | | | - Chapter 1 Chapter 2 Chapter 3 - | | | - -------- -------- -------- - | | | | | | - Section Section Section Section Section Section - 1.1 1.2 2.1 2.2 3.1 3.2 - -@end group -@end example - -Write the beginning of the node for Chapter 2 like this:@refill - -@example -@group -@@node Chapter 2, Chapter 3, Chapter 1, top -@@comment node-name, next, previous, up -@end group -@end example - -@noindent -This @code{@@node} line says that the name of this node is ``Chapter 2'', the -name of the `Next' node is ``Chapter 3'', the name of the `Previous' -node is ``Chapter 1'', and the name of the `Up' node is ``Top''. - -@quotation -@strong{Please Note:} `Next' refers to the next node at the same -hierarchical level in the manual, not necessarily to the next node -within the Texinfo file. In the Texinfo file, the subsequent node may -be at a lower level---a section-level node may follow a chapter-level -node, and a subsection-level node may follow a section-level node. -`Next' and `Previous' refer to nodes at the @emph{same} hierarchical -level. (The `Top' node contains the exception to this rule. Since the -`Top' node is the only node at that level, `Next' refers to the first -following node, which is almost always a chapter or chapter-level -node.)@refill -@end quotation - -To go to Sections 2.1 and 2.2 using Info, you need a menu inside Chapter -2. (@xref{Menus}.) You would write the menu just -before the beginning of Section 2.1, like this:@refill - -@example -@group - @@menu - * Sect. 2.1:: Description of this section. - * Sect. 2.2:: - @@end menu -@end group -@end example - -Write the node for Sect. 2.1 like this:@refill - -@example -@group - @@node Sect. 2.1, Sect. 2.2, Chapter 2, Chapter 2 - @@comment node-name, next, previous, up -@end group -@end example - -In Info format, the `Next' and `Previous' pointers of a node usually -lead to other nodes at the same level---from chapter to chapter or from -section to section (sometimes, as shown, the `Previous' pointer points -up); an `Up' pointer usually leads to a node at the level above (closer -to the `Top' node); and a `Menu' leads to nodes at a level below (closer -to `leaves'). (A cross reference can point to a node at any level; -see @ref{Cross References}.)@refill - -Usually, an @code{@@node} command and a chapter structuring command are -used in sequence, along with indexing commands. (You may follow the -@code{@@node} line with a comment line that reminds you which pointer is -which.)@refill - -Here is the beginning of the chapter in this manual called ``Ending a -Texinfo File''. This shows an @code{@@node} line followed by a comment -line, an @code{@@chapter} line, and then by indexing lines.@refill - -@example -@group -@@node Ending a File, Structuring, Beginning a File, Top -@@comment node-name, next, previous, up -@@chapter Ending a Texinfo File -@@cindex Ending a Texinfo file -@@cindex Texinfo file ending -@@cindex File ending -@end group -@end example - -@node node, makeinfo Pointer Creation, Node Menu Illustration, Nodes -@comment node-name, next, previous, up -@section The @code{@@node} Command - -@cindex Node, defined -A @dfn{node} is a segment of text that begins at an @code{@@node} -command and continues until the next @code{@@node} command. The -definition of node is different from that for chapter or section. A -chapter may contain sections and a section may contain subsections; -but a node cannot contain subnodes; the text of a node continues only -until the next @code{@@node} command in the file. A node usually -contains only one chapter structuring command, the one that follows -the @code{@@node} line. On the other hand, in printed output nodes -are used only for cross references, so a chapter or section may -contain any number of nodes. Indeed, a chapter usually contains -several nodes, one for each section, subsection, and -subsubsection.@refill - -To create a node, write an @code{@@node} command at the beginning of a -line, and follow it with four arguments, separated by commas, on the -rest of the same line. These arguments are the name of the node, and -the names of the `Next', `Previous', and `Up' pointers, in that order. -You may insert spaces before each pointer if you wish; the spaces are -ignored. You must write the name of the node, and the names of the -`Next', `Previous', and `Up' pointers, all on the same line. Otherwise, -the formatters fail. (@inforef{Top, info, info}, for more information -about nodes in Info.)@refill - -Usually, you write one of the chapter-structuring command lines -immediately after an @code{@@node} line---for example, an -@code{@@section} or @code{@@subsection} line. (@xref{Structuring -Command Types, , Types of Structuring Command}.)@refill - -@quotation -@strong{Please note:} The GNU Emacs Texinfo mode updating commands work -only with Texinfo files in which @code{@@node} lines are followed by chapter -structuring lines. @xref{Updating Requirements}.@refill -@end quotation - -@TeX{} uses @code{@@node} lines to identify the names to use for cross -references. For this reason, you must write @code{@@node} lines in a -Texinfo file that you intend to format for printing, even if you do not -intend to format it for Info. (Cross references, such as the one at the -end of this sentence, are made with @code{@@xref} and its related -commands; see @ref{Cross References}.)@refill - -@menu -* Node Names:: How to choose node and pointer names. -* Writing a Node:: How to write an @code{@@node} line. -* Node Line Tips:: Keep names short. -* Node Line Requirements:: Keep names unique, without @@-commands. -* First Node:: How to write a `Top' node. -* makeinfo top command:: How to use the @code{@@top} command. -* Top Node Summary:: Write a brief description for readers. -@end menu - -@node Node Names, Writing a Node, node, node -@ifinfo -@subheading Choosing Node and Pointer Names -@end ifinfo - -The name of a node identifies the node. The pointers enable -you to reach other nodes and consist of the names of those nodes.@refill - -Normally, a node's `Up' pointer contains the name of the node whose menu -mentions that node. The node's `Next' pointer contains the name of the -node that follows that node in that menu and its `Previous' pointer -contains the name of the node that precedes it in that menu. When a -node's `Previous' node is the same as its `Up' node, both node pointers -name the same node.@refill - -Usually, the first node of a Texinfo file is the `Top' node, and its -`Up' and `Previous' pointers point to the @file{dir} file, which -contains the main menu for all of Info.@refill - -The `Top' node itself contains the main or master menu for the manual. -Also, it is helpful to include a brief description of the manual in the -`Top' node. @xref{First Node}, for information on how to write the -first node of a Texinfo file.@refill - -@node Writing a Node, Node Line Tips, Node Names, node -@comment node-name, next, previous, up -@subsection How to Write an @code{@@node} Line -@cindex Writing an @code{@@node} line -@cindex @code{@@node} line writing -@cindex Node line writing - -The easiest way to write an @code{@@node} line is to write @code{@@node} -at the beginning of a line and then the name of the node, like -this:@refill - -@example -@@node @var{node-name} -@end example - -If you are using GNU Emacs, you can use the update node commands -provided by Texinfo mode to insert the names of the pointers; or you -can leave the pointers out of the Texinfo file and let @code{makeinfo} -insert node pointers into the Info file it creates. (@xref{Texinfo -Mode}, and @ref{makeinfo Pointer Creation}.)@refill - -Alternatively, you can insert the `Next', `Previous', and `Up' -pointers yourself. If you do this, you may find it helpful to use the -Texinfo mode keyboard command @kbd{C-c C-c n}. This command inserts -@samp{@@node} and a comment line listing the names of the pointers in -their proper order. The comment line helps you keep track of which -arguments are for which pointers. This comment line is especially useful -if you are not familiar with Texinfo.@refill - -The template for a node line with `Next', `Previous', and `Up' pointers -looks like this:@refill - -@example -@@node @var{node-name}, @var{next}, @var{previous}, @var{up} -@end example - -If you wish, you can ignore @code{@@node} lines altogether in your first -draft and then use the @code{texinfo-insert-node-lines} command to -create @code{@@node} lines for you. However, we do not -recommend this practice. It is better to name the node itself -at the same time that you -write a segment so you can easily make cross references. A large number -of cross references are an especially important feature of a good Info -file.@refill - -After you have inserted an @code{@@node} line, you should immediately -write an @@-command for the chapter or section and insert its name. -Next (and this is important!), put in several index entries. Usually, -you will find at least two and often as many as four or five ways of -referring to the node in the index. Use them all. This will make it -much easier for people to find the node.@refill - -@node Node Line Tips, Node Line Requirements, Writing a Node, node -@comment node-name, next, previous, up -@subsection @code{@@node} Line Tips - -Here are three suggestions: - -@itemize @bullet -@item -Try to pick node names that are informative but short.@refill - -In the Info file, the file name, node name, and pointer names are all -inserted on one line, which may run into the right edge of the window. -(This does not cause a problem with Info, but is ugly.)@refill - -@item -Try to pick node names that differ from each other near the beginnings -of their names. This way, it is easy to use automatic name completion in -Info.@refill - -@item -By convention, node names are capitalized just as they would be for -section or chapter titles---initial and significant words are -capitalized; others are not.@refill -@end itemize - -@node Node Line Requirements, First Node, Node Line Tips, node -@comment node-name, next, previous, up -@subsection @code{@@node} Line Requirements - -@cindex Node line requirements -Here are several requirements for @code{@@node} lines: - -@itemize @bullet -@cindex Unique nodename requirement -@cindex Nodename must be unique -@item -All the node names for a single Info file must be unique.@refill - -Duplicates confuse the Info movement commands. This means, for -example, that if you end every chapter with a summary, you must name -each summary node differently. You cannot just call each one -``Summary''. You may, however, duplicate the titles of chapters, sections, -and the like. Thus you can end each chapter in a book with a section -called ``Summary'', so long as the node names for those sections are all -different.@refill - -@item -A pointer name must be the name of a node.@refill - -The node to which a pointer points may come before or after the -node containing the pointer.@refill - -@cindex @@-command in nodename -@cindex Nodename, cannot contain -@item -You cannot use any of the Texinfo @@-commands in a node name; -@w{@@-commands} confuse Info.@refill - -@need 750 -Thus, the beginning of the section called @code{@@chapter} looks like -this:@refill - -@smallexample -@group -@@node chapter, unnumbered & appendix, makeinfo top, Structuring -@@comment node-name, next, previous, up -@@section @@code@{@@@@chapter@} -@@findex chapter -@end group -@end smallexample - -@cindex Comma in nodename -@cindex Colon in nodename -@cindex Apostrophe in nodename -@item -You cannot use commas, colons, or apostrophes within a node name; these -confuse @TeX{} or the Info formatters.@refill - -@need 700 -For example, the following is a section title: - -@smallexample -@@code@{@@@@unnumberedsec@}, @@code@{@@@@appendixsec@}, @@code@{@@@@heading@} -@end smallexample - -@noindent -The corresponding node name is: - -@smallexample -unnumberedsec appendixsec heading -@end smallexample - -@cindex Case in nodename -@item -Case is significant. -@end itemize - -@node First Node, makeinfo top command, Node Line Requirements, node -@comment node-name, next, previous, up -@subsection The First Node -@cindex @samp{@r{Top}} node is first -@cindex First node - -The first node of a Texinfo file is the `Top' node, except in an -included file (@pxref{Include Files}). - -The `Top' node (which must be named @samp{top} or @samp{Top}) should -have as its `Up' and `Previous' nodes the name of a node in another -file, where there is a menu that leads to this file. Specify the file -name in parentheses. If the file is to be installed directly in the -Info directory file, use @samp{(dir)} as the parent of the `Top' node; -this is short for @samp{(dir)top}, and specifies the `Top' node in the -@file{dir} file, which contains the main menu for Info. For example, -the @code{@@node Top} line of this manual looks like this:@refill - -@example -@@node Top, Overview, (dir), (dir) -@end example - -@noindent -(You may use the Texinfo updating commands or the @code{makeinfo} -utility to insert these `Next' and @samp{(dir)} pointers -automatically.)@refill - -@xref{Install an Info File}, for more information about installing -an Info file in the @file{info} directory.@refill - -The `Top' node contains the main or master menu for the document. - -@node makeinfo top command, Top Node Summary, First Node, node -@comment node-name, next, previous, up -@subsection The @code{@@top} Sectioning Command -@findex top @r{(@@-command)} - -A special sectioning command, @code{@@top}, has been created for use -with the @code{@@node Top} line. The @code{@@top} sectioning command tells -@code{makeinfo} that it marks the `Top' node in the file. It provides -the information that @code{makeinfo} needs to insert node -pointers automatically. Write the @code{@@top} command at the -beginning of the line immediately following the @code{@@node Top} -line. Write the title on the remaining part of the same line as the -@code{@@top} command.@refill - -In Info, the @code{@@top} sectioning command causes the title to appear on a -line by itself, with a line of asterisks inserted underneath.@refill - -In @TeX{} and @code{texinfo-format-buffer}, the @code{@@top} -sectioning command is merely a synonym for @code{@@unnumbered}. -Neither of these formatters require an @code{@@top} command, and do -nothing special with it. You can use @code{@@chapter} or -@code{@@unnumbered} after the @code{@@node Top} line when you use -these formatters. Also, you can use @code{@@chapter} or -@code{@@unnumbered} when you use the Texinfo updating commands to -create or update pointers and menus.@refill - -@node Top Node Summary, , makeinfo top command, node -@subsection The `Top' Node Summary -@cindex @samp{@r{Top}} node summary - -You can help readers by writing a summary in the `Top' node, after the -@code{@@top} line, before the main or master menu. The summary should -briefly describe the document. In Info, this summary will appear just -before the master menu. In a printed manual, this summary will appear -on a page of its own.@refill - -If you do not want the summary to appear on a page of its own in a -printed manual, you can enclose the whole of the `Top' node, including -the @code{@@node Top} line and the @code{@@top} sectioning command line -or other sectioning command line between @code{@@ifinfo} and @code{@@end -ifinfo}. This prevents any of the text from appearing in the printed -output. (@pxref{Conditionals, , Conditionally Visible Text}). You can -repeat the brief description from the `Top' node within @code{@@iftex} -@dots{} @code{@@end iftex} at the beginning of the first chapter, for -those who read the printed manual. This saves paper and may look -neater.@refill - -You should write the version number of the program to which the manual -applies in the summary. This helps the reader keep track of which -manual is for which version of the program. If the manual changes more -frequently than the program or is independent of it, you should also -include an edition number for the manual. (The title page should also -contain this information: see @ref{titlepage, , -@code{@@titlepage}}.)@refill - -@node makeinfo Pointer Creation, , node, Nodes -@section Creating Pointers with @code{makeinfo} -@cindex Creating pointers with @code{makeinfo} -@cindex Pointer creation with @code{makeinfo} -@cindex Automatic pointer creation with @code{makeinfo} - -The @code{makeinfo} program has a feature for automatically creating -node pointers for a hierarchically organized file that lacks -them.@refill - -When you take advantage of this feature, you do not need to write the -`Next', `Previous', and `Up' pointers after the name of a node. -However, you must write a sectioning command, such as @code{@@chapter} -or @code{@@section}, on the line immediately following each truncated -@code{@@node} line. You cannot write a comment line after a node -line; the section line must follow it immediately.@refill - -In addition, you must follow the `Top' @code{@@node} line with a line beginning -with @code{@@top} to mark the `Top' node in the file. @xref{makeinfo -top, , @code{@@top}}. - -Finally, you must write the name of each node (except for the `Top' -node) in a menu that is one or more hierarchical levels above the -node's hierarchical level.@refill - -This node pointer insertion feature in @code{makeinfo} is an -alternative to the menu and pointer creation and update commands in -Texinfo mode. (@xref{Updating Nodes and Menus}.) It is especially -helpful to people who do not use GNU Emacs for writing Texinfo -documents.@refill - -@node Menus, Cross References, Nodes, Top -@comment node-name, next, previous, up -@chapter Menus -@cindex Menus -@findex menu - -@dfn{Menus} contain pointers to subordinate -nodes.@footnote{Menus can carry you to any node, regardless -of the hierarchical structure; even to nodes in a different -Info file. However, the GNU Emacs Texinfo mode updating -commands work only to create menus of subordinate nodes. -Conventionally, cross references are used to refer to other -nodes.} In Info, you use menus to go to such nodes. Menus -have no effect in printed manuals and do not appear in -them.@refill - -By convention, a menu is put at the end of a node since a reader who -uses the menu may not see text that follows it.@refill - -@ifinfo -A node that has a menu should @emph{not} contain much text. If you -have a lot of text and a menu, move most of the text into a new -subnode---all but a few lines.@refill -@end ifinfo -@iftex -@emph{A node that has a menu should not contain much text.} If you -have a lot of text and a menu, move most of the text into a new -subnode---all but a few lines. Otherwise, a reader with a terminal -that displays only a few lines may miss the menu and its associated -text. As a practical matter, you should locate a menu within 20 lines -of the beginning of the node.@refill -@end iftex - -@menu -* Menu Location:: Put a menu in a short node. -* Writing a Menu:: What is a menu? -* Menu Parts:: A menu entry has three parts. -* Less Cluttered Menu Entry:: Two part menu entry. -* Menu Example:: Two and three part menu entries. -* Other Info Files:: How to refer to a different Info file. -@end menu - -@node Menu Location, Writing a Menu, Menus, Menus -@ifinfo -@heading Menus Need Short Nodes -@end ifinfo -@cindex Menu location -@cindex Location of menus -@cindex Nodes for menus are short -@cindex Short nodes for menus - -@ifinfo -A reader can easily see a menu that is close to the beginning of the -node. The node should be short. As a practical matter, you should -locate a menu within 20 lines of the beginning of the node. -Otherwise, a reader with a terminal that displays only a few lines may -miss the menu and its associated text.@refill -@end ifinfo - -The short text before a menu may look awkward in a printed manual. To -avoid this, you can write a menu near the beginning of its node and -follow the menu by an @code{@@node} line, and then an @code{@@heading} -line located within @code{@@ifinfo} and @code{@@end ifinfo}. This way, -the menu, @code{@@node} line, and title appear only in the Info file, -not the printed document.@refill - -For example, the preceding two paragraphs follow an Info-only menu, -@code{@@node} line, and heading, and look like this:@refill - -@example -@group -@@menu -* Menu Location:: Put a menu in a short node. -* Writing a Menu:: What is a menu? -* Menu Parts:: A menu entry has three parts. -* Less Cluttered Menu Entry:: Two part menu entry. -* Menu Example:: Two and three part entries. -* Other Info Files:: How to refer to a different - Info file. -@@end menu - -@@node Menu Location, Writing a Menu, , Menus -@@ifinfo -@@heading Menus Need Short Nodes -@@end ifinfo -@end group -@end example - -The Texinfo file for this document contains more than a dozen -examples of this procedure. One is at the beginning of this chapter; -another is at the beginning of the ``Cross References'' chapter.@refill - -@node Writing a Menu, Menu Parts, Menu Location, Menus -@section Writing a Menu -@cindex Writing a menu -@cindex Menu writing - -A menu consists of an @code{@@menu} command on a line by -itself followed by menu entry lines or menu comment lines -and then by an @code{@@end menu} command on a line by -itself.@refill - -A menu looks like this:@refill - -@example -@group -@@menu -Larger Units of Text - -* Files:: All about handling files. -* Multiples: Buffers. Multiple buffers; editing - several files at once. -@@end menu -@end group -@end example - -In a menu, every line that begins with an @w{@samp{* }} is a -@dfn{menu entry}. (Note the space after the asterisk.) A -line that does not start with an @w{@samp{* }} may also -appear in a menu. Such a line is not a menu entry but is a -menu comment line that appears in the Info file. In -the example above, the line @samp{Larger Units of Text} is a -menu comment line; the two lines starting with @w{@samp{* }} -are menu entries. - -@node Menu Parts, Less Cluttered Menu Entry, Writing a Menu, Menus -@section The Parts of a Menu -@cindex Parts of a menu -@cindex Menu parts -@cindex @code{@@menu} parts - -A menu entry has three parts, only the second of which is -required:@refill - -@enumerate -@item -The menu entry name. - -@item -The name of the node (required). - -@item -A description of the item. -@end enumerate - -The template for a menu entry looks like this:@refill - -@example -* @var{menu-entry-name}: @var{node-name}. @var{description} -@end example - -Follow the menu entry name with a single colon and follow the node name -with tab, comma, period, or newline.@refill - -In Info, a user selects a node with the @kbd{m} (@code{Info-menu}) -command. The menu entry name is what the user types after the @kbd{m} -command.@refill - -The third part of a menu entry is a descriptive phrase or -sentence. Menu entry names and node names are often short; the -description explains to the reader what the node is about. The -description, which is optional, can spread over two or more lines. A -useful description complements the node name rather than repeats -it.@refill - -@node Less Cluttered Menu Entry, Menu Example, Menu Parts, Menus -@comment node-name, next, previous, up -@section Less Cluttered Menu Entry -@cindex Two part menu entry -@cindex Double-colon menu entries -@cindex Menu entries with two colons -@cindex Less cluttered menu entry -@cindex Uncluttered menu entry - -When the menu entry name and node name are the same, you can write -the name immediately after the asterisk and space at the beginning of -the line and follow the name with two colons.@refill - -@need 800 -For example, write - -@example -* Name:: @var{description} -@end example - -@need 800 -@noindent -instead of - -@example -* Name: Name. @var{description} -@end example - -You should use the node name for the menu entry name whenever possible, -since it reduces visual clutter in the menu.@refill - -@node Menu Example, Other Info Files, Less Cluttered Menu Entry, Menus -@comment node-name, next, previous, up -@section A Menu Example -@cindex Menu example -@cindex Example menu - -A menu looks like this in Texinfo:@refill - -@example -@group -@@menu -* menu entry name: Node name. A short description. -* Node name:: This form is preferred. -@@end menu -@end group -@end example - -@need 800 -@noindent -This produces: - -@example -@group -* menu: - -* menu entry name: Node name. A short description. -* Node name:: This form is preferred. -@end group -@end example - -@need 700 -Here is an example as you might see it in a Texinfo file:@refill - -@example -@group -@@menu -Larger Units of Text - -* Files:: All about handling files. -* Multiples: Buffers. Multiple buffers; editing - several files at once. -@@end menu -@end group -@end example - -@need 800 -@noindent -This produces: - -@example -@group -* menu: -Larger Units of Text - -* Files:: All about handling files. -* Multiples: Buffers. Multiple buffers; editing - several files at once. -@end group -@end example - -In this example, the menu has two entries. @samp{Files} is both a menu -entry name and the name of the node referred to by that name. -@samp{Multiples} is the menu entry name; it refers to the node named -@samp{Buffers}. The line @samp{Larger Units of Text} is a comment; it -appears in the menu, but is not an entry.@refill - -Since no file name is specified with either @samp{Files} or -@samp{Buffers}, they must be the names of nodes in the same Info file -(@pxref{Other Info Files, , Referring to Other Info Files}).@refill - -@node Other Info Files, , Menu Example, Menus -@comment node-name, next, previous, up -@section Referring to Other Info Files -@cindex Referring to other Info files -@cindex Nodes in other Info files -@cindex Other Info files' nodes -@cindex Going to other Info files' nodes -@cindex Info; other files' nodes - -You can create a menu entry that enables a reader in Info to go to a -node in another Info file by writing the file name in parentheses just -before the node name. In this case, you should use the three-part menu -entry format, which saves the reader from having to type the file -name.@refill - -@need 800 -The format looks like this:@refill - -@example -@group -@@menu -* @var{first-entry-name}:(@var{filename})@var{nodename}. @var{description} -* @var{second-entry-name}:(@var{filename})@var{second-node}. @var{description} -@@end menu -@end group -@end example - -For example, to refer directly to the @samp{Outlining} and -@samp{Rebinding} nodes in the @cite{Emacs Manual}, you would write a -menu like this:@refill - -@example -@group -@@menu -* Outlining: (emacs)Outline Mode. The major mode for - editing outlines. -* Rebinding: (emacs)Rebinding. How to redefine the - meaning of a key. -@@end menu -@end group -@end example - -If you do not list the node name, but only name the file, then Info -presumes that you are referring to the `Top' node.@refill - -The @file{dir} file that contains the main menu for Info has menu -entries that list only file names. These take you directly to the `Top' -nodes of each Info document. (@xref{Install an Info File}.)@refill - -@need 700 -For example: - -@example -@group -* Info: (info). Documentation browsing system. -* Emacs: (emacs). The extensible, self-documenting - text editor. -@end group -@end example - -@noindent -(The @file{dir} top level directory for the Info system is an Info file, -not a Texinfo file, but a menu entry looks the same in both types of -file.)@refill - -Note that the GNU Emacs Texinfo mode menu updating commands only work -with nodes within the current buffer, so you cannot use them to create -menus that refer to other files. You must write such menus by hand.@refill - -@node Cross References, Marking Text, Menus, Top -@comment node-name, next, previous, up -@chapter Cross References -@cindex Making cross references -@cindex Cross references -@cindex References - -@dfn{Cross references} are used to refer the reader to other parts of the -same or different Texinfo files. In Texinfo, nodes are the -places to which cross references can refer.@refill - -@menu -* References:: What cross references are for. -* Cross Reference Commands:: A summary of the different commands. -* Cross Reference Parts:: A cross reference has several parts. -* xref:: Begin a reference with `See' @dots{} -* Top Node Naming:: How to refer to the beginning of another file. -* ref:: A reference for the last part of a sentence. -* pxref:: How to write a parenthetical cross reference. -* inforef:: How to refer to an Info-only file. -@end menu - -@node References, Cross Reference Commands, Cross References, Cross References -@ifinfo -@heading What References Are For -@end ifinfo - -Often, but not always, a printed document should be designed so that -it can be read sequentially. People tire of flipping back and forth -to find information that should be presented to them as they need -it.@refill - -However, in any document, some information will be too detailed for -the current context, or incidental to it; use cross references to -provide access to such information. Also, an on-line help system or a -reference manual is not like a novel; few read such documents in -sequence from beginning to end. Instead, people look up what they -need. For this reason, such creations should contain many cross -references to help readers find other information that they may not -have read.@refill - -In a printed manual, a cross reference results in a page reference, -unless it is to another manual altogether, in which case the cross -reference names that manual.@refill - -In Info, a cross reference results in an entry that you can follow using -the Info @samp{f} command. (@inforef{Help-Adv, Some advanced Info -commands, info}.)@refill - -The various cross reference commands use nodes to define cross -reference locations. This is evident in Info, in which a cross -reference takes you to the specified node. @TeX{} also uses nodes to -define cross reference locations, but the action is less obvious. When -@TeX{} generates a @sc{dvi} file, it records nodes' page numbers and -uses the page numbers in making references. Thus, if you are writing -a manual that will only be printed, and will not be used on-line, you -must nonetheless write @code{@@node} lines to name the places to which -you make cross references.@refill - -@need 800 -@node Cross Reference Commands, Cross Reference Parts, References, Cross References -@comment node-name, next, previous, up -@section Different Cross Reference Commands -@cindex Different cross reference commands - -There are four different cross reference commands:@refill - -@table @code -@item @@xref -Used to start a sentence in the printed manual saying @w{`See @dots{}'} -or an Info cross-reference saying @samp{*Note @var{name}: @var{node}.}. - -@item @@ref -Used within or, more often, at the end of a sentence; same as -@code{@@xref} for Info; produces just the reference in the printed -manual without a preceding `See'.@refill - -@item @@pxref -Used within parentheses to make a reference that suits both an Info -file and a printed book. Starts with a lower case `see' within the -printed manual. (@samp{p} is for `parenthesis'.)@refill - -@item @@inforef -Used to make a reference to an Info file for which there is no printed -manual.@refill -@end table - -@noindent -(The @code{@@cite} command is used to make references to books and -manuals for which there is no corresponding Info file and, therefore, -no node to which to point. @xref{cite, , @code{@@cite}}.)@refill - -@node Cross Reference Parts, xref, Cross Reference Commands, Cross References -@comment node-name, next, previous, up -@section Parts of a Cross Reference -@cindex Cross reference parts -@cindex Parts of a cross reference - -A cross reference command requires only one argument, which is the -name of the node to which it refers. But a cross reference command -may contain up to four additional arguments. By using these -arguments, you can provide a cross reference name for Info, a topic -description or section title for the printed output, the name of a -different Info file, and the name of a different printed -manual.@refill - -Here is a simple cross reference example:@refill - -@example -@@xref@{Node name@}. -@end example - -@noindent -which produces - -@example -*Note Node name::. -@end example - -@noindent -and - -@quotation -See Section @var{nnn} [Node name], page @var{ppp}. -@end quotation - -@need 700 -Here is an example of a full five-part cross reference:@refill - -@example -@group -@@xref@{Node name, Cross Reference Name, Particular Topic, -info-file-name, A Printed Manual@}, for details. -@end group -@end example - -@noindent -which produces - -@example -*Note Cross Reference Name: (info-file-name)Node name, -for details. -@end example - -@noindent -in Info and - -@quotation -See section ``Particular Topic'' in @i{A Printed Manual}, for details. -@end quotation - -@noindent -in a printed book. - -The five possible arguments for a cross reference are:@refill - -@enumerate -@item -The node name (required). This is the node to which the -cross reference takes you. In a printed document, the location of the -node provides the page reference only for references within the same -document.@refill - -@item -The cross reference name for the Info reference, if it is to be different -from the node name. If you include this argument, it argument becomes -the first part of the cross reference. It is usually omitted.@refill - -@item -A topic description or section name. Often, this is the title of the -section. This is used as the name of the reference in the printed -manual. If omitted, the node name is used.@refill - -@item -The name of the Info file in which the reference is located, if it is -different from the current file.@refill - -@item -The name of a printed manual from a different Texinfo file.@refill -@end enumerate - -The template for a full five argument cross reference looks like -this:@refill - -@example -@group -@@xref@{@var{node-name}, @var{cross-reference-name}, @var{title-or-topic}, -@var{info-file-name}, @var{printed-manual-title}@}. -@end group -@end example - -Cross references with one, two, three, four, and five arguments are -described separately following the description of @code{@@xref}.@refill - -Write a node name in a cross reference in exactly the same way as in -the @code{@@node} line, including the same capitalization; otherwise, the -formatters may not find the reference.@refill - -You can write cross reference commands within a paragraph, but note -how Info and @TeX{} format the output of each of the various commands: -write @code{@@xref} at the beginning of a sentence; write -@code{@@pxref} only within parentheses, and so on.@refill - -@node xref, Top Node Naming, Cross Reference Parts, Cross References -@comment node-name, next, previous, up -@section @code{@@xref} -@findex xref -@cindex Cross references using @code{@@xref} -@cindex References using @code{@@xref} - -The @code{@@xref} command generates a cross reference for the -beginning of a sentence. The Info formatting commands convert it into -an Info cross reference, which the Info @samp{f} command can use to -bring you directly to another node. The @TeX{} typesetting commands -convert it into a page reference, or a reference to another book or -manual.@refill - -@menu -* Reference Syntax:: What a reference looks like and requires. -* One Argument:: @code{@@xref} with one argument. -* Two Arguments:: @code{@@xref} with two arguments. -* Three Arguments:: @code{@@xref} with three arguments. -* Four and Five Arguments:: @code{@@xref} with four and five arguments. -@end menu - -@node Reference Syntax, One Argument, xref, xref -@ifinfo -@subheading What a Reference Looks Like and Requires -@end ifinfo - -Most often, an Info cross reference looks like this:@refill - -@example -*Note @var{node-name}::. -@end example - -@noindent -or like this - -@example -*Note @var{cross-reference-name}: @var{node-name}. -@end example - -@noindent -In @TeX{}, a cross reference looks like this: - -@example -See Section @var{section-number} [@var{node-name}], page @var{page}. -@end example - -@noindent -or like this - -@example -See Section @var{section-number} [@var{title-or-topic}], page @var{page}. -@end example - -The @code{@@xref} command does not generate a period or comma to end -the cross reference in either the Info file or the printed output. -You must write that period or comma yourself; otherwise, Info will not -recognize the end of the reference. (The @code{@@pxref} command works -differently. @xref{pxref, , @code{@@pxref}}.)@refill - -@quotation -@strong{Please note:} A period or comma @strong{must} follow the closing -brace of an @code{@@xref}. It is required to terminate the cross -reference. This period or comma will appear in the output, both in -the Info file and in the printed manual.@refill -@end quotation - -@code{@@xref} must refer to an Info node by name. Use @code{@@node} -to define the node (@pxref{Writing a Node}).@refill - -@code{@@xref} is followed by several arguments inside braces, separated by -commas. Whitespace before and after these commas is ignored.@refill - -A cross reference requires only the name of a node; but it may contain -up to four additional arguments. Each of these variations produces a -cross reference that looks somewhat different.@refill - -@quotation -@strong{Please note:} Commas separate arguments in a cross reference; -avoid including them in the title or other part lest the formatters -mistake them for separators.@refill -@end quotation - -@node One Argument, Two Arguments, Reference Syntax, xref -@subsection @code{@@xref} with One Argument - -The simplest form of @code{@@xref} takes one argument, the name of -another node in the same Info file. The Info formatters produce -output that the Info readers can use to jump to the reference; @TeX{} -produces output that specifies the page and section number for you.@refill - -@need 700 -@noindent -For example, - -@example -@@xref@{Tropical Storms@}. -@end example - -@noindent -produces - -@example -*Note Tropical Storms::. -@end example - -@noindent -and - -@quotation -See Section 3.1 [Tropical Storms], page 24. -@end quotation - -@noindent -(Note that in the preceding example the closing brace is followed by a -period.)@refill - -You can write a clause after the cross reference, like this:@refill - -@example -@@xref@{Tropical Storms@}, for more info. -@end example - -@noindent -which produces - -@example -*Note Tropical Storms::, for more info. -@end example - -@quotation -See Section 3.1 [Tropical Storms], page 24, for more info. -@end quotation - -@noindent -(Note that in the preceding example the closing brace is followed by a -comma, and then by the clause, which is followed by a period.)@refill - -@node Two Arguments, Three Arguments, One Argument, xref -@subsection @code{@@xref} with Two Arguments - -With two arguments, the second is used as the name of the Info cross -reference, while the first is still the name of the node to which the -cross reference points.@refill - -@need 750 -@noindent -The template is like this: - -@example -@@xref@{@var{node-name}, @var{cross-reference-name}@}. -@end example - -@need 700 -@noindent -For example, - -@example -@@xref@{Electrical Effects, Lightning@}. -@end example - -@noindent -produces: - -@example -*Note Lightning: Electrical Effects. -@end example - -@noindent -and - -@quotation -See Section 5.2 [Electrical Effects], page 57. -@end quotation - -@noindent -(Note that in the preceding example the closing brace is followed by a -period; and that the node name is printed, not the cross reference name.)@refill - -You can write a clause after the cross reference, like this:@refill - -@example -@@xref@{Electrical Effects, Lightning@}, for more info. -@end example - -@noindent -which produces -@example -*Note Lightning: Electrical Effects, for more info. -@end example - -@noindent -and - -@quotation -See Section 5.2 [Electrical Effects], page 57, for more info. -@end quotation - -@noindent -(Note that in the preceding example the closing brace is followed by a -comma, and then by the clause, which is followed by a period.)@refill - -@node Three Arguments, Four and Five Arguments, Two Arguments, xref -@subsection @code{@@xref} with Three Arguments - -A third argument replaces the node name in the @TeX{} output. The third -argument should be the name of the section in the printed output, or -else state the topic discussed by that section. Often, you will want to -use initial upper case letters so it will be easier to read when the -reference is printed. Use a third argument when the node name is -unsuitable because of syntax or meaning.@refill - -Remember to avoid placing a comma within the title or topic section of -a cross reference, or within any other section. The formatters divide -cross references into arguments according to the commas; a comma -within a title or other section will divide it into two arguments. In -a reference, you need to write a title such as ``Clouds, Mist, and -Fog'' without the commas.@refill - -Also, remember to write a comma or period after the closing brace of a -@code{@@xref} to terminate the cross reference. In the following -examples, a clause follows a terminating comma.@refill - - -@need 750 -@noindent -The template is like this: - -@example -@group -@@xref@{@var{node-name}, @var{cross-reference-name}, @var{title-or-topic}@}. -@end group -@end example - -@need 700 -@noindent -For example, - -@example -@group -@@xref@{Electrical Effects, Lightning, Thunder and Lightning@}, -for details. -@end group -@end example - -@noindent -produces - -@example -*Note Lightning: Electrical Effects, for details. -@end example - -@noindent -and - -@quotation -See Section 5.2 [Thunder and Lightning], page 57, for details. -@end quotation - -If a third argument is given and the second one is empty, then the -third argument serves both. (Note how two commas, side by side, mark -the empty second argument.)@refill - -@example -@group -@@xref@{Electrical Effects, , Thunder and Lightning@}, -for details. -@end group -@end example - -@noindent -produces - -@example -*Note Thunder and Lightning: Electrical Effects, for details. -@end example - -@noindent -and - -@quotation -See Section 5.2 [Thunder and Lightning], page 57, for details. -@end quotation - -As a practical matter, it is often best to write cross references with -just the first argument if the node name and the section title are the -same, and with the first and third arguments if the node name and title -are different.@refill - -Here are several examples from @cite{The GAWK Manual}:@refill - -@smallexample -@@xref@{Sample Program@}. -@@xref@{Glossary@}. -@@xref@{Case-sensitivity, ,Case-sensitivity in Matching@}. -@@xref@{Close Output, , Closing Output Files and Pipes@}, - for more information. -@@xref@{Regexp, , Regular Expressions as Patterns@}. -@end smallexample - -@node Four and Five Arguments, , Three Arguments, xref -@subsection @code{@@xref} with Four and Five Arguments - -In a cross reference, a fourth argument specifies the name of another -Info file, different from the file in which the reference appears, and -a fifth argument specifies its title as a printed manual.@refill - -Remember that a comma or period must follow the closing brace of an -@code{@@xref} command to terminate the cross reference. In the -following examples, a clause follows a terminating comma.@refill - -@need 800 -@noindent -The template is: - -@example -@group -@@xref@{@var{node-name}, @var{cross-reference-name}, @var{title-or-topic}, -@var{info-file-name}, @var{printed-manual-title}@}. -@end group -@end example - -@need 700 -@noindent -For example, - -@example -@@xref@{Electrical Effects, Lightning, Thunder and Lightning, -weather, An Introduction to Meteorology@}, for details. -@end example - -@noindent -produces - -@example -*Note Lightning: (weather)Electrical Effects, for details. -@end example - -@noindent -The name of the Info file is enclosed in parentheses and precedes -the name of the node. - -@noindent -In a printed manual, the reference looks like this:@refill - -@quotation -See section ``Thunder and Lightning'' in @i{An Introduction to -Meteorology}, for details. -@end quotation - -@noindent -The title of the printed manual is typeset in italics; and the -reference lacks a page number since @TeX{} cannot know to which page a -reference refers when that reference is to another manual.@refill - -Often, you will leave out the second argument when you use the long -version of @code{@@xref}. In this case, the third argument, the topic -description, will be used as the cross reference name in Info.@refill - -@noindent -The template looks like this: - -@example -@@xref@{@var{node-name}, , @var{title-or-topic}, @var{info-file-name}, -@var{printed-manual-title}@}, for details. -@end example - -@noindent -which produces - -@example -*Note @var{title-or-topic}: (@var{info-file-name})@var{node-name}, for details. -@end example - -@noindent -and - -@quotation -See section @var{title-or-topic} in @var{printed-manual-title}, for details. -@end quotation - -@need 700 -@noindent -For example, - -@example -@@xref@{Electrical Effects, , Thunder and Lightning, -weather, An Introduction to Meteorology@}, for details. -@end example - -@noindent -produces - -@example -@group -*Note Thunder and Lightning: (weather)Electrical Effects, -for details. -@end group -@end example - -@noindent -and - -@quotation -See section ``Thunder and Lightning'' in @i{An Introduction to -Meteorology}, for details. -@end quotation - -On rare occasions, you may want to refer to another Info file that -is within a single printed manual---when multiple Texinfo files are -incorporated into the same @TeX{} run but make separate Info files. -In this case, you need to specify only the fourth argument, and not -the fifth.@refill - -@node Top Node Naming, ref, xref, Cross References -@section Naming a `Top' Node -@cindex Naming a `Top' Node in references -@cindex @samp{@r{Top}} node naming for references - -In a cross reference, you must always name a node. This means that in -order to refer to a whole manual, you must identify the `Top' node by -writing it as the first argument to the @code{@@xref} command. (This -is different from the way you write a menu entry; see @ref{Other Info -Files, , Referring to Other Info Files}.) At the same time, to -provide a meaningful section topic or title in the printed cross -reference (instead of the word `Top'), you must write an appropriate -entry for the third argument to the @code{@@xref} command. -@refill - -@noindent -Thus, to make a cross reference to @cite{The GNU Make Manual}, -write:@refill - -@example -@@xref@{Top, , Overview, make, The GNU Make Manual@}. -@end example - -@noindent -which produces - -@example -*Note Overview: (make)Top. -@end example - -@noindent -and - -@quotation -See section ``Overview'' in @i{The GNU Make Manual}. -@end quotation - -@noindent -In this example, @samp{Top} is the name of the first node, and -@samp{Overview} is the name of the first section of the manual.@refill -@node ref, pxref, Top Node Naming, Cross References -@comment node-name, next, previous, up -@section @code{@@ref} -@cindex Cross references using @code{@@ref} -@cindex References using @code{@@ref} -@findex ref - -@code{@@ref} is nearly the same as @code{@@xref} except that it does -not generate a `See' in the printed output, just the reference itself. -This makes it useful as the last part of a sentence.@refill - -@need 700 -@noindent -For example, - -@example -For more information, see @@ref@{Hurricanes@}. -@end example - -@noindent -produces - -@example -For more information, see *Note Hurricanes. -@end example - -@noindent -and - -@quotation -For more information, see Section 8.2 [Hurricanes], page 123. -@end quotation - -The @code{@@ref} command sometimes leads writers to express themselves -in a manner that is suitable for a printed manual but looks awkward -in the Info format. Bear in mind that your audience will be using -both the printed and the Info format.@refill - -@need 800 -@noindent -For example, - -@example -@group -Sea surges are described in @@ref@{Hurricanes@}. -@end group -@end example - -@need 800 -@noindent -produces - -@quotation -Sea surges are described in Section 6.7 [Hurricanes], page 72. -@end quotation - -@need 800 -@noindent -in a printed document, and the following in Info: - -@example -Sea surges are described in *Note Hurricanes::. -@end example - -@quotation -@strong{Caution:} You @emph{must} write a period or comma immediately -after an @code{@@ref} command with two or more arguments. Otherwise, -Info will not find the end of the cross reference entry and its -attempt to follow the cross reference will fail. As a general rule, -you should write a period or comma after every @code{@@ref} command. -This looks best in both the printed and the Info output.@refill -@end quotation - -@node pxref, inforef, ref, Cross References -@comment node-name, next, previous, up -@section @code{@@pxref} -@cindex Cross references using @code{@@pxref} -@cindex References using @code{@@pxref} -@findex pxref - -The parenthetical reference command, @code{@@pxref}, is nearly the -same as @code{@@xref}, but you use it @emph{only} inside parentheses -and you do @emph{not} type a comma or period after the command's -closing brace. The command differs from @code{@@xref} in two -ways:@refill - -@enumerate -@item -@TeX{} typesets the reference for the printed manual with a lower case -`see' rather than an upper case `See'.@refill - -@item -The Info formatting commands automatically end the reference with a -closing colon or period.@refill -@end enumerate - -Because one type of formatting automatically inserts closing -punctuation and the other does not, you should use @code{@@pxref} -@emph{only} inside parentheses as part of another sentence. Also, you -yourself should not insert punctuation after the reference, as you do -with @code{@@xref}.@refill - -@code{@@pxref} is designed so that the output looks right and works -right between parentheses both in printed output and in an Info file. -In a printed manual, a closing comma or period should not follow a -cross reference within parentheses; such punctuation is wrong. But in -an Info file, suitable closing punctuation must follow the cross -reference so Info can recognize its end. @code{@@pxref} spares you -the need to use complicated methods to put a terminator into one form -of the output and not the other.@refill - -@noindent -With one argument, a parenthetical cross reference looks like -this:@refill - -@example -@dots{} storms cause flooding (@@pxref@{Hurricanes@}) @dots{} -@end example - -@need 800 -@noindent -which produces - -@example -@group -@dots{} storms cause flooding (*Note Hurricanes::) @dots{} -@end group -@end example - -@noindent -and - -@quotation -@dots{} storms cause flooding (see Section 6.7 [Hurricanes], page 72) @dots{} -@end quotation - -With two arguments, a parenthetical cross reference has this -template:@refill - -@example -@dots{} (@@pxref@{@var{node-name}, @var{cross-reference-name}@}) @dots{} -@end example - -@noindent -which produces - -@example -@dots{} (*Note @var{cross-reference-name}: @var{node-name}.) @dots{} -@end example - -@noindent -and - -@need 1500 -@quotation -@dots{} (see Section @var{nnn} [@var{node-name}], page @var{ppp}) @dots{} -@end quotation - -@code{@@pxref} can be used with up to five arguments just like -@code{@@xref} (@pxref{xref, , @code{@@xref}}).@refill - -@quotation -@strong{Please note:} Use @code{@@pxref} only as a parenthetical -reference. Do not try to use @code{@@pxref} as a clause in a sentence. -It will look bad in either the Info file, the printed output, or -both.@refill - -Also, parenthetical cross references look best at the ends of sentences. -Although you may write them in the middle of a sentence, that location -breaks up the flow of text.@refill -@end quotation - -@node inforef, , pxref, Cross References -@comment node-name, next, previous, up -@section @code{@@inforef} -@cindex Cross references using @code{@@inforef} -@cindex References using @code{@@inforef} -@findex inforef - -@code{@@inforef} is used for cross references to Info files for which -there are no printed manuals. Even in a printed manual, -@code{@@inforef} generates a reference directing the user to look in -an Info file.@refill - -The command takes either two or three arguments, in the following -order:@refill - -@enumerate -@item -The node name. - -@item -The cross reference name (optional). - -@item -The Info file name. -@end enumerate - -@noindent -Separate the arguments with commas, as with @code{@@xref}. Also, you -must terminate the reference with a comma or period after the -@samp{@}}, as you do with @code{@@xref}.@refill - -@noindent -The template is: - -@example -@@inforef@{@var{node-name}, @var{cross-reference-name}, @var{info-file-name}@}, -@end example - -@need 800 -@noindent -Thus, - -@example -@group -@@inforef@{Expert, Advanced Info commands, info@}, -for more information. -@end group -@end example - -@need 800 -@noindent -produces - -@example -@group -*Note Advanced Info commands: (info)Expert, -for more information. -@end group -@end example - -@need 800 -@noindent -and - -@quotation -See Info file @file{info}, node @samp{Expert}, for more information. -@end quotation - -@need 800 -@noindent -Similarly, - -@example -@group -@@inforef@{Expert, , info@}, for more information. -@end group -@end example - -@need 800 -@noindent -produces - -@example -*Note (info)Expert::, for more information. -@end example - -@need 800 -@noindent -and - -@quotation -See Info file @file{info}, node @samp{Expert}, for more information. -@end quotation - -The converse of @code{@@inforef} is @code{@@cite}, which is used to -refer to printed works for which no Info form exists. @xref{cite, , -@code{@@cite}}.@refill - -@node Marking Text, Quotations and Examples, Cross References, Top -@comment node-name, next, previous, up -@chapter Marking Words and Phrases -@cindex Paragraph, marking text within -@cindex Marking words and phrases -@cindex Words and phrases, marking them -@cindex Marking text within a paragraph - -In Texinfo, you can mark words and phrases in a variety of ways. -The Texinfo formatters use this information to determine how to -highlight the text. -You can specify, for example, whether a word or phrase is a -defining occurrence, a metasyntactic variable, or a symbol used in a -program. Also, you can emphasize text.@refill - -@menu -* Indicating:: How to indicate definitions, files, etc. -* Emphasis:: How to emphasize text. -@end menu - -@node Indicating, Emphasis, Marking Text, Marking Text -@comment node-name, next, previous, up -@section Indicating Definitions, Commands, etc. -@cindex Highlighting text -@cindex Indicating commands, definitions, etc. - -Texinfo has commands for indicating just what kind of object a piece of -text refers to. For example, metasyntactic variables are marked by -@code{@@var}, and code by @code{@@code}. Since the pieces of text are -labelled by commands that tell what kind of object they are, it is easy -to change the way the Texinfo formatters prepare such text. (Texinfo is -an @emph{intentional} formatting language rather than a @emph{typesetting} -formatting language.)@refill - -For example, in a printed manual, -code is usually illustrated in a typewriter font; -@code{@@code} tells @TeX{} to typeset this text in this font. But it -would be easy to change the way @TeX{} highlights code to use another -font, and this change would not effect how keystroke examples are -highlighted. If straight typesetting commands were used in the body -of the file and you wanted to make a change, you would need to check -every single occurrence to make sure that you were changing code and -not something else that should not be changed.@refill - -@menu -* Useful Highlighting:: Highlighting provides useful information. -* code:: How to indicate code. -* kbd:: How to show keyboard input. -* key:: How to specify keys. -* samp:: How to show a literal sequence of characters. -* var:: How to indicate a metasyntactic variable. -* file:: How to indicate the name of a file. -* dfn:: How to specify a definition. -* cite:: How to refer to a book that is not in Info. -* url:: How to indicate a world wide web reference. -* email:: How to indicate an electronic mail address. -@end menu - -@node Useful Highlighting, code, Indicating, Indicating -@ifinfo -@subheading Highlighting Commands are Useful -@end ifinfo - -The highlighting commands can be used to generate useful information -from the file, such as lists of functions or file names. It is -possible, for example, to write a program in Emacs Lisp (or a keyboard -macro) to insert an index entry after every paragraph that contains -words or phrases marked by a specified command. You could do this to -construct an index of functions if you had not already made the -entries.@refill - -The commands serve a variety of purposes:@refill - -@table @code -@item @@code@{@var{sample-code}@} -Indicate text that is a literal example of a piece of a program.@refill - -@item @@kbd@{@var{keyboard-characters}@} -Indicate keyboard input.@refill - -@item @@key@{@var{key-name}@} -Indicate the conventional name for a key on a keyboard.@refill - -@item @@samp@{@var{text}@} -Indicate text that is a literal example of a sequence of characters.@refill - -@item @@var@{@var{metasyntactic-variable}@} -Indicate a metasyntactic variable.@refill - -@item @@url@{@var{uniform-resource-locator}@} -Indicate a uniform resource locator for the World Wide Web. - -@item @@file@{@var{file-name}@} -Indicate the name of a file.@refill - -@item @@email@{@var{email-address}@} -Indicate an electronic mail address. - -@item @@dfn@{@var{term}@} -Indicate the introductory or defining use of a term.@refill - -@item @@cite@{@var{reference}@} -Indicate the name of a book.@refill - -@ignore -@item @@ctrl@{@var{ctrl-char}@} -Use for an @sc{ascii} control character.@refill -@end ignore -@end table - -@node code, kbd, Useful Highlighting, Indicating -@comment node-name, next, previous, up -@subsection @code{@@code}@{@var{sample-code}@} -@findex code - -Use the @code{@@code} command to indicate text that is a piece of a -program and which consists of entire syntactic tokens. Enclose the -text in braces.@refill - -Thus, you should use @code{@@code} for an expression in a program, for -the name of a variable or function used in a program, or for a -keyword. Also, you should use @code{@@code} for the name of a -program, such as @code{diff}, that is a name used in the machine. (You -should write the name of a program in the ordinary text font if you -regard it as a new English word, such as `Emacs' or `Bison'.)@refill - -Use @code{@@code} for environment variables such as @code{TEXINPUTS}, -and other variables.@refill - -Use @code{@@code} for command names in command languages that -resemble programming languages, such as Texinfo or the shell. -For example, @code{@@code} and @code{@@samp} are produced by writing -@samp{@@code@{@@@@code@}} and @samp{@@code@{@@@@samp@}} in the Texinfo -source, respectively.@refill - -Note, however, that you should not use @code{@@code} for shell options -such as @samp{-c} when such options stand alone. (Use @code{@@samp}.) -Also, an entire shell command often looks better if written using -@code{@@samp} rather than @code{@@code}. In this case, the rule is to -choose the more pleasing format.@refill - -It is incorrect to alter the case of a word inside an @code{@@code} -command when it appears at the beginning of a sentence. Most computer -languages are case sensitive. In C, for example, @code{Printf} is -different from the identifier @code{printf}, and most likely is a -misspelling of it. Even in languages which are not case sensitive, it -is confusing to a human reader to see identifiers spelled in different -ways. Pick one spelling and always use that. If you do not want to -start a sentence with a command written all in lower case, you should -rearrange the sentence.@refill - -Do not use the @code{@@code} command for a string of characters shorter -than a syntactic token. If you are writing about @samp{TEXINPU}, which -is just a part of the name for the @code{TEXINPUTS} environment -variable, you should use @code{@@samp}.@refill - -In particular, you should not use the @code{@@code} command when writing -about the characters used in a token; do not, for example, use -@code{@@code} when you are explaining what letters or printable symbols -can be used in the names of functions. (Use @code{@@samp}.) Also, you -should not use @code{@@code} to mark text that is considered input to -programs unless the input is written in a language that is like a -programming language. For example, you should not use @code{@@code} for -the keystroke commands of GNU Emacs (use @code{@@kbd} instead) although -you may use @code{@@code} for the names of the Emacs Lisp functions that -the keystroke commands invoke.@refill - -In the printed manual, @code{@@code} causes @TeX{} to typeset the -argument in a typewriter face. In the Info file, it causes the Info -formatting commands to use single quotation marks around the text. - -@need 700 -For example, - -@example -Use @@code@{diff@} to compare two files. -@end example - -@noindent -produces this in the printed manual:@refill - -@quotation -Use @code{diff} to compare two files. -@end quotation -@iftex - -@noindent -and this in the Info file:@refill - -@example -Use `diff' to compare two files. -@end example -@end iftex - -@node kbd, key, code, Indicating -@comment node-name, next, previous, up -@subsection @code{@@kbd}@{@var{keyboard-characters}@} -@findex kbd - -Use the @code{@@kbd} command for characters of input to be typed by -users. For example, to refer to the characters @kbd{M-a}, -write@refill - -@example -@@kbd@{M-a@} -@end example - -@noindent -and to refer to the characters @kbd{M-x shell}, write@refill - -@example -@@kbd@{M-x shell@} -@end example - -The @code{@@kbd} command has the same effect as @code{@@code} in Info, -but may produce a different font in a printed manual.@refill - -You can embed another @@-command inside the braces of an @code{@@kbd} -command. Here, for example, is the way to describe a command that -would be described more verbosely as ``press an @samp{r} and then -press the @key{RET} key'':@refill - -@example -@@kbd@{r @@key@{RET@}@} -@end example - -@noindent -This produces: @kbd{r @key{RET}} - -You also use the @code{@@kbd} command if you are spelling out the letters -you type; for example:@refill - -@example -To give the @@code@{logout@} command, -type the characters @@kbd@{l o g o u t @@key@{RET@}@}. -@end example - -@noindent -This produces: - -@quotation -To give the @code{logout} command, -type the characters @kbd{l o g o u t @key{RET}}. -@end quotation - -(Also, this example shows that you can add spaces for clarity. If you -really want to mention a space character as one of the characters of -input, write @kbd{@@key@{SPC@}} for it.)@refill - -@node key, samp, kbd, Indicating -@comment node-name, next, previous, up -@subsection @code{@@key}@{@var{key-name}@} -@findex key - -Use the @code{@@key} command for the conventional name for a key on a -keyboard, as in:@refill - -@example -@@key@{RET@} -@end example - -You can use the @code{@@key} command within the argument of an -@code{@@kbd} command when the sequence of characters to be typed -includes one or more keys that are described by name.@refill - -@need 700 -For example, to produce @kbd{C-x @key{ESC}} you would type:@refill - -@example -@@kbd@{C-x @@key@{ESC@}@} -@end example - -Here is a list of the recommended names for keys: -@cindex Recommended names for keys -@cindex Keys, recommended names -@cindex Names recommended for keys -@cindex Abbreviations for keys - -@quotation -@table @t -@item SPC -Space -@item RET -Return -@item LFD -Linefeed (however, since most keyboards nowadays do not have a Linefeed key, -it might be better to call this character @kbd{C-j}. -@item TAB -Tab -@item BS -Backspace -@item ESC -Escape -@item DEL -Delete -@item SHIFT -Shift -@item CTRL -Control -@item META -Meta -@end table -@end quotation - -@cindex META key -There are subtleties to handling words like `meta' or `ctrl' that are -names of shift keys. When mentioning a character in which the shift key -is used, such as @kbd{Meta-a}, use the @code{@@kbd} command alone; do -not use the @code{@@key} command; but when you are referring to the -shift key in isolation, use the @code{@@key} command. For example, -write @samp{@@kbd@{Meta-a@}} to produce @kbd{Meta-a} and -@samp{@@key@{META@}} to produce @key{META}. - -@c I don't think this is a good explanation. -@c I think it will puzzle readers more than it clarifies matters. -- rms. -@c In other words, use @code{@@kbd} for what you do, and use @code{@@key} -@c for what you talk about: ``Press @code{@@kbd@{M-a@}} to move point to -@c the beginning of the sentence. The @code{@@key@{META@}} key is often in -@c the lower left of the keyboard.''@refill - -@node samp, var, key, Indicating -@comment node-name, next, previous, up -@subsection @code{@@samp}@{@var{text}@} -@findex samp - -Use the @code{@@samp} command to indicate text that is a literal example -or `sample' of a sequence of characters in a file, string, pattern, etc. -Enclose the text in braces. The argument appears within single -quotation marks in both the Info file and the printed manual; in -addition, it is printed in a fixed-width font.@refill - -@example -To match @@samp@{foo@} at the end of the line, -use the regexp @@samp@{foo$@}. -@end example - -@noindent -produces - -@quotation -To match @samp{foo} at the end of the line, use the regexp -@samp{foo$}.@refill -@end quotation - -Any time you are referring to single characters, you should use -@code{@@samp} unless @code{@@kbd} is more appropriate. Use -@code{@@samp} for the names of command-line options. Also, you may use -@code{@@samp} for entire statements in C and for entire shell -commands---in this case, @code{@@samp} often looks better than -@code{@@code}. Basically, @code{@@samp} is a catchall for whatever is -not covered by @code{@@code}, @code{@@kbd}, or @code{@@key}.@refill - -Only include punctuation marks within braces if they are part of the -string you are specifying. Write punctuation marks outside the braces -if those punctuation marks are part of the English text that surrounds -the string. In the following sentence, for example, the commas and -period are outside of the braces:@refill - -@example -@group -In English, the vowels are @@samp@{a@}, @@samp@{e@}, -@@samp@{i@}, @@samp@{o@}, @@samp@{u@}, and sometimes -@@samp@{y@}. -@end group -@end example - -@noindent -This produces: - -@quotation -In English, the vowels are @samp{a}, @samp{e}, -@samp{i}, @samp{o}, @samp{u}, and sometimes -@samp{y}. -@end quotation - -@node var, file, samp, Indicating -@comment node-name, next, previous, up -@subsection @code{@@var}@{@var{metasyntactic-variable}@} -@findex var - -Use the @code{@@var} command to indicate metasyntactic variables. A -@dfn{metasyntactic variable} is something that stands for another piece of -text. For example, you should use a metasyntactic variable in the -documentation of a function to describe the arguments that are passed -to that function.@refill - -Do not use @code{@@var} for the names of particular variables in -programming languages. These are specific names from a program, so -@code{@@code} is correct for them. For example, the Lisp variable -@code{texinfo-tex-command} is not a metasyntactic variable; it is -properly formatted using @code{@@code}.@refill - -The effect of @code{@@var} in the Info file is to change the case of -the argument to all upper case; in the printed manual, to italicize it. - -@need 700 -For example, - -@example -To delete file @@var@{filename@}, -type @@code@{rm @@var@{filename@}@}. -@end example - -@noindent -produces - -@quotation -To delete file @var{filename}, type @code{rm @var{filename}}. -@end quotation - -@noindent -(Note that @code{@@var} may appear inside @code{@@code}, -@code{@@samp}, @code{@@file}, etc.)@refill - -Write a metasyntactic variable all in lower case without spaces, and -use hyphens to make it more readable. Thus, the Texinfo source for -the illustration of how to begin a Texinfo manual looks like -this:@refill - -@example -@group -\input texinfo -@@@@setfilename @@var@{info-file-name@} -@@@@settitle @@var@{name-of-manual@} -@end group -@end example - -@noindent -This produces: - -@example -@group -\input texinfo -@@setfilename @var{info-file-name} -@@settitle @var{name-of-manual} -@end group -@end example - -In some documentation styles, metasyntactic variables are shown with -angle brackets, for example:@refill - -@example -@dots{}, type rm <filename> -@end example - -@noindent -However, that is not the style that Texinfo uses. (You can, of -course, modify the sources to @TeX{} and the Info formatting commands -to output the @code{<@dots{}>} format if you wish.)@refill - -@node file, dfn, var, Indicating -@comment node-name, next, previous, up -@subsection @code{@@file}@{@var{file-name}@} -@findex file - -Use the @code{@@file} command to indicate text that is the name of a -file, buffer, or directory, or is the name of a node in Info. You can -also use the command for file name suffixes. Do not use @code{@@file} -for symbols in a programming language; use @code{@@code}. - -Currently, @code{@@file} is equivalent to @code{@@samp} in its effects. -For example,@refill - -@example -The @@file@{.el@} files are in -the @@file@{/usr/local/emacs/lisp@} directory. -@end example - -@noindent -produces - -@quotation -The @file{.el} files are in -the @file{/usr/local/emacs/lisp} directory. -@end quotation - -@node dfn, cite, file, Indicating -@comment node-name, next, previous, up -@subsection @code{@@dfn}@{@var{term}@} -@findex dfn - -Use the @code{@@dfn} command to identify the introductory or defining -use of a technical term. Use the command only in passages whose -purpose is to introduce a term which will be used again or which the -reader ought to know. Mere passing mention of a term for the first -time does not deserve @code{@@dfn}. The command generates italics in -the printed manual, and double quotation marks in the Info file. For -example:@refill - -@example -Getting rid of a file is called @@dfn@{deleting@} it. -@end example - -@noindent -produces - -@quotation -Getting rid of a file is called @dfn{deleting} it. -@end quotation - -As a general rule, a sentence containing the defining occurrence of a -term should be a definition of the term. The sentence does not need -to say explicitly that it is a definition, but it should contain the -information of a definition---it should make the meaning clear. - -@node cite, url, dfn, Indicating -@comment node-name, next, previous, up -@subsection @code{@@cite}@{@var{reference}@} -@findex cite - -Use the @code{@@cite} command for the name of a book that lacks a -companion Info file. The command produces italics in the printed -manual, and quotation marks in the Info file.@refill - -(If a book is written in Texinfo, it is better to use a cross reference -command since a reader can easily follow such a reference in Info. -@xref{xref, , @code{@@xref}}.)@refill - -@ignore -@c node ctrl, , cite, Indicating -@comment node-name, next, previous, up -@c subsection @code{@@ctrl}@{@var{ctrl-char}@} -@findex ctrl - -The @code{@@ctrl} command is seldom used. It describes an @sc{ascii} -control character by inserting the actual character into the Info -file. - -Usually, in Texinfo, you talk what you type as keyboard entry by -describing it with @code{@@kbd}: thus, @samp{@@kbd@{C-a@}} for -@kbd{C-a}. Use @code{@@kbd} in this way when talking about a control -character that is typed on the keyboard by the user. When talking -about a control character appearing in a file or a string, do not use -@code{@@kbd} since the control character is not typed. Also, do not -use @samp{C-} but spell out @code{control-}, as in @samp{control-a}, -to make it easier for a reader to understand.@refill - -@code{@@ctrl} is an idea from the beginnings of Texinfo which may not -really fit in to the scheme of things. But there may be times when -you want to use the command. The pattern is -@code{@@ctrl@{@var{ch}@}}, where @var{ch} is an @sc{ascii} character -whose control-equivalent is wanted. For example, to specify -@samp{control-f}, you would enter@refill - -@example -@@ctrl@{f@} -@end example - -@noindent -produces - -@quotation -@ctrl{f} -@end quotation - -In the Info file, this generates the specified control character, output -literally into the file. This is done so a user can copy the specified -control character (along with whatever else he or she wants) into another -Emacs buffer and use it. Since the `control-h',`control-i', and -`control-j' characters are formatting characters, they should not be -indicated with @code{@@ctrl}.@refill - -In a printed manual, @code{@@ctrl} generates text to describe or -identify that control character: an uparrow followed by the character -@var{ch}.@refill -@end ignore - -@node url, email, cite, Indicating -@subsection @code{@@url}@{@var{uniform-resource-locator}@} -@findex url - -Use the @code{@@url} command to indicate a uniform resource locator on -the World Wide Web. For example: - -@c Two lines because one is too long for smallbook format. -@example -The official GNU ftp site is -@@url@{ftp://ftp.gnu.ai.mit.edu/pub/gnu@}. -@end example - -In Info and @TeX{}, this acts like @code{@@samp}. When -Texinfo is converted to HTML, this produces a link you can follow. - -@node email, , url, Indicating -@subsection @code{@@email}@{@var{email-address}@} -@findex email - -Use the @code{@@email} command to indicate an electronic mail address. -For example: - -@example -Send bug reports to @email{bug-texinfo@@prep.ai.mit.edu}. -@end example - -In Info and @TeX{}, this acts like @code{@@samp}. When we have support -for conversion of Texinfo to HTML, this will produce a link you can -follow to bring up a mail composition window initialized with -@var{email-address}. - -@node Emphasis, , Indicating, Marking Text -@comment node-name, next, previous, up -@section Emphasizing Text -@cindex Emphasizing text - -Usually, Texinfo changes the font to mark words in the text according to -what category the words belong to; an example is the @code{@@code} command. -Most often, this is the best way to mark words. -However, sometimes you will want to emphasize text without indicating a -category. Texinfo has two commands to do this. Also, Texinfo has -several commands that specify the font in which @TeX{} will typeset -text. These commands have no affect on Info and only one of them, -the @code{@@r} command, has any regular use.@refill - -@menu -* emph & strong:: How to emphasize text in Texinfo. -* Smallcaps:: How to use the small caps font. -* Fonts:: Various font commands for printed output. -* Customized Highlighting:: How to define highlighting commands. -@end menu - -@node emph & strong, Smallcaps, Emphasis, Emphasis -@comment node-name, next, previous, up -@subsection @code{@@emph}@{@var{text}@} and @code{@@strong}@{@var{text}@} -@cindex Emphasizing text, font for -@findex emph -@findex strong - -The @code{@@emph} and @code{@@strong} commands are for emphasis; -@code{@@strong} is stronger. In printed output, @code{@@emph} -produces @emph{italics} and @code{@@strong} produces -@strong{bold}.@refill - -@need 800 -For example, - -@example -@group -@@quotation -@@strong@{Caution:@} @@code@{rm * .[^.]*@} removes @@emph@{all@} -files in the directory. -@@end quotation -@end group -@end example - -@iftex -@noindent -produces the following in printed output: - -@quotation -@strong{Caution}: @code{rm * .[^.]*} removes @emph{all} -files in the directory. -@end quotation - -@noindent -and the following in Info: -@end iftex -@ifinfo -@noindent -produces: -@end ifinfo - -@example - *Caution*: `rm * .[^.]*' removes *all* - files in the directory. -@end example - -The @code{@@strong} command is seldom used except to mark what is, in -effect, a typographical element, such as the word `Caution' in the -preceding example. - -In the Info file, both @code{@@emph} and @code{@@strong} put asterisks -around the text.@refill - -@quotation -@strong{Caution:} Do not use @code{@@emph} or @code{@@strong} with the -word @samp{Note}; Info will mistake the combination for a cross -reference. Use a phrase such as @strong{Please note} or -@strong{Caution} instead.@refill -@end quotation - -@node Smallcaps, Fonts, emph & strong, Emphasis -@subsection @code{@@sc}@{@var{text}@}: The Small Caps Font -@cindex Small caps font -@findex sc @r{(small caps font)} - -@iftex -Use the @samp{@@sc} command to set text in the printed output in @sc{a -small caps font} and set text in the Info file in upper case letters.@refill -@end iftex -@ifinfo -Use the @samp{@@sc} command to set text in the printed output in a -small caps font and set text in the Info file in upper case letters.@refill -@end ifinfo - -Write the text between braces in lower case, like this:@refill - -@example -The @@sc@{acm@} and @@sc@{ieee@} are technical societies. -@end example - -@noindent -This produces: - -@display -The @sc{acm} and @sc{ieee} are technical societies. -@end display - -@TeX{} typesets the small caps font in a manner that prevents the -letters from `jumping out at you on the page'. This makes small caps -text easier to read than text in all upper case. The Info formatting -commands set all small caps text in upper case.@refill - -@ifinfo -If the text between the braces of an @code{@@sc} command is upper case, -@TeX{} typesets in full-size capitals. Use full-size capitals -sparingly.@refill -@end ifinfo -@iftex -If the text between the braces of an @code{@@sc} command is upper case, -@TeX{} typesets in @sc{FULL-SIZE CAPITALS}. Use full-size capitals -sparingly.@refill -@end iftex - -You may also use the small caps font for a jargon word such as -@sc{ato} (a @sc{nasa} word meaning `abort to orbit').@refill - -There are subtleties to using the small caps font with a jargon word -such as @sc{cdr}, a word used in Lisp programming. In this case, you -should use the small caps font when the word refers to the second and -subsequent elements of a list (the @sc{cdr} of the list), but you -should use @samp{@@code} when the word refers to the Lisp function of -the same spelling.@refill - -@node Fonts, Customized Highlighting, Smallcaps, Emphasis -@comment node-name, next, previous, up -@subsection Fonts for Printing, Not Info -@cindex Fonts for printing, not for Info -@findex i @r{(italic font)} -@findex b @r{(bold font)} -@findex t @r{(typewriter font)} -@findex r @r{(Roman font)} - -Texinfo provides four font commands that specify font changes in the -printed manual but have no effect in the Info file. @code{@@i} -requests @i{italic} font (in some versions of @TeX{}, a slanted font -is used), @code{@@b} requests @b{bold} face, @code{@@t} requests the -@t{fixed-width}, typewriter-style font used by @code{@@code}, and @code{@@r} requests a -@r{roman} font, which is the usual font in which text is printed. All -four commands apply to an argument that follows, surrounded by -braces.@refill - -Only the @code{@@r} command has much use: in example programs, you -can use the @code{@@r} command to convert code comments from the -fixed-width font to a roman font. This looks better in printed -output.@refill - -@need 700 -For example, - -@example -@group -@@lisp -(+ 2 2) ; @@r@{Add two plus two.@} -@@end lisp -@end group -@end example - -@noindent -produces - -@lisp -(+ 2 2) ; @r{Add two plus two.} -@end lisp - -If possible, you should avoid using the other three font commands. If -you need to use one, it probably indicates a gap in the Texinfo -language.@refill - -@node Customized Highlighting, , Fonts, Emphasis -@comment node-name, next, previous, up -@subsection Customized Highlighting -@cindex Highlighting, customized -@cindex Customized highlighting - -@c I think this whole section is obsolete with the advent of macros -@c --karl, 15sep96. -You can use regular @TeX{} commands inside of @code{@@iftex} @dots{} -@code{@@end iftex} to create your own customized highlighting commands -for Texinfo. The easiest way to do this is to equate your customized -commands with pre-existing commands, such as those for italics. Such -new commands work only with @TeX{}.@refill - -@findex definfoenclose -@cindex Enclosure command for Info -You can use the @code{@@definfoenclose} command inside of -@code{@@ifinfo} @dots{} @code{@@end ifinfo} to define commands for Info -with the same names as new commands for @TeX{}. -@code{@@definfoenclose} creates new commands for Info that mark text by -enclosing it in strings that precede and follow the text. -@footnote{Currently, @code{@@definfoenclose} works only with -@code{texinfo-format-buffer} and @code{texinfo-format-region}, not with -@code{makeinfo}.}@refill - -Here is how to create a new @@-command called @code{@@phoo} that causes -@TeX{} to typeset its argument in italics and causes Info to display the -argument between @samp{//} and @samp{\\}.@refill - -@need 1300 -For @TeX{}, write the following to equate the @code{@@phoo} command with -the existing @code{@@i} italics command:@refill - -@example -@group -@@iftex -@@global@@let@@phoo=@@i -@@end iftex -@end group -@end example - -@noindent -This defines @code{@@phoo} as a command that causes @TeX{} to typeset -the argument to @code{@@phoo} in italics. @code{@@global@@let} tells -@TeX{} to equate the next argument with the argument that follows the -equals sign. - -@need 1300 -For Info, write the following to tell the Info formatters to enclose the -argument between @samp{//} and @samp{\\}: - -@example -@group -@@ifinfo -@@definfoenclose phoo, //, \\ -@@end ifinfo -@end group -@end example - -@noindent -Write the @code{@@definfoenclose} command on a line and follow it with -three arguments separated by commas (commas are used as separators in an -@code{@@node} line in the same way).@refill - -@itemize @bullet -@item -The first argument to @code{@@definfoenclose} is the @@-command name -@strong{without} the @samp{@@}; - -@item -the second argument is the Info start delimiter string; and, - -@item -the third argument is the Info end delimiter string. -@end itemize - -@noindent -The latter two arguments enclose the highlighted text in the Info file. -A delimiter string may contain spaces. Neither the start nor end -delimiter is required. However, if you do not provide a start -delimiter, you must follow the command name with two commas in a row; -otherwise, the Info formatting commands will misinterpret the end -delimiter string as a start delimiter string.@refill - -After you have defined @code{@@phoo} both for @TeX{} and for Info, you -can then write @code{@@phoo@{bar@}} to see @samp{//bar\\} -in Info and see -@ifinfo -@samp{bar} in italics in printed output. -@end ifinfo -@iftex -@i{bar} in italics in printed output. -@end iftex - -Note that each definition applies to its own formatter: one for @TeX{}, -the other for Info. - -@need 1200 -Here is another example: - -@example -@group -@@ifinfo -@@definfoenclose headword, , : -@@end ifinfo -@@iftex -@@global@@let@@headword=@@b -@@end iftex -@end group -@end example - -@noindent -This defines @code{@@headword} as an Info formatting command that -inserts nothing before and a colon after the argument and as a @TeX{} -formatting command to typeset its argument in bold. - -@node Quotations and Examples, Lists and Tables, Marking Text, Top -@comment node-name, next, previous, up -@chapter Quotations and Examples - -Quotations and examples are blocks of text consisting of one or more -whole paragraphs that are set off from the bulk of the text and -treated differently. They are usually indented.@refill - -In Texinfo, you always begin a quotation or example by writing an -@@-command at the beginning of a line by itself, and end it by writing -an @code{@@end} command that is also at the beginning of a line by -itself. For instance, you begin an example by writing @code{@@example} -by itself at the beginning of a line and end the example by writing -@code{@@end example} on a line by itself, at the beginning of that -line.@refill -@findex end - -@menu -* Block Enclosing Commands:: Use different constructs for - different purposes. -* quotation:: How to write a quotation. -* example:: How to write an example in a fixed-width font. -* noindent:: How to prevent paragraph indentation. -* Lisp Example:: How to illustrate Lisp code. -* smallexample & smalllisp:: Forms for the @code{@@smallbook} option. -* display:: How to write an example in the current font. -* format:: How to write an example that does not narrow - the margins. -* exdent:: How to undo the indentation of a line. -* flushleft & flushright:: How to push text flushleft or flushright. -* cartouche:: How to draw cartouches around examples. -@end menu - -@node Block Enclosing Commands, quotation, Quotations and Examples, Quotations and Examples -@section The Block Enclosing Commands - -Here are commands for quotations and examples:@refill - -@table @code -@item @@quotation -Indicate text that is quoted. The text is filled, indented, and -printed in a roman font by default.@refill - -@item @@example -Illustrate code, commands, and the like. The text is printed -in a fixed-width font, and indented but not filled.@refill - -@item @@lisp -Illustrate Lisp code. The text is printed in a fixed-width font, -and indented but not filled.@refill - -@item @@smallexample -Illustrate code, commands, and the like. Similar to -@code{@@example}, except that in @TeX{} this command typesets text in -a smaller font for the smaller @code{@@smallbook} format than for the -8.5 by 11 inch format.@refill - -@item @@smalllisp -Illustrate Lisp code. Similar to @code{@@lisp}, except that -in @TeX{} this command typesets text in a smaller font for the smaller -@code{@@smallbook} format than for the 8.5 by 11 inch format.@refill - -@item @@display -Display illustrative text. The text is indented but not filled, and -no font is specified (so, by default, the font is roman).@refill - -@item @@format -Print illustrative text. The text is not indented and not filled -and no font is specified (so, by default, the font is roman).@refill -@end table - -The @code{@@exdent} command is used within the above constructs to -undo the indentation of a line. - -The @code{@@flushleft} and @code{@@flushright} commands are used to line -up the left or right margins of unfilled text.@refill - -The @code{@@noindent} command may be used after one of the above -constructs to prevent the following text from being indented as a new -paragraph.@refill - -You can use the @code{@@cartouche} command within one of the above -constructs to highlight the example or quotation by drawing a box with -rounded corners around it. (The @code{@@cartouche} command affects -only the printed manual; it has no effect in the Info file; see -@ref{cartouche, , Drawing Cartouches Around Examples}.)@refill - -@node quotation, example, Block Enclosing Commands, Quotations and Examples -@comment node-name, next, previous, up -@section @code{@@quotation} -@cindex Quotations -@findex quotation - -The text of a quotation is -processed normally except that:@refill - -@itemize @bullet -@item -the margins are closer to the center of the page, so the whole of the -quotation is indented;@refill - -@item -the first lines of paragraphs are indented no more than other -lines;@refill - -@item -in the printed output, interparagraph spacing is reduced.@refill -@end itemize - -@quotation -This is an example of text written between an @code{@@quotation} -command and an @code{@@end quotation} command. An @code{@@quotation} -command is most often used to indicate text that is excerpted from -another (real or hypothetical) printed work.@refill -@end quotation - -Write an @code{@@quotation} command as text on a line by itself. This -line will disappear from the output. Mark the end of the quotation -with a line beginning with and containing only @code{@@end quotation}. -The @code{@@end quotation} line will likewise disappear from the -output. Thus, the following,@refill - -@example -@@quotation -This is -a foo. -@@end quotation -@end example - -@noindent -produces - -@quotation -This is a foo. -@end quotation - -@node example, noindent, quotation, Quotations and Examples -@comment node-name, next, previous, up -@section @code{@@example} -@cindex Examples, formatting them -@cindex Formatting examples -@findex example - -The @code{@@example} command is used to indicate an example that is -not part of the running text, such as computer input or output.@refill - -@example -@group -This is an example of text written between an -@code{@@example} command -and an @code{@@end example} command. -The text is indented but not filled. -@end group - -@group -In the printed manual, the text is typeset in a -fixed-width font, and extra spaces and blank lines are -significant. In the Info file, an analogous result is -obtained by indenting each line with five spaces. -@end group -@end example - -Write an @code{@@example} command at the beginning of a line by itself. -This line will disappear from the output. Mark the end of the example -with an @code{@@end example} command, also written at the beginning of a -line by itself. The @code{@@end example} will disappear from the -output.@refill - -@need 700 -For example, - -@example -@@example -mv foo bar -@@end example -@end example - -@noindent -produces - -@example -mv foo bar -@end example - -Since the lines containing @code{@@example} and @code{@@end example} -will disappear, you should put a blank line before the -@code{@@example} and another blank line after the @code{@@end -example}. (Remember that blank lines between the beginning -@code{@@example} and the ending @code{@@end example} will appear in -the output.)@refill - -@quotation -@strong{Caution:} Do not use tabs in the lines of an example (or anywhere -else in Texinfo, for that matter)! @TeX{} treats tabs as single -spaces, and that is not what they look like. This is a problem with -@TeX{}. (If necessary, in Emacs, you can use @kbd{M-x untabify} to -convert tabs in a region to multiple spaces.)@refill -@end quotation - -Examples are often, logically speaking, ``in the middle'' of a -paragraph, and the text continues after an example should not be -indented. The @code{@@noindent} command prevents a piece of text from -being indented as if it were a new paragraph. -@ifinfo -(@xref{noindent}.) -@end ifinfo - -(The @code{@@code} command is used for examples of code that are -embedded within sentences, not set off from preceding and following -text. @xref{code, , @code{@@code}}.) - -@node noindent, Lisp Example, example, Quotations and Examples -@comment node-name, next, previous, up -@section @code{@@noindent} -@findex noindent - -An example or other inclusion can break a paragraph into segments. -Ordinarily, the formatters indent text that follows an example as a new -paragraph. However, you can prevent this by writing @code{@@noindent} -at the beginning of a line by itself preceding the continuation -text.@refill - -@need 1500 -For example: - -@example -@group -@@example -This is an example -@@end example - -@@noindent -This line is not indented. As you can see, the -beginning of the line is fully flush left with the line -that follows after it. (This whole example is between -@@code@{@@@@display@} and @@code@{@@@@end display@}.) -@end group -@end example - -@noindent -produces - -@display -@example -This is an example -@end example -@tex -% Remove extra vskip; this is a kludge to counter the effect of display -\vskip-3.5\baselineskip -@end tex - -@noindent -This line is not indented. As you can see, the -beginning of the line is fully flush left with the line -that follows after it. (This whole example is between -@code{@@display} and @code{@@end display}.) -@end display - -To adjust the number of blank lines properly in the Info file output, -remember that the line containing @code{@@noindent} does not generate a -blank line, and neither does the @code{@@end example} line.@refill - -In the Texinfo source file for this manual, each line that says -`produces' is preceded by a line containing @code{@@noindent}.@refill - -Do not put braces after an @code{@@noindent} command; they are not -necessary, since @code{@@noindent} is a command used outside of -paragraphs (@pxref{Command Syntax}).@refill - -@node Lisp Example, smallexample & smalllisp, noindent, Quotations and Examples -@comment node-name, next, previous, up -@section @code{@@lisp} -@cindex Lisp example -@findex lisp - -The @code{@@lisp} command is used for Lisp code. It is synonymous -with the @code{@@example} command. - -@lisp -This is an example of text written between an -@code{@@lisp} command and an @code{@@end lisp} command. -@end lisp - -Use @code{@@lisp} instead of @code{@@example} so as to preserve -information regarding the nature of the example. This is useful, for -example, if you write a function that evaluates only and all the Lisp -code in a Texinfo file. Then you can use the Texinfo file as a Lisp -library.@footnote{It would be straightforward to extend Texinfo to -work in a similar fashion for C, @sc{fortran}, or other languages.}@refill - -Mark the end of @code{@@lisp} with @code{@@end lisp} on a line by -itself.@refill - -@node smallexample & smalllisp, display, Lisp Example, Quotations and Examples -@comment node-name, next, previous, up -@section @code{@@smallexample} and @code{@@smalllisp} -@cindex Small book example -@cindex Example for a small book -@cindex Lisp example for a small book -@findex smallexample -@findex smalllisp - -In addition to the regular @code{@@example} and @code{@@lisp} commands, -Texinfo has two other ``example-style'' commands. These are the -@code{@@smallexample} and @code{@@smalllisp} commands. Both these -commands are designed for use with the @code{@@smallbook} command that -causes @TeX{} to produce a printed manual in a 7 by 9.25 inch format -rather than the regular 8.5 by 11 inch format.@refill - -In @TeX{}, the @code{@@smallexample} and @code{@@smalllisp} commands -typeset text in a smaller font for the smaller @code{@@smallbook} -format than for the 8.5 by 11 inch format. Consequently, many examples -containing long lines fit in a narrower, @code{@@smallbook} page -without needing to be shortened. Both commands typeset in the normal -font size when you format for the 8.5 by 11 inch size; indeed, -in this situation, the @code{@@smallexample} and @code{@@smalllisp} -commands are defined to be the @code{@@example} and @code{@@lisp} -commands.@refill - -In Info, the @code{@@smallexample} and @code{@@smalllisp} commands are -equivalent to the @code{@@example} and @code{@@lisp} commands, and work -exactly the same.@refill - -Mark the end of @code{@@smallexample} or @code{@@smalllisp} with -@code{@@end smallexample} or @code{@@end smalllisp}, -respectively.@refill - -@iftex -Here is an example written in the small font used by the -@code{@@smallexample} and @code{@@smalllisp} commands: - -@ifclear smallbook -@display -@tex -% Remove extra vskip; this is a kludge to counter the effect of display -\vskip-3\baselineskip -{\ninett -\dots{} to make sure that you have the freedom to -distribute copies of free software (and charge for -this service if you wish), that you receive source -code or can get it if you want it, that you can -change the software or use pieces of it in new free -programs; and that you know you can do these things.} -@end tex -@end display -@end ifclear -@end iftex -@ifset smallbook -@iftex -@smallexample -This is an example of text written between @code{@@smallexample} and -@code{@@end smallexample}. In Info and in an 8.5 by 11 inch manual, -this text appears in its normal size; but in a 7 by 9.25 inch manual, -this text appears in a smaller font. -@end smallexample -@end iftex -@end ifset -@ifinfo -@smallexample -This is an example of text written between @code{@@smallexample} and -@code{@@end smallexample}. In Info and in an 8.5 by 11 inch manual, -this text appears in its normal size; but in a 7 by 9.25 inch manual, -this text appears in a smaller font. -@end smallexample -@end ifinfo - -The @code{@@smallexample} and @code{@@smalllisp} commands make it -easier to prepare smaller format manuals without forcing you to edit -examples by hand to fit them onto narrower pages.@refill - -As a general rule, a printed document looks better if you write all the -examples in a chapter consistently in @code{@@example} or in -@code{@@smallexample}. Only occasionally should you mix the two -formats.@refill - -@xref{smallbook, , Printing ``Small'' Books}, for more information -about the @code{@@smallbook} command.@refill - -@node display, format, smallexample & smalllisp, Quotations and Examples -@comment node-name, next, previous, up -@section @code{@@display} -@cindex Display formatting -@findex display - -The @code{@@display} command begins a kind of example. It is like the -@code{@@example} command -except that, in -a printed manual, @code{@@display} does not select the fixed-width -font. In fact, it does not specify the font at all, so that the text -appears in the same font it would have appeared in without the -@code{@@display} command.@refill - -@display -This is an example of text written between an @code{@@display} command -and an @code{@@end display} command. The @code{@@display} command -indents the text, but does not fill it. -@end display - -@node format, exdent, display, Quotations and Examples -@comment node-name, next, previous, up -@section @code{@@format} -@findex format - -The @code{@@format} command is similar to @code{@@example} except -that, in the printed manual, @code{@@format} does not select the -fixed-width font and does not narrow the margins.@refill - -@format -This is an example of text written between an @code{@@format} command -and an @code{@@end format} command. As you can see -from this example, -the @code{@@format} command does not fill the text. -@end format - -@node exdent, flushleft & flushright, format, Quotations and Examples -@section @code{@@exdent}: Undoing a Line's Indentation -@cindex Indentation undoing -@findex exdent - -The @code{@@exdent} command removes any indentation a line might have. -The command is written at the beginning of a line and applies only to -the text that follows the command that is on the same line. Do not use -braces around the text. In a printed manual, the text on an -@code{@@exdent} line is printed in the roman font.@refill - -@code{@@exdent} is usually used within examples. Thus,@refill - -@example -@group -@@example -This line follows an @@@@example command. -@@exdent This line is exdented. -This line follows the exdented line. -The @@@@end example comes on the next line. -@@end group -@end group -@end example - -@noindent -produces - -@example -@group -This line follows an @@example command. -@exdent This line is exdented. -This line follows the exdented line. -The @@end example comes on the next line. -@end group -@end example - -In practice, the @code{@@exdent} command is rarely used. -Usually, you un-indent text by ending the example and -returning the page to its normal width.@refill - -@node flushleft & flushright, cartouche, exdent, Quotations and Examples -@section @code{@@flushleft} and @code{@@flushright} -@findex flushleft -@findex flushright - -The @code{@@flushleft} and @code{@@flushright} commands line up the -ends of lines on the left and right margins of a page, -but do not fill the text. The commands are written on lines of their -own, without braces. The @code{@@flushleft} and @code{@@flushright} -commands are ended by @code{@@end flushleft} and @code{@@end -flushright} commands on lines of their own.@refill - -@need 1500 -For example, - -@example -@group -@@flushleft -This text is -written flushleft. -@@end flushleft -@end group -@end example - -@noindent -produces - -@quotation -@flushleft -This text is -written flushleft. -@end flushleft -@end quotation - - -Flushright produces the type of indentation often used in the return -address of letters.@refill - -@need 1500 -@noindent -For example, - -@example -@group -@@flushright -Here is an example of text written -flushright. The @@code@{@@flushright@} command -right justifies every line but leaves the -left end ragged. -@@end flushright -@end group -@end example - -@noindent -produces - -@flushright -Here is an example of text written -flushright. The @code{@@flushright} command -right justifies every line but leaves the -left end ragged. -@end flushright - -@node cartouche, , flushleft & flushright, Quotations and Examples -@section Drawing Cartouches Around Examples -@findex cartouche -@cindex Box with rounded corners - -In a printed manual, the @code{@@cartouche} command draws a box with -rounded corners around its contents. You can use this command to -further highlight an example or quotation. For instance, you could -write a manual in which one type of example is surrounded by a cartouche -for emphasis.@refill - -The @code{@@cartouche} command affects only the printed manual; it has -no effect in the Info file.@refill - -@need 1500 -For example, - -@example -@group -@@example -@@cartouche -% pwd -/usr/local/lib/emacs/info -@@end cartouche -@@end example -@end group -@end example - -@noindent -surrounds the two-line example with a box with rounded corners, in the -printed manual. - -@iftex -In a printed manual, the example looks like this:@refill - -@example -@group -@cartouche -% pwd -/usr/local/lib/emacs/info -@end cartouche -@end group -@end example -@end iftex - -@node Lists and Tables, Indices, Quotations and Examples, Top -@comment node-name, next, previous, up -@chapter Making Lists and Tables -@cindex Making lists and tables -@cindex Lists and tables, making them -@cindex Tables and lists, making them - -Texinfo has several ways of making lists and two-column tables. Lists can -be bulleted or numbered, while two-column tables can highlight the items in -the first column.@refill - -@menu -* Introducing Lists:: Texinfo formats lists for you. -* itemize:: How to construct a simple list. -* enumerate:: How to construct a numbered list. -* Two-column Tables:: How to construct a two-column table. -* Multi-column Tables:: How to construct generalized tables. -@end menu - -@ifinfo -@node Introducing Lists, itemize, Lists and Tables, Lists and Tables -@heading Introducing Lists -@end ifinfo - -Texinfo automatically indents the text in lists or tables, and numbers -an enumerated list. This last feature is useful if you modify the -list, since you do not need to renumber it yourself.@refill - -Numbered lists and tables begin with the appropriate @@-command at the -beginning of a line, and end with the corresponding @code{@@end} -command on a line by itself. The table and itemized-list commands -also require that you write formatting information on the same line as -the beginning @@-command.@refill - -Begin an enumerated list, for example, with an @code{@@enumerate} -command and end the list with an @code{@@end enumerate} command. -Begin an itemized list with an @code{@@itemize} command, followed on -the same line by a formatting command such as @code{@@bullet}, and end -the list with an @code{@@end itemize} command.@refill -@findex end - -Precede each element of a list with an @code{@@item} or @code{@@itemx} -command.@refill - -@sp 1 -@noindent -Here is an itemized list of the different kinds of table and lists:@refill - -@itemize @bullet -@item -Itemized lists with and without bullets. - -@item -Enumerated lists, using numbers or letters. - -@item -Two-column tables with highlighting. -@end itemize - -@sp 1 -@noindent -Here is an enumerated list with the same items:@refill - -@enumerate -@item -Itemized lists with and without bullets. - -@item -Enumerated lists, using numbers or letters. - -@item -Two-column tables with highlighting. -@end enumerate - -@sp 1 -@noindent -And here is a two-column table with the same items and their -@w{@@-commands}:@refill - -@table @code -@item @@itemize -Itemized lists with and without bullets. - -@item @@enumerate -Enumerated lists, using numbers or letters. - -@item @@table -@itemx @@ftable -@itemx @@vtable -Two-column tables with indexing. -@end table - -@node itemize, enumerate, Introducing Lists, Lists and Tables -@comment node-name, next, previous, up -@section Making an Itemized List -@cindex Itemization -@findex itemize - -The @code{@@itemize} command produces sequences of indented -paragraphs, with a bullet or other mark inside the left margin -at the beginning of each paragraph for which such a mark is desired.@refill - -Begin an itemized list by writing @code{@@itemize} at the beginning of -a line. Follow the command, on the same line, with a character or a -Texinfo command that generates a mark. Usually, you will write -@code{@@bullet} after @code{@@itemize}, but you can use -@code{@@minus}, or any character or any special symbol that results in -a single character in the Info file. (When you write @code{@@bullet} -or @code{@@minus} after an @code{@@itemize} command, you may omit the -@samp{@{@}}.)@refill - -Write the text of the indented paragraphs themselves after the -@code{@@itemize}, up to another line that says @code{@@end -itemize}.@refill - -Before each paragraph for which a mark in the margin is desired, write -a line that says just @code{@@item}. Do not write any other text on this -line.@refill -@findex item - -Usually, you should put a blank line before an @code{@@item}. This -puts a blank line in the Info file. (@TeX{} inserts the proper -interline whitespace in either case.) Except when the entries are -very brief, these blank lines make the list look better.@refill - -Here is an example of the use of @code{@@itemize}, followed by the -output it produces. Note that @code{@@bullet} produces an @samp{*} in -Info and a round dot in @TeX{}.@refill - -@example -@group -@@itemize @@bullet -@@item -Some text for foo. - -@@item -Some text -for bar. -@@end itemize -@end group -@end example - -@noindent -This produces: - -@quotation -@itemize @bullet -@item -Some text for foo. - -@item -Some text -for bar. -@end itemize -@end quotation - -Itemized lists may be embedded within other itemized lists. Here is a -list marked with dashes embedded in a list marked with bullets:@refill - -@example -@group -@@itemize @@bullet -@@item -First item. - -@@itemize @@minus -@@item -Inner item. - -@@item -Second inner item. -@@end itemize - -@@item -Second outer item. -@@end itemize -@end group -@end example - -@noindent -This produces: - -@quotation -@itemize @bullet -@item -First item. - -@itemize @minus -@item -Inner item. - -@item -Second inner item. -@end itemize - -@item -Second outer item. -@end itemize -@end quotation - -@node enumerate, Two-column Tables, itemize, Lists and Tables -@comment node-name, next, previous, up -@section Making a Numbered or Lettered List -@cindex Enumeration -@findex enumerate - -@code{@@enumerate} is like @code{@@itemize} except that the marks in -the left margin contain successive integers or letters. -(@xref{itemize, , @code{@@itemize}}.)@refill - -Write the @code{@@enumerate} command at the beginning of a line. -The command does not require an argument, but accepts either a number or -a letter as an option. -Without an argument, @code{@@enumerate} starts the list -with the number 1. With a numeric argument, such as 3, -the command starts the list with that number. -With an upper or lower case letter, such as @kbd{a} or @kbd{A}, -the command starts the list with that letter.@refill - -Write the text of the enumerated list in the same way you write an -itemized list: put @code{@@item} on a line of its own before the start of -each paragraph that you want enumerated. Do not write any other text on -the line beginning with @code{@@item}.@refill - -You should put a blank line between entries in the list. -This generally makes it easier to read the Info file.@refill - -@need 1500 -Here is an example of @code{@@enumerate} without an argument:@refill - -@example -@group -@@enumerate -@@item -Underlying causes. - -@@item -Proximate causes. -@@end enumerate -@end group -@end example - -@noindent -This produces: - -@enumerate -@item -Underlying causes. - -@item -Proximate causes. -@end enumerate -@sp 1 -Here is an example with an argument of @kbd{3}:@refill -@sp 1 -@example -@group -@@enumerate 3 -@@item -Predisposing causes. - -@@item -Precipitating causes. - -@@item -Perpetuating causes. -@@end enumerate -@end group -@end example - -@noindent -This produces: - -@enumerate 3 -@item -Predisposing causes. - -@item -Precipitating causes. - -@item -Perpetuating causes. -@end enumerate -@sp 1 -Here is a brief summary of the alternatives. The summary is constructed -using @code{@@enumerate} with an argument of @kbd{a}.@refill -@sp 1 -@enumerate a -@item -@code{@@enumerate} - -Without an argument, produce a numbered list, starting with the number -1.@refill - -@item -@code{@@enumerate @var{positive-integer}} - -With a (positive) numeric argument, start a numbered list with that -number. You can use this to continue a list that you interrupted with -other text.@refill - -@item -@code{@@enumerate @var{upper-case-letter}} - -With an upper case letter as argument, start a list -in which each item is marked -by a letter, beginning with that upper case letter.@refill - -@item -@code{@@enumerate @var{lower-case-letter}} - -With a lower case letter as argument, start a list -in which each item is marked by -a letter, beginning with that lower case letter.@refill -@end enumerate - -You can also nest enumerated lists, as in an outline.@refill - -@node Two-column Tables, Multi-column Tables, enumerate, Lists and Tables -@section Making a Two-column Table -@cindex Tables, making two-column -@findex table - -@code{@@table} is similar to @code{@@itemize}, but the command allows -you to specify a name or heading line for each item. (@xref{itemize, -, @code{@@itemize}}.) The @code{@@table} command is used to produce -two-column tables, and is especially useful for glossaries and -explanatory exhibits.@refill - -@menu -* table:: How to construct a two-column table. -* ftable vtable:: How to construct a two-column table - with automatic indexing. -* itemx:: How to put more entries in the first column. -@end menu - -@ifinfo -@node table, ftable vtable, Two-column Tables, Two-column Tables -@subheading Using the @code{@@table} Command - -Use the @code{@@table} command to produce two-column tables.@refill -@end ifinfo - -Write the @code{@@table} command at the beginning of a line and follow -it on the same line with an argument that is a Texinfo command such as -@code{@@code}, @code{@@samp}, @code{@@var}, or @code{@@kbd}. -Although these commands are usually followed by arguments in braces, -in this case you use the command name without an argument because -@code{@@item} will supply the argument. This command will be applied -to the text that goes into the first column of each item and -determines how it will be highlighted. For example, @code{@@samp} -will cause the text in the first column to be highlighted with an -@code{@@samp} command.@refill - -You may also choose to use the @code{@@asis} command as an argument to -@code{@@table}. @code{@@asis} is a command that does nothing; if you use this -command after @code{@@table}, @TeX{} and the Info formatting commands -output the first column entries without added highlighting (`as -is').@refill - -(The @code{@@table} command may work with other commands besides those -listed here. However, you can only use commands -that normally take arguments in braces.)@refill - -Begin each table entry with an @code{@@item} command at the beginning -of a line. Write the first column text on the same line as the -@code{@@item} command. Write the second column text on the line -following the @code{@@item} line and on subsequent lines. (You do not -need to type anything for an empty second column entry.) You may -write as many lines of supporting text as you wish, even several -paragraphs. But only text on the same line as the @code{@@item} will -be placed in the first column.@refill -@findex item - -Normally, you should put a blank line before an @code{@@item} line. -This puts a blank like in the Info file. Except when the entries are -very brief, a blank line looks better.@refill - -@need 1500 -The following table, for example, highlights the text in the first -column with an @code{@@samp} command:@refill - -@example -@group -@@table @@samp -@@item foo -This is the text for -@@samp@{foo@}. - -@@item bar -Text for @@samp@{bar@}. -@@end table -@end group -@end example - -@noindent -This produces: - -@table @samp -@item foo -This is the text for -@samp{foo}. -@item bar -Text for @samp{bar}. -@end table - -If you want to list two or more named items with a single block of -text, use the @code{@@itemx} command. (@xref{itemx, , -@code{@@itemx}}.)@refill - -@node ftable vtable, itemx, table, Two-column Tables -@comment node-name, next, previous, up -@subsection @code{@@ftable} and @code{@@vtable} -@cindex Tables with indexes -@cindex Indexing table entries automatically -@findex ftable -@findex vtable - -The @code{@@ftable} and @code{@@vtable} commands are the same as the -@code{@@table} command except that @code{@@ftable} automatically enters -each of the items in the first column of the table into the index of -functions and @code{@@vtable} automatically enters each of the items in -the first column of the table into the index of variables. This -simplifies the task of creating indices. Only the items on the same -line as the @code{@@item} commands are indexed, and they are indexed in -exactly the form that they appear on that line. @xref{Indices, , -Creating Indices}, for more information about indices.@refill - -Begin a two-column table using @code{@@ftable} or @code{@@vtable} by -writing the @@-command at the beginning of a line, followed on the same -line by an argument that is a Texinfo command such as @code{@@code}, -exactly as you would for an @code{@@table} command; and end the table -with an @code{@@end ftable} or @code{@@end vtable} command on a line by -itself. - -See the example for @code{@@table} in the previous section. - -@node itemx, , ftable vtable, Two-column Tables -@comment node-name, next, previous, up -@subsection @code{@@itemx} -@cindex Two named items for @code{@@table} -@findex itemx - -Use the @code{@@itemx} command inside a table when you have two or -more first column entries for the same item, each of which should -appear on a line of its own. Use @code{@@itemx} for all but the first -entry. The @code{@@itemx} command works exactly like @code{@@item} -except that it does not generate extra vertical space above the first -column text.@refill - -@need 1000 -For example, - -@example -@group -@@table @@code -@@item upcase -@@itemx downcase -These two functions accept a character or a string as -argument, and return the corresponding upper case (lower -case) character or string. -@@end table -@end group -@end example - -@noindent -This produces: - -@table @code -@item upcase -@itemx downcase -These two functions accept a character or a string as -argument, and return the corresponding upper case (lower -case) character or string.@refill -@end table - -@noindent -(Note also that this example illustrates multi-line supporting text in -a two-column table.)@refill - - -@node Multi-column Tables, , Two-column Tables, Lists and Tables -@section Multi-column Tables -@cindex Tables, making multi-column -@findex multitable - -@code{@@multitable} allows you to construct tables with any number of -columns, with each column having any width you like. - -You define the column widths on the @code{@@multitable} line itself, and -write each row of the actual table following an @code{@@item} command, -with columns separated by an @code{@@tab} command. Finally, @code{@@end -multitable} completes the table. Details in the sections below. - -@menu -* Multitable Column Widths:: Defining multitable column widths. -* Multitable Rows:: Defining multitable rows, with examples. -@end menu - -@node Multitable Column Widths, Multitable Rows, Multi-column Tables, Multi-column Tables -@subsection Multitable Column Widths -@cindex Multitable column widths -@cindex Column widths, defining for multitables -@cindex Widths, defining multitable column - -You can define the column widths for a multitable in two ways: as -fractions of the line length; or with a prototype row. Mixing the two -methods is not supported. In either case, the widths are defined -entirely on the same line as the @code{@@multitable} command. - -@enumerate -@item -@findex columnfractions -@cindex Line length, column widths as fraction of -To specify column widths as fractions of the line length, write -@code{@@columnfractions} and the decimal numbers (presumably less than -1) after the @code{@@multitable} command, as in: - -@example -@@multitable @@columnfractions .33 .33 .33 -@end example - -@noindent The fractions need not add up exactly to 1.0, as these do -not. This allows you to produce tables that do not need the full line -length. - -@item -@cindex Prototype row, column widths defined by -To specify a prototype row, write the longest entry for each column -enclosed in braces after the @code{@@multitable} command. For example: - -@example -@@multitable @{some text for column one@} @{for column two@} -@end example - -@noindent -The first column will then have the width of the typeset `some text for -column one', and the second column the width of `for column two'. - -The prototype entries need not appear in the table itself. - -Although we used simple text in this example, the prototype entries can -contain Texinfo commands; markup commands such as @code{@@code} are -particularly likely to be useful. - -@end enumerate - - -@node Multitable Rows, , Multitable Column Widths, Multi-column Tables -@subsection Multitable Rows -@cindex Multitable rows -@cindex Rows, of a multitable - -@findex item -@cindex tab -After the @code{@@multitable} command defining the column widths (see -the previous section), you begin each row in the body of a multitable -with @code{@@item}, and separate the column entries with @code{@@tab}. -Line breaks are not special within the table body, and you may break -input lines in your source file as necessary. - -Here is a complete example of a multi-column table (the text is from -the GNU Emacs manual): - -@example -@@multitable @@columnfractions .15 .45 .4 -@@item Key @@tab Command @@tab Description -@@item C-x 2 -@@tab @@code@{split-window-vertically@} -@@tab Split the selected window into two windows, -with one above the other. -@@item C-x 3 -@@tab @@code@{split-window-horizontally@} -@@tab Split the selected window into two windows -positioned side by side. -@@item C-Mouse-2 -@@tab -@@tab In the mode line or scroll bar of a window, -split that window. -@@end multitable -@end example - -@noindent produces: - -@multitable @columnfractions .15 .45 .4 -@item Key @tab Command @tab Description -@item C-x 2 -@tab @code{split-window-vertically} -@tab Split the selected window into two windows, -with one above the other. -@item C-x 3 -@tab @code{split-window-horizontally} -@tab Split the selected window into two windows -positioned side by side. -@item C-Mouse-2 -@tab -@tab In the mode line or scroll bar of a window, -split that window. -@end multitable - - -@node Indices, Insertions, Lists and Tables, Top -@comment node-name, next, previous, up -@chapter Creating Indices -@cindex Indices -@cindex Creating indices - -Using Texinfo, you can generate indices without having to sort and -collate entries manually. In an index, the entries are listed in -alphabetical order, together with information on how to find the -discussion of each entry. In a printed manual, this information -consists of page numbers. In an Info file, this information is a menu -entry leading to the first node referenced.@refill - -Texinfo provides several predefined kinds of index: an index -for functions, an index for variables, an index for concepts, and so -on. You can combine indices or use them for other than their -canonical purpose. If you wish, you can define your own indices.@refill - -@menu -* Index Entries:: Choose different words for index entries. -* Predefined Indices:: Use different indices for different kinds - of entry. -* Indexing Commands:: How to make an index entry. -* Combining Indices:: How to combine indices. -* New Indices:: How to define your own indices. -@end menu - -@node Index Entries, Predefined Indices, Indices, Indices -@comment node-name, next, previous, up -@section Making Index Entries -@cindex Index entries, making -@cindex Entries, making index - -When you are making index entries, it is good practice to think of the -different ways people may look for something. Different people -@emph{do not} think of the same words when they look something up. A -helpful index will have items indexed under all the different words -that people may use. For example, one reader may think it obvious that -the two-letter names for indices should be listed under ``Indices, -two-letter names'', since the word ``Index'' is the general concept. -But another reader may remember the specific concept of two-letter -names and search for the entry listed as ``Two letter names for -indices''. A good index will have both entries and will help both -readers.@refill - -Like typesetting, the construction of an index is a highly skilled, -professional art, the subtleties of which are not appreciated until you -need to do it yourself.@refill - -@xref{Printing Indices & Menus}, for information about printing an index -at the end of a book or creating an index menu in an Info file.@refill - -@node Predefined Indices, Indexing Commands, Index Entries, Indices -@comment node-name, next, previous, up -@section Predefined Indices - -Texinfo provides six predefined indices:@refill - -@itemize @bullet -@item -A @dfn{concept index} listing concepts that are discussed.@refill - -@item -A @dfn{function index} listing functions (such as entry points of -libraries).@refill - -@item -A @dfn{variables index} listing variables (such as global variables -of libraries).@refill - -@item -A @dfn{keystroke index} listing keyboard commands.@refill - -@item -A @dfn{program index} listing names of programs.@refill - -@item -A @dfn{data type index} listing data types (such as structures defined in -header files).@refill -@end itemize - -@noindent -Not every manual needs all of these, and most manuals use two or three -of them. This manual has two indices: a -concept index and an @@-command index (that is actually the function -index but is called a command index in the chapter heading). Two or -more indices can be combined into one using the @code{@@synindex} or -@code{@@syncodeindex} commands. @xref{Combining Indices}.@refill - -@node Indexing Commands, Combining Indices, Predefined Indices, Indices -@comment node-name, next, previous, up -@section Defining the Entries of an Index -@cindex Defining indexing entries -@cindex Index entries -@cindex Entries for an index -@cindex Specifying index entries -@cindex Creating index entries - -The data to make an index come from many individual indexing commands -scattered throughout the Texinfo source file. Each command says to add -one entry to a particular index; after formatting, the index will give -the current page number or node name as the reference.@refill - -An index entry consists of an indexing command at the beginning of a -line followed, on the rest of the line, by the entry.@refill - -For example, this section begins with the following five entries for -the concept index:@refill - -@example -@@cindex Defining indexing entries -@@cindex Index entries -@@cindex Entries for an index -@@cindex Specifying index entries -@@cindex Creating index entries -@end example - -Each predefined index has its own indexing command---@code{@@cindex} -for the concept index, @code{@@findex} for the function index, and so -on.@refill - -@cindex Writing index entries -@cindex Index entry writing -Concept index entries consist of text. The best way to write an index -is to choose entries that are terse yet clear. If you can do this, -the index often looks better if the entries are not capitalized, but -written just as they would appear in the middle of a sentence. -(Capitalize proper names and acronyms that always call for upper case -letters.) This is the case convention we use in most GNU manuals' -indices. - -If you don't see how to make an entry terse yet clear, make it longer -and clear---not terse and confusing. If many of the entries are several -words long, the index may look better if you use a different convention: -to capitalize the first word of each entry. But do not capitalize a -case-sensitive name such as a C or Lisp function name or a shell -command; that would be a spelling error. - -Whichever case convention you use, please use it consistently! - -@ignore -Concept index entries consist of English text. The usual convention -is to capitalize the first word of each such index entry, unless that -word is the name of a function, variable, or other such entity that -should not be capitalized. However, if your concept index entries are -consistently short (one or two words each) it may look better for each -regular entry to start with a lower case letter, aside from proper -names and acronyms that always call for upper case letters. Whichever -convention you adapt, please be consistent! -@end ignore - -Entries in indices other than the concept index are symbol names in -programming languages, or program names; these names are usually -case-sensitive, so use upper and lower case as required for them. - -By default, entries for a concept index are printed in a small roman -font and entries for the other indices are printed in a small -@code{@@code} font. You may change the way part of an entry is -printed with the usual Texinfo commands, such as @code{@@file} for -file names and @code{@@emph} for emphasis (@pxref{Marking -Text}).@refill -@cindex Index font types - -@cindex Predefined indexing commands -@cindex Indexing commands, predefined -The six indexing commands for predefined indices are: - -@table @code -@item @@cindex @var{concept} -@findex cindex -Make an entry in the concept index for @var{concept}.@refill - -@item @@findex @var{function} -@findex findex -Make an entry in the function index for @var{function}.@refill - -@item @@vindex @var{variable} -@findex vindex -Make an entry in the variable index for @var{variable}.@refill - -@item @@kindex @var{keystroke} -@findex kindex -Make an entry in the key index for @var{keystroke}.@refill - -@item @@pindex @var{program} -@findex pindex -Make an entry in the program index for @var{program}.@refill - -@item @@tindex @var{data type} -@findex tindex -Make an entry in the data type index for @var{data type}.@refill -@end table - -@quotation -@strong{Caution:} Do not use a colon in an index entry. In Info, a -colon separates the menu entry name from the node name. An extra -colon confuses Info. -@xref{Menu Parts, , The Parts of a Menu}, -for more information about the structure of a menu entry.@refill -@end quotation - -If you write several identical index entries in different places in a -Texinfo file, the index in the printed manual will list all the pages to -which those entries refer. However, the index in the Info file will -list @strong{only} the node that references the @strong{first} of those -index entries. Therefore, it is best to write indices in which each -entry refers to only one place in the Texinfo file. Fortunately, this -constraint is a feature rather than a loss since it means that the index -will be easy to use. Otherwise, you could create an index that lists -several pages for one entry and your reader would not know to which page -to turn. If you have two identical entries for one topic, change the -topics slightly, or qualify them to indicate the difference.@refill - -You are not actually required to use the predefined indices for their -canonical purposes. For example, suppose you wish to index some C -preprocessor macros. You could put them in the function index along -with actual functions, just by writing @code{@@findex} commands for -them; then, when you print the ``Function Index'' as an unnumbered -chapter, you could give it the title `Function and Macro Index' and -all will be consistent for the reader. Or you could put the macros in -with the data types by writing @code{@@tindex} commands for them, and -give that index a suitable title so the reader will understand. -(@xref{Printing Indices & Menus}.)@refill - -@node Combining Indices, New Indices, Indexing Commands, Indices -@comment node-name, next, previous, up -@section Combining Indices -@cindex Combining indices -@cindex Indices, combining them - -Sometimes you will want to combine two disparate indices such as functions -and concepts, perhaps because you have few enough of one of them that -a separate index for them would look silly.@refill - -You could put functions into the concept index by writing -@code{@@cindex} commands for them instead of @code{@@findex} commands, -and produce a consistent manual by printing the concept index with the -title `Function and Concept Index' and not printing the `Function -Index' at all; but this is not a robust procedure. It works only if -your document is never included as part of another -document that is designed to have a separate function index; if your -document were to be included with such a document, the functions from -your document and those from the other would not end up together. -Also, to make your function names appear in the right font in the -concept index, you would need to enclose every one of them between -the braces of @code{@@code}.@refill - -@menu -* syncodeindex:: How to merge two indices, using @code{@@code} - font for the merged-from index. -* synindex:: How to merge two indices, using the - default font of the merged-to index. -@end menu - -@node syncodeindex, synindex, Combining Indices, Combining Indices -@subsection @code{@@syncodeindex} -@findex syncodeindex - -When you want to combine functions and concepts into one index, you -should index the functions with @code{@@findex} and index the concepts -with @code{@@cindex}, and use the @code{@@syncodeindex} command to -redirect the function index entries into the concept index.@refill -@findex syncodeindex - -The @code{@@syncodeindex} command takes two arguments; they are the name -of the index to redirect, and the name of the index to redirect it to. -The template looks like this:@refill - -@example -@@syncodeindex @var{from} @var{to} -@end example - -@cindex Predefined names for indices -@cindex Two letter names for indices -@cindex Indices, two letter names -@cindex Names for indices -For this purpose, the indices are given two-letter names:@refill - -@table @samp -@item cp -concept index -@item fn -function index -@item vr -variable index -@item ky -key index -@item pg -program index -@item tp -data type index -@end table - -Write an @code{@@syncodeindex} command before or shortly after the -end-of-header line at the beginning of a Texinfo file. For example, -to merge a function index with a concept index, write the -following:@refill - -@example -@@syncodeindex fn cp -@end example - -@noindent -This will cause all entries designated for the function index to merge -in with the concept index instead.@refill - -To merge both a variables index and a function index into a concept -index, write the following:@refill - -@example -@group -@@syncodeindex vr cp -@@syncodeindex fn cp -@end group -@end example - -@cindex Fonts for indices -The @code{@@syncodeindex} command puts all the entries from the `from' -index (the redirected index) into the @code{@@code} font, overriding -whatever default font is used by the index to which the entries are -now directed. This way, if you direct function names from a function -index into a concept index, all the function names are printed in the -@code{@@code} font as you would expect.@refill - -@node synindex, , syncodeindex, Combining Indices -@subsection @code{@@synindex} -@findex synindex - -The @code{@@synindex} command is nearly the same as the -@code{@@syncodeindex} command, except that it does not put the -`from' index entries into the @code{@@code} font; rather it puts -them in the roman font. Thus, you use @code{@@synindex} when you -merge a concept index into a function index.@refill - -@xref{Printing Indices & Menus}, for information about printing an index -at the end of a book or creating an index menu in an Info file.@refill - -@node New Indices, , Combining Indices, Indices -@section Defining New Indices -@cindex Defining new indices -@cindex Indices, defining new -@cindex New index defining -@findex defindex -@findex defcodeindex - -In addition to the predefined indices, you may use the -@code{@@defindex} and @code{@@defcodeindex} commands to define new -indices. These commands create new indexing @@-commands with which -you mark index entries. The @code{@@defindex }command is used like -this:@refill - -@example -@@defindex @var{name} -@end example - -The name of an index should be a two letter word, such as @samp{au}. -For example:@refill - -@example -@@defindex au -@end example - -This defines a new index, called the @samp{au} index. At the same -time, it creates a new indexing command, @code{@@auindex}, that you -can use to make index entries. Use the new indexing command just as -you would use a predefined indexing command.@refill - -For example, here is a section heading followed by a concept index -entry and two @samp{au} index entries.@refill - -@example -@@section Cognitive Semantics -@@cindex kinesthetic image schemas -@@auindex Johnson, Mark -@@auindex Lakoff, George -@end example - -@noindent -(Evidently, @samp{au} serves here as an abbreviation for ``author''.) -Texinfo constructs the new indexing command by concatenating the name -of the index with @samp{index}; thus, defining an @samp{au} index -leads to the automatic creation of an @code{@@auindex} command.@refill - -Use the @code{@@printindex} command to print the index, as you do with -the predefined indices. For example:@refill - -@example -@group -@@node Author Index, Subject Index, , Top -@@unnumbered Author Index - -@@printindex au -@end group -@end example - -The @code{@@defcodeindex} is like the @code{@@defindex} command, except -that, in the printed output, it prints entries in an @code{@@code} font -instead of a roman font. Thus, it parallels the @code{@@findex} command -rather than the @code{@@cindex} command.@refill - -You should define new indices within or right after the end-of-header -line of a Texinfo file, before any @code{@@synindex} or -@code{@@syncodeindex} commands (@pxref{Header}).@refill - -@node Insertions, Glyphs, Indices, Top -@comment node-name, next, previous, up -@chapter Special Insertions -@cindex Inserting special characters and symbols -@cindex Special insertions - -Texinfo provides several commands for formatting dimensions, for -inserting single characters that have special meaning in Texinfo, such -as braces, and for inserting special graphic symbols that do not -correspond to characters, such as dots and bullets.@refill - -@iftex -These are: - -@itemize @bullet -@item -Braces, @samp{@@} and periods. - -@item -Format a dimension, such as @samp{12@dmn{pt}}. - -@item -Dots and bullets. - -@item -The @TeX{} logo and the copyright symbol. - -@item -A minus sign. -@end itemize -@end iftex - -@menu -* Braces Atsigns:: How to insert braces, @samp{@@}. -* Inserting Space:: How to insert the right amount of space - within a sentence. -* Inserting Accents:: How to insert accents and special characters. -* Dots Bullets:: How to insert dots and bullets. -* TeX and copyright:: How to insert the @TeX{} logo - and the copyright symbol. -* pounds:: How to insert the pounds currency symbol. -* minus:: How to insert a minus sign. -* math:: How to format a mathematical expression. -@end menu - - -@node Braces Atsigns, Inserting Space, Insertions, Insertions -@section Inserting @@ and Braces -@cindex Inserting @@, braces -@cindex Braces, inserting -@cindex Special characters, commands to insert -@cindex Commands to insert special characters - -@samp{@@} and curly braces are special characters in Texinfo. To insert -these characters so they appear in text, you must put an @samp{@@} in -front of these characters to prevent Texinfo from misinterpreting -them. - -Do not put braces after any of these commands; they are not -necessary. - -@menu -* Inserting An Atsign:: How to insert @samp{@@}. -* Inserting Braces:: How to insert @samp{@{} and @samp{@}}. -@end menu - -@node Inserting An Atsign, Inserting Braces, Braces Atsigns, Braces Atsigns -@subsection Inserting @samp{@@} with @@@@ -@findex @@ @r{(single @samp{@@})} - -@code{@@@@} stands for a single @samp{@@} in either printed or Info -output. - -Do not put braces after an @code{@@@@} command. - -@node Inserting Braces, , Inserting An Atsign, Braces Atsigns -@subsection Inserting @samp{@{} and @samp{@}}with @@@{ and @@@} -@findex @{ @r{(single @samp{@{})} -@findex @} @r{(single @samp{@}})} - -@code{@@@{} stands for a single @samp{@{} in either printed or Info -output. - -@code{@@@}} stands for a single @samp{@}} in either printed or Info -output. - -Do not put braces after either an @code{@@@{} or an @code{@@@}} -command. - - -@node Inserting Space, Inserting Accents, Braces Atsigns, Insertions -@section Inserting Space - -@cindex Inserting space -@cindex Spacing, inserting -@cindex Whitespace, inserting -The following sections describe commands that control spacing of various -kinds within and after sentences. - -@menu -* Not Ending a Sentence:: Sometimes a . doesn't end a sentence. -* Ending a Sentence:: Sometimes it does. -* Multiple Spaces:: Inserting multiple spaces. -* dmn:: How to format a dimension. -@end menu - -@node Not Ending a Sentence, Ending a Sentence, Inserting Space, Inserting Space -@subsection Not Ending a Sentence - -@cindex Not ending a sentence -@cindex Sentence non-ending punctuation -@cindex Periods, inserting -Depending on whether a period or exclamation point or question mark is -inside or at the end of a sentence, less or more space is inserted after -a period in a typeset manual. Since it is not always possible for -Texinfo to determine when a period ends a sentence and when it is used -in an abbreviation, special commands are needed in some circumstances. -(Usually, Texinfo can guess how to handle periods, so you do not need to -use the special commands; you just enter a period as you would if you -were using a typewriter, which means you put two spaces after the -period, question mark, or exclamation mark that ends a sentence.) - -@findex : @r{(suppress widening)} -Use the @code{@@:}@: command after a period, question mark, -exclamation mark, or colon that should not be followed by extra space. -For example, use @code{@@:}@: after periods that end abbreviations -which are not at the ends of sentences. @code{@@:}@: has no effect on -the Info file output. - -@need 700 -For example, - -@example -The s.o.p.@@: has three parts @dots{} -The s.o.p. has three parts @dots{} -@end example - -@noindent -@ifinfo -produces -@end ifinfo -@iftex -produces the following. If you look carefully at this printed output, -you will see a little more whitespace after @samp{s.o.p.} in the second -line.@refill -@end iftex - -@quotation -The s.o.p.@: has three parts @dots{}@* -The s.o.p. has three parts @dots{} -@end quotation - -@noindent -@kbd{@@:} has no effect on the Info output. (@samp{s.o.p.} is an -abbreviation for ``Standard Operating Procedure''.) - -Do not put braces after @code{@@:}. - - -@node Ending a Sentence, Multiple Spaces, Not Ending a Sentence, Inserting Space -@subsection Ending a Sentence - -@cindex Ending a Sentence -@cindex Sentence ending punctuation - -@findex . @r{(end of sentence)} -@findex ! @r{(end of sentence)} -@findex ? @r{(end of sentence)} -Use @code{@@.}@: instead of a period, @code{@@!}@: instead of an -exclamation point, and @code{@@?}@: instead of a question mark at the end -of a sentence that ends with a single capital letter. Otherwise, @TeX{} -will think the letter is an abbreviation and will not insert the correct -end-of-sentence spacing. Here is an example: - -@example -Give it to M.I.B. and to M.E.W@@. Also, give it to R.J.C@@. -Give it to M.I.B. and to M.E.W. Also, give it to R.J.C. -@end example - -@noindent -@ifinfo -produces -@end ifinfo -@iftex -produces the following. If you look carefully at this printed output, -you will see a little more whitespace after the @samp{W} in the first -line. -@end iftex - -@quotation -Give it to M.I.B. and to M.E.W@. Also, give it to R.J.C@.@* -Give it to M.I.B. and to M.E.W. Also, give it to R.J.C. -@end quotation - -In the Info file output, @code{@@.}@: is equivalent to a simple -@samp{.}; likewise for @code{@@!}@: and @code{@@?}@:. - -The meanings of @code{@@:} and @code{@@.}@: in Texinfo are designed to -work well with the Emacs sentence motion commands (@pxref{Sentences,,, -emacs, GNU Emacs}). This made it necessary for them to be incompatible -with some other formatting systems that use @@-commands. - -Do not put braces after any of these commands. - - -@node Multiple Spaces, dmn, Ending a Sentence, Inserting Space -@subsection Multiple Spaces - -@cindex Multiple spaces -@cindex Whitespace, inserting -@findex (space) -@findex (tab) -@findex (newline) - -Ordinarily, @TeX{} collapses multiple whitespace characters (space, tab, -and newline) into a single space. (Info output, on the other hand, -preserves whitespace as you type it, except for changing a newline into -a space; this is why it is important to put two spaces at the end of -sentences in Texinfo documents.) - -Occasionally, you may want to actually insert several consecutive -spaces, either for purposes of example (what your program does with -multiple spaces as input), or merely for purposes of appearance in -headings or lists. Texinfo supports three commands: @code{@@ }, -@code{@@@kbd{TAB}}, and @code{@@@kbd{NL}}, all of which insert a single -space into the output. (Here, @kbd{TAB} and @kbd{NL} represent the tab -character and end-of-line, i.e., when @samp{@@} is the last character on -a line.) - -For example, -@example -Spacey@@ @@ @@ @@ -example. -@end example - -@noindent produces - -@example -Spacey@ @ @ @ -example. -@end example - -Other possible uses of @code{@@ } have been subsumed by @code{@@multitable} -(@pxref{Multi-column Tables}). - -Do not follow any of these commands with braces. - - -@node dmn, , Multiple Spaces, Inserting Space -@subsection @code{@@dmn}@{@var{dimension}@}: Format a Dimension -@cindex Thin space between number, dimension -@cindex Dimension formatting -@cindex Format a dimension -@findex dmn - -At times, you may want to write @samp{12@dmn{pt}} or -@samp{8.5@dmn{in}} with little or no space between the number and the -abbreviation for the dimension. You can use the @code{@@dmn} command -to do this. On seeing the command, @TeX{} inserts just enough space -for proper typesetting; the Info formatting commands insert no space -at all, since the Info file does not require it.@refill - -To use the @code{@@dmn} command, write the number and then follow it -immediately, with no intervening space, by @code{@@dmn}, and then by -the dimension within braces.@refill - -@need 700 -@noindent -For example, - -@example -A4 paper is 8.27@@dmn@{in@} wide. -@end example - -@noindent -produces - -@quotation -A4 paper is 8.27@dmn{in} wide. -@end quotation - -Not everyone uses this style. Instead of writing -@w{@samp{8.27@@dmn@{in@}}} in the Texinfo file, you may write -@w{@samp{8.27 in.}} or @w{@samp{8.27 inches}}. (In these cases, the -formatters may insert a line break between the number and the -dimension. Also, if you write a period after an abbreviation within a -sentence, you should write @samp{@@:} after the period to prevent -@TeX{} from inserting extra whitespace. @xref{Inserting Space}. - - -@node Inserting Accents, Dots Bullets, Inserting Space, Insertions -@section Inserting Accents - -@cindex Inserting accents -@cindex Accents, inserting -@cindex Floating accents, inserting - -Here is a table with the commands Texinfo provides for inserting -floating accents. The commands with non-alphabetic names do not take -braces around their argument (which is taken to be the next character). -(Exception: @code{@@,} @emph{does} take braces around its argument.) -This is so as to make the source as convenient to type and read as -possible, since accented characters are very common in some languages. - -@findex " -@cindex Umlaut accent -@findex ' -@cindex Acute accent -@findex = -@cindex Macron accent -@findex ^ -@cindex Circumflex accent -@findex ` -@cindex Grave accent -@findex ~ -@cindex Tilde accent -@findex , -@cindex Cedilla accent -@findex dotaccent -@cindex Dot accent -@findex H -@cindex Hungariam umlaut accent -@findex ringaccent -@cindex Ring accent -@findex tieaccent -@cindex Tie-after accent -@findex u -@cindex Breve accent -@findex ubaraccent -@cindex Underbar accent -@findex udotaccent -@cindex Underdot accent -@findex v -@cindex Check accent -@multitable {@@questiondown@{@}} {Output} {macron/overbar accent} -@item Command @tab Output @tab What -@item @t{@@"o} @tab @"o @tab umlaut accent -@item @t{@@'o} @tab @'o @tab acute accent -@item @t{@@,@{c@}} @tab @,{c} @tab cedilla accent -@item @t{@@=o} @tab @=o @tab macron/overbar accent -@item @t{@@^o} @tab @^o @tab circumflex accent -@item @t{@@`o} @tab @`o @tab grave accent -@item @t{@@~o} @tab @~o @tab tilde accent -@item @t{@@dotaccent@{o@}} @tab @dotaccent{o} @tab overdot accent -@item @t{@@H@{o@}} @tab @H{o} @tab long Hungarian umlaut -@item @t{@@ringaccent@{o@}} @tab @ringaccent{o} @tab ring accent -@item @t{@@tieaccent@{oo@}} @tab @tieaccent{oo} @tab tie-after accent -@item @t{@@u@{o@}} @tab @u{o} @tab breve accent -@item @t{@@ubaraccent@{o@}} @tab @ubaraccent{o} @tab underbar accent -@item @t{@@udotaccent@{o@}} @tab @udotaccent{o} @tab underdot accent -@item @t{@@v@{o@}} @tab @v{o} @tab hacek or check accent -@end multitable - -This table lists the Texinfo commands for inserting other characters -commonly used in languages other than English. - -@findex questiondown -@cindex @questiondown{} -@findex exclamdown -@cindex @exclamdown{} -@findex aa -@cindex @aa{} -@findex AA -@cindex @AA{} -@findex ae -@cindex @ae{} -@findex AE -@cindex @AE{} -@findex dotless -@cindex @dotless{i} -@cindex @dotless{j} -@cindex Dotless i, j -@findex l -@cindex @l{} -@findex L -@cindex @L{} -@findex o -@cindex @o{} -@findex O -@cindex @O{} -@findex oe -@cindex @oe{} -@findex OE -@cindex @OE{} -@findex ss -@cindex @ss{} -@cindex Es-zet -@cindex Sharp S -@cindex German S -@multitable {@@questiondown@{@}} {oe,OE} {es-zet or sharp S} -@item @t{@@exclamdown@{@}} @tab @exclamdown{} @tab upside-down ! -@item @t{@@questiondown@{@}} @tab @questiondown{} @tab upside-down ? -@item @t{@@aa@{@},@@AA@{@}} @tab @aa{},@AA{} @tab A,a with circle -@item @t{@@ae@{@},@@AE@{@}} @tab @ae{},@AE{} @tab ae,AE ligatures -@item @t{@@dotless@{i@}} @tab @dotless{i} @tab dotless i -@item @t{@@dotless@{j@}} @tab @dotless{j} @tab dotless j -@item @t{@@l@{@},@@L@{@}} @tab @l{},@L{} @tab suppressed-L,l -@item @t{@@o@{@},@@O@{@}} @tab @o{},@O{} @tab O,o with slash -@item @t{@@oe@{@},@@OE@{@}} @tab @oe{},@OE{} @tab OE,oe ligatures -@item @t{@@ss@{@}} @tab @ss{} @tab es-zet or sharp S -@end multitable - - -@node Dots Bullets, TeX and copyright, Inserting Accents, Insertions -@section Inserting Ellipsis, Dots, and Bullets -@cindex Dots, inserting -@cindex Bullets, inserting -@cindex Ellipsis, inserting -@cindex Inserting ellipsis -@cindex Inserting dots -@cindex Special typesetting commands -@cindex Typesetting commands for dots, etc. - -An @dfn{ellipsis} (a line of dots) is not typeset as a string of -periods, so a special command is used for ellipsis in Texinfo. The -@code{@@bullet} command is special, too. Each of these commands is -followed by a pair of braces, @samp{@{@}}, without any whitespace -between the name of the command and the braces. (You need to use braces -with these commands because you can use them next to other text; without -the braces, the formatters would be confused. @xref{Command Syntax, , -@@-Command Syntax}, for further information.)@refill - -@menu -* dots:: How to insert dots @dots{} -* bullet:: How to insert a bullet. -@end menu - -@node dots, bullet, Dots Bullets, Dots Bullets -@comment node-name, next, previous, up -@subsection @code{@@dots}@{@} -@findex dots -@cindex Inserting dots -@cindex Dots, inserting - -Use the @code{@@dots@{@}} command to generate an ellipsis, which is -three dots in a row, appropriately spaced, like this: `@dots{}'. Do -not simply write three periods in the input file; that would work for -the Info file output, but would produce the wrong amount of space -between the periods in the printed manual. - -Similarly, the @code{@@enddots@{@}} command generates an -end-of-sentence ellipsis (four dots) @enddots{} - -@iftex -Here is an ellipsis: @dots{} -Here are three periods in a row: ... - -In printed output, the three periods in a row are closer together than -the dots in the ellipsis. -@end iftex - -@node bullet, , dots, Dots Bullets -@comment node-name, next, previous, up -@subsection @code{@@bullet}@{@} -@findex bullet - -Use the @code{@@bullet@{@}} command to generate a large round dot, or -the closest possible thing to one. In Info, an asterisk is used.@refill - -Here is a bullet: @bullet{} - -When you use @code{@@bullet} in @code{@@itemize}, you do not need to -type the braces, because @code{@@itemize} supplies them. -(@xref{itemize, , @code{@@itemize}}.)@refill - -@node TeX and copyright, pounds, Dots Bullets, Insertions -@comment node-name, next, previous, up -@section Inserting @TeX{} and the Copyright Symbol - -The logo `@TeX{}' is typeset in a special fashion and it needs an -@@-command. The copyright symbol, `@copyright{}', is also special. -Each of these commands is followed by a pair of braces, @samp{@{@}}, -without any whitespace between the name of the command and the -braces.@refill - -@menu -* tex:: How to insert the @TeX{} logo. -* copyright symbol:: How to use @code{@@copyright}@{@}. -@end menu - -@node tex, copyright symbol, TeX and copyright, TeX and copyright -@comment node-name, next, previous, up -@subsection @code{@@TeX}@{@} -@findex tex (command) - -Use the @code{@@TeX@{@}} command to generate `@TeX{}'. In a printed -manual, this is a special logo that is different from three ordinary -letters. In Info, it just looks like @samp{TeX}. The -@code{@@TeX@{@}} command is unique among Texinfo commands in that the -@kbd{T} and the @kbd{X} are in upper case.@refill - -@node copyright symbol, , tex, TeX and copyright -@comment node-name, next, previous, up -@subsection @code{@@copyright}@{@} -@findex copyright - -Use the @code{@@copyright@{@}} command to generate `@copyright{}'. In -a printed manual, this is a @samp{c} inside a circle, and in Info, -this is @samp{(C)}.@refill - -@node pounds, minus, TeX and copyright, Insertions -@section @code{@@pounds}@{@} -@findex pounds - -Use the @code{@@pounds@{@}} command to generate `@pounds{}'. In a -printed manual, this is the symbol for the currency pounds sterling. -In Info, it is a @samp{#}. Other currency symbols are unfortunately not -available. - -@node minus, math, pounds, Insertions -@section @code{@@minus}@{@}: Inserting a Minus Sign -@findex minus - -Use the @code{@@minus@{@}} command to generate a minus sign. In a -fixed-width font, this is a single hyphen, but in a proportional font, -the symbol is the customary length for a minus sign---a little longer -than a hyphen.@refill - -You can compare the two forms: - -@display -@samp{@minus{}} is a minus sign generated with @samp{@@minus@{@}}, - -`-' is a hyphen generated with the character @samp{-}. -@end display - -@noindent -In the fixed-width font used by Info, @code{@@minus@{@}} is the same -as a hyphen.@refill - -You should not use @code{@@minus@{@}} inside @code{@@code} or -@code{@@example} because the width distinction is not made in the -fixed-width font they use.@refill - -When you use @code{@@minus} to specify the mark beginning each entry in -an itemized list, you do not need to type the braces -(@pxref{itemize, , @code{@@itemize}}.)@refill - -@node math, , minus, Insertions -@comment node-name, next, previous, up -@section @code{@@math}: Inserting Mathematical Expressions -@findex math -@cindex Mathematical expressions - -You can write a short mathematical expression with the @code{@@math} -command. Write the mathematical expression between braces, like this: - -@example -@@math@{(a + b)(a + b) = a^2 + 2ab + b^2@} -@end example - -@iftex -@need 1000 -@noindent -This produces the following in @TeX{}: - -@display -@math{(a + b)(a + b) = a^2 + 2ab + b^2} -@end display - -@noindent -and the following in Info: -@end iftex -@ifinfo -@noindent -This produces the following in Info: -@end ifinfo - -@example -(a + b)(a + b) = a^2 + 2ab + b^2 -@end example - -The @code{@@math} command has no effect on the Info output. Currently, -it has limited effect on typeset output. However, this may change since -@TeX{} itself is designed for mathematical typesetting and does a -splendid job. - -Certainly, for complex mathematical expressions, you could use @TeX{} -directly. @xref{Using Ordinary TeX Commands, , Using Ordinary @TeX{} -Commands}. When you use @TeX{} directly, remember to write the -mathematical expression between one or two @samp{$} (dollar-signs) as -appropriate. - -@node Glyphs, Breaks, Insertions, Top -@comment node-name, next, previous, up -@chapter Glyphs for Examples -@cindex Glyphs - -In Texinfo, code is often illustrated in examples that are delimited -by @code{@@example} and @code{@@end example}, or by @code{@@lisp} and -@code{@@end lisp}. In such examples, you can indicate the results of -evaluation or an expansion using @samp{@result{}} or -@samp{@expansion{}}. Likewise, there are commands to insert glyphs -to indicate -printed output, error messages, equivalence of expressions, and the -location of point.@refill - -The glyph-insertion commands do not need to be used within an example, but -most often they are. Every glyph-insertion command is followed by a pair of -left- and right-hand braces.@refill - -@menu -* Glyphs Summary:: -* result:: How to show the result of expression. -* expansion:: How to indicate an expansion. -* Print Glyph:: How to indicate printed output. -* Error Glyph:: How to indicate an error message. -* Equivalence:: How to indicate equivalence. -* Point Glyph:: How to indicate the location of point. -@end menu - -@node Glyphs Summary, result, Glyphs, Glyphs -@ifinfo -@heading Glyphs Summary - -Here are the different glyph commands:@refill -@end ifinfo - -@table @asis -@item @result{} -@code{@@result@{@}} points to the result of an expression.@refill - -@item @expansion{} -@code{@@expansion@{@}} shows the results of a macro expansion.@refill - -@item @print{} -@code{@@print@{@}} indicates printed output.@refill - -@item @error{} -@code{@@error@{@}} indicates that the following text is an error -message.@refill - -@item @equiv{} -@code{@@equiv@{@}} indicates the exact equivalence of two forms.@refill - -@item @point{} -@code{@@point@{@}} shows the location of point.@refill -@end table - -@node result, expansion, Glyphs Summary, Glyphs -@section @result{}: Indicating Evaluation -@cindex Result of an expression -@cindex Indicating evaluation -@cindex Evaluation glyph -@cindex Value of an expression, indicating - -Use the @code{@@result@{@}} command to indicate the result of -evaluating an expression.@refill - -@iftex -The @code{@@result@{@}} command is displayed as @samp{=>} in Info and -as @samp{@result{}} in the printed output. -@end iftex -@ifinfo -The @code{@@result@{@}} command is displayed as @samp{@result{}} in Info -and as a double stemmed arrow in the printed output.@refill -@end ifinfo - -Thus, the following, - -@lisp -(cdr '(1 2 3)) - @result{} (2 3) -@end lisp - -@noindent -may be read as ``@code{(cdr '(1 2 3))} evaluates to @code{(2 3)}''. - -@node expansion, Print Glyph, result, Glyphs -@section @expansion{}: Indicating an Expansion -@cindex Expansion, indicating it - -When an expression is a macro call, it expands into a new expression. -You can indicate the result of the expansion with the -@code{@@expansion@{@}} command.@refill - -@iftex -The @code{@@expansion@{@}} command is displayed as @samp{==>} in Info and -as @samp{@expansion{}} in the printed output. -@end iftex -@ifinfo -The @code{@@expansion@{@}} command is displayed as @samp{@expansion{}} -in Info and as a long arrow with a flat base in the printed output.@refill -@end ifinfo - -@need 700 -For example, the following - -@example -@group -@@lisp -(third '(a b c)) - @@expansion@{@} (car (cdr (cdr '(a b c)))) - @@result@{@} c -@@end lisp -@end group -@end example - -@noindent -produces - -@lisp -@group -(third '(a b c)) - @expansion{} (car (cdr (cdr '(a b c)))) - @result{} c -@end group -@end lisp - -@noindent -which may be read as: - -@quotation -@code{(third '(a b c))} expands to @code{(car (cdr (cdr '(a b c))))}; -the result of evaluating the expression is @code{c}. -@end quotation - -@noindent -Often, as in this case, an example looks better if the -@code{@@expansion@{@}} and @code{@@result@{@}} commands are indented -five spaces.@refill - -@node Print Glyph, Error Glyph, expansion, Glyphs -@section @print{}: Indicating Printed Output -@cindex Printed output, indicating it - -Sometimes an expression will print output during its execution. You -can indicate the printed output with the @code{@@print@{@}} command.@refill - -@iftex -The @code{@@print@{@}} command is displayed as @samp{-|} in Info and -as @samp{@print{}} in the printed output. -@end iftex -@ifinfo -The @code{@@print@{@}} command is displayed as @samp{@print{}} in Info -and similarly, as a horizontal dash butting against a vertical bar, in -the printed output.@refill -@end ifinfo - -In the following example, the printed text is indicated with -@samp{@print{}}, and the value of the expression follows on the -last line.@refill - -@lisp -@group -(progn (print 'foo) (print 'bar)) - @print{} foo - @print{} bar - @result{} bar -@end group -@end lisp - -@noindent -In a Texinfo source file, this example is written as follows: - -@lisp -@group -@@lisp -(progn (print 'foo) (print 'bar)) - @@print@{@} foo - @@print@{@} bar - @@result@{@} bar -@@end lisp -@end group -@end lisp - -@node Error Glyph, Equivalence, Print Glyph, Glyphs -@section @error{}: Indicating an Error Message -@cindex Error message, indicating it - -A piece of code may cause an error when you evaluate it. You can -designate the error message with the @code{@@error@{@}} command.@refill - -@iftex -The @code{@@error@{@}} command is displayed as @samp{error-->} in Info -and as @samp{@error{}} in the printed output. -@end iftex -@ifinfo -The @code{@@error@{@}} command is displayed as @samp{@error{}} in Info -and as the word `error' in a box in the printed output.@refill -@end ifinfo - -@need 700 -Thus, - -@example -@@lisp -(+ 23 'x) -@@error@{@} Wrong type argument: integer-or-marker-p, x -@@end lisp -@end example - -@noindent -produces - -@lisp -(+ 23 'x) -@error{} Wrong type argument: integer-or-marker-p, x -@end lisp - -@noindent -This indicates that the following error message is printed -when you evaluate the expression: - -@lisp -Wrong type argument: integer-or-marker-p, x -@end lisp - -Note that @samp{@error{}} itself is not part of the error -message. - -@node Equivalence, Point Glyph, Error Glyph, Glyphs -@section @equiv{}: Indicating Equivalence -@cindex Equivalence, indicating it - -Sometimes two expressions produce identical results. You can indicate the -exact equivalence of two forms with the @code{@@equiv@{@}} command.@refill - -@iftex -The @code{@@equiv@{@}} command is displayed as @samp{==} in Info and -as @samp{@equiv{}} in the printed output. -@end iftex -@ifinfo -The @code{@@equiv@{@}} command is displayed as @samp{@equiv{}} in Info -and as a three parallel horizontal lines in the printed output.@refill -@end ifinfo - -Thus, - -@example -@@lisp -(make-sparse-keymap) @@equiv@{@} (list 'keymap) -@@end lisp -@end example - -@noindent -produces - -@lisp -(make-sparse-keymap) @equiv{} (list 'keymap) -@end lisp - -@noindent -This indicates that evaluating @code{(make-sparse-keymap)} produces -identical results to evaluating @code{(list 'keymap)}. - -@c Cannot write point command here because it causes trouble with TOC. -@node Point Glyph, , Equivalence, Glyphs -@section Indicating Point in a Buffer -@cindex Point, indicating it in a buffer - -Sometimes you need to show an example of text in an Emacs buffer. In -such examples, the convention is to include the entire contents of the -buffer in question between two lines of dashes containing the buffer -name.@refill - -You can use the @samp{@@point@{@}} command to show the location of point -in the text in the buffer. (The symbol for point, of course, is not -part of the text in the buffer; it indicates the place @emph{between} -two characters where point is located.)@refill - -@iftex -The @code{@@point@{@}} command is displayed as @samp{-!-} in Info and -as @samp{@point{}} in the printed output. -@end iftex -@ifinfo -The @code{@@point@{@}} command is displayed as @samp{@point{}} in Info -and as a small five pointed star in the printed output.@refill -@end ifinfo - -The following example shows the contents of buffer @file{foo} before -and after evaluating a Lisp command to insert the word @code{changed}.@refill - -@example -@group ----------- Buffer: foo ---------- -This is the @point{}contents of foo. ----------- Buffer: foo ---------- - -@end group -@end example - -@example -@group -(insert "changed ") - @result{} nil ----------- Buffer: foo ---------- -This is the changed @point{}contents of foo. ----------- Buffer: foo ---------- - -@end group -@end example - -In a Texinfo source file, the example is written like this:@refill - -@example -@@example ----------- Buffer: foo ---------- -This is the @@point@{@}contents of foo. ----------- Buffer: foo ---------- - -(insert "changed ") - @@result@{@} nil ----------- Buffer: foo ---------- -This is the changed @@point@{@}contents of foo. ----------- Buffer: foo ---------- -@@end example -@end example - -@node Breaks, Definition Commands, Glyphs, Top -@comment node-name, next, previous, up -@chapter Making and Preventing Breaks -@cindex Making line and page breaks -@cindex Preventing line and page breaks - -Usually, a Texinfo file is processed both by @TeX{} and by one of the -Info formatting commands. Line, paragraph, or page breaks sometimes -occur in the `wrong' place in one or other form of output. You must -ensure that text looks right both in the printed manual and in the -Info file.@refill - -For example, in a printed manual, page breaks may occur awkwardly in -the middle of an example; to prevent this, you can hold text together -using a grouping command that keeps the text from being split across -two pages. Conversely, you may want to force a page break where none -would occur normally. Fortunately, problems like these do not often -arise. When they do, use the break, break prevention, or pagination -commands.@refill - -@menu -* Break Commands:: Cause and prevent splits. -* Line Breaks:: How to force a single line to use two lines. -* - and hyphenation:: How to tell TeX about hyphenation points. -* w:: How to prevent unwanted line breaks. -* sp:: How to insert blank lines. -* page:: How to force the start of a new page. -* group:: How to prevent unwanted page breaks. -* need:: Another way to prevent unwanted page breaks. -@end menu - -@ifinfo -@node Break Commands, Line Breaks, Breaks, Breaks -@heading The Break Commands -@end ifinfo -@iftex -@sp 1 -@end iftex - -The break commands create or allow line and paragraph breaks:@refill - -@table @code -@item @@* -Force a line break. - -@item @@sp @var{n} -Skip @var{n} blank lines.@refill - -@item @@- -Insert a discretionary hyphen. - -@item @@hyphenation@{@var{hy-phen-a-ted words}@} -Define hyphen points in @var{hy-phen-a-ted words}. -@end table - -The line-break-prevention command holds text together all on one -line:@refill - -@table @code -@item @@w@{@var{text}@} -Prevent @var{text} from being split and hyphenated across two lines.@refill -@end table -@iftex -@sp 1 -@end iftex - -The pagination commands apply only to printed output, since Info -files do not have pages.@refill - -@table @code -@item @@page -Start a new page in the printed manual.@refill - -@item @@group -Hold text together that must appear on one printed page.@refill - -@item @@need @var{mils} -Start a new printed page if not enough space on this one.@refill -@end table - -@node Line Breaks, - and hyphenation, Break Commands, Breaks -@comment node-name, next, previous, up -@section @code{@@*}: Generate Line Breaks -@findex * @r{(force line break)} -@cindex Line breaks -@cindex Breaks in a line - -The @code{@@*} command forces a line break in both the printed manual and -in Info.@refill - -@need 700 -For example, - -@example -This line @@* is broken @@*in two places. -@end example - -@noindent -produces - -@example -@group -This line - is broken -in two places. -@end group -@end example - -@noindent -(Note that the space after the first @code{@@*} command is faithfully -carried down to the next line.)@refill - -@need 800 -The @code{@@*} command is often used in a file's copyright page:@refill - -@example -@group -This is edition 2.0 of the Texinfo documentation,@@* -and is for @dots{} -@end group -@end example - -@noindent -In this case, the @code{@@*} command keeps @TeX{} from stretching the -line across the whole page in an ugly manner.@refill - -@quotation -@strong{Please note:} Do not write braces after an @code{@@*} command; -they are not needed.@refill - -Do not write an @code{@@refill} command at the end of a paragraph -containing an @code{@@*} command; it will cause the paragraph to be -refilled after the line break occurs, negating the effect of the line -break.@refill -@end quotation - -@node - and hyphenation, w, Line Breaks, Breaks -@section @code{@@-} and @code{@@hyphenation}: Helping @TeX{} hyphenate - -@findex - -@findex hyphenation -@cindex Hyphenation, helping @TeX{} do -@cindex Fine-tuning, and hyphenation - -Although @TeX{}'s hyphenation algorithm is generally pretty good, it -does miss useful hyphenation points from time to time. (Or, far more -rarely, insert an incorrect hyphenation.) So, for documents with an -unusual vocabulary or when fine-tuning for a printed edition, you may -wish to help @TeX{} out. Texinfo supports two commands for this: - -@table @code -@item @@- -Insert a discretionary hyphen, i.e., a place where @TeX{} can (but does -not have to) hyphenate. This is especially useful when you notice -an overfull hbox is due to @TeX{} missing a hyphenation (@pxref{Overfull -hboxes}). @TeX{} will not insert any hyphenation points in a word -containing @code{@@-}. - -@item @@hyphenation@{@var{hy-phen-a-ted words}@} -Tell @TeX{} how to hyphenate @var{hy-phen-a-ted words}. As shown, you -put a @samp{-} at each hyphenation point. For example: -@example -@@hyphenation@{man-u-script man-u-scripts@} -@end example -@noindent @TeX{} only uses the specified hyphenation points when the -words match exactly, so give all necessary variants. -@end table - -Info output is not hyphenated, so these commands have no effect there. - -@node w, sp, - and hyphenation, Breaks -@comment node-name, next, previous, up -@section @code{@@w}@{@var{text}@}: Prevent Line Breaks -@findex w @r{(prevent line break)} -@cindex Line breaks, preventing -@cindex Hyphenation, preventing - -@code{@@w@{@var{text}@}} outputs @var{text} and prohibits line breaks -within @var{text}.@refill - -You can use the @code{@@w} command to prevent @TeX{} from automatically -hyphenating a long name or phrase that accidentally falls near the end -of a line.@refill - -@example -You can copy GNU software from @@w@{@@file@{prep.ai.mit.edu@}@}. -@end example - -@noindent -produces - -@quotation -You can copy GNU software from @w{@file{prep.ai.mit.edu}}. -@end quotation - -@quotation -@strong{Caution:} Do not write an @code{@@refill} command at the end -of a paragraph containing an @code{@@w} command; it will cause the -paragraph to be refilled and may thereby negate the effect of the -@code{@@w} command.@refill -@end quotation - -@node sp, page, w, Breaks -@comment node-name, next, previous, up -@section @code{@@sp} @var{n}: Insert Blank Lines -@findex sp @r{(line spacing)} -@cindex Spaces (blank lines) -@cindex Blank lines -@cindex Line spacing - -A line beginning with and containing only @code{@@sp @var{n}} -generates @var{n} blank lines of space in both the printed manual and -the Info file. @code{@@sp} also forces a paragraph break. For -example,@refill - -@example -@@sp 2 -@end example - -@noindent -generates two blank lines. - -The @code{@@sp} command is most often used in the title page.@refill - -@ignore -@c node br, page, sp, Breaks -@comment node-name, next, previous, up -@c section @code{@@br}: Generate Paragraph Breaks -@findex br @r{(paragraph breaks)} -@cindex Paragraph breaks -@cindex Breaks in a paragraph - -The @code{@@br} command forces a paragraph break. It inserts a blank -line. You can use the command within or at the end of a line. If -used within a line, the @code{@@br@{@}} command must be followed by -left and right braces (as shown here) to mark the end of the -command.@refill - -@need 700 -For example, - -@example -@group -This line @@br@{@}contains and is ended by paragraph breaks@@br -and is followed by another line. -@end group -@end example - -@noindent -produces - -@example -@group -This line - -contains and is ended by paragraph breaks - -and is followed by another line. -@end group -@end example - -The @code{@@br} command is seldom used. -@end ignore - -@node page, group, sp, Breaks -@comment node-name, next, previous, up -@section @code{@@page}: Start a New Page -@cindex Page breaks -@findex page - -A line containing only @code{@@page} starts a new page in a printed -manual. The command has no effect on Info files since they are not -paginated. An @code{@@page} command is often used in the @code{@@titlepage} -section of a Texinfo file to start the copyright page.@refill - -@node group, need, page, Breaks -@comment node-name, next, previous, up -@section @code{@@group}: Prevent Page Breaks -@cindex Group (hold text together vertically) -@cindex Holding text together vertically -@cindex Vertically holding text together -@findex group - -The @code{@@group} command (on a line by itself) is used inside an -@code{@@example} or similar construct to begin an unsplittable vertical -group, which will appear entirely on one page in the printed output. -The group is terminated by a line containing only @code{@@end group}. -These two lines produce no output of their own, and in the Info file -output they have no effect at all.@refill - -@c Once said that these environments -@c turn off vertical spacing between ``paragraphs''. -@c Also, quotation used to work, but doesn't in texinfo-2.72 -Although @code{@@group} would make sense conceptually in a wide -variety of contexts, its current implementation works reliably only -within @code{@@example} and variants, and within @code{@@display}, -@code{@@format}, @code{@@flushleft} and @code{@@flushright}. -@xref{Quotations and Examples}. (What all these commands have in -common is that each line of input produces a line of output.) In -other contexts, @code{@@group} can cause anomalous vertical -spacing.@refill - -@need 750 -This formatting requirement means that you should write: - -@example -@group -@@example -@@group -@dots{} -@@end group -@@end example -@end group -@end example - -@noindent -with the @code{@@group} and @code{@@end group} commands inside the -@code{@@example} and @code{@@end example} commands. - -The @code{@@group} command is most often used to hold an example -together on one page. In this Texinfo manual, more than 100 examples -contain text that is enclosed between @code{@@group} and @code{@@end -group}. - -If you forget to end a group, you may get strange and unfathomable -error messages when you run @TeX{}. This is because @TeX{} keeps -trying to put the rest of the Texinfo file onto the one page and does -not start to generate error messages until it has processed -considerable text. It is a good rule of thumb to look for a missing -@code{@@end group} if you get incomprehensible error messages in -@TeX{}.@refill - -@node need, , group, Breaks -@comment node-name, next, previous, up -@section @code{@@need @var{mils}}: Prevent Page Breaks -@cindex Need space at page bottom -@findex need - -A line containing only @code{@@need @var{n}} starts -a new page in a printed manual if fewer than @var{n} mils (thousandths -of an inch) remain on the current page. Do not use -braces around the argument @var{n}. The @code{@@need} command has no -effect on Info files since they are not paginated.@refill - -@need 800 -This paragraph is preceded by an @code{@@need} command that tells -@TeX{} to start a new page if fewer than 800 mils (eight-tenths -inch) remain on the page. It looks like this:@refill - -@example -@group -@@need 800 -This paragraph is preceded by @dots{} -@end group -@end example - -The @code{@@need} command is useful for preventing orphans (single -lines at the bottoms of printed pages).@refill - -@node Definition Commands, Footnotes, Breaks, Top -@chapter Definition Commands -@cindex Definition commands - -The @code{@@deffn} command and the other @dfn{definition commands} -enable you to describe functions, variables, macros, commands, user -options, special forms and other such artifacts in a uniform -format.@refill - -In the Info file, a definition causes the entity -category---`Function', `Variable', or whatever---to appear at the -beginning of the first line of the definition, followed by the -entity's name and arguments. In the printed manual, the command -causes @TeX{} to print the entity's name and its arguments on the left -margin and print the category next to the right margin. In both -output formats, the body of the definition is indented. Also, the -name of the entity is entered into the appropriate index: -@code{@@deffn} enters the name into the index of functions, -@code{@@defvr} enters it into the index of variables, and so -on.@refill - -A manual need not and should not contain more than one definition for -a given name. An appendix containing a summary should use -@code{@@table} rather than the definition commands.@refill - -@menu -* Def Cmd Template:: How to structure a description using a - definition command. -* Optional Arguments:: How to handle optional and repeated arguments. -* deffnx:: How to group two or more `first' lines. -* Def Cmds in Detail:: All the definition commands. -* Def Cmd Conventions:: Conventions for writing definitions. -* Sample Function Definition:: -@end menu - -@node Def Cmd Template, Optional Arguments, Definition Commands, Definition Commands -@section The Template for a Definition -@cindex Definition template -@cindex Template for a definition - -The @code{@@deffn} command is used for definitions of entities that -resemble functions. To write a definition using the @code{@@deffn} -command, write the @code{@@deffn} command at the beginning of a line -and follow it on the same line by the category of the entity, the name -of the entity itself, and its arguments (if any). Then write the body -of the definition on succeeding lines. (You may embed examples in the -body.) Finally, end the definition with an @code{@@end deffn} command -written on a line of its own. (The other definition commands follow -the same format.)@refill - -The template for a definition looks like this: - -@example -@group -@@deffn @var{category} @var{name} @var{arguments}@dots{} -@var{body-of-definition} -@@end deffn -@end group -@end example - -@need 700 -@noindent -For example, - -@example -@group -@@deffn Command forward-word count -This command moves point forward @@var@{count@} words -(or backward if @@var@{count@} is negative). @dots{} -@@end deffn -@end group -@end example - -@noindent -produces - -@quotation -@deffn Command forward-word count -This function moves point forward @var{count} words -(or backward if @var{count} is negative). @dots{} -@end deffn -@end quotation - -Capitalize the category name like a title. If the name of the -category contains spaces, as in the phrase `Interactive Command', -write braces around it. For example:@refill - -@example -@group -@@deffn @{Interactive Command@} isearch-forward -@dots{} -@@end deffn -@end group -@end example - -@noindent -Otherwise, the second word will be mistaken for the name of the -entity.@refill - -Some of the definition commands are more general than others. The -@code{@@deffn} command, for example, is the general definition command -for functions and the like---for entities that may take arguments. When -you use this command, you specify the category to which the entity -belongs. The @code{@@deffn} command possesses three predefined, -specialized variations, @code{@@defun}, @code{@@defmac}, and -@code{@@defspec}, that specify the category for you: ``Function'', -``Macro'', and ``Special Form'' respectively. The @code{@@defvr} -command also is accompanied by several predefined, specialized -variations for describing particular kinds of variables.@refill - -The template for a specialized definition, such as @code{@@defun}, is -similar to the template for a generalized definition, except that you -do not need to specify the category:@refill - -@example -@group -@@defun @var{name} @var{arguments}@dots{} -@var{body-of-definition} -@@end defun -@end group -@end example - -@noindent -Thus, - -@example -@group -@@defun buffer-end flag -This function returns @@code@{(point-min)@} if @@var@{flag@} -is less than 1, @@code@{(point-max)@} otherwise. -@dots{} -@@end defun -@end group -@end example - -@noindent -produces - -@quotation -@defun buffer-end flag -This function returns @code{(point-min)} if @var{flag} is less than 1, -@code{(point-max)} otherwise. @dots{} -@end defun -@end quotation - -@noindent -@xref{Sample Function Definition, Sample Function Definition, A Sample -Function Definition}, for a more detailed example of a function -definition, including the use of @code{@@example} inside the -definition.@refill - -The other specialized commands work like @code{@@defun}.@refill - -@node Optional Arguments, deffnx, Def Cmd Template, Definition Commands -@section Optional and Repeated Arguments -@cindex Optional and repeated arguments -@cindex Repeated and optional arguments -@cindex Arguments, repeated and optional -@cindex Syntax, optional & repeated arguments -@cindex Meta-syntactic chars for arguments - -Some entities take optional or repeated arguments, which may be -specified by a distinctive glyph that uses square brackets and -ellipses. For @w{example}, a special form often breaks its argument list -into separate arguments in more complicated ways than a -straightforward function.@refill - -@iftex -An argument enclosed within square brackets is optional. -Thus, the phrase -@samp{@code{@r{[}@var{optional-arg}@r{]}}} means that -@var{optional-arg} is optional. -An argument followed by an ellipsis is optional -and may be repeated more than once. -@c This is consistent with Emacs Lisp Reference manual -Thus, @samp{@var{repeated-args}@dots{}} stands for zero or more arguments. -Parentheses are used when several arguments are grouped -into additional levels of list structure in Lisp. -@end iftex -@c The following looks better in Info (no `r', `samp' and `code'): -@ifinfo -An argument enclosed within square brackets is optional. -Thus, [@var{optional-arg}] means that @var{optional-arg} is optional. -An argument followed by an ellipsis is optional -and may be repeated more than once. -@c This is consistent with Emacs Lisp Reference manual -Thus, @var{repeated-args}@dots{} stands for zero or more arguments. -Parentheses are used when several arguments are grouped -into additional levels of list structure in Lisp. -@end ifinfo - -Here is the @code{@@defspec} line of an example of an imaginary -special form:@refill - -@quotation -@defspec foobar (@var{var} [@var{from} @var{to} [@var{inc}]]) @var{body}@dots{} -@end defspec -@tex -\vskip \parskip -@end tex -@end quotation - -@noindent -In this example, the arguments @var{from} and @var{to} are optional, -but must both be present or both absent. If they are present, -@var{inc} may optionally be specified as well. These arguments are -grouped with the argument @var{var} into a list, to distinguish them -from @var{body}, which includes all remaining elements of the -form.@refill - -In a Texinfo source file, this @code{@@defspec} line is written like -this (except it would not be split over two lines, as it is in this -example).@refill - -@example -@group -@@defspec foobar (@@var@{var@} [@@var@{from@} @@var@{to@} - [@@var@{inc@}]]) @@var@{body@}@@dots@{@} -@end group -@end example - -@noindent -The function is listed in the Command and Variable Index under -@samp{foobar}.@refill - -@node deffnx, Def Cmds in Detail, Optional Arguments, Definition Commands -@section Two or More `First' Lines -@cindex Two `First' Lines for @code{@@deffn} -@cindex Grouping two definitions together -@cindex Definitions grouped together -@findex deffnx - -To create two or more `first' or header lines for a definition, follow -the first @code{@@deffn} line by a line beginning with @code{@@deffnx}. -The @code{@@deffnx} command works exactly like @code{@@deffn} -except that it does not generate extra vertical white space between it -and the preceding line.@refill - -@need 1000 -For example, - -@example -@group -@@deffn @{Interactive Command@} isearch-forward -@@deffnx @{Interactive Command@} isearch-backward -These two search commands are similar except @dots{} -@@end deffn -@end group -@end example - -@noindent -produces - -@deffn {Interactive Command} isearch-forward -@deffnx {Interactive Command} isearch-backward -These two search commands are similar except @dots{} -@end deffn - -Each of the other definition commands has an `x' form: @code{@@defunx}, -@code{@@defvrx}, @code{@@deftypefunx}, etc. - -The `x' forms work just like @code{@@itemx}; see @ref{itemx, , @code{@@itemx}}. - -@node Def Cmds in Detail, Def Cmd Conventions, deffnx, Definition Commands -@section The Definition Commands - -Texinfo provides more than a dozen definition commands, all of which -are described in this section.@refill - -The definition commands automatically enter the name of the entity in -the appropriate index: for example, @code{@@deffn}, @code{@@defun}, -and @code{@@defmac} enter function names in the index of functions; -@code{@@defvr} and @code{@@defvar} enter variable names in the index -of variables.@refill - -Although the examples that follow mostly illustrate Lisp, the commands -can be used for other programming languages.@refill - -@menu -* Functions Commands:: Commands for functions and similar entities. -* Variables Commands:: Commands for variables and similar entities. -* Typed Functions:: Commands for functions in typed languages. -* Typed Variables:: Commands for variables in typed languages. -* Abstract Objects:: Commands for object-oriented programming. -* Data Types:: The definition command for data types. -@end menu - -@node Functions Commands, Variables Commands, Def Cmds in Detail, Def Cmds in Detail -@subsection Functions and Similar Entities - -This section describes the commands for describing functions and similar -entities:@refill - -@table @code -@findex deffn -@item @@deffn @var{category} @var{name} @var{arguments}@dots{} -The @code{@@deffn} command is the general definition command for -functions, interactive commands, and similar entities that may take -arguments. You must choose a term to describe the category of entity -being defined; for example, ``Function'' could be used if the entity is -a function. The @code{@@deffn} command is written at the beginning of a -line and is followed on the same line by the category of entity being -described, the name of this particular entity, and its arguments, if -any. Terminate the definition with @code{@@end deffn} on a line of its -own.@refill - -@need 750 -For example, here is a definition: - -@example -@group -@@deffn Command forward-char nchars -Move point forward @@var@{nchars@} characters. -@@end deffn -@end group -@end example - -@noindent -This shows a rather terse definition for a ``command'' named -@code{forward-char} with one argument, @var{nchars}. - -@code{@@deffn} prints argument names such as @var{nchars} in italics or -upper case, as if @code{@@var} had been used, because we think of these -names as metasyntactic variables---they stand for the actual argument -values. Within the text of the description, write an argument name -explicitly with @code{@@var} to refer to the value of the argument. In -the example above, we used @samp{@@var@{nchars@}} in this way. - -The template for @code{@@deffn} is: - -@example -@group -@@deffn @var{category} @var{name} @var{arguments}@dots{} -@var{body-of-definition} -@@end deffn -@end group -@end example - -@findex defun -@item @@defun @var{name} @var{arguments}@dots{} -The @code{@@defun} command is the definition command for functions. -@code{@@defun} is equivalent to @samp{@@deffn Function -@dots{}}.@refill - -@need 800 -@noindent -For example, - -@example -@group -@@defun set symbol new-value -Change the value of the symbol @@var@{symbol@} -to @@var@{new-value@}. -@@end defun -@end group -@end example - -@noindent -shows a rather terse definition for a function @code{set} whose -arguments are @var{symbol} and @var{new-value}. The argument names on -the @code{@@defun} line automatically appear in italics or upper case as -if they were enclosed in @code{@@var}. Terminate the definition with -@code{@@end defun} on a line of its own.@refill - -The template is: - -@example -@group -@@defun @var{function-name} @var{arguments}@dots{} -@var{body-of-definition} -@@end defun -@end group -@end example - -@code{@@defun} creates an entry in the index of functions. - -@findex defmac -@item @@defmac @var{name} @var{arguments}@dots{} -The @code{@@defmac} command is the definition command for macros. -@code{@@defmac} is equivalent to @samp{@@deffn Macro @dots{}} and -works like @code{@@defun}.@refill - -@findex defspec -@item @@defspec @var{name} @var{arguments}@dots{} -The @code{@@defspec} command is the definition command for special -forms. (In Lisp, a special form is an entity much like a function.) -@code{@@defspec} is equivalent to @samp{@@deffn @{Special Form@} -@dots{}} and works like @code{@@defun}.@refill -@end table - -@node Variables Commands, Typed Functions, Functions Commands, Def Cmds in Detail -@subsection Variables and Similar Entities - -Here are the commands for defining variables and similar -entities:@refill - -@table @code -@findex defvr -@item @@defvr @var{category} @var{name} -The @code{@@defvr} command is a general definition command for -something like a variable---an entity that records a value. You must -choose a term to describe the category of entity being defined; for -example, ``Variable'' could be used if the entity is a variable. -Write the @code{@@defvr} command at the beginning of a line and -followed it on the same line by the category of the entity and the -name of the entity.@refill - -Capitalize the category name like a title. If the name of the -category contains spaces, as in the name `User Option', write braces -around it. Otherwise, the second word will be mistaken for the name -of the entity, for example: - -@example -@group -@@defvr @{User Option@} fill-column -This buffer-local variable specifies -the maximum width of filled lines. -@dots{} -@@end defvr -@end group -@end example - -Terminate the definition with @code{@@end defvr} on a line of its -own.@refill - -The template is: - -@example -@group -@@defvr @var{category} @var{name} -@var{body-of-definition} -@@end defvr -@end group -@end example - -@code{@@defvr} creates an entry in the index of variables for @var{name}. - -@findex defvar -@item @@defvar @var{name} -The @code{@@defvar} command is the definition command for variables. -@code{@@defvar} is equivalent to @samp{@@defvr Variable -@dots{}}.@refill - -@need 750 -For example: - -@example -@group -@@defvar kill-ring -@dots{} -@@end defvar -@end group -@end example - -The template is: - -@example -@group -@@defvar @var{name} -@var{body-of-definition} -@@end defvar -@end group -@end example - -@code{@@defvar} creates an entry in the index of variables for -@var{name}.@refill - -@findex defopt -@item @@defopt @var{name} -The @code{@@defopt} command is the definition command for user -options. @code{@@defopt} is equivalent to @samp{@@defvr @{User -Option@} @dots{}} and works like @code{@@defvar}.@refill -@end table - -@node Typed Functions, Typed Variables, Variables Commands, Def Cmds in Detail -@subsection Functions in Typed Languages - -The @code{@@deftypefn} command and its variations are for describing -functions in C or any other language in which you must declare types -of variables and functions.@refill - -@table @code -@findex deftypefn -@item @@deftypefn @var{category} @var{data-type} @var{name} @var{arguments}@dots{} -The @code{@@deftypefn} command is the general definition command for -functions and similar entities that may take arguments and that are -typed. The @code{@@deftypefn} command is written at the beginning of -a line and is followed on the same line by the category of entity -being described, the type of the returned value, the name of this -particular entity, and its arguments, if any.@refill - -@need 800 -@noindent -For example, - -@example -@group -@@deftypefn @{Library Function@} int foobar - (int @@var@{foo@}, float @@var@{bar@}) -@dots{} -@@end deftypefn -@end group -@end example - -@need 1000 -@noindent -(where the text before the ``@dots{}'', shown above as two lines, would -actually be a single line in a real Texinfo file) produces the following -in Info: - -@smallexample -@group --- Library Function: int foobar (int FOO, float BAR) -@dots{} -@end group -@end smallexample -@iftex - -In a printed manual, it produces: - -@quotation -@deftypefn {Library Function} int foobar (int @var{foo}, float @var{bar}) -@dots{} -@end deftypefn -@end quotation -@end iftex - -This means that @code{foobar} is a ``library function'' that returns an -@code{int}, and its arguments are @var{foo} (an @code{int}) and -@var{bar} (a @code{float}).@refill - -The argument names that you write in @code{@@deftypefn} are not subject -to an implicit @code{@@var}---since the actual names of the arguments in -@code{@@deftypefn} are typically scattered among data type names and -keywords, Texinfo cannot find them without help. Instead, you must write -@code{@@var} explicitly around the argument names. In the example -above, the argument names are @samp{foo} and @samp{bar}.@refill - -The template for @code{@@deftypefn} is:@refill - -@example -@group -@@deftypefn @var{category} @var{data-type} @var{name} @var{arguments} @dots{} -@var{body-of-description} -@@end deftypefn -@end group -@end example - -@noindent -Note that if the @var{category} or @var{data type} is more than one -word then it must be enclosed in braces to make it a single argument.@refill - -If you are describing a procedure in a language that has packages, -such as Ada, you might consider using @code{@@deftypefn} in a manner -somewhat contrary to the convention described in the preceding -paragraphs.@refill - -@need 800 -@noindent -For example: - -@example -@group -@@deftypefn stacks private push - (@@var@{s@}:in out stack; - @@var@{n@}:in integer) -@dots{} -@@end deftypefn -@end group -@end example - -@noindent -(The @code{@@deftypefn} arguments are shown split into three lines, but -would be a single line in a real Texinfo file.) - -In this instance, the procedure is classified as belonging to the -package @code{stacks} rather than classified as a `procedure' and its -data type is described as @code{private}. (The name of the procedure -is @code{push}, and its arguments are @var{s} and @var{n}.)@refill - -@code{@@deftypefn} creates an entry in the index of functions for -@var{name}.@refill - -@findex deftypefun -@item @@deftypefun @var{data-type} @var{name} @var{arguments}@dots{} -The @code{@@deftypefun} command is the specialized definition command -for functions in typed languages. The command is equivalent to -@samp{@@deftypefn Function @dots{}}.@refill - -@need 800 -@noindent -Thus, - -@smallexample -@group -@@deftypefun int foobar (int @@var@{foo@}, float @@var@{bar@}) -@dots{} -@@end deftypefun -@end group -@end smallexample - -@noindent -produces the following in Info: - -@example -@group --- Function: int foobar (int FOO, float BAR) -@dots{} -@end group -@end example -@iftex - -@need 800 -@noindent -and the following in a printed manual: - -@quotation -@deftypefun int foobar (int @var{foo}, float @var{bar}) -@dots{} -@end deftypefun -@end quotation -@end iftex - -@need 800 -The template is: - -@example -@group -@@deftypefun @var{type} @var{name} @var{arguments}@dots{} -@var{body-of-description} -@@end deftypefun -@end group -@end example - -@code{@@deftypefun} creates an entry in the index of functions for -@var{name}.@refill -@end table - -@node Typed Variables, Abstract Objects, Typed Functions, Def Cmds in Detail -@subsection Variables in Typed Languages - -Variables in typed languages are handled in a manner similar to -functions in typed languages. @xref{Typed Functions}. The general -definition command @code{@@deftypevr} corresponds to -@code{@@deftypefn} and the specialized definition command -@code{@@deftypevar} corresponds to @code{@@deftypefun}.@refill - -@table @code -@findex deftypevr -@item @@deftypevr @var{category} @var{data-type} @var{name} -The @code{@@deftypevr} command is the general definition command for -something like a variable in a typed language---an entity that records -a value. You must choose a term to describe the category of the -entity being defined; for example, ``Variable'' could be used if the -entity is a variable.@refill - -The @code{@@deftypevr} command is written at the beginning of a line -and is followed on the same line by the category of the entity -being described, the data type, and the name of this particular -entity.@refill - -@need 800 -@noindent -For example: - -@example -@group -@@deftypevr @{Global Flag@} int enable -@dots{} -@@end deftypevr -@end group -@end example - -@noindent -produces the following in Info: - -@example -@group --- Global Flag: int enable -@dots{} -@end group -@end example -@iftex - -@noindent -and the following in a printed manual: - -@quotation -@deftypevr {Global Flag} int enable -@dots{} -@end deftypevr -@end quotation -@end iftex - -@need 800 -The template is: - -@example -@@deftypevr @var{category} @var{data-type} @var{name} -@var{body-of-description} -@@end deftypevr -@end example - -@code{@@deftypevr} creates an entry in the index of variables for -@var{name}.@refill - -@findex deftypevar -@item @@deftypevar @var{data-type} @var{name} -The @code{@@deftypevar} command is the specialized definition command -for variables in typed languages. @code{@@deftypevar} is equivalent -to @samp{@@deftypevr Variable @dots{}}.@refill - -@need 800 -@noindent -For example: - -@example -@group -@@deftypevar int fubar -@dots{} -@@end deftypevar -@end group -@end example - -@noindent -produces the following in Info: - -@example -@group --- Variable: int fubar -@dots{} -@end group -@end example -@iftex - -@need 800 -@noindent -and the following in a printed manual: - -@quotation -@deftypevar int fubar -@dots{} -@end deftypevar -@end quotation -@end iftex - -@need 800 -@noindent -The template is: - -@example -@group -@@deftypevar @var{data-type} @var{name} -@var{body-of-description} -@@end deftypevar -@end group -@end example - -@code{@@deftypevar} creates an entry in the index of variables for -@var{name}.@refill -@end table - -@node Abstract Objects, Data Types, Typed Variables, Def Cmds in Detail -@subsection Object-Oriented Programming - -Here are the commands for formatting descriptions about abstract -objects, such as are used in object-oriented programming. A class is -a defined type of abstract object. An instance of a class is a -particular object that has the type of the class. An instance -variable is a variable that belongs to the class but for which each -instance has its own value.@refill - -In a definition, if the name of a class is truly a name defined in the -programming system for a class, then you should write an @code{@@code} -around it. Otherwise, it is printed in the usual text font.@refill - -@table @code -@findex defcv -@item @@defcv @var{category} @var{class} @var{name} -The @code{@@defcv} command is the general definition command for -variables associated with classes in object-oriented programming. The -@code{@@defcv} command is followed by three arguments: the category of -thing being defined, the class to which it belongs, and its -name. Thus,@refill - -@example -@group -@@defcv @{Class Option@} Window border-pattern -@dots{} -@@end defcv -@end group -@end example - -@noindent -illustrates how you would write the first line of a definition of the -@code{border-pattern} class option of the class @code{Window}.@refill - -The template is - -@example -@group -@@defcv @var{category} @var{class} @var{name} -@dots{} -@@end defcv -@end group -@end example - -@code{@@defcv} creates an entry in the index of variables. - -@findex defivar -@item @@defivar @var{class} @var{name} -The @code{@@defivar} command is the definition command for instance -variables in object-oriented programming. @code{@@defivar} is -equivalent to @samp{@@defcv @{Instance Variable@} @dots{}}@refill - -The template is: - -@example -@group -@@defivar @var{class} @var{instance-variable-name} -@var{body-of-definition} -@@end defivar -@end group -@end example - -@code{@@defivar} creates an entry in the index of variables. - -@findex defop -@item @@defop @var{category} @var{class} @var{name} @var{arguments}@dots{} -The @code{@@defop} command is the general definition command for -entities that may resemble methods in object-oriented programming. -These entities take arguments, as functions do, but are associated -with particular classes of objects.@refill - -For example, some systems have constructs called @dfn{wrappers} that -are associated with classes as methods are, but that act more like -macros than like functions. You could use @code{@@defop Wrapper} to -describe one of these.@refill - -Sometimes it is useful to distinguish methods and @dfn{operations}. -You can think of an operation as the specification for a method. -Thus, a window system might specify that all window classes have a -method named @code{expose}; we would say that this window system -defines an @code{expose} operation on windows in general. Typically, -the operation has a name and also specifies the pattern of arguments; -all methods that implement the operation must accept the same -arguments, since applications that use the operation do so without -knowing which method will implement it.@refill - -Often it makes more sense to document operations than methods. For -example, window application developers need to know about the -@code{expose} operation, but need not be concerned with whether a -given class of windows has its own method to implement this operation. -To describe this operation, you would write:@refill - -@example -@@defop Operation windows expose -@end example - -The @code{@@defop} command is written at the beginning of a line and -is followed on the same line by the overall name of the category of -operation, the name of the class of the operation, the name of the -operation, and its arguments, if any.@refill - -@need 800 -@noindent -The template is: - -@example -@group -@@defop @var{category} @var{class} @var{name} @var{arguments}@dots{} -@var{body-of-definition} -@@end defop -@end group -@end example - -@code{@@defop} creates an entry, such as `@code{expose} on -@code{windows}', in the index of functions.@refill - -@findex defmethod -@item @@defmethod @var{class} @var{name} @var{arguments}@dots{} -The @code{@@defmethod} command is the definition command for methods -in object-oriented programming. A method is a kind of function that -implements an operation for a particular class of objects and its -subclasses. In the Lisp Machine, methods actually were functions, but -they were usually defined with @code{defmethod}. - -@code{@@defmethod} is equivalent to @samp{@@defop Method @dots{}}. -The command is written at the beginning of a line and is followed by -the name of the class of the method, the name of the method, and its -arguments, if any.@refill - -@need 800 -@noindent -For example, - -@example -@group -@@defmethod @code{bar-class} bar-method argument -@dots{} -@@end defmethod -@end group -@end example - -@noindent -illustrates the definition for a method called @code{bar-method} of -the class @code{bar-class}. The method takes an argument.@refill - -The template is: - -@example -@group -@@defmethod @var{class} @var{method-name} @var{arguments}@dots{} -@var{body-of-definition} -@@end defmethod -@end group -@end example - -@code{@@defmethod} creates an entry, such as `@code{bar-method} on -@code{bar-class}', in the index of functions.@refill -@end table - -@node Data Types, , Abstract Objects, Def Cmds in Detail -@subsection Data Types - -Here is the command for data types:@refill - -@table @code -@findex deftp -@item @@deftp @var{category} @var{name} @var{attributes}@dots{} -The @code{@@deftp} command is the generic definition command for data -types. The command is written at the beginning of a line and is -followed on the same line by the category, by the name of the type -(which is a word like @code{int} or @code{float}), and then by names of -attributes of objects of that type. Thus, you could use this command -for describing @code{int} or @code{float}, in which case you could use -@code{data type} as the category. (A data type is a category of -certain objects for purposes of deciding which operations can be -performed on them.)@refill - -In Lisp, for example, @dfn{pair} names a particular data -type, and an object of that type has two slots called the -@sc{car} and the @sc{cdr}. Here is how you would write the first line -of a definition of @code{pair}.@refill - -@example -@group -@@deftp @{Data type@} pair car cdr -@dots{} -@@end deftp -@end group -@end example - -@need 950 -The template is: - -@example -@group -@@deftp @var{category} @var{name-of-type} @var{attributes}@dots{} -@var{body-of-definition} -@@end deftp -@end group -@end example - -@code{@@deftp} creates an entry in the index of data types. -@end table - -@node Def Cmd Conventions, Sample Function Definition, Def Cmds in Detail, Definition Commands -@section Conventions for Writing Definitions -@cindex Definition conventions -@cindex Conventions for writing definitions - -When you write a definition using @code{@@deffn}, @code{@@defun}, or -one of the other definition commands, please take care to use -arguments that indicate the meaning, as with the @var{count} argument -to the @code{forward-word} function. Also, if the name of an argument -contains the name of a type, such as @var{integer}, take care that the -argument actually is of that type.@refill - -@node Sample Function Definition, , Def Cmd Conventions, Definition Commands -@section A Sample Function Definition -@cindex Function definitions -@cindex Command definitions -@cindex Macro definitions -@cindex Sample function definition - -A function definition uses the @code{@@defun} and @code{@@end defun} -commands. The name of the function follows immediately after the -@code{@@defun} command and it is followed, on the same line, by the -parameter list.@refill - -Here is a definition from @cite{The GNU Emacs Lisp Reference Manual}. -(@xref{Calling Functions, , Calling Functions, elisp, The GNU Emacs -Lisp Reference Manual}.) - -@quotation -@defun apply function &rest arguments -@code{apply} calls @var{function} with @var{arguments}, just -like @code{funcall} but with one difference: the last of -@var{arguments} is a list of arguments to give to -@var{function}, rather than a single argument. We also say -that this list is @dfn{appended} to the other arguments. - -@code{apply} returns the result of calling @var{function}. -As with @code{funcall}, @var{function} must either be a Lisp -function or a primitive function; special forms and macros -do not make sense in @code{apply}. - -@example -(setq f 'list) - @result{} list -(apply f 'x 'y 'z) -@error{} Wrong type argument: listp, z -(apply '+ 1 2 '(3 4)) - @result{} 10 -(apply '+ '(1 2 3 4)) - @result{} 10 - -(apply 'append '((a b c) nil (x y z) nil)) - @result{} (a b c x y z) -@end example - -An interesting example of using @code{apply} is found in the description -of @code{mapcar}.@refill -@end defun -@end quotation - -@need 1200 -In the Texinfo source file, this example looks like this: - -@example -@group -@@defun apply function &rest arguments - -@@code@{apply@} calls @@var@{function@} with -@@var@{arguments@}, just like @@code@{funcall@} but with one -difference: the last of @@var@{arguments@} is a list of -arguments to give to @@var@{function@}, rather than a single -argument. We also say that this list is @@dfn@{appended@} -to the other arguments. -@end group - -@group -@@code@{apply@} returns the result of calling -@@var@{function@}. As with @@code@{funcall@}, -@@var@{function@} must either be a Lisp function or a -primitive function; special forms and macros do not make -sense in @@code@{apply@}. -@end group - -@group -@@example -(setq f 'list) - @@result@{@} list -(apply f 'x 'y 'z) -@@error@{@} Wrong type argument: listp, z -(apply '+ 1 2 '(3 4)) - @@result@{@} 10 -(apply '+ '(1 2 3 4)) - @@result@{@} 10 - -(apply 'append '((a b c) nil (x y z) nil)) - @@result@{@} (a b c x y z) -@@end example -@end group - -@group -An interesting example of using @@code@{apply@} is found -in the description of @@code@{mapcar@}.@@refill -@@end defun -@end group -@end example - -@noindent -In this manual, this function is listed in the Command and Variable -Index under @code{apply}.@refill - -Ordinary variables and user options are described using a format like -that for functions except that variables do not take arguments. - -@node Footnotes, Conditionals, Definition Commands, Top -@comment node-name, next, previous, up -@chapter Footnotes -@cindex Footnotes -@findex footnote - -A @dfn{footnote} is for a reference that documents or elucidates the -primary text.@footnote{A footnote should complement or expand upon -the primary text, but a reader should not need to read a footnote to -understand the primary text. For a thorough discussion of footnotes, -see @cite{The Chicago Manual of Style}, which is published by the -University of Chicago Press.}@refill - -@menu -* Footnote Commands:: How to write a footnote in Texinfo. -* Footnote Styles:: Controlling how footnotes appear in Info. -@end menu - -@node Footnote Commands, Footnote Styles, Footnotes, Footnotes -@section Footnote Commands - -In Texinfo, footnotes are created with the @code{@@footnote} command. -This command is followed immediately by a left brace, then by the text -of the footnote, and then by a terminating right brace. The template -is: - -@example -@@footnote@{@var{text}@} -@end example - -Footnotes may be of any length, but are usually short.@refill - -For example, this clause is followed by a sample -footnote@footnote{Here is the sample footnote.}; in the Texinfo -source, it looks like this:@refill - -@example -@dots{}a sample footnote @@footnote@{Here is the sample -footnote.@}; in the Texinfo source@dots{} -@end example - -@strong{Warning:} Don't use footnotes in the argument of the -@code{@@item} command for a @code{@@table} table. This doesn't work; -because of limitations of @TeX{}, there is no way to fix it. To avoid -the problem, move the footnote into the body text of the table. - -In a printed manual or book, the reference mark for a footnote is a -small, superscripted number; the text of the footnote appears at the -bottom of the page, below a horizontal line.@refill - -In Info, the reference mark for a footnote is a pair of parentheses -with the footnote number between them, like this: @samp{(1)}.@refill - -@node Footnote Styles, , Footnote Commands, Footnotes -@section Footnote Styles - -Info has two footnote styles, which determine where the text of the -footnote is located:@refill - -@itemize @bullet -@cindex @samp{@r{End}} node footnote style -@item -In the `End' node style, all the footnotes for a single node -are placed at the end of that node. The footnotes are separated from -the rest of the node by a line of dashes with the word -@samp{Footnotes} within it. Each footnote begins with an -@samp{(@var{n})} reference mark.@refill - -@need 700 -@noindent -Here is an example of a single footnote in the end of node style:@refill - -@example -@group - --------- Footnotes --------- - -(1) Here is a sample footnote. -@end group -@end example - -@cindex @samp{@r{Separate}} footnote style -@item -In the `Separate' node style, all the footnotes for a single -node are placed in an automatically constructed node of -their own. In this style, a ``footnote reference'' follows -each @samp{(@var{n})} reference mark in the body of the -node. The footnote reference is actually a cross reference -which you use to reach the footnote node.@refill - -The name of the node containing the footnotes is constructed -by appending @w{@samp{-Footnotes}} to the name of the node -that contains the footnotes. (Consequently, the footnotes' -node for the @file{Footnotes} node is -@w{@file{Footnotes-Footnotes}}!) The footnotes' node has an -`Up' node pointer that leads back to its parent node.@refill - -@noindent -Here is how the first footnote in this manual looks after being -formatted for Info in the separate node style:@refill - -@smallexample -@group -File: texinfo.info Node: Overview-Footnotes, Up: Overview - -(1) Note that the first syllable of "Texinfo" is -pronounced like "speck", not "hex". @dots{} -@end group -@end smallexample -@end itemize - -A Texinfo file may be formatted into an Info file with either footnote -style.@refill - -@findex footnotestyle -Use the @code{@@footnotestyle} command to specify an Info file's -footnote style. Write this command at the beginning of a line followed -by an argument, either @samp{end} for the end node style or -@samp{separate} for the separate node style. - -@need 700 -For example, - -@example -@@footnotestyle end -@end example -@noindent -or -@example -@@footnotestyle separate -@end example - -Write an @code{@@footnotestyle} command before or shortly after the -end-of-header line at the beginning of a Texinfo file. (If you -include the @code{@@footnotestyle} command between the start-of-header -and end-of-header lines, the region formatting commands will format -footnotes as specified.)@refill - -If you do not specify a footnote style, the formatting commands use -their default style. Currently, @code{texinfo-format-buffer} and -@code{texinfo-format-region} use the `separate' style and -@code{makeinfo} uses the `end' style.@refill - -@c !!! note: makeinfo's --footnote-style option overrides footnotestyle -@ignore -If you use @code{makeinfo} to create the Info file, the -@samp{--footnote-style} option determines which style is used, -@samp{end} for the end of node style or @samp{separate} for the -separate node style. Thus, to format the Texinfo manual in the -separate node style, you would use the following shell command:@refill - -@example -makeinfo --footnote-style=separate texinfo.texi -@end example - -@noindent -To format the Texinfo manual in the end of node style, you would -type:@refill - -@example -makeinfo --footnote-style=end texinfo.texi -@end example -@end ignore -@ignore -If you use @code{texinfo-format-buffer} or -@code{texinfo-format-region} to create the Info file, the value of the -@code{texinfo-footnote-style} variable controls the footnote style. -It can be either @samp{"separate"} for the separate node style or -@samp{"end"} for the end of node style. (You can change the value of -this variable with the @kbd{M-x edit-options} command (@pxref{Edit -Options, , Editing Variable Values, emacs, The GNU Emacs Manual}), or -with the @kbd{M-x set-variable} command (@pxref{Examining, , Examining -and Setting Variables, emacs, The GNU Emacs Manual}).@refill - -The @code{texinfo-footnote-style} variable also controls the style if -you use the @kbd{M-x makeinfo-region} or @kbd{M-x makeinfo-buffer} -command in Emacs.@refill -@end ignore -This chapter contains two footnotes.@refill - -@node Conditionals, Macros, Footnotes, Top -@comment node-name, next, previous, up -@chapter Conditionally Visible Text -@cindex Conditionally visible text -@cindex Text, conditionally visible -@cindex Visibility of conditional text -@cindex If text conditionally visible -@findex ifhtml -@findex ifinfo -@findex iftex - -Sometimes it is good to use different text for a printed manual and -its corresponding Info file. In this case, you can use the -@dfn{conditional commands} to specify which text is for the printed manual -and which is for the Info file.@refill - -@menu -* Conditional Commands:: How to specify text for HTML, Info, or @TeX{}. -* Using Ordinary TeX Commands:: You can use any and all @TeX{} commands. -* set clear value:: How to designate which text to format (for - both Info and @TeX{}); and how to set a - flag to a string that you can insert. -@end menu - -@node Conditional Commands, Using Ordinary TeX Commands, Conditionals, Conditionals -@ifinfo -@heading Using @code{@@ifinfo} and @code{@@iftex} -@end ifinfo - -@code{@@ifinfo} begins segments of text that should be ignored -by @TeX{} when it -typesets the printed manual. The segment of text appears only -in the Info file. -The @code{@@ifinfo} command should appear on a line by itself; end -the Info-only text with a line containing @code{@@end ifinfo} by -itself. At the beginning of a Texinfo file, the Info permissions are -contained within a region marked by @code{@@ifinfo} and @code{@@end -ifinfo}. (@xref{Info Summary and Permissions}.)@refill - -The @code{@@iftex} and @code{@@end iftex} commands are similar to the -@code{@@ifinfo} and @code{@@end ifinfo} commands, except that they -specify text that will appear in the printed manual but not in the Info -file. Likewise for @code{@@ifhtml} and @code{@@end ifhtml}, which -specify text to appear only in HTML output.@refill - -@need 700 -For example, - -@example -@@iftex -This text will appear only in the printed manual. -@@end iftex - -@@ifinfo -However, this text will appear only in Info. -@@end ifinfo -@end example - -@noindent -The preceding example produces the following line: - -@iftex -This text will appear only in the printed manual. -@end iftex - -@ifinfo -However, this text will appear only in Info. -@end ifinfo - -@noindent -Note how you only see one of the two lines, depending on whether you -are reading the Info version or the printed version of this -manual.@refill - -The @code{@@titlepage} command is a special variant of @code{@@iftex} that -is used for making the title and copyright pages of the printed -manual. (@xref{titlepage, , @code{@@titlepage}}.) @refill - -@node Using Ordinary TeX Commands, set clear value, Conditional Commands, Conditionals -@comment node-name, next, previous, up -@section Using Ordinary @TeX{} Commands -@cindex @TeX{} commands, using ordinary -@cindex Ordinary @TeX{} commands, using -@cindex Commands using ordinary @TeX{} -@cindex plain @TeX{} - -Inside a region delineated by @code{@@iftex} and @code{@@end iftex}, -you can embed some plain @TeX{} commands. Info will ignore these -commands since they are only in that part of the file which is seen by -@TeX{}. You can write the @TeX{} commands as you would write them in -a normal @TeX{} file, except that you must replace the @samp{\} used -by @TeX{} with an @samp{@@}. For example, in the @code{@@titlepage} -section of a Texinfo file, you can use the @TeX{} command -@code{@@vskip} to format the copyright page. (The @code{@@titlepage} -command causes Info to ignore the region automatically, as it does -with the @code{@@iftex} command.)@refill - -However, many features of plain @TeX{} will not work, as they are -overridden by features of Texinfo. - -@findex tex -You can enter plain @TeX{} completely, and use @samp{\} in the @TeX{} -commands, by delineating a region with the @code{@@tex} and @code{@@end -tex} commands. (The @code{@@tex} command also causes Info to ignore the -region, like the @code{@@iftex} -command.)@refill - -@cindex Mathematical expressions -For example, here is a mathematical expression written in -plain @TeX{}:@refill - -@example -@@tex -$$ \chi^2 = \sum_@{i=1@}^N - \left (y_i - (a + b x_i) - \over \sigma_i\right)^2 $$ -@@end tex -@end example - -@noindent -The output of this example will appear only in a printed manual. If -you are reading this in Info, you will not see anything after this -paragraph. -@iftex -In a printed manual, the above expression looks like -this: -@end iftex - -@tex -$$ \chi^2 = \sum_{i=1}^N - \left(y_i - (a + b x_i) - \over \sigma_i\right)^2 $$ -@end tex - -@node set clear value, , Using Ordinary TeX Commands, Conditionals -@comment node-name, next, previous, up -@section @code{@@set}, @code{@@clear}, and @code{@@value} - -You can direct the Texinfo formatting commands to format or ignore parts -of a Texinfo file with the @code{@@set}, @code{@@clear}, @code{@@ifset}, -and @code{@@ifclear} commands.@refill - -In addition, you can use the @code{@@set @var{flag}} command to set the -value of @var{flag} to a string of characters; and use -@code{@@value@{@var{flag}@}} to insert that string. You can use -@code{@@set}, for example, to set a date and use @code{@@value} to -insert the date in several places in the Texinfo file.@refill - -@menu -* ifset ifclear:: Format a region if a flag is set. -* value:: Replace a flag with a string. -* value Example:: An easy way to update edition information. -@end menu - -@node ifset ifclear, value, set clear value, set clear value -@subsection @code{@@ifset} and @code{@@ifclear} - -@findex ifset -When a @var{flag} is set, the Texinfo formatting commands format text -between subsequent pairs of @code{@@ifset @var{flag}} and @code{@@end -ifset} commands. When the @var{flag} is cleared, the Texinfo formatting -commands do @emph{not} format the text. - -Use the @code{@@set @var{flag}} command to turn on, or @dfn{set}, a -@var{flag}; a @dfn{flag} can be any single word. The format for the -command looks like this:@refill -@findex set - -@example -@@set @var{flag} -@end example - -Write the conditionally formatted text between @code{@@ifset @var{flag}} -and @code{@@end ifset} commands, like this:@refill - -@example -@group -@@ifset @var{flag} -@var{conditional-text} -@@end ifset -@end group -@end example - -For example, you can create one document that has two variants, such as -a manual for a `large' and `small' model:@refill - -@example -You can use this machine to dig up shrubs -without hurting them. - -@@set large - -@@ifset large -It can also dig up fully grown trees. -@@end ifset - -Remember to replant promptly @dots{} -@end example - -@noindent -In the example, the formatting commands will format the text between -@code{@@ifset large} and @code{@@end ifset} because the @code{large} -flag is set.@refill - -@findex clear -Use the @code{@@clear @var{flag}} command to turn off, or @dfn{clear}, -a flag. Clearing a flag is the opposite of setting a flag. The -command looks like this:@refill - -@example -@@clear @var{flag} -@end example - -@noindent -Write the command on a line of its own. - -When @var{flag} is cleared, the Texinfo formatting commands do -@emph{not} format the text between @code{@@ifset @var{flag}} and -@code{@@end ifset}; that text is ignored and does not appear in either -printed or Info output.@refill - -For example, if you clear the flag of the preceding example by writing -an @code{@@clear large} command after the @code{@@set large} command -(but before the conditional text), then the Texinfo formatting commands -ignore the text between the @code{@@ifset large} and @code{@@end ifset} -commands. In the formatted output, that text does not appear; in both -printed and Info output, you see only the lines that say, ``You can use -this machine to dig up shrubs without hurting them. Remember to replant -promptly @dots{}''. - -@findex ifclear -If a flag is cleared with an @code{@@clear @var{flag}} command, then -the formatting commands format text between subsequent pairs of -@code{@@ifclear} and @code{@@end ifclear} commands. But if the flag -is set with @code{@@set @var{flag}}, then the formatting commands do -@emph{not} format text between an @code{@@ifclear} and an @code{@@end -ifclear} command; rather, they ignore that text. An @code{@@ifclear} -command looks like this:@refill - -@example -@@ifclear @var{flag} -@end example - -@need 700 -In brief, the commands are:@refill - -@table @code -@item @@set @var{flag} -Tell the Texinfo formatting commands that @var{flag} is set.@refill - -@item @@clear @var{flag} -Tell the Texinfo formatting commands that @var{flag} is cleared.@refill - -@item @@ifset @var{flag} -If @var{flag} is set, tell the Texinfo formatting commands to format -the text up to the following @code{@@end ifset} command.@refill - -If @var{flag} is cleared, tell the Texinfo formatting commands to -ignore text up to the following @code{@@end ifset} command.@refill - -@item @@ifclear @var{flag} -If @var{flag} is set, tell the Texinfo formatting commands to ignore -the text up to the following @code{@@end ifclear} command.@refill - -If @var{flag} is cleared, tell the Texinfo formatting commands to -format the text up to the following @code{@@end ifclear} -command.@refill -@end table - -@node value, value Example, ifset ifclear, set clear value -@subsection @code{@@value} -@findex value - -You can use the @code{@@set} command to specify a value for a flag, -which is expanded by the @code{@@value} command. The value is a string -a characters. - -Write the @code{@@set} command like this: - -@example -@@set foo This is a string. -@end example - -@noindent -This sets the value of @code{foo} to ``This is a string.'' - -The Texinfo formatters replace an @code{@@value@{@var{flag}@}} command with -the string to which @var{flag} is set.@refill - -Thus, when @code{foo} is set as shown above, the Texinfo formatters convert - -@example -@group -@@value@{foo@} -@exdent @r{to} -This is a string. -@end group -@end example - -You can write an @code{@@value} command within a paragraph; but you -must write an @code{@@set} command on a line of its own. - -If you write the @code{@@set} command like this: - -@example -@@set foo -@end example - -@noindent -without specifying a string, the value of @code{foo} is an empty string. - -If you clear a previously set flag with an @code{@@clear @var{flag}} -command, a subsequent @code{@@value@{flag@}} command is invalid and the -string is replaced with an error message that says @samp{@{No value for -"@var{flag}"@}}. - -For example, if you set @code{foo} as follows:@refill - -@example -@@set how-much very, very, very -@end example - -@noindent -then the formatters transform - -@example -@group -It is a @@value@{how-much@} wet day. -@exdent @r{into} -It is a very, very, very wet day. -@end group -@end example - -If you write - -@example -@@clear how-much -@end example - -@noindent -then the formatters transform - -@example -@group -It is a @@value@{how-much@} wet day. -@exdent @r{into} -It is a @{No value for "how-much"@} wet day. -@end group -@end example - -@node value Example, , value, set clear value -@subsection @code{@@value} Example - -You can use the @code{@@value} command to limit the number of places you -need to change when you record an update to a manual. -Here is how it is done in @cite{The GNU Make Manual}: - -@need 1000 -@noindent -Set the flags: - -@example -@group -@@set EDITION 0.35 Beta -@@set VERSION 3.63 Beta -@@set UPDATED 14 August 1992 -@@set UPDATE-MONTH August 1992 -@end group -@end example - -@need 750 -@noindent -Write text for the first @code{@@ifinfo} section, for people reading the -Texinfo file: - -@example -@group -This is Edition @@value@{EDITION@}, -last updated @@value@{UPDATED@}, -of @@cite@{The GNU Make Manual@}, -for @@code@{make@}, Version @@value@{VERSION@}. -@end group -@end example - -@need 1000 -@noindent -Write text for the title page, for people reading the printed manual: -@c List only the month and the year since that looks less fussy on a -@c printed cover than a date that lists the day as well. - -@example -@group -@@title GNU Make -@@subtitle A Program for Directing Recompilation -@@subtitle Edition @@value@{EDITION@}, @dots{} -@@subtitle @@value@{UPDATE-MONTH@} -@end group -@end example - -@noindent -(On a printed cover, a date listing the month and the year looks less -fussy than a date listing the day as well as the month and year.) - -@need 750 -@noindent -Write text for the Top node, for people reading the Info file: - -@example -@group -This is Edition @@value@{EDITION@} -of the @@cite@{GNU Make Manual@}, -last updated @@value@{UPDATED@} -for @@code@{make@} Version @@value@{VERSION@}. -@end group -@end example - -@need 950 -After you format the manual, the text in the first @code{@@ifinfo} -section looks like this: - -@example -@group -This is Edition 0.35 Beta, last updated 14 August 1992, -of `The GNU Make Manual', for `make', Version 3.63 Beta. -@end group -@end example - -When you update the manual, change only the values of the flags; you do -not need to rewrite the three sections. - - -@node Macros, Format/Print Hardcopy, Conditionals, Top -@chapter Macros: Defining New Texinfo Commands -@cindex Macros -@cindex Defining new Texinfo commands -@cindex New Texinfo commands, defining -@cindex Texinfo commands, defining new -@cindex User-defined Texinfo commands - -A Texinfo @dfn{macro} allows you to define a new Texinfo command as any -sequence of text and/or existing commands (including other macros). The -macro can have any number of @dfn{parameters}---text you supply each -time you use the macro. (This has nothing to do with the -@code{@@defmac} command, which is for documenting macros in the subject -of the manual; @pxref{Def Cmd Template}.) - -@menu -* Defining Macros:: Both defining and undefining new commands. -* Invoking Macros:: Using a macro, once you've defined it. -@end menu - - -@node Defining Macros, Invoking Macros, Macros, Macros -@section Defining Macros -@cindex Defining macros -@cindex Macro definitions - -@findex macro -You use the Texinfo @code{@@macro} command to define a macro. For example: - -@example -@@macro @var{macro-name}@{@var{param1}, @var{param2}, @dots{}@} -@var{text} @dots{} \@var{param1}\ @dots{} -@@end macro -@end example - -The @dfn{parameters} @var{param1}, @var{param2}, @dots{} correspond to -arguments supplied when the macro is subsequently used in the document -(see the next section). - -If a macro needs no parameters, you can define it either with an empty -list (@samp{@@macro foo @{@}}) or with no braces at all (@samp{@@macro -foo}). - -@cindex Body of a macro -@cindex Mutually recursive macros -@cindex Recursion, mutual -The definition or @dfn{body} of the macro can contain any Texinfo -commands, including previously-defined macros. (It is not possible to -have mutually recursive Texinfo macros.) In the body, instances of a -parameter name surrounded by backslashes, as in @samp{\@var{param1}\} in -the example above, are replaced by the corresponding argument from the -macro invocation. - -@findex unmacro -@cindex Macros, undefining -@cindex Undefining macros -You can undefine a macro @var{foo} with @code{@@unmacro @var{foo}}. -It is not an error to undefine a macro that is already undefined. -For example: - -@example -@@unmacro foo -@end example - - -@node Invoking Macros, , Defining Macros, Macros -@section Invoking Macros -@cindex Invoking macros -@cindex Macro invocation - -After a macro is defined (see the previous section), you can use -(@dfn{invoke}) it in your document like this: - -@example -@@@var{macro-name} @{@var{arg1}, @var{arg2}, @dots{}@} -@end example - -@noindent and the result will be just as if you typed the body of -@var{macro-name} at that spot. For example: - -@example -@@macro foo @{p, q@} -Together: \p\ & \q\. -@@end macro -@@foo@{a, b@} -@end example - -@noindent produces: - -@display -Together: a & b. -@end display - -@cindex Backslash, and macros -Thus, the arguments and parameters are separated by commas and delimited -by braces; any whitespace after (but not before) a comma is ignored. To -insert a comma, brace, or backslash in an argument, prepend a backslash, -as in - -@example -@@@var{macro-name} @{\\\@{\@}\,@} -@end example - -@noindent -which will pass the (almost certainly error-producing) argument -@samp{\@{@},} to @var{macro-name}. - -If the macro is defined to take a single argument, and is invoked -without any braces, the entire rest of the line after the macro name is -supplied as the argument. For example: - -@example -@@macro bar @{p@} -Twice: \p\, \p\. -@@end macro -@@bar aah -@end example - -@noindent produces: - -@display -Twice: aah, aah. -@end display - - -@node Format/Print Hardcopy, Create an Info File, Macros, Top -@comment node-name, next, previous, up -@chapter Format and Print Hardcopy -@cindex Format and print hardcopy -@cindex Hardcopy, printing it -@cindex Making a printed manual -@cindex Sorting indices -@cindex Indices, sorting -@cindex @TeX{} index sorting -@pindex texindex - -There are three major shell commands for making a printed manual from a -Texinfo file: one for converting the Texinfo file into a file that will be -printed, a second for sorting indices, and a third for printing the -formatted document. When you use the shell commands, you can either -work directly in the operating system shell or work within a shell -inside GNU Emacs.@refill - -If you are using GNU Emacs, you can use commands provided by Texinfo -mode instead of shell commands. In addition to the three commands to -format a file, sort the indices, and print the result, Texinfo mode -offers key bindings for commands to recenter the output buffer, show the -print queue, and delete a job from the print queue.@refill - -@menu -* Use TeX:: Use @TeX{} to format for hardcopy. -* Format with tex/texindex:: How to format in a shell. -* Format with texi2dvi:: A simpler way to use the shell. -* Print with lpr:: How to print. -* Within Emacs:: How to format and print from an Emacs shell. -* Texinfo Mode Printing:: How to format and print in Texinfo mode. -* Compile-Command:: How to print using Emacs's compile command. -* Requirements Summary:: @TeX{} formatting requirements summary. -* Preparing for TeX:: What you need to do to use @TeX{}. -* Overfull hboxes:: What are and what to do with overfull hboxes. -* smallbook:: How to print small format books and manuals. -* A4 Paper:: How to print on European A4 paper. -* Cropmarks and Magnification:: How to print marks to indicate the size - of pages and how to print scaled up output. -@end menu - -@node Use TeX, Format with tex/texindex, Format/Print Hardcopy, Format/Print Hardcopy -@ifinfo -@heading Use @TeX{} -@end ifinfo - -The typesetting program called @TeX{} is used for formatting a Texinfo -file. @TeX{} is a very powerful typesetting program and, if used right, -does an exceptionally good job. @xref{Obtaining TeX, , How to Obtain -@TeX{}}, for information on how to obtain @TeX{}.@refill - -The @code{makeinfo}, @code{texinfo-format-region}, and -@code{texinfo-format-buffer} commands read the very same @@-commands -in the Texinfo file as does @TeX{}, but process them differently to -make an Info file; see @ref{Create an Info File}.@refill - -@node Format with tex/texindex, Format with texi2dvi, Use TeX, Format/Print Hardcopy -@comment node-name, next, previous, up -@section Format using @code{tex} and @code{texindex} -@cindex Shell formatting with @code{tex} and @code{texindex} -@cindex Formatting with @code{tex} and @code{texindex} -@cindex DVI file - -Format the Texinfo file with the shell command @code{tex} followed by -the name of the Texinfo file. This command produces a formatted -@sc{dvi} file as well as several auxiliary files containing indices, -cross references, etc. The @sc{dvi} file (for @dfn{DeVice Independent} -file) can be printed on a wide variety of printers.@refill - -The @code{tex} formatting command itself does not sort the indices; it -writes an output file of unsorted index data. This is a misfeature of -@TeX{}. (The @code{texi2dvi} command automatically generates indices; -see @ref{Format with texi2dvi, , Format using @code{texi2dvi}}.) To -generate a printed index after running the @code{tex} command, you first -need a sorted index to work from. The @code{texindex} command sorts -indices. (The source file @file{texindex.c} comes as part of the -standard GNU distribution and is usually installed when Emacs is -installed.)@refill -@pindex texindex -@ignore -Usage: texindex [-k] [-T tempdir] infile [-o outfile] ... - -Each infile arg can optionally be followed by a `-o outfile' arg; -for each infile that is not followed by a -o arg, the infile name with -`s' (for `sorted') appended is used for the outfile. - --T dir is the directory to put temp files in, instead of /tmp. --k means `keep tempfiles', for debugging. -@end ignore - -The @code{tex} formatting command outputs unsorted index files under -names that obey a standard convention. These names are the name of -your main input file to the @code{tex} formatting command, with -everything after the first period thrown away, and the two letter -names of indices added at the end. For example, the raw index output -files for the input file @file{foo.texinfo} would be @file{foo.cp}, -@file{foo.vr}, @file{foo.fn}, @file{foo.tp}, @file{foo.pg} and -@file{foo.ky}. Those are exactly the arguments to give to -@code{texindex}.@refill - -@need 1000 -Or else, you can use @samp{??} as ``wild-cards'' and give the command in -this form:@refill - -@example -texindex foo.?? -@end example - -@noindent -This command will run @code{texindex} on all the unsorted index files, -including any that you have defined yourself using @code{@@defindex} -or @code{@@defcodeindex}. (You may execute @samp{texindex foo.??} -even if there are similarly named files with two letter extensions -that are not index files, such as @samp{foo.el}. The @code{texindex} -command reports but otherwise ignores such files.)@refill - -For each file specified, @code{texindex} generates a sorted index file -whose name is made by appending @samp{s} to the input file name. The -@code{@@printindex} command knows to look for a file of that name. -@code{texindex} does not alter the raw index output file.@refill - -After you have sorted the indices, you need to rerun the @code{tex} -formatting command on the Texinfo file. This regenerates a formatted -@sc{dvi} file with up-to-date index entries.@footnote{If you use more -than one index and have cross references to an index other than the -first, you must run @code{tex} @emph{three times} to get correct output: -once to generate raw index data; again (after @code{texindex}) to output -the text of the indices and determine their true page numbers; and a -third time to output correct page numbers in cross references to them. -However, cross references to indices are rare.}@refill - -To summarize, this is a three step process: - -@enumerate -@item -Run the @code{tex} formatting command on the Texinfo file. This -generates the formatted @sc{dvi} file as well as the raw index files -with two letter extensions.@refill - -@item -Run the shell command @code{texindex} on the raw index files to sort -them. This creates the corresponding sorted index files.@refill - -@item -Rerun the @code{tex} formatting command on the Texinfo file. This -regenerates a formatted @sc{dvi} file with the index entries in the -correct order. This second run also corrects the page numbers for -the cross references. (The tables of contents are always correct.)@refill -@end enumerate - -You need not run @code{texindex} each time after you run the -@code{tex} formatting. If you do not, on the next run, the @code{tex} -formatting command will use whatever sorted index files happen to -exist from the previous use of @code{texindex}. This is usually -@sc{ok} while you are debugging.@refill - -@node Format with texi2dvi, Print with lpr, Format with tex/texindex, Format/Print Hardcopy -@comment node-name, next, previous, up -@section Format using @code{texi2dvi} -@pindex texi2dvi @r{(shell script)} - -The @code{texi2dvi} command is a shell script that automatically runs -both @code{tex} and @code{texindex} as many times as necessary to -produce a @sc{dvi} file with up-to-date, sorted indices. It simplifies -the @code{tex}---@code{texindex}---@code{tex} sequence described in the -previous section. - -@need 1000 -The syntax for @code{texi2dvi} is like this (where @samp{prompt$} is the -shell prompt):@refill - -@example -prompt$ @kbd{texi2dvi @var{filename}@dots{}} -@end example - -@node Print with lpr, Within Emacs, Format with texi2dvi, Format/Print Hardcopy -@comment node-name, next, previous, up -@section Shell Print Using @code{lpr -d} -@pindex lpr @r{(@sc{dvi} print command)} - -You can print a @sc{dvi} file with the @sc{dvi} print command. The -precise printing command to use depends on your system; @samp{lpr -d} is -common. The @sc{dvi} print command may require a file name without any -extension or with a @samp{.dvi} extension.@refill - -@need 1200 -The following commands, for example, sort the indices, format, and -print the @cite{Bison Manual} (where @samp{%} is the shell -prompt):@refill - -@example -@group -% tex bison.texinfo -% texindex bison.?? -% tex bison.texinfo -% lpr -d bison.dvi -@end group -@end example - -@noindent -(Remember that the shell commands may be different at your site; but -these are commonly used versions.)@refill - -@need 1000 -Using the @code{texi2dvi} shell script, you simply need type:@refill - -@example -@group -% texi2dvi bison.texinfo -% lpr -d bison.dvi -@end group -@end example - -@node Within Emacs, Texinfo Mode Printing, Print with lpr, Format/Print Hardcopy -@comment node-name, next, previous, up -@section From an Emacs Shell @dots{} -@cindex Print, format from Emacs shell -@cindex Format, print from Emacs shell -@cindex Shell, format, print from -@cindex Emacs shell, format, print from -@cindex GNU Emacs shell, format, print from - -You can give formatting and printing commands from a shell within GNU -Emacs. To create a shell within Emacs, type @kbd{M-x shell}. In this -shell, you can format and print the document. @xref{Format/Print -Hardcopy, , Format and Print Hardcopy}, for details.@refill - -You can switch to and from the shell buffer while @code{tex} is -running and do other editing. If you are formatting a long document -on a slow machine, this can be very convenient.@refill - -You can also use @code{texi2dvi} from an Emacs shell. For example, -here is how to use @code{texi2dvi} to format and print @cite{Using and -Porting GNU CC} from a shell within Emacs (where @samp{%} is the shell -prompt):@refill - -@example -@group -% texi2dvi gcc.texinfo -% lpr -d gcc.dvi -@end group -@end example -@ifinfo - -@xref{Texinfo Mode Printing}, for more information about formatting -and printing in Texinfo mode.@refill -@end ifinfo - -@node Texinfo Mode Printing, Compile-Command, Within Emacs, Format/Print Hardcopy -@section Formatting and Printing in Texinfo Mode -@cindex Region printing in Texinfo mode -@cindex Format and print in Texinfo mode -@cindex Print and format in Texinfo mode - -Texinfo mode provides several predefined key commands for @TeX{} -formatting and printing. These include commands for sorting indices, -looking at the printer queue, killing the formatting job, and -recentering the display of the buffer in which the operations -occur.@refill - -@table @kbd -@item C-c C-t C-b -@itemx M-x texinfo-tex-buffer -Run @code{texi2dvi} on the current buffer.@refill - -@item C-c C-t C-r -@itemx M-x texinfo-tex-region -Run @TeX{} on the current region.@refill - -@item C-c C-t C-i -@itemx M-x texinfo-texindex -Sort the indices of a Texinfo file formatted with -@code{texinfo-tex-region}.@refill - -@item C-c C-t C-p -@itemx M-x texinfo-tex-print -Print a @sc{dvi} file that was made with @code{texinfo-tex-region} or -@code{texinfo-tex-buffer}.@refill - -@item C-c C-t C-q -@itemx M-x tex-show-print-queue -Show the print queue.@refill - -@item C-c C-t C-d -@itemx M-x texinfo-delete-from-print-queue -Delete a job from the print queue; you will be prompted for the job -number shown by a preceding @kbd{C-c C-t C-q} command -(@code{texinfo-show-tex-print-queue}).@refill - -@item C-c C-t C-k -@itemx M-x tex-kill-job -Kill the currently running @TeX{} job started by -@code{texinfo-tex-region} or @code{texinfo-tex-buffer}, or any other -process running in the Texinfo shell buffer.@refill - -@item C-c C-t C-x -@itemx M-x texinfo-quit-job -Quit a @TeX{} formatting job that has stopped because of an error by -sending an @key{x} to it. When you do this, @TeX{} preserves a record -of what it did in a @file{.log} file.@refill - -@item C-c C-t C-l -@itemx M-x tex-recenter-output-buffer -Redisplay the shell buffer in which the @TeX{} printing and formatting -commands are run to show its most recent output.@refill -@end table - -@need 1000 -Thus, the usual sequence of commands for formatting a buffer is as -follows (with comments to the right):@refill - -@example -@group -C-c C-t C-b @r{Run @code{texi2dvi} on the buffer.} -C-c C-t C-p @r{Print the @sc{dvi} file.} -C-c C-t C-q @r{Display the printer queue.} -@end group -@end example - -The Texinfo mode @TeX{} formatting commands start a subshell in Emacs -called the @file{*tex-shell*}. The @code{texinfo-tex-command}, -@code{texinfo-texindex-command}, and @code{tex-dvi-print-command} -commands are all run in this shell. - -You can watch the commands operate in the @samp{*tex-shell*} buffer, -and you can switch to and from and use the @samp{*tex-shell*} buffer -as you would any other shell buffer.@refill - -@need 1500 -The formatting and print commands depend on the values of several variables. -The default values are:@refill - -@example -@group - @r{Variable} @r{Default value} - -texinfo-texi2dvi-command "texi2dvi" -texinfo-tex-command "tex" -texinfo-texindex-command "texindex" -texinfo-delete-from-print-queue-command "lprm" -texinfo-tex-trailer "@@bye" -tex-start-of-header "%**start" -tex-end-of-header "%**end" -tex-dvi-print-command "lpr -d" -tex-show-queue-command "lpq" -@end group -@end example - -You can change the values of these variables with the @kbd{M-x -edit-options} command (@pxref{Edit Options, , Editing Variable Values, -emacs, The GNU Emacs Manual}), with the @kbd{M-x set-variable} command -(@pxref{Examining, , Examining and Setting Variables, emacs, The GNU -Emacs Manual}), or with your @file{.emacs} initialization file -(@pxref{Init File, , , emacs, The GNU Emacs Manual}).@refill - -@node Compile-Command, Requirements Summary, Texinfo Mode Printing, Format/Print Hardcopy -@comment node-name, next, previous, up -@section Using the Local Variables List -@cindex Local variables -@cindex Compile command for formatting -@cindex Format with the compile command - -Yet another way to apply the @TeX{} formatting command to a Texinfo file -is to put that command in a @dfn{local variables list} at the end of the -Texinfo file. You can then specify the @code{tex} or @code{texi2dvi} -commands as a @code{compile-command} and have Emacs run it by typing -@kbd{M-x compile}. This creates a special shell called the -@file{*compilation*} buffer in which Emacs runs the compile command. -For example, at the end of the @file{gdb.texinfo} file, after the -@code{@@bye}, you could put the following:@refill - -@example -@group -@@c Local Variables: -@@c compile-command: "texi2dvi gdb.texinfo" -@@c End: -@end group -@end example - -@noindent -This technique is most often used by programmers who also compile programs -this way; see @ref{Compilation, , , emacs, The GNU Emacs Manual}.@refill - -@node Requirements Summary, Preparing for TeX, Compile-Command, Format/Print Hardcopy -@comment node-name, next, previous, up -@section @TeX{} Formatting Requirements Summary -@cindex Requirements for formatting -@cindex Formatting requirements - -Every Texinfo file that is to be input to @TeX{} must begin with a -@code{\input} command and must contain an @code{@@setfilename} command and -an @code{@@settitle} command:@refill - -@example -\input texinfo -@@setfilename @var{arg-not-used-by-@TeX{}} -@@settitle @var{name-of-manual} -@end example - -@noindent -The first command instructs @TeX{} to load the macros it needs to -process a Texinfo file, the second command opens auxiliary files, and -the third specifies the title of printed manual. - -@need 1000 -Every Texinfo file must end with a line that terminates @TeX{} -processing and forces out unfinished pages:@refill - -@example -@@bye -@end example - -Strictly speaking, these four lines are all a Texinfo file needs for -@TeX{}, besides the body. (The @code{@@setfilename} line is the only -line that a Texinfo file needs for Info formatting.)@refill - -Usually, the file's first line contains an @samp{@@c -*-texinfo-*-} -comment that causes Emacs to switch to Texinfo mode when you edit the -file. In addition, the beginning usually includes an -@code{@@setchapternewpage} command, a title page, a copyright page, and -permissions. Besides an @code{@@bye}, the end of a file usually -includes indices and a table of contents.@refill - -@iftex -For more information, see -@ref{setchapternewpage, , @code{@@setchapternewpage}}, -@ref{Headings, ,Page Headings}, -@ref{Titlepage & Copyright Page}, -@ref{Printing Indices & Menus}, and -@ref{Contents}. -@end iftex -@noindent -@ifinfo -For more information, see@* -@ref{setchapternewpage, , @code{@@setchapternewpage}},@* -@ref{Headings, ,Page Headings},@* -@ref{Titlepage & Copyright Page},@* -@ref{Printing Indices & Menus}, and@* -@ref{Contents}. -@end ifinfo - -@node Preparing for TeX, Overfull hboxes, Requirements Summary, Format/Print Hardcopy -@comment node-name, next, previous, up -@section Preparing to Use @TeX{} -@cindex Preparing to use @TeX{} -@cindex @TeX{} input initialization -@cindex @code{TEXINPUTS} environment variable -@vindex TEXINPUTS -@cindex @b{.profile} initialization file -@cindex @b{.cshrc} initialization file -@cindex Initialization file for @TeX{} input - -@TeX{} needs to know where to find the @file{texinfo.tex} file -that you have told it to input with the @samp{\input texinfo} command -at the beginning of the first line. The @file{texinfo.tex} file tells -@TeX{} how to handle @@-commands. (@file{texinfo.tex} is -included in the standard GNU distributions.)@refill - -Usually, the @file{texinfo.tex} file is put in the default directory -that contains @TeX{} macros (the @file{/usr/lib/tex/macros} -directory) when GNU Emacs or other GNU software is installed. -In this case, @TeX{} will -find the file and you do not need to do anything special. -Alternatively, you can put @file{texinfo.tex} in the directory in -which the Texinfo source file is located, and @TeX{} will find it -there.@refill - -However, you may want to specify the location of the @code{\input} file -yourself. One way to do this is to write the complete path for the file -after the @code{\input} command. Another way is to set the -@code{TEXINPUTS} environment variable in your @file{.cshrc} or -@file{.profile} file. The @code{TEXINPUTS} environment variable will tell -@TeX{} where to find the @file{texinfo.tex} file and any other file that -you might want @TeX{} to use.@refill - -Whether you use a @file{.cshrc} or @file{.profile} file depends on -whether you use @code{csh}, @code{sh}, or @code{bash} for your shell -command interpreter. When you use @code{csh}, it looks to the -@file{.cshrc} file for initialization information, and when you use -@code{sh} or @code{bash}, it looks to the @file{.profile} file.@refill - -@need 1000 -In a @file{.cshrc} file, you could use the following @code{csh} command -sequence:@refill - -@example -setenv TEXINPUTS .:/usr/me/mylib:/usr/lib/tex/macros -@end example - -@need 1000 -In a @file{.profile} file, you could use the following @code{sh} command -sequence: - -@example -@group -TEXINPUTS=.:/usr/me/mylib:/usr/lib/tex/macros -export TEXINPUTS -@end group -@end example - -@noindent -This would cause @TeX{} to look for @file{\input} file first in the current -directory, indicated by the @samp{.}, then in a hypothetical user's -@file{me/mylib} directory, and finally in the system library.@refill - -@node Overfull hboxes, smallbook, Preparing for TeX, Format/Print Hardcopy -@comment node-name, next, previous, up -@section Overfull ``hboxes'' -@cindex Overfull @samp{hboxes} -@cindex @samp{hboxes}, overfull -@cindex Final output - -@TeX{} is sometimes unable to typeset a line without extending it into -the right margin. This can occur when @TeX{} comes upon what it -interprets as a long word that it cannot hyphenate, such as an -electronic mail network address or a very long title. When this -happens, @TeX{} prints an error message like this:@refill - -@example -Overfull \hbox (20.76302pt too wide) -@end example - -@noindent -(In @TeX{}, lines are in ``horizontal boxes'', hence the term, ``hbox''. -The backslash, @samp{\}, is the @TeX{} equivalent of @samp{@@}.)@refill - -@TeX{} also provides the line number in the Texinfo source file and -the text of the offending line, which is marked at all the places that -@TeX{} knows how to hyphenate words. -@xref{Debugging with TeX, , Catching Errors with @TeX{} Formatting}, -for more information about typesetting errors.@refill - -If the Texinfo file has an overfull hbox, you can rewrite the sentence -so the overfull hbox does not occur, or you can decide to leave it. A -small excursion into the right margin often does not matter and may not -even be noticeable.@refill - -@cindex Black rectangle in hardcopy -@cindex Rectangle, ugly, black in hardcopy -However, unless told otherwise, @TeX{} will print a large, ugly, black -rectangle beside the line that contains the overfull hbox. This is so -you will notice the location of the problem if you are correcting a -draft.@refill - -@need 1000 -@findex finalout -To prevent such a monstrosity from marring your final printout, write -the following in the beginning of the Texinfo file on a line of its own, -before the @code{@@titlepage} command:@refill - -@example -@@finalout -@end example - -@node smallbook, A4 Paper, Overfull hboxes, Format/Print Hardcopy -@comment node-name, next, previous, up -@section Printing ``Small'' Books -@findex smallbook -@cindex Small book size -@cindex Book, printing small -@cindex Page sizes for books -@cindex Size of printed book - -By default, @TeX{} typesets pages for printing in an 8.5 by 11 inch -format. However, you can direct @TeX{} to typeset a document in a 7 by -9.25 inch format that is suitable for bound books by inserting the -following command on a line by itself at the beginning of the Texinfo -file, before the title page:@refill - -@example -@@smallbook -@end example - -@noindent -(Since regular sized books are often about 7 by 9.25 inches, this -command might better have been called the @code{@@regularbooksize} -command, but it came to be called the @code{@@smallbook} command by -comparison to the 8.5 by 11 inch format.)@refill - -If you write the @code{@@smallbook} command between the -start-of-header and end-of-header lines, the Texinfo mode @TeX{} -region formatting command, @code{texinfo-tex-region}, will format the -region in ``small'' book size (@pxref{Start of Header}).@refill - -The Free Software Foundation distributes printed copies of @cite{The GNU -Emacs Manual} and other manuals in the ``small'' book size. -@xref{smallexample & smalllisp, , @code{@@smallexample} and -@code{@@smalllisp}}, for information about commands that make it easier -to produce examples for a smaller manual.@refill - -@node A4 Paper, Cropmarks and Magnification, smallbook, Format/Print Hardcopy -@comment node-name, next, previous, up -@section Printing on A4 Paper -@cindex A4 paper, printing on -@cindex Paper size, European A4 -@cindex European A4 paper -@findex afourpaper - -You can tell @TeX{} to typeset a document for printing on European size -A4 paper with the @code{@@afourpaper} command. Write the command on a -line by itself between @code{@@iftex} and @code{@@end iftex} lines near -the beginning of the Texinfo file, before the title page:@refill - -For example, this is how you would write the header for this manual:@refill - -@example -@group -\input texinfo @@c -*-texinfo-*- -@@c %**start of header -@@setfilename texinfo -@@settitle Texinfo -@@syncodeindex vr fn -@@iftex -@@afourpaper -@@end iftex -@@c %**end of header -@end group -@end example - -@node Cropmarks and Magnification, , A4 Paper, Format/Print Hardcopy -@comment node-name, next, previous, up -@section Cropmarks and Magnification - -@findex cropmarks -@cindex Cropmarks for printing -@cindex Printing cropmarks -You can attempt to direct @TeX{} to print cropmarks at the corners of -pages with the @code{@@cropmarks} command. Write the @code{@@cropmarks} -command on a line by itself between @code{@@iftex} and @code{@@end -iftex} lines near the beginning of the Texinfo file, before the title -page, like this:@refill - -@example -@group -@@iftex -@@cropmarks -@@end iftex -@end group -@end example - -This command is mainly for printers that typeset several pages on one -sheet of film; but you can attempt to use it to mark the corners of a -book set to 7 by 9.25 inches with the @code{@@smallbook} command. -(Printers will not produce cropmarks for regular sized output that is -printed on regular sized paper.) Since different printing machines work -in different ways, you should explore the use of this command with a -spirit of adventure. You may have to redefine the command in the -@file{texinfo.tex} definitions file.@refill - -@findex mag @r{(@TeX{} command)} -@cindex Magnified printing -@cindex Larger or smaller pages -You can attempt to direct @TeX{} to typeset pages larger or smaller than -usual with the @code{\mag} @TeX{} command. Everything that is typeset -is scaled proportionally larger or smaller. (@code{\mag} stands for -``magnification''.) This is @emph{not} a Texinfo @@-command, but is a -plain @TeX{} command that is prefixed with a backslash. You have to -write this command between @code{@@tex} and @code{@@end tex} -(@pxref{Using Ordinary TeX Commands, , Using Ordinary @TeX{} -Commands}).@refill - -Follow the @code{\mag} command with an @samp{=} and then a number that -is 1000 times the magnification you desire. For example, to print pages -at 1.2 normal size, write the following near the beginning of the -Texinfo file, before the title page:@refill - -@example -@group -@@tex -\mag=1200 -@@end tex -@end group -@end example - -With some printing technologies, you can print normal-sized copies that -look better than usual by using a larger-than-normal master.@refill - -Depending on your system, @code{\mag} may not work or may work only at -certain magnifications. Be prepared to experiment.@refill - -@node Create an Info File, Install an Info File, Format/Print Hardcopy, Top -@comment node-name, next, previous, up -@chapter Creating an Info File -@cindex Creating an Info file -@cindex Info, creating an on-line file -@cindex Formatting a file for Info - -@code{makeinfo} is a utility that converts a Texinfo file into an Info -file; @code{texinfo-format-region} and @code{texinfo-format-buffer} are -GNU Emacs functions that do the same.@refill - -A Texinfo file must possess an @code{@@setfilename} line near its -beginning, otherwise the Info formatting commands will fail.@refill - -For information on installing the Info file in the Info system, see -@ref{Install an Info File}.@refill - -@menu -* makeinfo advantages:: @code{makeinfo} provides better error checking. -* Invoking makeinfo:: How to run @code{makeinfo} from a shell. -* makeinfo options:: Specify fill-column and other options. -* Pointer Validation:: How to check that pointers point somewhere. -* makeinfo in Emacs:: How to run @code{makeinfo} from Emacs. -* texinfo-format commands:: Two Info formatting commands written - in Emacs Lisp are an alternative - to @code{makeinfo}. -* Batch Formatting:: How to format for Info in Emacs Batch mode. -* Tag and Split Files:: How tagged and split files help Info - to run better. -@end menu - -@node makeinfo advantages, Invoking makeinfo, Create an Info File, Create an Info File -@ifinfo -@heading @code{makeinfo} Preferred -@end ifinfo - -The @code{makeinfo} utility creates an Info file from a Texinfo source -file more quickly than either of the Emacs formatting commands and -provides better error messages. We recommend it. @code{makeinfo} is a -C program that is independent of Emacs. You do not need to run Emacs to -use @code{makeinfo}, which means you can use @code{makeinfo} on machines -that are too small to run Emacs. You can run @code{makeinfo} in -any one of three ways: from an operating system shell, from a shell -inside Emacs, or by typing a key command in Texinfo mode in Emacs. -@refill - -The @code{texinfo-format-region} and the @code{texinfo-format-buffer} -commands are useful if you cannot run @code{makeinfo}. Also, in some -circumstances, they format short regions or buffers more quickly than -@code{makeinfo}.@refill - -@node Invoking makeinfo, makeinfo options, makeinfo advantages, Create an Info File -@section Running @code{makeinfo} from a Shell - -To create an Info file from a Texinfo file, type @code{makeinfo} -followed by the name of the Texinfo file. Thus, to create the Info -file for Bison, type the following at the shell prompt (where @samp{%} -is the prompt):@refill - -@example -% makeinfo bison.texinfo -@end example - -(You can run a shell inside Emacs by typing @kbd{M-x -shell}.)@refill - -@ifinfo -Sometimes you will want to specify options. For example, if you wish -to discover which version of @code{makeinfo} you are using, -type:@refill - -@example -% makeinfo --version -@end example - -@xref{makeinfo options}, for more information. -@end ifinfo - -@node makeinfo options, Pointer Validation, Invoking makeinfo, Create an Info File -@comment node-name, next, previous, up -@section Options for @code{makeinfo} -@cindex @code{makeinfo} options -@cindex Options for @code{makeinfo} - -The @code{makeinfo} command takes a number of options. Most often, -options are used to set the value of the fill column and specify the -footnote style. Each command line option is a word preceded by -@samp{--}@footnote{@samp{--} has replaced @samp{+}, the old introductory -character, to maintain POSIX.2 compatibility without losing long-named -options.} or a letter preceded by @samp{-}. You can use abbreviations -for the option names as long as they are unique.@refill - -For example, you could use the following command to create an Info -file for @file{bison.texinfo} in which each line is filled to only 68 -columns (where @samp{%} is the prompt):@refill - -@example -% makeinfo --fill-column=68 bison.texinfo -@end example - -You can write two or more options in sequence, like this:@refill - -@example -% makeinfo --no-split --fill-column=70 @dots{} -@end example - -@noindent -This would keep the Info file together as one possibly very long -file and would also set the fill column to 70.@refill - -@iftex -If you wish to discover which version of @code{makeinfo} -you are using, type:@refill - -@example -% makeinfo --version -@end example -@end iftex - -The options are:@refill - -@need 100 -@table @code -@item -D @var{var} -Cause @var{var} to be defined. This is equivalent to -@code{@@set @var{var}} in the Texinfo file. - -@need 150 -@item --error-limit @var{limit} -Set the maximum number of errors that @code{makeinfo} will report -before exiting (on the assumption that continuing would be useless). -The default number of errors that can be reported before -@code{makeinfo} gives up is 100.@refill - -@need 150 -@item --fill-column @var{width} -Specify the maximum number of columns in a line; this is the right-hand -edge of a line. Paragraphs that are filled will be filled to this -width. (Filling is the process of breaking up and connecting lines so -that lines are the same length as or shorter than the number specified -as the fill column. Lines are broken between words.) The default value -for @code{fill-column} is 72. -@refill - -@item --footnote-style @var{style} -Set the footnote style to @var{style}, either @samp{end} for the end -node style or @samp{separate} for the separate node style. The value -set by this option overrides the value set in a Texinfo file by an -@code{@@footnotestyle} command. When the footnote style is -@samp{separate}, @code{makeinfo} makes a new node containing the -footnotes found in the current node. When the footnote style is -@samp{end}, @code{makeinfo} places the footnote references at the end -of the current node.@refill - -@need 150 -@item -I @var{dir} -Add @code{dir} to the directory search list for finding files that are -included using the @code{@@include} command. By default, -@code{makeinfo} searches only the current directory. - -@need 150 -@item --no-headers -Do not include menus or node lines in the output. This results in an -@sc{ascii} file that you cannot read in Info since it does not contain -the requisite nodes or menus; but you can print such a file in a -single, typewriter-like font and produce acceptable output. - -@need 150 -@item --no-split -Suppress the splitting stage of @code{makeinfo}. Normally, large -output files (where the size is greater than 70k bytes) are split into -smaller subfiles, each one approximately 50k bytes. If you specify -@samp{--no-split}, @code{makeinfo} will not split up the output -file.@refill - -@need 100 -@item --no-pointer-validate -@item --no-validate -Suppress the pointer-validation phase of @code{makeinfo}. Normally, -after a Texinfo file is processed, some consistency checks are made to -ensure that cross references can be resolved, etc. -@xref{Pointer Validation}.@refill - -@need 150 -@item --no-warn -Suppress the output of warning messages. This does @emph{not} -suppress the output of error messages, only warnings. You might -want this if the file you are creating has examples of Texinfo cross -references within it, and the nodes that are referenced do not actually -exist.@refill - -@item --no-number-footnotes -Suppress automatic footnote numbering. By default, @code{makeinfo} -numbers each footnote sequentially in a single node, resetting the -current footnote number to 1 at the start of each node. - -@need 150 -@item --output @var{file} -@itemx -o @var{file} -Specify that the output should be directed to @var{file} and not to the -file name specified in the @code{@@setfilename} command found in the Texinfo -source. @var{file} can be the special token @samp{-}, which specifies -standard output. - -@need 150 -@item --paragraph-indent @var{indent} -Set the paragraph indentation style to @var{indent}. The value set by -this option overrides the value set in a Texinfo file by an -@code{@@paragraphindent} command. The value of @var{indent} is -interpreted as follows:@refill - -@itemize @bullet -@item -If the value of @var{indent} is @samp{asis}, do not change the -existing indentation at the starts of paragraphs.@refill - -@item -If the value of @var{indent} is zero, delete any existing -indentation.@refill - -@item -If the value of @var{indent} is greater than zero, indent each -paragraph by that number of spaces.@refill -@end itemize - -@need 100 -@item --reference-limit @var{limit} -Set the value of the number of references to a node that -@code{makeinfo} will make without reporting a warning. If a node has more -than this number of references in it, @code{makeinfo} will make the -references but also report a warning.@refill - -@need 150 -@item -U @var{var} -Cause @var{var} to be undefined. This is equivalent to -@code{@@clear @var{var}} in the Texinfo file. - -@need 100 -@item --verbose -Cause @code{makeinfo} to display messages saying what it is doing. -Normally, @code{makeinfo} only outputs messages if there are errors or -warnings.@refill - -@need 100 -@item --version -Report the version number of this copy of @code{makeinfo}.@refill -@end table - -@node Pointer Validation, makeinfo in Emacs, makeinfo options, Create an Info File -@section Pointer Validation -@cindex Pointer validation with @code{makeinfo} -@cindex Validation of pointers - -If you do not suppress pointer-validation, @code{makeinfo} will check -the validity of the final Info file. Mostly, this means ensuring that -nodes you have referenced really exist. Here is a complete list of what -is checked:@refill - -@enumerate -@item -If a `Next', `Previous', or `Up' node reference is a reference to a -node in the current file and is not an external reference such as to -@file{(dir)}, then the referenced node must exist.@refill - -@item -In every node, if the `Previous' node is different from the `Up' node, -then the `Previous' node must also be pointed to by a `Next' node.@refill - -@item -Every node except the `Top' node must have an `Up' pointer.@refill - -@item -The node referenced by an `Up' pointer must contain a reference to the -current node in some manner other than through a `Next' reference. -This includes menu entries and cross references.@refill - -@item -If the `Next' reference of a node is not the same as the `Next' reference -of the `Up' reference, then the node referenced by the `Next' pointer -must have a `Previous' pointer that points back to the current node. -This rule allows the last node in a section to point to the first node -of the next chapter.@refill -@end enumerate - -@node makeinfo in Emacs, texinfo-format commands, Pointer Validation, Create an Info File -@section Running @code{makeinfo} inside Emacs -@cindex Running @code{makeinfo} in Emacs -@cindex @code{makeinfo} inside Emacs -@cindex Shell, running @code{makeinfo} in - -You can run @code{makeinfo} in GNU Emacs Texinfo mode by using either the -@code{makeinfo-region} or the @code{makeinfo-buffer} commands. In -Texinfo mode, the commands are bound to @kbd{C-c C-m C-r} and @kbd{C-c -C-m C-b} by default.@refill - -@table @kbd -@item C-c C-m C-r -@itemx M-x makeinfo-region -Format the current region for Info.@refill -@findex makeinfo-region - -@item C-c C-m C-b -@itemx M-x makeinfo-buffer -Format the current buffer for Info.@refill -@findex makeinfo-buffer -@end table - -When you invoke either @code{makeinfo-region} or -@code{makeinfo-buffer}, Emacs prompts for a file name, offering the -name of the visited file as the default. You can edit the default -file name in the minibuffer if you wish, before typing @key{RET} to -start the @code{makeinfo} process.@refill - -The Emacs @code{makeinfo-region} and @code{makeinfo-buffer} commands -run the @code{makeinfo} program in a temporary shell buffer. If -@code{makeinfo} finds any errors, Emacs displays the error messages in -the temporary buffer.@refill - -@cindex Errors, parsing -@cindex Parsing errors -@findex next-error -You can parse the error messages by typing @kbd{C-x `} -(@code{next-error}). This causes Emacs to go to and position the -cursor on the line in the Texinfo source that @code{makeinfo} thinks -caused the error. @xref{Compilation, , Running @code{make} or -Compilers Generally, emacs, The GNU Emacs Manual}, for more -information about using the @code{next-error} command.@refill - -In addition, you can kill the shell in which the @code{makeinfo} -command is running or make the shell buffer display its most recent -output.@refill - -@table @kbd -@item C-c C-m C-k -@itemx M-x makeinfo-kill-job -@findex makeinfo-kill-job -Kill the current running @code{makeinfo} job created by -@code{makeinfo-region} or @code{makeinfo-buffer}.@refill - -@item C-c C-m C-l -@itemx M-x makeinfo-recenter-output-buffer -@findex makeinfo-recenter-output-buffer -Redisplay the @code{makeinfo} shell buffer to display its most recent -output.@refill -@end table - -@noindent -(Note that the parallel commands for killing and recentering a @TeX{} -job are @kbd{C-c C-t C-k} and @kbd{C-c C-t C-l}. @xref{Texinfo Mode -Printing}.)@refill - -You can specify options for @code{makeinfo} by setting the -@code{makeinfo-options} variable with either the @kbd{M-x -edit-options} or the @kbd{M-x set-variable} command, or by setting the -variable in your @file{.emacs} initialization file.@refill - -For example, you could write the following in your @file{.emacs} file:@refill - -@example -@group -(setq makeinfo-options - "--paragraph-indent=0 --no-split - --fill-column=70 --verbose") -@end group -@end example - -@c If you write these three cross references using xref, you see -@c three references to the same named manual, which looks strange. -@iftex -For more information, see @ref{makeinfo options, , Options for -@code{makeinfo}}, as well as ``Editing Variable Values,''``Examining and -Setting Variables,'' and ``Init File'' in the @cite{The GNU Emacs -Manual}. -@end iftex -@noindent -@ifinfo -For more information, see@* -@ref{Edit Options, , Editing Variable Values, emacs, The GNU Emacs Manual},@* -@ref{Examining, , Examining and Setting Variables, emacs, The GNU Emacs Manual},@* -@ref{Init File, , , emacs, The GNU Emacs Manual}, and@* -@ref{makeinfo options, , Options for @code{makeinfo}}. -@end ifinfo - -@node texinfo-format commands, Batch Formatting, makeinfo in Emacs, Create an Info File -@comment node-name, next, previous, up -@section The @code{texinfo-format@dots{}} Commands -@findex texinfo-format-region -@findex texinfo-format-buffer - -In GNU Emacs in Texinfo mode, you can format part or all of a Texinfo -file with the @code{texinfo-format-region} command. This formats the -current region and displays the formatted text in a temporary buffer -called @samp{*Info Region*}.@refill - -Similarly, you can format a buffer with the -@code{texinfo-format-buffer} command. This command creates a new -buffer and generates the Info file in it. Typing @kbd{C-x C-s} will -save the Info file under the name specified by the -@code{@@setfilename} line which must be near the beginning of the -Texinfo file.@refill - -@table @kbd -@item C-c C-e C-r -@itemx @code{texinfo-format-region} -Format the current region for Info. -@findex texinfo-format-region - -@item C-c C-e C-b -@itemx @code{texinfo-format-buffer} -Format the current buffer for Info. -@findex texinfo-format-buffer -@end table - -The @code{texinfo-format-region} and @code{texinfo-format-buffer} -commands provide you with some error checking, and other functions can -provide you with further help in finding formatting errors. These -procedures are described in an appendix; see @ref{Catching Mistakes}. -However, the @code{makeinfo} program is often faster and -provides better error checking (@pxref{makeinfo in Emacs}).@refill - -@node Batch Formatting, Tag and Split Files, texinfo-format commands, Create an Info File -@comment node-name, next, previous, up -@section Batch Formatting -@cindex Batch formatting for Info -@cindex Info batch formatting - -You can format Texinfo files for Info using @code{batch-texinfo-format} -and Emacs Batch mode. You can run Emacs in Batch mode from any shell, -including a shell inside of Emacs. (@xref{Command Switches, , Command -Line Switches and Arguments, emacs, The GNU Emacs Manual}.)@refill - -Here is the command to format all the files that end in @file{.texinfo} -in the current directory (where @samp{%} is the shell prompt):@refill - -@example -% emacs -batch -funcall batch-texinfo-format *.texinfo -@end example - -@noindent -Emacs processes all the files listed on the command line, even if an -error occurs while attempting to format some of them.@refill - -Run @code{batch-texinfo-format} only with Emacs in Batch mode as shown; -it is not interactive. It kills the Batch mode Emacs on completion.@refill - -@code{batch-texinfo-format} is convenient if you lack @code{makeinfo} -and want to format several Texinfo files at once. When you use Batch -mode, you create a new Emacs process. This frees your current Emacs, so -you can continue working in it. (When you run -@code{texinfo-format-region} or @code{texinfo-format-buffer}, you cannot -use that Emacs for anything else until the command finishes.)@refill - -@node Tag and Split Files, , Batch Formatting, Create an Info File -@comment node-name, next, previous, up -@section Tag Files and Split Files -@cindex Making a tag table automatically -@cindex Tag table, making automatically - -If a Texinfo file has more than 30,000 bytes, -@code{texinfo-format-buffer} automatically creates a tag table -for its Info file; @code{makeinfo} always creates a tag table. With -a @dfn{tag table}, Info can jump to new nodes more quickly than it can -otherwise.@refill - -@cindex Indirect subfiles -In addition, if the Texinfo file contains more than about 70,000 -bytes, @code{texinfo-format-buffer} and @code{makeinfo} split the -large Info file into shorter @dfn{indirect} subfiles of about 50,000 -bytes each. Big files are split into smaller files so that Emacs does -not need to make a large buffer to hold the whole of a large Info -file; instead, Emacs allocates just enough memory for the small, split -off file that is needed at the time. This way, Emacs avoids wasting -memory when you run Info. (Before splitting was implemented, Info -files were always kept short and @dfn{include files} were designed as -a way to create a single, large printed manual out of the smaller Info -files. @xref{Include Files}, for more information. Include files are -still used for very large documents, such as @cite{The Emacs Lisp -Reference Manual}, in which each chapter is a separate file.)@refill - -When a file is split, Info itself makes use of a shortened version of -the original file that contains just the tag table and references to -the files that were split off. The split off files are called -@dfn{indirect} files.@refill - -The split off files have names that are created by appending @w{@samp{-1}}, -@w{@samp{-2}}, @w{@samp{-3}} and so on to the file name specified by the -@code{@@setfilename} command. The shortened version of the original file -continues to have the name specified by @code{@@setfilename}.@refill - -At one stage in writing this document, for example, the Info file was saved -as @file{test-texinfo} and that file looked like this:@refill - -@example -@group -Info file: test-texinfo, -*-Text-*- -produced by texinfo-format-buffer -from file: new-texinfo-manual.texinfo - -^_ -Indirect: -test-texinfo-1: 102 -test-texinfo-2: 50422 -@end group -@group -test-texinfo-3: 101300 -^_^L -Tag table: -(Indirect) -Node: overview^?104 -Node: info file^?1271 -@end group -@group -Node: printed manual^?4853 -Node: conventions^?6855 -@dots{} -@end group -@end example - -@noindent -(But @file{test-texinfo} had far more nodes than are shown here.) Each of -the split off, indirect files, @file{test-texinfo-1}, -@file{test-texinfo-2}, and @file{test-texinfo-3}, is listed in this file -after the line that says @samp{Indirect:}. The tag table is listed after -the line that says @samp{Tag table:}. @refill - -In the list of indirect files, the number following the file name -records the cumulative number of bytes in the preceding indirect files, -not counting the file list itself, the tag table, or the permissions -text in each file. In the tag table, the number following the node name -records the location of the beginning of the node, in bytes from the -beginning.@refill - -If you are using @code{texinfo-format-buffer} to create Info files, -you may want to run the @code{Info-validate} command. (The -@code{makeinfo} command does such a good job on its own, you do not -need @code{Info-validate}.) However, you cannot run the @kbd{M-x -Info-validate} node-checking command on indirect files. For -information on how to prevent files from being split and how to -validate the structure of the nodes, see @ref{Using -Info-validate}.@refill - - -@node Install an Info File, Command List, Create an Info File, Top -@comment node-name, next, previous, up -@chapter Installing an Info File -@cindex Installing an Info file -@cindex Info file installation -@cindex @file{dir} directory for Info installation - -Info files are usually kept in the @file{info} directory. You can read -Info files using the standalone Info program or the Info reader built -into Emacs. (@inforef{Top, info, info}, for an introduction to Info.) - -@menu -* Directory file:: The top level menu for all Info files. -* New Info File:: Listing a new info file. -* Other Info Directories:: How to specify Info files that are - located in other directories. -* Installing Dir Entries:: How to specify what menu entry to add - to the Info directory. -* Invoking install-info:: @code{install-info} options. -@end menu - -@node Directory file, New Info File, Install an Info File, Install an Info File -@ifinfo -@heading The @file{dir} File -@end ifinfo - -For Info to work, the @file{info} directory must contain a file that -serves as a top level directory for the Info system. By convention, -this file is called @file{dir}. (You can find the location of this file -within Emacs by typing @kbd{C-h i} to enter Info and then typing -@kbd{C-x C-f} to see the pathname to the @file{info} directory.) - -The @file{dir} file is itself an Info file. It contains the top level -menu for all the Info files in the system. The menu looks like -this:@refill - -@example -@group -* Menu: - -* Info: (info). Documentation browsing system. -* Emacs: (emacs). The extensible, self-documenting - text editor. -* Texinfo: (texinfo). With one source file, make - either a printed manual using - TeX or an Info file. -@dots{} -@end group -@end example - -Each of these menu entries points to the `Top' node of the Info file -that is named in parentheses. (The menu entry does not need to -specify the `Top' node, since Info goes to the `Top' node if no node -name is mentioned. @xref{Other Info Files, , Nodes in Other Info -Files}.)@refill - -Thus, the @samp{Info} entry points to the `Top' node of the -@file{info} file and the @samp{Emacs} entry points to the `Top' node -of the @file{emacs} file.@refill - -In each of the Info files, the `Up' pointer of the `Top' node refers -back to the @code{dir} file. For example, the line for the `Top' -node of the Emacs manual looks like this in Info:@refill - -@example -File: emacs Node: Top, Up: (DIR), Next: Distrib -@end example - -@noindent -(Note that in this case, the @file{dir} file name is written in upper -case letters---it can be written in either upper or lower case. Info -has a feature that it will change the case of the file name to lower -case if it cannot find the name as written.)@refill -@c !!! Can any file name be written in upper or lower case, -@c or is dir a special case? -@c Yes, apparently so, at least with Gillespie's Info. --rjc 24mar92 - - -@node New Info File, Other Info Directories, Directory file, Install an Info File -@section Listing a New Info File -@cindex Adding a new info file -@cindex Listing a new info file -@cindex New info file, listing it in @file{dir} file -@cindex Info file, listing new one -@cindex @file{dir} file listing - -To add a new Info file to your system, you must write a menu entry to -add to the menu in the @file{dir} file in the @file{info} directory. -For example, if you were adding documentation for GDB, you would write -the following new entry:@refill - -@example -* GDB: (gdb). The source-level C debugger. -@end example - -@noindent -The first part of the menu entry is the menu entry name, followed by a -colon. The second part is the name of the Info file, in parentheses, -followed by a period. The third part is the description. - -The name of an Info file often has a @file{.info} extension. Thus, the -Info file for GDB might be called either @file{gdb} or @file{gdb.info}. -The Info reader programs automatically try the file name both with and -without @file{.info}; so it is better to avoid clutter and not to write -@samp{.info} explicitly in the menu entry. For example, the GDB menu -entry should use just @samp{gdb} for the file name, not @samp{gdb.info}. - - -@node Other Info Directories, Installing Dir Entries, New Info File, Install an Info File -@comment node-name, next, previous, up -@section Info Files in Other Directories -@cindex Installing Info in another directory -@cindex Info installed in another directory -@cindex Another Info directory - -If an Info file is not in the @file{info} directory, there are three -ways to specify its location:@refill - -@itemize @bullet -@item -Write the pathname in the @file{dir} file as the second part of the -menu.@refill - -@item -If you are using Emacs, list the name of the file in a second @file{dir} -file, in its directory; and then add the name of that directory to the -@code{Info-directory-list} variable in your personal or site -initialization file. - -This tells Emacs's Info reader where to look for @file{dir} -files. Emacs merges the files named @file{dir} from each of the listed -directories. (In Emacs Version 18, you can set the -@code{Info-directory} variable to the name of only one -directory.)@refill - -@item -Specify the @file{info} directory name in the @code{INFOPATH} -environment variable in your @file{.profile} or @file{.cshrc} -initialization file. (Only you and others who set this environment -variable will be able to find Info files whose location is specified -this way.)@refill -@end itemize - -For example, to reach a test file in the @file{~bob/manuals} -directory, you could add an entry like this to the menu in the -@file{dir} file:@refill - -@example -* Test: (/home/bob/manuals/info-test). Bob's own test file. -@end example - -@noindent -In this case, the absolute file name of the @file{info-test} file is -written as the second part of the menu entry.@refill - -@vindex Info-directory-list -Alternatively, you could write the following in your @file{.emacs} -file:@refill - -@example -@group -(setq Info-directory-list - '("/home/bob/manuals" - "/usr/local/emacs/info")) -@end group -@end example - -@c reworded to avoid overfill hbox -This tells Emacs to merge the @file{dir} file from the -@file{/home/bob/manuals} directory with the @file{dir} file from the -@file{"/usr/local/emacs/info}" directory. Info will list the -@file{/home/bob/manuals/info-test} file as a menu entry in the -@file{/home/bob/manuals/dir} file.@refill - -@vindex INFOPATH -Finally, you can tell Info where to look by setting the -@code{INFOPATH} environment variable in your @file{.cshrc} or -@file{.profile} file.@refill - -If you use @code{sh} or @code{bash} for your shell command interpreter, -you must set the @code{INFOPATH} environment variable in the -@file{.profile} initialization file; but if you use @code{csh}, you must -set the variable in the @file{.cshrc} initialization file. The two -files use slightly different command formats.@refill - -@itemize @bullet -@item -In a @file{.cshrc} file, you could set the @code{INFOPATH} -variable as follows:@refill - -@smallexample -setenv INFOPATH .:~bob/manuals:/usr/local/emacs/info -@end smallexample - -@item -In a @file{.profile} file, you would achieve the same effect by -writing:@refill - -@smallexample -INFOPATH=.:~bob/manuals:/usr/local/emacs/info -export INFOPATH -@end smallexample -@end itemize - -@noindent -The @samp{.} indicates the current directory. Emacs uses the -@code{INFOPATH} environment variable to initialize the value of Emacs's -own @code{Info-directory-list} variable. - - -@node Installing Dir Entries, Invoking install-info, Other Info Directories, Install an Info File -@section Installing Info Directory Files - -When you install an Info file onto your system, you can use the program -@code{install-info} to update the Info directory file @file{dir}. -Normally the makefile for the package runs @code{install-info}, just -after copying the Info file into its proper installed location. - -@findex dircategory -@findex direntry -In order for the Info file to work with @code{install-info}, you should -use the commands @code{@@dircategory} and @code{@@direntry} in the -Texinfo source file. Use @code{@@direntry} to specify the menu entry to -add to the Info directory file, and use @code{@@dircategory} to specify -which part of the Info directory to put it in. Here is how these -commands are used in this manual: - -@smallexample -@@dircategory Texinfo documentation system -@@direntry -* Texinfo: (texinfo). The GNU documentation format. -* install-info: (texinfo)Invoking install-info. @dots{} -@dots{} -@@end direntry -@end smallexample - -Here's what this produces in the Info file: - -@smallexample -INFO-DIR-SECTION Texinfo documentation system -START-INFO-DIR-ENTRY -* Texinfo: (texinfo). The GNU documentation format. -* install-info: (texinfo)Invoking install-info. @dots{} -@dots{} -END-INFO-DIR-ENTRY -@end smallexample - -@noindent -The @code{install-info} program sees these lines in the Info file, and -that is how it knows what to do. - -Always use the @code{@@direntry} and @code{@@dircategory} commands near -the beginning of the Texinfo input, before the first @code{@@node} -command. If you use them later on in the input, @code{install-info} -will not notice them. - -If you use @code{@@dircategory} more than once in the Texinfo source, -each usage specifies one category; the new menu entry is added to the -Info directory file in each of the categories you specify. If you use -@code{@@direntry} more than once, each usage specifies one menu entry; -each of these menu entries is added to the directory in each of the -specified categories. - - -@node Invoking install-info, , Installing Dir Entries, Install an Info File -@section Invoking install-info - -@pindex install-info - -@code{install-info} inserts menu entries from an Info file into the -top-level @file{dir} file in the Info system (see the previous sections -for an explanation of how the @file{dir} file works). It's most often -run as part of software installation, or when constructing a dir file -for all manuals on a system. Synopsis: - -@example -install-info [@var{option}]@dots{} [@var{info-file} [@var{dir-file}]] -@end example - -If @var{info-file} or @var{dir-file} are not specified, the various -options (described below) that define them must be. There are no -compile-time defaults, and standard input is never used. -@code{install-info} can read only one info file and write only one dir -file per invocation. - -Options: - -@table @samp -@item --delete -@opindex --delete -Only delete existing entries in @var{info-file}; don't insert any new -entries. - -@item --dir-file=@var{name} -@opindex --dir-file=@var{name} -Specify file name of the Info directory file. This is equivalent to -using the @var{dir-file} argument. - -@item --entry=@var{text} -@opindex --entry=@var{text} -Insert @var{text} as an Info directory entry; @var{text} should have the -form of an Info menu item line plus zero or more extra lines starting -with whitespace. If you specify more than one entry, they are all -added. If you don't specify any entries, they are determined from -information in the Info file itself. - -@item --help -@opindex --help -Display a usage message listing basic usage and all available options, -then exit successfully. - -@item --info-file=@var{file} -@opindex --info-file=@var{file} -Specify Info file to install in the directory. -This is equivalent to using the @var{info-file} argument. - -@item --info-dir=@var{dir} -@opindex --info-dir=@var{dir} -Equivalent to @samp{--dir-file=@var{dir}/dir}. - -@item --item=@var{text} -@opindex --item=@var{text} -Same as --entry=@var{text}. An Info directory entry is actually a menu -item. - -@item --quiet -@opindex --quiet -Suppress warnings. - -@item --remove -@opindex --remove -Same as --delete. - -@item --section=@var{sec} -@opindex --section=@var{sec} -Put this file's entries in section @var{sec} of the directory. If you -specify more than one section, all the entries are added in each of the -sections. If you don't specify any sections, they are determined from -information in the Info file itself. - -@item --version -@opindex --version -@cindex version number, finding -Display version information and exit successfully. - -@end table - - -@c ================ Appendix starts here ================ - -@node Command List, Tips, Install an Info File, Top -@appendix @@-Command List -@cindex Alphabetical @@-command list -@cindex List of @@-commands -@cindex @@-command list - -Here is an alphabetical list of the @@-commands in Texinfo. Square -brackets, @t{[}@w{ }@t{]}, indicate optional arguments; an ellipsis, -@samp{@dots{}}, indicates repeated text.@refill - -@sp 1 -@table @code -@item @@@var{whitespace} -An @code{@@} followed by a space, tab, or newline produces a normal, -stretchable, interword space. @xref{Multiple Spaces}. - -@item @@! -Generate an exclamation point that really does end a sentence (usually -after an end-of-sentence capital letter). @xref{Ending a Sentence}. - -@item @@" -@itemx @@' -Generate an umlaut or acute accent, respectively, over the next -character, as in @"o and @'o. @xref{Inserting Accents}. - -@item @@* -Force a line break. Do not end a paragraph that uses @code{@@*} with -an @code{@@refill} command. @xref{Line Breaks}.@refill - -@item @@,@{@var{c}@} -Generate a cedilla accent under @var{c}, as in @,{c}. @xref{Inserting -Accents}. - -@item @@- -Insert a discretionary hyphenation point. @xref{- and hyphenation}. - -@item @@. -Produce a period that really does end a sentence (usually after an -end-of-sentence capital letter). @xref{Ending a Sentence}. - -@item @@: -Indicate to @TeX{} that an immediately preceding period, question -mark, exclamation mark, or colon does not end a sentence. Prevent -@TeX{} from inserting extra whitespace as it does at the end of a -sentence. The command has no effect on the Info file output. -@xref{Not Ending a Sentence}.@refill - -@item @@= -Generate a macro (bar) accent over the next character, as in @=o. -@xref{Inserting Accents}. - -@item @@? -Generate a question mark that really does end a sentence (usually after -an end-of-sentence capital letter). @xref{Ending a Sentence}. - -@item @@@@ -Stands for an at sign, @samp{@@}.@* -@xref{Braces Atsigns, , Inserting @@ and braces}. - -@item @@^ -@itemx @@` -Generate a circumflex (hat) or grave accent, respectively, over the next -character, as in @^o. -@xref{Inserting Accents}. - -@item @@@{ -Stands for a left brace, @samp{@{}.@* -@xref{Braces Atsigns, , Inserting @@ and braces}. - -@item @@@} -Stands for a right-hand brace, @samp{@}}.@* -@xref{Braces Atsigns, , Inserting @@ and braces}. - -@item @@= -Generate a tilde accent over the next character, as in @~N. -@xref{Inserting Accents}. - -@item @@AA@{@} -@itemx @@aa@{@} -Generate the uppercase and lowercase Scandinavian A-ring letters, -respectively: @AA{}, @aa{}. @xref{Inserting Accents}. - -@item @@AE@{@} -@itemx @@ae@{@} -Generate the uppercase and lowercase AE ligatures, respectively: -@AE{}, @ae{}. @xref{Inserting Accents}. - -@item @@appendix @var{title} -Begin an appendix. The title appears in the table -of contents of a printed manual. In Info, the title is -underlined with asterisks. @xref{unnumbered & appendix, , The -@code{@@unnumbered} and @code{@@appendix} Commands}.@refill - -@item @@appendixsec @var{title} -@itemx @@appendixsection @var{title} -Begin an appendix section within an appendix. The section title appears -in the table of contents of a printed manual. In Info, the title is -underlined with equal signs. @code{@@appendixsection} is a longer -spelling of the @code{@@appendixsec} command. @xref{unnumberedsec -appendixsec heading, , Section Commands}.@refill - -@item @@appendixsubsec @var{title} -Begin an appendix subsection within an appendix. The title appears -in the table of contents of a printed manual. In Info, the title is -underlined with hyphens. @xref{unnumberedsubsec appendixsubsec -subheading, , Subsection Commands}.@refill - -@item @@appendixsubsubsec @var{title} -Begin an appendix subsubsection within a subappendix. The title -appears in the table of contents of a printed manual. In Info, the -title is underlined with periods. @xref{subsubsection,, The `subsub' -Commands}.@refill - -@item @@asis -Used following @code{@@table}, @code{@@ftable}, and @code{@@vtable} to -print the table's first column without highlighting (``as is''). -@xref{Two-column Tables, , Making a Two-column Table}.@refill - -@item @@author @var{author} -Typeset @var{author} flushleft and underline it. @xref{title -subtitle author, , The @code{@@title} and @code{@@author} -Commands}.@refill - -@item @@b@{@var{text}@} -Print @var{text} in @b{bold} font. No effect in Info. @xref{Fonts}.@refill - -@ignore -@item @@br -Force a paragraph break. If used within a line, follow @code{@@br} -with braces. @xref{br, , @code{@@br}}.@refill -@end ignore - -@item @@bullet@{@} -Generate a large round dot, or the closest possible -thing to one. @xref{bullet, , @code{@@bullet}}.@refill - -@item @@bye -Stop formatting a file. The formatters do not see the contents of a -file following an @code{@@bye} command. @xref{Ending a File}.@refill - -@item @@c @var{comment} -Begin a comment in Texinfo. The rest of the line does not appear in -either the Info file or the printed manual. A synonym for -@code{@@comment}. @xref{Comments, , Comments}.@refill - -@item @@cartouche -Highlight an example or quotation by drawing a box with rounded -corners around it. Pair with @code{@@end cartouche}. No effect in -Info. @xref{cartouche, , Drawing Cartouches Around Examples}.)@refill - -@item @@center @var{line-of-text} -Center the line of text following the command. -@xref{titlefont center sp, , @code{@@center}}.@refill - -@item @@centerchap @var{line-of-text} -Like @code{@@chapter}, but centers the chapter title. @xref{chapter,, -@code{@@chapter}}. - -@item @@chapheading @var{title} -Print a chapter-like heading in the text, but not in the table of -contents of a printed manual. In Info, the title is underlined with -asterisks. @xref{majorheading & chapheading, , @code{@@majorheading} -and @code{@@chapheading}}.@refill - -@item @@chapter @var{title} -Begin a chapter. The chapter title appears in the table of -contents of a printed manual. In Info, the title is underlined with -asterisks. @xref{chapter, , @code{@@chapter}}.@refill - -@item @@cindex @var{entry} -Add @var{entry} to the index of concepts. @xref{Index Entries, , -Defining the Entries of an Index}.@refill - -@item @@cite@{@var{reference}@} -Highlight the name of a book or other reference that lacks a -companion Info file. @xref{cite, , @code{@@cite}}.@refill - -@item @@clear @var{flag} -Unset @var{flag}, preventing the Texinfo formatting commands from -formatting text between subsequent pairs of @code{@@ifset @var{flag}} -and @code{@@end ifset} commands, and preventing -@code{@@value@{@var{flag}@}} from expanding to the value to which -@var{flag} is set. -@xref{set clear value, , @code{@@set} @code{@@clear} @code{@@value}}.@refill - -@item @@code@{@var{sample-code}@} -Highlight text that is an expression, a syntactically complete token -of a program, or a program name. @xref{code, , @code{@@code}}.@refill - -@item @@comment @var{comment} -Begin a comment in Texinfo. The rest of the line does not appear in -either the Info file or the printed manual. A synonym for @code{@@c}. -@xref{Comments, , Comments}.@refill - -@item @@contents -Print a complete table of contents. Has no effect in Info, which uses -menus instead. @xref{Contents, , Generating a Table of -Contents}.@refill - -@item @@copyright@{@} -Generate a copyright symbol. @xref{copyright symbol, , -@code{@@copyright}}.@refill - -@ignore -@item @@ctrl@{@var{ctrl-char}@} -Describe an @sc{ascii} control character. Insert actual control character -into Info file. @xref{ctrl, , @code{@@ctrl}}.@refill -@end ignore - -@item @@defcodeindex @var{index-name} -Define a new index and its indexing command. Print entries in an -@code{@@code} font. @xref{New Indices, , Defining New -Indices}.@refill - -@item @@defcv @var{category} @var{class} @var{name} -@itemx @@defcvx @var{category} @var{class} @var{name} -Format a description for a variable associated with a class in -object-oriented programming. Takes three arguments: the category of -thing being defined, the class to which it belongs, and its name. -@xref{Definition Commands}, and @ref{deffnx,, Def Cmds in Detail}. - -@item @@deffn @var{category} @var{name} @var{arguments}@dots{} -@itemx @@deffnx @var{category} @var{name} @var{arguments}@dots{} -Format a description for a function, interactive command, or similar -entity that may take arguments. @code{@@deffn} takes as arguments the -category of entity being described, the name of this particular -entity, and its arguments, if any. @xref{Definition Commands}.@refill - -@item @@defindex @var{index-name} -Define a new index and its indexing command. Print entries in a roman -font. @xref{New Indices, , Defining New Indices}.@refill - -@c Unused so far as I can see and unsupported by makeinfo -- karl, 15sep96. -@item @@definfoenclose @var{new-command}, @var{before}, @var{after}, -Create new @@-command for Info that marks text by enclosing it in -strings that precede and follow the text. Write definition inside of -@code{@@ifinfo} @dots{} @code{@@end ifinfo}. @xref{Customized -Highlighting}.@refill - -@item @@defivar @var{class} @var{instance-variable-name} -@itemx @@defivarx @var{class} @var{instance-variable-name} -This command formats a description for an instance variable in -object-oriented programming. The command is equivalent to @samp{@@defcv -@{Instance Variable@} @dots{}}. @xref{Definition Commands}, and -@ref{deffnx,, Def Cmds in Detail}. - -@item @@defmac @var{macro-name} @var{arguments}@dots{} -@itemx @@defmacx @var{macro-name} @var{arguments}@dots{} -Format a description for a macro. The command is equivalent to -@samp{@@deffn Macro @dots{}}. @xref{Definition Commands}, and -@ref{deffnx,, Def Cmds in Detail}. - -@item @@defmethod @var{class} @var{method-name} @var{arguments}@dots{} -@itemx @@defmethodx @var{class} @var{method-name} @var{arguments}@dots{} -Format a description for a method in object-oriented programming. The -command is equivalent to @samp{@@defop Method @dots{}}. Takes as -arguments the name of the class of the method, the name of the -method, and its arguments, if any. @xref{Definition Commands}, and -@ref{deffnx,, Def Cmds in Detail}. - -@item @@defop @var{category} @var{class} @var{name} @var{arguments}@dots{} -@itemx @@defopx @var{category} @var{class} @var{name} @var{arguments}@dots{} -Format a description for an operation in object-oriented programming. -@code{@@defop} takes as arguments the overall name of the category of -operation, the name of the class of the operation, the name of the -operation, and its arguments, if any. @xref{Definition -Commands}, and @ref{deffnx,, Def Cmds in Detail}. - -@item @@defopt @var{option-name} -@itemx @@defoptx @var{option-name} -Format a description for a user option. The command is equivalent to -@samp{@@defvr @{User Option@} @dots{}}. @xref{Definition Commands}, and -@ref{deffnx,, Def Cmds in Detail}. - -@item @@defspec @var{special-form-name} @var{arguments}@dots{} -@itemx @@defspecx @var{special-form-name} @var{arguments}@dots{} -Format a description for a special form. The command is equivalent to -@samp{@@deffn @{Special Form@} @dots{}}. @xref{Definition Commands}, -and @ref{deffnx,, Def Cmds in Detail}. - -@item @@deftp @var{category} @var{name-of-type} @var{attributes}@dots{} -@itemx @@deftpx @var{category} @var{name-of-type} @var{attributes}@dots{} -Format a description for a data type. @code{@@deftp} takes as arguments -the category, the name of the type (which is a word like @samp{int} or -@samp{float}), and then the names of attributes of objects of that type. -@xref{Definition Commands}, and @ref{deffnx,, Def Cmds in Detail}. - -@item @@deftypefn @var{classification} @var{data-type} @var{name} @var{arguments}@dots{} -@itemx @@deftypefnx @var{classification} @var{data-type} @var{name} @var{arguments}@dots{} -Format a description for a function or similar entity that may take -arguments and that is typed. @code{@@deftypefn} takes as arguments the -classification of entity being described, the type, the name of the -entity, and its arguments, if any. @xref{Definition Commands}, and -@ref{deffnx,, Def Cmds in Detail}. - -@item @@deftypefun @var{data-type} @var{function-name} @var{arguments}@dots{} -@itemx @@deftypefunx @var{data-type} @var{function-name} @var{arguments}@dots{} -Format a description for a function in a typed language. -The command is equivalent to @samp{@@deftypefn Function @dots{}}. -@xref{Definition Commands}, -and @ref{deffnx,, Def Cmds in Detail}. - -@item @@deftypevr @var{classification} @var{data-type} @var{name} -@itemx @@deftypevrx @var{classification} @var{data-type} @var{name} -Format a description for something like a variable in a typed -language---an entity that records a value. Takes as arguments the -classification of entity being described, the type, and the name of the -entity. @xref{Definition Commands}, and @ref{deffnx,, Def Cmds in -Detail}. - -@item @@deftypevar @var{data-type} @var{variable-name} -@itemx @@deftypevarx @var{data-type} @var{variable-name} -Format a description for a variable in a typed language. The command is -equivalent to @samp{@@deftypevr Variable @dots{}}. @xref{Definition -Commands}, and @ref{deffnx,, Def Cmds in Detail}. - -@item @@defun @var{function-name} @var{arguments}@dots{} -@itemx @@defunx @var{function-name} @var{arguments}@dots{} -Format a description for functions. The command is equivalent to -@samp{@@deffn Function @dots{}}. @xref{Definition Commands}, and -@ref{deffnx,, Def Cmds in Detail}. - -@item @@defvar @var{variable-name} -@itemx @@defvarx @var{variable-name} -Format a description for variables. The command is equivalent to -@samp{@@defvr Variable @dots{}}. @xref{Definition Commands}, and -@ref{deffnx,, Def Cmds in Detail}. - -@item @@defvr @var{category} @var{name} -@itemx @@defvrx @var{category} @var{name} -Format a description for any kind of variable. @code{@@defvr} takes -as arguments the category of the entity and the name of the entity. -@xref{Definition Commands}, -and @ref{deffnx,, Def Cmds in Detail}. - -@item @@detailmenu@{@} -Use to avoid Makeinfo confusion stemming from the detailed node listing -in a master menu. @xref{Master Menu Parts}. - -@item @@dfn@{@var{term}@} -Highlight the introductory or defining use of a term. -@xref{dfn, , @code{@@dfn}}.@refill - -@item @@dircategory @var{dirpart} -Specify a part of the Info directory menu where this file's entry should -go. @xref{Installing Dir Entries}. - -@item @@direntry -Begin the Info directory menu entry for this file. -@xref{Installing Dir Entries}. - -@need 100 -@item @@display -Begin a kind of example. Indent text, do not fill, do not select a -new font. Pair with @code{@@end display}. @xref{display, , -@code{@@display}}.@refill - -@item @@dmn@{@var{dimension}@} -Format a unit of measure, as in 12@dmn{pt}. Causes @TeX{} to insert a -thin space before @var{dimension}. No effect in Info. -@xref{dmn, , @code{@@dmn}}.@refill - -@need 100 -@item @@dots@{@} -Insert an ellipsis: @samp{@dots{}}. -@xref{dots, , @code{@@dots}}.@refill - -@item @@email@{@var{address}@} -Indicate an electronic mail address. -@xref{email, , @code{@@email}}.@refill - -@need 100 -@item @@emph@{@var{text}@} -Highlight @var{text}; text is displayed in @emph{italics} in printed -output, and surrounded by asterisks in Info. @xref{Emphasis, , Emphasizing Text}.@refill - -@item @@end @var{environment} -Ends @var{environment}, as in @samp{@@end example}. @xref{Formatting -Commands,,@@-commands}. - -@item @@enddots@{@} -Generate an end-of-sentence of ellipsis, like this @enddots{} -@xref{dots,,@code{@@dots@{@}}}. - -@need 100 -@item @@enumerate [@var{number-or-letter}] -Begin a numbered list, using @code{@@item} for each entry. -Optionally, start list with @var{number-or-letter}. Pair with -@code{@@end enumerate}. @xref{enumerate, , -@code{@@enumerate}}.@refill - -@need 100 -@item @@equiv@{@} -Indicate to the reader the exact equivalence of two forms with a -glyph: @samp{@equiv{}}. @xref{Equivalence}.@refill - -@item @@error@{@} -Indicate to the reader with a glyph that the following text is -an error message: @samp{@error{}}. @xref{Error Glyph}.@refill - -@item @@evenfooting [@var{left}] @@| [@var{center}] @@| [@var{right}] -Specify page footings for even-numbered (left-hand) pages. Not relevant to -Info. @xref{Custom Headings, , How to Make Your Own Headings}.@refill - -@item @@evenheading [@var{left}] @@| [@var{center}] @@| [@var{right}] -Specify page headings for even-numbered (left-hand) pages. Only -supported within @code{@@iftex}. @xref{Custom Headings, , How to Make -Your Own Headings}.@refill - -@item @@everyfooting [@var{left}] @@| [@var{center}] @@| [@var{right}] -@itemx @@everyheading [@var{left}] @@| [@var{center}] @@| [@var{right}] -Specify page footings resp.@: headings for every page. Not relevant to -Info. @xref{Custom Headings, , How to Make Your Own Headings}.@refill - -@item @@example -Begin an example. Indent text, do not fill, and select fixed-width font. -Pair with @code{@@end example}. @xref{example, , -@code{@@example}}.@refill - -@item @@exclamdown@{@} -Generate an upside-down exclamation point. @xref{Inserting Accents}. - -@item @@exdent @var{line-of-text} -Remove any indentation a line might have. @xref{exdent, , -Undoing the Indentation of a Line}.@refill - -@item @@expansion@{@} -Indicate the result of a macro expansion to the reader with a special -glyph: @samp{@expansion{}}. -@xref{expansion, , @expansion{} Indicating an Expansion}.@refill - -@item @@file@{@var{filename}@} -Highlight the name of a file, buffer, node, or directory. @xref{file, , -@code{@@file}}.@refill - -@item @@finalout -Prevent @TeX{} from printing large black warning rectangles beside -over-wide lines. @xref{Overfull hboxes}.@refill - -@need 100 -@item @@findex @var{entry} -Add @var{entry} to the index of functions. @xref{Index Entries, , -Defining the Entries of an Index}.@refill - -@need 200 -@item @@flushleft -@itemx @@flushright -Left justify every line but leave the right end ragged. -Leave font as is. Pair with @code{@@end flushleft}. -@code{@@flushright} analogous. -@xref{flushleft & flushright, , @code{@@flushleft} and -@code{@@flushright}}.@refill - -@need 200 -@item @@footnote@{@var{text-of-footnote}@} -Enter a footnote. Footnote text is printed at the bottom of the page -by @TeX{}; Info may format in either `End' node or `Separate' node style. -@xref{Footnotes}.@refill - -@item @@footnotestyle @var{style} -Specify an Info file's footnote style, either @samp{end} for the end -node style or @samp{separate} for the separate node style. -@xref{Footnotes}.@refill - -@item @@format -Begin a kind of example. Like @code{@@example} or @code{@@display}, -but do not narrow the margins and do not select the fixed-width font. -Pair with @code{@@end format}. @xref{example, , -@code{@@example}}.@refill - -@item @@ftable @var{formatting-command} -Begin a two-column table, using @code{@@item} for each entry. -Automatically enter each of the items in the first column into the -index of functions. Pair with @code{@@end ftable}. The same as -@code{@@table}, except for indexing. @xref{ftable vtable, , -@code{@@ftable} and @code{@@vtable}}.@refill - -@item @@group -Hold text together that must appear on one printed page. Pair with -@code{@@end group}. Not relevant to Info. @xref{group, , -@code{@@group}}.@refill - -@item @@H@{@var{c}@} -Generate the long Hungarian umlaut accent over @var{c}, as in @H{o}. - -@item @@heading @var{title} -Print an unnumbered section-like heading in the text, but not in the -table of contents of a printed manual. In Info, the title is -underlined with equal signs. @xref{unnumberedsec appendixsec heading, -, Section Commands}.@refill - -@item @@headings @var{on-off-single-double} -Turn page headings on or off, and/or specify single-sided or double-sided -page headings for printing. @xref{headings on off, , The -@code{@@headings} Command}. - -@item @@i@{@var{text}@} -Print @var{text} in @i{italic} font. No effect in Info. -@xref{Fonts}.@refill - -@item @@ifclear @var{flag} -If @var{flag} is cleared, the Texinfo formatting commands format text -between @code{@@ifclear @var{flag}} and the following @code{@@end -ifclear} command. -@xref{set clear value, , @code{@@set} @code{@@clear} @code{@@value}}.@refill - -@item @@ifhtml -@itemx @@ifinfo -Begin a stretch of text that will be ignored by @TeX{} when it typesets -the printed manual. The text appears only in the HTML resp.@: Info -file. Pair with @code{@@end ifhtml} resp.@: @code{@@end ifinfo}. -@xref{Conditionals, , Conditionally Visible Text}.@refill - -@item @@ifset @var{flag} -If @var{flag} is set, the Texinfo formatting commands format text -between @code{@@ifset @var{flag}} and the following @code{@@end ifset} -command. -@xref{set clear value, , @code{@@set} @code{@@clear} @code{@@value}}.@refill - -@item @@iftex -Begin a stretch of text that will not appear in the Info file, but -will be processed only by @TeX{}. Pair with @code{@@end iftex}. -@xref{Conditionals, , Conditionally Visible Text}.@refill - -@item @@ignore -Begin a stretch of text that will not appear in either the Info file -or the printed output. Pair with @code{@@end ignore}. -@xref{Comments, , Comments and Ignored Text}.@refill - -@item @@include @var{filename} -Incorporate the contents of the file @var{filename} into the Info file -or printed document. @xref{Include Files}.@refill - -@item @@inforef@{@var{node-name}, [@var{entry-name}], @var{info-file-name}@} -Make a cross reference to an Info file for which there is no printed -manual. @xref{inforef, , Cross references using -@code{@@inforef}}.@refill - -@item \input @var{macro-definitions-file} -Use the specified macro definitions file. This command is used only -in the first line of a Texinfo file to cause @TeX{} to make use of the -@file{texinfo} macro definitions file. The backslash in @code{\input} -is used instead of an @code{@@} because @TeX{} does not -recognize @code{@@} until after it has read the definitions file. -@xref{Header, , The Texinfo File Header}.@refill - -@item @@item -Indicate the beginning of a marked paragraph for @code{@@itemize} and -@code{@@enumerate}; indicate the beginning of the text of a first column -entry for @code{@@table}, @code{@@ftable}, and @code{@@vtable}. -@xref{Lists and Tables}.@refill - -@item @@itemize @var{mark-generating-character-or-command} -Produce a sequence of indented paragraphs, with a mark inside the left -margin at the beginning of each paragraph. Pair with @code{@@end -itemize}. @xref{itemize, , @code{@@itemize}}.@refill - -@item @@itemx -Like @code{@@item} but do not generate extra vertical space above the -item text. @xref{itemx, , @code{@@itemx}}.@refill - -@item @@kbd@{@var{keyboard-characters}@} -Indicate text that is characters of input to be typed by -users. @xref{kbd, , @code{@@kbd}}.@refill - -@item @@key@{@var{key-name}@} -Highlight @var{key-name}, a name for a key on a keyboard. -@xref{key, , @code{@@key}}.@refill - -@item @@kindex @var{entry} -Add @var{entry} to the index of keys. @xref{Index Entries, , Defining the -Entries of an Index}.@refill - -@item @@L@{@} -@itemx @@l@{@} -Generate the uppercase and lowercase Polish suppressed-L letters, -respectively: @L{}, @l{}. - -@c Possibly this can be tossed now that we have macros. --karl, 16sep96. -@item @@global@@let@var{new-command}=@var{existing-command} -Equate a new highlighting command with an existing one. Only for -@TeX{}. Write definition inside of @code{@@iftex} @dots{} @code{@@end -iftex}. @xref{Customized Highlighting}.@refill - -@item @@lisp -Begin an example of Lisp code. Indent text, do not fill, and select -fixed-width font. Pair with @code{@@end lisp}. @xref{Lisp Example, , -@code{@@lisp}}.@refill - -@item @@lowersections -Change subsequent chapters to sections, sections to subsections, and so -on. @xref{Raise/lower sections, , @code{@@raisesections} and -@code{@@lowersections}}.@refill - -@item @@macro @var{macro-name} @{@var{params}@} -Define a new Texinfo command @code{@@@var{macro-name}@{@var{params}@}}. -Only supported by Makeinfo and Texi2dvi. @xref{Defining Macros}. - -@item @@majorheading @var{title} -Print a chapter-like heading in the text, but not in the table of -contents of a printed manual. Generate more vertical whitespace before -the heading than the @code{@@chapheading} command. In Info, the chapter -heading line is underlined with asterisks. @xref{majorheading & -chapheading, , @code{@@majorheading} and @code{@@chapheading}}.@refill - -@item @@math@{@var{mathematical-expression}@} -Format a mathematical expression. -@xref{math, , @code{@@math}: Inserting Mathematical Expressions}. - -@item @@menu -Mark the beginning of a menu of nodes in Info. No effect in a printed -manual. Pair with @code{@@end menu}. @xref{Menus}.@refill - -@item @@minus@{@} -Generate a minus sign, `@minus{}'. @xref{minus, , @code{@@minus}}.@refill - -@item @@multitable @var{column-width-spec} -Begin a multi-column table. Pair with @code{@@end multitable}. -@xref{Multitable Column Widths}. - -@item @@need @var{n} -Start a new page in a printed manual if fewer than @var{n} mils -(thousandths of an inch) remain on the current page. @xref{need, , -@code{@@need}}.@refill - -@item @@node @var{name, next, previous, up} -Define the beginning of a new node in Info, and serve as a locator for -references for @TeX{}. @xref{node, , @code{@@node}}.@refill - -@item @@noindent -Prevent text from being indented as if it were a new paragraph. -@xref{noindent, , @code{@@noindent}}.@refill - -@item @@O@{@} -@itemx @@o@{@} -Generate the uppercase and lowercase Owith-slash letters, respectively: -@O{}, @o{}. - -@item @@oddfooting [@var{left}] @@| [@var{center}] @@| [@var{right}] -@itemx @@oddheading [@var{left}] @@| [@var{center}] @@| [@var{right}] -Specify page footings resp.@: headings for odd-numbered (right-hand) -pages. Only allowed inside @code{@@iftex}. @xref{Custom Headings, , -How to Make Your Own Headings}.@refill - -@item @@OE@{@} -@itemx @@oe@{@} -Generate the uppercase and lowercase OE ligatures, respectively: -@OE{}, @oe{}. @xref{Inserting Accents}. - -@item @@page -Start a new page in a printed manual. No effect in Info. -@xref{page, , @code{@@page}}.@refill - -@item @@paragraphindent @var{indent} -Indent paragraphs by @var{indent} number of spaces; delete indentation -if the value of @var{indent} is 0; and do not change indentation if -@var{indent} is @code{asis}. @xref{paragraphindent, , Paragraph -Indenting}.@refill - -@item @@pindex @var{entry} -Add @var{entry} to the index of programs. @xref{Index Entries, , Defining -the Entries of an Index}.@refill - -@item @@point@{@} -Indicate the position of point in a buffer to the reader with a -glyph: @samp{@point{}}. @xref{Point Glyph, , Indicating -Point in a Buffer}.@refill - -@item @@pounds@{@} -Generate the pounds sterling currency sign. -@xref{pounds,,@code{@@pounds@{@}}}. - -@item @@print@{@} -Indicate printed output to the reader with a glyph: -@samp{@print{}}. @xref{Print Glyph}.@refill - -@item @@printindex @var{index-name} -Print an alphabetized two-column index in a printed manual or generate -an alphabetized menu of index entries for Info. @xref{Printing -Indices & Menus}.@refill - -@item @@pxref@{@var{node-name}, [@var{entry}], [@var{topic-or-title}], [@var{info-file}], [@var{manual}]@} -Make a reference that starts with a lower case `see' in a printed -manual. Use within parentheses only. Do not follow command with a -punctuation mark---the Info formatting commands automatically insert -terminating punctuation as needed. Only the first argument is mandatory. -@xref{pxref, , @code{@@pxref}}.@refill - -@item @@questiondown@{@} -Generate an upside-down question mark. @xref{Inserting Accents}. - -@item @@quotation -Narrow the margins to indicate text that is quoted from another real -or imaginary work. Write command on a line of its own. Pair with -@code{@@end quotation}. @xref{quotation, , -@code{@@quotation}}.@refill - -@need 100 -@item @@r@{@var{text}@} -Print @var{text} in @r{roman} font. No effect in Info. -@xref{Fonts}.@refill - -@item @@raisesections -Change subsequent sections to chapters, subsections to sections, and so -on. @xref{Raise/lower sections, , @code{@@raisesections} and -@code{@@lowersections}}.@refill - -@need 300 -@item @@ref@{@var{node-name}, [@var{entry}], [@var{topic-or-title}], [@var{info-file}], [@var{manual}]@} -Make a reference. In a printed manual, the reference does not start -with a `See'. Follow command with a punctuation mark. Only the first -argument is mandatory. @xref{ref, , @code{@@ref}}.@refill - -@need 300 -@item @@refill -In Info, refill and indent the paragraph after all the other processing -has been done. No effect on @TeX{}, which always refills. This command -is no longer needed, since all formatters now automatically refill. -@xref{Refilling Paragraphs}.@refill - -@need 300 -@item @@result@{@} -Indicate the result of an expression to the reader with a special -glyph: @samp{@result{}}. @xref{result, , @code{@@result}}.@refill - -@item @@ringaccent@{@var{c}@} -Generate a ring accent over the next character, as in @ringaccent{o}. -@xref{Inserting Accents}. - -@item @@samp@{@var{text}@} -Highlight @var{text} that is a literal example of a sequence of -characters. Used for single characters, for statements, and often for -entire shell commands. @xref{samp, , @code{@@samp}}.@refill - -@item @@sc@{@var{text}@} -Set @var{text} in a printed output in @sc{the small caps font} and -set text in the Info file in uppercase letters. -@xref{Smallcaps}.@refill - -@item @@section @var{title} -Begin a section within a chapter. In a printed manual, the section -title is numbered and appears in the table of contents. In Info, the -title is underlined with equal signs. @xref{section, , -@code{@@section}}.@refill - -@item @@set @var{flag} [@var{string}] -Make @var{flag} active, causing the Texinfo formatting commands to -format text between subsequent pairs of @code{@@ifset @var{flag}} and -@code{@@end ifset} commands. Optionally, set value of @var{flag} to -@var{string}. -@xref{set clear value, , @code{@@set} @code{@@clear} @code{@@value}}.@refill - -@item @@setchapternewpage @var{on-off-odd} -Specify whether chapters start on new pages, and if so, whether on -odd-numbered (right-hand) new pages. @xref{setchapternewpage, , -@code{@@setchapternewpage}}.@refill - -@item @@setfilename @var{info-file-name} -Provide a name to be used by the Info file. This command is essential -for @TeX{} formatting as well, even though it produces no output. -@xref{setfilename, , @code{@@setfilename}}.@refill - -@item @@settitle @var{title} -Provide a title for page headers in a printed manual. -@xref{settitle, , @code{@@settitle}}.@refill - -@item @@shortcontents -Print a short table of contents. Not relevant to Info, which uses -menus rather than tables of contents. A synonym for -@code{@@summarycontents}. @xref{Contents, , Generating a Table of -Contents}.@refill - -@item @@shorttitlepage@{@var{title}@} -Generate a minimal title page. @xref{titlepage,,@code{@@titlepage}}. - -@need 400 -@item @@smallbook -Cause @TeX{} to produce a printed manual in a 7 by 9.25 inch format -rather than the regular 8.5 by 11 inch format. @xref{smallbook, , -Printing Small Books}. Also, see @ref{smallexample & smalllisp, , -@code{@@smallexample} and @code{@@smalllisp}}.@refill - -@need 400 -@item @@smallexample -Indent text to indicate an example. Do not fill, select fixed-width -font. In @code{@@smallbook} format, print text in a smaller font than -with @code{@@example}. Pair with @code{@@end smallexample}. -@xref{smallexample & smalllisp, , @code{@@smallexample} and -@code{@@smalllisp}}.@refill - -@need 400 -@item @@smalllisp -Begin an example of Lisp code. Indent text, do not fill, select -fixed-width font. In @code{@@smallbook} format, print text in a -smaller font. Pair with @code{@@end smalllisp}. @xref{smallexample & -smalllisp, , @code{@@smallexample} and @code{@@smalllisp}}.@refill - -@need 700 -@item @@sp @var{n} -Skip @var{n} blank lines. @xref{sp, , @code{@@sp}}.@refill - -@item @@ss@{@} -Generate the German sharp-S es-zet letter, @ss{}. @xref{Inserting Accents}. - -@need 700 -@item @@strong @var{text} -Emphasize @var{text} by typesetting it in a @strong{bold} font for the -printed manual and by surrounding it with asterisks for Info. -@xref{emph & strong, , Emphasizing Text}.@refill - -@item @@subheading @var{title} -Print an unnumbered subsection-like heading in the text, but not in -the table of contents of a printed manual. In Info, the title is -underlined with hyphens. @xref{unnumberedsubsec appendixsubsec -subheading, , @code{@@unnumberedsubsec} @code{@@appendixsubsec} -@code{@@subheading}}.@refill - -@item @@subsection @var{title} -Begin a subsection within a section. In a printed manual, the -subsection title is numbered and appears in the table of contents. In -Info, the title is underlined with hyphens. @xref{subsection, , -@code{@@subsection}}.@refill - -@item @@subsubheading @var{title} -Print an unnumbered subsubsection-like heading in the text, but not in -the table of contents of a printed manual. In Info, the title is -underlined with periods. @xref{subsubsection, , The `subsub' -Commands}.@refill - -@item @@subsubsection @var{title} -Begin a subsubsection within a subsection. In a printed manual, -the subsubsection title is numbered and appears in the table of -contents. In Info, the title is underlined with periods. -@xref{subsubsection, , The `subsub' Commands}.@refill - -@item @@subtitle @var{title} -In a printed manual, set a subtitle in a normal sized font flush to -the right-hand side of the page. Not relevant to Info, which does not -have title pages. @xref{title subtitle author, , @code{@@title} -@code{@@subtitle} and @code{@@author} Commands}.@refill - -@item @@summarycontents -Print a short table of contents. Not relevant to Info, which uses -menus rather than tables of contents. A synonym for -@code{@@shortcontents}. @xref{Contents, , Generating a Table of -Contents}.@refill - -@need 300 -@item @@syncodeindex @var{from-index} @var{into-index} -Merge the index named in the first argument into the index named in -the second argument, printing the entries from the first index in -@code{@@code} font. @xref{Combining Indices}.@refill - -@need 300 -@item @@synindex @var{from-index} @var{into-index} -Merge the index named in the first argument into the index named in -the second argument. Do not change the font of @var{from-index} -entries. @xref{Combining Indices}.@refill - -@need 100 -@item @@t@{@var{text}@} -Print @var{text} in a @t{fixed-width}, typewriter-like font. -No effect in Info. @xref{Fonts}.@refill - -@item @@tab -Separate columns in a multitable. @xref{Multitable Rows}. - -@need 400 -@item @@table @var{formatting-command} -Begin a two-column table, using @code{@@item} for each entry. Write -each first column entry on the same line as @code{@@item}. First -column entries are printed in the font resulting from -@var{formatting-command}. Pair with @code{@@end table}. -@xref{Two-column Tables, , Making a Two-column Table}. -Also see @ref{ftable vtable, , @code{@@ftable} and @code{@@vtable}}, -and @ref{itemx, , @code{@@itemx}}.@refill - -@item @@TeX@{@} -Insert the logo @TeX{}. @xref{TeX and copyright, , Inserting @TeX{} -and @copyright{}}.@refill - -@item @@tex -Enter @TeX{} completely. Pair with @code{@@end tex}. @xref{Using -Ordinary TeX Commands, , Using Ordinary @TeX{} Commands}.@refill - -@item @@thischapter -@itemx @@thischaptername -@itemx @@thisfile -@itemx @@thispage -@itemx @@thistitle -Only allowed in a heading or footing. Stands for the number and name of -the current chapter (in the format `Chapter 1: Title'), the chapter name -only, the filename, the current page number, and the title of the -document, respectively. @xref{Custom Headings, , How to Make Your Own -Headings}.@refill - -@item @@tindex @var{entry} -Add @var{entry} to the index of data types. @xref{Index Entries, , -Defining the Entries of an Index}.@refill - -@item @@title @var{title} -In a printed manual, set a title flush to the left-hand side of the -page in a larger than normal font and underline it with a black rule. -Not relevant to Info, which does not have title pages. @xref{title -subtitle author, , The @code{@@title} @code{@@subtitle} and -@code{@@author} Commands}.@refill - -@need 400 -@item @@titlefont@{@var{text}@} -In a printed manual, print @var{text} in a larger than normal font. -Not relevant to Info, which does not have title pages. -@xref{titlefont center sp, , The @code{@@titlefont} @code{@@center} -and @code{@@sp} Commands}.@refill - -@need 300 -@item @@titlepage -Indicate to Texinfo the beginning of the title page. Write command on -a line of its own. Pair with @code{@@end titlepage}. Nothing between -@code{@@titlepage} and @code{@@end titlepage} appears in Info. -@xref{titlepage, , @code{@@titlepage}}.@refill - -@need 150 -@item @@today@{@} -Insert the current date, in `1 Jan 1900' style. @xref{Custom -Headings, , How to Make Your Own Headings}.@refill - -@item @@top @var{title} -In a Texinfo file to be formatted with @code{makeinfo}, identify the -topmost @code{@@node} line in the file, which must be written on the line -immediately preceding the @code{@@top} command. Used for -@code{makeinfo}'s node pointer insertion feature. The title is -underlined with asterisks. Both the @code{@@node} line and the @code{@@top} -line normally should be enclosed by @code{@@ifinfo} and @code{@@end -ifinfo}. In @TeX{} and @code{texinfo-format-buffer}, the @code{@@top} -command is merely a synonym for @code{@@unnumbered}. @xref{makeinfo -Pointer Creation, , Creating Pointers with @code{makeinfo}}. - -@item @@u@var{c} -@itemx @@ubaraccent@var{c} -@itemx @@udotaccent@var{c} -Generate a breve, underbar, or underdot accent, respectively, over or -under the character @var{c}, as in @u{o}, @ubaraccent{o}, -@udotaccent{o}. @xref{Inserting Accents}. - -@item @@unnumbered @var{title} -In a printed manual, begin a chapter that appears without chapter -numbers of any kind. The title appears in the table of contents of a -printed manual. In Info, the title is underlined with asterisks. -@xref{unnumbered & appendix, , @code{@@unnumbered} and -@code{@@appendix}}.@refill - -@item @@unnumberedsec @var{title} -In a printed manual, begin a section that appears without section -numbers of any kind. The title appears in the table of contents of a -printed manual. In Info, the title is underlined with equal signs. -@xref{unnumberedsec appendixsec heading, , Section Commands}.@refill - -@item @@unnumberedsubsec @var{title} -In a printed manual, begin an unnumbered subsection within a -chapter. The title appears in the table of contents of a printed -manual. In Info, the title is underlined with hyphens. -@xref{unnumberedsubsec appendixsubsec subheading, , -@code{@@unnumberedsubsec} @code{@@appendixsubsec} -@code{@@subheading}}.@refill - -@item @@unnumberedsubsubsec @var{title} -In a printed manual, begin an unnumbered subsubsection within a -chapter. The title appears in the table of contents of a printed -manual. In Info, the title is underlined with periods. -@xref{subsubsection, , The `subsub' Commands}.@refill - -@item @@url@{@var{url}@} -Highlight text that is a uniform resource locator for the World Wide -Web. @xref{url, , @code{@@url}}.@refill - -@item @@v@var{c} -Generate check accent over the character @var{c}, as in @v{o}. -@xref{Inserting Accents}. - -@item @@value@{@var{flag}@} -Replace @var{flag} with the value to which it is set by @code{@@set -@var{flag}}. -@xref{set clear value, , @code{@@set} @code{@@clear} @code{@@value}}.@refill - -@item @@var@{@var{metasyntactic-variable}@} -Highlight a metasyntactic variable, which is something that stands for -another piece of text. @xref{var, , Indicating Metasyntactic -Variables}.@refill - -@need 400 -@item @@vindex @var{entry} -Add @var{entry} to the index of variables. @xref{Index Entries, , -Defining the Entries of an Index}.@refill - -@need 400 -@item @@vskip @var{amount} -In a printed manual, insert whitespace so as to push text on the -remainder of the page towards the bottom of the page. Used in -formatting the copyright page with the argument @samp{0pt plus -1filll}. (Note spelling of @samp{filll}.) @code{@@vskip} may be used -only in contexts ignored for Info. @xref{Copyright & Permissions, , -The Copyright Page and Printed Permissions}.@refill - -@need 400 -@item @@vtable @var{formatting-command} -Begin a two-column table, using @code{@@item} for each entry. -Automatically enter each of the items in the first column into the -index of variables. Pair with @code{@@end vtable}. The same as -@code{@@table}, except for indexing. @xref{ftable vtable, , -@code{@@ftable} and @code{@@vtable}}.@refill - -@need 400 -@item @@w@{@var{text}@} -Prevent @var{text} from being split across two lines. Do not end a -paragraph that uses @code{@@w} with an @code{@@refill} command. -@xref{w, , @code{@@w}}.@refill - -@need 400 -@item @@xref@{@var{node-name}, [@var{entry}], [@var{topic-or-title}], [@var{info-file}], [@var{manual}]@} -Make a reference that starts with `See' in a printed manual. Follow -command with a punctuation mark. Only the first argument is -mandatory. @xref{xref, , @code{@@xref}}.@refill -@end table - -@node Tips, Sample Texinfo File, Command List, Top -@comment node-name, next, previous, up -@appendix Tips and Hints - -Here are some tips for writing Texinfo documentation:@refill - -@cindex Tips -@cindex Usage tips -@cindex Hints -@itemize @bullet -@item -Write in the present tense, not in the past or the future. - -@item -Write actively! For example, write ``We recommend that @dots{}'' rather -than ``It is recommended that @dots{}''. - -@item -Use 70 or 72 as your fill column. Longer lines are hard to read. - -@item -Include a copyright notice and copying permissions. -@end itemize - -@subsubheading Index, index, index! - -Write many index entries, in different ways. -Readers like indices; they are helpful and convenient. - -Although it is easiest to write index entries as you write the body of -the text, some people prefer to write entries afterwards. In either -case, write an entry before the paragraph to which it applies. This -way, an index entry points to the first page of a paragraph that is -split across pages. - -Here are more hints we have found valuable: - -@itemize @bullet -@item -Write each index entry differently, so each entry refers to a different -place in the document. - -@item -Write index entries only where a topic is discussed significantly. For -example, it is not useful to index ``debugging information'' in a -chapter on reporting bugs. Someone who wants to know about debugging -information will certainly not find it in that chapter. - -@item -Consistently capitalize the first word of every concept index entry, -or else consistently use lower case. Terse entries often call for -lower case; longer entries for capitalization. Whichever case -convention you use, please use one or the other consistently! Mixing -the two styles looks bad. - -@item -Always capitalize or use upper case for those words in an index for -which this is proper, such as names of countries or acronyms. Always -use the appropriate case for case-sensitive names, such as those in C or -Lisp. - -@item -Write the indexing commands that refer to a whole section immediately -after the section command, and write the indexing commands that refer to -the paragraph before the paragraph. - -@need 1000 -In the example that follows, a blank line comes after the index -entry for ``Leaping'': - -@example -@group -@@section The Dog and the Fox -@@cindex Jumping, in general -@@cindex Leaping - -@@cindex Dog, lazy, jumped over -@@cindex Lazy dog jumped over -@@cindex Fox, jumps over dog -@@cindex Quick fox jumps over dog -The quick brown fox jumps over the lazy dog. -@end group -@end example - -@noindent -(Note that the example shows entries for the same concept that are -written in different ways---@samp{Lazy dog}, and @samp{Dog, lazy}---so -readers can look up the concept in different ways.) -@end itemize - -@subsubheading Blank lines - -@itemize @bullet -@item -Insert a blank line between a sectioning command and the first following -sentence or paragraph, or between the indexing commands associated with -the sectioning command and the first following sentence or paragraph, as -shown in the tip on indexing. Otherwise, a formatter may fold title and -paragraph together. - -@item -Always insert a blank line before an @code{@@table} command and after an -@code{@@end table} command; but never insert a blank line after an -@code{@@table} command or before an @code{@@end table} command. - -@need 1000 -For example, - -@example -@group -Types of fox: - -@@table @@samp -@@item Quick -Jump over lazy dogs. -@end group - -@group -@@item Brown -Also jump over lazy dogs. -@@end table - -@end group -@group -@@noindent -On the other hand, @dots{} -@end group -@end example - -Insert blank lines before and after @code{@@itemize} @dots{} @code{@@end -itemize} and @code{@@enumerate} @dots{} @code{@@end enumerate} in the -same way. -@end itemize - -@subsubheading Complete phrases - -Complete phrases are easier to read than @dots{} - -@itemize @bullet -@item -Write entries in an itemized list as complete sentences; or at least, as -complete phrases. Incomplete expressions @dots{} awkward @dots{} like -this. - -@item -Write the prefatory sentence or phrase for a multi-item list or table as -a complete expression. Do not write ``You can set:''; instead, write -``You can set these variables:''. The former expression sounds cut off. -@end itemize - -@subsubheading Editions, dates and versions - -Write the edition and version numbers and date in three places in every -manual: - -@enumerate -@item -In the first @code{@@ifinfo} section, for people reading the Texinfo file. - -@item -In the @code{@@titlepage} section, for people reading the printed manual. - -@item -In the `Top' node, for people reading the Info file. -@end enumerate - -@noindent -Also, it helps to write a note before the first @code{@@ifinfo} -section to explain what you are doing. - -@need 800 -@noindent -For example: - -@example -@group -@@c ===> NOTE! <== -@@c Specify the edition and version numbers and date -@@c in *three* places: -@@c 1. First ifinfo section 2. title page 3. top node -@@c To find the locations, search for !!set -@end group - -@group -@@ifinfo -@@c !!set edition, date, version -This is Edition 4.03, January 1992, -of the @@cite@{GDB Manual@} for GDB Version 4.3. -@dots{} -@end group -@end example - -@noindent ----or use @code{@@set} and @code{@@value} -(@pxref{value Example, , @code{@@value} Example}). - -@subsubheading Definition Commands - -Definition commands are @code{@@deffn}, @code{@@defun}, -@code{@@defmac}, and the like, and enable you to write descriptions in -a uniform format.@refill - -@itemize @bullet -@item -Write just one definition command for each entity you define with a -definition command. The automatic indexing feature creates an index -entry that leads the reader to the definition. - -@item -Use @code{@@table} @dots{} @code{@@end table} in an appendix that -contains a summary of functions, not @code{@@deffn} or other definition -commands. -@end itemize - -@subsubheading Capitalization - -@itemize @bullet -@item -Capitalize @samp{Texinfo}; it is a name. Do not write the @samp{x} or -@samp{i} in upper case. - -@item -Capitalize @samp{Info}; it is a name. - -@item -Write @TeX{} using the @code{@@TeX@{@}} command. Note the uppercase -@samp{T} and @samp{X}. This command causes the formatters to -typeset the name according to the wishes of Donald Knuth, who wrote -@TeX{}. -@end itemize - -@subsubheading Spaces - -Do not use spaces to format a Texinfo file, except inside of -@code{@@example} @dots{} @code{@@end example} and similar commands. - -@need 700 -For example, @TeX{} fills the following: - -@example -@group - @@kbd@{C-x v@} - @@kbd@{M-x vc-next-action@} - Perform the next logical operation - on the version-controlled file - corresponding to the current buffer. -@end group -@end example - -@need 950 -@noindent -so it looks like this: - -@iftex -@quotation - @kbd{C-x v} - @kbd{M-x vc-next-action} - Perform the next logical operation on the version-controlled file - corresponding to the current buffer. -@end quotation -@end iftex -@ifinfo -@quotation -`C-x v' `M-x vc-next-action' Perform the next logical operation on the -version-controlled file corresponding to the current buffer. -@end quotation -@end ifinfo - -@noindent -In this case, the text should be formatted with -@code{@@table}, @code{@@item}, and @code{@@itemx}, to create a table. - -@subsubheading @@code, @@samp, @@var, and @samp{---} - -@itemize @bullet -@item -Use @code{@@code} around Lisp symbols, including command names. -For example, - -@example -The main function is @@code@{vc-next-action@}, @dots{} -@end example - -@item -Avoid putting letters such as @samp{s} immediately after an -@samp{@@code}. Such letters look bad. - -@item -Use @code{@@var} around meta-variables. Do not write angle brackets -around them. - -@item -Use three hyphens in a row, @samp{---}, to indicate a long dash. @TeX{} -typesets these as a long dash and the Info formatters reduce three -hyphens to two. -@end itemize - -@subsubheading Periods Outside of Quotes - -Place periods and other punctuation marks @emph{outside} of quotations, -unless the punctuation is part of the quotation. This practice goes -against publishing conventions in the United States, but enables the -reader to distinguish between the contents of the quotation and the -whole passage. - -For example, you should write the following sentence with the period -outside the end quotation marks: - -@example -Evidently, @samp{au} is an abbreviation for ``author''. -@end example - -@noindent -since @samp{au} does @emph{not} serve as an abbreviation for -@samp{author.} (with a period following the word). - -@subsubheading Introducing New Terms - -@itemize @bullet -@item -Introduce new terms so that a reader who does not know them can -understand them from context; or write a definition for the term. - -For example, in the following, the terms ``check in'', ``register'' and -``delta'' are all appearing for the first time; the example sentence should be -rewritten so they are understandable. - -@quotation -The major function assists you in checking in a file to your -version control system and registering successive sets of changes to -it as deltas. -@end quotation - -@item -Use the @code{@@dfn} command around a word being introduced, to indicate -that the reader should not expect to know the meaning already, and -should expect to learn the meaning from this passage. -@end itemize - -@subsubheading @@pxref - -@c !!! maybe include this in the tips on pxref -@ignore -By the way, it is okay to use pxref with something else in front of -it within the parens, as long as the pxref is followed by the close -paren, and the material inside the parens is not part of a larger -sentence. Also, you can use xref inside parens as part of a complete -sentence so long as you terminate the cross reference with punctuation. -@end ignore -Absolutely never use @code{@@pxref} except in the special context for -which it is designed: inside parentheses, with the closing parenthesis -following immediately after the closing brace. One formatter -automatically inserts closing punctuation and the other does not. This -means that the output looks right both in printed output and in an Info -file, but only when the command is used inside parentheses. - -@subsubheading Invoking from a Shell - -You can invoke programs such as Emacs, GCC, and GAWK from a shell. -The documentation for each program should contain a section that -describes this. Unfortunately, if the node names and titles for these -sections are all different, readers find it hard to search for the -section.@refill - -Name such sections with a phrase beginning with the word -@w{`Invoking @dots{}'}, as in `Invoking Emacs'; this way -users can find the section easily. - -@subsubheading @sc{ansi c} Syntax - -When you use @code{@@example} to describe a C function's calling -conventions, use the @sc{ansi c} syntax, like this:@refill - -@example -void dld_init (char *@@var@{path@}); -@end example - -@noindent -And in the subsequent discussion, refer to the argument values by -writing the same argument names, again highlighted with -@code{@@var}.@refill - -@need 800 -Avoid the obsolete style that looks like this:@refill - -@example -#include <dld.h> - -dld_init (path) -char *path; -@end example - -Also, it is best to avoid writing @code{#include} above the -declaration just to indicate that the function is declared in a -header file. The practice may give the misimpression that the -@code{#include} belongs near the declaration of the function. Either -state explicitly which header file holds the declaration or, better -yet, name the header file used for a group of functions at the -beginning of the section that describes the functions.@refill - -@subsubheading Bad Examples - -Here are several examples of bad writing to avoid: - -In this example, say, `` @dots{} you must @code{@@dfn}@{check -in@} the new version.'' That flows better. - -@quotation -When you are done editing the file, you must perform a -@code{@@dfn}@{check in@}. -@end quotation - -In the following example, say, ``@dots{} makes a unified interface such as VC -mode possible.'' - -@quotation -SCCS, RCS and other version-control systems all perform similar -functions in broadly similar ways (it is this resemblance which makes -a unified control mode like this possible). -@end quotation - -And in this example, you should specify what `it' refers to: - -@quotation -If you are working with other people, it assists in coordinating -everyone's changes so they do not step on each other. -@end quotation - -@subsubheading And Finally @dots{} - -@itemize @bullet -@item -Pronounce @TeX{} as if the @samp{X} were a Greek `chi', as the last -sound in the name `Bach'. But pronounce Texinfo as in `speck': -@samp{teckinfo}. - -@item -Write notes for yourself at the very end of a Texinfo file after the -@code{@@bye}. None of the formatters process text after the -@code{@@bye}; it is as if the text were within @code{@@ignore} @dots{} -@code{@@end ignore}. -@end itemize - -@node Sample Texinfo File, Sample Permissions, Tips, Top -@comment node-name, next, previous, up -@appendix A Sample Texinfo File -@cindex Sample Texinfo file, no comments - -Here is a complete, short sample Texinfo file, without any commentary. -You can see this file, with comments, in the first chapter. -@xref{Short Sample, , A Short Sample Texinfo File}. - -@sp 1 -@example -\input texinfo @@c -*-texinfo-*- -@@c %**start of header -@@setfilename sample.info -@@settitle Sample Document -@@c %**end of header - -@@setchapternewpage odd - -@@ifinfo -This is a short example of a complete Texinfo file. - -Copyright 1990 Free Software Foundation, Inc. -@@end ifinfo - -@@titlepage -@@sp 10 -@@comment The title is printed in a large font. -@@center @@titlefont@{Sample Title@} - -@@c The following two commands start the copyright page. -@@page -@@vskip 0pt plus 1filll -Copyright @@copyright@{@} 1990 Free Software Foundation, Inc. -@@end titlepage - -@@node Top, First Chapter, (dir), (dir) -@@comment node-name, next, previous, up - -@@menu -* First Chapter:: The first chapter is the - only chapter in this sample. -* Concept Index:: This index has two entries. -@@end menu - -@@node First Chapter, Concept Index, Top, Top -@@comment node-name, next, previous, up -@@chapter First Chapter -@@cindex Sample index entry - -This is the contents of the first chapter. -@@cindex Another sample index entry - -Here is a numbered list. - -@@enumerate -@@item -This is the first item. - -@@item -This is the second item. -@@end enumerate - -The @@code@{makeinfo@} and @@code@{texinfo-format-buffer@} -commands transform a Texinfo file such as this into -an Info file; and @@TeX@{@} typesets it for a printed -manual. - -@@node Concept Index, , First Chapter, Top -@@comment node-name, next, previous, up -@@unnumbered Concept Index - -@@printindex cp - -@@contents -@@bye -@end example - -@node Sample Permissions, Include Files, Sample Texinfo File, Top -@appendix Sample Permissions -@cindex Permissions -@cindex Copying permissions - -Texinfo files should contain sections that tell the readers that they -have the right to copy and distribute the Texinfo file, the Info file, -and the printed manual.@refill - -Also, if you are writing a manual about software, you should explain -that the software is free and either include the GNU General Public -License (GPL) or provide a reference to it. @xref{Distrib, , -Distribution, emacs, The GNU Emacs Manual}, for an example of the text -that could be used in the software ``Distribution'', ``General Public -License'', and ``NO WARRANTY'' sections of a document. @xref{Copying, -, Texinfo Copying Conditions}, for an example of a brief explanation -of how the copying conditions provide you with rights. @refill - -@menu -* Inserting Permissions:: How to put permissions in your document. -* ifinfo Permissions:: Sample @samp{ifinfo} copying permissions. -* Titlepage Permissions:: Sample Titlepage copying permissions. -@end menu - -@node Inserting Permissions, ifinfo Permissions, Sample Permissions, Sample Permissions -@ifinfo -@appendixsec Inserting Permissions -@end ifinfo - -In a Texinfo file, the first @code{@@ifinfo} section usually begins -with a line that says what the file documents. This is what a person -reading the unprocessed Texinfo file or using the advanced Info -command @kbd{g *} sees first. @inforef{Expert, Advanced Info -commands, info}, for more information. (A reader using the regular -Info commands usually starts reading at the first node and skips -this first section, which is not in a node.)@refill - -In the @code{@@ifinfo} section, the summary sentence is followed by a -copyright notice and then by the copying permission notice. One of -the copying permission paragraphs is enclosed in @code{@@ignore} and -@code{@@end ignore} commands. This paragraph states that the Texinfo -file can be processed through @TeX{} and printed, provided the printed -manual carries the proper copying permission notice. This paragraph -is not made part of the Info file since it is not relevant to the Info -file; but it is a mandatory part of the Texinfo file since it permits -people to process the Texinfo file in @TeX{} and print the -results.@refill - -In the printed manual, the Free Software Foundation copying permission -notice follows the copyright notice and publishing information and is -located within the region delineated by the @code{@@titlepage} and -@code{@@end titlepage} commands. The copying permission notice is exactly -the same as the notice in the @code{@@ifinfo} section except that the -paragraph enclosed in @code{@@ignore} and @code{@@end ignore} commands is -not part of the notice.@refill - -To make it simple to insert a permission notice into each section of -the Texinfo file, sample permission notices for each section are -reproduced in full below.@refill - -Note that you may need to specify the correct name of a section -mentioned in the permission notice. For example, in @cite{The GDB -Manual}, the name of the section referring to the General Public -License is called the ``GDB General Public License'', but in the -sample shown below, that section is referred to generically as the -``GNU General Public License''. If the Texinfo file does not carry a -copy of the General Public License, leave out the reference to it, but -be sure to include the rest of the sentence.@refill - -@node ifinfo Permissions, Titlepage Permissions, Inserting Permissions, Sample Permissions -@comment node-name, next, previous, up -@appendixsec @samp{ifinfo} Copying Permissions -@cindex @samp{ifinfo} permissions - -In the @code{@@ifinfo} section of a Texinfo file, the standard Free -Software Foundation permission notice reads as follows:@refill - -@example -This file documents @dots{} - -Copyright 1992 Free Software Foundation, Inc. - -Permission is granted to make and distribute verbatim -copies of this manual provided the copyright notice and -this permission notice are preserved on all copies. - -@@ignore -Permission is granted to process this file through TeX -and print the results, provided the printed document -carries a copying permission notice identical to this -one except for the removal of this paragraph (this -paragraph not being relevant to the printed manual). - -@@end ignore -Permission is granted to copy and distribute modified -versions of this manual under the conditions for -verbatim copying, provided also that the sections -entitled ``Copying'' and ``GNU General Public License'' -are included exactly as in the original, and provided -that the entire resulting derived work is distributed -under the terms of a permission notice identical to this -one. - -Permission is granted to copy and distribute -translations of this manual into another language, -under the above conditions for modified versions, -except that this permission notice may be stated in a -translation approved by the Free Software Foundation. -@end example - -@node Titlepage Permissions, , ifinfo Permissions, Sample Permissions -@comment node-name, next, previous, up -@appendixsec Titlepage Copying Permissions -@cindex Titlepage permissions - -In the @code{@@titlepage} section of a Texinfo file, the standard Free -Software Foundation copying permission notice follows the copyright -notice and publishing information. The standard phrasing is as -follows:@refill - -@example -Permission is granted to make and distribute verbatim -copies of this manual provided the copyright notice and -this permission notice are preserved on all copies. - -Permission is granted to copy and distribute modified -versions of this manual under the conditions for -verbatim copying, provided also that the sections -entitled ``Copying'' and ``GNU General Public License'' -are included exactly as in the original, and provided -that the entire resulting derived work is distributed -under the terms of a permission notice identical to this -one. - -Permission is granted to copy and distribute -translations of this manual into another language, -under the above conditions for modified versions, -except that this permission notice may be stated in a -translation approved by the Free Software Foundation. -@end example - -@node Include Files, Headings, Sample Permissions, Top -@comment node-name, next, previous, up -@appendix Include Files -@cindex Include files - -When @TeX{} or an Info formatting command sees an @code{@@include} -command in a Texinfo file, it processes the contents of the file named -by the command and incorporates them into the @sc{dvi} or Info file being -created. Index entries from the included file are incorporated into -the indices of the output file.@refill - -Include files let you keep a single large document as a collection of -conveniently small parts.@refill - -@menu -* Using Include Files:: How to use the @code{@@include} command. -* texinfo-multiple-files-update:: How to create and update nodes and - menus when using included files. -* Include File Requirements:: What @code{texinfo-multiple-files-update} expects. -* Sample Include File:: A sample outer file with included files - within it; and a sample included file. -* Include Files Evolution:: How use of the @code{@@include} command - has changed over time. -@end menu - -@node Using Include Files, texinfo-multiple-files-update, Include Files, Include Files -@appendixsec How to Use Include Files -@findex include - -To include another file within a Texinfo file, write the -@code{@@include} command at the beginning of a line and follow it on -the same line by the name of a file to be included. For -example:@refill - -@example -@@include buffers.texi -@end example - -An included file should simply be a segment of text that you expect to -be included as is into the overall or @dfn{outer} Texinfo file; it -should not contain the standard beginning and end parts of a Texinfo -file. In particular, you should not start an included file with a -line saying @samp{\input texinfo}; if you do, that phrase is inserted -into the output file as is. Likewise, you should not end an included -file with an @code{@@bye} command; nothing after @code{@@bye} is -formatted.@refill - -In the past, you were required to write an @code{@@setfilename} line at the -beginning of an included file, but no longer. Now, it does not matter -whether you write such a line. If an @code{@@setfilename} line exists -in an included file, it is ignored.@refill - -Conventionally, an included file begins with an @code{@@node} line that -is followed by an @code{@@chapter} line. Each included file is one -chapter. This makes it easy to use the regular node and menu creating -and updating commands to create the node pointers and menus within the -included file. However, the simple Emacs node and menu creating and -updating commands do not work with multiple Texinfo files. Thus you -cannot use these commands to fill in the `Next', `Previous', and `Up' -pointers of the @code{@@node} line that begins the included file. Also, -you cannot use the regular commands to create a master menu for the -whole file. Either you must insert the menus and the `Next', -`Previous', and `Up' pointers by hand, or you must use the GNU Emacs -Texinfo mode command, @code{texinfo-multiple-files-update}, that is -designed for @code{@@include} files.@refill - -@node texinfo-multiple-files-update, Include File Requirements, Using Include Files, Include Files -@appendixsec @code{texinfo-multiple-files-update} -@findex texinfo-multiple-files-update - -GNU Emacs Texinfo mode provides the @code{texinfo-multiple-files-update} -command. This command creates or updates `Next', `Previous', and `Up' -pointers of included files as well as those in the outer or overall -Texinfo file, and it creates or updates a main menu in the outer file. -Depending whether you call it with optional arguments, the command -updates only the pointers in the first @code{@@node} line of the -included files or all of them:@refill - -@table @kbd -@item M-x texinfo-multiple-files-update -Called without any arguments:@refill - -@itemize @minus -@item -Create or update the `Next', `Previous', and `Up' pointers of the -first @code{@@node} line in each file included in an outer or overall -Texinfo file.@refill - -@item -Create or update the `Top' level node pointers of the outer or -overall file.@refill - -@item -Create or update a main menu in the outer file.@refill -@end itemize - -@item C-u M-x texinfo-multiple-files-update -Called with @kbd{C-u} as a prefix argument: - -@itemize @minus{} -@item -Create or update pointers in the first @code{@@node} line in each -included file. - -@item -Create or update the `Top' level node pointers of the outer file. - -@item -Create and insert a master menu in the outer file. The master menu -is made from all the menus in all the included files.@refill -@end itemize - -@item C-u 8 M-x texinfo-multiple-files-update -Called with a numeric prefix argument, such as @kbd{C-u 8}: - -@itemize @minus -@item -Create or update @strong{all} the `Next', `Previous', and `Up' pointers -of all the included files.@refill - -@item -Create or update @strong{all} the menus of all the included -files.@refill - -@item -Create or update the `Top' level node pointers of the outer or -overall file.@refill - -@item -And then create a master menu in the outer file. This is similar to -invoking @code{texinfo-master-menu} with an argument when you are -working with just one file.@refill -@end itemize -@end table - -Note the use of the prefix argument in interactive use: with a regular -prefix argument, just @w{@kbd{C-u}}, the -@code{texinfo-multiple-files-update} command inserts a master menu; -with a numeric prefix argument, such as @kbd{C-u 8}, the command -updates @strong{every} pointer and menu in @strong{all} the files and then inserts a -master menu.@refill - -@node Include File Requirements, Sample Include File, texinfo-multiple-files-update, Include Files -@appendixsec Include File Requirements -@cindex Include file requirements -@cindex Requirements for include files - -If you plan to use the @code{texinfo-multiple-files-update} command, -the outer Texinfo file that lists included files within it should -contain nothing but the beginning and end parts of a Texinfo file, and -a number of @code{@@include} commands listing the included files. It -should not even include indices, which should be listed in an included -file of their own.@refill - -Moreover, each of the included files must contain exactly one highest -level node (conventionally, @code{@@chapter} or equivalent), -and this node must be the first node in the included file. -Furthermore, each of these highest level nodes in each included file -must be at the same hierarchical level in the file structure. -Usually, each is an @code{@@chapter}, an @code{@@appendix}, or an -@code{@@unnumbered} node. Thus, normally, each included file contains -one, and only one, chapter or equivalent-level node.@refill - -The outer file should contain only @emph{one} node, the `Top' node. It -should @emph{not} contain any nodes besides the single `Top' node. The -@code{texinfo-multiple-files-update} command will not process -them.@refill - -@node Sample Include File, Include Files Evolution, Include File Requirements, Include Files -@appendixsec Sample File with @code{@@include} -@cindex Sample @code{@@include} file -@cindex Include file sample -@cindex @code{@@include} file sample - -Here is an example of a complete outer Texinfo file with @code{@@include} files -within it before running @code{texinfo-multiple-files-update}, which -would insert a main or master menu:@refill - -@example -@group -\input texinfo @@c -*-texinfo-*- -@c %**start of header -@@setfilename include-example.info -@@settitle Include Example -@c %**end of header -@end group - -@group -@@setchapternewpage odd -@@titlepage -@@sp 12 -@@center @@titlefont@{Include Example@} -@@sp 2 -@@center by Whom Ever -@end group - -@group -@@page -@@vskip 0pt plus 1filll -Copyright @@copyright@{@} 1990 Free Software Foundation, Inc. -@@end titlepage -@end group - -@group -@@ifinfo -@@node Top, First, (dir), (dir) -@@top Master Menu -@@end ifinfo -@end group - -@group -@@include foo.texinfo -@@include bar.texinfo -@@include concept-index.texinfo -@end group - -@group -@@summarycontents -@@contents - -@@bye -@end group -@end example - -An included file, such as @file{foo.texinfo}, might look like -this:@refill - -@example -@group -@@node First, Second, , Top -@@chapter First Chapter - -Contents of first chapter @dots{} -@end group -@end example - -The full contents of @file{concept-index.texinfo} might be as simple as this: - -@example -@group -@@node Concept Index, , Second, Top -@@unnumbered Concept Index - -@@printindex cp -@end group -@end example - -The outer Texinfo source file for @cite{The GNU Emacs Lisp Reference -Manual} is named @file{elisp.texi}. This outer file contains a master -menu with 417 entries and a list of 41 @code{@@include} -files.@refill - -@node Include Files Evolution, , Sample Include File, Include Files -@comment node-name, next, previous, up -@appendixsec Evolution of Include Files - -When Info was first created, it was customary to create many small -Info files on one subject. Each Info file was formatted from its own -Texinfo source file. This custom meant that Emacs did not need to -make a large buffer to hold the whole of a large Info file when -someone wanted information; instead, Emacs allocated just enough -memory for the small Info file that contained the particular -information sought. This way, Emacs could avoid wasting memory.@refill - -References from one file to another were made by referring to the file -name as well as the node name. (@xref{Other Info Files, , Referring to -Other Info Files}. Also, see @ref{Four and Five Arguments, , -@code{@@xref} with Four and Five Arguments}.)@refill - -Include files were designed primarily as a way to create a single, -large printed manual out of several smaller Info files. In a printed -manual, all the references were within the same document, so @TeX{} -could automatically determine the references' page numbers. The Info -formatting commands used include files only for creating joint -indices; each of the individual Texinfo files had to be formatted for -Info individually. (Each, therefore, required its own -@code{@@setfilename} line.)@refill - -However, because large Info files are now split automatically, it is -no longer necessary to keep them small.@refill - -Nowadays, multiple Texinfo files are used mostly for large documents, -such as @cite{The GNU Emacs Lisp Reference Manual}, and for projects -in which several different people write different sections of a -document simultaneously.@refill - -In addition, the Info formatting commands have been extended to work -with the @code{@@include} command so as to create a single large Info -file that is split into smaller files if necessary. This means that -you can write menus and cross references without naming the different -Texinfo files.@refill - -@node Headings, Catching Mistakes, Include Files, Top -@comment node-name, next, previous, up -@appendix Page Headings -@cindex Headings -@cindex Footings -@cindex Page numbering -@cindex Page headings -@cindex Formatting headings and footings - -Most printed manuals contain headings along the top of every page -except the title and copyright pages. Some manuals also contain -footings. (Headings and footings have no meaning to Info, which is -not paginated.)@refill - -@menu -* Headings Introduced:: Conventions for using page headings. -* Heading Format:: Standard page heading formats. -* Heading Choice:: How to specify the type of page heading. -* Custom Headings:: How to create your own headings and footings. -@end menu - -@node Headings Introduced, Heading Format, Headings, Headings -@ifinfo -@heading Headings Introduced -@end ifinfo - -Texinfo provides standard page heading formats for manuals that are printed -on one side of each sheet of paper and for manuals that are printed on -both sides of the paper. Usually, you will use one or other of these -formats, but you can specify your own format, if you wish.@refill - -In addition, you can specify whether chapters should begin on a new -page, or merely continue the same page as the previous chapter; and if -chapters begin on new pages, you can specify whether they must be -odd-numbered pages.@refill - -By convention, a book is printed on both sides of each sheet of paper. -When you open a book, the right-hand page is odd-numbered, and -chapters begin on right-hand pages---a preceding left-hand page is -left blank if necessary. Reports, however, are often printed on just -one side of paper, and chapters begin on a fresh page immediately -following the end of the preceding chapter. In short or informal -reports, chapters often do not begin on a new page at all, but are -separated from the preceding text by a small amount of whitespace.@refill - -The @code{@@setchapternewpage} command controls whether chapters begin -on new pages, and whether one of the standard heading formats is used. -In addition, Texinfo has several heading and footing commands that you -can use to generate your own heading and footing formats.@refill - -In Texinfo, headings and footings are single lines at the tops and -bottoms of pages; you cannot create multiline headings or footings. -Each header or footer line is divided into three parts: a left part, a -middle part, and a right part. Any part, or a whole line, may be left -blank. Text for the left part of a header or footer line is set -flushleft; text for the middle part is centered; and, text for the -right part is set flushright.@refill - -@node Heading Format, Heading Choice, Headings Introduced, Headings -@comment node-name, next, previous, up -@appendixsec Standard Heading Formats - -Texinfo provides two standard heading formats, one for manuals printed -on one side of each sheet of paper, and the other for manuals printed -on both sides of the paper. - -By default, nothing is specified for the footing of a Texinfo file, -so the footing remains blank.@refill - -The standard format for single-sided printing consists of a header -line in which the left-hand part contains the name of the chapter, the -central part is blank, and the right-hand part contains the page -number.@refill - -@need 950 -A single-sided page looks like this: - -@example -@group - _______________________ - | | - | chapter page number | - | | - | Start of text ... | - | ... | - | | - -@end group -@end example - -The standard format for two-sided printing depends on whether the page -number is even or odd. By convention, even-numbered pages are on the -left- and odd-numbered pages are on the right. (@TeX{} will adjust the -widths of the left- and right-hand margins. Usually, widths are -correct, but during double-sided printing, it is wise to check that -pages will bind properly---sometimes a printer will produce output in -which the even-numbered pages have a larger right-hand margin than the -odd-numbered pages.)@refill - -In the standard double-sided format, the left part of the left-hand -(even-numbered) page contains the page number, the central part is -blank, and the right part contains the title (specified by the -@code{@@settitle} command). The left part of the right-hand -(odd-numbered) page contains the name of the chapter, the central part -is blank, and the right part contains the page number.@refill - -@need 750 -Two pages, side by side as in an open book, look like this:@refill - -@example -@group - _______________________ _______________________ - | | | | - | page number title | | chapter page number | - | | | | - | Start of text ... | | More text ... | - | ... | | ... | - | | | | - -@end group -@end example - -@noindent -The chapter name is preceded by the word @samp{Chapter}, the chapter -number and a colon. This makes it easier to keep track of where you -are in the manual.@refill - -@node Heading Choice, Custom Headings, Heading Format, Headings -@comment node-name, next, previous, up -@appendixsec Specifying the Type of Heading - -@TeX{} does not begin to generate page headings for a standard Texinfo -file until it reaches the @code{@@end titlepage} command. Thus, the -title and copyright pages are not numbered. The @code{@@end -titlepage} command causes @TeX{} to begin to generate page headings -according to a standard format specified by the -@code{@@setchapternewpage} command that precedes the -@code{@@titlepage} section.@refill - -@need 1000 -There are four possibilities:@refill - -@table @asis -@item No @code{@@setchapternewpage} command -Cause @TeX{} to specify the single-sided heading format, with chapters -on new pages. This is the same as @code{@@setchapternewpage on}.@refill - -@item @code{@@setchapternewpage on} -Specify the single-sided heading format, with chapters on new pages.@refill - -@item @code{@@setchapternewpage off} -Cause @TeX{} to start a new chapter on the same page as the last page of -the preceding chapter, after skipping some vertical whitespace. Also -cause @TeX{} to typeset for single-sided printing. (You can override -the headers format with the @code{@@headings double} command; see -@ref{headings on off, , The @code{@@headings} Command}.)@refill - -@item @code{@@setchapternewpage odd} -Specify the double-sided heading format, with chapters on new pages.@refill -@end table - -@noindent -Texinfo lacks an @code{@@setchapternewpage even} command.@refill - -@node Custom Headings, , Heading Choice, Headings -@comment node-name, next, previous, up -@appendixsec How to Make Your Own Headings - -You can use the standard headings provided with Texinfo or specify -your own.@refill - -@c Following paragraph is verbose to prevent overfull hboxes. -Texinfo provides six commands for specifying headings and -footings. The @code{@@everyheading} command and -@code{@@everyfooting} command generate page headers and footers -that are the same for both even- and odd-numbered pages. -The @code{@@evenheading} command and @code{@@evenfooting} -command generate headers and footers for even-numbered -(left-hand) pages; and the @code{@@oddheading} command and -@code{@@oddfooting} command generate headers and footers for -odd-numbered (right-hand) pages.@refill - -Write custom heading specifications in the Texinfo file immediately -after the @code{@@end titlepage} command. Enclose your specifications -between @code{@@iftex} and @code{@@end iftex} commands since the -@code{texinfo-format-buffer} command may not recognize them. Also, -you must cancel the predefined heading commands with the -@code{@@headings off} command before defining your own -specifications.@refill - -@need 1000 -Here is how to tell @TeX{} to place the chapter name at the left, the -page number in the center, and the date at the right of every header -for both even- and odd-numbered pages:@refill - -@example -@group -@@iftex -@@headings off -@@everyheading @@thischapter @@| @@thispage @@| @@today@{@} -@@end iftex -@end group -@end example - -@noindent -You need to divide the left part from the central part and the central -part from the right had part by inserting @samp{@@|} between parts. -Otherwise, the specification command will not be able to tell where -the text for one part ends and the next part begins.@refill - -Each part can contain text or @@-commands. The text -is printed as if the part were within an ordinary paragraph in the -body of the page. The @@-commands replace -themselves with the page number, date, chapter name, or -whatever.@refill - -@need 950 -Here are the six heading and footing commands:@refill - -@findex everyheading -@findex everyfooting -@table @code -@item @@everyheading @var{left} @@| @var{center} @@| @var{right} -@itemx @@everyfooting @var{left} @@| @var{center} @@| @var{right} - -The `every' commands specify the format for both even- and odd-numbered -pages. These commands are for documents that are printed on one side -of each sheet of paper, or for documents in which you want symmetrical -headers or footers.@refill - -@findex evenheading -@findex evenfooting -@findex oddheading -@findex oddfooting -@item @@evenheading @var{left} @@| @var{center} @@| @var{right} -@itemx @@oddheading @var{left} @@| @var{center} @@| @var{right} - -@itemx @@evenfooting @var{left} @@| @var{center} @@| @var{right} -@itemx @@oddfooting @var{left} @@| @var{center} @@| @var{right} - -The `even' and `odd' commands specify the format for even-numbered -pages and odd-numbered pages. These commands are for books and -manuals that are printed on both sides of each sheet of paper.@refill -@end table - -Use the @samp{@@this@dots{}} series of @@-commands to -provide the names of chapters -and sections and the page number. You can use the -@samp{@@this@dots{}} commands in the left, center, or right portions -of headers and footers, or anywhere else in a Texinfo file so long as -they are between @code{@@iftex} and @code{@@end iftex} commands.@refill - -@need 1000 -Here are the @samp{@@this@dots{}} commands:@refill - -@table @code -@findex thispage -@item @@thispage -Expands to the current page number.@refill -@c !!! Karl Berry says that `thissection' fails on page breaks. -@ignore -@item @@thissection -Expands to the name of the current section.@refill -@end ignore - -@findex thischaptername -@item @@thischaptername -Expands to the name of the current chapter.@refill - -@findex thischapter -@item @@thischapter -Expands to the number and name of the current -chapter, in the format `Chapter 1: Title'.@refill - -@findex thistitle -@item @@thistitle -Expands to the name of the document, as specified by the -@code{@@settitle} command.@refill - -@findex thisfile -@item @@thisfile -For @code{@@include} files only: expands to the name of the current -@code{@@include} file. If the current Texinfo source file is not an -@code{@@include} file, this command has no effect. This command does -@emph{not} provide the name of the current Texinfo source file unless -it is an @code{@@include} file. (@xref{Include Files}, for more -information about @code{@@include} files.)@refill -@end table - -@noindent -You can also use the @code{@@today@{@}} command, which expands to the -current date, in `1 Jan 1900' format.@refill -@findex today - -Other @@-commands and text are printed in a header or footer just as -if they were in the body of a page. It is useful to incorporate text, -particularly when you are writing drafts:@refill - -@example -@group -@@iftex -@@headings off -@@everyheading @@emph@{Draft!@} @@| @@thispage @@| @@thischapter -@@everyfooting @@| @@| Version: 0.27: @@today@{@} -@@end iftex -@end group -@end example - -Beware of overlong titles: they may overlap another part of the -header or footer and blot it out.@refill - -@node Catching Mistakes, Refilling Paragraphs, Headings, Top -@comment node-name, next, previous, up -@appendix Formatting Mistakes -@cindex Structure, catching mistakes in -@cindex Nodes, catching mistakes -@cindex Catching mistakes -@cindex Correcting mistakes -@cindex Mistakes, catching -@cindex Problems, catching -@cindex Debugging the Texinfo structure - -Besides mistakes in the content of your documentation, there -are two kinds of mistake you can make with Texinfo: you can make mistakes -with @@-commands, and you can make mistakes with the structure of the -nodes and chapters.@refill - -Emacs has two tools for catching the @@-command mistakes and two for -catching structuring mistakes.@refill - -For finding problems with @@-commands, you can run @TeX{} or a region -formatting command on the region that has a problem; indeed, you can -run these commands on each region as you write it.@refill - -For finding problems with the structure of nodes and chapters, you can use -@kbd{C-c C-s} (@code{texinfo-show-structure}) and the related @code{occur} -command and you can use the @kbd{M-x Info-validate} command.@refill - -@menu -* makeinfo preferred:: @code{makeinfo} finds errors. -* Debugging with Info:: How to catch errors with Info formatting. -* Debugging with TeX:: How to catch errors with @TeX{} formatting. -* Using texinfo-show-structure:: How to use @code{texinfo-show-structure}. -* Using occur:: How to list all lines containing a pattern. -* Running Info-Validate:: How to find badly referenced nodes. -@end menu - -@node makeinfo preferred, Debugging with Info, Catching Mistakes, Catching Mistakes -@ifinfo -@heading @code{makeinfo} Find Errors -@end ifinfo - -The @code{makeinfo} program does an excellent job of catching errors -and reporting them---far better than @code{texinfo-format-region} or -@code{texinfo-format-buffer}. In addition, the various functions for -automatically creating and updating node pointers and menus remove -many opportunities for human error.@refill - -If you can, use the updating commands to create and insert pointers -and menus. These prevent many errors. Then use @code{makeinfo} (or -its Texinfo mode manifestations, @code{makeinfo-region} and -@code{makeinfo-buffer}) to format your file and check for other -errors. This is the best way to work with Texinfo. But if you -cannot use @code{makeinfo}, or your problem is very puzzling, then you -may want to use the tools described in this appendix.@refill - -@node Debugging with Info, Debugging with TeX, makeinfo preferred, Catching Mistakes -@comment node-name, next, previous, up -@appendixsec Catching Errors with Info Formatting -@cindex Catching errors with Info formatting -@cindex Debugging with Info formatting - -After you have written part of a Texinfo file, you can use the -@code{texinfo-format-region} or the @code{makeinfo-region} command to -see whether the region formats properly.@refill - -Most likely, however, you are reading this section because for some -reason you cannot use the @code{makeinfo-region} command; therefore, the -rest of this section presumes that you are using -@code{texinfo-format-region}.@refill - -If you have made a mistake with an @@-command, -@code{texinfo-format-region} will stop processing at or after the -error and display an error message. To see where in the buffer the -error occurred, switch to the @samp{*Info Region*} buffer; the cursor -will be in a position that is after the location of the error. Also, -the text will not be formatted after the place where the error -occurred (or more precisely, where it was detected).@refill - -For example, if you accidentally end a menu with the command @code{@@end -menus} with an `s' on the end, instead of with @code{@@end menu}, you -will see an error message that says:@refill - -@example -@@end menus is not handled by texinfo -@end example - -@noindent -The cursor will stop at the point in the buffer where the error -occurs, or not long after it. The buffer will look like this:@refill - -@example -@group ----------- Buffer: *Info Region* ---------- -* Menu: - -* Using texinfo-show-structure:: How to use - `texinfo-show-structure' - to catch mistakes. -* Running Info-Validate:: How to check for - unreferenced nodes. -@@end menus -@point{} ----------- Buffer: *Info Region* ---------- -@end group -@end example - -The @code{texinfo-format-region} command sometimes provides slightly -odd error messages. For example, the following cross reference fails to format:@refill - -@example -(@@xref@{Catching Mistakes, for more info.) -@end example - -@noindent -In this case, @code{texinfo-format-region} detects the missing closing -brace but displays a message that says @samp{Unbalanced parentheses} -rather than @samp{Unbalanced braces}. This is because the formatting -command looks for mismatches between braces as if they were -parentheses.@refill - -Sometimes @code{texinfo-format-region} fails to detect mistakes. For -example, in the following, the closing brace is swapped with the -closing parenthesis:@refill - -@example -(@@xref@{Catching Mistakes), for more info.@} -@end example - -@noindent -Formatting produces: -@example -(*Note for more info.: Catching Mistakes) -@end example - -The only way for you to detect this error is to realize that the -reference should have looked like this:@refill - -@example -(*Note Catching Mistakes::, for more info.) -@end example - -Incidentally, if you are reading this node in Info and type @kbd{f -@key{RET}} (@code{Info-follow-reference}), you will generate an error -message that says: - -@example -No such node: "Catching Mistakes) The only way @dots{} -@end example - -@noindent -This is because Info perceives the example of the error as the first -cross reference in this node and if you type a @key{RET} immediately -after typing the Info @kbd{f} command, Info will attempt to go to the -referenced node. If you type @kbd{f catch @key{TAB} @key{RET}}, Info -will complete the node name of the correctly written example and take -you to the `Catching Mistakes' node. (If you try this, you can return -from the `Catching Mistakes' node by typing @kbd{l} -(@code{Info-last}).) - -@c !!! section on using Elisp debugger ignored. -@ignore -Sometimes @code{texinfo-format-region} will stop long after the -original error; this is because it does not discover the problem until -then. In this case, you will need to backtrack.@refill - -@c menu -@c * Using the Emacs Lisp Debugger:: How to use the Emacs Lisp debugger. -@c end menu - -@c node Using the Emacs Lisp Debugger -@c appendixsubsec Using the Emacs Lisp Debugger -@c index Using the Emacs Lisp debugger -@c index Emacs Lisp debugger -@c index Debugger, using the Emacs Lisp - -If an error is especially elusive, you can turn on the Emacs Lisp -debugger and look at the backtrace; this tells you where in the -@code{texinfo-format-region} function the problem occurred. You can -turn on the debugger with the command:@refill - -@example -M-x set-variable @key{RET} debug-on-error @key{RET} t @key{RET} -@end example - -@noindent -and turn it off with - -@example -M-x set-variable @key{RET} debug-on-error @key{RET} nil @key{RET} -@end example - -Often, when you are using the debugger, it is easier to follow what is -going on if you use the Emacs Lisp files that are not byte-compiled. -The byte-compiled sources send octal numbers to the debugger that may -look mysterious. To use the uncompiled source files, load -@file{texinfmt.el} and @file{texinfo.el} with the @kbd{M-x load-file} -command.@refill - -The debugger will not catch an error if @code{texinfo-format-region} -does not detect one. In the example shown above, -@code{texinfo-format-region} did not find the error when the whole -list was formatted, but only when part of the list was formatted. -When @code{texinfo-format-region} did not find an error, the debugger -did not find one either. @refill - -However, when @code{texinfo-format-region} did report an error, it -invoked the debugger. This is the backtrace it produced:@refill - -@example ----------- Buffer: *Backtrace* ---------- -Signalling: (search-failed "[@},]") - re-search-forward("[@},]") - (while ...) - (let ...) - texinfo-format-parse-args() - (let ...) - texinfo-format-xref() - funcall(texinfo-format-xref) - (if ...) - (let ...) - (if ...) - (while ...) - texinfo-format-scan() - (save-excursion ...) - (let ...) - texinfo-format-region(103370 103631) -* call-interactively(texinfo-format-region) ----------- Buffer: *Backtrace* ---------- -@end example - -The backtrace is read from the bottom up. -@code{texinfo-format-region} was called interactively; and it, in -turn, called various functions, including @code{texinfo-format-scan}, -@code{texinfo-format-xref} and @code{texinfo-format-parse-args}. -Inside the function @code{texinfo-format-parse-args}, the function -@code{re-search-forward} was called; it was this function that could -not find the missing right-hand brace.@refill - -@xref{Lisp Debug, , Debugging Emacs Lisp, emacs, The GNU Emacs -Manual}, for more information.@refill -@end ignore - -@node Debugging with TeX, Using texinfo-show-structure, Debugging with Info, Catching Mistakes -@comment node-name, next, previous, up -@appendixsec Catching Errors with @TeX{} Formatting -@cindex Catching errors with @TeX{} formatting -@cindex Debugging with @TeX{} formatting - -You can also catch mistakes when you format a file with @TeX{}.@refill - -Usually, you will want to do this after you have run -@code{texinfo-format-buffer} (or, better, @code{makeinfo-buffer}) on -the same file, because @code{texinfo-format-buffer} sometimes displays -error messages that make more sense than @TeX{}. (@xref{Debugging -with Info}, for more information.)@refill - -For example, @TeX{} was run on a Texinfo file, part of which is shown -here:@refill - -@example ----------- Buffer: texinfo.texi ---------- -name of the Texinfo file as an extension. The -@@samp@{??@} are `wildcards' that cause the shell to -substitute all the raw index files. (@@xref@{sorting -indices, for more information about sorting -indices.)@@refill ----------- Buffer: texinfo.texi ---------- -@end example - -@noindent -(The cross reference lacks a closing brace.) -@TeX{} produced the following output, after which it stopped:@refill - -@example ----------- Buffer: *tex-shell* ---------- -Runaway argument? -@{sorting indices, for more information about sorting -indices.) @@refill @@ETC. -! Paragraph ended before @@xref was complete. -<to be read again> - @@par -l.27 - -? ----------- Buffer: *tex-shell* ---------- -@end example - -In this case, @TeX{} produced an accurate and -understandable error message: - -@example -Paragraph ended before @@xref was complete. -@end example - -@noindent -@samp{@@par} is an internal @TeX{} command of no relevance to Texinfo. -@samp{l.27} means that @TeX{} detected the problem on line 27 of the -Texinfo file. The @samp{?} is the prompt @TeX{} uses in this -circumstance.@refill - -Unfortunately, @TeX{} is not always so helpful, and sometimes you must -truly be a Sherlock Holmes to discover what went wrong.@refill - -In any case, if you run into a problem like this, you can do one of three -things.@refill - -@enumerate -@item -You can tell @TeX{} to continue running and ignore just this error by -typing @key{RET} at the @samp{?} prompt.@refill - -@item -You can tell @TeX{} to continue running and to ignore all errors as best -it can by typing @kbd{r @key{RET}} at the @samp{?} prompt.@refill - -This is often the best thing to do. However, beware: the one error -may produce a cascade of additional error messages as its consequences -are felt through the rest of the file. (To stop @TeX{} when it is -producing such an avalanche of error messages, type @kbd{C-d} (or -@kbd{C-c C-d}, if you are running a shell inside Emacs.))@refill - -@item -You can tell @TeX{} to stop this run by typing @kbd{x @key{RET}} -at the @samp{?} prompt.@refill -@end enumerate - -Please note that if you are running @TeX{} inside Emacs, you need to -switch to the shell buffer and line at which @TeX{} offers the @samp{?} -prompt.@refill - -Sometimes @TeX{} will format a file without producing error messages even -though there is a problem. This usually occurs if a command is not ended -but @TeX{} is able to continue processing anyhow. For example, if you fail -to end an itemized list with the @code{@@end itemize} command, @TeX{} will -write a @sc{dvi} file that you can print out. The only error message that -@TeX{} will give you is the somewhat mysterious comment that@refill - -@example -(@@end occurred inside a group at level 1) -@end example - -@noindent -However, if you print the @sc{dvi} file, you will find that the text -of the file that follows the itemized list is entirely indented as if -it were part of the last item in the itemized list. The error message -is the way @TeX{} says that it expected to find an @code{@@end} -command somewhere in the file; but that it could not determine where -it was needed.@refill - -Another source of notoriously hard-to-find errors is a missing -@code{@@end group} command. If you ever are stumped by -incomprehensible errors, look for a missing @code{@@end group} command -first.@refill - -If the Texinfo file lacks header lines, -@TeX{} may stop in the -beginning of its run and display output that looks like the following. -The @samp{*} indicates that @TeX{} is waiting for input.@refill - -@example -This is TeX, Version 3.14159 (Web2c 7.0) -(test.texinfo [1]) -* -@end example - -@noindent -In this case, simply type @kbd{\end @key{RET}} after the asterisk. Then -write the header lines in the Texinfo file and run the @TeX{} command -again. (Note the use of the backslash, @samp{\}. @TeX{} uses @samp{\} -instead of @samp{@@}; and in this circumstance, you are working -directly with @TeX{}, not with Texinfo.)@refill - -@node Using texinfo-show-structure, Using occur, Debugging with TeX, Catching Mistakes -@comment node-name, next, previous, up -@appendixsec Using @code{texinfo-show-structure} -@cindex Showing the structure of a file -@findex texinfo-show-structure - -It is not always easy to keep track of the nodes, chapters, sections, and -subsections of a Texinfo file. This is especially true if you are revising -or adding to a Texinfo file that someone else has written.@refill - -In GNU Emacs, in Texinfo mode, the @code{texinfo-show-structure} -command lists all the lines that begin with the @@-commands that -specify the structure: @code{@@chapter}, @code{@@section}, -@code{@@appendix}, and so on. With an argument (@w{@kbd{C-u}} -as prefix argument, if interactive), -the command also shows the @code{@@node} lines. The -@code{texinfo-show-structure} command is bound to @kbd{C-c C-s} in -Texinfo mode, by default.@refill - -The lines are displayed in a buffer called the @samp{*Occur*} buffer, -indented by hierarchical level. For example, here is a part of what was -produced by running @code{texinfo-show-structure} on this manual:@refill - -@example -@group - Lines matching "^@@\\(chapter \\|sect\\|subs\\|subh\\| - unnum\\|major\\|chapheading \\|heading \\|appendix\\)" - in buffer texinfo.texi. - @dots{} - 4177:@@chapter Nodes - 4198: @@heading Two Paths - 4231: @@section Node and Menu Illustration - 4337: @@section The @@code@{@@@@node@} Command - 4393: @@subheading Choosing Node and Pointer Names - 4417: @@subsection How to Write an @@code@{@@@@node@} Line - 4469: @@subsection @@code@{@@@@node@} Line Tips - @dots{} -@end group -@end example - -This says that lines 4337, 4393, and 4417 of @file{texinfo.texi} begin -with the @code{@@section}, @code{@@subheading}, and @code{@@subsection} -commands respectively. If you move your cursor into the @samp{*Occur*} -window, you can position the cursor over one of the lines and use the -@kbd{C-c C-c} command (@code{occur-mode-goto-occurrence}), to jump to -the corresponding spot in the Texinfo file. @xref{Other Repeating -Search, , Using Occur, emacs, The GNU Emacs Manual}, for more -information about @code{occur-mode-goto-occurrence}.@refill - -The first line in the @samp{*Occur*} window describes the @dfn{regular -expression} specified by @var{texinfo-heading-pattern}. This regular -expression is the pattern that @code{texinfo-show-structure} looks for. -@xref{Regexps, , Using Regular Expressions, emacs, The GNU Emacs Manual}, -for more information.@refill - -When you invoke the @code{texinfo-show-structure} command, Emacs will -display the structure of the whole buffer. If you want to see the -structure of just a part of the buffer, of one chapter, for example, -use the @kbd{C-x n n} (@code{narrow-to-region}) command to mark the -region. (@xref{Narrowing, , , emacs, The GNU Emacs Manual}.) This is -how the example used above was generated. (To see the whole buffer -again, use @kbd{C-x n w} (@code{widen}).)@refill - -If you call @code{texinfo-show-structure} with a prefix argument by -typing @w{@kbd{C-u C-c C-s}}, it will list lines beginning with -@code{@@node} as well as the lines beginning with the @@-sign commands -for @code{@@chapter}, @code{@@section}, and the like.@refill - -You can remind yourself of the structure of a Texinfo file by looking at -the list in the @samp{*Occur*} window; and if you have mis-named a node -or left out a section, you can correct the mistake.@refill - -@node Using occur, Running Info-Validate, Using texinfo-show-structure, Catching Mistakes -@comment node-name, next, previous, up -@appendixsec Using @code{occur} -@cindex Occurrences, listing with @code{@@occur} -@findex occur - -Sometimes the @code{texinfo-show-structure} command produces too much -information. Perhaps you want to remind yourself of the overall structure -of a Texinfo file, and are overwhelmed by the detailed list produced by -@code{texinfo-show-structure}. In this case, you can use the @code{occur} -command directly. To do this, type@refill - -@example -@kbd{M-x occur} -@end example - -@noindent -and then, when prompted, type a @dfn{regexp}, a regular expression for -the pattern you want to match. (@xref{Regexps, , Regular Expressions, -emacs, The GNU Emacs Manual}.) The @code{occur} command works from -the current location of the cursor in the buffer to the end of the -buffer. If you want to run @code{occur} on the whole buffer, place -the cursor at the beginning of the buffer.@refill - -For example, to see all the lines that contain the word -@samp{@@chapter} in them, just type @samp{@@chapter}. This will -produce a list of the chapters. It will also list all the sentences -with @samp{@@chapter} in the middle of the line.@refill - -If you want to see only those lines that start with the word -@samp{@@chapter}, type @samp{^@@chapter} when prompted by -@code{occur}. If you want to see all the lines that end with a word -or phrase, end the last word with a @samp{$}; for example, -@samp{catching mistakes$}. This can be helpful when you want to see -all the nodes that are part of the same chapter or section and -therefore have the same `Up' pointer.@refill - -@xref{Other Repeating Search, , Using Occur, emacs , The GNU Emacs Manual}, -for more information.@refill - -@node Running Info-Validate, , Using occur, Catching Mistakes -@comment node-name, next, previous, up -@appendixsec Finding Badly Referenced Nodes -@findex Info-validate -@cindex Nodes, checking for badly referenced -@cindex Checking for badly referenced nodes -@cindex Looking for badly referenced nodes -@cindex Finding badly referenced nodes -@cindex Badly referenced nodes - -You can use the @code{Info-validate} command to check whether any of -the `Next', `Previous', `Up' or other node pointers fail to point to a -node. This command checks that every node pointer points to an -existing node. The @code{Info-validate} command works only on Info -files, not on Texinfo files.@refill - -The @code{makeinfo} program validates pointers automatically, so you -do not need to use the @code{Info-validate} command if you are using -@code{makeinfo}. You only may need to use @code{Info-validate} if you -are unable to run @code{makeinfo} and instead must create an Info file -using @code{texinfo-format-region} or @code{texinfo-format-buffer}, or -if you write an Info file from scratch.@refill - -@menu -* Using Info-validate:: How to run @code{Info-validate}. -* Unsplit:: How to create an unsplit file. -* Tagifying:: How to tagify a file. -* Splitting:: How to split a file manually. -@end menu - -@node Using Info-validate, Unsplit, Running Info-Validate, Running Info-Validate -@appendixsubsec Running @code{Info-validate} -@cindex Running @code{Info-validate} -@cindex Info validating a large file -@cindex Validating a large file - -To use @code{Info-validate}, visit the Info file you wish to check and -type:@refill - -@example -M-x Info-validate -@end example - -@noindent -(Note that the @code{Info-validate} command requires an upper case -`I'. You may also need to create a tag table before running -@code{Info-validate}. @xref{Tagifying}.)@refill - -If your file is valid, you will receive a message that says ``File appears -valid''. However, if you have a pointer that does not point to a node, -error messages will be displayed in a buffer called @samp{*problems in -info file*}.@refill - -For example, @code{Info-validate} was run on a test file that contained -only the first node of this manual. One of the messages said:@refill - -@example -In node "Overview", invalid Next: Texinfo Mode -@end example - -@noindent -This meant that the node called @samp{Overview} had a `Next' pointer that -did not point to anything (which was true in this case, since the test file -had only one node in it).@refill - -Now suppose we add a node named @samp{Texinfo Mode} to our test case -but we do not specify a `Previous' for this node. Then we will get -the following error message:@refill - -@example -In node "Texinfo Mode", should have Previous: Overview -@end example - -@noindent -This is because every `Next' pointer should be matched by a -`Previous' (in the node where the `Next' points) which points back.@refill - -@code{Info-validate} also checks that all menu entries and cross references -point to actual nodes.@refill - -Note that @code{Info-validate} requires a tag table and does not work -with files that have been split. (The @code{texinfo-format-buffer} -command automatically splits large files.) In order to use -@code{Info-validate} on a large file, you must run -@code{texinfo-format-buffer} with an argument so that it does not split -the Info file; and you must create a tag table for the unsplit -file.@refill - -@node Unsplit, Tagifying, Using Info-validate, Running Info-Validate -@comment node-name, next, previous, up -@appendixsubsec Creating an Unsplit File -@cindex Creating an unsplit file -@cindex Unsplit file creation - -You can run @code{Info-validate} only on a single Info file that has a -tag table. The command will not work on the indirect subfiles that -are generated when a master file is split. If you have a large file -(longer than 70,000 bytes or so), you need to run the -@code{texinfo-format-buffer} or @code{makeinfo-buffer} command in such -a way that it does not create indirect subfiles. You will also need -to create a tag table for the Info file. After you have done this, -you can run @code{Info-validate} and look for badly referenced -nodes.@refill - -The first step is to create an unsplit Info file. To prevent -@code{texinfo-format-buffer} from splitting a Texinfo file into -smaller Info files, give a prefix to the @kbd{M-x -texinfo-format-buffer} command:@refill - -@example -C-u M-x texinfo-format-buffer -@end example - -@noindent -or else - -@example -C-u C-c C-e C-b -@end example - -@noindent -When you do this, Texinfo will not split the file and will not create -a tag table for it. @refill -@cindex Making a tag table manually -@cindex Tag table, making manually - -@node Tagifying, Splitting, Unsplit, Running Info-Validate -@appendixsubsec Tagifying a File - -After creating an unsplit Info file, you must create a tag table for -it. Visit the Info file you wish to tagify and type:@refill - -@example -M-x Info-tagify -@end example - -@noindent -(Note the upper case @samp{I} in @code{Info-tagify}.) This creates an -Info file with a tag table that you can validate.@refill - -The third step is to validate the Info file:@refill - -@example -M-x Info-validate -@end example - -@noindent -(Note the upper case @samp{I} in @code{Info-validate}.) -In brief, the steps are:@refill - -@example -@group -C-u M-x texinfo-format-buffer -M-x Info-tagify -M-x Info-validate -@end group -@end example - -After you have validated the node structure, you can rerun -@code{texinfo-format-buffer} in the normal way so it will construct a -tag table and split the file automatically, or you can make the tag -table and split the file manually.@refill - -@node Splitting, , Tagifying, Running Info-Validate -@comment node-name, next, previous, up -@appendixsubsec Splitting a File Manually -@cindex Splitting an Info file manually -@cindex Info file, splitting manually - -You should split a large file or else let the -@code{texinfo-format-buffer} or @code{makeinfo-buffer} command do it -for you automatically. (Generally you will let one of the formatting -commands do this job for you. @xref{Create an Info File}.)@refill - -The split-off files are called the indirect subfiles.@refill - -Info files are split to save memory. With smaller files, Emacs does not -have make such a large buffer to hold the information.@refill - -If an Info file has more than 30 nodes, you should also make a tag -table for it. @xref{Using Info-validate}, for information -about creating a tag table. (Again, tag tables are usually created -automatically by the formatting command; you only need to create a tag -table yourself if you are doing the job manually. Most likely, you -will do this for a large, unsplit file on which you have run -@code{Info-validate}.)@refill - -@c Info-split is autoloaded in `loaddefs.el' in Emacs 18.51 -@ignore -Before running @code{Info-split}, you need to load the @code{info} library -into Emacs by giving the command @kbd{M-x load-library @key{RET} info -@key{RET}}. -@end ignore - -Visit the Info file you wish to tagify and split and type the two -commands:@refill - -@example -M-x Info-tagify -M-x Info-split -@end example - -@noindent -(Note that the @samp{I} in @samp{Info} is upper case.)@refill - -When you use the @code{Info-split} command, the buffer is modified into a -(small) Info file which lists the indirect subfiles. This file should be -saved in place of the original visited file. The indirect subfiles are -written in the same directory the original file is in, with names generated -by appending @samp{-} and a number to the original file name.@refill - -The primary file still functions as an Info file, but it contains just -the tag table and a directory of subfiles.@refill - -@node Refilling Paragraphs, Command Syntax, Catching Mistakes, Top -@comment node-name, next, previous, up -@appendix Refilling Paragraphs -@cindex Refilling paragraphs -@cindex Filling paragraphs -@findex refill - -The @code{@@refill} command refills and, optionally, indents the first -line of a paragraph.@footnote{Perhaps the command should have been -called the @code{@@refillandindent} command, but @code{@@refill} is -shorter and the name was chosen before indenting was possible.} The -@code{@@refill} command is no longer important, but we describe it here -because you once needed it. You will see it in many old Texinfo -files.@refill - -Without refilling, paragraphs containing long @@-constructs may look -bad after formatting because the formatter removes @@-commands and -shortens some lines more than others. In the past, neither the -@code{texinfo-format-region} command nor the -@code{texinfo-format-buffer} command refilled paragraphs -automatically. The @code{@@refill} command had to be written at the -end of every paragraph to cause these formatters to fill them. (Both -@TeX{} and @code{makeinfo} have always refilled paragraphs -automatically.) Now, all the Info formatters automatically fill and -indent those paragraphs that need to be filled and indented.@refill - -The @code{@@refill} command causes @code{texinfo-format-region} and -@code{texinfo-format-buffer} to refill a paragraph in the Info file -@emph{after} all the other processing has been done. For this reason, -you can not use @code{@@refill} with a paragraph containing either -@code{@@*} or @code{@@w@{ @dots{} @}} since the refilling action will -override those two commands.@refill - -The @code{texinfo-format-region} and @code{texinfo-format-buffer} -commands now automatically append @code{@@refill} to the end of each -paragraph that should be filled. They do not append @code{@@refill} to -the ends of paragraphs that contain @code{@@*} or @w{@code{@@w@{ @dots{}@}}} -and therefore do not refill or indent them.@refill - -@node Command Syntax, Obtaining TeX, Refilling Paragraphs, Top -@comment node-name, next, previous, up -@appendix @@-Command Syntax -@cindex @@-command syntax - -The character @samp{@@} is used to start special Texinfo commands. -(It has the same meaning that @samp{\} has in plain @TeX{}.) Texinfo -has four types of @@-command:@refill - -@table @asis -@item 1. Non-alphabetic commands. -These commands consist of an @@ followed by a punctuation mark or other -character that is not part of the alphabet. Non-alphabetic commands -are almost always part of the text within a paragraph, and never take -any argument. The two characters (@@ and the other one) are complete -in themselves; none is followed by braces. The non-alphabetic -commands are: @code{@@.}, @code{@@:}, @code{@@*}, @code{@@@@}, -@code{@@@{}, and @code{@@@}}.@refill - -@item 2. Alphabetic commands that do not require arguments. -These commands start with @@ followed by a word followed by left- and -right-hand braces. These commands insert special symbols in the -document; they do not require arguments. For example, -@code{@@dots@{@}} @result{} @samp{@dots{}}, @code{@@equiv@{@}} -@result{} @samp{@equiv{}}, @code{@@TeX@{@}} @result{} `@TeX{}', -and @code{@@bullet@{@}} @result{} @samp{@bullet{}}.@refill - -@item 3. Alphabetic commands that require arguments within braces. -These commands start with @@ followed by a letter or a word, followed by an -argument within braces. For example, the command @code{@@dfn} indicates -the introductory or defining use of a term; it is used as follows: @samp{In -Texinfo, @@@@-commands are @@dfn@{mark-up@} commands.}@refill - -@item 4. Alphabetic commands that occupy an entire line. -These commands occupy an entire line. The line starts with @@, -followed by the name of the command (a word); for example, @code{@@center} -or @code{@@cindex}. If no argument is needed, the word is followed by -the end of the line. If there is an argument, it is separated from -the command name by a space. Braces are not used.@refill -@end table - -@cindex Braces and argument syntax -Thus, the alphabetic commands fall into classes that have -different argument syntaxes. You cannot tell to which class a command -belongs by the appearance of its name, but you can tell by the -command's meaning: if the command stands for a glyph, it is in -class 2 and does not require an argument; if it makes sense to use the -command together with other text as part of a paragraph, the command -is in class 3 and must be followed by an argument in braces; -otherwise, it is in class 4 and uses the rest of the line as its -argument.@refill - -The purpose of having a different syntax for commands of classes 3 and -4 is to make Texinfo files easier to read, and also to help the GNU -Emacs paragraph and filling commands work properly. There is only one -exception to this rule: the command @code{@@refill}, which is always -used at the end of a paragraph immediately following the final period -or other punctuation character. @code{@@refill} takes no argument and -does @emph{not} require braces. @code{@@refill} never confuses the -Emacs paragraph commands because it cannot appear at the beginning of -a line.@refill - -@node Obtaining TeX, New Features, Command Syntax, Top -@appendix How to Obtain @TeX{} -@cindex Obtaining @TeX{} -@cindex @TeX{}, how to obtain - -@c !!! Here is information about obtaining TeX. Update it whenever. -@c !!! Also consider updating TeX.README on prep. -@c Updated by RJC on 1 March 1995, conversation with MacKay. -@c Updated by kb@cs.umb.edu on 29 July 1996. -@TeX{} is freely redistributable. You can obtain @TeX{} for Unix -systems via anonymous ftp or on tape or CD-ROM. The core material -consists of Karl Berry's Web2c @TeX{} distribution. - -On-line retrieval instructions are available from either: -@example -@url{ftp://ftp.tug.org/tex/unixtex.ftp} -@url{http://www.tug.org/unixtex.ftp} -@end example - -The Free Software Foundation provides a core distribution on its Source -Code CD-ROM suitable for printing Texinfo manuals; the University of -Washington maintains and supports a tape distribution; the @TeX{} Users -Group co-sponsors a complete CD-ROM @TeX{} distribution. - -For the FSF Source Code CD-ROM, please contact: - -@iftex -@display -@group -Free Software Foundation, Inc. -59 Temple Place Suite 330 -Boston, MA w{ } 02111-1307 -USA - -Telephone: @w{@t{+}1--617--542--5942} -Fax: (including Japan) @w{@t{+}1--617--542--2652} -Free Dial Fax (in Japan): -@w{ } @w{ } @w{ } 0031--13--2473 (KDD) -@w{ } @w{ } @w{ } 0066--3382--0158 (IDC) -Electronic mail: @code{gnu@@prep.ai.mit.edu} -@end group -@end display -@end iftex -@ifinfo -@display -@group -Free Software Foundation, Inc. -59 Temple Place Suite 330 -Boston, MA @w{ } 02111-1307 -USA - -Telephone: @w{@t{+}1-617-542-5942} -Fax: (including Japan) @w{@t{+}1-617-542-2652} -Free Dial Fax (in Japan): -@w{ } @w{ } @w{ } 0031-13-2473 (KDD) -@w{ } @w{ } @w{ } 0066-3382-0158 (IDC) -Electronic mail: @code{gnu@@prep.ai.mit.edu} -@end group -@end display -@end ifinfo - -To order a full distribution on CD-ROM, please see: -@display -@url{http://www.tug.org/tex-live.html} -@end display - -@noindent -(The distribution is also available by FTP; see the URL's above.) - -To order a full distribution from the University of Washington on either a -1/4@dmn{in} 4-track QIC-24 cartridge or a 4@dmn{mm} DAT cartridge, send -$210 to: - -@display -@group -Pierre A. MacKay -Denny Hall, Mail Stop DH-10 -University of Washington -Seattle, WA @w{ } 98195 -USA - -Telephone: @t{+}1--206--543--2268 -Electronic mail: @code{mackay@@cs.washington.edu} -@end group -@end display - -Please make checks payable to the University of Washington. -Checks must be in U.S.@: dollars, drawn on a U.S.@: bank. - -Prepaid orders are the only orders that can now be handled. Overseas -sites: please add to the base cost, if desired, $20.00 for shipment -via air parcel post, or $30.00 for shipment via courier. - -Please check with the above for current prices and formats. - - -@node New Features, Command and Variable Index, Obtaining TeX, Top -@appendix Second Edition Features - -@tex -% Widen the space for the first column so three control-character -% strings fit in the first column. Switched back to default .8in -% value at end of chapter. -\global\tableindent=1.0in -@end tex - -The second edition of the Texinfo manual describes more than 20 new -Texinfo mode commands and more than 50 previously undocumented Texinfo -@@-commands. This edition is more than twice the length of the first -edition.@refill - -Here is a brief description of the new commands.@refill - -@menu -* New Texinfo Mode Commands:: The updating commands are especially useful. -* New Commands:: Many newly described @@-commands. -@end menu - -@node New Texinfo Mode Commands, New Commands, New Features, New Features -@appendixsec New Texinfo Mode Commands - -Texinfo mode provides commands and features especially designed for -working with Texinfo files. More than 20 new commands have been -added, including commands for automatically creating and updating -both nodes and menus. This is a tedious task when done by hand.@refill - -The keybindings are intended to be somewhat mnemonic.@refill - -@subheading Update all nodes and menus - -The @code{texinfo-master-menu} command is the primary command: - -@table @kbd -@item C-c C-u m -@itemx M-x texinfo-master-menu -Create or update a master menu. -With @kbd{C-u} as a prefix argument, -first create or update all nodes -and regular menus. -@end table - -@subheading Update Pointers - -@noindent -Create or update `Next', `Previous', and `Up' node pointers.@refill - -@noindent -@xref{Updating Nodes and Menus}. - -@table @kbd -@item C-c C-u C-n -@itemx M-x texinfo-update-node -Update a node. - -@item C-c C-u C-e -@itemx M-x texinfo-every-node-update -Update every node in the buffer. -@end table - -@subheading Update Menus - -@noindent -Create or update menus.@refill - -@noindent -@xref{Updating Nodes and Menus}. - -@table @kbd -@item C-c C-u C-m -@itemx M-x texinfo-make-menu -Make or update a menu. - -@item C-c C-u C-a -@itemx M-x texinfo-all-menus-update -Make or update all the menus in a buffer. -With @kbd{C-u} as a prefix argument, -first update all the nodes. -@end table - -@subheading Insert Title as Description - -@noindent -Insert a node's chapter or section title in the space for the -description in a menu entry line; position point so you can edit the -insert. (This command works somewhat differently than the other -insertion commands, which insert only a predefined string.)@refill - -@noindent -@xref{Inserting, Inserting Frequently Used Commands}. - -@table @kbd -@item C-c C-c C-d -Insert title. -@end table - -@subheading Format for Info - -@noindent -Provide keybindings both for the Info formatting commands that are -written in Emacs Lisp and for @code{makeinfo} that is written in -C.@refill - -@noindent -@xref{Info Formatting}. - -@noindent -Use the Emacs lisp @code{texinfo-format@dots{}} commands: - -@table @kbd -@item C-c C-e C-r -Format the region. - -@item C-c C-e C-b -Format the buffer. -@end table - -@noindent -Use @code{makeinfo}: - -@table @kbd -@item C-c C-m C-r -Format the region. - -@item C-c C-m C-b -Format the buffer. - -@item C-c C-m C-l -Recenter the @code{makeinfo} output buffer. - -@item C-c C-m C-k -Kill the @code{makeinfo} formatting job. -@end table - -@subheading Typeset and Print - -@noindent -Typeset and print Texinfo documents from within Emacs.@refill - -@ifinfo -@noindent -@xref{Printing}. -@end ifinfo -@iftex -@noindent -@xref{Printing, , Formatting and Printing}. -@end iftex - -@table @kbd -@item C-c C-t C-b -Run @code{texi2dvi} on the buffer. - -@item C-c C-t C-r -Run @TeX{} on the region. - -@item C-c C-t C-i -Run @code{texindex}. - -@item C-c C-t C-p -Print the @sc{dvi} file. - -@item C-c C-t C-q -Show the print queue. - -@item C-c C-t C-d -Delete a job from the print queue. - -@item C-c C-t C-k -Kill the current @TeX{} formatting job. - -@item C-c C-t C-x -Quit a currently stopped @TeX{} formatting job. - -@item C-c C-t C-l -Recenter the output buffer. -@end table - -@subheading Other Updating Commands - -@noindent -The ``other updating commands'' do not have standard keybindings because -they are used less frequently.@refill - -@noindent -@xref{Other Updating Commands}. - -@table @kbd -@item M-x texinfo-insert-node-lines -Insert missing @code{@@node} lines using -section titles as node names. - -@item M-x texinfo-multiple-files-update -Update a multi-file document. -With a numeric prefix, such as @kbd{C-u 8}, -update @strong{every} pointer and -menu in @strong{all} the files and -then insert a master menu. - -@item M-x texinfo-indent-menu-description -Indent descriptions in menus. - -@item M-x texinfo-sequential-node-update -Insert node pointers in strict sequence. -@end table - -@node New Commands, , New Texinfo Mode Commands, New Features -@appendixsec New Texinfo @@-Commands - -The second edition of the Texinfo manual describes more than 50 -commands that were not described in the first edition. A third or so -of these commands existed in Texinfo but were not documented in the -manual; the others are new. Here is a listing, with brief -descriptions of them:@refill - -@subheading Indexing - -@noindent -Create your own index, and merge indices.@refill - -@noindent -@xref{Indices}. - -@table @kbd -@item @@defindex @var{index-name} -Define a new index and its indexing command. -See also the @code{@@defcodeindex} command. - -@c written verbosely to avoid overfull hbox -@item @@synindex @var{from-index} @var{into-index} -Merge the @var{from-index} index into the @var{into-index} index. -See also the @code{@@syncodeindex} command. -@end table - -@subheading Definitions - -@noindent -Describe functions, variables, macros, -commands, user options, special forms, and other such artifacts in a -uniform format.@refill - -@noindent -@xref{Definition Commands}. - -@table @kbd -@item @@deffn @var{category} @var{name} @var{arguments}@dots{} -Format a description for functions, interactive -commands, and similar entities. - -@item @@defvr, @@defop, @dots{} -15 other related commands. -@end table - -@subheading Glyphs - -@noindent -Indicate the results of evaluation, expansion, -printed output, an error message, equivalence of expressions, and the -location of point.@refill - -@noindent -@xref{Glyphs}. - -@table @kbd -@item @@equiv@{@} -@itemx @equiv{} -Equivalence: - -@item @@error@{@} -@itemx @error{} -Error message - -@item @@expansion@{@} -@itemx @expansion{} -Macro expansion - -@item @@point@{@} -@itemx @point{} -Position of point - -@item @@print@{@} -@itemx @print{} -Printed output - -@item @@result@{@} -@itemx @result{} -Result of an expression -@end table - -@subheading Page Headings - -@noindent -Customize page headings. - -@noindent -@xref{Headings}. - -@table @kbd -@item @@headings @var{on-off-single-double} -Headings on or off, single, or double-sided. - -@item @@evenfooting [@var{left}] @@| [@var{center}] @@| [@var{right}] -Footings for even-numbered (left-hand) pages. - -@item @@evenheading, @@everyheading, @@oddheading, @dots{} -Five other related commands. - -@item @@thischapter -Insert name of chapter and chapter number. - -@item @@thischaptername, @@thisfile, @@thistitle, @@thispage -Related commands. -@end table - -@subheading Formatting - -@noindent -Format blocks of text. - -@noindent -@xref{Quotations and Examples}, and@* -@ref{Lists and Tables, , Making Lists and Tables}. - -@table @kbd -@item @@cartouche -Draw rounded box surrounding text (not in Info). - -@item @@enumerate @var{optional-arg} -Enumerate a list with letters or numbers. - -@item @@exdent @var{line-of-text} -Remove indentation. - -@item @@flushleft -Left justify. - -@item @@flushright -Right justify. - -@item @@format -Do not narrow nor change font. - -@item @@ftable @var{formatting-command} -@itemx @@vtable @var{formatting-command} -Two-column table with indexing. - -@item @@lisp -For an example of Lisp code. - -@item @@smallexample -@itemx @@smalllisp -Like @@table and @@lisp @r{but for} @@smallbook. -@end table - -@subheading Conditionals - -@noindent -Conditionally format text. - -@noindent -@xref{set clear value, , @code{@@set} @code{@@clear} @code{@@value}}.@refill - -@table @kbd -@item @@set @var{flag} [@var{string}] -Set a flag. Optionally, set value -of @var{flag} to @var{string}. - -@item @@clear @var{flag} -Clear a flag. - -@item @@value@{@var{flag}@} -Replace with value to which @var{flag} is set. - -@item @@ifset @var{flag} -Format, if @var{flag} is set. - -@item @@ifclear @var{flag} -Ignore, if @var{flag} is set. -@end table - -@subheading @@heading series for Titles - -@noindent -Produce unnumbered headings that do not appear in a table of contents. - -@noindent -@xref{Structuring}. - -@table @kbd -@item @@heading @var{title} -Unnumbered section-like heading not listed -in the table of contents of a printed manual. - -@item @@chapheading, @@majorheading, @@subheading, @@subsubheading -Related commands. -@end table - -@need 1000 -@subheading Font commands - -@need 1000 -@noindent -@xref{Smallcaps}, and @* -@ref{Fonts}. - -@table @kbd -@item @@r@{@var{text}@} -Print in roman font. - -@item @@sc@{@var{text}@} -Print in @sc{small caps} font. -@end table - -@subheading Miscellaneous - -@noindent -See @ref{title subtitle author, , @code{@@title} @code{@@subtitle} and @code{@@author} Commands},@* -see @ref{Customized Highlighting},@* -see @ref{Overfull hboxes},@* -see @ref{Footnotes},@* -see @ref{dmn, , Format a Dimension},@* -see @ref{Raise/lower sections, , @code{@@raisesections} and @code{@@lowersections}},@* -see @ref{math, , @code{@@math}: Inserting Mathematical Expressions}.@* -see @ref{minus, , Inserting a Minus Sign},@* -see @ref{paragraphindent, , Paragraph Indenting},@* -see @ref{Cross Reference Commands},@* -see @ref{title subtitle author, , @code{@@title} @code{@@subtitle} and @code{@@author}}, and@* -see @ref{Custom Headings, , How to Make Your Own Headings}. - -@table @kbd -@item @@author @var{author} -Typeset author's name. - -@ignore -@item @@definfoenclose @var{new-command}, @var{before}, @var{after}, -Define a highlighting command for Info. (Info only.) -@end ignore - -@item @@finalout -Produce cleaner printed output. - -@item @@footnotestyle @var{end-or-separate} -Specify footnote style. - -@item @@dmn@{@var{dimension}@} -Format a dimension. - -@item @@global@@let@var{new-cmd}=@var{existing-cmd} -Define a highlighting command for @TeX{}. (@TeX{} only.) - -@item @@lowersections -Reduce hierarchical level of sectioning commands. - -@item @@math@{@var{mathematical-expression}@} -Format a mathematical expression. - -@item @@minus@{@} -Generate a minus sign. - -@item @@paragraphindent @var{asis-or-number} -Specify paragraph indentation. - -@item @@raisesections -Raise hierarchical level of sectioning commands. - -@item @@ref@{@var{node-name}, @r{[}@var{entry}@r{]}, @r{[}@var{topic-or-title}@r{]}, @r{[}@var{info-file}@r{]}, @r{[}@var{manual}@r{]}@} -Make a reference. In the printed manual, the -reference does not start with the word `see'. - -@item @@title @var{title} -Typeset @var{title} in the alternative -title page format. - -@item @@subtitle @var{subtitle} -Typeset @var{subtitle} in the alternative -title page format. - -@item @@today@{@} -Insert the current date. -@end table -@tex -% Switch width of first column of tables back to default value -\global\tableindent=.8in -@end tex - - -@node Command and Variable Index, Concept Index, New Features, Top -@comment node-name, next, previous, up -@unnumbered Command and Variable Index - -This is an alphabetical list of all the @@-commands, assorted Emacs Lisp -functions, and several variables. To make the list easier to use, the -commands are listed without their preceding @samp{@@}.@refill - -@printindex fn - - -@node Concept Index, , Command and Variable Index, Top -@unnumbered Concept Index - -@printindex cp - - -@summarycontents -@contents -@bye diff --git a/contrib/texinfo/util/install-info.c b/contrib/texinfo/util/install-info.c index c4b6c7f..32f3fd6 100644 --- a/contrib/texinfo/util/install-info.c +++ b/contrib/texinfo/util/install-info.c @@ -1,7 +1,7 @@ /* install-info -- create Info directory entry(ies) for an Info file. - $Id: install-info.c,v 1.48 1999/08/06 18:13:32 karl Exp $ + $Id: install-info.c,v 1.21 1998/03/01 15:38:45 karl Exp $ - Copyright (C) 1996, 97, 98, 99 Free Software Foundation, Inc. + Copyright (C) 1996, 97, 98 Free Software Foundation, Inc. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by @@ -20,11 +20,18 @@ #include "system.h" #include <getopt.h> -static char *progname = "install-info"; +#ifdef HAVE_LIBZ +#include <zlib.h> +#endif + +/* Name this program was invoked with. */ +char *progname; +char *readfile (); struct line_data *findlines (); +void fatal (); void insert_entry_here (); -int compare_section_names (), compare_entries_text (); +int compare_section_names (); struct spec_entry; @@ -66,13 +73,6 @@ struct spec_entry { struct spec_entry *next; char *text; - int text_len; - /* A pointer to the list of sections to which this entry should be - added. */ - struct spec_section *entry_sections; - /* A pointer to a section that is beyond the end of the chain whose - head is pointed to by entry_sections. */ - struct spec_section *entry_sections_tail; }; @@ -110,59 +110,6 @@ struct menu_section int end_line; }; -/* This table defines all the long-named options, says whether they - use an argument, and maps them into equivalent single-letter options. */ - -struct option longopts[] = -{ - { "delete", no_argument, NULL, 'r' }, - { "dir-file", required_argument, NULL, 'd' }, - { "entry", required_argument, NULL, 'e' }, - { "help", no_argument, NULL, 'h' }, - { "info-dir", required_argument, NULL, 'D' }, - { "info-file", required_argument, NULL, 'i' }, - { "item", required_argument, NULL, 'e' }, - { "quiet", no_argument, NULL, 'q' }, - { "remove", no_argument, NULL, 'r' }, - { "section", required_argument, NULL, 's' }, - { "version", no_argument, NULL, 'V' }, - { 0 } -}; - -/* Error message functions. */ - -/* Print error message. S1 is printf control string, S2 and S3 args for it. */ - -/* VARARGS1 */ -void -error (s1, s2, s3) - char *s1, *s2, *s3; -{ - fprintf (stderr, "%s: ", progname); - fprintf (stderr, s1, s2, s3); - putc ('\n', stderr); -} - -/* VARARGS1 */ -void -warning (s1, s2, s3) - char *s1, *s2, *s3; -{ - fprintf (stderr, _("%s: warning: "), progname); - fprintf (stderr, s1, s2, s3); - putc ('\n', stderr); -} - -/* Print error message and exit. */ - -void -fatal (s1, s2, s3) - char *s1, *s2, *s3; -{ - error (s1, s2, s3); - xexit (1); -} - /* Memory allocation and string operations. */ /* Like malloc but get fatal error if memory is exhausted. */ @@ -222,6 +169,40 @@ copy_string (string, size) copy[size] = 0; return copy; } + +/* Error message functions. */ + +/* Print error message. S1 is printf control string, S2 and S3 args for it. */ + +/* VARARGS1 */ +void +error (s1, s2, s3) + char *s1, *s2, *s3; +{ + fprintf (stderr, "%s: ", progname); + fprintf (stderr, s1, s2, s3); + putc ('\n', stderr); +} + +/* VARARGS1 */ +void +warning (s1, s2, s3) + char *s1, *s2, *s3; +{ + fprintf (stderr, _("%s: warning: "), progname); + fprintf (stderr, s1, s2, s3); + putc ('\n', stderr); +} + +/* Print error message and exit. */ + +void +fatal (s1, s2, s3) + char *s1, *s2, *s3; +{ + error (s1, s2, s3); + exit (1); +} /* Print fatal error message based on errno, with file name NAME. */ @@ -294,93 +275,13 @@ extract_menu_file_name (item_text) return copy_string (item_text, p - item_text); } - - - -/* Return FNAME with any [.info][.gz] suffix removed. */ - -static char * -strip_info_suffix (fname) - char *fname; -{ - char *ret = xstrdup (fname); - unsigned len = strlen (ret); - - if (len > 3 && FILENAME_CMP (ret + len - 3, ".gz") == 0) - { - len -= 3; - ret[len] = 0; - } - - if (len > 5 && FILENAME_CMP (ret + len - 5, ".info") == 0) - { - len -= 5; - ret[len] = 0; - } - else if (len > 4 && FILENAME_CMP (ret + len - 4, ".inf") == 0) - { - len -= 4; - ret[len] = 0; - } -#ifdef __MSDOS__ - else if (len > 4 && (FILENAME_CMP (ret + len - 4, ".inz") == 0 - || FILENAME_CMP (ret + len - 4, ".igz") == 0)) - { - len -= 4; - ret[len] = 0; - } -#endif /* __MSDOS__ */ - - return ret; -} - - -/* Return true if ITEM matches NAME and is followed by TERM_CHAR. ITEM - can also be followed by `.gz', `.info.gz', or `.info' (and then - TERM_CHAR) and still match. */ - -static int -menu_item_equal (item, term_char, name) - char *item; - char term_char; - char *name; -{ - unsigned name_len = strlen (name); - /* First, ITEM must actually match NAME (usually it won't). */ - int ret = strncasecmp (item, name, name_len) == 0; - if (ret) - { - /* Then, `foobar' doesn't match `foo', so be sure we've got all of - ITEM. The various suffixes should never actually appear in the - dir file, but sometimes people put them in. */ - static char *suffixes[] - = { "", ".info.gz", ".info", ".inf", ".gz", -#ifdef __MSDOS__ - ".inz", ".igz", -#endif - NULL }; - unsigned i; - ret = 0; - for (i = 0; !ret && suffixes[i]; i++) - { - char *suffix = suffixes[i]; - unsigned suffix_len = strlen (suffix); - ret = strncasecmp (item + name_len, suffix, suffix_len) == 0 - && item[name_len + suffix_len] == term_char; - } - } - - return ret; -} - - void suggest_asking_for_help () { fprintf (stderr, _("\tTry `%s --help' for a complete list of options.\n"), progname); - xexit (1); + exit (1); } void @@ -388,37 +289,40 @@ print_help () { printf (_("Usage: %s [OPTION]... [INFO-FILE [DIR-FILE]]\n\ \n\ -Install or delete dir entries from INFO-FILE in the Info directory file\n\ -DIR-FILE.\n\ +Install INFO-FILE in the Info directory file DIR-FILE.\n\ \n\ Options:\n\ - --delete delete existing entries for INFO-FILE from DIR-FILE;\n\ - don't insert any new entries.\n\ - --dir-file=NAME specify file name of Info directory file.\n\ - This is equivalent to using the DIR-FILE argument.\n\ - --entry=TEXT insert TEXT as an Info directory entry.\n\ - TEXT should have the form of an Info menu item line\n\ - plus zero or more extra lines starting with whitespace.\n\ - If you specify more than one entry, they are all added.\n\ - If you don't specify any entries, they are determined\n\ - from information in the Info file itself.\n\ - --help display this help and exit.\n\ - --info-file=FILE specify Info file to install in the directory.\n\ - This is equivalent to using the INFO-FILE argument.\n\ - --info-dir=DIR same as --dir-file=DIR/dir.\n\ - --item=TEXT same as --entry TEXT.\n\ - An Info directory entry is actually a menu item.\n\ - --quiet suppress warnings.\n\ - --remove same as --delete.\n\ - --section=SEC put this file's entries in section SEC of the directory.\n\ - If you specify more than one section, all the entries\n\ - are added in each of the sections.\n\ - If you don't specify any sections, they are determined\n\ - from information in the Info file itself.\n\ - --version display version information and exit.\n\ +--delete Delete existing entries in INFO-FILE;\n\ + don't insert any new entries.\n\ +--defentry=TEXT Like --entry, but only use TEXT if an entry\n\ + is not present in INFO-FILE.\n\ +--defsection=TEXT Like --section, but only use TEXT if a section\n\ + is not present in INFO-FILE.\n\ +--dir-file=NAME Specify file name of Info directory file.\n\ + This is equivalent to using the DIR-FILE argument.\n\ +--entry=TEXT Insert TEXT as an Info directory entry.\n\ + TEXT should have the form of an Info menu item line\n\ + plus zero or more extra lines starting with whitespace.\n\ + If you specify more than one entry, they are all added.\n\ + If you don't specify any entries, they are determined\n\ + from information in the Info file itself.\n\ +--forceentry=TEXT Like --entry, but ignore any entry in INFO-FILE.\n\ +--help Display this help and exit.\n\ +--info-file=FILE Specify Info file to install in the directory.\n\ + This is equivalent to using the INFO-FILE argument.\n\ +--info-dir=DIR Same as --dir-file=DIR/dir.\n\ +--item=TEXT Same as --entry TEXT.\n\ + An Info directory entry is actually a menu item.\n\ +--quiet Suppress warnings.\n\ +--remove Same as --delete.\n\ +--section=SEC Put this file's entries in section SEC of the directory.\n\ + If you specify more than one section, all the entries\n\ + are added in each of the sections.\n\ + If you don't specify any sections, they are determined\n\ + from information in the Info file itself.\n\ +--version Display version information and exit.\n\ \n\ -Email bug reports to bug-texinfo@gnu.org,\n\ -general questions and discussion to help-texinfo@gnu.org.\n\ +Email bug reports to bug-texinfo@gnu.org.\n\ "), progname); } @@ -439,11 +343,11 @@ ensure_dirfile_exists (dirfile) f = fopen (dirfile, "w"); if (f) { - fprintf (f, _("This is the file .../info/dir, which contains the\n\ + fputs (_("This is the file .../info/dir, which contains the\n\ topmost node of the Info hierarchy, called (dir)Top.\n\ The first time you invoke Info you start off looking at this node.\n\ \n\ -%s\tThis is the top of the INFO tree\n\ +File: dir,\tNode: Top,\tThis is the top of the INFO tree\n\ \n\ This (the Directory node) gives a menu of major topics.\n\ Typing \"q\" exits, \"?\" lists all Info commands, \"d\" returns here,\n\ @@ -454,7 +358,7 @@ The first time you invoke Info you start off looking at this node.\n\ to select it.\n\ \n\ * Menu:\n\ -"), "File: dir,\tNode: Top"); /* This part must not be translated. */ +"), f); if (fclose (f) < 0) pfatal_with_name (dirfile); } @@ -464,635 +368,52 @@ The first time you invoke Info you start off looking at this node.\n\ fprintf (stderr, _("%s: could not read (%s) and could not create (%s)\n"), dirfile, readerr, strerror (errno)); - xexit (1); + exit (1); } } else close (desc); /* It already existed, so fine. */ } -/* Open FILENAME and return the resulting stream pointer. If it doesn't - exist, try FILENAME.gz. If that doesn't exist either, call - CREATE_CALLBACK (with FILENAME as arg) to create it, if that is - non-NULL. If still no luck, fatal error. - - If we do open it, return the actual name of the file opened in - OPENED_FILENAME and the compress program to use to (de)compress it in - COMPRESSION_PROGRAM. The compression program is determined by the - magic number, not the filename. */ - -FILE * -open_possibly_compressed_file (filename, create_callback, - opened_filename, compression_program, is_pipe) - char *filename; - void (*create_callback) (); - char **opened_filename; - char **compression_program; - int *is_pipe; -{ - char *local_opened_filename, *local_compression_program; - int nread; - char data[4]; - FILE *f; - - /* We let them pass NULL if they don't want this info, but it's easier - to always determine it. */ - if (!opened_filename) - opened_filename = &local_opened_filename; - - *opened_filename = filename; - f = fopen (*opened_filename, FOPEN_RBIN); - if (!f) - { - *opened_filename = concat (filename, ".gz", ""); - f = fopen (*opened_filename, FOPEN_RBIN); -#ifdef __MSDOS__ - if (!f) - { - free (*opened_filename); - *opened_filename = concat (filename, ".igz", ""); - f = fopen (*opened_filename, FOPEN_RBIN); - } - if (!f) - { - free (*opened_filename); - *opened_filename = concat (filename, ".inz", ""); - f = fopen (*opened_filename, FOPEN_RBIN); - } -#endif - if (!f) - { - if (create_callback) - { /* That didn't work either. Create the file if we can. */ - (*create_callback) (filename); - - /* And try opening it again. */ - free (*opened_filename); - *opened_filename = filename; - f = fopen (*opened_filename, FOPEN_RBIN); - if (!f) - pfatal_with_name (filename); - } - else - pfatal_with_name (filename); - } - } - - /* Read first few bytes of file rather than relying on the filename. - If the file is shorter than this it can't be usable anyway. */ - nread = fread (data, sizeof (data), 1, f); - if (nread != 1) - { - /* Empty files don't set errno, so we get something like - "install-info: No error for foo", which is confusing. */ - if (nread == 0) - fatal (_("%s: empty file"), *opened_filename); - pfatal_with_name (*opened_filename); - } - - if (!compression_program) - compression_program = &local_compression_program; - - if (data[0] == '\x1f' && data[1] == '\x8b') -#if STRIP_DOT_EXE - /* An explicit .exe yields a better diagnostics from popen below - if they don't have gzip installed. */ - *compression_program = "gzip.exe"; -#else - *compression_program = "gzip"; -#endif - else - *compression_program = NULL; - - if (*compression_program) - { /* It's compressed, so fclose the file and then open a pipe. */ - char *command = concat (*compression_program," -cd <", *opened_filename); - if (fclose (f) < 0) - pfatal_with_name (*opened_filename); - f = popen (command, "r"); - if (f) - *is_pipe = 1; - else - pfatal_with_name (command); - } - else - { /* It's a plain file, seek back over the magic bytes. */ - if (fseek (f, 0, 0) < 0) - pfatal_with_name (*opened_filename); -#if O_BINARY - /* Since this is a text file, and we opened it in binary mode, - switch back to text mode. */ - f = freopen (*opened_filename, "r", f); -#endif - *is_pipe = 0; - } - - return f; -} - -/* Read all of file FILENAME into memory and return the address of the - data. Store the size of the data into SIZEP. If need be, uncompress - (i.e., try FILENAME.gz et al. if FILENAME does not exist) and store - the actual file name that was opened into OPENED_FILENAME (if it is - non-NULL), and the companion compression program (if any, else NULL) - into COMPRESSION_PROGRAM (if that is non-NULL). If trouble, do - a fatal error. */ - -char * -readfile (filename, sizep, create_callback, - opened_filename, compression_program) - char *filename; - int *sizep; - void (*create_callback) (); - char **opened_filename; - char **compression_program; -{ - char *real_name; - FILE *f; - int pipe_p; - int filled = 0; - int data_size = 8192; - char *data = xmalloc (data_size); - - /* If they passed the space for the file name to return, use it. */ - f = open_possibly_compressed_file (filename, create_callback, - opened_filename ? opened_filename - : &real_name, - compression_program, &pipe_p); - - for (;;) - { - int nread = fread (data + filled, 1, data_size - filled, f); - if (nread < 0) - pfatal_with_name (real_name); - if (nread == 0) - break; - - filled += nread; - if (filled == data_size) - { - data_size += 65536; - data = xrealloc (data, data_size); - } - } - - /* We'll end up wasting space if we're not passing the filename back - and it is not just FILENAME, but so what. */ - /* We need to close the stream, since on some systems the pipe created - by popen is simulated by a temporary file which only gets removed - inside pclose. */ - if (pipe_p) - pclose (f); - else - fclose (f); +/* This table defines all the long-named options, says whether they + use an argument, and maps them into equivalent single-letter options. */ - *sizep = filled; - return data; -} - -/* Output the old dir file, interpolating the new sections - and/or new entries where appropriate. If COMPRESSION_PROGRAM is not - null, pipe to it to create DIRFILE. Thus if we read dir.gz on input, - we'll write dir.gz on output. */ - -static void -output_dirfile (dirfile, dir_nlines, dir_lines, - n_entries_to_add, entries_to_add, input_sections, - compression_program) - char *dirfile; - int dir_nlines; - struct line_data *dir_lines; - int n_entries_to_add; - struct spec_entry *entries_to_add; - struct spec_section *input_sections; - char *compression_program; +struct option longopts[] = { - int i; - FILE *output; - - if (compression_program) - { - char *command = concat (compression_program, ">", dirfile); - output = popen (command, "w"); - } - else - output = fopen (dirfile, "w"); - - if (!output) - { - perror (dirfile); - xexit (1); - } - - for (i = 0; i <= dir_nlines; i++) - { - int j; - - /* If we decided to output some new entries before this line, - output them now. */ - if (dir_lines[i].add_entries_before) - for (j = 0; j < n_entries_to_add; j++) - { - struct spec_entry *this = dir_lines[i].add_entries_before[j]; - if (this == 0) - break; - fputs (this->text, output); - } - /* If we decided to add some sections here - because there are no such sections in the file, - output them now. */ - if (dir_lines[i].add_sections_before) - { - struct spec_section *spec; - struct spec_section **sections; - int n_sections = 0; - struct spec_entry *entry; - struct spec_entry **entries; - int n_entries = 0; - - /* Count the sections and allocate a vector for all of them. */ - for (spec = input_sections; spec; spec = spec->next) - n_sections++; - sections = ((struct spec_section **) - xmalloc (n_sections * sizeof (struct spec_section *))); - - /* Fill the vector SECTIONS with pointers to all the sections, - and sort them. */ - j = 0; - for (spec = input_sections; spec; spec = spec->next) - sections[j++] = spec; - qsort (sections, n_sections, sizeof (struct spec_section *), - compare_section_names); - - /* Count the entries and allocate a vector for all of them. */ - for (entry = entries_to_add; entry; entry = entry->next) - n_entries++; - entries = ((struct spec_entry **) - xmalloc (n_entries * sizeof (struct spec_entry *))); - - /* Fill the vector ENTRIES with pointers to all the sections, - and sort them. */ - j = 0; - for (entry = entries_to_add; entry; entry = entry->next) - entries[j++] = entry; - qsort (entries, n_entries, sizeof (struct spec_entry *), - compare_entries_text); - - /* Generate the new sections in alphabetical order. In each - new section, output all of the entries that belong to that - section, in alphabetical order. */ - for (j = 0; j < n_sections; j++) - { - spec = sections[j]; - if (spec->missing) - { - int k; - - putc ('\n', output); - fputs (spec->name, output); - putc ('\n', output); - for (k = 0; k < n_entries; k++) - { - struct spec_section *spec1; - /* Did they at all want this entry to be put into - this section? */ - entry = entries[k]; - for (spec1 = entry->entry_sections; - spec1 && spec1 != entry->entry_sections_tail; - spec1 = spec1->next) - { - if (!strcmp (spec1->name, spec->name)) - break; - } - if (spec1 && spec1 != entry->entry_sections_tail) - fputs (entry->text, output); - } - } - } - - free (entries); - free (sections); - } - - /* Output the original dir lines unless marked for deletion. */ - if (i < dir_nlines && !dir_lines[i].delete) - { - fwrite (dir_lines[i].start, 1, dir_lines[i].size, output); - putc ('\n', output); - } - } + { "delete", no_argument, NULL, 'r' }, + { "defentry", required_argument, NULL, 'E' }, + { "defsection", required_argument, NULL, 'S' }, + { "dir-file", required_argument, NULL, 'd' }, + { "entry", required_argument, NULL, 'e' }, + { "forceentry", required_argument, NULL, 'f' }, + { "help", no_argument, NULL, 'h' }, + { "info-dir", required_argument, NULL, 'D' }, + { "info-file", required_argument, NULL, 'i' }, + { "item", required_argument, NULL, 'e' }, + { "quiet", no_argument, NULL, 'q' }, + { "remove", no_argument, NULL, 'r' }, + { "section", required_argument, NULL, 's' }, + { "version", no_argument, NULL, 'V' }, + { 0 } +}; - /* Some systems, such as MS-DOS, simulate pipes with temporary files. - On those systems, the compressor actually gets run inside pclose, - so we must call pclose. */ - if (compression_program) - pclose (output); - else - fclose (output); -} -/* Parse the input to find the section names and the entry names it - specifies. Return the number of entries to add from this file. */ -int -parse_input (lines, nlines, sections, entries) - const struct line_data *lines; - int nlines; - struct spec_section **sections; - struct spec_entry **entries; -{ - int n_entries = 0; - int prefix_length = strlen ("INFO-DIR-SECTION "); - struct spec_section *head = *sections, *tail = NULL; - int reset_tail = 0; - char *start_of_this_entry = 0; - int ignore_sections = *sections != 0; - int ignore_entries = *entries != 0; - - int i; - - if (ignore_sections && ignore_entries) - return 0; - - /* Loop here processing lines from the input file. Each - INFO-DIR-SECTION entry is added to the SECTIONS linked list. - Each START-INFO-DIR-ENTRY block is added to the ENTRIES linked - list, and all its entries inherit the chain of SECTION entries - defined by the last group of INFO-DIR-SECTION entries we have - seen until that point. */ - for (i = 0; i < nlines; i++) - { - if (!ignore_sections - && !strncmp ("INFO-DIR-SECTION ", lines[i].start, prefix_length)) - { - struct spec_section *next - = (struct spec_section *) xmalloc (sizeof (struct spec_section)); - next->name = copy_string (lines[i].start + prefix_length, - lines[i].size - prefix_length); - next->next = *sections; - next->missing = 1; - if (reset_tail) - { - tail = *sections; - reset_tail = 0; - } - *sections = next; - head = *sections; - } - /* If entries were specified explicitly with command options, - ignore the entries in the input file. */ - else if (!ignore_entries) - { - if (!strncmp ("START-INFO-DIR-ENTRY", lines[i].start, lines[i].size) - && sizeof ("START-INFO-DIR-ENTRY") - 1 == lines[i].size) - { - if (!*sections) - { - /* We found an entry, but didn't yet see any sections - specified. Default to section "Miscellaneous". */ - *sections = (struct spec_section *) - xmalloc (sizeof (struct spec_section)); - (*sections)->name = "Miscellaneous"; - (*sections)->next = 0; - (*sections)->missing = 1; - head = *sections; - } - /* Next time we see INFO-DIR-SECTION, we will reset the - tail pointer. */ - reset_tail = 1; - - if (start_of_this_entry != 0) - fatal (_("START-INFO-DIR-ENTRY without matching END-INFO-DIR-ENTRY")); - start_of_this_entry = lines[i + 1].start; - } - else if (start_of_this_entry) - { - if ((!strncmp ("* ", lines[i].start, 2) - && lines[i].start > start_of_this_entry) - || (!strncmp ("END-INFO-DIR-ENTRY", - lines[i].start, lines[i].size) - && sizeof ("END-INFO-DIR-ENTRY") - 1 == lines[i].size)) - { - /* We found an end of this entry. Allocate another - entry, fill its data, and add it to the linked - list. */ - struct spec_entry *next - = (struct spec_entry *) xmalloc (sizeof (struct spec_entry)); - next->text - = copy_string (start_of_this_entry, - lines[i].start - start_of_this_entry); - next->text_len = lines[i].start - start_of_this_entry; - next->entry_sections = head; - next->entry_sections_tail = tail; - next->next = *entries; - *entries = next; - n_entries++; - if (!strncmp ("END-INFO-DIR-ENTRY", - lines[i].start, lines[i].size) - && sizeof ("END-INFO-DIR-ENTRY") - 1 == lines[i].size) - start_of_this_entry = 0; - else - start_of_this_entry = lines[i].start; - } - else if (!strncmp ("END-INFO-DIR-ENTRY", - lines[i].start, lines[i].size) - && sizeof ("END-INFO-DIR-ENTRY") - 1 == lines[i].size) - fatal (_("END-INFO-DIR-ENTRY without matching START-INFO-DIR-ENTRY")); - } - } - } - if (start_of_this_entry != 0) - fatal (_("START-INFO-DIR-ENTRY without matching END-INFO-DIR-ENTRY")); - - /* If we ignored the INFO-DIR-ENTRY directives, we need now go back - and plug the names of all the sections we found into every - element of the ENTRIES list. */ - if (ignore_entries && *entries) - { - struct spec_entry *entry; - - for (entry = *entries; entry; entry = entry->next) - { - entry->entry_sections = head; - entry->entry_sections_tail = tail; - } - } - - return n_entries; -} - -/* Parse the dir file whose basename is BASE_NAME. Find all the - nodes, and their menus, and the sections of their menus. */ -int -parse_dir_file (lines, nlines, nodes, base_name) - struct line_data *lines; - int nlines; - struct node **nodes; - const char *base_name; -{ - int node_header_flag = 0; - int something_deleted = 0; - int i; - - *nodes = 0; - for (i = 0; i < nlines; i++) - { - /* Parse node header lines. */ - if (node_header_flag) - { - int j, end; - for (j = 0; j < lines[i].size; j++) - /* Find the node name and store it in the `struct node'. */ - if (!strncmp ("Node:", lines[i].start + j, 5)) - { - char *line = lines[i].start; - /* Find the start of the node name. */ - j += 5; - while (line[j] == ' ' || line[j] == '\t') - j++; - /* Find the end of the node name. */ - end = j; - while (line[end] != 0 && line[end] != ',' && line[end] != '\n' - && line[end] != '\t') - end++; - (*nodes)->name = copy_string (line + j, end - j); - } - node_header_flag = 0; - } - - /* Notice the start of a node. */ - if (*lines[i].start == 037) - { - struct node *next = (struct node *) xmalloc (sizeof (struct node)); - - next->next = *nodes; - next->name = NULL; - next->start_line = i; - next->end_line = 0; - next->menu_start = NULL; - next->sections = NULL; - next->last_section = NULL; - - if (*nodes != 0) - (*nodes)->end_line = i; - /* Fill in the end of the last menu section - of the previous node. */ - if (*nodes != 0 && (*nodes)->last_section != 0) - (*nodes)->last_section->end_line = i; - - *nodes = next; - - /* The following line is the header of this node; - parse it. */ - node_header_flag = 1; - } - - /* Notice the lines that start menus. */ - if (*nodes != 0 && !strncmp ("* Menu:", lines[i].start, 7)) - (*nodes)->menu_start = lines[i + 1].start; - - /* Notice sections in menus. */ - if (*nodes != 0 - && (*nodes)->menu_start != 0 - && *lines[i].start != '\n' - && *lines[i].start != '*' - && *lines[i].start != ' ' - && *lines[i].start != '\t') - { - /* Add this menu section to the node's list. - This list grows in forward order. */ - struct menu_section *next - = (struct menu_section *) xmalloc (sizeof (struct menu_section)); - - next->start_line = i + 1; - next->next = 0; - next->end_line = 0; - next->name = copy_string (lines[i].start, lines[i].size); - if ((*nodes)->sections) - { - (*nodes)->last_section->next = next; - (*nodes)->last_section->end_line = i; - } - else - (*nodes)->sections = next; - (*nodes)->last_section = next; - } - - /* Check for an existing entry that should be deleted. - Delete all entries which specify this file name. */ - if (*lines[i].start == '*') - { - char *q; - char *p = lines[i].start; - - p++; /* skip * */ - while (*p == ' ') p++; /* ignore following spaces */ - q = p; /* remember this, it's the beginning of the menu item. */ - - /* Read menu item. */ - while (*p != 0 && *p != ':') - p++; - p++; /* skip : */ - - if (*p == ':') - { /* XEmacs-style entry, as in * Mew::Messaging. */ - if (menu_item_equal (q, ':', base_name)) - { - lines[i].delete = 1; - something_deleted = 1; - } - } - else - { /* Emacs-style entry, as in * Emacs: (emacs). */ - while (*p == ' ') p++; /* skip spaces after : */ - if (*p == '(') /* if at parenthesized (FILENAME) */ - { - p++; - if (menu_item_equal (p, ')', base_name)) - { - lines[i].delete = 1; - something_deleted = 1; - } - } - } - } - - /* Treat lines that start with whitespace - as continuations; if we are deleting an entry, - delete all its continuations as well. */ - else if (i > 0 && (*lines[i].start == ' ' || *lines[i].start == '\t')) - { - lines[i].delete = lines[i - 1].delete; - } - } - - /* Finish the info about the end of the last node. */ - if (*nodes != 0) - { - (*nodes)->end_line = nlines; - if ((*nodes)->last_section != 0) - (*nodes)->last_section->end_line = nlines; - } - - return something_deleted; -} - int main (argc, argv) int argc; char **argv; { - char *opened_dirfilename; - char *compression_program; - char *infile_sans_info; char *infile = 0, *dirfile = 0; + char *infile_sans_info; unsigned infilelen_sans_info; + FILE *output; /* Record the text of the Info file, as a sequence of characters and as a sequence of lines. */ - char *input_data = NULL; - int input_size = 0; - struct line_data *input_lines = NULL; - int input_nlines = 0; + char *input_data; + int input_size; + struct line_data *input_lines; + int input_nlines; /* Record here the specified section names and directory entries. */ struct spec_section *input_sections = NULL; @@ -1113,8 +434,17 @@ main (argc, argv) /* Nonzero means -q was specified. */ int quiet_flag = 0; + int node_header_flag; + int prefix_length; int i; + /* Nonzero means only use if not present in info file. */ + int entry_default = 0; + int entry_force = 0; + int section_default = 0; + + progname = argv[0]; + #ifdef HAVE_SETLOCALE /* Set locale via LC_ALL. */ setlocale (LC_ALL, ""); @@ -1161,20 +491,24 @@ main (argc, argv) dirfile = concat (optarg, "", "/dir"); break; + case 'f': + entry_force = 1; + if (!optarg[0]) + { + fprintf (stderr, "%s: Must provide entry name.\n", progname); + suggest_asking_for_help (); + } + case 'E': + entry_default = 1; + if (!optarg[0]) + break; case 'e': { struct spec_entry *next = (struct spec_entry *) xmalloc (sizeof (struct spec_entry)); - int olen = strlen (optarg); - if (! (*optarg != 0 && optarg[olen - 1] == '\n')) - { - optarg = concat (optarg, "\n", ""); - olen++; - } + if (! (*optarg != 0 && optarg[strlen (optarg) - 1] == '\n')) + optarg = concat (optarg, "\n", ""); next->text = optarg; - next->text_len = olen; - next->entry_sections = NULL; - next->entry_sections_tail = NULL; next->next = entries_to_add; entries_to_add = next; n_entries_to_add++; @@ -1184,7 +518,7 @@ main (argc, argv) case 'h': case 'H': print_help (); - xexit (0); + exit (0); case 'i': if (infile) @@ -1204,6 +538,10 @@ main (argc, argv) delete_flag = 1; break; + case 'S': + section_default = 1; + if (!optarg[0]) + break; case 's': { struct spec_section *next @@ -1217,19 +555,21 @@ main (argc, argv) case 'V': printf ("install-info (GNU %s) %s\n", PACKAGE, VERSION); - puts (""); printf (_("Copyright (C) %s Free Software Foundation, Inc.\n\ There is NO warranty. You may redistribute this software\n\ under the terms of the GNU General Public License.\n\ For more information about these matters, see the files named COPYING.\n"), - "1999"); - xexit (0); + "1998"); + exit (0); default: suggest_asking_for_help (); } } + if (entry_force) + entry_default = 0; + /* Interpret the non-option arguments as file names. */ for (; optind < argc; ++optind) { @@ -1246,80 +586,264 @@ For more information about these matters, see the files named COPYING.\n"), if (!dirfile) fatal (_("No dir file specified; try --help for more information.")); - /* Read the Info file and parse it into lines, unless we're deleting. */ - if (!delete_flag) - { - input_data = readfile (infile, &input_size, NULL, NULL, NULL); - input_lines = findlines (input_data, input_size, &input_nlines); - } + /* Read the Info file and parse it into lines. */ - i = parse_input (input_lines, input_nlines, - &input_sections, &entries_to_add); - if (i > n_entries_to_add) - n_entries_to_add = i; + input_data = readfile (infile, &input_size); + input_lines = findlines (input_data, input_size, &input_nlines); - if (!delete_flag) + /* Parse the input file to find the section names it specifies. */ + + if (input_sections == 0 || section_default) { - if (entries_to_add == 0) - { /* No need to abort here, the original info file may not - have the requisite Texinfo commands. This is not - something an installer should have to correct (it's a - problem for the maintainer), and there's no need to cause - subsequent parts of `make install' to fail. */ - warning (_("no info dir entry in `%s'"), infile); - xexit (0); + prefix_length = strlen ("INFO-DIR-SECTION "); + for (i = 0; i < input_nlines; i++) + { + if (!strncmp ("INFO-DIR-SECTION ", input_lines[i].start, + prefix_length)) + { + struct spec_section *next + = (struct spec_section *) xmalloc (sizeof (struct spec_section)); + + if (section_default) + { + input_sections = NULL; /* This leaks. */ + section_default = 0; + } + + next->name = copy_string (input_lines[i].start + prefix_length, + input_lines[i].size - prefix_length); + next->next = input_sections; + next->missing = 1; + input_sections = next; + } } + } - /* If the entries came from the command-line arguments, their - entry_sections pointers are not yet set. Walk the chain of - the entries and for each entry update entry_sections to point - to the head of the list of sections where this entry should - be put. Note that all the entries specified on the command - line get put into ALL the sections we've got, either from the - Info file, or (under --section) from the command line, - because in the loop below every entry inherits the entire - chain of sections. */ - if (n_entries_to_add > 0 && entries_to_add->entry_sections == NULL) - { - struct spec_entry *ep; + /* Default to section "Miscellaneous" if no sections specified. */ + if (input_sections == 0) + { + input_sections + = (struct spec_section *) xmalloc (sizeof (struct spec_section)); + input_sections->name = "Miscellaneous"; + input_sections->next = 0; + input_sections->missing = 1; + } + + /* Now find the directory entries specified in the file + and put them on entries_to_add. But not if entries + were specified explicitly with command options. */ - /* If we got no sections, default to "Miscellaneous". */ - if (input_sections == NULL) + if ( !entry_force && (entries_to_add == 0 || entry_default) ) + { + char *start_of_this_entry = 0; + for (i = 0; i < input_nlines; i++) + { + if (!strncmp ("START-INFO-DIR-ENTRY", input_lines[i].start, + input_lines[i].size) + && sizeof ("START-INFO-DIR-ENTRY") - 1 == input_lines[i].size) { - input_sections = (struct spec_section *) - xmalloc (sizeof (struct spec_section)); - input_sections->name = "Miscellaneous"; - input_sections->next = NULL; - input_sections->missing = 1; + if (start_of_this_entry != 0) + fatal (_("START-INFO-DIR-ENTRY without matching END-INFO-DIR-ENTRY")); + start_of_this_entry = input_lines[i + 1].start; + } + if (!strncmp ("END-INFO-DIR-ENTRY", input_lines[i].start, + input_lines[i].size) + && sizeof ("END-INFO-DIR-ENTRY") - 1 == input_lines[i].size) + { + if (start_of_this_entry != 0) + { + struct spec_entry *next + = (struct spec_entry *) xmalloc (sizeof (struct spec_entry)); + + if (entry_default) + { + entries_to_add = NULL; + entry_default = 0; + } + + next->text = copy_string (start_of_this_entry, + input_lines[i].start - start_of_this_entry); + next->next = entries_to_add; + entries_to_add = next; + n_entries_to_add++; + start_of_this_entry = 0; + } + else + fatal (_("END-INFO-DIR-ENTRY without matching START-INFO-DIR-ENTRY")); } - for (ep = entries_to_add; ep; ep = ep->next) - ep->entry_sections = input_sections; } + if (start_of_this_entry != 0) + fatal (_("START-INFO-DIR-ENTRY without matching END-INFO-DIR-ENTRY")); } + if (!delete_flag) + if (entries_to_add == 0) + { /* No need to abort here, the original info file may not have + the requisite Texinfo commands. This is not something an + installer should have to correct (it's a problem for the + maintainer), and there's no need to cause subsequent parts of + `make install' to fail. */ + warning (_("no info dir entry in `%s'"), infile); + exit (0); + } + /* Now read in the Info dir file. */ - dir_data = readfile (dirfile, &dir_size, ensure_dirfile_exists, - &opened_dirfilename, &compression_program); + ensure_dirfile_exists (dirfile); + dir_data = readfile (dirfile, &dir_size); dir_lines = findlines (dir_data, dir_size, &dir_nlines); /* We will be comparing the entries in the dir file against the - current filename, so need to strip off any directory prefix and/or - [.info][.gz] suffix. */ + current filename, so need to strip off any directory prefix and any + .info suffix. */ { - char *infile_basename = infile + strlen (infile); - - if (HAVE_DRIVE (infile)) - infile += 2; /* get past the drive spec X: */ - - while (infile_basename > infile && !IS_SLASH (infile_basename[-1])) - infile_basename--; + unsigned basename_len; + char *infile_basename = strrchr (infile, '/'); + if (infile_basename) + infile_basename++; + else + infile_basename = infile; + + basename_len = strlen (infile_basename); + infile_sans_info + = (strlen (infile_basename) > 5 + && strcmp (infile_basename + basename_len - 5, ".info") == 0) + ? copy_string (infile_basename, basename_len - 5) + : infile_basename; - infile_sans_info = strip_info_suffix (infile_basename); infilelen_sans_info = strlen (infile_sans_info); } + + /* Parse the dir file. Find all the nodes, and their menus, + and the sections of their menus. */ + + dir_nodes = 0; + node_header_flag = 0; + for (i = 0; i < dir_nlines; i++) + { + /* Parse node header lines. */ + if (node_header_flag) + { + int j, end; + for (j = 0; j < dir_lines[i].size; j++) + /* Find the node name and store it in the `struct node'. */ + if (!strncmp ("Node:", dir_lines[i].start + j, 5)) + { + char *line = dir_lines[i].start; + /* Find the start of the node name. */ + j += 5; + while (line[j] == ' ' || line[j] == '\t') + j++; + /* Find the end of the node name. */ + end = j; + while (line[end] != 0 && line[end] != ',' && line[end] != '\n' + && line[end] != '\t') + end++; + dir_nodes->name = copy_string (line + j, end - j); + } + node_header_flag = 0; + } + + /* Notice the start of a node. */ + if (*dir_lines[i].start == 037) + { + struct node *next + = (struct node *) xmalloc (sizeof (struct node)); + next->next = dir_nodes; + next->name = NULL; + next->start_line = i; + next->end_line = 0; + next->menu_start = NULL; + next->sections = NULL; + next->last_section = NULL; + + if (dir_nodes != 0) + dir_nodes->end_line = i; + /* Fill in the end of the last menu section + of the previous node. */ + if (dir_nodes != 0 && dir_nodes->last_section != 0) + dir_nodes->last_section->end_line = i; + + dir_nodes = next; + + /* The following line is the header of this node; + parse it. */ + node_header_flag = 1; + } + + /* Notice the lines that start menus. */ + if (dir_nodes != 0 + && !strncmp ("* Menu:", dir_lines[i].start, 7)) + dir_nodes->menu_start = dir_lines[i + 1].start; + + /* Notice sections in menus. */ + if (dir_nodes != 0 + && dir_nodes->menu_start != 0 + && *dir_lines[i].start != '\n' + && *dir_lines[i].start != '*' + && *dir_lines[i].start != ' ' + && *dir_lines[i].start != '\t') + { + /* Add this menu section to the node's list. + This list grows in forward order. */ + struct menu_section *next + = (struct menu_section *) xmalloc (sizeof (struct menu_section)); + next->start_line = i + 1; + next->next = 0; + next->end_line = 0; + next->name = copy_string (dir_lines[i].start, dir_lines[i].size); + if (dir_nodes->sections) + { + dir_nodes->last_section->next = next; + dir_nodes->last_section->end_line = i; + } + else + dir_nodes->sections = next; + dir_nodes->last_section = next; + } + + /* Check for an existing entry that should be deleted. + Delete all entries which specify this file name. */ + if (*dir_lines[i].start == '*') + { + char *p = dir_lines[i].start; + + while (*p != 0 && *p != ':') + p++; + p++; + while (*p == ' ') p++; + if (*p == '(') + { + p++; + if ((dir_lines[i].size + > (p - dir_lines[i].start + infilelen_sans_info)) + && !strncmp (p, infile_sans_info, infilelen_sans_info) + && (p[infilelen_sans_info] == ')' + || !strncmp (p + infilelen_sans_info, ".info)", 6))) + { + dir_lines[i].delete = 1; + something_deleted = 1; + } + } + } + /* Treat lines that start with whitespace + as continuations; if we are deleting an entry, + delete all its continuations as well. */ + else if (i > 0 + && (*dir_lines[i].start == ' ' + || *dir_lines[i].start == '\t')) + { + dir_lines[i].delete = dir_lines[i - 1].delete; + something_deleted = 1; + } + } - something_deleted - = parse_dir_file (dir_lines, dir_nlines, &dir_nodes, infile_sans_info); + /* Finish the info about the end of the last node. */ + if (dir_nodes != 0) + { + dir_nodes->end_line = dir_nlines; + if (dir_nodes->last_section != 0) + dir_nodes->last_section->end_line = dir_nlines; + } /* Decide where to add the new entries (unless --delete was used). Find the menu sections to add them in. @@ -1354,18 +878,7 @@ For more information about these matters, see the files named COPYING.\n"), to add it. */ for (entry = entries_to_add; entry; entry = entry->next) { - /* Did they at all want this entry to be put into - this section? */ - for (spec = entry->entry_sections; - spec && spec != entry->entry_sections_tail; - spec = spec->next) - { - if (!strcmp (spec->name, section->name)) - break; - } - if (!spec || spec == entry->entry_sections_tail) - continue; - + int textlen = strlen (entry->text); /* Subtract one because dir_lines is zero-based, but the `end_line' and `start_line' members are one-based. */ @@ -1377,7 +890,7 @@ For more information about these matters, see the files named COPYING.\n"), (which means it is for some other file), we are in trouble. */ if (dir_lines[i].start[0] == '*' - && menu_line_equal (entry->text, entry->text_len, + && menu_line_equal (entry->text, textlen, dir_lines[i].start, dir_lines[i].size) && !dir_lines[i].delete) @@ -1385,7 +898,7 @@ For more information about these matters, see the files named COPYING.\n"), extract_menu_item_name (entry->text), extract_menu_file_name (dir_lines[i].start)); if (dir_lines[i].start[0] == '*' - && menu_line_lessp (entry->text, entry->text_len, + && menu_line_lessp (entry->text, textlen, dir_lines[i].start, dir_lines[i].size)) add_at_line = i; @@ -1406,10 +919,162 @@ For more information about these matters, see the files named COPYING.\n"), if (delete_flag && !something_deleted && !quiet_flag) warning (_("no entries found for `%s'; nothing deleted"), infile); - output_dirfile (opened_dirfilename, dir_nlines, dir_lines, n_entries_to_add, - entries_to_add, input_sections, compression_program); + /* Output the old dir file, interpolating the new sections + and/or new entries where appropriate. */ - xexit (0); + output = fopen (dirfile, "w"); + if (!output) + { + perror (dirfile); + exit (1); + } + + for (i = 0; i <= dir_nlines; i++) + { + int j; + + /* If we decided to output some new entries before this line, + output them now. */ + if (dir_lines[i].add_entries_before) + for (j = 0; j < n_entries_to_add; j++) + { + struct spec_entry *this = dir_lines[i].add_entries_before[j]; + if (this == 0) + break; + fputs (this->text, output); + } + /* If we decided to add some sections here + because there are no such sections in the file, + output them now. */ + if (dir_lines[i].add_sections_before) + { + struct spec_section *spec; + struct spec_section **sections; + int n_sections = 0; + + /* Count the sections and allocate a vector for all of them. */ + for (spec = input_sections; spec; spec = spec->next) + n_sections++; + sections = ((struct spec_section **) + xmalloc (n_sections * sizeof (struct spec_section *))); + + /* Fill the vector SECTIONS with pointers to all the sections, + and sort them. */ + j = 0; + for (spec = input_sections; spec; spec = spec->next) + sections[j++] = spec; + qsort (sections, n_sections, sizeof (struct spec_section *), + compare_section_names); + + /* Generate the new sections in alphabetical order. + In each new section, output all of our entries. */ + for (j = 0; j < n_sections; j++) + { + spec = sections[j]; + if (spec->missing) + { + struct spec_entry *entry; + + putc ('\n', output); + fputs (spec->name, output); + putc ('\n', output); + for (entry = entries_to_add; entry; entry = entry->next) + fputs (entry->text, output); + } + } + + free (sections); + } + + /* Output the original dir lines unless marked for deletion. */ + if (i < dir_nlines && !dir_lines[i].delete) + { + fwrite (dir_lines[i].start, 1, dir_lines[i].size, output); + putc ('\n', output); + } + } + + fclose (output); + + exit (0); +} + +/* Read all of file FILNAME into memory + and return the address of the data. + Store the size into SIZEP. + If there is trouble, do a fatal error. */ + +char * +readfile (filename, sizep) + char *filename; + int *sizep; +{ + int desc; + int data_size = 1024; + char *data = (char *) xmalloc (data_size); + int filled = 0; + int nread = 0; +#ifdef HAVE_LIBZ + int isGZ = 0; + gzFile zdesc; +#endif + + desc = open (filename, O_RDONLY); + if (desc < 0) + pfatal_with_name (filename); + +#ifdef HAVE_LIBZ + /* The file should always be two bytes long. */ + if (read (desc, data, 2) != 2) + pfatal_with_name (filename); + + /* Undo that read. */ + lseek (desc, 0, SEEK_SET); + + /* If we see gzip magic, use gzdopen. */ + if (data[0] == '\x1f' && data[1] == '\x8b') + { + isGZ = 1; + zdesc = gzdopen (desc, "r"); + if (zdesc == NULL) { + close (desc); + pfatal_with_name (filename); + } + } +#endif /* HAVE_LIBZ */ + + while (1) + { +#ifdef HAVE_LIBZ + if (isGZ) + nread = gzread (zdesc, data + filled, data_size - filled); + else +#endif + nread = read (desc, data + filled, data_size - filled); + + if (nread < 0) + pfatal_with_name (filename); + if (nread == 0) + break; + + filled += nread; + if (filled == data_size) + { + data_size *= 2; + data = (char *) xrealloc (data, data_size); + } + } + + *sizep = filled; + +#ifdef HAVE_LIBZ + if (isGZ) + gzclose (zdesc); + else +#endif + close(desc); + + return data; } /* Divide the text at DATA (of SIZE bytes) into lines. @@ -1422,23 +1087,23 @@ findlines (data, size, nlinesp) int size; int *nlinesp; { - int i; - int lineflag = 1; - int lines_allocated = 511; + struct line_data *lines; + int lines_allocated = 512; int filled = 0; - struct line_data *lines - = xmalloc ((lines_allocated + 1) * sizeof (struct line_data)); + int i = 0; + int lineflag; + + lines = (struct line_data *) xmalloc (lines_allocated * sizeof (struct line_data)); + lineflag = 1; for (i = 0; i < size; i++) { if (lineflag) { if (filled == lines_allocated) { - /* try to keep things somewhat page-aligned */ - lines_allocated = ((lines_allocated + 1) * 2) - 1; - lines = xrealloc (lines, (lines_allocated + 1) - * sizeof (struct line_data)); + lines_allocated *= 2; + lines = (struct line_data *) xrealloc (lines, lines_allocated * sizeof (struct line_data)); } lines[filled].start = &data[i]; lines[filled].add_entries_before = 0; @@ -1478,7 +1143,7 @@ menu_line_lessp (line1, len1, line2, len2) { int minlen = (len1 < len2 ? len1 : len2); int i; - + for (i = 0; i < minlen; i++) { /* If one item name is a prefix of the other, @@ -1511,7 +1176,7 @@ menu_line_equal (line1, len1, line2, len2) { int minlen = (len1 < len2 ? len1 : len2); int i; - + for (i = 0; i < minlen; i++) { /* If both item names end here, they are equal. */ @@ -1539,31 +1204,6 @@ compare_section_names (sec1, sec2) return strcmp (name1, name2); } -/* This is the comparison function for qsort - for a vector of pointers to struct spec_entry. - Compare the entries' text. */ - -int -compare_entries_text (entry1, entry2) - struct spec_entry **entry1, **entry2; -{ - char *text1 = (*entry1)->text; - char *text2 = (*entry2)->text; - char *colon1 = strchr (text1, ':'); - char *colon2 = strchr (text2, ':'); - int len1, len2; - - if (!colon1) - len1 = strlen (text1); - else - len1 = colon1 - text1; - if (!colon2) - len2 = strlen (text2); - else - len2 = colon2 - text2; - return strncmp (text1, text2, len1 <= len2 ? len1 : len2); -} - /* Insert ENTRY into the add_entries_before vector for line number LINE_NUMBER of the dir file. DIR_LINES and N_ENTRIES carry information from like-named variables @@ -1576,7 +1216,7 @@ insert_entry_here (entry, line_number, dir_lines, n_entries) struct line_data *dir_lines; int n_entries; { - int i, j; + int i; if (dir_lines[line_number].add_entries_before == 0) { @@ -1586,26 +1226,12 @@ insert_entry_here (entry, line_number, dir_lines, n_entries) dir_lines[line_number].add_entries_before[i] = 0; } - /* Find the place where this entry belongs. If there are already - several entries to add before LINE_NUMBER, make sure they are in - alphabetical order. */ for (i = 0; i < n_entries; i++) - if (dir_lines[line_number].add_entries_before[i] == 0 - || menu_line_lessp (entry->text, strlen (entry->text), - dir_lines[line_number].add_entries_before[i]->text, - strlen (dir_lines[line_number].add_entries_before[i]->text))) + if (dir_lines[line_number].add_entries_before[i] == 0) break; if (i == n_entries) abort (); - /* If we need to plug ENTRY into the middle of the - ADD_ENTRIES_BEFORE array, move the entries which should be output - after this one down one notch, before adding a new one. */ - if (dir_lines[line_number].add_entries_before[i] != 0) - for (j = n_entries - 1; j > i; j--) - dir_lines[line_number].add_entries_before[j] - = dir_lines[line_number].add_entries_before[j - 1]; - dir_lines[line_number].add_entries_before[i] = entry; } diff --git a/contrib/texinfo/util/mkinstalldirs b/contrib/texinfo/util/mkinstalldirs deleted file mode 100755 index a01481b..0000000 --- a/contrib/texinfo/util/mkinstalldirs +++ /dev/null @@ -1,40 +0,0 @@ -#! /bin/sh -# mkinstalldirs --- make directory hierarchy -# Author: Noah Friedman <friedman@prep.ai.mit.edu> -# Created: 1993-05-16 -# Public domain - -# $Id: mkinstalldirs,v 1.10 1996/05/03 07:37:52 friedman Exp $ - -errstatus=0 - -for file -do - set fnord `echo ":$file" | sed -ne 's/^:\//#/;s/^://;s/\// /g;s/^#/\//;p'` - shift - - pathcomp= - for d - do - pathcomp="$pathcomp$d" - case "$pathcomp" in - -* ) pathcomp=./$pathcomp ;; - esac - - if test ! -d "$pathcomp"; then - echo "mkdir $pathcomp" 1>&2 - - mkdir "$pathcomp" || lasterr=$? - - if test ! -d "$pathcomp"; then - errstatus=$lasterr - fi - fi - - pathcomp="$pathcomp/" - done -done - -exit $errstatus - -# mkinstalldirs ends here |
